Table of Contents

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on January 3, 2020.

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware   8011   76-0707204

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

One Embarcadero Center, Suite 1900

San Francisco, CA 94111

(415) 658-6792

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Amir Dan Rubin

Chair, Chief Executive Officer and President

1Life Healthcare, Inc.

One Embarcadero Center, Suite 1900

San Francisco, CA 94111

(415) 658-6792

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Matthew B. Hemington

John T. McKenna

Cooley LLP

3175 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, CA 94304

(650) 843-5000

 

Lisa A. Mango

General Counsel

1Life Healthcare, Inc.

One Embarcadero Center, Suite 1900

San Francisco, CA 94111

(415) 658-6792

 

Alan F. Denenberg

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

1600 El Camino Road

Menlo Park, CA 94025

(650) 752-2000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ☐

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer     Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer     Smaller reporting company  
    Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of
Securities To Be Registered
 

Proposed

Maximum
Aggregate

Offering Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

  $100,000,000   $12,980

 

 

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)

Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

Common Stock Shares The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. Subject to completion, dated January 3, 2020. This is the initial public offering of shares of common stock of 1Life Healthcare, Inc. We are offering shares of our common stock. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $ and $ per share. We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “ONEM.” We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the U.S. federal securities laws and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements. Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 18. Total Per Share Initial public offering price $ $ Underwriting discount and commissions(1) $ $ Proceeds, before expenses, to us $ $ (1) See “Underwriting” for additional information regarding compensation payable to the underwriters. We have granted the underwriters an option, for a period of 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional shares of common stock at the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense. The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on, 2020. J.P. Morgan Morgan Stanley Allen & Company LLC Citigroup Piper Jaffray Wells Fargo Securities William Blair Baird SunTrust Robinson Humphrey


Table of Contents

LOGO

Our mission To transform healthcare for all through a human-centered, technology-powered model.


Table of Contents

LOGO

one medical


Table of Contents

LOGO

one medical


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

The Offering

     13  

Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data

     15  

Risk Factors

     18  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     62  

Market and Industry Data

     64  

Use of Proceeds

     65  

Dividend Policy

     66  

Capitalization

     67  

Dilution

     69  

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

     72  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     76  
     Page  

Business

     119  

Management

     146  

Executive Compensation

     155  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     169  

Principal Stockholders

     172  

Description of Capital Stock

     176  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     182  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock

     185  

Underwriting

     189  

Legal Matters

     197  

Experts

     197  

Where You Can Find More Information

     197  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1  
 

 

Through and including                     , 2020 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide you with any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus or in any applicable free writing prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus or any such free writing prospectus, as applicable, regardless of its time of delivery or of any sale of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, (i) all references in this prospectus to “One Medical,” “we,” “us,” “our” and “our company” refer to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. and its consolidated affiliated professional entities, (ii) all references in this prospectus to “1Life” refer to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. and not to its consolidated affiliated professional entities and (iii) all references to the “One Medical PCs” in this prospectus refer to the professional entities affiliated with 1Life through administrative services agreements, or ASAs. 1Life and the One Medical PCs do business under the “One Medical” brand.

Overview

Our vision is to delight millions of members with better health and better care while reducing the total cost of care. Our mission is to transform health care for all through our human-centered, technology-powered model. We are a membership-based primary care platform with seamless digital health and inviting in-office care, convenient to where people work, shop, live and click. We are disrupting health care from within the existing ecosystem by simultaneously addressing the frustrations and unmet needs of key stakeholders, which include consumers, employers, providers, and health networks. As of September 30, 2019, we had approximately 397,000 members in nine markets in the United States, approximately 6,000 enterprise clients, and health network partnerships for better coordinated care covering 86% of our members.

The current state of the healthcare ecosystem leaves key stakeholders frustrated and with unmet needs.

 

   

Consumers. According to a 2016 report, 81% of consumers are dissatisfied with their healthcare experience, in part due to limited after-hours and digital access, long wait times for appointments, extended in-office delays, short and impersonal visits, uninviting medical offices in inconvenient locations, constrained access to specialists and a lack of care coordination across clinical settings.

 

   

Employers. Employers find their health benefit offerings often underperforming on such fundamental objectives as attracting and engaging employees, improving employee productivity, reducing absenteeism, producing better health outcomes and managing healthcare costs.

 

   

Providers. Within primary care, according to a 2019 Mayo Clinic report, over 50% of family physicians show symptoms of burnout, driven in part by misaligned fee-for-service compensation approaches incentivizing short transactional interactions, and excessive administrative tasks associated with burdensome electronic health record, or EHR, systems and convoluted insurance procedures.

 

   

Health Networks. Health systems and health plans, collectively referred to as health networks, have been looking to develop coordinated networks of care to better attract patients, increase attributable lives and better integrate primary care with specialty services for improved patient outcomes and lower costs. Yet even with major investments in provider groups, care management programs and technology systems, health networks have struggled to deliver on these objectives.

We have developed a modernized healthcare membership model based on direct consumer enrollment as well as employer sponsorship. Our annual membership model includes seamless access to 24/7 digital health services paired with inviting in-office care routinely covered under health insurance programs. Our technology drives high monthly active usage within our membership, promoting ongoing and longitudinal patient relationships for better health outcomes and high member retention. Our technology also helps our service-



 

1


Table of Contents

minded team in building trust and rapport with our members by facilitating proactive digital health outreach as well as responsive on-demand virtual and in-office care. Our digital health services and our well-appointed offices that are located in highly convenient locations are all serviced by our own clinical team who are employed in a salaried model, free of misaligned fee-for-service compensation incentives prevalent in health care. Additionally, we have developed clinically integrated partnerships with health networks, better coordinating more timely access to specialty care when needed by members, while advancing value-based care for employers through clinical and digital integration.

Together, these components of our human-centered and technology-powered model allow us to deliver better results for key stakeholders.

 

   

Consumers. We delight consumers with a superior experience as evidenced by our average Net Promoter Score, or NPS, of 90 over the twelve months ended September 30, 2019 and our 90th percentile results on key primary care related Healthcare Effectiveness Data and Information Set, or HEDIS, quality measures. NPS measures the willingness of consumers to recommend a company’s products or services to others. We use NPS as a proxy for gauging our members’ overall satisfaction with our providers and loyalty to the One Medical brand. See “Business—Overview” for a description of how we calculate NPS. Our members receive access to 24/7 digital health services with quick response times. Members also have access to inviting in-office care in convenient locations with warm and caring staff. Our technology platform advances consumer engagement and health through proactive digital health screenings, post-visit digital follow-ups, real-time access to medical records, and around-the-clock availability of our friendly and knowledgeable providers. We also offer walk-in immunizations and lab services, behavioral health screenings, women’s health, men’s health, LGBTQ+ care, pediatrics, sports medicine, lifestyle and wellbeing programs.

 

   

Employers. We support employers in achieving key health benefits goals of attracting and engaging employees, improving employee productivity and wellbeing, and delivering higher levels of value-based care. Employers cover our membership fee for their employees, with 71% of employers also covering their employees’ dependents’ memberships as of September 30, 2019. Our office visits are typically billed under an employer’s routine health insurance benefit program, allowing for seamless and quick implementation. With real-time video and phone consults available typically within minutes, and same and next day in-office appointments, we have demonstrated a 41% reduction in emergency room visits and total employer cost savings of 8% or more.

 

   

Providers. Our culture, technology, team-based approach and salaried provider model help address the fundamental issues driving physician burnout. Our culture allows us to attract and retain top board-certified physicians and premier team members. Our proprietary technology platform allows for meaningful reductions in desktop medicine burdens, which are the excessive administrative hassles associated with the use of EHRs. We estimate our providers perform 44% fewer EHR tasks versus a 2019 industry comparison. Our support team takes on many of the administrative burdens for scheduling and insurance coordination. Our in-office and virtual medical teams jointly deliver longitudinal health care. Our salary-based provider compensation incentivizes delivery of the right care at the right time, without the adverse financial incentives that fee-for-service or capitated compensation systems can have on clinical decision-making.

 

   

Health Networks. Health networks partner with us for consumer-driven care, direct-to-employer relationships and coordinated networks of attributable lives. Our membership base connects health networks with a primarily working-age, commercially insured population, without the costs and risks typically faced in the development of their own primary care networks. We clinically and digitally integrate with our health network partners to advance more seamless member access to partner specialists and facilities when needed, while supporting reductions in duplicative testing and excessive delays often



 

2


Table of Contents
 

seen across uncoordinated healthcare settings. Such coordinated care can deliver better service levels and outcomes for consumers, while advancing employee productivity and value-based care to employers.

We believe our model is highly scalable. We are physically present in nine markets today, including Boston, Chicago, Los Angeles, New York, Phoenix, San Diego, the San Francisco Bay Area, Seattle and Washington, D.C. and primarily serve a working-age, commercially-insured population and associated dependents. As of September 30, 2019, we had 77 physical offices including some employer on-site clinics. Additionally, our members can access our 24/7 digital health services nationwide. As of September 30, 2019, we had approximately 6,000 enterprise clients of various sizes across industries. For the twelve months ended September 30, 2019, we experienced a 97% retention rate across our enterprise clients and an 89% retention rate across our consumer members. We grew our membership by 324% from December 31, 2014 through September 30, 2019.

We derive net revenue from multiple stakeholders, including consumers, employers, health networks and insurers. We recognize net revenue as (i) membership revenue from annual employer and consumer subscription fees, (ii) partnership revenue predominantly on a per member per month, or PMPM, basis from health networks and fixed payments from enterprise clients for on-site medical services and (iii) net patient service revenue on a per visit basis from health insurers and patients. We are in-network with most health insurance plans in all of our markets.

We have experienced strong organic revenue growth since inception. Net revenue increased 20% from $176.8 million in 2017 to $212.7 million in 2018, and increased 29% from $154.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $198.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. Loss from operations increased from $31.8 million in 2017 to $45.0 million in 2018. For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, our loss from operations was $25.1 million and $35.2 million, respectively. Care margin increased from $56.1 million, or 32% of net revenue, in 2017 to $76.5 million, or 36% of net revenue, in 2018. For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, our care margin was $54.2 million, or 35% of net revenue, and $80.3 million, or 40% of net revenue, respectively. Net loss increased from $31.7 million in 2017 to $45.5 million in 2018. For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, net loss increased from $26.9 million to $34.2 million. Adjusted EBITDA decreased from $(11.5) million in 2017 to $(13.9) million in 2018. For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, our adjusted EBITDA decreased from $(7.1) million to $(15.6) million. See “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information as to how we define and calculate care margin and adjusted EBITDA and for a reconciliation of loss from operations, the most comparable measure under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, to care margin, and net loss, the most comparable GAAP measure, to adjusted EBITDA.

Industry Challenges and Our Opportunity

Industry Challenges

Even as the United States spent $3.6 trillion, representing 18% of GDP, on health care in 2018, health outcomes trail those of other OECD nations spending lesser percentages of GDP, according to a 2014 Commonwealth Fund report. We believe an underinvestment in primary care is a key driver of these poor outcomes. While the United States’ predominantly fee-for-service reimbursement approach financially rewards high volumes of specialty-based care, the United States spends only 5% to 7% of its healthcare dollars on primary care in contrast to the 14% spent by OECD nations, on average, according to a 2019 Patient-Centered Primary Care Collaborative report. Additionally, for every $1 spent on primary care, an estimated $13 is saved on costs in specialty care, emergency and inpatient care, according to studies from Oregon’s Patient-Centered Primary Care Home, or PCPCH, program.

Employer-sponsored commercial health insurance is the largest source of coverage in the United States, totaling 153 million people, or 57% of non-elderly people, according to a 2019 Kaiser Family Foundation, or



 

3


Table of Contents

KFF, report. For employers and employees, benefit costs continue to increase even as service levels have declined. Employer annual health benefit costs for a family hit record highs exceeding $20,000 in 2019, with employee contributions also reaching record highs of almost $6,000 per family according to KFF. Meanwhile, the average patient waited approximately 29 days to see a family medicine practitioner in 2017, an increase of 50% since 2014, according to a survey of 15 large U.S. metropolitan areas conducted by Merritt Hawkins. Factors such as long wait times for appointments, limited online and after-hours availability, complex administrative procedures and uncoordinated care systems have driven employers to look for innovative primary care solutions.

In addition to the unmet needs that consumers and employers face on the demand side of the healthcare ecosystem, providers and health networks are similarly frustrated on the supply side. By predominantly compensating primary care providers on volume, the prevalent fee-for-service approach incentivizes short and transactional medical encounters, often with insufficient time to address underlying issues related to acute care, chronic disease and behavioral health issues. On top of these volume-driven financial incentives, providers often find themselves performing excessive administrative tasks that could be better performed by other staff or eliminated altogether. These dynamics contribute to lower job satisfaction and provider burnout. Health networks are similarly struggling to provide consumers and employers with higher levels of access and better coordinated care. While health networks have made large investments in medical groups, care management approaches and technology systems, many stakeholders continue to be disappointed with the results.

The current state of the healthcare ecosystem leaves key stakeholders frustrated and with unmet needs, delivering suboptimal results for consumers, employers, providers and health networks. We believe that these unmet needs represent a significant opportunity for us.

Our Market Opportunity

We have developed a human-centered, technology-powered primary care model that simultaneously addresses the aforementioned frustrations and unmet needs of key stakeholders. We disrupt the healthcare ecosystem from within its current structure through our:

 

   

modernized member-based model that is based on direct consumer enrollment as well as employer sponsorship;

 

   

seamless bundled digital health and virtual care;

 

   

inviting offices with high quality service in convenient locations;

 

   

partnerships with health networks;

 

   

alignment with payers;

 

   

premier salaried medical group;

 

   

advanced technology-powered systems; and

 

   

service-oriented team implementing Lean processes.

We believe the aligned components of our model deployed at scale transform health care for key stakeholders.

The U.S. primary care market is estimated to be approximately $260 billion in 2019, including $159 billion within the commercially insured population. We are physically present in nine markets which represent approximately $34 billion in primary care spend within the commercially insured population alone. We believe we have only captured approximately 3% commercial market share in our most mature market and have captured



 

4


Table of Contents

approximately 1% or less in each of our other markets. In 2020, we plan to be physically present in 12 markets, which are expected to represent approximately $38 billion in primary care spend within the commercially insured population. While our members can access our digital services nationally, we believe we can expand our physical presence across the United States. The 50 largest metropolitan statistical areas, or MSAs, alone could expand our market opportunity for existing services and populations to $81 billion. We expect our total addressable market to grow as we further expand into additional services such as behavioral health, serve additional populations and explore alternative risk-sharing reimbursement models.

Our Value Proposition

Our modernized human-centered and technology-powered primary care model simultaneously addresses the frustrations and unmet needs faced by key stakeholders.

Value Proposition for Consumers

 

   

Greater engagement for better health and better care. We regularly and proactively engage our members digitally and in-person. During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, 47% of our members interacted with us monthly via our website or mobile app. Members can digitally access medical information, prescriptions, lab results and other health data, and can reach out to our team regarding medical issues or health questions around-the-clock.

 

   

Unique digital health experience. Our dedicated and compassionate providers and team members deliver 24/7 digital care. Members engage through our website or mobile app in timely synchronous and asynchronous interactions, selecting their communication modality of choice, including messaging, text, voice and video. Our in-house virtual team delivers 24/7 service to address health concerns and administrative questions, coordinating with our in-office providers.

 

   

Superior in-office care experience. We provide kind and attentive in-person care in aesthetically pleasing offices with contemporary interior designs. We offer same- or next-day appointments with almost no wait upon arrival in locations convenient to where consumers work, shop and live. Our approach allows for more time to thoroughly address a broader array of issues and to develop deeper relationships than traditional primary care settings.

 

   

Longitudinal approach to care. Our approach treats the whole person by including the physical, mental, social, emotional and administrative needs of our members. Our holistic offerings include walk-in immunizations and lab services, behavioral health, women’s health, men’s health, LGBTQ+ care, pediatrics, sports medicine, lifestyle and wellbeing programs. We proactively reach out to members to assess their health status and mental wellness and follow up with reminders on key health initiatives. These initiatives support the health of our members with the goal of avoiding more costly care in the future.

 

   

Greater care coordination. We can serve as a trusted advisor to our members, and through our administrative teams and technology, help them better navigate the healthcare ecosystem. Our health network partnerships further advance clinically and digitally integrated care across primary, specialty and acute care settings.

 

   

Improved health outcomes. We help drive better health outcomes for our members, as reflected in our 90th percentile rankings on key primary care related HEDIS quality metrics. To prevent avoidable conditions and advance health, we proactively promote screening for cancers, chronic diseases, anxiety and depression.



 

5


Table of Contents

Value Proposition for Employers

 

   

Differentiated and highly valued employee benefit. We believe our model enhances the benefits offering of employers, improving their recruitment and retention of talent. According to our 2019 member satisfaction survey, 76% of new employer-sponsored members indicated that having access to our platform as a benefit has improved their opinion of their employer, with 72% of respondents noting our services as one of their employer’s most valuable benefits.

 

   

Increased workforce productivity. We reduce time away from work as well as employee distraction related to illness, injury or other medical conditions by providing quick and convenient access to care for employees and dependents, including virtual care, of which 30% occurs after business hours on average. With longer appointments, we address more needs in our primary care setting, reducing avoidable referrals and additional time away from work.

 

   

Reduced costs. We reduce costs by increasing employee productivity and providing value-based care, substituting higher cost emergency room and specialty services with lower-cost primary care. We help avoid unnecessary testing and higher cost branded prescriptions through best practice clinical protocols embedded in our technology.

 

   

Insights on improving employee health and value-based care. We support population health improvement and medical cost assessment by analyzing anonymized aggregated health record information and employee health engagement patterns. We work with employers to better understand the health needs of their employees as well as to review overall utilization patterns. Our aggregated anonymized EHR information allows for timelier and deeper insights to help employers improve their health benefits programs and achieve higher levels of value.

Value Proposition for Providers

 

   

More fulfilling way to practice. Our providers develop meaningful relationships with our members over time, allowing them to help improve healthy behaviors and better coordinate member health needs. Their relationships with members are more longitudinal and less transactional. Our providers are also supported by our technology platform, which enables them to practice at the top of their license, making their work more professionally rewarding while reducing factors driving burnout.

 

   

Team-based approach across care modalities. Our in-office providers and our virtual team collaborate for longitudinal health care across time and settings. Our virtual care team and administrative specialists reduce our in-office providers’ workloads while promoting 24/7 care. Providers can better focus on caring for patients during member interactions, while excessive administrative tasks can be handled by other team members.

 

   

Purpose-built technology platform. Our proprietary technology platform is developed with significant provider input and is purpose-built for primary care. For example, our technology is focused on capturing and surfacing the most meaningful clinical insights in a workflow that is intuitive to providers. Our platform meaningfully reduces administrative workloads by intelligently automating, streamlining and re-routing tasks across our network to the most appropriate team member, resulting in faster response times while freeing up providers to focus on caring for members.

 

   

Salaried model with flexible work schedules. Our salaried model avoids perverse fee-for-service and capitation incentives, and does not financially reward or penalize our providers based on utilization. It supports the delivery of the right amount of care in the best setting without impacting provider take-home pay. Additionally, we have flexible work arrangements and opportunities to practice in office or virtually.



 

6


Table of Contents

Value Proposition for Health Networks

 

   

Expansion of health networks. Our partnership model allows health networks to augment their existing primary care and network strategies, without significant additional investment in capital, technology or management resources. Partnering with us can be a more effective, expeditious, economical and less risky way of developing a coordinated network of attributable lives. Additionally, our model can better position health networks with consumers and employers by focusing on consumer-driven care and facilitating direct-to-employer relationships.

 

   

Attractive customer base. Health networks look to partner with us to proactively establish relationships with our members. These partnerships allow health networks to better connect with our largely commercially insured membership base.

 

   

Coordinated care. We clinically and digitally integrate our modernized primary care model with our health network partners’ provider networks, better coordinating care for members across a continuum of settings. Through better coordination, we provide members with more seamless access to specialty care when needed. We simultaneously reduce excessive health network administrative costs by linking our referral processes and digital technologies with health network partners. This coordination of care can lead to better experiences and outcomes for members, as well as reduced costs.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following are our key competitive strengths.

Modernized Membership-Based Model

We believe our membership-based model supports ongoing and longitudinal relationships where we can serve as trusted advisors to our members and as partners to our enterprise clients. Our model also generates stable revenue which is recurring in nature, as evidenced by our 97% enterprise client retention rate and 89% consumer retention rate for the twelve months ended September 30, 2019. By having an enrolled population of members, we can proactively reach out to members to encourage adherence to treatment protocols or to check in on their care needs. We proactively engage with our members on a regular basis through our digital platform and in our welcoming offices, and believe we are better able to develop long-term connections and relationships with them.

Extraordinary Customer Experience

Our human-centered approach is focused on providing a superior experience to our members. Whether members call, click or visit, they consistently experience outstanding service. Our virtual care is available around-the-clock. Our medical offices feel more like health spas, and our providers and staff are very friendly and trained in customer service. We do not keep members waiting long, if at all, and our longer appointments provide our team with more time to address member needs. Our technology is designed to promote frictionless access, ease of use and high engagement. Our administrative staff is available to answer benefits questions and help navigate the healthcare ecosystem on behalf of our members.

Simultaneously Addressing the Needs of Consumers, Employers, Providers and Health Networks

Our modernized model simultaneously addresses the frustrations and unmet needs of key stakeholders, transforming health care from within the current ecosystem. For consumers, we deliver a superior experience as evidenced by our average NPS of 90 over the twelve months ended September 30, 2019 and our 90th percentile results on key primary care related HEDIS quality measures. See “Business—Overview” for a description of how we calculate NPS. For employers, we help improve employee productivity through frictionless access to virtual



 

7


Table of Contents

and in-office care and reduce medical costs by avoiding unnecessary emergency room and specialty visits. For providers, we create a more engaging and manageable primary care work environment by leveraging a salaried model and our proprietary technology. With health networks, we clinically integrate to expand their connections to commercially insured enrollees, and we are in-network with most health insurance plans in all of our markets.

Engaged, Salaried Providers Delivering Best-in-Class Care

We offer an outstanding environment to practice primary care, as reflected in our high provider retention rates and engagement scores. Our salaried compensation approach allows our providers to deliver patient-centered care without impacting their pay as might be the case under fee-for-service compensation approaches. Our providers also have significantly fewer EHR tasks to complete due to our proprietary technology that is purpose-built for primary care, freeing up their time to focus on delivering outstanding clinical care.

Proprietary Technology Platform

Our ability to simultaneously deliver significant value to key stakeholders is deeply rooted in our purpose-built, modernized technology platform. Our proprietary technology platform powers all aspects of our company: engaging members, supporting providers and advancing business objectives. Our technology allows us to proactively engage members with personalized clinical outreach and improve health through online scheduling, virtual provider visits and ready access to health information. This has resulted in a highly engaged member base, where 47% of our members interacted with us online monthly during the nine months ended September 30, 2019. Our technology also supports providers by leveraging machine learning to reduce and re-route tasks that needlessly create administrative burdens while supporting team-based care. This allows providers to spend more time delivering clinical care, while facilitating higher levels of member responsiveness. Our technology also advances operational efficiencies, as our product designers and engineers collaborate closely with clinical and operational team members to observe and optimize workflows. Our platform is built on a modern cloud-based technology stack, employing Agile development cycles and a DevOps approach to infrastructure. Our modular, service-oriented architecture utilizes application program interface, or API, standards for ease of implementing new functionalities and integrating with external systems. Our technology platform and capabilities were key contributors to our recognition on Fast Company’s “Most Innovative Companies” list for 2019, placement on CB Insights’ “Digital Health 150” list in 2019 and ranking by Alliance Bernstein as its number one “Most Disruptive” private health care company in the United States in 2019.

Operating Platform for High Performance at Scale

Our approach for operating and scaling our platform is based on leading process improvement and management practices. We leverage Lean methodologies for process improvement, human-centered design thinking, behavioral design and Agile methodologies for software development to deliver high performance levels at scale. Our operational processes, software development and staffing models, including our virtual medical team, are designed to work together to create efficiencies and uniquely achieve our objectives. Moreover, we standardize our processes and practices so we can efficiently deliver consistent outcomes at scale across existing and new markets, which we believe will further drive our financial performance.

Highly Experienced Management Team

Our management team has extensive experience working with leading health systems, health plans, technology companies, service organizations, consumer brands and enterprise-sales-driven companies. Our leadership embodies our cultural alignment around our behavioral tenants of being human-centered, team-based, unbounded in thinking, driven to excel and intellectually curious. Our leaders help organize teams of clinicians, technologists and staff to regularly engage together in designing processes and software to further advance our



 

8


Table of Contents

objectives. Accordingly, our team is well positioned to execute on our objectives and advance an outstanding workplace environment.

Our Growth Strategies

To transform health care at scale, we can pursue growth through the following avenues.

Grow consumer and enterprise membership in existing markets

We have significant opportunities to increase membership in our existing markets through (i) new sales to consumers and enterprise clients, (ii) expansion of the number of enrolled members, including dependents, within our enterprise clients and (iii) adding other potential services. In our most mature market in the San Francisco Bay Area, we believe we have only captured approximately 3% commercial market share, giving us ample room to grow. Within enterprise clients, our median activation rate as of September 30, 2019 was 45%, which we believe can increase over time as our brand awareness grows and our customer relationships mature. We define estimated activation rate for any enterprise client at a given time as the percentage of eligible lives enrolled as members. Some of our enterprise clients offer membership benefits to the dependents of their employees, for which we assume eligible lives include one dependent per employee. Additionally, while the percentage of enterprise clients offering our services to dependents of their employees has grown from 55% in 2015 to 71% as of September 30, 2019, we believe we have significant further room for growth with dependents. Furthermore, as we continue to scale our presence, we anticipate an increasing number of larger national and regional employers will look to partner with us for our services.

Expand into new markets

We are physically present in nine markets with plans to enter three new markets in 2020. Our market footprint represents $34 billion in primary care spend within the commercially insured population alone. We believe our complete offering is viable in most markets across the United States, and the 50 largest MSAs alone could expand our market opportunity for existing services and populations to $81 billion. As we enter new markets, we may work with existing enterprise clients and health networks to help enroll new members in these markets, potentially resulting in immediate membership enrollments at the time of market entry, before we even establish a physical footprint in a market.

Grow health network partnerships

To accelerate our growth and presence, we can extend existing health network partnerships into new markets where our partners may also have a presence, or we can enter into new health network partnerships in new markets. We typically partner with one health network in a given market, and as that partner grows its market presence, we can grow even further with them.

Expand services and populations

Our core offering today is centered on primary care and the commercially insured segment. However, our modernized model has been designed with flexibility to provide additional services such as behavioral health and to care for additional population segments such as Medicare beneficiaries. Additionally, our model is also well positioned for shared savings reimbursement models, such as capitation and other accountable care approaches. Our technology has also been developed with modern APIs to enable direct integration with channel partners and other third-party offerings, increasing the potential breadth of our modernized platform solution.



 

9


Table of Contents

Preliminary Estimated Unaudited Financial and Other Data

The data presented below reflect our preliminary estimated unaudited financial results and other data for and as of the three months and year ended December 31, 2019, based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus. The data are not a comprehensive statement of our results for and as of these periods, and our actual results may differ materially from these preliminary estimated data. Our actual results remain subject to the completion of management’s and our audit committee’s reviews and our other financial closing processes as well as the completion and preparation of our consolidated financial data as of and for the three months and year ended December 31, 2019. During the course of the preparation of our consolidated financial statements and related notes and the completion of the audit for the year ended December 31, 2019, additional adjustments to the preliminary estimated financial information presented below may be identified, and our final results for these periods may vary from these preliminary estimates. This preliminary estimated data should not be considered a substitute for the financial information to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 once it becomes available. See “Risk Factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for additional information regarding factors that could result in differences between these preliminary estimates and the actual financial and other data we will report for the year ended December 31, 2019.

The preliminary estimated unaudited financial and other data contained in this prospectus have been prepared in good faith by, and are the responsibility of, management based upon our internal reporting for and as of the three months and year ended December 31, 2019. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has not audited, reviewed, compiled or performed any procedures with respect to such preliminary data. Accordingly, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto.

 

     Three Months Ended December 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
     2019            2019         
     Estimated      2018
Actual
    Estimated      2018
Actual
 
     Low      High     Low      High  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Net revenue

   $                    $                    $ 58,042     $                    $                    $ 212,678  

Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

   $        $        $ 35,743     $        $        $ 136,180  

Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of net revenue

     %        %        61.6     %        %        64.0

Loss from operations

   $        $        $ (19,905   $        $        $ (45,046

Members (as of end of period)

           346             346  

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully consider these risks before making an investment. These risks include, among others, the following:

 

   

We conduct business in a heavily regulated industry, and if we fail to comply with applicable healthcare laws and government regulations, we could incur financial penalties, be excluded from participating in government healthcare programs, be required to make significant operational changes, or experience adverse publicity, which could harm our business.

 

   

The impact of healthcare reform legislation and other changes in the healthcare industry and in healthcare spending is currently unknown, and may harm our business.



 

10


Table of Contents
   

If our volume of members with private health insurance coverage declines, including due to a decline in the prevalence of employer-sponsored health care, our net revenue may be reduced.

 

   

If we fail to cost-effectively develop widespread brand awareness and maintain our reputation, or if we fail to achieve and maintain market acceptance for our healthcare services, our business could suffer.

 

   

Our business model and future growth are substantially dependent on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties.

 

   

We have a history of losses, which we expect to continue, and we may never achieve or sustain profitability.

 

   

We are dependent on our relationships with the One Medical PCs, which are affiliated professional entities that we do not own, to provide healthcare services, and our business would be harmed if those relationships were disrupted or if our arrangements with the One Medical PCs became subject to legal challenges.

 

   

Our net revenue is derived from the number of members enrolled or patient visits, and an increase or decrease in member utilization of our services could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

   

If reimbursement rates paid by third-party payers are reduced or if third-party payers otherwise restrain our ability to obtain or provide services to members, our business could be harmed.

 

   

Our arrangements with health networks may be subject to governmental or regulatory scrutiny or challenge.

If we are unable to adequately address these and other risks we face, our business may be harmed.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. For as long as we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with certain requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and may also take advantage of the reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and the exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. In addition, for so long as we are an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain reduced reporting obligations, including a requirement to have only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations disclosure. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced burdens. We have taken advantage of many of these reduced burdens in this prospectus, and intend to do so in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide stockholders may be different than you might get from other public companies in which you hold equity. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue; the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer”; the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and the last day of the fiscal year in which the fifth anniversary of this offering occurs.



 

11


Table of Contents

Corporate Information

We were incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware in July 2002 under the name 1Life Healthcare, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at One Embarcadero Center, Suite 1900, San Francisco, California 94111. Our telephone number is (415) 658-6792. Our website is www.onemedical.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus.

“1Life,” “One Medical,” the One Medical logo and our other registered or common law trade names, trademarks or service marks appearing in this prospectus are our property. Trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.



 

12


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

             shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us

             shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

             shares (or                 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full)

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of             shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $             million (or approximately $            million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

 

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital, research and development, business development, sales and marketing activities and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the remaining net proceeds, if any, to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, technologies or other assets, although we currently have no agreements or understandings with respect to any such acquisitions or investments. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of risks you should carefully consider before investing in our common stock.

 

Proposed Nasdaq Global Select Market trading symbol

“ONEM”

The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 104,911,198 shares of common stock (including shares of preferred stock on an as-converted basis) outstanding as of September 30, 2019, and excludes:

 

   

24,036,191 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of September 30, 2019 with a weighted-average exercise price of $4.99 per share, under our equity incentive plans;

 

   

4,133,429 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted subsequent to September 30, 2019, with an exercise price of $11.56 per share;

 

   

1,278,778 additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan as of September 30, 2019 (after giving effect to (i) an additional 4,607,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan subsequent to September 30, 2019 and (ii) the issuance of stock options subsequent to September 30, 2019 to purchase 4,133,429 shares of common stock described above), which shares will be transferred to our 2020 Equity Incentive Plan at the time it becomes effective in connection with this offering;



 

13


Table of Contents
   

673,241 shares of preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2019, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.96 per share;

 

   

            shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (including 1,278,778 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan that will be transferred to our 2020 Equity Incentive Plan upon its effectiveness), which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering, as well as (i) any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan and (ii) upon the expiration or termination prior to exercise of stock options outstanding under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan and 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, an equal number of shares of common stock underlying such options; and

 

   

            shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan.

In addition, unless we specifically state otherwise, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

   

that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which we will file in connection with the closing of this offering, and our amended and restated bylaws adopted in connection with this offering are effective;

 

   

the conversion of all 86,251,669 outstanding shares of preferred stock into an equal number of shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

   

the conversion of all outstanding warrants to purchase 673,241 shares of preferred stock into warrants to purchase an equal number of shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

   

no exercise of outstanding options or warrants; and

 

   

no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock.



 

14


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial and other data. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2019, are derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements on the same basis as the audited financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair statement of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any other period in the future and our interim results for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2019, or any other period.

You should read the consolidated financial and other data set forth below in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes, the information in “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and the information in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2017     2018     2018     2019  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

       

Net revenue

  $ 176,769     $ 212,678     $ 154,636     $ 198,872  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

       

Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

    120,705       136,180       100,438       118,586  

Sales and marketing

    19,172       25,789       14,374       28,830  

General and administrative

    57,964       85,808       57,596       77,167  

Depreciation and amortization

    10,686       9,947       7,369       9,440  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    208,527       257,724       179,777       234,023  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (31,758     (45,046     (25,141     (35,151
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

       

Interest income

    386       2,251       805       3,676  

Interest expense

    (834     (804     (626     (393

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    646       (1,877     (1,897     (2,226
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

    198       (430     (1,718     1,057  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (31,560     (45,476     (26,859     (34,094

Provision for income taxes

    126       25       15       83  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (31,686     (45,501     (26,874     (34,177

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    (889     (1,086     (888     (1,049
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders

  $ (30,797   $ (44,415   $ (25,986   $ (33,128
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders, basic and diluted(1)

  $ (2.05   $ (2.65   $ (1.59   $ (1.80
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

    15,002,472       16,735,541       16,388,617       18,371,298  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders—basic and diluted(1)

    $ (0.46     $ (0.30
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted

      91,664,049         104,622,967  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 


 

15


Table of Contents
    Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2017     2018     2018     2019  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Other Data:

       

Members (as of end of period)(2)

    272       346       323       397  

Care margin(3)

  $ 56,064     $ 76,498     $ 54,198     $ 80,286  

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

  $ (11,542   $ (13,918   $ (7,070   $ (15,581

 

(1)

See Note 18, “Net Loss Per Share and Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share,” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further information on the calculation of net loss per share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders and unaudited pro forma net loss per share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders.

(2)

We define a member as a person who has paid for membership themselves or whose membership has been paid for by an enterprise client and who has registered an account with us. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

(3)

In addition to our results determined in accordance with GAAP, we have disclosed care margin and adjusted EBITDA, which are non-GAAP financial measures. We define care margin as loss from operations excluding depreciation and amortization, general and administrative expense and sales and marketing expense. We define adjusted EBITDA as net loss excluding interest income, interest expense, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, change in the fair value of our redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability and provision for income taxes. Care margin and adjusted EBITDA are not recognized terms under GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to measures of financial performance or liquidity derived in accordance with GAAP. See “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation from loss from operations, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, to care margin, and a reconciliation from net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, to adjusted EBITDA, as well as a discussion about the limitations of care margin and adjusted EBITDA.

 

     As of September 30, 2019  
     Actual     Pro Forma(1)     Pro Forma
As Adjusted(2)(3)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities

   $ 170,346     $ 170,346     $                

Working capital

     147,658       147,658    

Total assets

     418,399       418,399    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     5,927       —      

Total liabilities

     186,255       180,328    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     402,488       —      

Accumulated deficit

     (261,642     (265,148  

Total (deficit) equity

     (170,344     238,071    

 

(1)

The pro forma balance sheet data give effect to (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, of which 86,251,669 shares were outstanding as of September 30, 2019, into an equal number of shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering, (ii) the reclassification of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to total equity as all outstanding warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will become warrants to purchase an equal number of shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering, (iii) $3.5 million of stock-based compensation related to the vesting of 1,589,798 performance-based options upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering and (iv) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation upon the closing of this offering.

(2)

The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet data give further effect to our receipt of net proceeds from the sale of                shares of common stock at the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the



 

16


Table of Contents
 

midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3)

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities, working capital, total assets and total equity by $                million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase or decrease the amount of cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities, working capital, total assets and total equity by $                million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.



 

17


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider and read carefully all of the risks and uncertainties described below, as well as other information included in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. If any of the following risks actually occur, it could harm our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition. Unless otherwise indicated, references to our business being harmed in these risk factors will include harm to our business, reputation, financial condition, results of operations, net revenue and future prospects. In such event, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you might lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

We conduct business in a heavily regulated industry, and if we fail to comply with applicable healthcare laws and government regulations, we could incur financial penalties, become excluded from participating in government healthcare programs, be required to make significant operational changes or experience adverse publicity, which could harm our business.

The U.S. healthcare industry is heavily regulated and closely scrutinized by federal, state and local authorities. Comprehensive statutes and regulations govern the manner in which we provide and bill for services and collect reimbursement from governmental programs and private payers, our contractual relationships with our providers, vendors, health network partners and customers, our marketing activities and other aspects of our operations. Of particular importance are:

 

   

state laws that prohibit general business corporations, such as us, from practicing medicine, controlling physicians’ medical decisions or engaging in practices such as splitting fees with physicians;

 

   

federal and state laws pertaining to non-physician practitioners, such as nurse practitioners and physician assistants, including requirements for physician supervision of such practitioners and reimbursement-related requirements;

 

   

the federal physician self-referral law, commonly referred to as the Stark Law, which, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits physicians from referring Medicare or Medicaid patients to an entity for the provision of certain “designated health services” if the physician or a member of the physician’s immediate family has a direct or indirect financial relationship (including an ownership interest or a compensation arrangement) with the entity;

 

   

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which, subject to certain exceptions known as “safe harbors,” prohibits the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any bribe, kickback, rebate or other remuneration, in cash or in kind, in return for the referral of an individual for, or the lease, purchase, order or recommendation of, items or services covered, in whole or in part, by government healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid;

 

   

the federal False Claims Act, which imposes civil and criminal liability on individuals or entities that knowingly or recklessly submit false or fraudulent claims to Medicare, Medicaid, and other government-funded programs or make or cause to be made false statements in order to have a claim paid;

 

   

a provision of the Social Security Act that imposes criminal penalties on healthcare providers who fail to disclose or refund known overpayments;

 

   

the criminal healthcare fraud provisions of the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and their implementing regulations, or collectively, HIPAA, and related rules that prohibit knowingly and willfully executing a scheme or artifice to defraud any healthcare benefit program or falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any material false, fictitious or

 

18


Table of Contents
 

fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services;

 

   

the Civil Monetary Penalties Law, which prohibits the offering or giving of remuneration to Medicare and Medicaid beneficiaries that is likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a particular provider or supplier;

 

   

federal and state laws that prohibit providers from billing and receiving payment from Medicare and Medicaid for services unless the services are medically necessary, adequately and accurately documented, and billed using codes that accurately reflect the type and level of services rendered;

 

   

laws that regulate debt collection practices;

 

   

federal and state laws and policies related to healthcare providers’ licensure, certification, accreditation, Medicare and Medicaid program enrollment and reassignment of benefits;

 

   

federal and state laws and policies related to the prescribing and dispensing of pharmaceuticals and controlled substances;

 

   

state laws related to the advertising and marketing of services by healthcare providers;

 

   

federal and state laws related to confidentiality, privacy and security of personal information, including medical information and records, that limit the manner in which we may use and disclose that information, impose obligations to safeguard such information and require that we notify third parties in the event of a breach;

 

   

federal laws that impose civil administrative sanctions for, among other violations, inappropriate billing of services to government healthcare programs or employing or contracting with individuals who are excluded from participation in government healthcare programs;

 

   

laws and regulations limiting the use of funds in health savings accounts for individuals with high deductible health plans;

 

   

state laws pertaining to anti-kickback, fee splitting, self-referral and false claims, some of which are not limited to relationships involving government-funded programs; and

 

   

state laws governing healthcare entities that bear financial risk.

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and safe harbors available, it is possible that some of our business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. Achieving and sustaining compliance with these laws may prove costly. The risk of our being found in violation of these laws and regulations is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are sometimes complex and open to a variety of interpretations. Failure to comply with these laws and other laws can result in civil and criminal penalties such as fines, damages, recoupments of overpayments, imprisonment, loss of enrollment status and exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs. Our failure to accurately anticipate the application of these laws and regulations to our business or any other failure to comply with regulatory requirements could create liability for us and negatively affect our business. Any action against us for violation of these laws or regulations, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses, divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business and result in adverse publicity.

To enforce compliance with the federal laws, the U.S. Department of Justice and the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General, or OIG, regularly scrutinize healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. Responding to and managing government investigations can be time- and resource-consuming, divert management’s attention from the business and generate adverse publicity. Any such investigation or settlement could increase our costs or otherwise have a negative impact on our business, even if we are ultimately found to

 

19


Table of Contents

be in compliance with the relevant laws. Moreover, if one of our health system partners or another third party fails to comply with applicable laws and becomes the target of a government investigation, government authorities could require our cooperation in the investigation, which could cause us to incur additional legal expenses and result in adverse publicity.

In addition, because of the potential for large monetary exposure under the federal False Claims Act, which provides for treble damages and penalties of $11,463 to $22,927 per false claim or statement (as of 2019, and subject to annual adjustments for inflation), healthcare providers often resolve allegations without admissions of liability for significant amounts to avoid the uncertainty of treble damages that may be awarded in litigation proceedings. Such settlements often contain additional compliance and reporting requirements as part of a consent decree, settlement agreement or corporate integrity agreement. Given the significant size of actual and potential settlements, it is expected that the government will continue to devote substantial resources to investigating healthcare providers’ compliance with the healthcare reimbursement rules and fraud and abuse laws.

The One Medical PCs’ operation of medical practices is also subject to various state laws. Among other things, states regulate the licensure of healthcare providers, the supervision by physicians of non-physician practitioners such as physician assistants, nurse practitioners and registered nurses, the retention and storage of medical records, patient privacy and the protection of health information, and the prescribing and dispensing of pharmaceuticals and controlled substances. All such laws, and interpretations thereof, are subject to change. We could be subject to financial penalties and fines, criminal prosecution or other sanctions if our operations are found to not comply with these laws.

In addition, our ability to provide our full range of services in each state is dependent upon a state’s treatment of telemedicine and emerging technologies (such as digital health services), which are subject to changing political, regulatory and other influences. Many states have laws that limit or restrict the practice of telemedicine, such as laws that require a provider to be licensed and/or physically located in the same state where the patient is located. For example, of the jurisdictions in which we operate, California, Georgia, New York, Massachusetts, Oregon and Washington, D.C. are not members of the Interstate Medical Licensure Compact, which streamlines the process by which physicians licensed in one state are able to practice in other participating states. Failure to comply with these laws could result in denials of reimbursement for our services (to the extent such services are billed), recoupments of prior payments, professional discipline for our providers or civil or criminal penalties.

The laws, regulations and standards governing the provision of healthcare services may change significantly in the future. New or changed healthcare laws, regulations or standards may harm our business. A review of our business by judicial, law enforcement, regulatory or accreditation authorities could result in challenges or actions against us that could harm our business and operations.

The impact of healthcare reform legislation and other changes in the healthcare industry and in healthcare spending on us is currently unknown, but may harm our business.

Our revenue is dependent on the healthcare industry and could be affected by changes in healthcare spending and policy. The healthcare industry is subject to changing political, regulatory and other influences. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or PPACA, made major changes in how health care is delivered and reimbursed, and increased access to health insurance benefits to the uninsured and underinsured population of the United States.

The PPACA, among other things, increased the number of individuals with Medicaid and private insurance coverage, implemented reimbursement policies that tie payment to quality, facilitated the creation of accountable care organizations that may use capitation and other alternative payment methodologies, strengthened enforcement of fraud and abuse laws and encouraged the use of information technology. Such changes in the

 

20


Table of Contents

regulatory environment may also result in changes to our payer mix that may affect our operations and net revenue.

In addition, certain provisions of the PPACA authorize voluntary demonstration projects, which include the development of bundling payments for acute, inpatient hospital services, physician services and post-acute services for episodes of hospital care. Further, the PPACA may negatively impact payers by increasing medical costs generally, which could have an effect on the industry and potentially impact our business and revenue as payers seek to offset these increases by reducing costs in other areas. The full impact of these changes on us cannot be determined at this time.

We are also impacted by the Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act, under which physicians must choose to participate in one of two payment formulas, Merit-Based Incentive Payment System, or MIPS, or Alternative Payment Models, or APMs. Beginning in 2019, MIPS allows eligible physicians to receive upward or downward adjustments to their Medicare Part B payments based on certain quality and cost metrics, among other measures. As an alternative, physicians can choose to participate in an Advanced APM. Advanced APMs are exempt from the MIPS requirements, and physicians who are meaningful participants in APMs will receive bonus payments from Medicare pursuant to the law.

In addition, current and prior healthcare reform proposals have included the concept of creating a single payer or public option for health insurance. If enacted, these proposals could have an extensive impact on the healthcare industry, including us. We are unable predict whether such reforms may be enacted or their impact on our operations.

We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments and other third-party payers will pay for healthcare services, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If our volume of members with private health insurance coverage declines, including due to a decline in the prevalence of employer-sponsored health care, our revenue may be reduced.

Private third-party payers, including health maintenance organizations, or HMOs, preferred provider organizations and other managed care plans, as well as medical groups and independent practice associations, referred to collectively as IPAs, that contract with HMOs, typically reimburse healthcare providers at a higher rate than Medicare, Medicaid or other government healthcare programs. Reimbursement rates are set forth by contract when the One Medical PCs are in-network, and payers utilize plan structures to encourage or require the use of in-network providers. As a result, our ability to maintain or increase patient volumes covered by private third-party payers and to maintain and obtain favorable contracts with private third-party payers significantly affects our revenue and operating results.

We currently derive a large portion of our revenue from members acquired under our contractual arrangements with enterprise clients that purchase health care for their employees (either via insurance or self-funded benefit plans). A large part of the demand for our solutions and services among enterprise clients depends on the need of these employers to manage the costs of healthcare services that they pay on behalf of their employees. While the percentage of employers who are self-insured has been increasing over the past decade, this trend may not continue. Some experts have predicted that future healthcare reform will encourage employer-sponsored health insurance to become significantly less prevalent as employees migrate to obtaining their own insurance over state-sponsored insurance marketplaces. The resulting loss in members may also decrease the fees we receive under our contracts with health network partners as fewer members engage in their healthcare networks. Were this to occur, there is no guarantee that we would be able to compensate for the loss in revenue derived from enterprise clients and health network partners by increasing retail member acquisition. In addition, health network partners who rely on our contracts with them for primary care patients to use their healthcare networks, particularly specialty care, may become dissatisfied with the terms under the applicable contract and

 

21


Table of Contents

seek to amend or terminate, or elect not to renew, these contracts. In these cases, our business and results of operations would be harmed.

Private third-party payers, including managed care plans, continue to demand discounted fee structures, and the ongoing trend toward consolidation among payers tends to increase their bargaining power over fee structures. Payers may utilize plan structures such as narrow networks and tiered networks that limit beneficiary provider choices or impose significantly higher cost sharing obligations when care is obtained from providers in a disfavored tier. Other healthcare providers may impact the ability of the One Medical PCs to enter into managed care contracts or negotiate increases in reimbursement and other favorable terms and conditions. In addition to increasing negotiating leverage of private third-party payers, alignment efforts between third-party payers and healthcare providers may also result in other competitive advantages, such as greater access to performance and pricing data. Our future success will depend, in part, on the ability of the One Medical PCs to retain and renew third-party payer contracts and enter into new contracts on favorable terms. It is not clear what impact, if any, future health reform efforts or the repeal of, or further changes to, the PPACA will have on the ability of the One Medical PCs to negotiate reimbursement increases and participate in third-party payer networks on favorable terms. If the One Medical PCs are unable to retain and negotiate favorable contracts with third-party payers or experience reductions in payment increases or amounts received from third-party payers, our revenue may be reduced.

If we fail to cost-effectively develop widespread brand awareness and maintain our reputation, or if we fail to achieve and maintain market acceptance for our healthcare services, our business could suffer.

We believe that developing and maintaining widespread awareness of our brand and maintaining our reputation for providing access to high quality and efficient health care in a cost-effective manner is critical to attracting new members and enterprise clients and maintaining existing members. Our business and revenue are heavily reliant on growing and maintaining our membership base. We have historically derived a significant portion of net revenue from patient visits at the One Medical PCs. In addition, we have a growing number of strategic relationships with health systems and health plans, or collectively, health networks. Market acceptance of our solutions and services and member acquisition depends on educating people, as well as enterprise clients and health networks, as to the distinct features, ease-of-use, positive lifestyle impact, cost savings, quality, and other perceived benefits of our solutions and services as compared to alternative avenues for health care. In particular, market acceptance is highly dependent on our ability to sufficiently saturate a particular geographic area with medical offices to provide services to local members. The level of saturation required depends on the needs of the local market and the healthcare preferences of the members in that market, among other things. For example, certain markets will require more saturation if transportation to our medical offices, or general convenience of accessing our medical offices, is a concern for members. Further, we rely on word of mouth to spread awareness of our solutions and services, which in turn is dependent on members relaying positive experiences with our solutions, services and providers. If we are not successful in demonstrating to existing and potential members and enterprise clients the benefits of our solutions and services, if we are not able to sufficiently saturate a market with medical offices in convenient locations for members, or if we are not able to achieve the support of enterprise clients, health networks, healthcare providers and insurance carriers for our solutions and services, we could experience lower than expected sales of new memberships and a higher rate of existing membership termination, including termination of membership purchases by enterprise clients. Further, the loss or dissatisfaction of any member may substantially harm our brand and reputation, inhibit widespread adoption of our solutions and services, reduce our revenue from enterprise clients and health networks, and impair our ability to attract new members and maintain existing members.

Our brand promotion activities may not generate awareness or increase revenue and, even if they do, any increase in revenue may not offset the expenses we incur in building our brand. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand, we may fail to attract or retain members, health networks and enterprise clients necessary to realize a sufficient return on our brand-building efforts or to achieve the widespread brand awareness that is critical for broad adoption of our solutions and services. Our marketing efforts depend

 

22


Table of Contents

significantly on our ability to call upon our current members to provide positive references to potential new members. For example, we rely on word of mouth and informal member referrals within our enterprise clients to acquire new members, including dependents of existing members.

Further, even if we are successful in our brand promotion activities and deliver high quality and efficient service through the One Medical PCs, we cannot guarantee the quality and efficiency of healthcare service, particularly specialty health care, from our health network partners, over which we have no control. Many of our health network partners are large institutions with significant operations across a wide network of patients and may be unable to provide consistent levels of service across specialty area, physician or location to our members. We heavily rely on our NPS and other member satisfaction scores to promote our brand, increase awareness of our solutions and services and expand our membership base, including in new geographic areas. Patients who experience poor quality healthcare provision from such partners may impute such dissatisfaction to our solutions and services, which would have a negative impact on member retention and acquisition. Any of these consequences could lower our membership retention rate, reduce our revenue and harm our business.

Our solutions and services may also be perceived by our members or enterprise clients to be more complicated or less effective than traditional approaches, and people may be unwilling to deviate from traditional or competing healthcare access options. Accordingly, healthcare providers may not recommend our solution or services until there is sufficient evidence to convince them to alter their current approach. Finally, enterprise clients may be unwilling to market our solutions and services, or may prohibit us from marketing our solutions and services, to their employees. Any such resistance to adoption of our solutions and services, or impediment to our ability to market our solutions and services, may harm our business and results of operations.

Our business model and future growth are substantially dependent on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties.

We will continue to substantially depend on our relationships with third parties, including health network partners and enterprise clients to grow our business. We have historically derived a significant portion of our membership revenue from annual membership fees sponsored by our enterprise clients for their employees and patient visit revenue from such employees. In addition, our growth depends on maintaining existing, and developing new, strategic affiliations with health network partners. Further, we rely on a number of partners such as benefits enrollment platforms, professional employment organizations, consultants and other distribution partners in order to sell our solutions and services and enroll members onto our platform.

Our agreements with our enterprise clients often provide for fees based on the number of members that are covered by such clients’ programs each month, known as capitation arrangements. Certain of our enterprise clients also pay us a fixed fee per year regardless of number of registered members. The number of individuals who register as members through our enterprise clients is often affected by factors outside of our control, such as plan endorsement by the employer and member outreach and retention initiatives. Enterprise clients may also prohibit us from engaging in direct outreach with employees as potential members, or we may be unsuccessful in spreading brand awareness among employees who perceive competitors as offering better solutions and services, which would decrease growth in membership and reduce our net revenue. Increasing rates of unemployment may also result in loss of members at our enterprise clients, and economic recessions or slowdowns can result in our enterprise clients terminating their employee sponsorship arrangements with us for budgetary reasons. In addition, during periods of economic slowdown, enterprise clients may face less competition for new hires or may not need to hire as many employees, and as a result, they may not need to sponsor memberships with us as a means to attract new hires. If the number of members covered by one or more of such clients’ programs were to be reduced, such decrease would lead to a decrease in our patient service revenue and may also result in non-renewals of our contracts with enterprise clients due to low member activation. For example, even if we maintain a contract with an enterprise client to sponsor membership fees, employees of that customer may not sign up as members due to lack of awareness, inadequate marketing penetration due to information overflow at that customer or otherwise, or perceived inadequacy of our solutions or services as compared to those of

 

23


Table of Contents

competitors sponsored by the same customer. In addition, the growth forecasts of our clients are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may prove to be inaccurate. Even if the markets in which our customers and partners compete meet the size estimates and growth forecasted, their program membership could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all. Historical activation rates within a given enterprise client may also not be indicative of future membership levels at that enterprise client or activation rates of similarly situated enterprise clients. Further, high activation rates do not necessarily result in increased patient service revenue or membership revenue. We define estimated activation rate for any enterprise client at a given time as the percentage of eligible lives enrolled as members. Some of our enterprise clients offer membership benefits to the dependents of their employees, for which we assume eligible lives include one dependent per employee.

We also derive a portion of our revenue from partnership revenue. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019, we derived 3%, 12% and 29%, respectively, of our net revenue from partnership revenue. A substantial portion of our partnership revenue is derived from contracts with health network partners, including HMOs. Under these contracts, we closely collaborate with each health network on certain strategic initiatives such as the expansion of practice sites in a particular jurisdiction or service area, and clinical and digital integration between our primary care and their specialty care services. Our contracts with the health network partners are typically bespoke, with varying terms across health network partners. However, each contract generally provides for fees on a PMPM basis or a fee-for-service basis. Under contracts providing for PMPM fees, when our medical offices provide professional clinical services to covered members, we, as administrator, perform billing and collection services on behalf of the health network, and the health network receives the fees for services provided, including those paid by members’ insurance plans. If we do not adequately satisfy the objectives of our partners and perform against contractual obligations, we may lose revenue under the applicable health network partner contract and the health network partner may become dissatisfied with the terms or our performance under the contract, which could result in its early termination or amendment, if permitted, and as a result, harm to our business and results of operations, including reduction in net revenue. We have experienced a contractual dispute with a health network partner in the past, have separately entered into a contractual renegotiation with a health network partner and may experience additional disputes and renegotiations in the future. Our contracts with health network partners are often exclusive in the applicable jurisdiction; as a result, in new potential markets should we pursue a health network partnership, we would need to successfully contract with a sufficiently competitively viable health network partner, as we may not be able to terminate any such contract for several years without penalty or be able to partner with other health network partners in the same market due to competitive pressures or lack of counterparties. We cannot guarantee that our health network partners will continue to be satisfied with the terms or circumstances under existing contracts as well, even if unrelated to our performance under the contracts. If we are unable to successfully continue our strategic relationships with our health network partners, on terms favorable to us or at all, or if we do not successfully contract with health network partners in new jurisdictions, our business and results of operations could be harmed.

Identifying partners, and negotiating and documenting relationships with them, requires significant time and resources. Our competitors may be more effective in executing such relationships and performing against them. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with third parties, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our net revenue could be impaired and our results of operations may suffer. Even if we are successful, we cannot assure you that these relationships will result in increased member use of our solutions and services or increased net revenue.

Our arrangements with health networks may be subject to governmental or regulatory scrutiny or challenge.

Some of our relationships with health networks involve risk arrangements, such as capitated payments designed to achieve alignment of financial incentives and to encourage close collaboration on clinical care for patients. Although we believe that our health network contracts involving capitated payments comply with the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and the Stark Law, there can be no assurance that regulators or other governmental

 

24


Table of Contents

entities will agree with our interpretation of these arrangements under applicable law. If our health network partnerships are challenged and found to violate the Anti-Kickback Statute or the Stark Law, we could incur substantial financial penalties, reimbursement denials, repayments or recoupments, or exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, which could harm our business.

We have a history of losses, which we expect to continue, and we may never achieve or sustain profitability.

We have incurred significant losses in each period since our inception. We incurred net losses of $31.7 million, $45.5 million, $26.9 million and $34.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively. As of September 30, 2019, we had an accumulated deficit of $261.6 million. These net losses and accumulated deficit reflect the substantial investments we made to acquire new health network partners and members, build our proprietary network of healthcare providers and develop our technology platform. We intend to continue scaling our business to increase our customer, member and provider bases, broaden the scope of our partnerships and expand our applications of technology through which members can access our services. Accordingly, we anticipate that cost of care and other operating expenses will increase substantially in the foreseeable future. These efforts may prove more expensive than we currently anticipate, and we may not succeed in increasing our revenue sufficiently to offset these higher expenses. We cannot assure you that we will achieve profitability in the future or that, if we do become profitable, we will be able to sustain or increase profitability. Our prior net losses, combined with our expected future net losses, have had and will continue to have a negative impact on our total (deficit) equity and working capital. As a result of these factors, we may need to raise additional capital through debt or equity financings in order to fund our operations, and such capital may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all.

Evolving government regulations may increase costs or negatively impact our results of operations.

In a regulatory climate that is uncertain, our operations may be subject to direct and indirect adoption, expansion or reinterpretation of various laws and regulations. Compliance with these future laws and regulations may require us to change our practices at an undeterminable and possibly significant initial and recurring monetary expense. These additional monetary expenditures may increase future overhead, which could harm our results of operations.

We have identified what we believe are areas of government regulation that, if changed, could be costly to us. These include: fraud, waste and abuse laws; rules governing the practice of medicine by providers; licensure standards for doctors and behavioral health professionals; laws limiting the corporate practice of medicine and professional fee splitting; tax laws and regulations applicable to our annual membership fees; cybersecurity and privacy laws; laws and rules relating to the distinction between independent contractors and employees (including recent developments in California that have expanded the scope of workers that are treated as employees instead of independent contractors); and tax and other laws encouraging employer-sponsored health insurance and group benefits. There could be laws and regulations applicable to our business that we have not identified or that, if changed, may be costly to us, and we cannot predict all the ways in which implementation of such laws and regulations may affect us.

In the jurisdictions in which we operate, we believe we are in compliance with all applicable laws, but, due to the uncertain regulatory environment, certain jurisdictions may determine that we are in violation of their laws. In the event that we must remedy such violations, we may be required to modify our solutions and services in a manner that undermines our solutions’ or services’ attractiveness to our customers, members, providers, payers or partners, we may become subject to fines or other penalties or, if we determine that the requirements to operate in compliance in such jurisdictions are overly burdensome, we may elect to terminate our operations in such places. In each case, our revenue may decline and our business may be harmed.

Additionally, the introduction of new services may require us to comply with additional, yet undetermined, laws and regulations. Compliance may require obtaining appropriate licenses or certificates, increasing our

 

25


Table of Contents

security measures and expending additional resources to monitor developments in applicable rules and ensure compliance. The failure to adequately comply with these future laws and regulations may delay or possibly prevent some of our solutions or services from being offered to clients and members, which could harm our business.

We are dependent on our relationships with the One Medical PCs, which are affiliated professional entities that we do not own, to provide healthcare services, and our business would be harmed if those relationships were disrupted or if our arrangements with the One Medical PCs become subject to legal challenges.

The corporate practice of medicine prohibition exists in some form, by statute, regulation, board of medicine or attorney general guidance, or case law, in certain of the states in which we operate. These laws generally prohibit the practice of medicine by lay persons or entities and are intended to prevent unlicensed persons or entities from interfering with or inappropriately influencing providers’ professional judgment. Due to the prevalence of the corporate practice of medicine doctrine, including in certain of the states where we conduct our business, we do not own the One Medical PCs and contract for healthcare provider services for our members through ASAs with such entities. The One Medical PCs are wholly owned by providers licensed in their respective states, including Andrew Diamond, M.D., Ph.D., the Chief Medical Officer of One Medical Group, Inc., a consolidated One Medical PC, who oversees their operation. Dr. Diamond generally serves as the sole director and officer of each One Medical PC. Under the ASAs between 1Life and each One Medical PC, we provide various administrative and operations support services in exchange for scheduled fees at the fair market value of our services provided to each One Medical PC. As a result, our ability to receive cash fees from the One Medical PCs is limited to the fair market value of the services provided under the ASAs. To the extent our ability to receive cash fees from the One Medical PCs is limited, our ability to use that cash for growth, debt service or other uses at the One Medical PC may be impaired and, as a result, our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

Our ability to perform medical and digital health services in a particular U.S. state is directly dependent upon the applicable laws governing the practice of medicine, healthcare delivery and fee splitting in such locations, which are subject to changing political, regulatory and other influences. The extent to which a U.S. state considers particular actions or relationships to constitute the practice of medicine is subject to change and to evolving interpretations by medical boards and state attorneys general, among others, each of which has broad discretion. There is a risk that U.S. state authorities in some jurisdictions may find that our contractual relationships with the One Medical PCs, which govern the provision of medical and digital health services and the payment of administrative and operations support fees, violate laws prohibiting the corporate practice of medicine and fee splitting. The extent to which each state may consider particular actions or contractual relationships to constitute improper influence of professional judgment varies across the states and is subject to change and to evolving interpretations by state boards of medicine and state attorneys general, among others. Accordingly, we must monitor our compliance with laws in every jurisdiction in which we operate on an ongoing basis, and we cannot provide assurance that our activities and arrangements, if challenged, will be found to be in compliance with the law. Additionally, it is possible that the laws and rules governing the practice of medicine, including the provision of digital health services, and fee splitting in one or more jurisdictions may change in a manner adverse to our business. While the ASAs prohibit us from controlling, influencing or otherwise interfering with the practice of medicine at each One Medical PC, and provide that physicians retain exclusive control and responsibility for all aspects of the practice of medicine and the delivery of medical services, there can be no assurance that our contractual arrangements and activities with the One Medical PCs will be free from scrutiny from U.S. state authorities, and we cannot guarantee that subsequent interpretation of the corporate practice of medicine and fee splitting laws will not circumscribe our business operations. State corporate practice of medicine doctrines also often impose penalties on physicians themselves for aiding the corporate practice of medicine, which could discourage providers from participating in our network of physicians. If a successful legal challenge or an adverse change in relevant laws were to occur, and we were unable to adapt our business model accordingly, our operations in affected jurisdictions would be disrupted, which could harm our business.

 

26


Table of Contents

While we expect that our relationships with the One Medical PCs and their affiliates will continue, a material change in our relationship with these entities, or among the One Medical PCs, whether resulting from a dispute among the entities, a challenge from a governmental regulator, a change in government regulation, or the loss of these relationships or contracts with the One Medical PCs, could impair our ability to provide services to our members and could harm our business. For example, our arrangements in place to help ensure an orderly succession of the owner or owners of the One Medical PCs upon the occurrence of certain events may be challenged, which may impact our relationship with the One Medical PCs and harm our business and results of operations. The ASAs and these succession arrangements could also subject us to additional scrutiny by federal and state regulatory bodies regarding federal and state fraud and abuse laws. Any scrutiny, investigation or litigation with regard to our arrangement with the One Medical PCs, and any resulting penalties, including monetary fines and restrictions on or mandated changes to our current business and operating arrangements, could harm our business.

Our net revenue is derived from the number of members enrolled or patient visits, and an increase or decrease in member utilization of our services could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Historically, we have relied on patient visits at the One Medical PCs for a substantial portion of our net revenue. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, net patient service revenue accounted for 78% and 68% of our net revenue, respectively, and 68% and 52% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively. While we intend to increase revenue contribution from health network partners, our revenue mix will continue to be driven by patient visits over the near term. As we develop additional digital health solutions through our mobile platform, we cannot guarantee that our members will consistently make in-office visits in addition to using our digital health solutions. Further, it may be difficult for us to accurately forecast future patient in-office visits over time, which may vary across geographies and depend on patient demographics within a given market. In addition, we will continue to rely on our reputation and recommendations from members and key enterprise clients to promote our solutions and services to potential new members. A substantial portion of our members hold subscriptions through their respective employers with which we have membership arrangements. The loss of any of our key enterprise clients, or a failure of some of them to renew or expand their arrangements with us, could have a significant impact on the growth rate of our revenue, reputation and our ability to obtain new members. In addition, mergers and acquisitions involving such enterprise clients could lead to cancellation or non-renewal of our contracts with those clients or by the acquiring or combining companies, thereby reducing the number of our existing and potential clients and members. If we are unable to attract and retain sufficient members in any given market, our clinics in that market may have reduced in-office visits which could harm the results of operations of those clinics, reduce our revenue and harm our business.

In addition, under certain of our contracts with enterprise clients, we base our fees on the number of individuals to whom our clients provide benefits. Under certain of our health network partner agreements, we collect fees from members who receive healthcare services within the health network partner’s network. Many factors, most of which we do not control, may lead to a decrease in the number of individuals covered by our enterprise clients, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

failure of our enterprise clients to adopt or maintain effective business practices;

 

   

changes in the nature or operations of our enterprise clients;

 

   

changes of control of our enterprise clients;

 

   

reduced demand in particular geographies;

 

   

shifts away from employer-sponsored health plans toward employee self-insurance;

 

   

shifting regulatory climate and new or changing government regulations; and

 

   

increased competition or other changes in the benefits marketplace.

If the number of members covered by our enterprise clients and health network partners decreases, our revenue will likely decrease.

 

27


Table of Contents

If reimbursement rates paid by third-party payers are reduced or if third-party payers otherwise restrain our ability to obtain or provide services to members, our business could be harmed.

Private third-party payers pay for the services that we provide to many of our members. As of September 30, 2019, over 95% of our members were commercially insured. If any commercial third-party payers reduce their reimbursement rates or elect not to cover some or all of our services, our business may be harmed. Third-party payers also are entering into sole source contracts with some healthcare providers, which could effectively limit our pool of potential members.

Private third-party payers often use plan structures, such as narrow networks or tiered networks, to encourage or require members to use in-network providers. In-network providers typically provide services through private third-party payers for a negotiated lower rate or other less favorable terms. Private third-party payers generally attempt to limit use of out-of-network providers by requiring members to pay higher copayment and/or deductible amounts for out-of-network care. Additionally, private third-party payers have become increasingly aggressive in attempting to minimize the use of out-of-network providers by disregarding the assignment of payment from members to out-of-network providers (i.e., sending payments directly to members instead of to out-of-network providers), capping out-of-network benefits payable to members, waiving out-of-pocket payment amounts and initiating litigation against out-of-network providers for interference with contractual relationships, insurance fraud and violation of state licensing and consumer protection laws. If we become out of network for insurers, our business could be harmed and our patient service revenue could be reduced because members could stop using our services.

If reimbursement rates paid by federal or state healthcare programs are reduced or if government payers otherwise restrain our ability to obtain or provide services to members, our business, financial condition and results of operation could be harmed.

A portion of our revenue comes from government healthcare programs, principally Medicare. Payments from federal and state government programs are subject to statutory and regulatory changes, administrative rulings, interpretations and determinations, requirements for utilization review and federal and state funding restrictions, each of which could increase or decrease program payments, as well as affect the cost of providing service to patients and the timing of payments to the One Medical PCs. We are unable to predict the effect of recent and future policy changes on our operations. In addition, the uncertainty and fiscal pressures placed upon federal and state governments as a result of, among other things, deterioration in general economic conditions and the funding requirements from the federal healthcare reform legislation, may affect the availability of taxpayer funds for Medicare and Medicaid programs. Changes in government healthcare programs may reduce the reimbursement we receive and could adversely impact our business and results of operations.

As federal healthcare expenditures continue to increase, and state governments continue to face budgetary shortfalls, federal and state governments have made, and continue to make, significant changes in the Medicare and Medicaid programs. These changes include reductions in reimbursement levels and to new or modified demonstration projects authorized pursuant to Medicaid waivers. Some of these changes have decreased, or could decrease, the amount of money we receive for our services relating to these programs. In some cases, private third-party payers rely on all or portions of Medicare payment systems to determine payment rates. Changes to government healthcare programs that reduce payments under these programs may negatively impact payments from private third-party payers.

We are subject to comprehensive laws and rules governing billing and payment, noncompliance with which could result in non-payment or recoupment of overpayments for our services or other sanctions.

Payers typically have differing and complex billing and documentation requirements. If we fail to comply with these payer-specific requirements, we may not be paid for our services or payment may be substantially delayed or reduced.

 

28


Table of Contents

Numerous state and federal laws also apply to our claims for payment, including but not limited to (i) “coordination of benefits” rules that dictate which payer must be billed first when a patient has coverage from multiple payers, (ii) requirements that overpayments be refunded within a specified period of time, (iii) “reassignment” rules governing the ability to bill and collect professional fees on behalf of other providers, (iv) requirements that electronic claims for payment be submitted using certain standardized transaction codes and formats, and (v) laws requiring all health and financial information of patients in a manner that complies with applicable security and privacy standards.

Both Medicare and commercial payers carefully monitor compliance with these and other applicable rules. Our failure to comply with these rules could result in our obligation to refund amounts previously paid for such services or non-payment for our services, in addition to other civil or criminal sanctions.

We may become subject to billing or other compliance investigations by government authorities, private insurers or health network partners.

Federal and state laws, rules and regulations impose substantial penalties, including criminal and civil fines, monetary penalties, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs and imprisonment, on entities or individuals (including any individual corporate officers or physicians deemed responsible) that fraudulently or wrongfully bill government-funded programs or other third-party payers for healthcare services. Both federal and state government agencies have heightened and coordinated civil and criminal enforcement efforts as part of numerous ongoing investigations of healthcare companies, as well as their executives and managers, with enforcement actions covering a variety of topics, including referral and billing practices. Further, the federal False Claims Act and a growing number of state laws allow private parties to bring qui tam or “whistleblower” lawsuits against companies for false billing violations. Some of our activities could become the subject of governmental investigations or inquiries.

Governmental agencies and private insurers also conduct audits of healthcare providers. Such audits can result in repayment demands based on findings that our services were not medically necessary, were billed at an improper level or otherwise violated applicable billing requirements. Our health network partners also conduct audits under their agreements with us, which audits can also result in disgorgement of fees paid to us under such agreements based on findings that our services were not performed in accordance with the applicable agreement or that we were otherwise not in compliance with any terms of the applicable agreement. Our failure to comply with rules related to billing or adverse findings from audits by our health network partners could result in, among other penalties, non-payment for services rendered or recoupments or refunds of amounts previously paid for such services.

Audits, inquiries and investigations from government agencies, private insurers and health network partners will occur from time to time in the ordinary course of our business, and could result in costs to us and a diversion of management’s time and attention. New regulations and heightened enforcement activity also could negatively affect our cost of doing business and our risk of becoming the subject of an audit or investigation. We cannot predict whether any future audits, inquiries or investigations, or the public disclosure of such matters, likely would negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and the trading price of our securities.

We operate in a competitive industry, and if we are not able to compete effectively our business would be harmed.

The market for healthcare solutions and services is intensely competitive. We compete in a highly fragmented primary care market with direct and indirect competitors that offer varying levels of impact to key stakeholders such as consumers, employers, providers, and health networks. Our competitive success is contingent on our ability to simultaneously address the needs of key stakeholders efficiently and with superior outcomes at scale compared with competitors. We compete across various segments within the healthcare

 

29


Table of Contents

market, including with respect to traditional healthcare providers and medical practices, technology platforms, care management and coordination, digital health, telehealth and telemedicine and health information exchange. Competition in our market involves rapidly changing technologies, evolving regulatory requirements and industry expectations, frequent new product and service introductions and changes in customer requirements. If we are unable to keep pace with the evolving needs of our clients, members and partners and continue to develop and introduce new applications and services in a timely and efficient manner, demand for our solutions and services may be reduced and our business and results of operations would be harmed.

Our business and future growth are highly dependent on gaining new members and retaining existing members in both existing and target markets. However, the healthcare market is competitive, which could make it difficult for us to succeed. We currently face competition in the healthcare industry for our solutions and services from a range of companies and providers, including traditional healthcare providers and medical practices that offer similar services, often at lower prices, and that are continuing to develop additional products and becoming more sophisticated and effective. These competitors primarily include primary care providers who are employed by or affiliated with health networks. Our indirect competitors also include episodic consumer-driven point solutions such as telemedicine as well as urgent care providers, which may typically pay providers on a fee-for-service basis rather than a salary basis as we employ. In addition, large, well-financed health plans have in some cases developed their own health care or expert medical service tools and may provide these solutions to their customers at discounted prices. Generally, other hospitals and outpatient centers in the local communities we serve provide services similar to those we offer, and, in some cases, our competitors (1) are more established or newer than ours, (2) may offer a broader array of services or more desirable facilities to patients and providers than ours, and (3) may have larger or more specialized medical staffs to admit and refer patients, among other things. Furthermore, healthcare consumers are now able to access hospital performance data on quality measures and patient satisfaction, as well as standard charges for services, to compare competing providers; if any of the One Medical PCs achieve poor results (or results that are lower than our competitors’) on quality measures or patient satisfaction surveys, or if our standard charges are or are perceived to be higher than our competitors, we may attract fewer members. Additional quality measures and trends toward clinical or billing transparency, including recent price transparency proposals that would require third-party payers and hospitals to make their pricing information publicly available, may have a negative impact on our competitive position and patient volumes, as patients may prefer to use lower cost healthcare providers if they deliver services that are perceived to be similar in quality to ours. Finally, our enterprise clients or health network partners may elect to terminate their arrangements with us and enter into arrangements with our competitors, particularly in primary care. For example, our health network partners may wish to enter into competitor arrangements that are more favorable from a fee or price perspective or that provide greater exposure to, or volume of, patients. Competition from specialized providers, health plans, medical practices, digital health companies and other parties will result in continued member acquisition and patient visit and utilization volume pressure, which could negatively impact our revenue and market share.

Some of our competitors may have greater name recognition, longer operating histories and significantly greater resources than we do. Further, our current or potential competitors may be acquired by third parties with greater available resources. As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or customer requirements and may have the ability to initiate or withstand substantial price competition. In addition, current and potential competitors have established, and may in the future establish, cooperative relationships with vendors of complementary technologies or services to increase the availability of their solutions in the marketplace. Accordingly, new competitors or alliances may emerge that have greater market share, a larger member or patient base, more widely adopted proprietary technologies, greater marketing expertise, greater financial resources and larger sales forces than we have, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage. Our competitors could also be better positioned to serve certain segments of the healthcare market, which would limit our member and patient growth. In light of these factors, even if our solution is more effective than those of our competitors, current or potential members, health network partners and enterprise clients may accept competitive solutions in lieu of purchasing our solution. If we are unable to successfully compete in the healthcare market, our business would be harmed.

 

30


Table of Contents

In the future, we expect to encounter increased competition from system-affiliated hospitals and healthcare companies, as well as health insurers and private equity companies seeking to acquire providers, in specific geographic markets. We also face competition from specialty hospitals (some of which are physician-owned), primary care providers and affiliates of our health network partners and unaffiliated freestanding outpatient centers for market share in high margin services and for quality providers and personnel. In recent years, the number of freestanding specialty hospitals, surgery centers, emergency departments, urgent care centers and diagnostic imaging centers in the geographic areas in which we operate has increased significantly. Furthermore, some of the clinics and medical offices that compete with the One Medical PCs are owned by government agencies or not-for-profit organizations supported by endowments and charitable contributions and can finance capital expenditures and operations on a tax-exempt basis. In addition, in any geographic area, we may enter into an exclusive contractual arrangement with a single health network partner, which could allow competitors to contract with other health network partners in the same area and gain market share for potential patients. Competitors may also be better positioned to contract with leading health network partners in our target markets, including existing markets after our current contracts expire. If our competitors are better able to attract patients, contract with health network partners, recruit providers, expand services or obtain favorable managed care contracts at their facilities than we are, we may experience an overall decline in member volumes and net revenue.

Our future growth will also depend on our ability to enhance our solutions and services with next generation technologies and to develop or to acquire and market new services to access new patient populations. There is no guarantee that we will possess the resources, either financial or personnel, for the research, design and development of new applications or services, or that we will be able to utilize these resources successfully and avoid technological or market obsolescence. Further, there can be no assurance that technological advances by one or more of our competitors or future competitors will not result in our present or future applications and services becoming uncompetitive or obsolete.

We may not grow at the rates we historically have achieved or at all, even if our key metrics may imply future growth, including if we are unable to successfully execute on our growth initiatives and business strategies, which could have a negative impact on the market price of our common stock.

We have experienced significant growth in our recent history. We are continually executing a number of growth initiatives, strategies and operating plans designed to enhance our business. For example, we are expanding our strategic relationships with health network partners to build integrated delivery networks for broad access to their networks of specialists and hospitals. The anticipated benefits from these efforts are based on several assumptions that may prove to be inaccurate. Moreover, we may not be able to successfully complete these growth initiatives, strategies and operating plans and realize all of the benefits, including growth targets and cost savings, that we expect to achieve, or it may be more costly to do so than we anticipate.

Future revenue may not grow at these same rates or may decline. Our future growth will depend, in part, on our ability to grow consumer and enterprise members in existing markets, expand into new markets, expand our services offering and grow our health network partnership. We can provide no assurances that we will be successful in executing on these growth strategies or that, even if our key metrics would indicate future growth, we will continue to grow our revenue or to generate net income. Our ability to maintain our current membership levels and patient visits and our existing health network partners and enterprise client relationships and to expand our customer and member base depends on, among other things, the attractiveness of our services relative to those offered by our competitors, our ability to demonstrate the value of our existing and future services, and our ability to attract and retain a sufficient number of qualified sales and marketing leadership and support personnel. A variety of risks could cause us not to realize some or all of these growth plans and benefits. These risks include, among others, delays in the anticipated timing of activities related to such growth initiatives, strategies and operating plans, increased difficulty and cost in implementing these efforts, including difficulties in complying with new regulatory requirements and the incurrence of other unexpected costs associated with operating the business. Moreover, our continued implementation of these programs may disrupt our operations

 

31


Table of Contents

and performance. As a result, we cannot assure you that we will realize these benefits. If, for any reason, the benefits we realize are less than our estimates or the implementation of these growth initiatives, strategies and operating plans negatively impact our operations or cost more or take longer to effectuate than we expect, or if our assumptions prove inaccurate, our business may be harmed.

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our expenses could increase more than expected, our revenue may not increase proportionally or at all, and we may be unable to implement our business strategy.

We have experienced significant growth in recent periods, which puts strain on our business, operations and employees. For example, we grew from 1,341 employees as of December 31, 2018 to 1,600 employees as of September 30, 2019. We have also increased our customer and membership bases significantly over the past two years. We anticipate that our operations will continue to rapidly expand. To manage our current and anticipated future growth effectively, we must continue to maintain and enhance our IT infrastructure, financial and accounting systems and controls. In particular, in order for our providers to provide quality healthcare services and longitudinal care to patients and avoid burn-out, we need to provide them with adequate IT and technology support, which requires sufficient staffing for these areas. In addition, as we expand in existing markets and move into new markets, we will need to attract and retain an increasing number of quality healthcare professionals and providers. Failure to retain a sufficient number of providers may result in overworking of existing personnel leading to burn-out or poor quality of healthcare services. In addition, our strategy is to provide longitudinal care to members and patients, which requires substantial time and attention from our providers. We must also attract, train and retain a significant number of qualified sales and marketing personnel, customer support personnel, professional services personnel, software engineers, technical personnel and management personnel, and the availability of such personnel, in particular software engineers, may be constrained.

A key aspect to managing our growth is our ability to scale our capabilities to implement our solutions and services satisfactorily with respect to both large and demanding enterprise clients and health network partners as well as individual consumers. Large clients and partners often require specific features or functions unique to their membership base, which, at a time of significant growth or during periods of high demand, may strain our implementation capacity and hinder our ability to successfully provide our services to our clients and partners in a timely manner. We may also need to make further investments in our technology to decrease our costs. If we are unable to address the needs of our clients, partners or members, or our clients, partners or members are unsatisfied with the quality of our solutions or services, they may not renew their contracts or memberships, seek to cancel or terminate their relationship with us or renew on less favorable terms, any of which could harm our business and results of operations.

Failure to effectively manage our growth could also lead us to over-invest or under-invest in development and operations, result in weaknesses in our infrastructure, systems or controls, give rise to operational mistakes, financial losses, loss of productivity or business opportunities and result in loss of employees and reduced productivity of remaining employees. Our growth is expected to require significant capital expenditures and may divert financial resources from other projects such as the development of new applications and services. In particular, as we enter new markets or seek to expand our presence in existing markets, we will need to lease medical office space, acquire medical equipment, furnish our medical offices and incur related expenses. This process can be lengthy and cost-intensive, and we may encounter difficulties or unanticipated issues during the process of opening such new medical offices. There can be no assurance that we will be able to open our planned new medical offices, in existing or new markets, within our operating budgets and planned timelines, or at all. Cost overruns in the process of opening new offices can result in higher than expected cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, and operating expenses as compared to revenue in the applicable quarter. In addition, there can be no assurance that new medical offices will operate efficiently or be strategically placed to attract the optimal number of patients. If an office is underperforming for any reason, we could incur additional costs to relocate or shut down that office. Further, as we expand in existing markets or to new markets and make related upfront capital expenditures, including to lease or build new clinics and staff providers with those clinics,

 

32


Table of Contents

our margins may be reduced during those periods as we will not recognize patient revenue until those clinics open and begin receiving patients. If our management is unable to effectively manage our growth, our expenses may increase more than expected, our revenue may not increase or may grow more slowly than expected and we may be unable to implement our business strategy. The quality of our services may also suffer, which could negatively affect our reputation and harm our ability to attract and retain members and clients.

It is essential to our ongoing business that we attract and retain an appropriate number of quality primary care providers to support our services and that we maintain good relations with those providers.

The success of our business depends in significant part on the number, quality, specialties and admitting and scheduling practices of the licensed providers who have been admitted to the medical staffs of the One Medical PCs, as well as providers who affiliate with us and use the One Medical PCs as an extension of their practices. Members of the medical staffs of the One Medical PCs are free to terminate their association at any time. In addition, although providers who own interests in the One Medical PCs are generally subject to agreements restricting them from owning an interest in competitive facilities or transferring their ownership interests in the One Medical PCs without our consent, we may not learn of, or be unsuccessful in preventing, our provider partners from acquiring interests in competitive facilities or making transfers without our consent. Moreover, in certain states in which we operate, non-competition and other restrictive covenants may be limited in their enforceability, particularly against physicians and providers. For example, California, our largest market as of September 30, 2019, is particularly strict with the limitations that may be imposed by non-competition agreements.

If we are unable to recruit and retain board-certified providers and other healthcare professionals, our business and results of operations could be harmed and our ability to grow could be impaired. In any particular market, providers could demand higher payments or take other actions that could result in higher medical costs, less attractive service for our members or difficulty meeting regulatory or accreditation requirements. Our ability to develop and maintain satisfactory relationships with providers also may be negatively impacted by other factors not associated with us, such as changes in Medicare and/or Medicaid reimbursement levels and other pressures on healthcare providers and consolidation activity among hospitals, provider groups and healthcare providers.

We expect to encounter increased competition from health insurers and private equity companies seeking to acquire providers in the markets where we operate practices and, where permitted by law, employ providers. In some of our markets, provider recruitment and retention are affected by a shortage of providers and the difficulties that providers can experience in obtaining affordable malpractice insurance or finding insurers willing to provide such insurance. Providers may also leave the One Medical PCs or perceive them as providing a poor quality of life if the One Medical PCs do not adequately manage causes of provider burnout and workload, some of which we have little to no control over under the ASAs. Our business is dependent on providing longitudinal and long-term care for members, including through our digital health and virtual care solutions. This model requires providers to consistently follow members over time, track overall long-term health and be available 24/7 for virtual care questions and services. If we are unable to efficiently manage provider workload and capacity to provide longitudinal and long-term care, our providers may depart and our patients may experience lower quality of care, which would harm our business. Furthermore, our ability to recruit and employ providers is closely regulated. For example, the types, amount and duration of compensation and assistance we can provide to recruited providers are limited by the Stark law, the Anti-kickback Statute, state anti-kickback statutes and related regulations. If we are unable to attract and retain sufficient numbers of quality providers by providing adequate support personnel, technologically advanced equipment and facilities that meet the needs of those providers and their patients, memberships and patient visits may decrease, our enterprise clients may alter or terminate their membership contracts with us and our operating performance may decline.

 

33


Table of Contents

We incur significant upfront costs in our enterprise client and health network partner relationships, and if we are unable to maintain and grow these relationships over time, we are likely to fail to recover these costs, which could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business model and growth depends heavily on achieving economies of scale because our initial upfront investment for any enterprise client or health network partner is costly and the associated revenue is recognized on a ratable basis. We devote significant resources to establishing relationships with our clients and partners and implementing our solutions and services. This is particularly so in the case of large enterprises that, to date, have contributed a large portion of our membership base and revenue as well as health network partners, who often require specific features or functions unique to their particular processes or under the terms of their contracts with us, including significant systems integration and interoperability undertakings. Accordingly, our results of operations will depend in substantial part on our ability to deliver a successful experience for these clients and related members and partners to persuade our clients and partners to maintain and grow their relationship with us over time. Additionally, as our business is growing significantly, our new customer and partner acquisition costs could outpace our revenue growth and we may be unable to reduce our total operating costs through economies of scale such that we are unable to achieve profitability. If we fail to achieve appropriate economies of scale or if we fail to manage or anticipate the evolution and in future periods, demand of our clients and partners, our business may be harmed.

If our existing enterprise clients and health network partners do not continue or renew their contracts with us or renew at lower fee levels or upon unfavorable contract terms, it could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We expect to derive a significant portion of our revenue from existing enterprise client and health network partner contracts. As a result, continuation of our contracts with existing enterprise clients and health network partners is critical to our future business, revenue growth and results of operations. Factors that may affect our ability to maintain existing contracts include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

member satisfaction with our solution and services, including maintenance of a high NPS;

 

   

performance and functionality of our services;

 

   

the availability, price, performance and functionality of competing solutions and services;

 

   

our ability to develop and provide complementary services to existing members, including addition of employee dependents at enterprise clients;

 

   

the stability, performance and security of our technology infrastructure and services;

 

   

changes in healthcare laws, regulations or trends;

 

   

any governmental investigations or inquiries into or challenges to our relationships with health network partners; and

 

   

the business environment of our enterprise clients and health network partners and, in particular, headcount reductions by such entities.

We enter into contractual arrangements with our enterprise clients and health network partners. Most of our enterprise clients and health network partners have no obligation to renew their agreements with us after the initial term expires. In addition, our health network partners and enterprise clients may negotiate terms less advantageous to us upon renewal, which may reduce our revenue from these entities. If our health network partners or enterprise clients fail to renew their contracts, renew their contracts upon less favorable terms or at lower fee levels or fail to purchase new solutions and services from us, our revenue may decline or our future revenue growth may be constrained. In addition, our health network partner and enterprise client contracts generally allow partners to terminate such agreements for cause. If a partner or customer terminates its contract early and revenue and cash flows expected from a partner or enterprise client are not realized in the time period expected or not realized at all, our business could be harmed.

 

34


Table of Contents

Our marketing cycle can be long and unpredictable and requires considerable time and expense, which may cause our results of operations to fluctuate.

The marketing cycle for our solutions and services from initial contact with a potential enterprise client or health network partner to contract execution and implementation varies widely by enterprise client or partner. Some of our partners undertake a significant and prolonged evaluation process, including to determine whether our solutions and services meet their unique healthcare needs, which evaluation can be complex given the size and scale of our clients and partners. Our contractual arrangements with our health network partners are often highly specific to each partner depending on their needs, the characteristics and patient demographics of the market they serve, their growth plans and their operations, among other things. As a result, our marketing efforts to any new health network partner must be tailored to meet its specific strategic demands, which can be time consuming and require significant upfront cost. These efforts also must address interoperability between our IT infrastructure and systems and such partner’s systems, which can result in substantial cost without any assurance that we will ultimately enter into a contractual arrangement with any such partner.

Our large enterprise clients often initially restrict direct access by us to their employees to curb information overflow. As a result, we may not be able to directly market our solutions and services to, and educate, employees at our enterprise clients until much later after execution of an agreement with such clients. This can result in limited membership acquisition at any such enterprise client for a significant period of time following contract execution, and there can be no assurance that we are able to gain sufficient membership acquisition to justify our upfront investments. Further, even after contract execution with a particular enterprise client, we generally compete with other health service providers who market to the same employees at such customer, and there can be no assurance that we will be successful in our marketing and employee education efforts to win members from other competing services, many of which are considered more traditional healthcare models that employees are more familiar with. If our sales cycle lengthens or our substantial upfront sales and implementation investments do not result in sufficient sales to justify our investments, it could harm our business.

We also incur significant marketing costs to grow awareness of our solution and services in both existing markets and new geographic markets for potential new members. Our marketing efforts for member acquisition are dependent in part on word of mouth, which may take substantial time to spread. In addition, for both new and existing geographic markets, we will need to continuously open medical offices in targeted locations to build awareness, which is both time-intensive and requires substantial upfront fixed costs.

If we are unable to successfully market our solutions and services in existing and new geographic locations as well as to potential members at our existing and new enterprise clients, it could harm our business and results of operations.

We could experience losses or liability, including medical liability claims, causing us to incur significant expenses and requiring us to pay significant damages if not covered by insurance.

Our business entails the risk of medical liability claims against both the One Medical PCs and us, and we have in the past been subject to such claims in the ordinary course of business. Although the One Medical PCs carry insurance covering medical malpractice claims in amounts that we believe are appropriate in light of the risks attendant to our business, successful medical liability claims could result in substantial damage awards that exceed the limits of the One Medical PCs’ insurance coverage. Each One Medical PC carries professional liability insurance for itself and each of its healthcare professionals and a general insurance policy, which covers medical malpractice claims. Professional liability insurance is expensive and insurance premiums may increase significantly in the future, particularly as we expand our services. As a result, adequate professional liability insurance may not be available to our providers or to us in the future at acceptable costs or at all. Any claims made against us that are not fully covered by insurance could be costly to defend against, result in substantial damage awards against us and divert the attention of our management and our providers from our operations, which could harm our business. In addition, any claims may significantly harm our business or reputation.

 

35


Table of Contents

In addition, our business exposes us to risks that are inherent in the provision of health care. If members, clients or partners assert liability claims against us, any ensuing litigation, regardless of outcome, could result in a substantial cost to us, divert management’s attention from operations, and decrease market acceptance of our solutions and services. We do not control the providers and other healthcare professionals at the One Medical PCs with respect to the practice of medicine and the provision of healthcare services. While we seek to attract high quality professionals, the risk of liability, including through unexpected medical outcomes, is inherent in the healthcare industry, and negative outcomes may result for any of our members. We attempt to limit our liability to members, clients and partners by contract; however, the limitations of liability set forth in the contracts may not be enforceable or may not otherwise protect us from liability for damages. Additionally, we may be subject to claims that are not explicitly covered by such contractual limits.

We also maintain general liability coverage for certain risks, claims and litigation proceedings. However, this coverage may not continue to be available on acceptable terms, may not be available in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims against us, and may include larger self-insured retentions or exclusions. In addition, the insurer might disclaim coverage as to any future claim. Any liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could also result in an increase of our insurance premiums, and insurance coverage would also not address any reputational damage from a claim. Further, even unsuccessful claims could result in substantial costs and diversion of management resources. A successful claim not fully covered by our insurance could have a negative impact on our liquidity, financial condition, and results of operations.

Current or future litigation against us could be costly and time-consuming to defend.

We are subject, and in the future may become subject from time to time, to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business such as claims brought by our members, clients or partners in connection with commercial disputes, consumer class action claims, employment claims made by our current or former employees or other litigation matters. In particular, as we grow our base of consumer members, we may be subject to an increasing number of consumer claims, disputes and class action complaints, including an ongoing claim alleging misrepresentations with respect to membership fee requirements for our healthcare services. While our membership terms generally require individual arbitration, there can be no assurance that such terms will be enforced, which may result in costly class action litigation. Litigation may result in substantial costs, settlement and judgments and may divert management’s attention and resources, which may substantially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Insurance may not cover such claims, may not provide sufficient payments to cover all of the costs to resolve one or more such claims and may not continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. A claim brought against us that is uninsured or underinsured could result in unanticipated costs, thereby leading analysts or potential investors to reduce their expectations of our performance, which could reduce the market price of our common stock.

We rely on internet infrastructure, bandwidth providers, other third parties and our own systems to provide a proprietary services platform to our members and clients, and any failure or interruption in the services provided by these third parties or our own systems could expose us to litigation and hurt our reputation and relationships with members and clients.

Our ability to maintain our proprietary services platform, including our digital health services, is dependent on the development and maintenance of the infrastructure of the internet and other telecommunications services by third parties. This includes maintenance of a reliable network connection with the necessary speed, data capacity and security for providing reliable internet access and services and reliable telephone and facsimile services. Our platform is designed to operate without perceptible interruption in accordance with our service level commitments.

We have, however, experienced limited interruptions in these systems in the past, including server failures that temporarily slow down the performance of our platform, and we may experience similar or more significant interruptions in the future. We rely on internal systems as well as third-party suppliers, including bandwidth and

 

36


Table of Contents

telecommunications equipment providers, to maintain our platform and related services. We do not currently maintain redundant systems or facilities for some of these services. Interruptions in these systems or services, whether due to system failures, cyber incidents, physical or electronic break-ins or other events, could affect the security or availability of our platform or services and prevent or inhibit the ability of our members to access our platform or services. In the event of a catastrophic event with respect to one or more of these systems or facilities, we may experience an extended period of system unavailability, which could result in substantial costs to remedy those problems or harm our relationship with our members and our business.

Additionally, any disruption in the network access, telecommunications or co-location services provided by third-party providers or any failure of or by third-party providers’ systems or our own systems to handle current or higher volume of use could significantly harm our business. We exercise limited control over our third-party suppliers, which increases our vulnerability to problems with services they provide. Any errors, failures, interruptions or delays experienced in connection with these third-party technologies and information services or our own systems could hurt our relationships with health network partners, enterprise clients and members and expose us to third-party liabilities.

The reliability and performance of our internet connection may be harmed by increased usage or by denial-of-service attacks or related cyber incidents. The services of other companies delivered through the internet have experienced a variety of outages and other delays as a result of damages to portions of the internet’s infrastructure, and such outages and delays could affect our systems and services in the future. These outages and delays could reduce the level of internet usage as well as the availability of the internet to us for delivery of our internet-based services. Any of the foregoing could harm our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We rely on third-party vendors to host and maintain our technology platform.

We rely on third-party vendors to host and maintain our technology platform. Our ability to offer our solutions and services and operate our business is dependent on maintaining our relationships with third-party vendors and entering into new relationships to meet the changing needs of our business. Any deterioration in our relationships with such vendors or our failure to enter into agreements with vendors in the future could harm our business and our ability to pursue our growth strategy. Because of the large amount of data that we collect and manage, it is possible that, despite precautions taken at our vendors’ facilities, the occurrence of a natural disaster, cyber incident, decision to close the facilities without adequate notice or other unanticipated problems could result in our non-compliance with privacy laws and regulations, loss of proprietary or personally identifiable information, or PII, and in lengthy interruptions in our service. These service interruptions could also cause our platform to be unavailable to our health network partners, enterprise clients and members, and impair our ability to deliver solutions and services and to manage our relationships with new and existing health network partners, enterprise clients and members.

If our third-party vendors are unable or unwilling to provide the services necessary to support our business, or if our agreements with such vendors are terminated, our operations could be significantly disrupted. Some of our vendor agreements may be unilaterally terminated by the licensor for convenience, including with respect to Amazon Web Services, and if such agreements are terminated, we may not be able to enter into similar relationships in the future on reasonable terms or at all. We may also incur substantial costs, delays and disruptions to our business in transitioning such services to ourselves or other third-party vendors. In addition, third-party vendors may not be able to provide the services required in order to meet the changing needs of our business. Any of the foregoing could harm our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

37


Table of Contents

If our or our vendors’ security measures fail or are breached and unauthorized access to our employees’, contractors’, members’, clients’ or partners’ data is obtained, our services may be perceived as insecure, we may incur significant liabilities, including through private litigation or regulatory action, our reputation may be harmed, and we could lose members, clients and partners.

Our services and operations involve the storage and transmission of health network partners’ and our members’ proprietary information, sensitive or confidential data, including valuable intellectual property and personal information of employees, contractors, clients, customers, members and others, as well as the protected health information, or PHI, of our members. Because of the extreme sensitivity of the information we store and transmit, the security features of our and our third-party vendors’ computer, network, and communications systems infrastructure are critical to the success of our business. A breach or failure of our or our third-party vendors’ security measures could result from a variety of circumstances and events, including third-party action, employee negligence or error, malfeasance, computer viruses, cyber-attacks by computer hackers, failures during the process of upgrading or replacing software and databases, power outages, hardware failures, telecommunication failures, user errors, or catastrophic events. Information security risks have generally increased in recent years because of the proliferation of new technologies and the increased number, sophistication and activities of perpetrators of cyber-attacks. As cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend additional resources to further enhance our information security measures and/or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities. If our or our third-party vendors’ security measures fail or are breached, it could result in unauthorized access to sensitive patient or member data (including PHI) or other personal information of employees, contractors, clients, members or others, a loss of or damage to our data, an inability to access data sources, or process data or provide our services to our members, health network partners and enterprise clients. Such failures or breaches of our or our third-party vendors’ security measures, or our or our third-party vendors’ inability to effectively resolve such failures or breaches in a timely manner, could severely damage our reputation, adversely impact customer, partner, member or investor confidence in us, and reduce the demand for our solutions and services. In addition, we could face litigation, significant damages for contract breach or other breaches of law, significant monetary penalties, or regulatory actions for violation of applicable laws or regulations, and incur significant costs for remedial measures to prevent future occurrences and mitigate past violations. Although we maintain insurance covering certain security and privacy damages and claim expenses, we may not carry insurance or maintain coverage sufficient to compensate for all liability and in any event, insurance coverage would not address the reputational damage that could result from a security incident.

We or our third-party vendors may experience cybersecurity and other breach incidents that remain undetected for an extended period. Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched, we or our third-party vendors may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventive measures. If an actual or perceived breach of our or our third-party vendors’ security occurs, or if we or our third-party vendors are unable to effectively resolve such breaches in a timely manner, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed and we could lose current and potential members, partners and clients, which could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Our proprietary software may not operate properly, which could damage our reputation, give rise to claims against us or divert application of our resources from other purposes, any of which could harm our business.

Our proprietary technology platform provides members with the ability to, among other things, register for our services, request a visit (either scheduled or on demand) and communicate and interact with providers, and allows our providers to, among other things, chart patient notes, maintain medical records, and conduct visits (via video, phone or the internet). Proprietary software development is time-consuming, expensive and complex, and may involve unforeseen difficulties. We may encounter technical obstacles, and it is possible that we may discover additional problems that prevent our proprietary software from operating properly. We are currently implementing software with respect to a number of new applications and services. If our solutions do not

 

38


Table of Contents

function reliably or fail to achieve member, partner or client expectations in terms of performance, we may lose or fail to grow member usage, members, partners and clients could assert liability claims against us, and partners and clients may attempt to cancel their contracts with us. This could damage our reputation and impair our ability to attract or maintain health network partners, enterprise clients and members.

The information that we provide to our health network partners, enterprise clients and members could be inaccurate or incomplete, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We provide healthcare-related information for use by our health network partners, enterprise clients and members. Because data in the healthcare industry is fragmented in origin, inconsistent in format and often incomplete, the overall quality of data in the healthcare industry is poor, and we frequently discover data issues and errors. If the data that we provide to our health network partners, enterprise clients and members are incorrect or incomplete or if we make mistakes in the capture or input of these data, our reputation may suffer and our ability to attract and retain health network partners, enterprise clients and members may be harmed. In addition, a court or government agency may take the position that our storage and display of health information exposes us to personal injury liability or other liability for wrongful delivery or handling of healthcare services or erroneous health information, which could harm our business.

If we cannot implement our technology solutions for members, integrate our systems with health network partners or resolve technical issues in a timely manner, we may lose clients and partners and our reputation may be harmed.

Our health network partners utilize a variety of data formats, applications, systems and infrastructure. Moreover, each health network partner may have a unique technology ecosystem and infrastructure. To maintain our strategic relationships with such partners, our solutions and services must be seamlessly integrated and interoperable with our partners’ complex systems, which may cause us to incur significant upfront and maintenance costs. Additionally, we do not control our partners’ integration schedules. As a result, if our partners do not allocate the internal resources necessary to meet their integration responsibilities, which resources can be significant as many of them are large healthcare institutions with substantial operations to manage, or if we face unanticipated integration difficulties, the integration may be delayed. In addition, competitors with more efficient operating models with lower integration costs could jeopardize our partner relationships. If the integration process with our partners is not executed successfully or if execution is delayed, we could incur significant costs, partners could become dissatisfied and decide not to continue a strategic contractual relationship with us beyond an initial period during their term commitment or, in some cases, revenue recognition could be delayed, any of which could harm our business and results of operations.

Our members depend on our technology solutions, digital health platform, including our mobile app, and support services to access on-demand digital health services or schedule in-office visits. We may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate increases in member demand for support services, particularly as we increase the size of our membership base. We also may be unable to modify the format of our technology solutions and support services to compete with changes in such solutions and services provided by competitors. If we are unable to address members’ needs or preferences in a timely fashion or further develop and enhance our technology solutions, or if members are not satisfied with the quality of work performed by us or with the technical support services rendered, then we could incur additional costs to redress the situation, and our business may be impaired and members’ and clients’ dissatisfaction with our technology solutions could damage our ability to maintain or expand our membership base. While we have not issued refunds or credits for membership fees for these reasons, and historically any refunds or credits issued have not had a significant impact on net revenue, there can be no assurance as to whether we may need to issue additional refunds or credits for membership fees in the future as a result of member dissatisfaction. For example, our members expect on-demand healthcare services through our mobile app and rapid in-office visit scheduling. Failure to maintain these standards may reduce our overall NPS, harm our reputation and cause us to lose members. Moreover, negative publicity related to our technology solutions, regardless of its accuracy, may further damage our business by affecting our reputation, NPS or ability to compete for new members and enterprise clients. If our

 

39


Table of Contents

technology solutions or support services are perceived as subpar or if we fail to meet the standards requested or preferred by our members, we may lose current and potential members, and our enterprise clients may terminate or decide not to renew their contracts with us. In addition, our enterprise clients expect our technology solutions to facilitate long-term cost of care reductions through high employee digital engagement, which we market as potential benefits for employers in providing employees with memberships for our solutions and services. If employers do not perceive our solutions and services as providing such efficiencies and cost savings, they may terminate their contracts with us or elect not to renew. Any such outcomes could also negatively affect our ability to contract with new enterprise clients through damage to our reputation. If any of these were to occur, our revenue may decline and our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects could be harmed.

Our use and disclosure of PII, including PHI, is subject to federal and state privacy and security regulations, and our failure to comply with those regulations or to adequately secure such information we hold could result in significant liability or reputational harm and, in turn, substantial harm to our health network partner and enterprise client base, membership base and revenue.

We receive, store, process and use personal information as part of our business. Numerous state and federal laws and regulations inside the United States govern the collection, dissemination, use, privacy, confidentiality, security, availability and integrity of PII including PHI. These laws and regulations include HIPAA, as amended by the HITECH Act, and their implementing regulations. As well as state privacy and data protection laws. HIPAA establishes a set of basic national privacy and security standards for the protection of PHI, by health plans, healthcare clearinghouses and certain healthcare providers, referred to as covered entities, which includes the One Medical PCs, and the business associates with whom such covered entities contract for services that involve the use or disclosure of PHI, which includes us. States may enforce more stringent privacy and data protection laws exceeding the requirements of HIPAA. Compliance with data protection laws and regulations in the United States could cause us to incur substantial costs or require us to change our business practices and compliance procedures in a manner adverse to our business. We strive to comply with applicable laws, regulations, policies and other legal obligations relating to privacy, data protection and information security. However, the various regulatory frameworks for privacy and data protection is, and is likely to remain, uncertain for the foreseeable future, and it is possible that these or other actual or alleged obligations may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other rules and subject our business practices to uncertainty.

HIPAA requires healthcare providers like us to develop and maintain policies and procedures with respect to PHI that is used or disclosed, including the adoption of administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect such information. HIPAA also implemented the use of standard transaction code sets and standard identifiers that covered entities must use when submitting or receiving certain electronic healthcare transactions, including activities associated with the billing and collection of healthcare claims.

Penalties for violations of these laws vary. For example, penalties for violations of HIPAA and its implementing regulations start at $114 per violation and are not to exceed $57,051 per violation, subject to a cap of $1.7 million for violations of the same standard in a single calendar year (as of 2019, and subject to periodic adjustments for inflation). However, a single breach incident can result in violations of multiple standards, which could result in significant fines. HIPAA also authorizes state attorneys general to file suit on behalf of their residents. Courts will be able to award damages, costs and attorneys’ fees related to violations of HIPAA in such cases, which may be significant. While HIPAA does not create a private right of action allowing individuals to sue us in civil court for violations of HIPAA, its standards have been used as the basis for duty of care in state civil suits such as those for negligence or recklessness in the misuse or breach of PHI. Any such penalties or lawsuits could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In addition, HIPAA mandates that the Secretary of Health and Human Services, or HHS, conduct periodic compliance audits of HIPAA covered entities or business associates for compliance with the HIPAA Privacy and Security Standards and Breach Notification Rule. It also tasks HHS with establishing a methodology whereby harmed individuals who were the victims of breaches of unsecured PHI may receive a percentage of the civil monetary penalty fine or settlement paid by the violator.

 

40


Table of Contents

HIPAA further requires that patients be notified of any unauthorized acquisition, access, use or disclosure of their unsecured PHI that compromises the privacy or security of such information, with certain exceptions related to unintentional or inadvertent use or disclosure by employees or authorized individuals or where there is a good faith belief that the person who received the impermissible disclosure would not have been able to retain the information. HIPAA specifies that such notifications must be made “without unreasonable delay and in no case later than 60 calendar days after discovery of the breach.” If a breach affects 500 patients or more, it must be reported to HHS without unreasonable delay, and HHS will post the name of the breaching entity on its public web site. Breaches affecting 500 patients or more in the same state or jurisdiction must also be reported to the local media. If a breach involves fewer than 500 people, the covered entity must record it in a log and notify HHS at least annually. Any such notifications, including notifications to the public, could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects

Numerous other federal and state laws protect the confidentiality, privacy, availability, integrity and security of PII, including PHI. For example, various states, such as California and Massachusetts, have implemented privacy laws and regulations that in many cases are more restrictive than, and may not be preempted by, the HIPAA rules and may be subject to varying interpretations by courts and government agencies, creating complex compliance issues for us and our health network partners and enterprise clients and potentially exposing us to additional expense, adverse publicity and liability.

Further, as regulatory focus on privacy issues continues to increase, new laws and regulations, including health information standards, whether implemented pursuant to HIPAA, congressional action or otherwise, could have a significant effect on the manner in which we must handle healthcare-related data, and the cost of complying with standards could be significant and may include providing enhanced data security infrastructure. If we do not comply with existing or new laws and regulations related to PHI, we could be subject to criminal or civil sanctions, as well as reputational harm.

Because of the extreme sensitivity of the PII we store and transmit, the security features of our technology platform are very important. If our security measures, some of which are managed by third parties, are breached or fail, unauthorized persons may be able to obtain access to sensitive employee, contractor, patient and member data, including HIPAA-regulated PHI. As a result, our reputation could be severely damaged, harming patient and member confidence. Members may curtail their use of or stop using our services or our member base could decrease, which would cause our business to suffer. In addition, we could face litigation, significant damages for contract breach, significant penalties and regulatory actions for violation of HIPAA and other applicable laws or regulations and significant costs for remediation, notification to individuals and the public and measures to prevent future occurrences. Any potential security breach could also result in increased costs associated with liability for stolen assets or information, repairing system damage that may have been caused by such breaches, remediation offered to employees, contractors, health network partners, enterprise clients or members in an effort to maintain our business relationships after a breach and implementing measures to prevent future occurrences, including organizational changes, deploying additional personnel and protection technologies, training employees and engaging third-party experts and consultants. While we maintain insurance covering certain security and privacy damages and claim expenses, we may not carry insurance or maintain coverage sufficient to compensate for all liability and in any event, insurance coverage would not address the reputational damage that could result from a security incident. In addition, we might not continue to be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at an acceptable cost.

We outsource important aspects of the storage and transmission of patient and member information, and thus rely on third parties to manage functions that have material cybersecurity risks. We attempt to address these risks by requiring outsourcing subcontractors who handle patient and member information to sign information protection addenda and business associate agreements contractually requiring those subcontractors to adequately safeguard PII, including PHI, to the same extent that applies to us and in some cases by requiring such outsourcing subcontractors to undergo third-party security examinations. In addition, we periodically hire third-party security experts to assess and test our security posture. However, we cannot assure that these contractual

 

41


Table of Contents

measures and other safeguards will adequately protect us from the risks associated with the storage and transmission of employees’, contractors’, patients’ and members’ proprietary information, PII and PHI.

We also publish statements to our members that describe how we handle and protect personal information. If federal or state regulatory authorities or private litigants consider any portion of these statements to be untrue, we may be subject to claims of misrepresentation and/or deceptive practices, which could lead to significant liabilities and consequences, including, without limitation, significant costs of responding to investigations, defending against litigation, settling claims and complying with regulatory or court orders.

We also expect that there will continue to be new laws, regulations and industry standards concerning privacy, data protection and information security proposed and enacted in various jurisdictions. For example, California recently enacted legislation, the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018, or the CCPA, that will afford consumers expanded privacy protections when it goes into effect on January 1, 2020. The CCPA was recently amended, and it is possible that it will be amended again before it goes into effect. The potential effects of this legislation are far-reaching and may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies and to incur substantial costs and expenses in an effort to comply. For example, the CCPA gives California residents expanded rights to access and require deletion of their personal information, opt out of certain personal information sharing and receive detailed information about how their personal information is used. Failure to comply with the CCPA may result in attorney general enforcement action and damage to our reputation. The CCPA also provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that may increase data breach litigation.

Additionally, if third parties we work with, such as vendors or developers, violate applicable laws or regulations or our policies, such violations may cause us to incur significant liability and may also put our users’ content at risk, any of which could in turn harm our business. Any significant change to applicable laws, regulations or industry practices regarding the collection, use, retention, security or disclosure of our users’ content, or regarding the manner in which the express or implied consent of users for the collection, use, retention or disclosure of such content is obtained, could increase our costs and require us to modify our services and features, possibly in a material manner, which we may be unable to complete and may limit our ability to store and process user data, optimize our operations or develop new services and features. Any of the foregoing could harm our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Individuals may claim our text messaging services are not compliant with applicable law, including the Telephone Consumer Protection Act.

We send short message service, or SMS, text messages to potential members who are eligible to use our service, including through certain clients. While we obtain consent from these individuals to send text messages, federal or state regulatory authorities or private litigants may claim that the notices and disclosures we provide, form of consents we obtain or our SMS texting practices are not adequate or violate applicable law. These SMS texting campaigns are potential sources of risk for class action lawsuits and liability for our company. Numerous class-action suits under federal and state laws have been filed in recent years against companies who conduct SMS texting programs, with many resulting in multi-million-dollar settlements to the plaintiffs. Any future such litigation against us could be costly and time-consuming to defend. In addition, we must ensure that our SMS text messaging complies with regulations and agency guidance under the Telephone Consumer Protection Act, or TCPA, a federal statute that protects consumers from unwanted telephone calls, faxes and text messages. While we strive to adhere to strict policies and procedures, the Federal Communications Commission, as the agency that implements and enforces the TCPA, may disagree with our interpretation of the TCPA and subject us to penalties and other consequences for noncompliance. Determination by a court or regulatory agency that our SMS text messaging violates the TCPA could subject us to civil penalties, could require us to change some portions of our business and could otherwise harm our business. Even an unsuccessful challenge by members, clients or regulatory authorities of our activities could result in adverse publicity and could require a costly response from and defense by us.

 

42


Table of Contents

Our labor costs could be negatively impacted by competition for staffing, the shortage of experienced nurses and labor union activity.

The operations of the One Medical PCs are dependent on the efforts, abilities and experience of our management and medical support personnel, including nurses, therapists, and lab technicians, as well as our providers. We compete with other healthcare providers in recruiting and retaining employees, and, like others in the healthcare industry, we continue to experience a shortage of nurses in certain disciplines and geographic areas. As a result, from time to time, we may be required to enhance wages and benefits to recruit and retain experienced employees, make greater investments in education and training for newly licensed medical support personnel, or hire more expensive temporary or contract employees. Furthermore, state-mandated nurse-staffing ratios in California affect not only our labor costs, but, if we are unable to hire the necessary number of experienced nurses to meet the required ratios, they may also cause us to limit patient volumes, which would have a corresponding negative impact on our net revenue. In addition, while none of our employees are represented by a labor union as of September 30, 2019, our employees may seek to be represented by a labor union in the future. If some or all of our employees were to become unionized, it could increase labor costs. In general, our failure to recruit and retain qualified management, experienced nurses and other medical support personnel, or to control labor costs, could harm our business.

Certain U.S. state tax authorities may assert that we have a state nexus and seek to impose state and local income taxes which could harm our results of operations.

As of September 30, 2019, we are qualified to operate in, and file income tax returns in, ten states as well as Washington, D.C. There is a risk that certain state tax authorities where we do not currently file a state income tax return could assert that we are liable for state and local income taxes based upon income or gross receipts allocable to such states. States are becoming increasingly aggressive in asserting a nexus for state income tax purposes. We could be subject to state and local taxation, including penalties and interest attributable to prior periods, if a state tax authority successfully asserts that our activities give rise to a nexus. Such tax assessments, penalties and interest may adversely impact our results of operations.

Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

In general, under Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change net operating losses, or NOLs, to offset future taxable income. A Section 382 “ownership change” generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who own at least 5% of our stock increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. As of December 31, 2018, we have $174.7 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards and $193.2 million of state and local net operating loss carryforwards. The federal net operating loss carryforwards of $38.2 million arising in 2018, and as well as those arising in subsequent years carry forward indefinitely, but the deduction for these carryforwards is limited to 80% of current-year taxable income. The federal net operating loss carryforwards of $136.5 million from prior years will begin to expire in 2025. The state and local net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2024. Our ability to utilize NOLs may be currently subject to limitations due to prior ownership changes. In addition, future changes in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code, further limiting our ability to utilize NOLs arising prior to such ownership change in the future. There is also a risk that due to statutory or regulatory changes, such as suspensions on the use of NOLs, or other unforeseen reasons, our existing NOLs could expire or otherwise be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. We have recorded a full valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets attributable to our NOLs.

 

43


Table of Contents

In order to support the growth of our business, we may need to incur additional indebtedness under our existing loan agreement or seek capital through new equity or debt financings, which sources of additional capital may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.

Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception and we intend to continue to make significant investments to support our business growth, respond to business challenges or opportunities, expand our services in new geographic locations, enhance our existing solutions and services, enhance our operating infrastructure and potentially acquire complementary businesses and technologies. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019, our net cash used in operating activities was $2.7 million, $18.4 million and $24.1 million, respectively. As of September 30, 2019, we had $31.9 million of cash and cash equivalents and $138.5 million of short-term marketable securities, which are held for working capital purposes. As of September 30, 2019, we had $4.4 million aggregate principal amount of notes outstanding under our loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank entered into in January 2013, or the LSA.

Borrowings under our credit facility under the LSA are secured by substantially all of our properties, rights and assets, excluding intellectual property. Additionally, the LSA contains certain customary restrictive covenants that limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness and liens, merge with other companies or consummate certain changes of control, acquire other companies, engage in new lines of business, make certain investments, pay dividends, amend the ASAs and transfer or dispose of assets. These covenants could limit our ability to seek capital through the incurrence of new indebtedness or, if we are unable to meet our revenue growth or liquidity obligations, require us to repay any outstanding amounts with sources of capital we may otherwise use to fund our business, operations and strategy.

Our future capital requirements may be significantly different from our current estimates and will depend on many factors, including our growth rate, membership renewal activity and growth, the timing and extent of spending to support development efforts, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, the introduction of new or enhanced services, expansion of services to new geographic locations, addition of new health network partners and the continuing market acceptance of our healthcare services. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings or collaborative arrangements to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. Any debt financing secured by us in the future could involve additional restrictive covenants relating to our capital-raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. In addition, during times of economic instability, it has been difficult for many companies to obtain financing in the public markets or to obtain debt financing, and we may not be able to obtain additional financing on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, it could harm our business and growth prospects.

Our revenues have historically been concentrated among our top customers, and the loss of any of these customers could reduce our revenues and adversely impact our operating results.

Historically, our revenue has been concentrated among a small number of customers. In 2017, 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019, our top customers accounted for 42%, 37% and 36% of our net revenue, respectively. These customers included Google Inc., which accounted for 10% of our net revenue for 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019. In 2017, our top customers consisted of several commercial payers, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, our top customers also included a commercial payer and a health network partner. As a result, the loss of one or more of these customers could reduce our revenue, harm our results of operation and limit our growth.

 

44


Table of Contents

Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly, which could adversely impact the value of our common stock.

Our quarterly results of operations, including our net revenue, loss from operations, net loss and cash flows, have varied and may vary significantly in the future, and period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations may not be meaningful. Accordingly, our quarterly results should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. Our quarterly financial results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, including, without limitation, the following:

 

   

the addition or loss of health network partners or enterprise clients, including through acquisitions or consolidations of such entities;

 

   

the addition or loss of contracts with, or modification of contract terms with, payers, including the reduction of reimbursements for our services or the termination of our network contracts with payers;

 

   

seasonal and other variations in the timing and volume of patient visits, such as the historically higher volume of use of our service during peak cold and flu season months;

 

   

fluctuations in unemployment rates resulting in reductions in total members;

 

   

slowdown in the overall economy resulting in losses of enterprise clients as they scale back on expenses;

 

   

new enterprise sponsorships and renewal of existing enterprise sponsorships and the timing thereof as well as enterprise and consumer member activation and renewal and timing thereof;

 

   

the timing of recognition of revenue;

 

   

the amount and timing of operating expenses related to the maintenance and expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure, including upfront capital expenditures and other costs related to expanding in existing markets or entering new markets, as well as providing administrative and operational services to the One Medical PCs under the ASAs;

 

   

our ability to effectively manage the size and composition of our proprietary network of healthcare professionals relative to the level of demand for services from our members;

 

   

the timing and success of introductions of new applications and services by us or our competitors, including well-known competitors with significant market clout and perceived ability to compete favorably due to access to resources and overall market reputation;

 

   

changes in the competitive dynamics of our industry, including consolidation among competitors, health network partners or enterprise clients; and

 

   

the timing of expenses related to the development or acquisition of technologies or businesses and potential future charges for impairment of goodwill from acquired companies.

A large portion of our net revenue in any given quarter is derived from contracts entered into with our partners and clients during previous quarters as well as membership fees that are recognized ratably over the term of each membership. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed contracts or memberships in any one quarter may not be fully reflected in our net revenue for that quarter. Such declines, however, would negatively affect our net revenue in future periods and the effect of loss of members, and potential changes in our rate of renewals or renewal terms, may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. While we encourage enterprise clients to purchase memberships off of their periodic enrollment cycle, we cannot guarantee that they will do so. Accordingly, the effect of changes in the industry impacting our business or loss of members may not be reflected in our short-term results of operations. Any fluctuation in our quarterly results may not accurately reflect the underlying performance of our business and could cause a decline in the trading price of our common stock.

 

45


Table of Contents

We depend on our senior management team, and the loss of one or more of our executive officers or key employees or an inability to attract and retain highly skilled employees could harm our business.

Our success depends largely upon the continued services of our key executive officers, particularly our Chair, Chief Executive Officer and President. These executive officers are at-will employees and therefore they may terminate employment with us at any time with no advance notice. We also do not maintain any key person life insurance policies. Further, we rely on our leadership team in the areas of research and development, marketing, services and general and administrative functions. From time to time, there may be changes in our executive management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our business. The replacement of one or more of our executive officers or other key employees would likely involve significant time and costs and may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives.

To continue to execute our growth strategy, we also must attract and retain highly skilled personnel. Competition is intense for qualified professionals. We may not be successful in continuing to attract and retain qualified personnel. We have from time to time in the past experienced, and we expect to continue to experience in the future, difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled personnel with appropriate qualifications. The pool of qualified personnel with experience working in the healthcare market is limited overall. In addition, many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have.

In addition, in making employment decisions, particularly in high-technology industries, job candidates often consider the value of the stock options or other equity-based awards they are to receive in connection with their employment. Volatility in the price of our stock may, therefore, negatively impact our ability to attract or retain highly skilled personnel. Further, the requirement to expense stock options and other equity-based compensation may discourage us from granting the size or type of stock option or equity awards that job candidates require to join our company. Failure to attract new personnel or failure to retain and motivate our current personnel, could harm our business.

We are dependent on our ability to recruit, retain and develop a very large and diverse workforce. We must evolve our culture in order to successfully grow our business.

Our services and our operations require a large number of employees. Our success is dependent on our ability to evolve our culture, align our talent with our business needs, engage our employees and inspire our employees to be open to change, to innovate and to maintain member- and customer-focus when delivering our services. Our business would be harmed if we fail to adequately plan for succession of our executives and senior management; or if we fail to effectively recruit, integrate, retain and develop key talent and/or align our talent with our business needs, in light of the current rapidly changing environment. While we have succession plans in place and we have employment arrangements with a limited number of key executives, these do not guarantee that the services of these or suitable successor executives will continue to be available to us. We are particularly dependent on the Chief Medical Officer of One Medical Group, Inc. who is responsible for overseeing our services to the One Medical PCs under the ASAs, among other things. While we have a succession arrangement for the Chief Medical Officer of One Medical Group, Inc., our business and future growth may be harmed if were required to find a suitable replacement for him.

We may acquire other companies or technologies, which could divert our management’s attention, result in dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and we may have difficulty integrating any such acquisitions successfully or realizing the anticipated benefits therefrom, any of which could harm our business.

We may in the future seek to acquire or invest in businesses, applications and services or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our business, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated.

 

46


Table of Contents

In addition, if we acquire additional businesses, we may not be able to integrate the acquired personnel, operations and technologies successfully, or effectively manage the combined business following the acquisition. We also may not achieve the anticipated benefits from the acquired business due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to:

 

   

inability to integrate or benefit from acquired technologies or services in a profitable manner;

 

   

unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition;

 

   

difficulty integrating the accounting systems, operations and personnel of the acquired business;

 

   

difficulties and additional expenses associated with supporting legacy products and hosting infrastructure of the acquired business;

 

   

diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;

 

   

negative impacts to our existing relationships with enterprise clients or health network partners as a result of the acquisition;

 

   

the potential loss of key employees;

 

   

use of resources that are needed in other parts of our business; and

 

   

use of substantial portions of our available cash to consummate the acquisition.

In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies we acquire may be allocated to acquired goodwill and other intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment at least annually. In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our results of operations based on this impairment assessment process, which could harm our results of operations.

Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could harm our results of operations. In addition, if an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our business may be harmed.

Taxing authorities may successfully assert that we should have collected or in the future should collect sales and use or similar taxes for our membership and enterprise offerings which could negatively impact our results of operations.

We do not collect sales and use and similar taxes in any states for our membership and enterprise offerings based on our belief that our services are not subject to such taxes in any state. Sales and use and similar tax laws and rates vary greatly from state to state. Certain states in which we do not collect such taxes may assert that such taxes are applicable, which could result in tax assessments, penalties and interest with respect to past services, and we may be required to collect such taxes for services in the future. For example, the State of New York audited our sales and use tax records from March 2011 through February 2017 and issued a determination that we owe back taxes, penalties and interest. While we intend to dispute the results of the audit, we may not be successful, in which case we may be required to make payments in tax assessments, penalties or interest. Such tax assessments, penalties and interest or future requirements may negatively impact our results of operations.

The estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market and revenue growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. In particular, the size and growth of the overall U.S. healthcare market is subject to significant variables, including a changing regulatory environment and population demographic, which can be difficult to measure, estimate or quantify. Our business depends on

 

47


Table of Contents

member acquisition and retention, which further drives revenue from our contracts with health network partners; estimates and forecasts of these factors in any given market is difficult and affected by multiple variables such as population growth, concentration of enterprise clients and population density, among other things. Further, there can be no assurance that we will be able to sufficiently penetrate certain market segments included in our estimates and forecasts, including due to limited deployable capital, ineffective marketing efforts or the inability to develop sufficient presence in a given market to gain members or contract with employers and health network partners in that market. Once we acquire a member, apart from fixed annual membership fees, we derive revenue from patient in-office visits, which may be difficult to forecast over time. Finally, our contractual arrangements with health network partners typically have highly tailored capitation and other fee structures which vary across health network partner and are dependent on the number of members that receive healthcare services in a health network partner’s network. As a result, we may not be able to accurately forecast revenue from our health network partners. For these reasons, the estimates and forecasts in this prospectus relating to the size and expected growth of our target markets may prove to be inaccurate. Even if the markets in which we compete meet our size estimates and forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

The emergence and effects related to a pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease could negatively impact our operations.

If a pandemic, epidemic, outbreak of an infectious disease or other public health crisis were to occur in an area in which we operate, our operations could be negatively impacted. Such a crisis could diminish the public trust in healthcare facilities, especially facilities that fail to accurately or timely diagnose, or are treating (or have treated) patients affected by infectious diseases. If any of the One Medical PCs were involved, or perceived as being involved, in treating patients from such an infectious disease, patients might cancel elective procedures or fail to seek needed care at the One Medical PCs. Further, a pandemic, epidemic or outbreak might negatively impact our operations by causing a temporary shutdown or diversion of members, by disrupting or delaying production and delivery of materials and products in the supply chain or by causing staffing shortages in the One Medical PCs. We have disaster plans in place and operate pursuant to infectious disease protocols, but the potential emergence of a pandemic, epidemic or outbreak is difficult to predict and could harm our business and operations.

Natural or man-made disasters and other similar events may significantly disrupt our business and negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our offices and facilities may be harmed or rendered inoperable by natural or man-made disasters, including earthquakes, power outages, fires, floods, nuclear disasters and acts of terrorism or other criminal activities, which may render it difficult or impossible for us to operate our business for some period of time. In particular, certain of the facilities we lease to house our computer and telecommunications equipment are located in the San Francisco Bay Area, a region known for seismic activity, and our insurance coverage may not compensate us for losses that may occur in the event of an earthquake or other significant natural disaster. Any disruptions in our operations related to the repair or replacement of our offices, could negatively impact our business and results of operations and harm our reputation. Although we maintain an insurance policy covering damage to property we rent, such insurance may not be sufficient to compensate for losses that may occur. Any such losses or damages could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our health network partners’ facilities may be harmed or rendered inoperable by such natural or man-made disasters, which may cause disruptions, difficulties or other negative effects on our business and operations.

Our financial results may be adversely impacted by changes in accounting principles applicable to us.

Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, the SEC and other various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. For example, in May 2014, the FASB issued accounting standards update No. 2014-09 (Topic 606), Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which supersedes nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. The core principle of Topic 606 is that an entity should recognize revenue to

 

48


Table of Contents

depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services; this new accounting standard also impacts the recognition of sales commissions.

We have adopted this standard as of January 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective method. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. As a result of adopting this standard, we recorded an adjustment to deferred contract costs of $65 thousand as of January 1, 2019, to reflect an increase in the amount of commission costs previously recorded. The application of this new guidance could harm our operating results in one or more periods as compared to what they would have been under previous standards.

Under Topic 606, more estimates, judgments, and assumptions are required within the revenue recognition process than were previously required. Our reported financial position and financial results may be harmed if our estimates or judgments prove to be wrong, assumptions change, or actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions. Any difficulties in implementing these pronouncements could cause us to fail to meet our financial reporting obligations, which could result in regulatory discipline and harm our business.

If our estimates or judgments relating to our critical accounting policies prove to be incorrect, our results of operations could be harmed.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, as provided in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates.” The results of these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities, and equity and the amount of revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Significant assumptions and estimates used in preparing our consolidated financial statements include those related to revenue recognition, determination of useful lives for property and equipment, intangible assets including goodwill, capitalized internal-use software, allowance for doubtful accounts, valuation of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability, self-insurance reserves, valuation of common stock, stock options valuations, contingent liabilities and income taxes. Our results of operations may be harmed if our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, which could cause our results of operations to fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the trading price of our common stock.

We may not be able to successfully manage the growth of our business if we are unable to improve our internal systems, processes and controls.

We need to continue to improve our internal systems, processes, and controls to effectively manage our operations and growth. We may not be able to successfully implement and scale improvements to our systems and processes in a timely or efficient manner or in a manner that does not negatively affect our operating results. For example, we may not be able to effectively monitor certain extraordinary contract requirements or provisions that are individually negotiated as the number of transactions continues to grow. In addition, our systems and processes may not prevent or detect all errors, omissions, or fraud, including any fraudulent activities conducted or facilitated by our employees or the providers or staff at the One Medical PCs. We may experience difficulties in managing improvements to our systems, processes, and controls or in connection with third-party software, which could impair our ability to offer our platform to our members in a timely manner, causing us to lose members or increase our technical support costs.

 

49


Table of Contents

As a result of being a public company, we are obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting and any failure to maintain the adequacy of these internal controls may negatively impact investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

We will be required pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC following the date we are no longer an emerging growth company. We have not yet commenced the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation required under Section 404. We currently do not have an internal audit group, and we will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge and compile the system and process documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. Any failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition or results of operations. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm determines we have a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our common stock could decline, we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by Nasdaq, the SEC or other regulatory authorities and our access to the capital markets could be restricted in the future.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. Failure to achieve and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could harm our business and negatively impact the value of our common stock.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting resulting from an ineffective risk assessment process, which led to improperly designed controls. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

Specifically, as a result of the ineffective risk assessment, we identified the following material weaknesses as we did not effectively design, implement and maintain: (i) adequate controls over the accounting for significant and unusual transactions (ii) adequate controls to address segregation of duties and (iii) adequate controls over information technology general controls including the following: program change management, user access, computer operations controls and program development.

These IT deficiencies, when aggregated, could impact effective segregation of duties as well as the effectiveness of IT-dependent controls that could result in misstatements potentially impacting all financial statement accounts and disclosures that would not be prevented or detected. Accordingly, our management has determined these deficiencies in the aggregate constitute a material weakness.

In addition, the material weakness related to significant and unusual transactions resulted in a prior restatement of previously issued financial statements. The material weaknesses related to segregation of duties and IT general controls did not result in any material misstatements of our financial statements or disclosures. Each of these material weaknesses could, however, result in a misstatement of account balances or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement to the annual or interim financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.

We are implementing measures designed to improve our internal control over financial reporting and remediate the control deficiencies contributed to the material weaknesses noted above. Specifically, we are

 

50


Table of Contents

designing and implementing controls related to (i) the preparation and review of accounting for significant and unusual transactions, (ii) implementing formal processes and controls to identify, monitor and mitigate segregation of duties conflicts and (iii) enhancing existing policies and implementing appropriate processes to strengthen our information technology general controls across the relevant IT domains (access to programs and data, program changes, computer operations and program development). We cannot assure you that the measures we are taking will be sufficient to avoid potential future material weaknesses. Accordingly, there could continue to be a possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

If we are unable to obtain, maintain and enforce intellectual property protection for our technology and solutions or if the scope of our intellectual property protection is not sufficiently broad, others may be able to develop and commercialize technology and solutions substantially similar to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our technology and solutions may be compromised.

Our business depends on proprietary technology and content, including software, processes, databases, confidential information and know-how, the protection of which is crucial to the success of our business. We rely on a combination of trademark, trade-secret and copyright laws, confidentiality procedures, cybersecurity practices and contractual provisions to protect the intellectual property rights of our proprietary technology and content. We do not own any issued patents or pending patent applications. Accordingly, it is possible that third parties, including our competitors, may obtain patents relating to technologies that overlap or compete with our technology. If third parties obtain patent protection with respect to such technologies, they may assert that our technology infringes their patents and seek to charge us a licensing fee or otherwise preclude the use of our technology. We may, over time, increase our investment in protecting our intellectual property through additional trademark, patent and other intellectual property filings, which could be expensive and time-consuming. We may not be able to obtain protection for our technology and even if we are successful in obtaining effective patent, trademark, trade-secret and copyright protection, it is expensive to maintain these rights and the costs of defending our rights could be substantial. Moreover, our failure to develop and properly manage new intellectual property could hurt our market position and business opportunities. Furthermore, recent changes to U.S. intellectual property laws may jeopardize the enforceability and validity of our intellectual property portfolio and harm our ability to obtain patent protection of some of our unique business methods.

In addition, these measures may not be sufficient to offer us meaningful protection or provide us with any competitive advantages. If we are unable to adequately protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights, our competitive position and our business could be harmed, as third parties may be able to commercialize and use technologies and software solutions that are substantially the same as ours to compete with us without incurring the development and licensing costs that we have incurred. Any of our owned or licensed intellectual property rights could be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, infringed, misappropriated or violated, our trade secrets and other confidential information could be disclosed in an unauthorized manner to third parties, or our intellectual property rights may not be sufficient to permit us to take advantage of current market trends or to otherwise to provide us with competitive advantages, which could result in costly redesign efforts, business disruptions, discontinuance of some of our offerings or other competitive harm.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our intellectual property, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.

Third parties, including our competitors, could be infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating our intellectual property rights. Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. From time to time, we seek to analyze our competitors’ solutions and services, and may in the future seek to enforce our rights against potential infringement, misappropriation or violation of our intellectual property. However, the steps we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to enforce our rights as against such

 

51


Table of Contents

infringement, misappropriation or violation of our intellectual property. We may not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights. Any inability to meaningfully enforce our intellectual property rights could harm our ability to compete and reduce demand for our solutions and services.

We are, and may in the future become, involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our intellectual property rights. An adverse result in any litigation proceeding could harm our business. In any lawsuit we bring to enforce our intellectual property rights, a court may refuse to the stop the other party from using the technology at issue on grounds that our intellectual property rights do not cover the use or technology in question. Further, in such proceedings, the defendant could counterclaim that our intellectual property is invalid or unenforceable and the court may agree, in which case we could lose valuable intellectual property rights. The outcome in any such lawsuits are unpredictable, and even if we prevail, the process can be extended and costly.

Any claim of infringement, misappropriation or violation of another party’s intellectual property rights could cause us to incur significant costs and to cease the commercialization of our solutions and services.

In recent years, there has been significant litigation in the United States involving intellectual property rights. Companies in the Internet and technology industries are increasingly bringing and becoming subject to lawsuits alleging infringement, misappropriation or violation of intellectual property rights, particularly patent rights, and our competitors and other third parties may hold patents or have pending patent applications or other intellectual property rights, which could be related to our business. These risks have been amplified by the increase in third parties, which we refer to as non-practicing entities, whose sole primary business is to assert such claims. Regardless of the merits of any other intellectual property litigation, we may be required to expend significant management time and financial resources on the defense of such claims, and any adverse outcome of any such claim or the above referenced review could harm our business. We expect that we may receive in the future notices that claim we or our partners, clients or members using our solutions and services have misappropriated or misused other parties’ intellectual property rights, particularly as the number of competitors in our market grows and the functionality of applications amongst competitors overlaps. Any future litigation, whether or not successful, could be extremely costly to defend, divert our management’s time, attention and resources, damage our reputation and brand and substantially harm our business.

If any of our technologies, solutions or services are found to infringe, misappropriate or violate a third party’s intellectual property rights, we could be required to obtain a license from such third party to continue commercializing or using such technologies, solutions and services. However, we may not be able to obtain any required license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, it could be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors and other third parties access to the same technologies licensed to us, and it could require us to make substantial licensing and royalty payments. We also could be forced, including by court order, to cease the commercialization or use of the violating technology, solutions or services. Accordingly, we may be forced to design around such violated intellectual property, which may be expensive, time-consuming or infeasible. In addition, we could be found liable for significant monetary damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees, if we are found to have willfully infringed a patent or other intellectual property right. Claims that we have misappropriated the confidential information or trade secrets of third parties could similarly harm our business. If we are required to make substantial payments or undertake any of the other actions noted above as a result of any intellectual property infringement, misappropriation or violation claims against us, such payments, costs or actions could affect our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Intellectual property litigation could cause us to spend substantial resources and distract our personnel from their normal responsibilities.

Litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims, even if resolved in our favor, may cause us to incur significant expenses and could distract our personnel from their normal responsibilities. In

 

52


Table of Contents

addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions, or other interim proceedings or developments, and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing, or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to conduct such litigation or proceedings adequately. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources and more mature and developed intellectual property portfolios. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of intellectual property proceedings could harm our ability to compete in the marketplace. In addition, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. Any of the foregoing could harm our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we fail to comply with our obligations under license or technology agreements with third parties, we may be required to pay damages and we could lose license rights that are critical to our business.

We license certain intellectual property, including technologies and software from third parties, that is important to our business, and in the future we may enter into additional agreements that provide us with licenses to valuable intellectual property or technology. If we fail to comply with any of the obligations under our license agreements, we may be required to pay damages and the licensor may have the right to terminate the license. Termination by the licensor would cause us to lose valuable rights, and could prevent us from selling our solutions and services, or adversely impact our ability to commercialize future solutions and services. Our business would suffer if any current or future licenses terminate, if the licensors fail to abide by the terms of the license, if the licensors fail to enforce licensed patents against infringing third parties, if the licensed intellectual property are found to be invalid or unenforceable, or if we are unable to enter into necessary licenses on acceptable terms. In addition, our rights to certain technologies, are licensed to us on a non-exclusive basis. The owners of these non-exclusively licensed technologies are therefore free to license them to third parties, including our competitors, on terms that may be superior to those offered to us, which could place us at a competitive disadvantage. Moreover, our licensors may own or control intellectual property that has not been licensed to us and, as a result, we may be subject to claims, regardless of their merit, that we are infringing or otherwise violating the licensor’s rights. In addition, the agreements under which we license intellectual property or technology from third parties are generally complex, and certain provisions in such agreements may be susceptible to multiple interpretations. The resolution of any contract interpretation disagreement that may arise could narrow what we believe to be the scope of our rights to the relevant intellectual property or technology, or increase what we believe to be our financial or other obligations under the relevant agreement. Any of the foregoing could harm our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we cannot license rights to use technologies on reasonable terms, we may not be able to commercialize new solutions or services in the future.

In the future, we may identify additional third-party intellectual property we may need to license in order to engage in our business, including to develop or commercialize new solutions or services. However, such licenses may not be available on acceptable terms or at all. The licensing or acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and several more established companies may pursue strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive or necessary. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, capital resources and greater development or commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. Even if such licenses are available, we may be required to pay the licensor substantial royalties based on sales of our solutions and services. Such royalties are a component of the cost of our solutions or services and may affect the margins on our solutions and services. In addition, such licenses may be non-exclusive, which could give our competitors access to the same intellectual property licensed to us. If we

 

53


Table of Contents

are unable to enter into the necessary licenses on acceptable terms or at all, if any necessary licenses are subsequently terminated, if our licensors fail to abide by the terms of the licenses, if our licensors fail to prevent infringement by third parties, or if the licensed intellectual property rights are found to be invalid or unenforceable, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be affected. If licenses to third-party intellectual property rights are or become required for us to engage in our business, the rights may be non-exclusive, which could give our competitors access to the same technology or intellectual property rights licensed to us. Moreover, we could encounter delays and other obstacles in our attempt to develop alternatives. Defense of any lawsuit or failure to obtain any of these licenses on favorable terms could prevent us from commercializing solutions and services, which could harm our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may not be able to enforce our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

We may also be required to protect our proprietary technology and content in an increasing number of jurisdictions, a process that is expensive and may not be successful, or which we may not pursue in every location. Filing, prosecuting, maintaining, defending, and enforcing intellectual property rights on our solutions, services, and technologies in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less extensive than those in the United States. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained protection to develop their own solutions and services and, further, may export otherwise violating solutions and services to territories where we have protection but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These solutions and services may compete with our solutions and services, and our intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, and many companies have encountered significant challenges in establishing and enforcing their proprietary rights outside of the United States. These challenges can be caused by the absence or inconsistency of the application of rules and methods for the establishment and enforcement of intellectual property rights outside of the United States. In addition, the legal systems of some countries, particularly developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of intellectual property protection, especially those relating to health care. This could make it difficult for us to stop the misappropriation or other violation of our other intellectual property rights. Accordingly, we may choose not to seek protection in certain countries, and we will not have the benefit of protection in such countries. Proceedings to enforce our intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business. Accordingly, our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights in such countries may be inadequate. In addition, changes in the law and legal decisions by courts in the United States and foreign countries may affect our ability to obtain adequate protection for our solutions, services and other technologies and the enforcement of intellectual property. Any of the foregoing could harm our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our competitive position may be harmed.

The registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names that we own may be challenged, infringed, circumvented, declared generic, lapsed or determined to be infringing on or dilutive of other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights in these trademarks and trade names, which we need in order to build name recognition with potential members. In addition, third parties have filed, and may in the future file, for registration of trademarks similar or identical to our trademarks, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. If they succeed in registering or developing common law rights in such trademarks, and if we are not successful in challenging such third-party rights, we may not be able to use these trademarks to develop brand recognition of our technologies, solutions or services. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names. If we are unable to establish or protect our trademarks and trade names, or if we are unable to build name

 

54


Table of Contents

recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, we may not be able to compete effectively, which could harm our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

We rely heavily on trade secrets and confidentiality agreements to protect our unpatented know-how, technology, and other proprietary information, including our technology platform, and to maintain our competitive position. With respect to our technology platform, we consider trade secrets and know-how to be one of our primary sources of intellectual property. However, trade secrets and know-how can be difficult to protect. We seek to protect these trade secrets and other proprietary technology, in part, by entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to them, such as our employees, corporate collaborators, outside contractors, consultants, advisors, and other third parties. We also enter into confidentiality and invention or patent assignment agreements with our employees and consultants. We cannot guarantee that we have entered into such agreements with each party that may have or have had access to our trade secrets or proprietary information, including our technology and processes. Despite these efforts, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive, and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor or other third party, we would have no right to prevent them from using that technology or information to compete with us. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a competitor or other third party, could harm our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants, or advisors have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their current or former employers or claims asserting ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.

Many of our employees, consultants, and advisors are currently or were previously employed at other companies in our field, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees, consultants, and advisors do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these individuals have used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such individual’s current or former employer. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

In addition, while it is our policy to require our employees and contractors who may be involved in the conception or development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who, in fact, conceives or develops intellectual property that we regard as our own. The assignment of intellectual property rights may not be self-executing, or the assignment agreements may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims that they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property. Any of the foregoing could harm our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our use of open source software could compromise our ability to offer our services and subject us to possible litigation.

We use open source software in connection with our solutions and services. Companies that incorporate open source software into their solutions have, from time to time, faced claims challenging the use of open

 

55


Table of Contents

source software and compliance with open source license terms. As a result, we could be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software or claiming noncompliance with open source licensing terms. Some open source software licenses require users who distribute software containing open source software to publicly disclose all or part of the source code to the licensee’s software that incorporates, links or uses such open source software, and make available to third parties for no cost, any derivative works of the open source code created by the licensee, which could include the licensee’s own valuable proprietary code. While we monitor our use of open source software and try to ensure that none is used in a manner that would require us to disclose our proprietary source code or that would otherwise breach the terms of an open source agreement, such use could inadvertently occur, or could be claimed to have occurred, in part because open source license terms are often ambiguous. There is little legal precedent in this area and any actual or claimed requirement to disclose our proprietary source code or pay damages for breach of contract could harm our business and could help third parties, including our competitors, develop solutions and services that are similar to or better than ours. Any of the foregoing could harm our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

Our stock price may be volatile, and the value of our common stock may decline.

The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile and may fluctuate or decline substantially as a result of a variety of factors, some of which are beyond our control or are related in complex ways, including:

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition and operating results;

 

   

variance in our financial performance from expectations of securities analysts or investors;

 

   

changes in the pricing we offer our members;

 

   

changes in our projected operating and financial results;

 

   

our relationships with our health network partners and any changes to or terminations of our contracts with the health network partners;

 

   

changes in laws or regulations applicable to our solutions and services;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant business developments, acquisitions, or new offerings;

 

   

publicity associated with issues with our services and technology platform;

 

   

our involvement in litigation, including medical malpractice claims and consumer class action claims;

 

   

any governmental investigations or inquiries into or challenges to our relationships with the One Medical PCs under the ASAs or to our relationships with health network partners;

 

   

future sales of our common stock or other securities, by us or our stockholders, as well as the anticipation of lock-up releases;

 

   

changes in senior management or key personnel;

 

   

developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;

 

   

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations or principles;

 

   

actual or anticipated developments in our business, our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape generally, including competition or perceived competition from well-known and established companies or entities;

 

   

the trading volume of our common stock;

 

   

changes in the anticipated future size and growth rate of our market;

 

56


Table of Contents
   

rates of unemployment; and

 

   

general economic, regulatory, and market conditions, including economic recessions or slowdowns.

Broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political, regulatory, and market conditions, may negatively impact the market price of our common stock. In addition, given the relatively small expected public float of shares of our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Select Market, or Nasdaq, the trading market for our shares may be subject to increased volatility. In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. This risk is especially relevant for us, because companies reliant on technology solutions have experienced significant stock price volatility in recent years. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could harm our business.

There has been no prior market for our common stock. An active market may not develop or be sustainable and investors may not be able to resell their shares at or above the initial public offering price.

There has been no public market for our common stock prior to this offering. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations between the underwriters and us and may vary from the market price of our common stock following this offering. If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price, if at all. An active or liquid market in our common stock may not develop after this offering or, if it does develop, it may not be sustainable.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the shares of common stock you purchase in this offering.

The assumed initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of $         per share, or $         per share if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, representing the difference between our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to the sale of common stock in this offering and the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. See “Dilution.” If outstanding options or warrants are exercised in the future, you will experience additional dilution.

We will have broad discretion in the use of proceeds from this offering and may invest or spend the proceeds in ways with which you do not agree and in ways that may not yield a return.

We will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from this offering. Investors may not agree with our decisions, and our use of the proceeds may not yield any return on your investment. We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital, research and development, business development, sales and marketing activities, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. Our failure to apply the net proceeds of this offering effectively could impair our ability to pursue our growth strategy or could require us to raise additional capital. In addition, pending their use, the proceeds of this offering may be placed in investments that do not produce income or that may lose value.

Future sales of our common stock in the public market could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market following the closing of this offering, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. We are unable to predict the effect that such sales may have on the prevailing market price of our common stock.

 

57


Table of Contents

Based on 104,911,198 shares outstanding as of September 30, 2019, upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of              shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants, and after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering. All of our executive officers and directors and the holders of substantially all the shares of our capital stock are subject to lock-up agreements that restrict their ability to transfer shares of our common stock, stock options and other securities convertible into, exchangeable for, or exercisable for our common stock during the period ending on, and including, the 180th day after the date of this prospectus, subject to specified exceptions. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC may, in their discretion, permit our stockholders who are subject to these lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements. As of September 30, 2019, we had 104,911,198 shares of common stock outstanding. All of these shares will become eligible for sale after the lock-up agreements expire, of which              shares held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and various vesting agreements.

As of September 30, 2019, there were 24,036,191 shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options. We intend to register all of the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options, and upon exercise of settlement of any options or other equity incentives we may grant in the future, for public resale under the Securities Act. Accordingly, these shares will be able to be freely sold in the public market upon issuance as permitted by any applicable vesting requirements, subject to the lock-up agreements described above. These shares of common will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent such stock options are exercised, subject to the lock-up agreements described above and compliance with applicable securities laws.

In addition, holders of 86,924,910 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of outstanding shares of preferred stock and shares of preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements for the public resale of the common stock issuable upon conversion of such shares or to include such shares in registration statements that we may file on our behalf or for other stockholders. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

Concentration of ownership of our common stock among our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.

Based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2019 and including the             shares to be sold in this offering, upon the closing of this offering, our executive officers, directors and current beneficial owners of 5% or more of our common stock will, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately     % of our common stock (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase an additional             shares of common stock). These stockholders, acting together, will be able to significantly influence all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of directors and any merger or other significant corporate transactions. The interests of this group of stockholders may not coincide with the interests of other stockholders.

Some of these persons or entities may have interests different than investors purchasing shares in this offering. For example, because many of these stockholders purchased their shares at prices substantially below the price at which shares are being sold in this offering and have held their shares for a longer period, they may be more interested in selling our company to an acquirer than other investors, or they may want us to pursue strategies that deviate from the interests of other stockholders.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish unfavorable or inaccurate research about our business, our common stock price and trading volume could decline.

Our stock price and trading volume will be heavily influenced by the way analysts and investors interpret our financial information and other disclosures. If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or

 

58


Table of Contents

reports about our business, delay publishing reports about our business or publish negative reports about our business, regardless of accuracy, our common stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend, in part, on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. We expect that only a limited number of analysts will cover our company following our initial public offering. If the number of analysts that cover us declines, demand for our common stock could decrease and our common stock price and trading volume may decline.

Even if our common stock is actively covered by analysts, we do not have any control over the analysts or the measures that analysts or investors may rely upon to forecast our future results. Over-reliance by analysts or investors on any particular metric to forecast our future results may result in forecasts that differ significantly from our own.

Regardless of accuracy, unfavorable interpretations of our financial information and other public disclosures could have a negative impact on our stock price. If our financial performance fails to meet analyst estimates, for any of the reasons discussed above or otherwise, or one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our common stock or change their opinion of our common stock, our stock price would likely decline.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future and, as a result, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and may be restricted by the terms of any then-current credit facility, including the LSA. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investments.

We are an emerging growth company and our compliance with the reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act, and we expect to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved and extended adoption period for accounting pronouncements. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to compliance with our public company responsibilities and corporate governance practices.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We expect such expenses to further increase after we are no longer an emerging growth company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of Nasdaq, and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies. Furthermore, the senior members of our management team do not have significant experience with operating a public company. As a result, our management and other personnel will have to

 

59


Table of Contents

devote a substantial amount of time to compliance with these requirements. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we will incur as a public company or the timing of such costs.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents to be in effect upon the closing of this offering and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our common stock.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon the closing of this offering may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will include provisions that:

 

   

provide for a classified board of directors whose members serve staggered terms;

 

   

authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, shares of undesignated preferred stock with terms, rights, and preferences determined by our board of directors that may be senior to our common stock;

 

   

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent;

 

   

specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the chairperson of our board of directors, or our chief executive officer;

 

   

establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

   

prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

   

provide that our directors may be removed for cause only upon the vote of the holders of at least 6623% of our outstanding shares of common stock;

 

   

provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum; and

 

   

require the approval of our board of directors or the holders of at least 662/3% of our outstanding shares of common stock to amend our bylaws and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder. Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our management could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or, under certain circumstances, the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forums for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery of the State of

 

60


Table of Contents

Delaware lacks subject matter jurisdiction, any state court located within the State of Delaware or, if all such state courts lack subject matter jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) is the sole and exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law for:

 

   

any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf;

 

   

any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty;

 

   

any action arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or our amended and restated bylaws; and

 

   

any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal-affairs doctrine.

These provisions would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America have exclusive jurisdiction. Our stockholders cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of, and consented to, the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation described in the preceding sentences. These exclusive-forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, and other employees. If a court were to find the exclusive-forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering will designate the U.S. federal district courts as the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. We may be unable to enforce this provision.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering will designate the U.S. federal district courts as the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder, subject to and contingent upon a final adjudication in the State of Delaware of the enforceability of such exclusive forum provision. The Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware recently determined that the exclusive forum provision of federal district courts of the United States of America for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act is not enforceable. However, this decision may be reviewed and ultimately overturned by the Delaware Supreme Court. If this ultimate adjudication were to occur, the federal district court exclusive forum provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would no longer be contingent.

 

61


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements about us and our industry that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations, financial condition, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “target,” “will,” or “would,” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions.

We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties, factors and assumptions described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, regarding, among other things:

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition and operating results;

 

   

variance in our financial performance from expectations of securities analysts or investors;

 

   

changes in our projected operating and financial results;

 

   

changes in the pricing we offer our members;

 

   

our relationships with our health network partners and enterprise clients and any changes to or terminations of our contracts with the health network partners or enterprise clients;

 

   

changes in laws or regulations applicable to our solutions and services;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant business developments, acquisitions or new offerings;

 

   

actual or anticipated developments in our business, our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape generally;

 

   

publicity associated with issues with our services and technology platform;

 

   

our involvement in litigation, including medical malpractice claims and consumer class actions;

 

   

any governmental investigations or inquiries into or challenges to our relationships with the One Medical PCs under the ASAs;

 

   

future sales of our common stock or other securities, by us or our stockholders, as well as the anticipation of lock-up releases;

 

   

changes in senior management or key personnel;

 

   

developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;

 

   

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations or principles;

 

   

the trading volume of our common stock;

 

   

general economic, regulatory and market conditions;

 

   

our estimates of our market opportunity and changes in the anticipated future size and growth rate of our market;

 

   

our ability to retain and recruit key personnel and expand our sales force;

 

   

the ability of the One Medical PCs to attract and retain high quality providers;

 

   

our ability to fund our working capital requirements;

 

62


Table of Contents
   

our compliance with, and the cost of, federal, state and foreign regulatory requirements; and

 

   

our expected use of proceeds from this offering.

These risks are not exhaustive. Other sections of this prospectus may include additional factors that could harm our business and financial performance. New risk factors may emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in, or implied by, any forward-looking statements.

You should not rely on forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and operating results. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based on information available to us as of the date of this prospectus. While we believe that information provides a reasonable basis for these statements, that information may be limited or incomplete. Our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain, and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely on these statements.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and achievements may be different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

 

63


Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus contains estimates and information concerning our industry and our business, including estimated market size, and projected growth rates of the markets in which we participate. Unless otherwise expressly stated, we obtained this industry, business, market, medical and other information from reports, research surveys, studies and similar data prepared by third parties, industry, medical and general publications, government data and similar sources.

This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations. Although we are responsible for all of the disclosure contained in this prospectus and we believe the third-party market position, market opportunity and market size data included in this prospectus are reliable, we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of this third-party data. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications and reports.

 

64


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $            million (or approximately $            million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase an additional             shares in full), based on the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $            million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, an increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $            million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock, and facilitate our future access to the capital markets. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to us from this offering. However, we currently intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, research and development, business development, sales and marketing activities and capital expenditures. We may use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to make scheduled principal and accrued interest payments due under the LSA. As of September 30, 2019, the outstanding principal amount under the LSA was $4.4 million. Borrowings under the LSA bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the greater of 5.56% or the prime rate plus 1.81%. We are required to make 30 equal monthly payments of principal, plus accrued interest, from April 1, 2018 through September 1, 2020, the maturity date under the LSA. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for acquisitions or strategic investments in complementary businesses, services, products or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments to enter into any such acquisitions or investments at this time.

We cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the proceeds of this offering or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion in applying the net proceeds of this offering. The timing and amount of our actual expenditures will be based on many factors, including cash flows from operations and the anticipated growth of our business. Pending their application, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade investments, certificates of deposit or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

65


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination regarding the declaration and payment of dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then-existing conditions, including our financial condition, operating results, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, we have entered into, and may enter into agreements in the future, that contain restrictions on payments of cash dividends.

 

66


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities and our capitalization as of September 30, 2019, on:

 

   

an actual basis;

 

   

a pro forma basis to give effect to (1) the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, of which 86,251,669 shares were outstanding as of September 30, 2019, into an equal number of shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering; (2) the reclassification of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to total equity as all outstanding warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will become warrants to purchase an equal number of shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering; (3) $3.5 million of stock-based compensation related to the vesting of 1,589,798 performance-based options upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering; and (4) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation; and

 

   

a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to the issuance and sale of             shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this information in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, the information set forth in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other financial information contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of September 30, 2019  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As

Adjusted(1)
 
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities

   $ 170,346     $ 170,346     $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ 5,927     $ —       $    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value—89,338,425 shares authorized, 86,251,669 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued, or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     402,488       —      

Equity (deficit):

      

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value—no shares authorized, issued, or outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     —         —      

Common stock, $0.001 par value—150,000,000 shares authorized, 18,659,529 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 104,911,198 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized,                  shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     19       105    

Additional paid-in capital

     88,107       499,942    

Accumulated deficit

     (261,642     (265,148  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     45       45    

Noncontrolling interests

     3,127       3,127    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (deficit) equity

     (170,344     238,071    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 238,071     $ 238,071     $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

67


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities, additional paid-in capital, total equity and total capitalization by $            million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, an increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) each of cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities, additional paid-in capital, total equity and total capitalization by $            million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and will depend on the actual initial public offering price, number of shares offered and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The outstanding share information in the table above is based on 104,911,198 shares of common stock (including shares of preferred stock on an as-converted basis) outstanding as of September 30, 2019, and excludes:

 

   

24,036,191 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of September 30, 2019 with a weighted-average exercise price of $4.99 per share, under our equity incentive plans;

 

   

4,133,429 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted subsequent to September 30, 2019, with an exercise price of $11.56 per share;

 

   

1,278,778 additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan as of September 30, 2019 (after giving effect to (i) an additional 4,607,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan subsequent to September 30, 2019 and (ii) the issuance of stock options subsequent to September 30, 2019 to purchase 4,133,429 shares of common stock described above), which shares will be transferred to our 2020 Equity Incentive Plan at the time it becomes effective in connection with this offering;

 

   

673,241 shares of preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2019, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.96 per share;

 

   

                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (including 1,278,778 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan that will be transferred to our 2020 Equity Incentive Plan upon its effectiveness), which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering, as well as (i) any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan and (ii) upon the expiration or termination prior to exercise of stock options outstanding under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan and 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, an equal number of shares of common stock underlying such options; and

 

   

                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan.

 

68


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after this offering.

As of September 30, 2019, our historical net tangible book deficit was $(195.7) million, or $(10.49) per share of common stock. Historical net tangible book value represents our total tangible assets less total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and noncontrolling interests, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2019.

As of September 30, 2019, our pro forma net tangible book value was $212.7 million, or $2.03 per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets less our total liabilities and noncontrolling interests, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2019, after giving effect to (i) the conversion of all 86,251,669 outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into an equal number of shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering and (ii) the reclassification of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to stockholders’ equity, as all outstanding warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will become warrants to purchase an equal number of shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering.

After giving further effect to the receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of                  shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2019, was $            million, or $            per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $            per share to our existing stockholders and immediate dilution of $            per share to investors purchasing common stock in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to investors in this offering:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $                

Historical net tangible book deficit per share as of September 30, 2019

   $ (10.49  

Increase per share attributable to the pro forma adjustments described above

     12.52    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2019

     2.03    

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributed to investors purchasing shares in this offering

    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

    
    

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering

     $    
    

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $            and dilution to investors in this offering by $            , assuming that the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. An increase of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $            per share and the dilution to investors in this offering would decrease by $            per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. A decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $            per share and the dilution to investors in this offering would increase by $            per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

69


Table of Contents

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after the offering would be $            per share, the increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $            per share and the dilution per share to investors in this offering would be $            per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

The dilution information above is for illustration purposes only. Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value following the closing of this offering will depend on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The following table summarizes, as of September 30, 2019, on a pro forma basis:

 

   

the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us by our existing stockholders and by investors purchasing shares in this offering;

 

   

the total consideration paid to us by our existing stockholders and by investors purchasing shares in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering; and

 

   

the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by investors purchasing shares in this offering.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent  

Existing stockholders

     104,911,198                       $ 424,121,577                       $ 4.04  

New investors

            
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100   $              100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase an additional              shares in full, our existing stockholders would own     % and investors in this offering would own     % of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, respectively, the total consideration paid by investors in this offering by $            million and increase or decrease, respectively, the total consideration paid by investors in this offering by     %, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions.

The outstanding share information in the table above is based on 104,911,198 shares of common stock (including shares of preferred stock on an as-converted basis), outstanding as of September 30, 2019, and excludes:

 

   

24,036,191 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of September 30, 2019 with a weighted-average exercise price of $4.99 per share, under our equity incentive plans;

 

   

4,133,429 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted subsequent to September 30, 2019, with an exercise price of $11.56 per share;

 

   

1,278,778 additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan as of September 30, 2019 (after giving effect to (i) an additional 4,607,000 shares of

 

70


Table of Contents
 

common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan subsequent to September 30, 2019 and (ii) the issuance of stock options subsequent to September 30, 2019 to purchase 4,133,429 shares of common stock described above), which shares will be transferred to our 2020 Equity Incentive Plan at the time it becomes effective in connection with this offering;

 

   

673,241 shares of preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2019, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.96 per share;

 

   

                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (including 1,278,778 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan that will be transferred to our 2020 Equity Incentive Plan upon its effectiveness), which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering, as well as (i) any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan and (ii) upon the expiration or termination prior to exercise of stock options outstanding under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan and 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, an equal number of shares of common stock underlying such options; and

 

   

                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan.

To the extent any outstanding options or warrants are exercised, there will be further dilution to investors purchasing in this offering.

 

71


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2019, are derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements on the same basis as the audited financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair statement of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any other period in the future and our interim results for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2019, or any other period.

You should read the selected consolidated financial and other data set forth below in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes and the information in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial and other data included in this section are not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2017     2018     2018     2019  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

        

Net revenue

   $ 176,769     $ 212,678     $ 154,636     $ 198,872  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     120,705       136,180       100,438       118,586  

Sales and marketing

     19,172       25,789       14,374       28,830  

General and administrative

     57,964       85,808       57,596       77,167  

Depreciation and amortization

     10,686       9,947       7,369       9,440  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     208,527       257,724       179,777       234,023  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (31,758     (45,046     (25,141     (35,151
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

        

Interest income

     386       2,251       805       3,676  

Interest expense

     (834     (804     (626     (393

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     646       (1,877     (1,897     (2,226
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     198       (430     (1,718     1,057  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (31,560     (45,476     (26,859     (34,094

Provision for income taxes

     126       25       15       83  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (31,686     (45,501     (26,874     (34,177

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (889     (1,086     (888     (1,049
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders

   $ (30,797   $ (44,415   $ (25,986   $ (33,128
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders, basic and diluted(1)

   $ (2.05   $ (2.65   $ (1.59   $ (1.80
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     15,002,472       16,735,541       16,388,617       18,371,298  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to stockholders—basic and diluted(1)

     $ (0.46     $ (0.30
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted

       91,664,049         104,622,967  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

72


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2017     2018     2018     2019  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  
     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2017     2018     2018     2019  
     (in thousands)  

Other Data:

        

Members (as of end of period)(2)

     272       346       323       397  

Care margin(3)

   $ 56,064     $ 76,498     $ 54,198     $ 80,286  

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

   $ (11,542   $ (13,918   $ (7,070   $ (15,581

 

(1)

See Note 18, “Net Loss Per Share and Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share,” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further information on the calculation of net loss per share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders and unaudited pro forma net loss per share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders.

(2)

We define a member as a person who has paid for membership themselves or whose membership has been paid for by an enterprise client and who has registered an account with us. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

(3)

In addition to our results determined in accordance with GAAP, we have disclosed care margin and adjusted EBITDA, which are non-GAAP financial measures. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation from loss from operations, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, to care margin, and a reconciliation from net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, to adjusted EBITDA, as well as a discussion about the limitations of care margin and adjusted EBITDA.

 

     As of December 31,     As of
September 30, 2019
 
     2017     2018  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities

   $ 42,785     $ 230,561     $ 170,346  

Working capital

     19,959       202,801       147,658  

Total assets

     132,507       326,319       418,399  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     2,686       3,701       5,927  

Total liabilities

     67,459       72,071       186,255  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     184,832       402,488       402,488  

Accumulated deficit

     (184,034     (228,449     (261,642

Total deficit

     (119,784     (148,240     (170,344

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to our results determined in accordance with GAAP, we have disclosed care margin and adjusted EBITDA, which are non-GAAP financial measures.

Care Margin

We define care margin as loss from operations excluding depreciation and amortization, general and administrative expense and sales and marketing expense. We consider care margin to be an important measure to monitor our performance, specific to the direct costs of delivering care. We believe this margin is useful to investors to measure whether we are sufficiently controlling our direct expenses included in the provision of care, represented by cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization.

Care margin is not a financial measure of, nor does it imply, profitability. We have not yet achieved profitability and, even in periods when our net revenue exceeds our cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and

 

73


Table of Contents

amortization, we may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability. The relationship of operating loss to cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization is not necessarily indicative of future performance. Other companies that present care margin may calculate it differently and, therefore, similarly titled measures presented by other companies may not be directly comparable to ours. In addition, care margin has limitations as an analytical tool, including that it does not reflect depreciation and amortization or other overhead allocations.

The following table provides a reconciliation of loss from operations, the most closely comparable GAAP financial measure, to care margin:

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
          2017                 2018                 2018                 2019        
    (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Loss from operations

  $ (31,758   $ (45,046   $ (25,141   $ (35,151

Depreciation and amortization

    10,686       9,947       7,369       9,440  

General and administrative

    57,964       85,808       57,596       77,167  

Sales and marketing

    19,172       25,789       14,374       28,830  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Care margin

  $ 56,064     $ 76,498     $ 54,198     $ 80,286  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

We define adjusted EBITDA as net loss excluding interest income, interest expense, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, change in the fair value of our redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability and provision for income taxes. We include adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it is an important measure upon which our management assesses, and believes investors should assess, our operating performance. We consider adjusted EBITDA to be an important measure because it helps illustrate underlying trends in our business and our historical operating performance on a more consistent basis.

Our definition of adjusted EBITDA may differ from the definition used by other companies and therefore comparability may be limited. In addition, other companies may not publish this or similar metrics. Thus, our adjusted EBITDA should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, or in isolation from, measures prepared in accordance with GAAP, such as net loss.

In addition, adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, including:

 

   

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash used for capital expenditures for such replacements or for new capital expenditures;

 

   

adjusted EBITDA does not include the dilution that results from stock-based compensation or any cash outflows included in stock-based compensation, including from our purchases of shares of outstanding common stock; and

 

   

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest expense on our debt or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments.

We provide investors and other users of our financial information with a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss. We encourage investors and others to review our financial information in its entirety, not to rely on any single financial measure and to view adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with net loss.

 

74


Table of Contents

The following table provides a reconciliation of net loss, the most closely comparable GAAP financial measure, to adjusted EBITDA:

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
          2017                 2018                 2018                 2019        
    (in thousands)  

Net loss

  $ (31,686   $ (45,501   $ (26,874   $ (34,177

Interest income

    (386     (2,251     (805     (3,676

Interest expense

    834       804       626       393  

Depreciation and amortization

    10,686       9,947       7,369       9,440  

Stock-based compensation(1)

    9,530       21,181       10,702       10,131  

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    (646     1,877       1,897       2,226  

Provision for income taxes

    126       25       15       83  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (11,542   $ (13,918   $ (7,070   $ (15,581
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

In October 2018, we purchased 1,553,424 shares of common stock from certain directors, employees and executive officers for net total consideration of $14.8 million, after considering net share settlement. The amount paid in excess of the then-current estimated fair value of our common stock of $7.2 million was recorded as stock-based compensation for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

75


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion includes both historical information and forward-looking information based upon current expectations that involve risk, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from management’s expectations as a result of various factors, including, but not limited to, those discussed in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

Our vision is to delight millions of members with better health and better care while reducing the total cost of care. Our mission is to transform health care for all through our human-centered, technology-powered model. We are a membership-based primary care platform with seamless digital health and inviting in-office care, convenient to where people work, shop, live and click. We are disrupting health care from within the existing ecosystem by simultaneously addressing the frustrations and unmet needs of key stakeholders, which include consumers, employers, providers, and health networks. As of September 30, 2019, we had approximately 397,000 members in nine markets in the United States, approximately 6,000 employer clients, and health network partnerships for better coordinated care covering 86% of our members.

We have developed a modernized healthcare membership model based on direct consumer enrollment as well as employer sponsorship. Our annual membership model includes seamless access to 24/7 digital health services paired with inviting in-office care routinely covered under health insurance programs. Our technology drives high monthly active usage within our membership, promoting ongoing and longitudinal patient relationships for better health outcomes and high member retention. Our technology also helps our service-minded team in building trust and rapport with our members by facilitating proactive digital health outreach as well as responsive on-demand virtual and in-office care. Our digital health services and our well-appointed offices that are located in highly convenient locations are all serviced by our own clinical team who are employed in a salaried model, free of misaligned fee-for-service compensation incentives prevalent in health care. Additionally, we have developed clinically integrated partnerships with health networks, better coordinating more timely access to specialty care when needed by members, while advancing value-based care for employers through clinical and digital integration.

Together, these components of our human-centered and technology-powered model allow us to deliver better results for key stakeholders.

 

   

Consumers. We delight consumers with a superior experience as evidenced by our average NPS of 90 over the twelve months ended September 30, 2019 and our 90th percentile results on key primary care related HEDIS quality measures. Our members receive access to 24/7 digital health services with quick response times. NPS measures the willingness of consumers to recommend a company’s products or services to others. We use NPS as a proxy for gauging our members’ overall satisfaction with our providers and loyalty to the One Medical brand. See “Business—Overview” for a description of how we calculate NPS. Members also have access to inviting in-office care in convenient locations with warm and caring staff. Our technology platform advances consumer engagement and health through proactive digital health screenings, post-visit digital follow-ups, real-time access to medical records, and around-the-clock availability of our friendly and knowledgeable providers. We also offer walk-in immunizations and lab services, behavioral health screenings, women’s health, men’s health, LGBTQ+ care, pediatrics, sports medicine, lifestyle and wellbeing programs.

 

   

Employers. We support employers in achieving key health benefits goals of attracting and engaging employees, improving employee productivity and wellbeing, and delivering higher levels of value-based care. Employers cover our membership fee for their employees, with 71% of employers also

 

76


Table of Contents
 

covering their employees’ dependents’ memberships as of September 30, 2019. Our office visits are typically billed under an employer’s routine health insurance benefit program, allowing for seamless and quick implementation. With real-time video and phone consults available typically within minutes, and same and next day in-office appointments, we have demonstrated a 41% reduction in emergency room visits and total employer cost savings of 8% or more.

 

   

Providers. Our culture, technology, team-based approach and salaried provider model help address the fundamental issues driving physician burnout. Our culture allows us to attract and retain top board-certified physicians and premier team members. Our proprietary technology platform allows for meaningful reductions in desktop medicine burdens, which are the excessive administrative hassles associated with the use of EHRs. We estimate our providers perform 44% fewer EHR tasks versus a 2019 industry comparison. Our support team takes on many of the administrative burdens for scheduling and insurance coordination. Our in-office and virtual medical teams jointly deliver longitudinal health care. Our salary-based provider compensation incentivizes delivery of the right care at the right time, without the adverse financial incentives that fee-for-service or capitated compensation systems can have on clinical decision-making.

 

   

Health Networks. Health networks partner with us for consumer-driven care, direct-to-employer relationships, and coordinated networks of attributable lives. Our membership base connects health networks with a primarily working-age, commercially insured population, without the costs and risks typically faced in the development of their own primary care networks. We clinically and digitally integrate with our health network partners to advance more seamless member access to partner specialists and facilities when needed, while supporting reductions in duplicative testing and excessive delays often seen across uncoordinated healthcare settings. Such coordinated care can deliver better service levels and outcomes for consumers, while advancing employee productivity and value-based care to employers.

 

77


Table of Contents

Our focus on simultaneously addressing the unfulfilled needs and frustrations of key stakeholders has allowed us to consistently grow the number of members we serve. We were founded in 2007 in San Francisco and have since grown to 397,000 members and 77 medical offices in nine markets across the United States as of September 30, 2019. From December 31, 2014 through September 30, 2019, we grew our membership by 324%. During the twelve months ended September 30, 2019 as compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, our net revenue grew 265%, our digital interactions with our members grew 852%, and the number of in-office visits by our members grew 173%.

 

Members (in thousands)*

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Net Revenue (in millions)*

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Digital Interactions (in thousands)*

 

 

LOGO

 

ln-Office Visits (in thousands)*

 

 

LOGO

 

*

Net revenue, in-office visits and digital interactions are shown for trailing twelve months. Members are shown as of end of each period. See “—Key Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for our definition of members.

Net revenue increased 20% from $176.8 million in 2017 to $212.7 million in 2018 and increased 29% from $154.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $198.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. Loss from operations increased from $31.8 million in 2017 to $45.0 million in 2018. For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, our loss from operations was $25.1 million and $35.2 million, respectively. Care margin increased from $56.1 million, or 32% of net revenue, in 2017, to $76.5 million, or 36% of net revenue, in 2018. For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, our care margin was $54.2 million, or 35% of net revenue, and $80.3 million, or 40% of net revenue, respectively. Net loss increased from $31.7 million in 2017 to $45.5 million in 2018. For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, net loss increased from $26.9 million to $34.2 million. Adjusted EBITDA decreased from $(11.5) million in 2017 to $(13.9) million in 2018. For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, our adjusted EBITDA decreased from $(7.1) million to $(15.6) million. See “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information as to how we define and calculate care margin and adjusted EBITDA and for a reconciliation of loss from operations, the most comparable GAAP measure, to care margin, and net loss, the most comparable GAAP measure, to adjusted EBITDA.

 

78


Table of Contents

Our Business Model

We have developed a modernized healthcare membership model based on direct consumer enrollment as well as employer sponsorship. Our annual membership model includes seamless access to 24/7 digital health paired with inviting in-office care routinely covered under health insurance programs. Our members join either individually as consumers by paying an annual membership fee or are sponsored by an enterprise client who purchases a subscription for their employees and, increasingly, their dependents. All members have actively registered with us. As of September 30, 2019, we had 397,000 members. Digital health services are delivered via our mobile app and website, through such modalities as video and voice encounters, chat and messaging, and our in-office care is delivered at any of our 77 medical offices as of September 30, 2019.

Our Revenue

We derive net revenue from multiple stakeholders, including consumers, employers, health networks and insurers. We recognize net revenue as (i) membership revenue from annual employer and consumer subscription fees, (ii) partnership revenue predominantly on a PMPM basis from health networks, fixed payments from enterprise clients for on-site medical services, and capitation payments from IPAs and (iii) net patient service revenue on a per visit basis from health insurers and patients. We are in-network with most health insurance plans in all of our markets.

We generate a portion of our revenue through membership fees charged to either consumer members or enterprise clients. As of September 30, 2019, our current annual consumer membership fee for new members was $199. Our enterprise clients typically pay a discounted fee collected in advance, based on a rate per employee per month.

We have entered into clinically integrated care partnerships with health networks, which generate revenue either through fee-for-service reimbursements for member in-office visits under the health network’s contracts or as fixed PMPM payments independent of office visits or services provided. For our health network arrangements that provide for fixed PMPM payments, when our medical offices provide professional clinical services to covered members, we, as administrator, perform billing and collection services on behalf of the health network, and the health network receives the fees for services provided, including those paid by members’ insurance plans. In those circumstances, we earn PMPM payments in lieu of per visit fees for services from member office visits. See “Business—Our Health Network Partnerships.” As of September 30, 2019, 86% of our members were covered under health network partnerships. We expect the percentage of members covered by our health network partners to increase over the long term.

We generate partnership revenue from (i) our health network partners on a fixed PMPM basis, (ii) fixed price or fixed price per employee contracts with enterprise clients with on-site medical services, or (iii) capitation payments from IPAs that contract with HMOs for medical services provided to covered participants.

Our membership fee revenue and partnership revenue are contractual and recurring in nature. Membership revenue and partnership revenue represented 22%, 32% and 48% of total net revenue for 2017, 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019, respectively. The increased percentage of revenue that is contractual and recurring in nature is due to expanded health network partnerships in 2018 and new agreements with health network partners in 2019.

The remainder of our net revenue is primarily received on a per visit fee-for-service basis from member health insurance plans or patients, and in certain markets, with billing rates based on our agreements with health network partners. We call this patient service revenue. We use historical patient visit rates, our historical mix of services performed, and current reimbursement rates to help us analyze and explain historical patient service revenue from this part of our business.

In 2017, 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019, we had four, four and three customers, respectively, that each represented 10% or more of our net revenue for each period, including Google Inc., which

 

79


Table of Contents

accounted for 10% of net revenue during each of 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019. In 2017 and 2018, each customer other than Google Inc. that represented 10% or more of our net revenue was a commercial payer. For the nine months ended September 30, 2019, our customers that each represented 10% or more of our net revenue were Google Inc., a commercial payer and a health network partner.

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

We believe that our future growth, success and performance are dependent on many factors, including those set forth below. While these factors present significant opportunities for us, they also represent the challenges that we must successfully address in order to grow our business and improve our results of operations.

 

   

Acquisition of Net New Members and Enterprise Clients. We believe that our ability to increase our membership will enable us to drive financial growth as members drive our membership revenue, partnership revenue and net patient service revenue. We have significant opportunities to increase members in our existing markets through (i) new sales to consumers and enterprise clients, (ii) expansion of the number of enrolled members, including dependents, within our enterprise clients, and (iii) adding other potential services. In our most mature market in the San Francisco Bay Area, we believe we have only captured approximately 3% commercial market share. Our ability to enroll new members either as consumer members or through enterprise clients will impact our results of operations. Within enterprise clients with at least 275 eligible employees, our median estimated activation rate as of September 30, 2019 was 45%, which we believe we can increase over time. We define estimated activation rate for any enterprise client at a given time as the percentage of eligible lives enrolled as members. Some of our enterprise clients offer membership benefits to the dependents of their employees, for which we assume eligible lives include one dependent per employee. The levels of activation rates at our enterprise clients may also affect the renewal rates of our enterprise clients. Separately, the percentage of enterprise clients offering us to employee dependents has grown from 55% as of December 31, 2014 to 71% as of September 30, 2019, and changes to that percentage will also impact our growth in members. While we do not regularly monitor activation rates and related metrics across enterprise clients, we may use these metrics to compare member activation across different enterprise clients and to look for opportunities for additional membership activation within existing enterprise clients. We also intend to acquire members by expanding into new markets, including by entering three new markets in 2020.

 

   

Components of Revenue. Our ability to maintain or improve pricing levels under our contracts with health networks will impact our results of operations. We recognize net patient service revenue on a per visit basis at amounts dependent on (i) our billing rates and third-party payer contracted rates, including in certain cases through agreements with health networks, (ii) the mix of members who are commercially insured and (iii) the nature of visits. In addition, we may add additional services in the future for which we may charge in a variety of ways. To the extent the net amounts we charge our members, partners and clients change, our net revenue will also change.

 

   

Care Margin. Care margin is driven by net revenue, expansion of new medical offices or new services, average utilization of our services, and provider- and office-related expenses. As we open new medical offices or add new services, our care margin is likely to decrease initially due to a lag in realization of revenue from those new offices or services. In markets where we earn partnership revenue on fixed PMPM contracts, higher patient visits, longer lengths of visits or increased use of medical supplies will lower our care margin. In markets where we earn patient service revenue, increased visits typically result in higher care margin. To the extent we need to increase the compensation for our providers, our care margin may decline.

 

   

Investments in Growth. We expect to continue to focus on long-term growth through investments in sales and marketing, technology research and development, and existing and new medical offices. We are working to enhance our digital health and technology offering and increase the potential breadth of our modernized platform solution. As we expand to new markets, we expect to make significant

 

80


Table of Contents
 

upfront investments in sales and marketing to establish brand awareness and acquire new members. Additionally, we intend to continue to invest in new offices in new and existing markets. Accordingly, in the short term, we expect these activities to increase our operating expenses and cost of care; however, in the long term we anticipate that these investments will positively impact our results of operations.

 

   

Seasonality. As a result of seasonal trends, we experience our highest levels of office visits and patient service revenue during the first and fourth quarters of each year when compared to other quarters of the year. Conversely, the second and third quarters of the year have historically been the period of lower office visits, and as a result, lower patient service revenue relative to the other quarters of the year. However, the effects of this seasonality have historically been partially offset by our partnership revenue and membership revenue, which are recognized ratably over the period of each contract and recurring in nature, as well as our period-over-period growth.

Key Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We review a number of operating and financial metrics, including the following key metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate our business plan and make strategic decisions.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2017      2018      2018     2019  
     (in thousands)  

Members (as of end of period)

     272        346        323       397  

Net revenue

   $ 176,769      $ 212,678      $ 154,636     $ 198,872  

Care margin(1)

   $ 56,064      $ 76,498      $ 54,198     $ 80,286  

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

   $ (11,542    $ (13,918    $ (7,070   $ (15,581

 

(1)

See “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information as to how we define and calculate care margin and adjusted EBITDA and for a reconciliation of loss from operations, the most comparable GAAP measure, to care margin, and net loss, the most comparable GAAP measure, to adjusted EBITDA. For 2017, 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, our loss from operations was $31.8 million, $45.0 million, $25.1 million and $35.2 million, respectively. For 2017, 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, our net loss was $31.7 million, $45.5 million, $26.9 million and $34.2 million, respectively.

Members

A member is a person who has paid for membership themselves or an employee or dependent whose membership has been paid for by an enterprise client and who has registered with us. Members help drive membership revenue, partnership revenue and patient service revenue. We believe growth in the number of members is a key indicator of the performance of our business. This depends, in part, on our ability to successfully market our services directly to consumers and to employers that are not yet enterprise clients and our activation rate within existing clients. While growth in the number of members is an important indicator of expected revenue growth, it also informs our management of the areas of our business that will require further investment to support expected future member growth.

 

81


Table of Contents

Members (in thousands)*

 

 

LOGO

*    Number of members is shown as of the end of each period.

Care Margin

We define care margin as loss from operations excluding depreciation and amortization, general and administrative expense and sales and marketing expense. We consider care margin to be an important measure to monitor our performance, specific to the direct costs of delivering care. We believe this margin is useful to measure whether we are controlling our direct expenses included in the provision of care sufficiently and whether we are effectively pricing our services. Care margin is presented for supplemental informational purposes only and should not be considered a substitute for financial information presented in accordance with GAAP. See “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of care margin to loss from operations, its most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

Adjusted EBITDA

We define adjusted EBITDA as net loss excluding interest income, interest expense, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, change in the fair value of our redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability and provision for income taxes. We include adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it is an important measure upon which our management assesses and believes investors should assess our operating performance. We consider adjusted EBITDA to be an important measure because it helps illustrate underlying trends in our business and our historical operating performance on a more consistent basis. Adjusted EBITDA is presented for supplemental informational purposes only and should not be considered a substitute for financial information presented in accordance with GAAP. See “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, its most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

Components of Our Results of Operations

Net Revenue

We generate net revenue through net patient service revenue, partnership revenue, and membership revenue.

 

82


Table of Contents

Net Patient Service Revenue. We generate net patient service revenue from providing primary care services to patients in our offices when we bill the member or their insurance plan on a fee-for-service basis as medical services are rendered. While substantially all of our patients are members, we occasionally also provide care to non-members. Net patient service revenue accounted for 78% and 68% of our net revenue during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, and 68% and 52% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Partnership Revenue. Partnership revenue is generated from the following:

 

   

Beginning in 2019, contracts with health systems as health network partners, for which the health system pays a fixed price per member per month;

 

   

Contracts with enterprise clients for on-site medical services, for which the employer pays a fixed price or a fixed price per employee; and

 

   

Capitation payments from IPAs for which IPAs pay a fixed price per IPA participant.

Under our partnership arrangements, we generally receive fixed fees regardless of services provided, which services are consistent across the various arrangements. All partnership revenue is recognized during the period in which we are obligated to provide professional clinical services to the member, employee, or participant, as applicable, and associated management, operational and administrative services to the health network partner, enterprise client, or IPA, as applicable. Partnership revenue accounted for 3% and 12% of our net revenue during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, and 12% and 29% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Membership Revenue. Membership revenue is generated from annual membership fees paid by consumer members and from enterprise clients who purchase access to memberships for their employees and dependents. Membership revenue is recognized ratably over the contract period with the individual member or enterprise client. Membership revenue accounted for 19% and 20% of our net revenue during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, and 20% and 19% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Operating Expenses

Cost of Care, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, primarily includes provider and support employee-related costs for both in-office and virtual care, occupancy costs, medical supplies, insurance and other operating costs. A large portion of these costs are fixed relative to member utilization of our services, such as occupancy costs and insurance costs. As a result, as net revenue increases due to improved pricing, which can result from, for example, higher net revenue per member under agreements with enterprise clients and health network partners, or when we provide services to more members without increasing our infrastructure or related costs, cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of net revenue typically decreases. Providers include doctors of medicine, doctors of osteopathy, nurse practitioners and physician assistants. Support employees include phlebotomists and administrative assistants assisting our members with all non-medical related services. Virtual care includes video visits and other synchronous and asynchronous communication via our app and website. Our cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, also excludes allocations of general and administrative expenses. In the near term, as we open new offices, we expect cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, to increase in absolute dollars.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expenses consist of employee-related expenses, including salaries and related costs, commissions and stock-based compensation costs for our employees engaged in marketing, sales, account

 

83


Table of Contents

management and sales support. Sales and marketing expenses also include advertising production and delivery costs of communications materials that are produced to generate greater awareness and engagement among our clients and members, third-party independent research, trade shows and brand messages and public relations costs.

We expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase as we strategically invest to expand our business. We expect to hire additional sales personnel and related account management and sales support personnel to capture an increasing amount of our market opportunity. We also expect to continue our brand awareness and targeted marketing campaigns. As we scale our sales and marketing, we expect these expenses to increase in absolute dollars.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses include employee-related expenses, including salaries and related costs and stock-based compensation for our executive, product development, technology infrastructure, operations, clinical and quality support, finance, legal, human resources, and real estate and development departments. In addition, general and administrative expenses include all corporate technology and occupancy costs.

We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase over time following the closing of this offering due to the additional legal, accounting, insurance, investor relations and other costs that we will incur as a public company, as well as other costs associated with continuing to grow our business.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization consist primarily of depreciation of property and equipment and amortization of capitalized software development costs.

Other Income (Expense)

Interest Income

Interest income consists of income earned on our cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and short-term marketable securities.

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists of interest costs associated with our notes payable issued pursuant to the LSA.

Change in Fair Value of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

We classify our redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants as a liability on our consolidated balance sheets. We remeasure the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to fair value at each reporting date and recognize changes in the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability as a component of other income (expense), net in our consolidated statements of operations. We will continue to adjust the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the expiration or exercise of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants, or upon their conversion into warrants to purchase common stock upon the closing of this offering such that they qualify for equity classification and no further remeasurement is required.

Upon the closing of this offering, the warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will become exercisable for shares of common stock, at which time we will adjust the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to fair value prior to reclassifying the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital. As a result, following the closing of this offering, the warrants will no longer be subject to fair value accounting.

 

84


Table of Contents

Provision for Income Taxes

We account for income taxes using an asset and liability approach. Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Valuation allowances are provided when necessary to reduce net deferred tax assets to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

In determining whether a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is necessary, we analyze both positive and negative evidence related to the realization of deferred tax assets and inherent in that, assess the likelihood of sufficient future taxable income. We also consider the expected reversal of deferred tax liabilities and analyze the period in which these would be expected to reverse to determine whether the taxable temporary difference amounts serve as an adequate source of future taxable income to support the realizability of the deferred tax assets. In addition, we consider whether it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position.

Net Loss Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

In September 2014, we entered into a joint venture agreement with a healthcare system to jointly operate physician-owned primary care offices in a new market. We have the responsibility for the provision of medical services and for the day-to-day operation and management of the offices, including the establishment of guidelines for the employment and compensation of the physicians. Based upon this and other provisions of the operating agreement that indicate that we direct the economic activities that most significantly affect the economic performance of the joint venture, we determined that the joint venture is a variable interest entity and we are the primary beneficiary. Accordingly, we consolidate the joint venture and the healthcare system’s interest is shown within equity (deficit) as noncontrolling interests. The healthcare system’s share of earnings is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations as net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests.

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented and as a percentage of our net revenue for those periods. Percentages presented in the following tables may not sum due to rounding.

 

85


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2018 and 2019

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2018     2019  
     Amount     % of
Revenue
    Amount     % of
Revenue
 
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Net revenue

   $ 154,636       100   $ 198,872       100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     100,438       65     118,586       60

Sales and marketing(1)

     14,374       9     28,830       14

General and administrative(1)

     57,596       37     77,167       39

Depreciation and amortization

     7,369       5     9,440       5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     179,777       116     234,023       118
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (25,141     (16 )%      (35,151     (18 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

        

Interest income

     805       1     3,676       2

Interest expense

     (626     0     (393     0

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     (1,897     (1 )%      (2,226     (1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (26,859     (17 )%      (34,094     (17 )% 

Provision for income taxes

     (15     0     (83     0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (26,874     (17 )%      (34,177     (17 )% 

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (888     (1 )%      (1,049     (1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders

   $ (25,986     (17 )%    $ (33,128     (17 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation, as follows:

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2018     2019  
     Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount      % of
Revenue
 
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 18        0   $ 807        0

General and administrative

     10,684        7     9,324        5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,702        7   $ 10,131        5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

86


Table of Contents

Net Revenue

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
        
     2018      2019      $ Change     % Change  
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Net revenue:

          

Net patient service revenue

   $ 104,862      $ 103,810      $ (1,052     (1 )% 

Partnership revenue

     18,083        57,027        38,944       215
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total patient service and partnership revenue

     122,945        160,837        37,892       31
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Membership revenue

     31,691        38,035        6,344       20
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenue

   $ 154,636      $ 198,872      $ 44,236       29
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenue increased $44.2 million, or 29%, from $154.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $198.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. This increase was primarily due to a 74,000 increase in members, or 23%, from 323,000 as of September 30, 2018 to 397,000 as of September 30, 2019. Our members are the primary driver of our net revenue.

Net revenue from patient service and partnerships increased $37.9 million, or 31%, from $122.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $160.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase was primarily due to the 23% increase in members. In addition, net revenue per member increased by 7% as we entered into new partnership relationships with health networks that resulted in a higher net revenue rate per member than the previous fee-for-service contracts with payers. During the nine months ended September 30, 2018, we did not have fixed PMPM contracts with health networks, and partnership revenue only included contracts for on-site medical services and capitation payments. During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, as a result of new health network partnerships, partnership revenue increased $38.9 million, or 215%, from $18.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $57.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. Correspondingly, net patient service revenue decreased by 1% as we entered into new partnership relationships with health network partners, partially offset by an increase in rate per visit of 20%, attributable to a higher mix of revenue from payers with higher rates and payer rate increases, and an increase in the number of visits per member of 7%.

Membership revenue increased $6.3 million, or 20%, from $31.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $38.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. This increase was primarily due to an increase in members of 74,000, or 23%, partially offset by a decline in membership revenue per member as growth of our enterprise membership, with lower average membership revenue per member, continued to outpace the growth of our consumer members.

Operating Expenses

Cost of Care, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
        
     2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

   $ 100,438      $ 118,586      $ 18,148        18

Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, increased $18.1 million, or 18%, from $100.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $118.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. This increase was primarily due to increases in provider employee-related expenses of $10.5 million, support

 

87


Table of Contents

employee-related expense of $3.1 million, occupancy costs of $1.4 million, and medical supply costs of $2.6 million, and increases in other expenses of $0.5 million. In addition to growth in our existing offices, we added seven offices between September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2019.

Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of net revenue decreased from 65% to 60%. This decrease was due to higher net revenue discussed above, including from health network partners that result in a higher net revenue rate per member with a lower corresponding increase in cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, an increase in members, and a relatively lower increase in cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, as we leveraged our existing infrastructure and related costs to accommodate the increase in members.

Sales and Marketing

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
        
     2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 14,374      $ 28,830      $ 14,456        101

Sales and marketing expenses increased $14.5 million, or 101%, from $14.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $28.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 primarily due to an increase in brand marketing and direct advertising of $13.5 million and stock-based compensation expense of $0.8 million.

General and Administrative

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
        
     2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

General and administrative

   $ 57,596      $ 77,167      $ 19,571        34

General and administrative expenses increased $19.6 million, or 34%, from $57.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $77.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. This increase was primarily due to higher salaries and benefits of $11.5 million, partially offset by lower stock-based compensation expense of $1.4 million, as we expanded our team to support our growth. In addition, we also increased our corporate office occupancy costs by $2.8 million, software-as-a-service costs by $2.6 million, legal and professional services by $2.1 million, travel costs by $0.8 million, business taxes and insurance by $0.7 million, and other costs by $0.4 million.

Depreciation and Amortization

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
        
         2018              2019          $ Change      % Change  
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 7,369      $ 9,440      $ 2,071        28

Depreciation and amortization expenses increased $2.1 million, or 28%, from $7.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $9.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. This increase was primarily due to the cost of remodeling our offices, our new corporate office, new medical offices, and capitalization of software development.

 

88


Table of Contents

Other Income (Expense)

Interest Income

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
        
         2018              2019          $ Change      % Change  
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Interest income

   $ 805      $ 3,676      $ 2,871        nm  

 

nm—not meaningful

Interest income increased $2.9 million from $0.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $3.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 due to our higher cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities balances resulting from cash received from our Series I redeemable convertible preferred stock issuance that closed in August 2018.

Interest Expense

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
               
     2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Interest expense

   $ (626    $ (393    $ 233        37

Interest expense decreased $0.2 million from $(0.6) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $(0.4) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 due to the declining principal balance on our notes payable.

Change in Fair Value of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
       
     2018     2019     $ Change      % Change  
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ (1,897   $ (2,226   $ 329        17

The fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability increased $2.2 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 compared to an increase of $1.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018. The change in both periods was due to the change in fair value of the underlying redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
       
         2018             2019         $ Change     % Change  
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Provision for income taxes

   $ (15   $ (83   $ (68     nm  

 

nm—not meaningful

Provision for income taxes increased $68 thousand from $15 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $83 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

 

89


Table of Contents

Net Loss Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
       
         2018             2019         $ Change     % Change  
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

   $ (888   $ (1,049   $ (161     18

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests increased $0.2 million, or 18%, from the nine months ended September 30, 2018 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019 due to an increased net loss of the joint venture.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2018

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017     2018  
     Amount     % of
Revenue
    Amount     % of
Revenue
 
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Net revenue

   $ 176,769       100   $ 212,678       100

Operating expenses:

        

Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     120,705       68     136,180       64

Sales and marketing(1)

     19,172       11     25,789       12

General and administrative(1)

     57,964       33     85,808       40

Depreciation and amortization

     10,686       6     9,947       5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     208,527       118     257,724       121
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (31,758     (18 )%      (45,046     (21 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

        

Interest income

     386       0     2,251       1

Interest expense

     (834     0     (804     0

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     646       0     (1,877     (1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (31,560     (18 )%      (45,476     (21 )% 

Provision for income taxes

     (126     0     (25     0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (31,686     (18 )%      (45,501     (21 )% 

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (889     (1 )%      (1,086     (1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders

   $ (30,797     (17 )%    $ (44,415     (21 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation, as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017     2018  
     Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount      % of
Revenue
 
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 267        0   $ 552        0

General and administrative

     9,263        5     20,629        10
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 9,530        5   $ 21,181        10
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

In October 2018, we repurchased 1,553,424 shares of common stock from certain directors, employees and executive officers for net total consideration of $14.8 million, after considering net share settlement. The amount

 

90


Table of Contents

paid in excess of the then-current estimated fair value of our common stock of $7.2 million was recorded as stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2018, of which $0.2 million is included in sales and marketing expense and $7.0 million is included in general and administrative expense on our consolidated statements of operations and in the table above. The balance of $7.5 million was recognized in additional paid-in capital.

Net Revenue

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2017      2018      $ Change      % Change  
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Net revenue:

           

Net patient service revenue

   $ 138,581      $ 144,080      $ 5,499        4%  

Partnership revenue

     5,122        25,408        20,286            396%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net patient service and partnership revenue

     143,703        169,488        25,785        18%  

Membership revenue

     33,066        43,190        10,124        31%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net revenue

   $ 176,769      $ 212,678      $ 35,909        20%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net revenue increased $35.9 million, or 20%, from $176.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, to $212.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was primarily due to a 27% increase in members, from 272,000 as of December 31, 2017, to 346,000 as of December 31, 2018.

Net revenue from patient service and partnerships increased $25.8 million, or 18%, from $143.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $169.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily due to the 27% increase in members, offset by a decrease in net revenue per member of 7%. The decrease in net revenue per member resulted from the majority of net revenue in these years being attributable to net patient service revenue and the decrease in number of visits per member in 2018 compared to 2017. Net patient service revenue increased 4% due to a 3% increase in office visits and a 1% increase in rate per visit, attributable to payer rate increases. Partnership revenue increased primarily due to new contracts with employers for on-site medical services.

Membership revenue increased $10.1 million, or 31%, from $33.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $43.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, due to a 27% increase in members and a 3% increase in net revenue per member.

Operating Expenses

Cost of Care, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2017      2018      $ Change      % Change  
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

   $ 120,705      $ 136,180      $ 15,475        13

Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, increased $15.5 million, or 13%, from $120.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $136.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was primarily due to increases in provider employee-related expenses of $9.0 million related to higher headcount for new office openings, support employee-related expense of $4.6 million, occupancy costs of $1.2 million, and medical supply costs of $0.7 million. During 2018, we opened 12 new offices, and we operated 71 medical offices as of December 31, 2018.

 

91


Table of Contents

Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of net revenue decreased from 68% to 64% due to higher net revenue discussed above primarily due to an increase in members and a relatively lower increase in cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, as we leveraged our existing infrastructure and related costs to accommodate the increase in members.

Sales and Marketing

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
       
    2017     2018     $ Change     % Change  
    (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

  $ 19,172     $ 25,789     $ 6,617       35

Sales and marketing expenses increased $6.6 million, or 35%, from $19.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $25.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was primarily due to higher brand marketing and direct advertising expense of $4.0 million and higher employee-related salaries and benefits of $2.0 million.

General and Administrative

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
       
    2017     2018     $ Change     % Change  
    (dollar amounts in thousands)  

General and administrative

  $ 57,964     $ 85,808     $ 27,844       48

General and administrative expenses increased $27.8 million, or 48%, from $58.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $85.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was primarily due to higher salaries and benefits of $10.6 million and stock-based compensation expense of $11.3 million, including the stock repurchase program in October 2018 as we expanded our team to support our growth. In addition, we also increased our software-as-a-service costs by $2.1 million, professional services, contractors, and legal costs by $1.9 million, travel costs by $1.8 million, and other costs by $0.1 million.

Depreciation and Amortization

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
       
    2017     2018     $ Change     % Change  
    (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Depreciation and amortization

  $ 10,686     $ 9,947     $ (739     7

Depreciation and amortization expenses decreased $0.7 million, or 7%, from $10.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Our depreciation and amortization expense decreased in 2018, primarily due to new assets placed into service with longer useful lives.

Other Income (Expense)

Interest Income

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
       
    2017     2018     $ Change     % Change  
    (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Interest income

  $ 386     $ 2,251     $ 1,865       483

 

92


Table of Contents

Interest income increased $1.9 million, or 483%, from $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was due to higher average cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities balances resulting from cash received from our Series I redeemable convertible preferred stock financing in August 2018.

Interest Expense

 

    Year Ended December
31,
             
    2017     2018     $ Change     % Change  
    (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Interest expense

  $ (834   $ (804   $ 30       4

Interest expense decreased $30 thousand from $(0.8) million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $(0.8) million for the year ended December 31, 2018 due to the declining principal balance on our notes payable, partially offset by increases in the interest rate during 2018.

Change in Fair Value of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
     
    2017     2018     $ Change     % Change
    (dollar amounts in thousands)

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

  $ 646     $ (1,877   $ (2,523   nm

The fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability decreased $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to an increase of $1.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2018. For the year ended December 31, 2018, the fair value of our redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants increased as a result of an increase in the fair value of the underlying redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
       
    2017     2018     $ Change     % Change  
    (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Provision for income taxes

  $ (126   $ (25   $ 101       80

The provision for income taxes decreased $0.1 million, or 80%, from $126 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $25 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2018, due to lower taxable income in 2018.

Net Loss Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
       
    2017     2018     $ Change     % Change  
    (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

  $ (889   $ (1,086   $ (197     22

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests decreased $0.2 million, or 22%, from $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, due to increased losses incurred by a joint venture.

 

93


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results

The following table sets forth our unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations data for each of the last seven quarters in the period ended September 30, 2019. The unaudited quarterly statements of operations data set forth below have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and include, in our opinion, all normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair statement of the results of operations for the periods presented. Our historical quarterly results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and the results in the three months ended March 31, 2019, June 30, 2019 and September 30, 2019 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the remainder of 2019 or any future period. The following quarterly financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2018
    June 30,
2018
    September 30,
2018
    December 31,
2018
    March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    September 30,
2019
 
    (in thousands)        

Net revenue

  $ 53,278     $ 51,598     $ 49,760     $ 58,042     $ 63,010     $ 66,233     $ 69,629  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

             

Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

    34,437       33,768       32,232       35,743       37,780       39,386       41,420  

Sales and marketing(1)

    4,296       4,702       5,377       11,414       8,275       8,091       12,464  

General and administrative(1)

    18,061       21,280       18,255       28,212       22,419       26,970       27,778  

Depreciation and amortization

    2,604       2,238       2,527       2,578       2,699       3,096       3,645  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    59,398       61,988       58,391       77,947       71,173       77,543       85,307  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (6,120     (10,390     (8,631     (19,905     (8,163     (11,310     (15,678
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

             

Interest income (expense), net

    (91     (85     355       1,268       1,192       1,111       980  

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    (88     (1,463     (346     20       (63     (1,273     (890
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (6,299     (11,938     (8,622     (18,617     (7,034     (11,472     (15,588

Provision for income taxes

    (3     (7     (5     (10     (10     (16     (57
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (6,302     (11,945     (8,627     (18,627     (7,044     (11,488     (15,645

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    (261     (372     (255     (198     (374     (287     (388
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders

  $ (6,041   $ (11,573   $ (8,372   $ (18,429   $ (6,670   $ (11,201   $ (15,257
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation, as follows:

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2018
    June 30,
2018
    September 30,
2018
    December 31,
2018
    March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    September 30,
2019
 
    (in thousands)        

Sales and marketing

  $ 149     $ 325     $ (456   $ 534     $ 311     $ 151     $ 345  

General and administrative

    4,064       4,248       2,372       9,945       2,643       3,239       3,441  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 4,213     $ 4,573     $ 1,916     $ 10,479     $ 2,954     $ 3,390     $ 3,786  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

94


Table of Contents

In October 2018, we repurchased 1,553,424 shares of common stock from certain directors, employees and executive officers for net total consideration of $14.8 million. The amount paid in excess of the then-current estimated fair value of our common stock of $7.2 million was recorded as stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2018, of which $0.2 million is included in sales and marketing expense and $7.0 million is included in general and administrative expense on our consolidated statements of operations and in the table above. The balance of $7.5 million was recognized in additional paid-in capital.

 

    Three Months Ended  
(% of revenue)   March 31,
2018
    June 30,
2018
    September 30,
2018
    December 31,
2018
    March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    September 30,
2019
 

Net revenue

    100     100     100     100     100     100     100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

             

Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

    65     65     65     62     60     59     59

Sales and marketing

    8       9       11       20       13       12       18  

General and administrative

    34       41       37       49       36       41       40  

Depreciation and amortization

    5       4       5       4       4       5       5  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    111       120       117       134       113       117       123  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (11     (20     (17     (34     (13     (17     (23
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

             

Interest income (expense)

    0       0       1       2       2       2       1  

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    0       (3     (1     0       0       (2     (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (12     (23     (17     (32     (11     (17     (22

Provision for income taxes

    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (12     (23     (17     (32     (11     (17     (22

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    0       (1     (1     0       (1     0       (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders

    (11 )%      (22 )%      (17 )%      (32 )%      (11 )%      (17 )%      (22 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Quarterly Trends

Net revenue generally increases with member growth. Our first and fourth quarter net patient service revenue has historically been higher than in other quarters. We expect this seasonality related to net revenue to decrease over time as more of our net revenue comes from partnership revenue. In addition, we expect quarterly variations in rate of member growth to continue, primarily as we secure contracts with additional enterprise clients or experience contract terminations. This may result in higher or lower net revenue for a quarter as compared to the prior quarter and the prior year period. However, we do not expect these variations to have a long-term effect on net revenue.

We monitor and evaluate our cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, as a percent of net revenue. Our cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of net revenue improved in the prior three quarters due to higher revenue. During the first nine months of 2019, we opened six new offices. We typically incur a certain amount of fixed costs for an office prior to its opening, while earning lower net revenue in the first months of opening a new office, and therefore higher cost of care, exclusive of depreciation

 

95


Table of Contents

and amortization, as a percentage of net revenue. As we open more offices during the second half of 2019 and in 2020, we expect cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, to increase.

Our sales and marketing expenses fluctuate quarter to quarter based on the timing of brand and direct advertising campaigns. For example, we incurred significant brand marketing expenses in the fourth quarter of 2018 increasing costs as a percentage of net revenue to 20%. We expect quarter to quarter fluctuations to continue.

Our general and administrative expenses have fluctuated quarter to quarter primarily due to changes in stock-based compensation expense as we have expanded and changed our team to support our growth. In addition, the increase in the fourth quarter of 2018 was due to our stock repurchase. We expect quarter to quarter fluctuations to continue.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since our inception, we have financed our operations primarily with proceeds from the sale of redeemable convertible preferred stock, and to a lesser extent, notes payable under credit facilities. Through September 30, 2019, we had received net proceeds of $401.6 million from our sales of redeemable convertible preferred stock. As of September 30, 2019, we had cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities of $170.3 million. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs for at least the next twelve months.

We may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our pace of new member growth and expanded enterprise client and health network relationships, our pace and timing of expansion of new medical offices, and the timing and extent of spend to support the expansion of sales, marketing and development activities. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be harmed. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry—In order to support the growth of our business, we may need to incur additional indebtedness under our existing loan agreement or seek capital through new equity or debt financings, which sources of additional capital may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.”

Indebtedness

In January 2013, we entered into the LSA with Silicon Valley Bank, which, as amended, provides for aggregate borrowings of up to $11.0 million in the form of term loans. In 2016, we drew down the full $11.0 million available to us under the LSA, and no additional amounts remained available for borrowing under the LSA as of September 30, 2019. As of December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019, the outstanding principal amount under the LSA was $7.7 million and $4.4 million, respectively.

Borrowings under the LSA, as amended, bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the greater of 5.56% or the prime rate plus 1.81%. Under the LSA, we were required to make monthly interest-only payments through March 31, 2018 and are required to make 30 equal monthly payments of principal, plus accrued interest, from April 1, 2018 through September 1, 2020, when all unpaid principal and interest becomes due and payable. We may voluntarily prepay all, but not less than all, of the outstanding principal at any time prior to the maturity date, subject to a prepayment fee.

Under the terms of the LSA, we must maintain one of two financial covenants: (i) a liquidity ratio of not less than 1.50 to 1.00 or (ii) a fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.25 to 1.00. We have been in compliance with the financial covenants since the inception of the LSA.

 

96


Table of Contents

Borrowings under the LSA are secured by substantially all of our properties, rights and assets, excluding intellectual property. Additionally, the LSA contains certain customary restrictive covenants that limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness and liens, merge with other companies or consummate certain changes of control, acquire other companies, engage in new lines of business, make certain investments, pay dividends, amend the ASAs and transfer or dispose of assets.

In addition, we issued to Silicon Valley Bank warrants to purchase 494,833 shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, which, upon the closing of this offering, will convert into warrants to purchase an equal number of shares of common stock.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2017     2018     2018     2019  
     (in thousands)  

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (2,718   $ (18,410   $ (11,358   $ (24,098

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (4,287     (176,759     (157,754     20,633  

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     2,738       216,602       221,783       (1,353
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

   $ (4,267   $ 21,433     $ 52,671     $ (4,818
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Activities

During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, operating activities used $24.1 million of cash, resulting from our net loss of $34.2 million and net cash used in changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $16.6 million, partially offset by net non-cash charges of $26.7 million. Net cash used in changes in our operating assets and liabilities for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 consisted primarily of a $15.8 million increase in accounts receivable, net, a $2.4 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets, and a $5.7 million decrease in operating lease liabilities, partially offset by a $2.9 million increase in deferred revenue and a $2.7 million increase in other liabilities. The increase in accounts receivable is primarily due to receivables from health system partners that have longer invoicing and payment cycles than insurance payers. The increase in deferred revenue was due to higher cash collections due to growth of our consumer memberships and enterprise clients.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2018, operating activities used $11.4 million of cash, resulting from our net loss of $26.9 million, and net cash used in changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $6.6 million, partially offset by net non-cash charges of $22.1 million. Net cash used in changes in our operating assets and liabilities for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 consisted primarily of a $9.3 million increase in accounts receivable, net, partially offset by a $1.1 million increase in accrued expenses and a $0.6 million increase in deferred revenue. The increase in accounts receivable is primarily due to higher net patient service revenue. Increase in accrued expenses were due to timing of vendor invoicing. The increase in deferred revenue was due to higher cash collections due to growth of our consumer memberships and enterprise clients.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, operating activities used $18.4 million of cash, resulting from our net loss of $45.5 million and net cash used in changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $0.5 million, partially offset by non-cash charges of $27.6 million. Net cash used in changes in our operating assets and liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2018 consisted primarily of a $7.2 million increase in accounts receivable and a $1.3 million decrease in other liabilities, partially offset by a $5.1 million increase in accrued expenses, a $1.9 million increase in accounts payable, a $0.6 million increase in deferred revenue, a $0.2 million

 

97


Table of Contents

decrease in inventories and a $0.1 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets. The increase in accounts receivable is primarily due to higher net patient service revenue. The increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses was due to our higher level of operating activities and the timing of vendor invoicing and payments.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, operating activities used $2.7 million of cash, resulting from our net loss of $31.7 million, partially offset by non-cash charges of $23.5 million and changes in operating assets and liabilities of $5.4 million. The changes in operating assets and liabilities were primarily due to increases of $5.4 million in deferred revenue, $3.1 million in accrued expenses and $5.2 million in other liabilities, partially offset by increases of $5.9 million in accounts receivable, $1.7 million prepaid expenses and other current assets and $1.4 million in inventories. The increase in accounts receivable is primarily due to higher net patient service revenue. The increase in accrued expenses was due to our higher level of operating activities and the timing of vendor invoicing.

Investing Activities

During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, investing activities provided $20.6 million of cash, resulting from maturities of short-term marketable securities of $266.8 million, offset by purchases of short-term marketable securities of $208.5 million and purchases of property and equipment of $37.6 million due primarily to leasehold improvements, computer equipment, and furniture and fixtures for our new corporate office, new offices and remodels of existing offices, in addition to capitalization of internal-use software development costs.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2018, investing activities used $157.8 million of cash, resulting from purchases of short-term marketable securities of $180.0 million and purchases of property and equipment of $7.1 million, partially offset by maturities of short-term marketable securities of $29.4 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, investing activities used $176.8 million of cash, resulting from purchases of short-term marketable securities of $218.6 million and purchases of property and equipment of $10.8 million, partially offset by maturities of short-term marketable securities of $52.6 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, investing activities used $4.3 million of cash, resulting from purchases of short-term marketable securities of $49.0 million and purchases of property and equipment of $14.0 million, partially offset by maturities of short-term marketable securities of $58.7 million.

Financing Activities

During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, financing activities used $1.4 million of cash, resulting primarily from payment of debt obligation of $3.3 million, partially offset by proceeds from the exercise of stock options of $1.9 million.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2018, financing activities provided $221.8 million of cash, resulting proceeds from proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $216.7 million, the exercise of stock options and warrants of $7.3 million, partially offset by repayment of debt obligation of $2.2 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, financing activities provided $216.6 million of cash, resulting from proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $216.7 million, and exercise of stock options and warrants of $10.8 million, net of repurchase of common stock of $7.5 million and payment of debt obligation of $3.3 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, financing activities provided $2.7 million of cash, resulting entirely from proceeds from the exercise of stock options.

 

98


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2018:

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less than 1
Year
     1 to 3
Years
     4 to 5
Years
     More than 5
Years
 
                   (in thousands)                

Long-term debt, including current portion

   $ 7,700      $ 4,400      $ 3,300      $ —        $ —    

Interest on long-term debt(1)

     522        420        102        —          —    

Operating leases

     153,525        17,138        39,130        34,248        63,009  

Purchase obligations(2)

     7,418        6,263        1,155        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 169,165      $ 28,221      $ 43,687      $ 34,248      $ 63,009  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Amounts in the table reflect the contractually required interest payable pursuant to outstanding borrowings under the LSA. Interest payments in the table above were calculated using an interest rate of 7.3%, which was the interest rate applicable to borrowings under the LSA as of December 31, 2018.

(2)

Amounts in the table do not reflect a (i) subscription agreement with a cloud content management service entered into in February 2019 pursuant to which we committed to spend an aggregate of $1.0 million, and (ii) subscription agreement with an information collaboration company entered into in April 2019 pursuant to which we committed to spend an aggregate of $1.0 million.

The contractual commitment amounts in the table and footnotes above are associated with agreements that are enforceable and legally binding. Obligations under contracts that we can cancel without a significant penalty are not included in the table or footnotes above.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, costs and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in our consolidated financial statements. We base our estimates on historical experience, known trends and events and various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are described in greater detail in Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe that the following accounting policies are those most critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 is presented under Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 605, Revenue Recognition. Under ASC 605, we recognized revenue when all of the following criteria were met: Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; the sales price is fixed or determinable; collection is reasonably assured; and services have been rendered.

Beginning January 1, 2019, we adopted ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, using the modified retrospective method applied to contracts which were not completed upon the adoption date. Under

 

99


Table of Contents

ASC 606, revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration which the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that an entity determines are within the scope of ASC 606, we perform the following five steps:

 

  (i)

Identify the contract(s) with a customer;

 

  (ii)

Identify the performance obligations in the contract;

 

  (iii)

Determine the transaction price;

 

  (iv)

Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

 

  (v)

Recognize revenue as the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

The cumulative effect of initially adopting ASC 606 was immaterial and limited to direct and incremental costs to obtain revenue contracts. The key judgments applicable to revenue recognition under ASC 605 and ASC 606 are similar and are described below. Differences between ASC 605 and ASC 606 were limited to the deferral of incremental commission costs of acquiring a contract. Our policy under ASC 605 was to defer only direct and incremental costs to obtain a contract and amortize those costs over the length of the related contract, including enterprise sales contract renewals, which was generally twelve months. Under ASC 606, we capitalize commission fees related to contracts with customers when the associated revenue is expected to be earned over a period that exceeds one year. For these contracts with an expected duration greater than a year, we capitalize commission fees and amortize them over the period associated with the expected life of the customer.

Net Patient Service Revenue

Net patient service revenue is generated from providing primary care services pursuant to contracts with patients. We recognize revenue as services are rendered, which are delivered over a period of time but typically within one day, when we provide services to the patient. We receive payments for services from third-party payers as well as from patients who have health insurance where they may bear some cost of the service in the form of co-pays, coinsurance or deductibles. In addition, patients who do not have health insurance are required to pay for their services in full. Providing medical services to patients represents our performance obligation under these contracts, and accordingly, the transaction price is allocated entirely to one performance obligation.

Net patient service revenue is reported net of provisions for contractual allowances from third-party payers and patients. We have certain agreements with third-party payers that provide for reimbursement at amounts different from our standard billing rates. The differences between the estimated reimbursement rates and the standard billing rates are accounted for as contractual adjustments, which are deducted from gross revenue to arrive at net patient service revenue. We estimate implicit price concessions related to self-pay balances as part of estimating the original transaction price, which is based on historical experience and other collection indicators.

Partnership Revenue

Partnership revenue is generated from (i) contracts with employers to provide professional clinical services to employee members at the Company’s on-site clinics, (ii) capitation payments from IPAs to provide professional clinical services to covered participants, and (iii) contracts with health systems as health network partners beginning in 2019. Our performance obligation under the various partnership arrangements is the same—to stand ready to provide professional clinical services and the associated management and administrative services. As the services are provided concurrently over the contract term and have the same pattern of transfer, we have concluded that this represents one performance obligation comprising of a series of distinct services over the contract term.

While we can receive either fixed or variable fees from our enterprise clients (i.e., stated fee per employee per month), we generally receive variable fees from IPAs and health networks on a stated fee per member per

 

100


Table of Contents

month basis, based on the number of members (or participants) serviced. We recognize revenue as we satisfy our performance obligation. For fixed-fee agreements, we use a time-based measure to recognize revenue ratably over the contract term. For variable-fee agreements, we allocate the per member per month variable consideration to the month that the fee is earned, correlating with the amount of services it is providing, which is consistent with the allocation objective of the series guidance.

From time to time, we may provide discounts and rebates to the customer. We estimate the variable consideration subject to the constraint and recognize such variable consideration over the contract term.

Membership Revenue

Membership revenue is generated from annual membership fees paid by consumer members and from enterprise clients who purchase access to memberships for their employees and dependents. The terms of service on our website serve as our contract with consumer members. We enter into written contracts with enterprise clients. The transaction price for contracts with enterprise clients is determined on a per employee per month basis, based on the number of employees eligible for membership during the contract period. The transaction price for the contract is fixed at the commencement of the contract, is stated in the contract and is generally collected in advance of the commencement of the contract term. We may provide numerous services under the agreements; however, these services are not considered individually distinct as they are not separately identifiable in the context of the agreement. As a result, our single performance obligation in the transaction constitutes a series for the provision of membership and services as and when requested over the membership term. The transaction price relates specifically to our efforts to transfer the services for a distinct increment of the series. Accordingly, the transaction price is allocated entirely to the one performance obligation. Membership revenue is recognized ratably over the contract period with the individual member or enterprise client. Unrecognized but collected amounts are recorded as deferred revenue and amortized over the remainder of the applicable membership period.

Deferred Revenue

We record a contract liability, or deferred revenue, when we have an obligation to provide service to the member or enterprise client and payment is received or due in advance of our performance.

Stock-Based Compensation

We measure stock-based awards granted to employees and directors based on their fair value on the date of the grant and recognize compensation expense for those awards over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award. Generally, we issue stock option awards with only service-based vesting conditions and record the expense for these awards using the straight-line method. The fair value of each stock option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires inputs based on certain subjective assumptions, including fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected stock price volatility, the expected term of the option, the risk-free interest rate for a period that approximates the expected term of the option, and our expected dividend yield. Changes in the following assumptions can materially affect the estimate of fair value and ultimately how much stock-based compensation expense is recognized; and the resulting change in fair value, if any, is recognized in our statement of operations and comprehensive loss during the period the related services are rendered. These inputs are subjective and generally require significant analysis and judgment to develop.

Expected Term. We determine the expected term of awards which contain service-only vesting conditions using the simplified method which is used when there is insufficient historical data about exercise patterns and post-vesting employment termination behavior. The simplified method is based on the vesting period and the contractual term for each grant, or for each vesting-tranche for awards with graded vesting. The mid-point between the vesting date and the maximum contractual expiration date is used as the expected term under this

 

101


Table of Contents

method. For awards with multiple vesting-tranches, the times from grant until the mid-points for each of the tranches may be averaged to provide an overall expected term.

Expected Volatility. We use an average historical stock price volatility of a peer group of comparable publicly traded healthcare companies representative of its expected future stock price volatility, as we do not have any trading history for our common stock. For purposes of identifying these peer companies, we consider the industry, stage of development, size and financial leverage of potential comparable companies. For each grant, we measure historical volatility over a period equivalent to the expected term.

Expected Dividend Rate. We have not paid and do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, we estimate the dividend yield to be zero.

Risk-Free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with maturities similar to the expected term of the award.

Prior to the adoption of ASC 2018-07, Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Accounting, on January 1, 2019, for stock-based awards granted to consultants and non-employees, we recognized compensation expense over the period during which services were rendered by such non-employees and consultants until completed. At the end of each financial reporting period prior to completion of the service, the fair value of these awards was remeasured using the then-current fair value of our common stock and updated assumption inputs in the Black-Scholes option pricing model. After the adoption of ASC 2018-07, for stock-based awards granted to consultants and non-employees, we measure stock-based awards based on their fair value on the date of grant and recognize compensation expense for those awards over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award.

Determination of the Fair Value of Common Stock

The estimated fair value of the common stock underlying our stock options was initially determined at each grant date by our board of directors, with input from management. All options to purchase shares of our common stock are intended to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per-share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant.

In the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, on each grant date, our board of directors made a reasonable determination of the fair value of our common stock, based on the information known to us on the date of grant, considering independent third-party valuations of our common stock, and upon a review of any recent events and their potential impact on the estimated fair value per share of the common stock. Our valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, or the Practice Aid. Our board of directors considered various objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock as of each grant date, including:

 

   

the prices at which we sold common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock and the superior rights and preferences of the preferred stock relative to our common stock at the time of each grant;

 

   

external market conditions affecting our industry, and trends within our industry;

 

   

our financial position, including cash on hand, and our historical and forecasted performance and operating results;

 

   

the lack of an active public market for our common stock and our redeemable convertible preferred stock;

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidation event, such as an initial public offering or a sale of our company in light of prevailing market conditions; and

 

   

the analysis of initial public offerings and the market performance of similar companies in our industry.

 

102


Table of Contents

The Practice Aid identifies various available methods for allocating enterprise value across classes and series of capital stock to determine the estimated fair value of common stock at each valuation date. In accordance with the Practice Aid, we considered the following methods:

 

   

Option Pricing Method. Under the option pricing method, or OPM, shares are valued by creating a series of call options with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences and conversion terms of each equity class. The estimated fair values of the redeemable convertible preferred stock and common stock are inferred by analyzing these options.

 

   

Probability-Weighted Expected Return Method. The probability-weighted expected return method is a scenario-based analysis that estimates value per share based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns, considering each of the possible outcomes available to us, as well as the economic and control rights of each share class.

In determining the fair value of our common stock, we estimated the equity value of our business using income and market approaches including recent sales of our redeemable convertible preferred stock and common stock in arms’-length transactions.

The market approach attempts to value an asset or security by examining observable market values for similar assets or securities. Sales and offering prices for comparable assets are adjusted to reflect differences between the asset being valued and the comparable assets, such as, location, time and terms of sale, utility and physical characteristics. When applied to the valuation of equity, the analysis may include consideration of the financial condition and operating performance of the company being valued relative to those of publicly traded companies or to those of companies acquired in a single transaction, which operate in the same or similar lines of business. The specific market approaches employed in our third-party valuations include:

 

   

the Back-Solve Method, wherein an enterprise value was estimated by back-solving the OPM for the enterprise value implied by recent sales of common or preferred equity in arm’s-length transactions. The reliance on this method varied over time based on the time of the transaction and the percentage of our outstanding shares involved in the transaction;

 

   

the Guideline Public Company approach, wherein an enterprise value was estimated based upon the observed valuation multiples of comparable public companies; and

 

   

the Guideline Transactions approach, wherein an enterprise value was estimated based upon the observed valuation multiples paid in acquisitions of comparable companies.

The income approach attempts to value an asset or security by estimating the present value of the future economic benefits it is expected to produce. These benefits can include earnings, cost savings, tax deductions, and disposition proceeds from the asset. Projected cash flows are then discounted to a present value employing a discount rate that properly accounts for the estimated market weighted-average cost of capital, as well as any risk unique to the subject cash flows. Finally, an assumption is made regarding the sustainable long-term rate of growth beyond the discrete forecast period, and a residual value is estimated and discounted to a present value. The sum of the present value of the discrete cash flows and the residual, or “terminal,” value represents the estimated Fair Value of the total invested capital of the entity. The specific income approach employed in our third-party valuations was a discounted cash flow analysis. Specific inputs into the discounted cash flow analysis were forecasted by our management team and included:

 

   

estimated future revenues;

 

   

estimated future operating expenses, including cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, sales and marketing, general and administrative and depreciation and amortization;

 

   

estimated future other income and expenses and provision for income taxes;

 

   

estimated future capital expenditures; and

 

   

estimated future working capital requirements.

 

103


Table of Contents

Once the equity value is determined using the market and income approaches, an OPM is used to allocate the equity value to the various share classes. The OPM uses option theory to value the various classes of a company’s securities in light of their respective claims to the total equity value. We performed this OPM analysis under two liquidity scenarios, a merger and acquisition event and an initial public offering event, and applied an appropriate weighting to each scenario to determine the final fair market value of our common stock. A discount for lack of marketability of the common stock is then applied to arrive at an indication of value for the common stock.

The assumptions underlying these valuations, including projected future revenue and cash flows, discount rates, market multiples, selection of comparable companies and probability of possible future events, represent our board of directors’ best estimates at the time they were made, which involve inherent uncertainties and the application of the judgment of our board of directors. As a result, if factors or expected outcomes change and we use significantly different assumptions or estimates, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different. Our board of directors intended all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the grant date.

After the closing of this offering, our board of directors will determine the fair value of each share of underlying common stock based on the closing price of our common stock as reported on Nasdaq on the date of the grant.

Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding as of September 30, 2019 was $             million, of which $             million related to vested options and $             million related to unvested options.

Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities

GAAP requires variable interest entities, or VIEs, to be consolidated if an entity’s interest in the VIE is a controlling financial interest. Under the variable interest model, a controlling financial interest is determined based on which entity, if any, has (i) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impacts the VIEs economic performance and (ii) the obligations to absorb losses that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE.

We perform ongoing reassessments of whether changes in the facts and circumstances regarding our involvement with a VIE would cause our consolidation conclusion to change. The consolidation status of the VIEs with which we are involved may change as a result of such reassessments. Changes in consolidation status are applied in accordance with applicable GAAP. Please see Note 3, “Variable Interest Entities” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further information.

Valuation of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

We classify our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants as a liability on our consolidated balance sheet because the warrants are freestanding financial instruments that may require us to transfer assets upon exercise. The liability associated with each of these warrants was initially recorded at fair value upon the issuance date of each warrant and is subsequently remeasured to fair value at each reporting date. Changes in the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability are recognized as a component of other income (expense), net in the consolidated statement of operations. We will continue to adjust the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the expiration or exercise of the warrants, or upon their automatic conversion into warrants to purchase common stock in connection with a qualified initial public offering such that they qualify for equity classification and no further remeasurement is required.

 

104


Table of Contents

We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which incorporates assumptions and estimates, to value the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants. We assess these assumptions and estimates on a quarterly basis as additional information impacting the assumptions is obtained. Estimates and assumptions impacting the fair value measurement include the fair value per share of the underlying equity instruments issuable upon exercise of the warrants, remaining contractual term of the warrants, risk-free interest rate, expected dividend yield and expected volatility of the underlying redeemable convertible preferred stock by taking into consideration our most recent sales of our redeemable convertible preferred stock and additional factors that we deem relevant. We have historically been a private company and lack company-specific historical and implied volatility information of our stock. Therefore, we estimate expected stock volatility based on the historical volatility of publicly traded peer companies for a term equal to the remaining contractual term of the warrants. The risk-free interest rate is determined by reference to the U.S. Treasury yield curve for time periods approximately equal to the remaining contractual term of the warrants. We have estimated a 0% dividend yield based on the expected dividend yield and the fact that we have never paid or declared dividends.

Upon the closing of this offering, the warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will become exercisable for shares of common stock, at which time we will adjust the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to fair value prior to reclassifying the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital. As a result, following the closing of this offering, the warrants will no longer be subject to fair value accounting.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have during the periods presented any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that we are (i) no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Rate Sensitivity

We had cash and cash equivalents of $16.5 million, $36.7 million and $31.9 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and September 30, 2019, respectively, held primarily in money market funds for working capital purposes.

We had short-term marketable securities of $26.3 million, $193.9 million and $138.5 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and September 30, 2019, respectively, consisting of corporate bonds and commercial paper, and U.S. Treasury bonds. Our investments are made for capital preservation purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. All our investments are denominated in U.S. dollars.

In January 2013, we entered into the LSA with Silicon Valley Bank. As of September 30, 2019, the outstanding amount under this loan agreement was $4.4 million. The interest rate of the LSA is the greater of prime plus 1.81% or 5.56%, and it matures September 1, 2020.

 

105


Table of Contents

Our cash and cash equivalents, short-term marketable securities and debt are subject to market risk due to changes in interest rates. Fixed rate securities may have their market value negatively impacted due to a rise in interest rates, while floating rate securities may produce less income than expected if interest rates fall. Due in part to these factors, our future investment income may fall short of expectation due to changes in interest rates or we may suffer losses in principal if we are forced to sell securities that decline in market value due to changes in interest rates.

We do not believe that an increase or decrease in interest rates of 100 basis points would have a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting, which clarifies when to account for a change to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award as a modification. The new standard does not change the accounting for modifications but clarifies that modification accounting guidance should only be applied if the fair value, vesting conditions, or classification of the award changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions. Early adoption is permitted. A reporting entity must apply the amendments in the ASU prospectively to an award modified on or after the adoption date. We adopted this standard on January 1, 2018. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash, which will require entities to show the change in the total of cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents within the statement of cash flows. As a result, entities will no longer separately present transfers between unrestricted cash and restricted cash. We adopted this standard on January 1, 2018. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation: Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, (Topic 718). The new guidance simplifies certain aspects related to income taxes, statement of cash flows, and forfeitures when accounting for share-based payment transactions. Certain of the amendments related to timing of the recognition of tax benefits and tax withholding requirements should be applied using a modified retrospective transition method. Amendments related to the presentation of the statement of cash flows should be applied retrospectively. All other provisions may be applied on a prospective or modified retrospective basis. We adopted this standard on January 1, 2018 and elected to continue to apply an estimated forfeiture rate in the measurement of stock-based compensation expense. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Statements – Overall: Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, (Subtopic 825-10). The amendments in this ASU revise the accounting related to (1) the classification and measurement of investments in equity securities and (2) the presentation of certain fair value changes for financial liabilities at fair value. We adopted this standard on January 1, 2018. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting (Topic 718), which simplifies the accounting for share-based payments to nonemployees by aligning it with the accounting for share-based payments to employees, with certain exceptions. The new standard is effective for non-public companies for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019 with early adoption permitted. We adopted this standard on January 1, 2019. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on our unaudited consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases, (Topic 842). The amendments in this ASU revise the accounting related to lessee accounting. Under the new guidance, lessees will be required to recognize a lease

 

106


Table of Contents

liability and a right-of-use asset for all leases with a term greater than one year. The new lease guidance also simplified the accounting for sale and leaseback transactions primarily by reducing the number of lease agreements that would fall within this accounting model. The amendments in this ASU were adopted by us beginning on January 1, 2019. The new lease guidance allows entities to elect a transition method where entities may continue to apply the existing lease guidance during the comparative periods and apply the new lease requirements through a cumulative effect adjustment in the period of adoptions rather than in the earliest period presented. We adopted the standard on January 1, 2019 using the optional transition method. See Note 8, “Leases,” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), or ASU 2014-09, which amended the existing FASB ASC. ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Revenue Recognition, or Topic 605, and establishes a principle for recognizing revenue upon the transfer of promised goods or services to customers, in an amount that reflects the expected consideration received in exchange for those goods or services. The standard also provides guidance on the recognition of costs related to obtaining and fulfilling customer contracts. Additionally, the standard requires disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers.

The new standard also requires the capitalization of costs to acquire a contract. The new standard requires longer amortization lives than were previously in use for initial contract terms. We adopted Topic 606 effective January 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective method. See Note 5, “Revenue Recognition,” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for discussions of the impact upon adoption.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract, which aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use-software. The standard is effective for non-public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of this accounting standard update on our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework-Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which modifies the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. The standard is effective for all entities for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. We are in the process of evaluating the effects of adopting this ASU on our consolidated financial statements.

In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-11, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260), Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) I. Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Down Round Features II. Replacement of the Indefinite Deferral for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain Mandatorily Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests with a Scope Exception, or ASU 2017-11. Part I applies to entities that issue financial instruments such as warrants, convertible debt or convertible preferred stock that contain down-round features. Part II replaces the indefinite deferral for certain mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests and mandatorily redeemable financial instruments of nonpublic entities contained within ASC Topic 480 with a scope exception and does not impact the accounting for these mandatorily redeemable instruments. For non-public entities, ASU 2017-11 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that the adoption will have on our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows: Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, (Topic 230), which amends the guidance in ASC 230 on the classification of

 

107


Table of Contents

certain cash receipts and payments in the statement of cash flows. This standard clarifies the classification of certain cash receipts and cash payments in the statement of cash flows, including debt prepayment or extinguishment costs, settlement of contingent consideration arising from a business combination, insurance settlement proceeds, and distributions from certain equity method investees. For non-public companies, the guidance in the ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. We are currently evaluating the impact that the adoption will have on our consolidated financial statements.

 

108


Table of Contents

LOGO

“ I have referred my siblings, my parents, and everybody I love and trust to One Medical, because I believe that it can make a difference not just in your day-today healthcare regimen, but just in giving you peace of mind.” – Natalie, One Medical member


Table of Contents

LOGO

“ I think One Medical is really on the forefront of taking advantage of the technology that we have at our fingertips and understanding what busy people want.” – Whitney, One Medical member


Table of Contents

LOGO

“ It wasn’t until One Medical came about and I was like, oh, I actually have time for people? I actually got to experience what it’s like to make a concrete plan to meet health goals on a routine basis. My mind was blown.” – Mike, One Medical provider


Table of Contents

LOGO

“Technology sometimes gets in the way when you’re staring at a screen and you’re trying to talk to somebody. But we have technology and tools that have in many ways simplified our day. And it’s taken away so many barriers.” – Dan, One Medical provider


Table of Contents

LOGO

Consumers 90 Average Net Promotor Score* For 12 months ended Sep 30, 2019 Providers 44% Fewer provider electronic health record tasks vs. 2019 industry comparison Employers & Payers 8%+ Employer savings Per customer case study Health Networks 86% Of members covered in health network relationships As of Sep 30, 2019 Transforming healthcare for all Net Promoter Score measures the willingness of our members to recommend our providers to others and is used to gauge our members’ overall satisfaction with our providers and services. See “Business--Overview” for a description of how we calculate NPS.


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

Our vision is to delight millions of members with better health and better care while reducing the total cost of care. Our mission is to transform health care for all through our human-centered, technology-powered model. We are a membership-based primary care platform with seamless digital health and inviting in-office care, convenient to where people work, shop, live and click. We are disrupting health care from within the existing ecosystem by simultaneously addressing the frustrations and unmet needs of key stakeholders, which include consumers, employers, providers and health networks. As of September 30, 2019, we had approximately 397,000 members in nine markets in the United States, approximately 6,000 enterprise clients, and health network partnerships for better coordinated care covering 86% of our members.

The current state of the healthcare ecosystem leaves key stakeholders frustrated and with unmet needs.

 

   

Consumers. According to a 2016 report, 81% of consumers are dissatisfied with their healthcare experience, in part due to limited after-hours and digital access, long wait times for appointments, extended in-office delays, short and impersonal visits, uninviting medical offices in inconvenient locations, constrained access to specialists and a lack of care coordination across clinical settings.

 

   

Employers. Employers find their health benefit offerings often underperforming on such fundamental objectives as attracting and engaging employees, improving employee productivity, reducing absenteeism, producing better health outcomes and managing healthcare costs.

 

   

Providers. Within primary care, according to a 2019 Mayo Clinic report, over 50% of family physicians show symptoms of burnout, driven in part by misaligned fee-for-service compensation approaches incentivizing short transactional interactions, and excessive administrative tasks associated with burdensome EHR systems and convoluted insurance procedures.

 

   

Health Networks. Health systems and health plans have been looking to develop coordinated networks of care to better attract patients, increase attributable lives and better integrate primary care with specialty services for improved patient outcomes and lower costs. Yet even with major investments in provider groups, care management programs and technology systems, health networks have struggled to deliver on these objectives.

We have developed a modernized healthcare membership model based on direct consumer enrollment as well as employer sponsorship. Our annual membership model includes seamless access to 24/7 digital health services paired with inviting in-office care routinely covered under health insurance programs. Our technology drives high monthly active usage within our membership, promoting ongoing and longitudinal patient relationships for better health outcomes and high member retention. Our technology also helps our service-minded team in building trust and rapport with our members by facilitating proactive digital health outreach as well as responsive on-demand virtual and in-office care. Our digital health services and our well-appointed offices that are located in highly convenient locations are all serviced by our own clinical team who are employed in a salaried model, free of misaligned fee-for-service compensation incentives prevalent in health care. In addition to offering lab and immunization services in our medical offices, we continue to expand our digital and in-person offerings into such areas as behavioral health and pediatrics, thereby addressing the broader needs of members and key priorities of employers. Additionally, we have developed clinically integrated partnerships with health networks, better coordinating more timely access to specialty care when needed by members, while advancing value-based care for employers through clinical and digital integration.

Together, these components of our human-centered and technology-powered model allow us to deliver better results for key stakeholders.

 

   

Consumers. We delight consumers with a superior experience as evidenced by our average NPS of 90 over the twelve months ended September 30, 2019 and our 90th percentile results on key primary care

 

119


Table of Contents
 

related HEDIS quality measures. NPS measures the willingness of consumers to recommend a company’s products or services to others. We use NPS as a proxy for gauging our members’ overall satisfaction with our providers and loyalty to the One Medical brand. Our NPS is based on responses from a single question survey provided to members after in-office visits which asks members how likely they are to recommend their One Medical provider to a friend or colleague. We calculate our NPS using the standard method of subtracting the percentage of members who respond that they are not likely to recommend our providers from the percentage of members that respond that they are likely to recommend our providers, with responses based on a scale of 0 to 10. The resulting NPS is an index that ranges from a low of -100 to a high of 100.

Our members receive access to 24/7 digital health services with quick response times. Members also have access to inviting in-office care in convenient locations with warm and caring staff. With 47% digital monthly active usage by our members during the nine months ending September 30, 2019, our technology platform advances consumer engagement and health through proactive digital health screenings, post-visit digital follow-ups, real-time access to medical records, and around-the-clock availability of our friendly and knowledgeable providers. We also offer walk-in immunizations and lab services, behavioral health screenings, women’s health, men’s health, LGBTQ+ care, pediatrics, sports medicine, lifestyle and wellbeing programs.

 

   

Employers. We support employers in achieving key health benefits goals of attracting and engaging employees, improving employee productivity and wellbeing, and delivering higher levels of value-based care. Employers cover our membership fee for their employees, with 71% of employers also covering their employees’ dependents’ memberships as of September 30, 2019. Our office visits are typically billed under an employer’s routine health insurance benefit program, allowing for seamless and quick implementation. Within enterprise clients, our median estimated activation rate as of September 30, 2019, was 45%, which we believe we can increase over time. We define estimated activation rate for any enterprise client at a given time as the percentage of eligible lives enrolled as members. Some of our enterprise clients offer membership benefits to the dependents of their employees, for which we assume eligible lives include one dependent per employee. The levels of activation rates at our enterprise clients may also affect the renewal rates of our enterprise clients. Within our ten most activated accounts with at least 275 eligible employees, the average of the activation rates was 88%. With real-time video and phone consults available typically within minutes, and same and next day in-office appointments, we have demonstrated a 41% reduction in emergency room visits and total employer cost savings of 8% or more.

 

   

Providers. Our culture, technology, team-based approach and salaried provider model help address the fundamental issues driving physician burnout. Our culture allows us to attract and retain top board-certified physicians and premier team members. Our providers come from diverse cultural backgrounds, reflecting the demographics of the communities and members we serve. Our proprietary technology platform allows for meaningful reductions in desktop medicine burdens, which are the excessive administrative hassles associated with the use of EHRs. We estimate our providers perform 44% fewer EHR tasks versus a 2019 industry comparison. Our support team takes on many of the administrative burdens for scheduling and insurance coordination. Our in-office and virtual medical teams jointly deliver longitudinal health care. Our salary-based provider compensation incentivizes delivery of the right care at the right time, without the adverse financial incentives that fee-for-service or capitated compensation systems can have on clinical decision-making.

 

   

Health Networks. Health networks partner with us for consumer-driven care, direct-to-employer relationships and coordinated networks of attributable lives. Our membership base connects health networks with a primarily working-age, commercially insured population, without the costs and risks typically faced in the development of their own primary care networks. We clinically and digitally integrate with our health network partners to advance more seamless member access to partner specialists and facilities when needed, while supporting reductions in duplicative testing and excessive delays often seen across uncoordinated healthcare settings. Such coordinated care can deliver better

 

120


Table of Contents
 

service levels and outcomes for consumers, while advancing employee productivity and value-based care to employers.

We believe our model is highly scalable. We are physically present in nine markets today, including Boston, Chicago, Los Angeles, New York, Phoenix, San Diego, the San Francisco Bay Area, Seattle and Washington, D.C. and primarily serve a working-age, commercially-insured population and associated dependents. As of September 30, 2019, we had 77 physical offices, including some employer on-site clinics. Additionally, our members can access our 24/7 digital health services nationwide. As of September 30, 2019, we had approximately 6,000 enterprise clients of various sizes across industries. For the twelve months ended September 30, 2019, we experienced a 97% retention rate across our enterprise clients and an 89% retention rate across our consumer members. We grew our membership by 324% from December 31, 2014 through September 30, 2019.

We derive net revenue from multiple stakeholders, including consumers, employers, health networks and insurers. We recognize net revenue as (i) membership revenue from annual employer and consumer subscription fees, (ii) partnership revenue predominantly on a PMPM basis from health networks and fixed payments from enterprise clients for on-site medical services and (iii) net patient service revenue on a per visit basis from health insurers and patients. We are in-network with most health insurance plans in all of our markets.

We have experienced strong organic revenue growth since inception. Net revenue increased 20% from $176.8 million in 2017 to $212.7 million in 2018 and increased 29% from $154.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $198.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. Loss from operations increased from $31.8 million in 2017 to $45.0 million in 2018. For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, our loss from operations was $25.1 million and $35.2 million, respectively. Care margin increased from $56.1 million, or 32% of net revenue, in 2017, to $76.5 million, or 36% of net revenue, in 2018. For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, our care margin was $54.2 million, or 35% of net revenue, and $80.3 million, or 40% of net revenue, respectively. Net loss increased from $31.7 million in 2017 to $45.5 million in 2018. For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, net loss increased from $26.9 million to $34.2 million. Adjusted EBITDA decreased from $(11.5) million in 2017 to $(13.9) million in 2018. For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, our adjusted EBITDA decreased from $(7.1) million to $(15.6) million. See “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information as to how we define and calculate care margin and adjusted EBITDA and for a reconciliation of loss from operations, the most comparable GAAP measure, to care margin, and net loss, the most comparable GAAP measure, to adjusted EBITDA.

Industry Challenges and Our Opportunity

Industry Challenges

Even as the United States spent $3.6 trillion, representing 18% of GDP, on health care in 2018, according to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, health outcomes trail those of other OECD nations spending lesser percentages of GDP, according to a 2014 Commonwealth Fund report. We believe an underinvestment in primary care is a key driver of these poor outcomes. While the United States’ predominantly fee-for-service reimbursement approach financially rewards high volumes of specialty-based care, the United States spends only 5% to 7% of its healthcare dollars on primary care in contrast to the 14% spent by OECD nations on average, according to a 2019 Patient-Centered Primary Care Collaborative report. Additionally, for every $1 spent on primary care, an estimated $13 is saved on costs in specialty, emergency and inpatient care, according to studies from Oregon’s PCPCH program.

Employer-sponsored commercial health insurance is the largest source of coverage in the United States, totaling 153 million people, or 57% of non-elderly people, according to a KFF report. For employers and employees, benefit costs continue to increase even as service levels have declined. Employer annual health benefit costs for a family hit record highs exceeding $20,000 in 2019, with employee contributions also reaching

 

121


Table of Contents

record highs of almost $6,000 per family according to KFF. Meanwhile, the average patient waited approximately 29 days to see a family medicine practitioner in 2017, an increase of 50% since 2014, according to a survey of 15 large U.S. metropolitan areas conducted by Merritt Hawkins. Factors such as long wait times for appointments, limited online and after-hours availability, complex administrative procedures, and uncoordinated care systems have driven employers to look for innovative primary care solutions, according to the National Business Group of Health’s 2019 Large Employers’ Health Care Strategy and Plan Design Survey.

In addition to the unmet needs that consumers and employers face on the demand side of the healthcare ecosystem, providers and health networks are similarly frustrated on the supply side. Within primary care, over 50% of family physicians in the United States show signs of burnout. Such burnout is driven, in part, by prevalent fee-for-service piecemeal compensation models, excessive documentation hassles from cumbersome EHRs, and unproductive bureaucratic tasks associated with insurance procedures, according to Mayo Clinic Proceedings 2015 research and a June 2018 report published by Harvard Business Review on EHR. Health networks are similarly struggling to provide consumers and employers with higher levels of access and better coordinated care. While health networks have made large investments in medical groups, care management approaches and technology systems, many stakeholders continue to be disappointed with results.

The current state of the healthcare ecosystem leaves key stakeholders frustrated and with unmet needs, delivering suboptimal results for consumers, employers, providers and health networks. We believe that these unmet needs represent a significant opportunity for us.

Consumers

According to a 2016 report, approximately 81% of consumers are dissatisfied with their healthcare experience. Their frustrations include long lead times to schedule physician appointments and long waits once checked-in at provider offices. Appointments often occur in crowded medical offices and are typically short in duration, affording limited time to develop deeper provider-patient relationships. Opportunities to engage with providers before and after visits, as well as during nights and weekends, are often limited or non-existent, even though healthcare needs are not constrained to the operating hours of provider offices. Care delivered is also often uncoordinated with providers, leaving consumers to navigate their own way through a complex system.

Employers

To attract and retain staff, employers are making significant investments in health benefits; yet, as commercial insurance costs have reached record highs, employers and employees remain frustrated. Barriers to accessing timely care during the day and after business hours cause employees to miss work and lose productivity. As a result, many employees self-direct themselves to higher cost settings such as emergency rooms. Additionally, uncoordinated care across primary care, specialty care and behavioral health settings creates frustration and causes excessive spending. According to the National Academy of Medicine, approximately 30% of all healthcare spending is estimated to be avoidable wasted spending.

Providers

By predominantly compensating primary care providers on volume, the prevalent fee-for-service approach seen within the industry incentivizes short and transactional medical encounters, often with insufficient time to address underlying issues related to acute care, chronic disease, and behavioral health issues. Such fee-for-service compensation may also incentivize greater referrals to specialists for more time-intensive cases, even when such patients could otherwise be treated effectively within primary care. Management of preventive care and chronic conditions through longitudinal relationships is typically less-reimbursed, if paid for at all. In addition, providers often find themselves performing excessive administrative tasks that could be better performed by other staff or eliminated altogether. They suffer from rising administrative time spent populating data into cumbersome EHR systems, and documentation hassles associated with insurance procedures. These dynamics contribute to lower job satisfaction and provider burnout.

 

122


Table of Contents

Health Networks

While many health networks have sought to better integrate primary care with specialty and hospital care, they may underperform on service, access, and coordination of care. This is partly due to their internal incentive systems, processes, and technologies, which are typically focused on addressing high revenue specialty care, rather than best supporting primary care. Moreover, primary care networks can be very costly to develop, and can require significant ongoing investments to operate, while often underperforming on strategic and financial objectives. According to the American Hospital Association’s Futurescan survey of hospital CEOs and leaders published in 2019, 75% of hospital and health systems operate their primary care networks at a loss or are willing to do so, with 76% of health system leaders indicating they are pursuing or are likely to pursue external relationships to advance their physician networks and better serve consumers.

Our Market Opportunity

We have developed a human-centered, technology-powered primary care model that simultaneously addresses the aforementioned frustrations and unmet needs of key stakeholders. We disrupt the healthcare ecosystem from within its current structure through our:

 

   

modernized member-based model that is based on direct consumer enrollment as well as employer sponsorship;

 

   

seamless bundled digital health and virtual care;

 

   

inviting offices with high quality service in convenient locations;

 

   

partnerships with health networks;

 

   

alignment with payers;

 

   

premier salaried medical group;

 

   

advanced technology-powered systems; and

 

   

service-oriented team implementing Lean processes.

We believe the aligned components of our model deployed at scale transform health care for key stakeholders.

The U.S. primary care market is estimated to be approximately $260 billion in 2019, including $159 billion within the commercially insured population. We are physically present in nine markets which represent approximately $34 billion in primary care spend within the commercially insured population alone. We believe we have only captured approximately 3% commercial market share in our most mature market and have captured approximately 1% or less in each of our other markets. In 2020, we plan to be physically present in 12 markets, which are expected to represent approximately $38 billion in primary care spend within the commercially insured population. While our members can access our digital services nationally, we believe we can expand our physical presence across the United States. The 50 largest MSAs alone could expand our market opportunity for existing services and populations to $81 billion. We expect our total addressable market to grow as we further expand into additional services such as behavioral health, serve additional populations and explore alternative risk-sharing reimbursement models.

Our Value Proposition

Our modernized human-centered and technology-powered primary care model simultaneously addresses the frustrations and unmet needs faced by key stakeholders.

Value Proposition for Consumers

 

   

Greater engagement for better health and better care. We regularly and proactively engage our members digitally and in-person. During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, 47% of our

 

123


Table of Contents
 

members interacted with us monthly via our website or mobile app. Members can digitally access medical information, prescriptions, lab results and other health data, and can reach out to our team regarding medical issues or health questions around-the-clock. Members may receive digital health status check-ins before and after office encounters, and our technology facilitates further follow-up with our providers.

 

   

Unique digital health experience. Our dedicated and compassionate providers and other team members deliver 24/7 digital care. Members engage through our website or mobile app in timely synchronous and asynchronous interactions, selecting their communication modality of choice, including messaging, text, voice and video. Our in-house virtual team delivers 24/7 service to address health concerns and administrative questions, coordinating with our in-office providers through a common EHR that is shared across digital and in-office settings.

 

   

Superior in-office care experience. We provide kind and attentive in-person care in aesthetically pleasing offices with contemporary interior designs. We offer same- or next-day appointments with almost no wait upon arrival in locations convenient to where consumers work, shop and live. Members enter into first-name relationships with providers who greet them upon arrival and walk them out upon appointment completion. Our approach allows for more time to thoroughly address a broader array of issues and to develop deeper relationships than traditional primary care settings.

 

   

Longitudinal approach to care. Our approach treats the whole person by including the physical, mental, social, emotional and administrative needs of our members. Our holistic offerings include walk-in immunizations and lab services, behavioral health, women’s health, men’s health, LGBTQ+ care, pediatrics, sports medicine, lifestyle and wellbeing programs. We proactively reach out to members to assess their health status and mental wellness and follow up with reminders on key health initiatives. These initiatives support the health of our members with the goal of avoiding more costly care in the future.

 

   

Greater care coordination. We can serve as a trusted advisor to our members and, through our administrative teams and technology, help them better navigate the healthcare ecosystem. Our health network partnerships further advance clinically and digitally integrated care across primary, specialty and acute care settings by streamlining access to leading specialists and reducing delays and duplicative tests.

 

   

Improved health outcomes. We help drive better health outcomes for our members, as reflected in our 90th percentile rankings on key primary care related HEDIS quality metrics. To prevent avoidable conditions and advance health, we proactively promote screening for cancers, chronic diseases, anxiety and depression.

Value Proposition for Employers

 

   

Differentiated and highly valued employee benefit. We believe our model enhances the benefits offering of employers, improving their recruitment and retention of talent. According to our 2019 member satisfaction survey, 76% of new employer-sponsored members indicated that having access to our platform as a benefit has improved their opinion of their employer, with 72% of respondents noting our services as one of their employer’s most valuable benefits. We believe our value is further evidenced by our enterprise client renewal rate of approximately 97% in the twelve months ended September 30, 2019.

 

   

Increased workforce productivity. We reduce time away from work as well as employee distraction related to illness, injury or other medical conditions by providing quick and convenient access to care for employees and dependents, including virtual care, of which 30% occurs after business hours on average. With longer appointments, we address more needs in our primary care setting, reducing avoidable referrals and additional time away from work. Additionally, our ability to facilitate timely specialist appointments with our health network partners further reduces distraction while waiting for specialty care.

 

124


Table of Contents
   

Reduced costs. We reduce costs by increasing employee productivity and providing value-based care, substituting higher cost emergency room and specialty services with lower-cost primary care. We help avoid unnecessary testing and higher cost branded prescriptions through best practice clinical protocols embedded in our technology. For example, we have demonstrated a 41% reduction in emergency room visits and total employer cost savings of 8% or more.

 

   

Insights on improving employee health and value-based care. We support population health improvement and medical cost assessment by analyzing anonymized aggregated health record information and employee health engagement patterns. We work with employers to better understand the health needs of their employees as well as to review overall utilization patterns. Our aggregated anonymized EHR information allows for timelier and deeper insights to help employers improve their health benefits programs and achieve higher levels of value.

Value Proposition for Providers

 

   

More fulfilling way to practice. Our providers develop meaningful relationships with our members over time, allowing them to help improve healthy behaviors and better coordinate member health needs. Their relationships with members are more longitudinal and less transactional. Our providers are also supported by our technology platform which enables them to practice at the top of their license, making their work more professionally rewarding while reducing factors driving burnout.

 

   

Team-based approach across care modalities. Our in-office providers and our virtual team collaborate for longitudinal health care across time and settings. Our virtual care team and administrative specialists reduce our in-office providers’ workloads while promoting 24/7 care. Providers can better focus on caring for patients during member interactions, while excessive administrative tasks can be handled by other team members.

 

   

Purpose-built technology platform. Our proprietary technology platform is developed with significant provider input and is purpose-built for primary care. For example, our technology is focused on capturing and surfacing the most meaningful clinical insights in a workflow that is intuitive to providers. Our platform meaningfully reduces administrative workloads by intelligently automating, streamlining and re-routing tasks across our network to the most appropriate team member, resulting in faster response times while freeing up providers to focus on caring for members. Comparing our technology with results from a study published in Health Affairs in 2019, our providers experience 44% fewer EHR tasks, reducing the excess administrative burden that has been identified as a key driver of physician burnout.

 

   

Salaried model with flexible work schedules. Our salaried model avoids perverse fee-for-service and capitation incentives, and does not financially reward or penalize our providers based on utilization. It supports the delivery of the right amount of care in the best setting without impacting provider take-home pay. Additionally, we have flexible work arrangements and opportunities to practice in office or virtually. We believe this results in a better quality of life and work-life balance. With a presence in markets across the country, we also increasingly offer providers mobility opportunities.

Value Proposition for Health Networks

 

   

Expansion of health networks. Our partnership model allows health networks to augment their existing primary care and network strategies, without significant additional investment in capital, technology or management resources. Partnering with us can be a more effective, expeditious, economical, and less risky way of developing a coordinated network of attributable lives. Additionally, our model can better position health networks with consumers and employers by focusing on consumer-driven care and facilitating direct-to-employer relationships.

 

   

Attractive customer base. Health networks look to partner with us to proactively establish relationships with our members. These partnerships allow health networks to better connect with our largely commercially insured membership base.

 

125


Table of Contents
   

Coordinated care. We clinically and digitally integrate our modernized primary care model with our health network partners’ provider networks, better coordinating care for members across a continuum of settings. We digitally integrate EHR information, avoiding duplicative testing often seen when patients are referred across care settings. Through better coordination, we provide members with more seamless access to specialty care when needed. We simultaneously reduce excessive health network administrative costs by linking our referral processes and digital technologies with health network partners. This coordination of care can lead to better experiences and outcomes for members, as well as reduced costs.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following are our key competitive strengths.

Modernized Membership-Based Model

We believe our membership-based model supports ongoing and longitudinal relationships where we can serve as trusted advisors to our members and as partners to our enterprise clients. Our model also generates stable revenue which is recurring in nature, as evidenced by our 97% enterprise client retention rate and 89% consumer retention rate for the twelve months ended September 30, 2019. By having an enrolled population of members, we can proactively reach out to members to encourage adherence to treatment protocols or to check in on their care needs. The relationship inherent in a membership model is very different than the traditional model of transactional patient care visits, where a provider typically only engages with a patient if the patient comes in for a visit. We proactively engage with our members on a regular basis through our digital platform and in our welcoming offices, and believe we are better able to develop long-term connections and relationships with them.

Extraordinary Customer Experience

Our human-centered approach is focused on providing a superior experience to our members, as evidenced by the bundling of services within our membership model, the way we hire and train our team, the culture of caring we foster, our easy-to-use technology, our 24/7 digital health, our inviting in-office care, our compassionate and salaried providers and our streamlined Lean processes. Whether members call, click or visit, they consistently experience outstanding service. Our virtual care is available around-the-clock. Our medical offices feel more like health spas, and our providers and staff are very friendly and trained in customer service. We do not keep members waiting long, if at all, and our longer appointments provide our team with more time to address member needs. Our technology is designed to promote frictionless access, ease of use and high engagement. We look to address the whole-person needs of our members, providing physical and mental health services, lab services, and coordinating specialty services with health network partners. Our administrative staff is available to answer benefits questions and help navigate the healthcare ecosystem on behalf of our members.

Simultaneously Addressing the Needs of Consumers, Employers, Providers and Health Networks

Our modernized model simultaneously addresses the frustrations and unmet needs of key stakeholders, transforming health care from within the current ecosystem. For consumers, we deliver a superior experience as evidenced by our average NPS of 90 over the twelve months ended September 30, 2019 and our 90th percentile results on key primary care related HEDIS quality measures. See “—Overview” for a description of how we calculate NPS. For employers, we help improve employee productivity through frictionless access to virtual and in-office care and reduce medical costs by avoiding unnecessary emergency room and specialty visits. For providers, we create a more engaging and manageable primary care work environment by leveraging a salaried model and our proprietary technology. With health networks, we clinically integrate to expand their connections to commercially insured enrollees, and we are in-network with most health insurance plans in all of our markets. Accordingly, our model delivers differentiated value to all key stakeholders simultaneously within the current health care ecosystem.

 

126


Table of Contents

Engaged, Salaried Providers Delivering Best-in-Class Care

We offer an outstanding environment to practice primary care, as reflected in our high provider retention rates and engagement scores. In 2019, we were certified as a “Great Place to Work” by the Great Place to Work Institute. Our salaried compensation approach allows our providers to deliver patient-centered care without impacting their pay as might be the case under fee-for-service compensation approaches. Our providers also have significantly fewer EHR tasks to complete due to our proprietary technology that is purpose-built for primary care, freeing up their time to focus on delivering outstanding clinical care.

Proprietary Technology Platform

Our ability to simultaneously deliver significant value to key stakeholders is deeply rooted in our purpose-built, modernized technology platform. Our proprietary technology platform powers all aspects of our company: engaging members, supporting providers and advancing business objectives. Our technology allows us to proactively engage members with personalized clinical outreach and improve health through online scheduling, virtual provider visits and ready access to health information. This has resulted in a highly engaged member base, where 47% of our members interacted with us online monthly during the nine months ended September 30, 2019. Our technology also supports providers by leveraging machine learning to reduce and re-route tasks that needlessly create administrative burdens while supporting team-based care. This allows providers to spend more time delivering clinical care, while facilitating higher levels of member responsiveness. Our technology also advances operational efficiencies, as our product designers and engineers collaborate closely with clinical and operational team members to observe and optimize workflows. Our platform is built on a modern cloud-based technology stack, employing Agile development cycles and a DevOps approach to infrastructure. Our modular, service-oriented architecture utilizes API standards for ease of implementing new functionalities and integrating with external systems. Our technology platform and capabilities were key contributors to our recognition on Fast Company’s “Most Innovative Companies” list for 2019, placement on CB Insights’ “Digital Health 150” list in 2019 and ranking by Alliance Bernstein as its number one “Most Disruptive” private health care company in the United States in 2019.

Operating Platform for High Performance at Scale

Our approach for operating and scaling our platform is based on leading process improvement and management practices. We leverage Lean methodologies for process improvement, human-centered design thinking, behavioral design and Agile methodologies for software development to deliver high performance levels at scale. Our operational processes, software development and staffing models, including our virtual medical team, are designed to work together to create efficiencies and uniquely achieve our objectives. Moreover, we standardize our processes and practices so we can efficiently deliver consistent outcomes at scale across existing and new markets, which we believe will further drive our financial performance.

Highly Experienced Management Team

Our management team has extensive experience working with leading health systems, health plans, technology companies, service organizations, consumer brands, and enterprise-sales-driven companies. Our leadership embodies our cultural alignment around our behavioral tenants of being human-centered, team-based, unbounded in thinking, driven to excel, and intellectually curious. Our leaders help organize teams of clinicians, technologists and staff to regularly engage together in designing processes and software to further advance our objectives. Accordingly, our team is well positioned to execute on our objectives and advance an outstanding workplace environment.

Our Growth Strategies

To transform health care at scale, we can pursue growth through the following avenues.

 

127


Table of Contents

Grow consumer and enterprise membership in existing markets

We have significant opportunities to increase membership in our existing markets through (i) new sales to consumers and enterprise clients, (ii) expansion of the number of enrolled members, including dependents, within our enterprise clients and (iii) adding other potential services. In our most mature market in the San Francisco Bay Area, we believe we have only captured approximately 3% commercial market share, giving us ample room to grow. Within enterprise clients, our median activation rate as of September 30, 2019 was 45%, which we believe can increase over time as our brand awareness grows and our customer relationships mature. We define estimated activation rate for any enterprise client at a given time as the percentage of eligible lives enrolled as members. Some of our enterprise clients offer membership benefits to the dependents of their employees, for which we assume eligible lives include one dependent per employee. Additionally, while the percentage of enterprise clients offering our services to dependents of their employees has grown from 55% in 2015 to 71% as of September 30, 2019, we believe we have significant further room for growth with dependents. Furthermore, as we continue to scale our presence, we anticipate an increasing number of larger national and regional employers will look to partner with us for our services.

Expand into new markets

We are physically present in nine markets with plans to enter three new markets in 2020. We assess potential markets using a variety of metrics, including population demographics and density, employer presence, potential health network partners, and other factors. Our market footprint represents $34 billion in primary care spend within the commercially insured population alone. We believe our complete offering is viable in most markets across the United States, and the 50 largest MSAs alone could expand our market opportunity for existing services and populations to $81 billion. As we enter new markets, we may work with existing enterprise clients and health networks to help enroll new members in these markets, potentially resulting in immediate membership enrollments at the time of market entry, before we even establish a physical footprint in a market.

 

LOGO

 

128


Table of Contents

Grow health network partnerships

To accelerate our growth and presence, we can extend existing health network partnerships into new markets where our partners may also have a presence, or we can enter into new health network partnerships in new markets. We typically partner with one health network in a given market, and as that partner grows its market presence, we can grow even further with them.

Expand services and populations

Our core offering today is centered on primary care and the commercially insured segment. However, our modernized model has been designed with flexibility to provide additional services such as behavioral health and to care for additional population segments such as Medicare. Additionally, our model is also well positioned for shared savings reimbursement models, such as capitation and other accountable care approaches. Our technology has also been developed with modern APIs to enable direct integration with channel partners and other third-party offerings, increasing the potential breadth of our modernized platform solution.

 

LOGO

Technology-powered and human-centered 47%Members visit web / app monthly Message providers Renew prescriptions Access to care Access your records During the nine months ended Sep 30, 2019

Our Technology

Our proprietary technology platform powers all aspects of our company: engaging members, supporting providers, and advancing business objectives. Our software is built on a modern technology stack, and is grounded in human-centered design thinking and behavioral design, with Lean process improvement and Agile development approaches.

Engaging members through proactive digital health interactions and responsive virtual care services

Via our mobile app and web portal, we proactively engage members with personalized clinical outreach to improve their health, while driving engagement and retention. We proactively check in with members to support

 

129


Table of Contents

their health and follow-up care needs, and offer online appointment scheduling, 24/7 access to virtual care, messaging, care navigation, and a health record with relevant data from us and other partners.

As a result of our proactive outreach, during the nine months ended September 30, 2019, 47% of members used our mobile app or visited our member web portal at least once a month. Members receive customized preventive care reminders, mobile app-based mental health screenings, follow-up recommendations and other care reminders to help them take more active ownership of their health. For example, typically if a member is diagnosed with a common condition, the technology platform will automatically follow up to check in on that member’s condition status and level of healing. If the patient responds to our automated outreach with ongoing medical concerns, we can seamlessly follow up digitally with virtual care, or arrange an in-person visit. Our technology currently sends these follow-ups for 77 different conditions, and allows providers to configure additional automated follow-up communications. During the twelve months ended September 30, 2019, our technology platform assigned approximately 1.3 million health action items to our members. Our members were highly engaged with those action items, completing 69% of them.

In addition to proactive digital health outreach, our members have access to 24/7 responsive digital care services through our website and mobile app. Our technology allows members to share insights about their concerns and then be routed to the most effective modality for care or the modality of their choosing, including messaging our care team or requesting a prescription renewal, starting an on-demand video or voice encounter, or booking an in-office visit. On-demand video or voice encounters are typically available within just a few minutes, and provide an efficient and convenient channel for members to ask questions or get care for common concerns. By routing lower acuity concerns to these and other lower cost care channels, we can better preserve in-office capacity for more complex concerns.

Regardless of the channel of care utilized, all providers and members have access to the same shared longitudinal health information. This allows us to practice team-based care across in-office and virtual settings, and across extended periods of time. Accordingly, our virtual and in-office providers can access comprehensive medical and engagement information to deliver more holistic and impactful treatments. Moreover, a member can engage directly with their clinical information, for example, pulling up blood pressure readings charted over time on their mobile device. In the twelve months ended September 30, 2019, we interacted with our members digitally nearly 2.1 million times, or approximately three times as often as in-office.

Supporting providers by reducing administrative burdens and facilitating team-based care

We support providers by leveraging machine learning and other technologies to reduce and re-route tasks that create desktop medicine burdens for clinicians, while increasing efficiency and consumer responsiveness. Additionally, our technology facilitates team-based longitudinal care across in-office and virtual providers, streamlines clinical encounter documentation, and advances population health and value-based care.

We have designed our technology to surface important clinical context in a single view and to reduce the time and clicks necessary to complete clinical and administrative tasks. We leverage machine learning to route inbound requests to the most effective team member for resolution. For example, certain prescription renewal requests are routed to our virtual team, while questions about insurance are routed to our administration team. This has resulted in 44% fewer tasks for our in-office providers when compared to industry examples.

All of our virtual or in-office providers access the same longitudinal medical record, which facilitates smooth handoffs of clinical tasks, and results in care that is truly team-based. This contributes to a seamless member experience. For example, during a video encounter, a provider might determine an in-office visit is necessary for diagnosis or treatment. When the member comes in for that appointment, the in-office provider will be aware of the context discussed in the previous video session and can pick up where the last care team member left off. Further, when our technology integrates information from other stakeholders in the healthcare ecosystem, such as our health network partners, we present that data alongside information gathered in the course of care at One Medical, enabling the development of an integrated care plan.

 

130


Table of Contents

Advancing business objectives including network interoperability and value-based care

We believe we are a leader in establishing interoperability with external stakeholders across the healthcare ecosystem. For example, our technology platform currently integrates with EHRs from larger and smaller vendors, using such approaches as direct messaging of Consolidated Clinical Document Architecture documents, Fast Healthcare Interoperability Resource enabled two-way communications, and participation in health information exchanges. These integrations enhance the coordination of care, improve member access to specialty care and streamline processes for our health network partners—with one partner noting an approximate time savings of 30 minutes of processing time per referral. Moreover, we believe our interoperability supports durable, sticky relationships with our partners.

Our technology platform also promotes operational efficiency and thoughtfully presents choices to the provider that reduce the total cost of care. For example, when a provider orders a prescription drug for a member, the available generic medication automatically populates in the order request. As a result, we prescribe generic medications more than 97% of the time for such common conditions as anxiety and depression, driving potential savings to employers. Similarly, by using algorithms to route members to the best channel of care, we can drive more efficient utilization of our services.

Human-centered software design built on a modernized and scalable technology stack

Our technology platform is grounded in human-centered design thinking, and leverages insights from behavioral design. Our product designers and engineers collaborate closely with clinical and operational team members to observe and then optimize workflows. We employ user testing and experiment-driven design (such as A/B testing) to enhance our member and provider experiences.

Our platform is built on a modern cloud-based technology stack, employing Agile development cycles and a DevOps approach to infrastructure. Unlike with traditional healthcare IT, our technology platform is updated frequently, without long upgrade cycles. Our modular, service-oriented architecture utilizes API standards for ease of implementing new functionalities and integrating with external systems. We integrate machine learning and natural language processing to automate recommendations and workflows, uncovering insights that we incorporate back into the design of the platform.

Our modern, integrated technology platform encapsulates functionalities seen in many fragmented health care and other IT solutions, including: customer relationship and membership management tools, population health solutions, patient portals, patient health records, scheduling systems, resource management tools, contact center software, virtual care offerings, EHRs, practice management systems, reporting and analytics packages, amongst others. Accordingly, our proprietary integrated platform unlocks better member experiences, an improved caregiving environment, and enhanced performance on business objectives.

Our technology platform and capabilities were key contributors to our being named to Fast Company’s “Most Innovative Companies” list for 2019, placement on CB Insights’ “Digital Health 150” list in 2019, and Alliance Bernstein ranking us as its number one “Most Disruptive” private healthcare company in the United States in 2019.

 

131


Table of Contents

LOGO

Competition

We compete in a highly fragmented primary care market with direct and indirect competitors that offer varying levels of impact to key stakeholders such as consumers, employers, providers, and health networks. Our competitive success is contingent on our ability to simultaneously address the needs of key stakeholders efficiently and with superior outcomes at scale compared with competitors. We expect to face increasing competition, both from current competitors, who may be well-established and enjoy greater resources or other strategic advantages to compete for some or all key stakeholders in our markets, as well as new entrants into our market.

We believe our most direct competition today is from primary care providers who are employed by or affiliated with health networks. Due to our growing number of partnerships with these health networks, we increasingly view primary care providers affiliated with such health networks as potential partners as opposed to direct competitors. We also face competition from direct-to-consumer solutions or employer-focused on-site primary care offerings. These competitors may be narrower in their competitive footprint and may not address all the key stakeholders we serve simultaneously. Our indirect competitors also include episodic point solutions such as telemedicine offerings as well as urgent care providers. These offerings may typically pay providers on a fee-for-service basis rather than the salaried model we employ. Given the size of the healthcare industry and the extent of unmet needs, we expect additional competition, potentially from new companies, including smaller emerging companies which could introduce new solutions and services, as well as other incumbent players in the healthcare industry or from broader industry who could develop their own offerings and may have substantial resources and relationships to leverage. With the emergence of new technologies and market entrants, we expect to face increasing competition over time, which we believe will generally increase awareness of the need for modernized primary care models and other innovative solutions in the United States and globally.

The principal competitive factors in our industry include:

 

   

patient engagement, satisfaction and utilization;

 

   

convenience, accessibility and availability;

 

   

brand awareness and reputation;

 

   

technology capabilities including interoperability with legacy enterprise and health network infrastructures;

 

   

ability to address the needs of employers and payers;

 

132


Table of Contents
   

ability to attract and retain quality providers;

 

   

ability to reduce cost trends;

 

   

level of participation in insurance plans;

 

   

alignment with health networks;

 

   

domain expertise in health care, technology, sales and service;

 

   

scalability of models; and

 

   

operational execution abilities.

We believe that we compete favorably with our competitors on the basis of these factors and we believe the offerings of competitors inadequately simultaneously address the needs of key stakeholders or fail to do so at scale.

Customer Case Studies

Customer A

Customer A is a large diversified media and publishing company with approximately 2,900 eligible employees. Customer A implemented our benefit in the fourth quarter of 2016 and currently covers an estimated 5,800 lives, including employees and their dependents, across eight of our markets. At launch, Customer A had approximately 200 enrolled members and only permitted limited communications regarding our benefit to their employee base. In the third quarter of 2018, Customer A supported a direct e-mail and mailer campaign to reach unenrolled beneficiaries, which led enrollment to more than double from approximately 800 members to 1,900 members as of September 30, 2019. In addition to direct e-mail, our campaign included on-site events, company communications in newsletters and direct postings on Customer A’s benefits website. Moving forward, opportunities with Customer A include formalizing the continued cadence of communications to unenrolled beneficiaries, exploring additional pediatric and behavioral health offerings, and potentially new markets.

Key results include:

 

   

18% increase in activation rate following initiation of direct e-mail and mailer campaign; and

 

   

95% of members who submitted post-visit surveys rated us 8+ out of 10.

Customer B

Customer B is a social media web and mobile app company with approximately 1,250 eligible employees. Customer B implemented our benefit in 2014 and currently covers an estimated 2,500 lives, including employees and their dependents, across six of our markets. Our relationship started as an employee-only relationship where the adoption of our benefit increased rapidly from 55 enrolled members in 2014 to approximately 700 enrolled members in 2017, in-line with Customer B’s own growth. In the third quarter of 2018, Customer B added dependent coverage to the benefit, which increased enrolled lives to approximately 1,000 members that year. Today, with a formalized cadence of direct email messages to unenrolled beneficiaries and strong internal company communications with new hires, we have continued to increase enrolled lives to approximately 1,300 members as of September 30, 2019. Moving forward, opportunities with Customer B potentially include expanding pediatric and behavioral health solutions.

Key results include:

 

   

41% increase in enrollees following addition of dependent coverage; and

 

   

90% of members who submitted post-visit surveys rated us 8+ out of 10.

 

133


Table of Contents

Customer C

Customer C is a global professional services company that implemented our benefit in 2015. Customer C currently covers over 20,000 employees and their dependents across all of our markets.

In 2018, a return on investment study was conducted by our Data Science and Enterprise Analytics teams on behalf of Customer C using claims data provided by the customer’s third-party administrator as well as our internal data. The study compared approximately 2,000 of the customer’s One Medical members to a cohort of non-One Medical members matched on age, sex and geography. The analysis compared the cohorts’ medical and prescription claims costs, and measured time savings resulting from avoided specialty, emergency and urgent care utilization, as well as more convenient and efficient primary care delivery. Over a one year period, the study found that we saved Customer C the equivalent of 8.3%, or $38 PMPM on total costs.

Key results from the study include:

 

   

Savings of 8.3% ($38 PMPM) of total costs, comprising:

 

   

3.5% ($16 PMPM) in direct claims cost savings, including:

 

   

26% fewer specialty care visits, or approximately 1,365 fewer visits

 

   

57% fewer urgent care visits, or approximately 237 fewer visits

 

   

1.3% ($6 PMPM) in time savings due to avoided utilization;

 

   

2.7% ($12 PMPM) in time savings due to reduced wait and travel time; and

 

   

0.8% ($4 PMPM) in virtual care services.

Sales and Marketing

Our marketing and sales initiatives focus on member growth through two primary avenues: directly acquiring consumer members, and signing agreements with employers that sponsor employee memberships as part of their benefits packages. We use marketing and sales strategies to reach consumers as well as enterprise benefits leaders. Enterprise marketing and sales strategies also include account-based marketing, business development initiatives, and client service teams focused on customer acquisition, employee enrollment, and member engagement.

With a growing national model, we aspire to be the most loved brand in health care. We anchor our brand messaging on how we delight our members with care for real life. In 2019, we were named the #1 Most Customer-Centric Company in Healthcare by Forbes and ranked as the #1 “Most Disruptive” private health care company in the United States by Alliance Bernstein.

Consumer Sales & Marketing

When we market and sell directly to individuals, we initially focus on increasing brand awareness, followed by performance marketing targeted toward member enrollment.

Our marketing strategy in new markets is primarily centered on increasing overall brand awareness, familiarity, consideration and ultimately enrollment. To achieve these objectives, we showcase our model via direct mail, print, digital, out-of-home, broadcast, and social media advertising. We also develop thought leadership content such as whitepapers, eBooks, and blog posts and use public relations to secure earned media placements. Additionally, we participate in industry conferences, and may partner with media outlets, event venues, and local businesses to increase brand awareness.

As brand awareness increases in more established markets, we shift our efforts to performance marketing focused on both customer acquisition and engagement. Our performance marketing initiatives include

 

134


Table of Contents

customized task-based in-app messages and email communications to drive engagement among members, in addition to more targeted advertisements through direct mail, Google Search, YouTube and social media for member acquisition.

Enterprise Sales & Marketing

Our in-house enterprise sales force is comprised of sales professionals who are organized by geography and customer size. We support our sales force in several ways, including through account-based marketing resources and the deployment of a business development team to educate enterprise decision makers on the benefits of offering One Medical to their employees. We also leverage a sales analytics team to further support lead generation. Additionally, our client services team actively manages our customer accounts and provides in-depth reporting on member activation, utilization, engagement, and value.

We also work with channel partners such as payroll and professional employer organizations to reach smaller enterprise clients. Additionally, we partner with select regional and national benefits brokers and consultants to educate potential customers on our offerings.

After onboarding new enterprise accounts, we shift our focus to enrolling and engaging employees. These efforts include on-site visits to employers, email communications, and other forms of performance marketing.

Intellectual Property

We believe that our intellectual property rights are important to our business. We rely on a combination of trademarks, service marks, copyrights and trade secrets to protect our proprietary technology and other intellectual property. As of September 30, 2019, we exclusively own five registered trademarks in the United States, including One Medical. In addition, we have registered domain names for websites that we use or may use in our business. As of September 30, 2019, we had no issued patents and no pending patent applications anywhere in the world, and therefore, we do not have patent protection for any of our proprietary technology, including our operating platform, technology platform, proprietary software, mobile app or web portal.

We seek to control access to and distribution of our proprietary information, including our algorithms, source and object code, designs, and business processes, through security measures and contractual restrictions. We seek to limit access to our confidential and proprietary information to a “need to know” basis and enter into confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements with our employees, consultants, customers and vendors that may receive or otherwise have access to any confidential or proprietary information. We also obtain written invention assignment agreements from our employees, consultants, and vendors that assign to us all right, interest, and title to inventions and work product developed during their employment or service engagement with us. In the normal course of business, we provide our intellectual property to external parties through licensing or restricted use agreements. We have established a system of security measures to help protect our computer systems from security breaches and computer viruses. We have employed various technology and process-based methods, such as clustered and multi-layer firewalls, intrusion detection systems, vulnerability assessments, threat intelligence, content filtering, endpoint security (including anti-malware and detection response capabilities), email security mechanisms, and access control mechanisms. We also use encryption techniques for data at rest and in transit. For additional information on risks associated with our intellectual property and information technology systems, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Intellectual Property” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry.”

Government Regulation

The healthcare industry and the practice of medicine are governed by an extensive and complex framework of federal and state laws, which continue to evolve and change over time. The costs and resources necessary to comply with these laws are high. Our profitability depends in part upon our ability, and that of the One Medical

 

135


Table of Contents

PCs and their providers, to operate in compliance with applicable laws and to maintain all applicable licenses. A review of our operations by courts or regulatory authorities could result in determinations that could adversely affect our operations, or the healthcare regulatory environment could change in a way that restricts our operations.

Practice of Medicine

Corporate Practice of Medicine and Fee-Splitting

1Life contracts with the One Medical PCs, who in turn employ or retain physicians and other medical providers to deliver professional clinical services to patients. 1Life enters into ASAs with the One Medical PCs pursuant to which it provides them with a wide range of administrative services and receive payment from the One Medical PC. These administrative services arrangements are subject to state laws, including those in certain of the states where we operate, which prohibit the practice of medicine by, and/or the splitting of professional fees with, non-professional persons or entities such as general business corporations.

Corporate practice of medicine and fee-splitting prohibitions vary widely from state to state. In addition, such prohibitions are subject to broad powers of interpretation and enforcement by state regulators. Our failure to comply could lead to adverse action against us and/or our providers by courts or state agencies, civil or criminal penalties, loss of provider licenses, or the need to restructure our business model and/or physician relationships, any of which could harm our business.

Practice of Medicine and Provider Licensing

The practice of medicine is subject to various federal, state, and local laws and requirements, including, among other things, laws relating to the practice of medicine (including remote care), quality and adequacy of care, non-physician personnel, supervisory requirements, behavioral health, medical equipment, and the prescribing and dispensing of pharmaceuticals and controlled substances.

Telehealth Provider Licensing, Medical Practice, Certification and Related Laws and Guidelines

Providers who provide professional medical services to a patient via telehealth must, in most instances, hold a valid license to practice medicine in the state in which the patient is located. Federal and state laws also limit the ability of providers to prescribe pharmaceuticals and controlled substances via telehealth. We have established systems for ensuring that our affiliated providers are appropriately licensed under applicable state law and that their provision of telehealth to our members occurs in each instance in compliance with applicable rules governing telehealth. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could lead to adverse action against our providers, which could harm our business model and/or physician relationships and have a negative impact on our business.

Other Healthcare Laws

HIPAA, as amended by the HITECH Act, and their implementing regulations, includes several separate criminal penalties for making false or fraudulent claims to non-governmental payers. The healthcare fraud statute prohibits knowingly and recklessly executing a scheme or artifice to defraud any healthcare benefit program, which includes private payers. Violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment, or exclusion from government healthcare programs. The false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing, or covering up a material fact by any trick, scheme, or device, or making any materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items, or services. Violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines or imprisonment. This statute could be used by the government to assert criminal liability if a healthcare provider knowingly fails to refund an overpayment.

 

136


Table of Contents

In addition, the Civil Monetary Penalties Law imposes civil administrative sanctions for, among other violations, (1) inappropriate billing of services to government healthcare programs, (2) employing or contracting with individuals or entities who are excluded from participation in government healthcare programs, and (3) offering or providing Medicare or Medicaid beneficiaries with any remuneration, including full or partial waivers of co-payments and deductibles, that are likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a particular provider, practitioner, or supplier (subject to an exception for non-routine, unadvertised co-payment and deductible waivers based on individualized determinations of financial need or exhaustion of reasonable collection efforts).

State and Federal Health Information Privacy and Security Laws

We must comply with various federal and state laws related to the privacy and security of PII, including health information. In particular, HIPAA establishes privacy and security standards that limit the use and disclosure of PHI and requires the implementation of administrative, physical, and technical safeguards to ensure the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of PHI. The One Medical PCs are regulated as covered entities under HIPAA, and 1Life is sometimes regulated as a covered entity under HIPAA. HIPAA’s requirements are also directly applicable to the contractors, agents, and other business associates of covered entities that create, receive, maintain, or transmit PHI in connection with their provision of services to covered entities. 1Life is a business associate of the One Medical PCs, health network partners and other covered entities when performing certain administrative services on their behalf.

We are also subject to the HIPAA breach notification rule, which requires covered entities to notify affected individuals of breaches of unsecured PHI. In addition, covered entities must notify the HHS Office of Civil Rights, or OCR, and the local media if a breach affects more than 500 individuals. Breaches affecting fewer than 500 individuals must be reported to OCR on an annual basis. The HIPAA regulations also require business associates to notify the covered entity of breaches by the business associate.

Violations of HIPAA can result in civil and criminal penalties, including civil financial penalties ranging from $114 to $57,051 per violation (as of 2019, and subject to periodic adjustments for inflation).

Many states in which we operate have their own laws protecting the privacy and security of personal information, including health information. We must comply with such laws in the states where we do business in addition to our obligations under HIPAA. In some states, such as California, state privacy laws are even more protective than HIPAA. It may sometimes be necessary to modify our operations and procedures to comply with these more stringent state laws. State data privacy and security laws are subject to change, and we could be subject to financial penalties and sanctions if we fail to comply with these laws.

In addition to federal and state laws protecting the privacy and security of personal information, we may be subject to other types of federal and state privacy laws, including laws that prohibit unfair privacy and security practices and deceptive statements about privacy and security, along with laws that impose specific requirements on certain types of activities, such as data security and texting.

Federal and State Fraud and Abuse Laws

Federal Stark Law

We are subject to the federal physician self-referral law, commonly known as the Stark Law, which prohibits physicians from referring Medicare or Medicaid patients to an entity for the provision of certain “designated health services” if the referring physician or a member of the physician’s immediate family has a direct or indirect financial relationship (including an ownership interest or a compensation arrangement) with the entity, unless an exception applies. The Stark Law is a strict liability statute, which means intent to violate the law is not required. In addition, the government and some courts have taken the position that claims presented in

 

137


Table of Contents

violation of various fraud, waste, and abuse laws, including the Stark Law, can be considered a predicate legal violation to submission of a false claim under the federal False Claims Act (described below) on the grounds that a provider impliedly certifies compliance with all applicable laws and rules when submitting claims for reimbursement. Penalties for violating the Stark Law may include: denial of payment for services ordered in violation of the law, recoupments of monies paid for such services, civil penalties for each violation and three times the dollar value of each such service, and exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs. Violations of the Stark Law could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Federal Anti-Kickback Statute

We are also subject to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which, subject to certain exceptions known as “safe harbors,” prohibits the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any bribe, kickback, rebate or other remuneration, in cash or in kind, in return for, or to induce, the (1) the referral of a person covered by government healthcare programs, (2) the furnishing or arranging for the furnishing of items or services reimbursable under government healthcare programs, or (3) the purchasing, leasing, ordering, or arranging or recommending the purchasing, leasing, or ordering, of any item or service reimbursable under government healthcare programs. Federal courts have held that the Anti-Kickback Statute can be violated if just one purpose of a payment is to induce referrals. Actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it is not required, which makes it easier for the government to prove that a defendant had the state of mind required for a violation. In addition to a few statutory exceptions, the OIG of the HHS has promulgated safe harbor regulations that outline categories of activities that are deemed protected from prosecution under the Anti-Kickback Statute, provided all applicable criteria are met. The failure of a financial relationship to meet all of the applicable safe harbor criteria does not necessarily mean that the particular arrangement violates the Anti-Kickback Statute, but business arrangements that do not fully satisfy all elements of a safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by OIG and other enforcement authorities. Violations of the Anti-Kickback Statute can result in exclusion from government healthcare programs as well as civil and criminal penalties, including fines of $50,000 per violation and three times the amount of the unlawful remuneration. Violations of the Anti-Kickback Statute could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

False Claims Act

The federal False Claims Act prohibits knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, false claims to government programs, such as Medicare or Medicaid. Some states have adopted similar fraud and false claims laws. Government agencies engage in significant civil and criminal enforcement efforts against healthcare companies under the False Claims Act and other civil and criminal statutes. False Claims Act investigations can be initiated not only by the government, but by private parties through qui tam (or whistleblower) lawsuits. Penalties for False Claims Act violations include fines ranging from $11,463 to $22,927 per false claim or statement (as of 2019, and subject to annual adjustments for inflation), plus up to three times the amount of damages sustained by the federal government. Violations of the False Claims Act violations can also result in exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs.

State Fraud, Waste and Abuse Laws

Several states in which we operate have also adopted similar fraud, waste, and abuse laws to those described above. The scope and content of these laws vary from state to state and are enforced by state courts and regulatory authorities. Some states’ fraud and abuse laws, known as “all-payer laws,” are not limited to government healthcare programs, but apply more broadly to items or services reimbursed by any payer, including commercial insurers. Liability under state fraud, waste, and abuse laws could result in fines, penalties, and restrictions on our ability to operate in those jurisdictions.

 

138


Table of Contents

Our Health Network Partnerships

We have entered into strategic partnership arrangements with each of our health network partners under which we and the health network partner create a clinically integrated care delivery model that coordinates our network of affiliated primary care practices with the health network partner’s healthcare system to better deliver coordinated care for members, improve operational efficiencies, and deliver value to employers and other players.

Fee Structure

Under most of the strategic partnership arrangements, the health network partners contract with one or more of the One Medical PCs for professional clinical services and contract with 1Life for management, operational and administrative services, including billing and collection services and designing and managing the day-to-day administration of the business aspects of the primary care practices. Under these arrangements, when our medical offices provide professional clinical services to covered members, we, as administrator, perform billing and collection services on behalf of the health network, and the health network receives the fees for the services provided, including those paid by members’ insurance plans. In return for these professional clinical, management, operational and administrative services, we receive fees from these health network partners on a fixed PMPM basis, and fee rates generally increase annually based on various factors, including increases in rates received by a health network’s payers. In lieu of PMPM fees, certain of our clinically integrated health network partners extend their health insurance contracts to us. Under these arrangements, we bill for and receive fees directly for professional clinical services provided to members.

Term and Termination

The term of each strategic partnership arrangement is typically five years and automatically renews for additional two- to five-year terms unless either we or the health network partners decide not to renew. We or the health network partners generally may terminate a strategic partnership arrangement with 90 days’ notice upon certain events such as uncured breach, mutual consent, or a change in law that conflicts with the applicable arrangement. The strategic partnership arrangements generally may be terminated immediately upon certain events such as bankruptcy, exclusion and business combinations involving us and a specified competing health network. Certain health network partners may also terminate upon their determination that we no longer meet their criteria for clinical partnership or the values or mission of the health network partner.

Exclusivity and Non-Solicitation

Under the terms of strategic partnership arrangements, we typically cannot enter into a similar arrangement with certain specified direct competitors to the health network partner within the territory covered by the strategic partnership arrangement. Additionally, the terms of most of the strategic partnership arrangements include a mutual non-solicitation clause, prohibiting us and our health network partners from soliciting each other’s employees during the term of the arrangement and for one year following its expiration, subject to certain customary recruiting practices.

Clinic Commitments and Development Fees

Pursuant to each strategic partnership arrangement, we commit to open an initial number of clinics, ranging from low single digits to mid-teen double digits depending on the area covered, within the first term. Our health network partners pay us certain development fees for the opening of each clinic.

Our Enterprise Client Agreements

We enter into contractual arrangements with our enterprise clients pursuant to which our clients purchase memberships from us for their employees and, in certain circumstances, we provide onsite clinics and health

 

139


Table of Contents

services. The transaction price for memberships under these contracts is determined on a per employee per month basis, based on the number of employees eligible for membership established at the beginning of each contract term. Our contracts with enterprise clients typically have one- to three-year terms.

Google Services Agreement

In August 2017, we entered into an inbound services agreement, or the ISA, with Google Inc. and certain of the One Medical PCs. For 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019, Google accounted for 10% of our net revenue. Under the ISA, we and Google enter into statements of work, or SOWs, upon Google’s request pursuant to which Google sponsors memberships for their employees for annual fees. We also provide on-site clinics and health services for certain Google office locations under the SOWs. Under the ISA, Google is not obligated to enter into any SOWs with us, and we are not obligated to provide any services to Google except pursuant to SOWs. Any party may terminate the ISA or any SOW following an uncured material breach, or suspend or terminate any SOW if applicable law prohibits performance under the SOW. Under the ISA, we and the applicable One Medical PCs are required to maintain certain levels of insurance, including medical malpractice liability insurance, in connection with the provision of medical services and the storage of Google data.

Our Provider Arrangements

Administrative Services Agreements

1Life has entered into ASAs with each of the One Medical PCs, under which we design, operate and administer non-medical operations to each One Medical PC, including billing, financial management, marketing, patient record maintenance, IT and technology services and office space, which we refer to as the administrative services. Each One Medical PC retains independent discretion to employ or contract with healthcare providers, including physicians, nurse practitioners, physician assistants and other medical professionals to provide medical care to patients. Under the ASAs, while 1Life has authority over all decisions relating to central non-medical operations of the One Medical PCs, each practice is solely and exclusively responsible for the provision of medical services, including diagnosis, treatment, therapy, and prescription of medicine and drugs. The One Medical PCs are also fully empowered to refer patients to any hospital or healthcare facility deemed by the practices as best qualified to deliver medical services to any patient.

The One Medical PCs pay 1Life certain fees for providing administrative services based on their fair market value, including, but not limited to, office space and equipment, the One Medical brand, intellectual property and cost of capital. The term of each ASA is ten years and automatically renews annually thereafter unless either 1Life or any One Medical PC provides written notice to not renew. We may terminate any ASA upon certain events such as uncured breach, the revocation or suspension of the related practice’s license to provide medical services or the failure by the One Medical PC to make payments under the ASA.

Succession Agreements

Andrew S. Diamond, M.D., Ph.D., the Chief Medical Officer of One Medical Group, Inc., a consolidated One Medical PC, is generally the sole director and officer of each One Medical PC and also a shareholder of each One Medical PC. We have entered into succession agreements with Dr. Diamond and each One Medical PC under which, upon the occurrence of any of the following events, the shares owned by Dr. Diamond in the One Medical PCs will automatically be transferred to one or more licensed professionals designated by us and Dr. Diamond will immediately resign from all of his positions at the One Medical PCs:

 

   

loss of Dr. Diamond’s licenses or certifications to practice medicine or other event that would disqualify Dr. Diamond from acting as a shareholder of a professional corporation under applicable state laws;

 

   

adjudication that Dr. Diamond is an insane or incompetent person;

 

140


Table of Contents
   

death or permanent disability or incapacity of Dr. Diamond;

 

   

conviction of Dr. Diamond for any felony or legal violation related to fraud, theft, embezzlement, breach of fiduciary responsibility, financial misconduct, obstruction or controlled substances;

 

   

termination of Dr. Diamond’s employment at the One Medical PCs or affiliated medical entities;

 

   

termination of Dr. Diamond as a consultant of 1Life;

 

   

any transfer or disposal of Dr. Diamond’s shares in the One Medical PCs; and

 

   

issuance of stock in the One Medical PCs at Dr. Diamond’s direction to any other person in violation of the succession agreements.

Each succession agreement will remain in effect until we repurchase the shares from Dr. Diamond or until mutually terminated by Dr. Diamond, the applicable One Medical PC and us.

Employees

As of September 30, 2019, across 1Life and the One Medical PCs, we had 1,600 full-time employees. None of our employees are represented by labor unions or covered by collective bargaining agreements. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good and we have not experienced any work stoppages.

Facilities

Our headquarters are located in San Francisco, California and consist of approximately 60,874 square feet of leased space. Our lease on this space expires on August 1, 2029. As of September 30, 2019, we lease an additional combined 229,089 square feet of clinical space for the One Medical PCs pursuant to our ASAs. We believe that our headquarters and other offices are adequate for our immediate needs and that additional or substitute space is available if needed to accommodate growth and expansion.

Legal Proceedings

We are currently involved in, and may in the future become involved in, legal proceedings, claims and investigations in the ordinary course of our business, including medical malpractice and consumer claims. Although the results of these legal proceedings, claims and investigations cannot be predicted with certainty, we do not believe that the final outcome of any matters that we are currently involved in are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Regardless of final outcomes, however, any such proceedings, claims, and investigations may nonetheless impose a significant burden on management and employees and be costly to defend, with unfavorable preliminary or interim rulings.

 

141


Table of Contents

LOGO

Our Brand Status quo is a healthcare system with the wrong priorities. We believe healthcare should be different. Convenient. Respectful. Dare we say, enjoyable. We call this real life care


Table of Contents

LOGO

one work well


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth certain information for our executive officers and directors as of December 31, 2019:

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position(s)

Executive Officers

     
Amir Dan Rubin    50   

Chair, Chief Executive Officer and President

Bjorn B. Thaler    43   

Chief Financial Officer

Andrew S. Diamond, M.D., Ph.D.*    49   

Chief Medical Officer

Kimber D. Lockhart    33   

Chief Technology Officer

Lisa A. Mango    52   

General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Non-Employee Directors

     
Paul R. Auvil(1)    56   

Director

Mark S. Blumenkranz, M.D.(1)    68   

Director

Bruce W. Dunlevie(3)**    63   

Director

Kalen F. Holmes, Ph.D.(2)(3)    53   

Director

David P. Kennedy(2)    49   

Director

Freda Lewis-Hall, M.D.    64   

Director

Robert R. Schmidt(2)(3)    37   

Director

David B. Singer(1)    57   

Director

 

(1)

Member of the audit committee

(2)

Member of the compensation committee

(3)

Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee

*

Employee of One Medical Group, Inc., a consolidated One Medical PC. Dr. Diamond provides services to us pursuant to contractual arrangements with 1Life and One Medical Group, Inc.

**

Lead Independent Director

Executive Officers

Amir Dan Rubin has served as our Chief Executive Officer and President and as a member or Chair of our board of directors since August 2017. From January 2016 to August 2017, he served as an Executive Vice President at UnitedHealth Group, a publicly traded healthcare company. From January 2011 to January 2016, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Stanford Health Care, a private healthcare system associated with Stanford University. Mr. Rubin earned a B.A. in Economics with a minor in Business from the University of California, Berkeley, an M.H.S.A. in Health Services Administration from the University of Michigan, and an M.B.A. in Business Administration from the Ross School of Business at the University of Michigan. We believe that Mr. Rubin’s business expertise and his daily insight into corporate matters as our Chief Executive Officer and President qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Bjorn B. Thaler has served as our Chief Financial Officer since April 2019. From November 2018 to March 2019, he was a Senior Vice President at CVS Health Corporation, a publicly traded retail pharmacy company. From September 2011 to November 2018, he was a Managing Director, and later a Vice President, at Aetna Inc., a managed healthcare company and now a subsidiary of CVS Health Corporation. Mr. Thaler earned a Master of Law at the University of Vienna, Faculty of Law, Austria, an International M.B.A. at the Darla Moore School of Business at the University of South Carolina and an International Master of Business from the Vienna University of Economics and Business, Austria.

Andrew S. Diamond, M.D., Ph.D., has served as the Chief Medical Officer since September 2019, and as the National Medical Director since July 2016, of One Medical Group, Inc., a consolidated One Medical PC. From

 

146


Table of Contents

September 2012 to July 2016, Dr. Diamond served as a physician and in various director roles at One Medical Group, Inc., including as Regional Medical Director, West. Dr. Diamond earned a B.S. in Biological Sciences from Stanford University and an M.D. and Ph.D. from the University of Colorado Health Sciences Center.

Kimber D. Lockhart has served as our Chief Technology Officer since March 2015. She previously served as our Vice President, Engineering from March 2014 to March 2015. From September 2009 to March 2014, Ms. Lockhart served in various roles at Box, Inc., a cloud content management and file sharing services company. Ms. Lockhart earned a B.S. in Computer Science from Stanford University.

Lisa A. Mango has served as our General Counsel since June 2018. She previously served as our Vice President and Assistant General Counsel from January 2016 to June 2018. From April 2004 to January 2016, she served as a Senior Director and Senior Corporate Counsel at Autodesk, Inc. a publicly traded software company. Ms. Mango earned a B.A. in Public Policy from Duke University and a J.D. from the University of Texas School of Law.

Non-Employee Directors

Paul R. Auvil has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2019. Since March 2007, Mr. Auvil has served as the Chief Financial Officer of Proofpoint, Inc., a provider of security-as-a-service solutions. From September 2006 to March 2007, Mr. Auvil was an entrepreneur-in-residence at Benchmark Capital, a venture capital firm. From 2002 to July 2006, he served as the Chief Financial Officer at VMware, Inc., a computing virtualization company. From 2007 to 2017, Mr. Auvil served on the board of directors of Quantum Corporation, a data storage company. From 2009 to 2010, Mr. Auvil served on the board of directors of OpenTV Corp., a provider of interactive television software and services. From 2009 to 2017, Mr. Auvil served on the board of directors of Marin Software, Inc., a cloud-based ad management platform company. Mr. Auvil earned an A.B. in Electrical Engineering from Dartmouth College and a Master of Management from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University. We believe Mr. Auvil is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his financial and accounting experience and his service on the boards of directors of several companies.

Mark S. Blumenkranz, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2019. Since October 2015, Dr. Blumenkranz has served as the managing director of Lagunita Biosciences LLC, a healthcare investment company. Since September 2019, Dr. Blumenkranz has served as the chief executive officer of Kedalion Therapeutics Inc., an ophthalmic drug development company. From 1997 to August 2015, he served as the H.J. Smead Professor and Chairman of the Department of Ophthalmology at Stanford University School of Medicine and as the inaugural director of the Byers Eye Institute, a nationally-recognized eye care center. From January 2015 to August 2015, Dr. Blumenkranz served on the board of directors of Presbia PLC, a medical device company. From July 2006 to February 2017, Dr. Blumenkranz served on the board of directors of Adverum Biotechnologies Inc., a biotechnology company. He also serves on the board of directors of several private biotechnology and medical device companies. Dr. Blumenkranz earned an A.B. in Biology, an M.M.S. in Biochemical Pharmacology and an M.D. from Brown University. He received his surgical internship and ophthalmology residency training at the Stanford University School of Medicine and his fellowship training in vitreoretinal surgery at the Bascom Palmer Eye Institute at the University of Miami School of Medicine. We believe that Dr. Blumenkranz is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his experience as a director and founder of several biotechnology companies as well as his significant expertise in medical practice.

Bruce W. Dunlevie has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2007. He has been a General Partner of venture capital firm Benchmark Capital since its founding in May 1995. Mr. Dunlevie also serves on the board of directors of ServiceSource International, a publicly traded analytics company. From March 2008 to February 2017, he served on the board of directors of Marin Software, a publicly traded digital advertising company. He earned a B.A. in History from Rice University and an M.B.A. from Stanford University. We

 

147


Table of Contents

believe that Mr. Dunlevie is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his extensive experience in health care and technology and his service on publicly traded company boards.

Kalen F. Holmes, Ph.D., has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2017. From November 2009 to February 2013, Ms. Holmes served as Executive Vice President of Partner Resources at Starbucks Corporation, a publicly traded retail beverage company. Since December 2014 and August 2016, Ms. Holmes has served on the boards of directors of Zumiez Inc., a publicly traded clothing store, and Red Robin Gourmet Burgers, Inc., a publicly traded restaurant company, respectively. Ms. Holmes earned a B.A. in Psychology from the University of Texas and an M.A. and Ph.D. in Industrial and Organizational Psychology from the University of Houston. We believe that Ms. Holmes is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of her public company management and board experience.

David P. Kennedy has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2007. Since 2007, Mr. Kennedy has served as a partner of Serent Capital, a venture capital firm. He has served on the boards of directors of several privately held companies. Mr. Kennedy earned a B.Comm. in Finance and an M.B.S. in International Marketing from University College Dublin and an M.A. in International Policy Studies and an M.B.A. from Stanford University. We believe that Mr. Kennedy is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his experience in healthcare investing.

Freda Lewis-Hall, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2019. Since January 2019, Dr. Lewis-Hall has served as Chief Patient Officer and Executive Vice President of Pfizer Inc., a pharmaceutical company. From 2009 to January 2019, Dr. Lewis-Hall served as Pfizer’s Chief Medical Officer. Prior to joining Pfizer in 2009, Dr. Lewis-Hall held various senior leadership positions including Chief Medical Officer and Executive Vice President, Medicines Development at Vertex Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, from June 2008 to May 2009, and Senior Vice President, U.S. Pharmaceuticals, Medical Affairs for Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. from 2003 to May 2008. Since August 2017, Dr. Lewis-Hall has served on the board of directors of SpringWorks Therapeutics, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. From December 2014 to May 2017, she served on the board of directors of Tenet Healthcare Corporation, a healthcare services company. Dr. Lewis-Hall earned a B.A. in Natural Sciences from Johns Hopkins University and an M.D. from Howard University College of Medicine. We believe that Dr. Lewis-Hall is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on her expertise and experience in the biopharmaceutical industry and her leadership experience as a senior executive at various biopharmaceutical companies.

Robert R. Schmidt has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2018. Since August 2011, Mr. Schmidt has served as a principal specializing in health care at The Carlyle Group Inc., or Carlyle, a private equity firm. Mr. Schmidt earned a B.S.C.E. in Finance and Management from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. We believe that Mr. Schmidt is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his extensive experience in healthcare investing.

David B. Singer has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2011. Since December 2004, Mr. Singer has held various positions at Maverick Capital, Ltd., an investment firm, including Managing Partner of Maverick Ventures since February 2015. From July 2013 to January 2017, Mr. Singer served as a health commissioner of the City of San Francisco and a member of the San Francisco General Hospital Joint Conference Committee. Since June 2010, Mr. Singer has served on the board of directors of Castlight Health, Inc., a publicly traded healthcare navigation company. From December 2006 to May 2013, he served on the board of directors of Pacific Biosciences of California, Inc. a publicly traded biotechnology company. Mr. Singer serves on the boards of several privately held healthcare companies. Mr. Singer earned a B.A. in History from Yale University and an M.B.A. from Stanford University. We believe Mr. Singer is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his significant healthcare experience.

 

148


Table of Contents

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of the directors or executive officers.

Composition of Our Board of Directors

Certain members of our board of directors were elected pursuant to the provisions of a voting agreement, as amended. Under the terms of this voting agreement, the stockholders who are party to the voting agreement have agreed to vote their respective shares so as to elect: (1) one director designated by Benchmark Capital Partners V, L.P., currently Mr. Dunlevie; (2) one director designated by DAG Ventures IV-QP, L.P., currently Mr. Rubin; (3) one director designated by Oak Investment Partners XII, Limited Partnership, currently vacant; (4) one director designated by Maverick Capital, Ltd., currently Mr. Singer; (5) one director designated by GV 2013, L.P., currently vacant; (6) one director designated by Redmile Capital Offshore Fund II, Ltd., currently Ms. Holmes; (7) two directors designated by Carlyle Partners VII Holdings, L.P., or the Carlyle Investor, currently Mr. Schmidt with the other vacant; and (8) two directors designated by the holders of a majority of our common stock and preferred stock, each currently vacant. The voting agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors.

The primary responsibilities of our board of directors are to provide oversight, strategic guidance, counseling and direction to our management. Our board of directors meets on a regular basis and additionally as required. Our board of directors currently consists of seven directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution approved by a majority of our board of directors. In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective in connection with this offering, immediately after this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

the Class I directors will be Messrs. Dunlevie, Kennedy and Singer and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2020;

 

   

the Class II directors will be Messrs. Auvil and Blumenkranz and Ms. Holmes and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2021; and

 

   

the Class III directors will be Dr. Lewis-Hall and Messrs. Rubin and Schmidt and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2022.

Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Director Independence

Under the listing requirements and rules of Nasdaq, independent directors must comprise a majority of our board of directors as a listed company within one year of the closing of this offering.

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that Mses. Holmes and Lewis-Hall and Messrs. Auvil, Blumenkranz, Dunlevie, Kennedy, Schmidt and Singer do not have any relationships that would interfere with the exercise of independent

 

149


Table of Contents

judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing requirements and rules of Nasdaq. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

Committees of our Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our board of directors are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. Our board of directors may establish other committees as it deems necessary or appropriate from time to time.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Messrs. Auvil, Blumenkranz and Singer. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the audit committee satisfies the independence requirements under Nasdaq listing standards and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Exchange Act. The chairperson of our audit committee is Mr. Auvil. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Auvil is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of SEC regulations. Each member of our audit committee can read and understand fundamental financial statements in accordance with applicable requirements. In arriving at these determinations, our board of directors has examined each audit committee member’s scope of experience and the nature of their employment.

The primary purpose of the audit committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors with respect to our corporate accounting and financial reporting processes, systems of internal control and financial statement audits, and to oversee our independent registered public accounting firm. Specific responsibilities of our audit committee include:

 

   

helping our board of directors oversee our corporate accounting and financial reporting processes;

 

   

managing the selection, engagement, qualifications, independence and performance of a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our consolidated financial statements;

 

   

discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and the independent accountants, our interim and year-end operating results;

 

   

developing procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;

 

   

reviewing related person transactions;

 

   

obtaining and reviewing a report by the independent registered public accounting firm at least annually that describes our internal quality control procedures, any material issues with such procedures, and any steps taken to deal with such issues when required by applicable law; and

 

   

approving or, as permitted, pre-approving, audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Our audit committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective upon the closing of this offering, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of Nasdaq.

 

150


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of Ms. Holmes and Messrs. Kennedy and Schmidt. The chairperson of our compensation committee is Ms. Holmes. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the compensation committee is independent under the listing standards of Nasdaq, and a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

The primary purpose of our compensation committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors in overseeing our compensation policies, plans and programs and to review and determine the compensation to be paid to our executive officers, directors and other senior management, as appropriate. Specific responsibilities of our compensation committee include:

 

   

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our chief executive officer and other executive officers;

 

   

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our directors;

 

   

administering our equity incentive plans and other benefit programs;

 

   

reviewing, adopting, amending and terminating incentive compensation and equity plans, severance agreements, profit sharing plans, bonus plans, change-of-control protections and any other compensatory arrangements for our executive officers and other senior management; and

 

   

reviewing and establishing general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees, including our overall compensation philosophy.

Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective upon the closing of this offering, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of Nasdaq.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Ms. Holmes and Messrs. Dunlevie and Schmidt. The chairperson of our nominating and corporate governance committee is Mr. Dunlevie. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the nominating and corporate governance committee is independent under the listing standards of Nasdaq.

Specific responsibilities of our nominating and corporate governance committee include:

 

   

identifying and evaluating candidates, including the nomination of incumbent directors for reelection and nominees recommended by stockholders, to serve on our board of directors;

 

   

considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition and chairmanship of the committees of our board of directors;

 

   

developing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters; and

 

   

overseeing periodic evaluations of the board of directors’ performance, including committees of the board of directors.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective upon the closing of this offering, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of Nasdaq.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or

 

151


Table of Contents

persons performing similar functions. Upon the closing of this offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available under the Corporate Governance section of our website at www.onemedical.com. In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or the listing standards of Nasdaq concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of the compensation committee is currently or has been at any time one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last year, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

We currently provide cash and/or equity-based compensation to our non-employee directors who are not affiliated with our large investors for the time and effort necessary to serve as a member of our board of directors. In 2019, unless otherwise noted, each of these non-employee directors received an annual cash retainer of $60,000, paid in equal quarterly installments in arrears, pro-rated for any partial quarters of service. In addition, all of our independent directors are entitled to reimbursement of direct expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the board or committees thereof.

The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation earned for service on our board of directors during the year ended December 31, 2019. Amir Dan Rubin, our Chief Executive Officer and President, is also the Chair of our board of directors, but did not receive any additional compensation for his service as a director. Mr. Rubin’s compensation as an executive officer is set forth in “Executive Compensation—Summary Compensation Table.”

 

Name

   Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash
    Option
Awards(1)(2)
    Total  

Paul R. Auvil(3)

   $ 15,000     $ 53,953 (4)    $ 68,953  

Mark S. Blumenkranz, M.D.(5)

     3,333       53,766 (6)      57,099  

Brian Bouma(7)

     45,000       —         45,000  

Bruce W. Dunlevie

     —         —         —    

Kalen F. Holmes, Ph.D.

     60,000       117,537 (4)      177,537  

David P. Kennedy

     10,000 (8)      —         10,000  

Freda Lewis-Hall, M.D.(5)

     3,333       53,766 (6)      57,099  

Robert R. Schmidt

     —         —         —    

David B. Singer

     —         —         —    

 

(1)

The amounts reported in this column do not reflect dollar amounts actually received by the non-employee director. Instead, the amounts reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of the stock options granted to the non-employee directors during 2019 under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, computed in accordance with ASC 718. As required by SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. The amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock options and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by the non-employee directors upon the exercise of the stock options or any sale of the underlying shares of common stock.

 

152


Table of Contents
(2)

The table below sets forth the aggregate number of shares subject to outstanding stock options beneficially owned by each of our non-employee directors as of December 31, 2019:

 

Name

   Number of Shares Underlying
Outstanding Options
as of December 31, 2019
 

Paul R. Auvil

     10,462  

Mark S. Blumenkranz, M.D.

     10,381  

Kalen F. Holmes, Ph.D.

     55,994  

David P. Kennedy

     10,462  

Freda Lewis-Hall, M.D.

     10,381  

 

(3)

Mr. Auvil became a member of our board of directors in September 2019.

(4)

In September 2019, we granted Mr. Auvil options to purchase 10,462 shares of common stock and Ms. Holmes options to purchase 24,079 shares of common stock, each with an exercise price of $11.47 per share. 1/4th of the shares underlying each option vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date; and 1/48th of the shares vest monthly thereafter over the following three years. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts in accordance with ASC Topic 718 are included in Note 16, “Stock-based Compensation” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(5)

Each of Dr. Blumenkranz and Dr. Lewis-Hall became a member of our board of directors in November 2019.

(6)

In November 2019, we granted each of Dr. Blumenkranz and Dr. Lewis-Hall options to purchase 10,381 shares of common stock, each with an exercise price of $11.56 per share. 1/4th of the shares underlying each option vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date; and 1/48th of the shares vest monthly thereafter over the following three years. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts in accordance with ASC Topic 718 include a risk free interest rate of 1.7%, expected term of 6.0 to 6.9 years, expected volatility of 44.5% to 45.0% and no expected dividends, and are otherwise consistent with those included in Note 16, “Stock-based Compensation” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(7)

Mr. Bouma resigned as a member of our board of directors in July 2019.

(8)

Mr. Kennedy waived a portion of his cash compensation for his service on our board of directors in 2019.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

We have adopted a non-employee director compensation policy, pursuant to which our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive cash and equity compensation for service on our board of directors and committees of our board of directors.

Commencing with the first calendar quarter following the closing of this offering, each non-employee director will receive an annual cash retainer of $40,000 for serving on our board of directors. A non-employee director may elect to receive, in lieu of the annual cash retainer, an option to purchase shares of common stock under the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan having a value of $40,000 based on the fair market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant, which grant would not be subject to any vesting conditions. The chairpersons of the three committees of our board of directors will be entitled to an annual service retainer of $20,000. All annual cash compensation amounts will be payable in equal quarterly installments in arrears, on the last day of each quarter for which the service occurred, pro-rated for any partial months of service.

Each new non-employee director who joins our board of directors following the closing of this offering will receive an option to purchase shares of common stock under our 2020 Equity Incentive Plan having a value of $120,000 based on the fair market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. The shares subject to this option will vest on a monthly basis over 48 months commencing on the grant date, subject to the non-employee director’s continuous service with us on each applicable vesting date.

 

153


Table of Contents

On the date of each annual meeting of our stockholders, each continuing non-employee director will receive an option to purchase shares of common stock under the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan having a value of $80,000 based on the fair market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant, vesting on the earlier of the date of the following annual meeting of stockholders or the one-year anniversary of the grant date, subject to the non-employee director’s continuous service with us on the applicable vesting date. The value of the annual option grant will be prorated based on the number of months from the date of a non-employee director’s appointment until the next annual meeting of our stockholders. A non-employee director may elect to receive $80,000 in cash in lieu of such annual option grant.

In the event of a change of control (as defined in the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan), any unvested shares subject to these options will fully vest and become exercisable immediately prior to the closing of such change of control, subject to the non-employee director’s continuous service with us on the closing date of the change of control.

 

154


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2019 were:

 

   

Amir Dan Rubin, our Chair, Chief Executive Officer and President;

 

   

Bjorn B. Thaler, our Chief Financial Officer; and

 

   

Kimber D. Lockhart, our Chief Technology Officer.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents all of the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2019:

 

Name

  Year     Salary     Bonus     Option
Awards(1)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation(2)
    All Other
Compensation(3)
    Total  

Amir Dan Rubin

    2019     $ 600,000     $ —       $ 12,717,394 (4)    $ 516,002     $ 26,487     $ 13,859,883  

Chair, Chief Executive Officer and President

             

Bjorn B. Thaler(5)

    2019       284,615 (6)      50,000 (7)      2,869,010 (8)      181,407       17,844       3,402,876  

Chief Financial Officer

             

Kimber D. Lockhart

    2019       332,804 (9)      —         1,432,953 (4)      193,501       18,930       1,978,188  

Chief Technology Officer

             

 

(1)

The amounts reported in this column do not reflect dollar amounts actually received by the named executive officer. Instead, the amounts represent the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options granted to our named executive officers during 2019 under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718. As required by SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. Our named executive officers will only realize compensation to the extent the trading price of our common stock is greater than the exercise price of such stock options. The amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock options and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by the named executive officers upon the exercise of the stock options or any sale of the underlying shares of common stock.

(2)

Amounts reflect estimated cash performance-based bonuses payable by us to the named executive officers under our annual incentive plan for 2019, which were based upon the achievement of individual performance goals as well as the achievement of company and financial performance goals as approved by our compensation committee. Our 2019 company and financial performance goals consisted of revenue and adjusted EBITDA targets. Individual performance goals were established for each of our executive officers other than our Chair, Chief Executive Officer and President. For 2019, we will determine our named executive officers’ actual performance-based bonus based on attainment of these company and financial performance goals, which bonuses will be subject to approval by our compensation committee given each of the named executive officer’s individual performance and/or responsibility for the overall direction and success of our business, as applicable. For 2019, we expect that Mr. Rubin, Mr. Thaler and Ms. Lockhart will each be entitled to approximately 107% of their target bonuses, subject to completion of our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019 and approval by our compensation committee.

(3)

Amounts represent medical insurance premiums paid by us on behalf of Mr. Rubin ($18,763), Mr. Thaler and Ms. Lockhart ($10,346), disability and life insurance premiums paid by us on behalf of each named executive officer, contributions by us to Mr. Rubin’s and Ms. Lockhart’s respective 401(k) plan accounts and reimbursements to Mr. Thaler for legal expenses incurred in the review of his offer letter.

 

155


Table of Contents
(4)

Represents options to purchase shares of common stock granted in November 2019. See “—Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2019.” Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts in accordance with ASC Topic 718 include a risk free interest rate of 1.7%, expected term of 6.0 to 6.9 years, expected volatility of 44.5% to 45.0% and no expected dividends, and are otherwise consistent with those included in Note 16, “Stock-based Compensation” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(5)

Mr. Thaler joined our company in April 2019.

(6)

Amount reflects the prorated amount of Mr. Thaler’s annual salary for the year ended December 31, 2019.

(7)

Represents a one-time signing bonus.

(8)

Represents options to purchase shares of common stock granted in May 2019 and September 2019. See “—Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2019.” Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts in accordance with ASC Topic 718 are included in Note 16, “Stock-based Compensation” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(9)

Reflects Ms. Lockhart’s 2019 annual base salary of $360,000 adjusted for personal leave taken during 2019.

Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2019

The following table presents the outstanding equity incentive plan awards held by each named executive officer as of December 31, 2019.

 

                

Option Awards

 
Name   Grant Date(1)      Vesting
Commencement
Date
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable (#)
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
(#)
    Option
Exercise
Price ($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
 

Amir Dan Rubin

    09/14/17 (2)       08/07/17       3,471,999       4,239,461       4.01       09/13/27  
    09/14/17 (3)       08/17/17       —         1,589,798       4.01       09/13/27  
    11/21/19 (4)       09/07/22       —         2,307,000       11.56       11/20/29  

Bjorn B. Thaler

    05/10/19 (5)       04/01/19       —         500,000       7.93       05/09/29  
   
09/19/19
(2) 
    
09/19/19
 
   
—  
 
   
200,000
 
   
11.47
 
   
09/18/29
 

Kimber D. Lockhart

    03/22/14        03/19/14       39,331       —         2.68       03/21/24  
    05/07/15        03/01/15       225,000       —         4.37       05/06/25  
    10/01/15        10/01/15       200,000       —         4.37       09/30/25  
    02/15/18 (6)       02/15/18       114,583       135,417       4.36       02/14/28  
   

11/21/19(6)

       11/21/19       5,807       272,932       11.56       11/20/29  

 

(1)

The unvested shares underlying the options set forth below are subject to accelerated vesting as described in “—Employment Arrangements—Amir Dan Rubin,” with respect to the options held by Mr. Rubin, and “—Employment Arrangements—Executive Severance and Change in Control Plan,” with respect to the options held by Mr. Thaler and Ms. Lockhart.

(2)

1/5th of the shares underlying this option vested on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date; and 1/60th of the shares vest monthly thereafter over the following four years, subject to the named executive officer’s continued service with us.

(3)

The shares underlying this option will vest upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering.

(4)

63% of the shares underlying this option will vest ratably on a monthly basis from the vesting commencement date through August 2023; 25% of the shares underlying this option will vest ratably on a monthly basis from September 2023 to August 2024; and the remaining 12% of the shares underlying this option will vest ratably on a monthly basis from September 2024 to August 2025.

(5)

1/4th of the shares underlying this option will vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date; and 1/48th of the shares vest monthly thereafter over the following three years, subject to the named executive officer’s continued service with us.

 

156


Table of Contents
(6)

1/48th of the shares underlying this option vest monthly measured from the vesting commencement date, subject to the named executive officer’s continued service with us.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we will be exempt from certain requirements related to executive compensation, including, but not limited to, the requirements to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and to provide information relating to the ratio of total compensation of our Chief Executive Officer to the median of the annual total compensation of all of our employees, each as required by the Investor Protection and Securities Reform Act of 2010, which is part of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.

Pension Benefits

Our named executive officers did not participate in, or earn any benefits under, any nonqualified deferred compensation plan sponsored by us during the year ended December 31, 2019. Our board of directors may elect to provide our officers and other employees with nonqualified deferred compensation benefits in the future if it determines that doing so is in our best interests.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

Our named executive officers did not participate in, or otherwise receive any benefits under, any pension or retirement plan sponsored by us during 2019.

Annual Incentive Plan

Our board of directors has adopted the 1Life Healthcare, Inc. Executive Annual Bonus Plan, or the Bonus Plan, under which our executive officers are eligible to receive annual performance-based cash bonuses, which are designed to provide appropriate incentives to our executives to achieve defined financial and company performance goals as well as individual performance goals and to reward our executives for achievement toward these goals. The performance-based bonus level each executive officer is eligible to receive is determined by our Chief Executive Officer and President and approved by our compensation committee (with our Chief Executive Officer and President’s bonus determined and approved by our compensation committee) and is generally based on the extent to which we achieve the company and financial performance goals and each eligible executive officer achieves individual performance goals. For eligible consultants employed by the One Medical PCs, including Dr. Diamond, the performance-based bonus level is based only on achievement of individual metrics relating to physician services. Our Chief Executive Officer and President determines the specific company and/or individual performance goals for each eligible executive officer, including eligible consultants, subject to approval by our compensation committee (with our Chief Executive Officer and President’s individual performance goals, if any, determined and approved by our compensation committee).

Annually, our compensation committee or board of directors determines the achievement levels of the company and financial performance goals or individual metrics and the actual bonus payout to be awarded to each of our eligible executive officers. Our Chief Executive Officer and President determines the achievement levels of individual performance goals for eligible executive officers, and our compensation committee determines the achievement levels of individual performance goals for our Chief Executive Officer and President.

Employment Arrangements

The employment agreements and offer letters with our named executive officers generally provide for at-will employment and set forth the executive officer’s initial base salary, eligibility for employee benefits and confirmation of the terms of previously issued equity grants, and for our Chair, Chief Executive Officer and President, severance

 

157


Table of Contents

benefits on a qualifying termination of employment or resignation. In addition, each of our named executive officers has executed our standard confidential information and invention assignment agreement. The key terms of these agreements are described below.

Amir Dan Rubin

In June 2017, we entered into an employment agreement with Amir Dan Rubin, our Chair, Chief Executive Officer and President. The employment agreement provides for an annual base salary of $600,000 and a signing bonus of $250,000, which was paid in a lump sum in September 2017. In September 2017, pursuant to the employment agreement, we granted Mr. Rubin (i) an option to purchase 7,948,990 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $4.01 per share, of which 20% of the shares vested in June 2018 and the remainder will vest monthly in 60 equal monthly installments thereafter; (ii) an option to purchase 1,589,798 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $4.01 per share, which option vests in full upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering; and (iii) an option to purchase 249,377 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $4.01 per share, which option fully vested on the date of grant and was exercised in full as of December 31, 2019. In November 2019, we granted Mr. Rubin an option to purchase 2,307,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $11.56 per share. 63% of the shares underlying this option will vest ratably on a monthly basis from the vesting commencement date through August 2023; 25% of the shares underlying this option will vest ratably on a monthly basis from September 2023 to August 2024; and the remaining 12% of the shares underlying this option will vest ratably on a monthly basis from September 2024 to August 2025.

If we terminate Mr. Rubin without cause or he resigns for good reason, at any time other than three months prior to or twelve months following a change in control, then, subject to Mr. Rubin executing and not revoking a general release of all claims, he will be entitled to (i) a lump sum payment equal to 12 months of his annual base salary, (ii) continuation of health insurance coverage under COBRA for up to 12 months following termination or resignation and (iii) acceleration of time-based vesting equity awards that would have vested and become exercisable if Mr. Rubin had completed an additional 12 months of employment following his resignation date.

In addition, if we terminate Mr. Rubin without cause or he resigns for good reason on or within three months prior to or 18 months following a change in control, then, subject to Mr. Rubin executing and not revoking a general release of all claims, he will be entitled to (i) a lump sum payment equal to 24 months of his annual base salary, (ii) continuation of health insurance coverage under COBRA for up to 18 months following termination or resignation and (iii) acceleration of all time-based vesting equity awards outstanding on the resignation or termination date.

Bjorn B. Thaler

In February 2019, we entered into an offer letter with Bjorn B. Thaler, our Chief Financial Officer. The offer letter provides for an annual base salary of $400,000 and a signing bonus of $50,000, which was paid in a lump sum in March 2019. If we terminate Mr. Thaler with cause or he resigns without good reason before the first anniversary of his hire date, the signing bonus will be repaid to us on a pro-rated basis. In May 2019, pursuant to the offer letter, we granted Mr. Thaler an option to purchase 500,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $7.93 per share, of which 25% of the shares vest in April 2020 and the remainder will vest monthly in 48 equal monthly installments thereafter. In September 2019, we granted Mr. Thaler an option to purchase 200,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $11.47, of which 20% of the shares vest in September 2020 and the remainder will vest monthly in 60 equal monthly installments thereafter. We also reimbursed legal expenses incurred by Mr. Thaler in connection with review of his offer letter.

Kimber D. Lockhart

In March 2014, we entered into an offer letter with Kimber D. Lockhart as our Vice President, Engineering. The offer letter originally provided for an annual base salary of $245,000, which has been increased from time to

 

158


Table of Contents

time by our board of directors, including after Ms. Lockhart’s promotion to Chief Technology Officer. In 2019, Ms. Lockhart’s annual base salary was $360,000. In May 2014, pursuant to the offer letter, we granted Ms. Lockhart an option to purchase 75,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $2.68 per share, which option was fully vested as of December 31, 2018. In November 2019, we granted Ms. Lockhart an option to purchase 278,739 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $11.56, which option vests monthly in 48 equal monthly installments from November 2019.

Executive Severance and Change in Control Plan

In November 2019, our board of directors adopted an Executive Severance and Change in Control Plan that provides severance benefits to each of our executive officers, including our named executive officers, other than Mr. Rubin, our Chair, Chief Executive Officer and President. Mr. Rubin’s severance and change in control benefits are set forth in his employment agreement and described under “—Employment Arrangements—Amir Dan Rubin.” The benefits provided under the Executive Severance and Change in Control Plan supersede any similar severance benefits described in a participant’s offer letter or employment agreement.

Upon an involuntary termination without cause or resignation for good reason, participants in our Executive Severance and Change in Control Plan will be entitled to receive (i) a cash payment equal to twelve months base salary and (ii) continuation of health insurance under COBRA for up to twelve months following the resignation or termination date. In addition, upon an involuntary termination without cause or resignation for good reason in connection with or within twelve months following a change in control, participants will be entitled to (i) receive a cash payment equal to twelve months base salary, (ii) receive a cash payment for the participant’s full performance-based bonus at the participant’s target achievement level for the applicable year under the Bonus Plan, (iii) continuation of health insurance under COBRA for up to twelve months following the resignation or termination date, and (iv) acceleration of all time-based vesting equity awards outstanding on the resignation or termination date. All such severance benefits are subject to the participant signing a general release of all known and unknown claims in substantially the form provided in the Executive Severance and Change in Control Plan.

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

2020 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2020 Plan, in September 2019, and our stockholders approved the 2020 Plan in                 . The 2020 Plan will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering. The 2020 Plan will be the successor to our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2017 Plan, which is described below. Once the 2020 Plan becomes effective, no further grants will be made under the 2017 Plan.

Types of Awards. Our 2020 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, or ISOs, nonstatutory stock options, or NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance-based awards, and other awards, or collectively, awards. ISOs may be granted only to our employees, including our officers, and the employees of our affiliates. All other awards may be granted to our employees, including our officers, our non-employee directors and consultants and the employees and consultants of our affiliates.

Authorized Shares. The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued under our 2020 Plan will not exceed                  shares, which is the sum of (1)             new shares, plus (2) an additional number of shares not to exceed                  shares consisting of (A) any shares reserved and available for issuance pursuant to the grant of new awards under our 2017 Plan upon the effectiveness of the 2020 Plan, and (B) any shares subject to stock options or other awards granted under our 2017 Plan or our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan that, on or after the effective date of the 2020 Plan, terminate or expire prior to exercise or settlement; are not issued because the award is settled in cash; are forfeited because of the failure to vest; or are reacquired or

 

159


Table of Contents

withheld (or not issued) to satisfy a tax withholding obligation or the purchase or exercise price, if any, as such shares become available from time to time expire or terminate for any reason, are forfeited or are repurchased by us after the effectiveness of the 2020 Plan. The number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2020 Plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, beginning on January 1, 2021, and continuing through and including January 1, 2030, by 4 % of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding on December 31 of the immediately preceding calendar year, or a lesser number of shares determined by our board prior to the applicable January 1st. The maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs under our 2020 Plan is three times the share reserve, or                  shares.

Shares issued under our 2020 Plan will be authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of common stock. Shares subject to awards granted under our 2020 Plan that expire or terminate without being exercised in full, or that are paid out in cash rather than in shares, will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2020 Plan. Additionally, shares issued pursuant to awards under our 2020 Plan that we repurchase or that are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant under our 2020 Plan.

Plan Administration. Our board, or a duly authorized committee of our board, may administer our 2020 Plan. Our board has delegated concurrent authority to administer our 2020 Plan to the compensation committee under the terms of the compensation committee’s charter. We sometimes refer to the board, or the applicable committee with the power to administer our equity incentive plans, as the administrator. The administrator may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (1) designate employees (other than officers) to receive specified awards, and (2) determine the number of shares subject to such awards.

The administrator has the authority to determine the terms of awards, including recipients, the exercise, purchase or strike price of awards, if any, the number of shares subject to each award, the fair market value of a share of common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise or settlement of the award and the terms of the award agreements for use under our 2020 Plan.

In addition, subject to the terms of the 2020 Plan, the administrator also has the power to modify outstanding awards under our 2020 Plan, including the authority to reprice any outstanding option or stock appreciation right, cancel and re-grant any outstanding option or stock appreciation right in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any materially adversely affected participant.

Stock Options. ISOs and NSOs are granted pursuant to stock option agreements adopted by the administrator. The administrator determines the exercise price for a stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 2020 Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2020 Plan vest at the rate specified by the administrator.

The administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2020 Plan, up to a maximum of ten years. Unless the terms of an optionholder’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an optionholder’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability, death or cause, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The option term may be extended in the event that either an exercise of the option or an immediate sale of shares acquired upon exercise of the option following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws or our insider trading policy. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability or death, or an optionholder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, options generally terminate immediately upon the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

 

160


Table of Contents

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the administrator and may include (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) a broker-assisted cashless exercise, (3) the tender of shares of common stock previously owned by the optionholder, (4) a net exercise of the option if it is an NSO, and (5) other legal consideration approved by the administrator.

Options may not be transferred to third-party financial institutions for value. Unless the administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a domestic relations order. An optionholder may designate a beneficiary, however, who may exercise the option following the optionholder’s death.

Tax Limitations on ISOs. The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of common stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an option holder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will be treated as NSOs. No ISOs may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our parent or subsidiary corporations, unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant and (2) the term of the ISO does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock Awards. Restricted stock awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock award agreements adopted by the administrator. Restricted stock awards may be granted in consideration for cash, check, bank draft or money order, services rendered to us or our affiliates, or any other form of legal consideration. Common stock acquired under a restricted stock award may, but need not, be subject to a share repurchase option in our favor in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the administrator. A restricted stock award may be transferred only upon such terms and conditions as set by the administrator. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock awards that have not vested may be forfeited or repurchased by us upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Restricted stock unit awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock unit award agreements adopted by the administrator. Restricted stock unit awards may be granted in consideration for any form of legal consideration. A restricted stock unit award may be settled by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and stock as deemed appropriate by the administrator, or in any other form of consideration set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit award. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock units that have not vested will be forfeited upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock appreciation rights are granted pursuant to stock appreciation right grant agreements adopted by the administrator. The administrator determines the strike price for a stock appreciation right, which generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of common stock on the date of grant. Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right, we will pay the participant an amount equal to the product of (1) the excess of the per share fair market value of common stock on the date of exercise over the strike price, multiplied by (2) the number of shares of common stock with respect to which the stock appreciation right is exercised. A stock appreciation right granted under the 2020 Plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as determined by the administrator.

The administrator determines the term of stock appreciation rights granted under the 2020 Plan, up to a maximum of ten years. Unless the terms of a participant’s stock appreciation right agreement provide otherwise, if a participant’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than cause, disability or death, the participant may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The stock appreciation right term may be further extended in the event that exercise of the stock appreciation right following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws. If a participant’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases due to disability or

 

161


Table of Contents

death, or a participant dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the participant or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, stock appreciation rights generally terminate immediately upon the occurrence of the event giving rise to the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Performance Awards. Our 2020 Plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards. The compensation committee can structure such awards so that the stock or cash will be issued or paid pursuant to such award only following the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period. Performance awards that are settled in cash or other property are not required to be valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, the common stock.

The performance goals may be based on any measure of performance selected by the board of directors. The compensation committee may establish performance goals on a company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise (i) in the award agreement at the time the award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the performance goals at the time the goals are established, the compensation committee will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of the performance goals as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of items that are “unusual” in nature or occur “infrequently” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by us achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a performance period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of common stock by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock-based compensation and the award of bonuses under our bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally accepted accounting principles and (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles.

Other Awards. The administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to common stock. The administrator will set the number of shares under the award and all other terms and conditions of such awards.

Changes to Capital Structure. In the event there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split, reverse stock split, or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2020 Plan; (2) the class and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year; (3) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs and (4) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding awards.

Corporate Transactions. The following applies to stock awards under the 2020 Plan in the event of a corporate transaction (as defined in the 2020 Plan), unless otherwise provided in a participant’s stock award agreement or other written agreement with us or one of our affiliates or unless otherwise expressly provided by the plan administrator at the time of grant.

In the event of a corporate transactions, the plan administrator has the discretion to take any of the following actions with respect to stock awards:

 

   

arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of a stock award by a surviving or acquiring entity or parent company;

 

162


Table of Contents
   

arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to the surviving or acquiring entity or parent company;

 

   

accelerate the vesting of the stock award and provide for its termination prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction;

 

   

arrange for the lapse of any reacquisition or repurchase right held by us;

 

   

cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the stock award in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as our board of directors may deem appropriate; or

 

   

make a payment equal to the excess of (A) the value of the property the participant would have received upon exercise of the stock award over (B) the exercise price otherwise payable in connection with the stock award.

Our plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner.

Under the 2020 Plan, a corporate transaction is generally the consummation of (1) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our consolidated assets, (2) a sale or other disposition of at least 50% of our outstanding securities, (3) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are not the surviving corporation or (4) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are the surviving corporation but the shares of common stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction.

In the event of a change in control, as defined under our 2020 Plan, awards granted under our 2020 Plan will not receive automatic acceleration of vesting and exercisability, although this treatment may be provided for in an award agreement.

Transferability. A participant may not transfer awards under our 2020 Plan other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under our 2020 Plan.

Plan Amendment or Termination. Our board has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our 2020 Plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. Certain material amendments also require the approval of our stockholders. No ISOs may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our board adopted our 2020 Plan. No awards may be granted under our 2020 Plan while it is suspended or after it is terminated.

2017 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board and stockholders adopted the 2017 Plan in February 2017. The 2017 Plan is the successor to and continuation of our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. The 2017 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs, NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards and other awards to our employees, directors and consultants or our affiliates. ISOs may be granted only to our employees or employees of our affiliates.

The 2017 Plan will be terminated on the date the 2020 Plan becomes effective. However, any outstanding awards granted under the 2017 Plan will remain outstanding, subject to the terms of our 2017 Plan and award agreements, until such outstanding options are exercised or until any awards terminate or expire by their terms.

Authorized Shares. Upon the effective date of the 2020 Plan, we will no longer grant awards under our 2017 Plan. As of September 30, 2019, options to purchase 18,271,696 shares were outstanding, and 805,207 shares of common stock remained available for future issuance under our 2017 Plan. The options outstanding as of September 30, 2019 had a weighted-average exercise price of $5.32 per share. Subsequent to September 30, 2019, we increased the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Equity

 

163


Table of Contents

Incentive Plan by 4,607,000 shares and issued options to purchase an additional 4,133,429 shares of common stock under this plan.

Plan Administration. Our board or a duly authorized committee of our board administers our 2017 Plan and the awards granted under it. Our board has delegated concurrent authority to administer our 2017 Plan to the compensation committee under the terms of the compensation committee’s charter. The administrator has the power to modify outstanding awards under our 2017 Plan. The administrator has the authority to reprice any outstanding option with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

Corporate Transactions. Our 2017 Plan provides that in the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, as defined under our 2017 Plan, our board may (1) arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of an award by a successor corporation, or the acquiring corporation’s parent company; (2) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to a successor corporation, or the acquiring corporation’s parent company; (3) accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the award and provide for its termination prior to the transaction if not exercised prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction; (4) arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us; (5) cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the award prior to the transaction in exchange for a cash payment, if any, determined by the board; or (6) make a payment in such form as determined by the board of directors equal to the excess, if any, of the value of the property the participant would have received upon exercise of the awards prior to the transaction over any exercise price payable by the participant in connection with the exercise. The administrator is not obligated to treat all awards or portions of awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner.

In the event of a change in control, as defined under our 2017 Plan, awards granted under our 2017 Plan will not receive automatic acceleration of vesting and exercisability, although this treatment may be provided for in an award agreement.

Transferability. Our board may impose limitations on the transferability of ISOs, NSOs and stock appreciation rights as the board will determine. Absent such limitations, a participant may not transfer awards under our 2017 Plan other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under our 2017 Plan.

Plan Amendment or Termination. Our board has the authority to suspend or terminate our 2017 Plan at any time, provided that such action will not impair a participant’s rights under such participant’s outstanding award without his or her written consent. As described above, our 2017 Plan will be terminated upon the effective date of the 2020 Plan and no future awards will be granted under the 2017 Plan following such termination.

2007 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2007 Plan, in April 2007, and our stockholders adopted the 2007 Plan in May 2007. The 2007 Plan provided for the grant of ISOs, NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards and restricted stock unit awards, to our employees, directors and consultants or our affiliates. ISOs may be granted only to our employees or employees of our affiliates.

The 2007 Plan was terminated in April 2017. However, any outstanding awards granted under the 2007 Plan remain outstanding, subject to the terms of our 2007 Plan and award agreements, until such outstanding options are exercised or until any awards terminate or expire by their terms.

Authorized Shares. As of September 30, 2019, options to purchase 5,764,495 shares were outstanding under the 2007 Plan with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.94 per share.

Plan Administration. Our board or a duly authorized committee of our board administers our 2007 Plan and the awards granted under it. Our board has delegated concurrent authority to administer our 2007 Plan to the compensation committee under the terms of the compensation committee’s charter. The administrator has the

 

164


Table of Contents

power to modify outstanding awards under our 2007 Plan. The administrator has the authority to reprice any outstanding option with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

Corporate Transactions. Our 2007 Plan provides that in the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, as defined under our 2007 Plan, our board may (1) arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of an award by a successor corporation, or the acquiring corporation’s parent company; (2) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to a successor corporation, or the acquiring corporation’s parent company; (3) provide for an award to terminate prior to the transaction if not exercised prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction; or (4) make a payment in such form as determined by the board of directors equal to the excess if any, of the value of the property the participant would have received upon exercise of the awards prior to the transaction over any exercise price payable by the participant in connection with the exercise. The administrator is not obligated to treat all awards or portions of awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner.

In the event of a change in control, as defined under our 2007 Plan, awards granted under our 2007 Plan will not receive automatic acceleration of vesting and exercisability, although this treatment may be provided for in an award agreement.

Transferability. Our board may impose limitations on the transferability of ISOs, NSOs and stock appreciation rights as the board will determine. Absent such limitations, a participant may not transfer awards under our 2007 Plan other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under our 2007 Plan.

2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP, in September 2019, and our stockholders adopted the ESPP in                 . The ESPP will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering. The purpose of the ESPP is to secure the services of new employees, to retain the services of existing employees and to provide incentives for such individuals to exert maximum efforts toward our success and that of our affiliates. The ESPP includes two components. One component is designed to allow eligible U.S. employees of 1Life to purchase common stock in a manner that may qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 423 of the Code. In addition, purchase rights may be granted under a component that does not qualify for such favorable tax treatment when necessary or appropriate to permit participation by eligible employees of 1Life who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States while complying with applicable foreign laws.

Authorized Shares. The maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued under our ESPP is                  shares. The number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our ESPP will automatically increase on January 1 of each calendar year, beginning on January 1, 2021 and continuing through and including January 1, 2030, by the lesser of (1) 1.5% of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, (2)            shares, and (3) a number of shares determined by our board. Shares subject to purchase rights granted under our ESPP that terminate without having been exercised in full will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our ESPP.

Plan Administration. Our board, or a duly authorized committee thereof, will administer our ESPP. Our board has delegated concurrent authority to administer our ESPP to the compensation committee under the terms of the compensation committee’s charter. The ESPP is implemented through a series of offerings under which eligible employees are granted purchase rights to purchase shares of common stock on specified dates during such offerings. Under the ESPP, we may specify offerings with durations of not more than 27 months, and may specify shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of common stock will be purchased for eligible employees of 1Life participating in the offering. An offering under the ESPP may be terminated under certain circumstances.

 

165


Table of Contents

Payroll Deductions. Generally, all regular employees, including executive officers, employed by 1Life or by any of its designated affiliates, may participate in the ESPP and may contribute, normally through payroll deductions, up to 15% of their earnings (as defined in the ESPP) for the purchase of common stock under the ESPP. Employees of the One Medical PCs, professional corporations affiliated with 1Life through the ASAs, are not eligible to participate in the ESPP due to regulatory restrictions. Unless otherwise determined by our board, common stock will be purchased for the accounts of employees participating in the ESPP at a price per share equal to the lower of (a) 85% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the first date of an offering or (b) 85% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of purchase. For the initial offering, which we expect will commence upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement relating to this offering, the fair market value on the first day of the initial offering will be the price at which shares are first sold to the public.

Limitations. Our employees, including executive officers, or any of our designated affiliates may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in our ESPP, as determined by the administrator: (1) customary employment with us or one of our affiliates for more than 20 hours per week and more than five months per calendar year, or (2) continuous employment with us or one of our affiliates for a minimum period of time, not to exceed two years, prior to the first date of an offering. An employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our ESPP if such employee (1) immediately after the grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of common stock, or (2) holds rights to purchase stock under our ESPP that would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year that the rights remain outstanding.

Changes to Capital Structure. In the event that there occurs a change in our capital structure through such actions as a stock split, merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or similar transaction, the board of directors will make appropriate adjustments to (1) the number of shares reserved under the ESPP, (2) the maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (3) the number of shares and purchase price of all outstanding purchase rights and (4) the number of shares that are subject to purchase limits under ongoing offerings.

Corporate Transactions. In the event of certain corporate transactions, as defined in the ESPP, any then-outstanding rights to purchase our stock under the ESPP may be assumed, continued or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company) elects not to assume, continue or substitute for such purchase rights, then the participants’ accumulated payroll contributions will be used to purchase shares of common stock within 10 business days prior to such corporate transaction, and such purchase rights will terminate immediately.

ESPP Amendment or Termination. Our board has the authority to amend or terminate our ESPP, provided that except in certain circumstances such amendment or termination may not materially impair any outstanding purchase rights without the holder’s consent. We will obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to our ESPP as required by applicable law or listing requirements.

Health and Welfare Benefits

All of our current named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans, including our medical, dental, vision, life, disability and accidental death and dismemberment insurance plans, in each case on the same basis as all of our other employees. We pay the premiums for the life, disability and accidental death and dismemberment insurance for all of our employees, including our named executive officers. We generally do not provide perquisites or personal benefits to our named executive officers.

 

166


Table of Contents

401(k) Plan

We currently maintain a 401(k) retirement savings plan for our employees, including our named executive officers, who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify as a tax-qualified plan under the Internal Revenue Code. Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan on the same basis as our other employees. The Internal Revenue Code allows eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation, within prescribed limits, on a pre-tax basis through contributions to the 401(k) plan. For the year ended December 31, 2019, we provided matching contributions under our 401(k) Plan representing 50% of participant contributions up to 5% of eligible compensation.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters

Upon the closing of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that limit the liability of our current and former directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Such limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect on the closing of this offering will authorize us to indemnify our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law and may indemnify our other employees and agents. Our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect on the closing of this offering will also provide that, on satisfaction of certain conditions, we will advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in connection with any action, proceeding or investigation. We believe that these amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain customary directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted for directors, executive officers or persons controlling us, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

167


Table of Contents

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or executive officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or executive officer may amend a Rule 10b5-1 plan in some circumstances and may terminate a plan at any time. Our directors and executive officers also may buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material nonpublic information, subject to compliance with the terms of our insider trading policy. Prior to the end of the 180th day after the date of execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering (subject to potential early release or termination without notice), the sale of any shares under such plan would be subject to the lock-up agreement that the director or executive officer has entered into with J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters.

 

168


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a summary of transactions since January 1, 2016, to which we have been a participant in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than five percent of our capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements which are described in “Executive Compensation” and “Management—Non-Employee Director Compensation.”

We believe the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions described below were comparable to terms available or the amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable, in arm’s-length transactions.

Series I Preferred Stock Financing

In August 2018, we issued and sold to the Carlyle Investor an aggregate of 17,699,115 shares of our Series I preferred stock at a purchase price of $12.43 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $220 million. Each share of Series I preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock upon the closing of this offering. Robert R. Schmidt, a member of our board of directors, is a principal of Carlyle. The Carlyle Investor is an investment fund affiliated with Carlyle, which may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of Series I preferred stock held by Carlyle Partners. None of our executive officers, other directors or other holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock purchased any Series I preferred stock from us.

Purchases of Common Stock

In September 2018, our board of directors authorized us to purchase, and in October 2018, we purchased, vested shares of common stock from certain directors, employees and executive officers, including Amir Dan Rubin, Andrew S. Diamond, M.D., Ph.D., Lisa A. Mango and Thomas H. Lee, M.D., at a purchase price of $12.43 per share. The purchase price per share was equal to the purchase price of the Series I preferred stock that had been negotiated with the Carlyle Investor, after considering net share settlement, and represented a premium over our board of directors’ determination of the fair market value per share of common stock prior to the Series I preferred stock financing. The table below sets forth each of our directors and executive officers who participated in the share purchase and the total proceeds received by each individual from the share repurchase.

 

Director or Executive Officer

   Total Proceeds from Share Purchase  

Amir Dan Rubin

   $ 2,000,003  

Andrew S. Diamond, M.D., Ph.D.

     1,294,980  

Lisa A. Mango

     188,313  

Thomas H. Lee, M.D.(1)

     1,999,987  

 

(1)

Dr. Lee resigned as a member of our board of directors effective August 2019.

Investor Rights Agreement

In August 2018, we entered into an amended and restated investor rights agreement, or IRA, with certain holders of our preferred stock and common stock, including the Carlyle Investor, Benchmark Capital Partners V, L.P., or Benchmark, and entities affiliated with Maverick Capital, or the Maverick Entities, and certain members of, and affiliates of, our directors and certain of our executive officers. The IRA provides the holders with certain registration rights, including the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. Mr. Schmidt, Mr. Dunlevie and Mr. Singer, each a member of our board of directors, are affiliated with the Carlyle Investor, Benchmark and the Maverick Entities, respectively. The IRA also provides these stockholders with information rights, which will terminate upon the closing of this offering, and a right of first refusal with regard to certain issuances of our capital stock,

 

169


Table of Contents

which will not apply to, and will terminate upon the closing of, this offering. After the closing of this offering, the holders of 86,924,910 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock and shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants upon the closing of this offering will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares of common stock under the Securities Act under the IRA. For a description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Enterprise Client Arrangements

We have entered into contractual arrangements in the ordinary course of business with certain enterprise clients who are affiliated with holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. The table below sets forth these enterprise clients, their affiliated stockholders and total net revenue derived from these enterprise clients for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and year ended December 31, 2018. For more information regarding our agreement with Google Inc., see “Business—Our Enterprise Client Agreements—Google Services Agreement.”

 

          Revenue  

Enterprise Client

  

Affiliated Stockholder

   Year Ended
December 31, 2018
     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2019
 
          (in thousands)  

Google Inc.

   GV 2013, L.P.    $ 22,260      $ 19,687  

The Carlyle Group, Inc.

   Carlyle Partners VII Holdings, L.P.      13        113  

Succession Arrangements

We have entered into succession agreements with Andrew S. Diamond, M.D., Ph.D., the Chief Medical Officer of One Medical Group, Inc., and the One Medical PCs. For more information regarding these agreements with Dr. Diamond, see “Business—Our Provider Arrangements—Succession Agreements.”

Employment Arrangements

We have entered into employment agreements and offer letters with certain of our executive officers. For more information regarding these agreements with our executive officers, see “Executive Compensation—Employment Arrangements.”

Equity Grants

We have granted options to certain of our directors and executive officers. For more information regarding the options granted to our directors and named executive officers, see “Executive Compensation” and “Management—Non-Employee Director Compensation.”

Annual Cash Bonus

We have established a cash incentive plan for certain of our executive officers. For a description of this plan, see “Executive Compensation—Annual Incentive Plan.”

Indemnification Agreements

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering will contain provisions limiting the liability of directors, and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect on the closing of this offering will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect on the closing of this offering will also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our employees and other agents when determined appropriate by the board.

 

170


Table of Contents

In addition, we have entered into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers, which requires us to indemnify them. For more information regarding these agreements, see “Executive Compensation—Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

Our board of directors has adopted a related person transaction policy setting forth the policies and procedures for the identification, review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy covers, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we and a related person were or will be participants and the amount involved exceeds $120,000, including purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness and guarantees of indebtedness. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our audit committee will consider all relevant facts and circumstances as appropriate, such as the purpose of the transaction, the availability of other sources of comparable products or services, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction, management’s recommendation with respect to the proposed related person transaction, and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction.

All of the transactions described in this section were entered into prior to the adoption of this policy.

 

171


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 31, 2019, for:

 

   

each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors; and

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

Applicable percentage ownership before the offering is based on 105,203,085 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2019, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering. Applicable percentage ownership after the offering is based on shares of common stock outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares in full. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of such person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares subject to options and warrants held by the person that are currently exercisable, or exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2019. However, except as described above, we did not deem such shares outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The information contained in the following table is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose, and the inclusion of any shares in the table does not constitute an admission of beneficial ownership of those shares.

 

172


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed below is c/o 1Life Healthcare, Inc., One Embarcadero Center, Suite 1900, San Francisco, California 94111. We believe, based on information provided to us, that each of the stockholders listed below has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by the stockholder unless noted otherwise, subject to community property laws where applicable.

 

     Number of Shares
Beneficially
Owned
     Percentage of Shares Beneficially Owned  

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Before Offering     After Offering  

Principal Stockholders

       

Investment funds affiliated with The Carlyle Group(1)

     28,157,681        26.8         

Benchmark Capital Partners V, L.P.(2)

     13,629,610        13.0    

Oak Investment Partners XII, L.P.(3)

     12,022,217        11.4    

Thomas H. Lee, M.D., and affiliated entity(4)

     8,240,578        7.7    

Entities affiliated with DAG Ventures(5)

     7,979,840        7.6    

GV 2013, L.P.(6)

     6,183,154        5.9    

Entities affiliated with J.P. Morgan(7)

     5,726,787        5.4    

Entities affiliated with Maverick Fund(8)

     5,460,103        5.2    

Directors and Named Executive Officers

       

Amir Dan Rubin(9)

     5,311,174        4.8    

Andrew S. Diamond, M.D., Ph.D.(10)

     304,309        *    

Kimber D. Lockhart(11)

     620,390        *    

Paul R. Auvil

     —          —      

Mark S. Blumenkranz, M.D.

     —          —      

Bruce W. Dunlevie(2)

     13,629,610        13.0    

Kalen F. Holmes, Ph.D.(12)

     31,915        *    

David P. Kennedy(13)

     381,341        *    

Freda Lewis-Hall, M.D.

     —          —      

Robert R. Schmidt(1)

     28,157,681        26.8    

David B. Singer(8)

     5,460,103        5.2    

All directors and executive officers as a group
(13 persons)(14)

     54,038,188        48.6  

 

*

Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

(1)

Reflects shares of common stock held of record by the Carlyle Investor. Carlyle Group Management L.L.C. holds an irrevocable proxy to vote a majority of the shares of Carlyle, a publicly traded company listed on Nasdaq. Carlyle is the sole member of Carlyle Holdings II GP L.L.C., which is the managing member of Carlyle Holdings II L.L.C., which, with respect to the shares of common stock held by the Carlyle Investor, is the managing member of CG Subsidiary Holdings L.L.C., which is the general partner of TC Group Cayman Investment Holdings, L.P., which is the general partner of TC Group Cayman Investment Holdings Sub L.P., which is the sole member of TC Group VII, L.L.C., which is the general partner of TC Group VII, L.P., which is the general partner of Carlyle Partners VII Holdings, L.P. Voting and investment determinations with respect to the shares of common stock held by the Carlyle Investor are made by an investment committee of TC Group VII, L.P., comprised of Allan Holt, William Conway, Jr., Daniel D’Aniello, David Rubenstein, Peter Clare, Kewsong Lee, Norma Kuntz, Sandra Horbach and Marco De Benedetti as a non-voting observer. Accordingly, each of the foregoing entities and individuals may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the securities held of record by the Carlyle Investor. Each of them disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities. The address for Carlyle Partners VII Holdings, L.P. is c/o The Carlyle Group, 1001 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW, Suite 220 South, Washington, D.C. 20004.

(2)

Consists of (i) 13,618,600 shares of common stock held by Benchmark Capital Partners V, L.P., or BCP V, and (ii) 11,010 shares of common stock issuable to BCP V pursuant to a warrant exercisable within 60 days

 

173


Table of Contents
 

of December 31, 2019 (on an as-converted basis). Benchmark Capital Management Co. V, L.L.C., or BCM V, is the general partner of BCP V. Bruce W. Dunlevie, a member of our board of directors, Alexandre Balkanski, Peter H. Fenton, J. William Gurley, Kevin R. Harvey, Robert C. Kagle, Mitchell H. Lasky and Steven M. Spurlock are the managing members of BCM V, and each of them may be deemed to hold shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by BCP V. The address for Benchmark Capital Partners V, L.P. is 2965 Woodside Road, Woodside, California 94062.

(3)

Consists of (i) 12,011,380 shares of common stock held by Oak Investment Partners XII, L.P., or Oak XII, and (ii) 10,837 shares of common stock issuable to Oak XII pursuant to a warrant exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2019 (on an as-converted basis). Oak XII is managed by its general partner, Oak Associates XII, LLC, or Oak Associates XII. Ann H. Lamont, Bandel L. Carano, Edward F. Glassmeyer and Frederic W. Harman, collectively serve as Executive Managing Members of Oak Associates XII, or the Executive Managing Members. The Executive Managing Members have shared voting and investment control over all of the shares held by Oak Associates XII. Each Executive Managing Member of Oak Associates XII disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Oak XII, except to the extent of each such Executive Managing Members pecuniary interest therein. The address for Oak Investment Partners XII, L.P. is 901 Main Avenue, Suite 600, Norwalk, Connecticut 06851.

(4)

Consists of (i) 5,765,578 shares of common stock held by Thomas Ho Lee, M.D., Trustee of the TXL Revocable Trust, and (ii) 2,475,000 shares of common stock issuable to Dr. Lee pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2019.

(5)

Consists of (i) 6,232,597 shares of common stock held by DAG Ventures IV-QP, L.P., or DAG IV-QP; (ii) 5,082 shares of common stock issuable to DAG IV-QP pursuant to a warrant exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2019 (on an as-converted basis); (iii) 1,082,954 shares of common stock held by DAG Ventures IV-A, LLC, or DAG IV-A; (iv) 658,670 shares of common stock held by DAG Ventures IV, L.P., or DAG IV; and (v) 537 shares of common stock issuable to DAG IV pursuant to a warrant exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2019 (on an as-converted basis). DAG Ventures Management IV, LLC, or DAG IV LLC, serves as the general partner of DAG IV-QP and DAG IV. As such, DAG IV LLC possesses power to direct the voting and disposition of the shares owned by DAG IV-QP and DAG IV and may be deemed to have indirect beneficial ownership of the shares held by DAG IV-QP and DAG IV. DAG IV LLC serves as the manager of DAG IV-A. As such, DAG IV LLC possesses power to direct the voting and disposition of the shares owned by DAG IV-A and may be deemed to have indirect beneficial ownership of the shares held by DAG IV-A. DAG IV LLC does not own any of our securities directly. R. Thomas Goodrich and John J. Cadeddu are the managers of DAG IV LLC and possess power to direct the voting and disposition of the shares held by DAG IV-QP, DAG IV and DAG IV-A, and as such, may be deemed to have indirect beneficial ownership of such shares. The address for DAG Ventures is 251 Lytton Avenue, Suite 200, Palo Alto, California 94301.

(6)

Consists of (i) 6,177,581 shares of common stock held by GV 2013, L.P., or GV 2013, and (ii) 5,573 shares of common stock issuable to GV 2013 pursuant to a warrant exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2019 (on an as-converted basis). GV 2013 GP, L.L.C., or GV 2013 GP, is the general partner of GV 2013. GV 2013 GP is managed by Alphabet Holdings LLC, its sole member. Alphabet Holdings LLC is managed by XXVI Holdings Inc., the managing member of Alphabet Holdings LLC. Alphabet Inc. is the sole stockholder of XXVI Holdings Inc. Each of GV 2013 GP, Alphabet Holdings LLC, XXVI Holdings Inc. and Alphabet Inc. may each may be deemed to hold shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by GV 2013 and may be deemed beneficial owners of the shares held by GV 2013. The address for GV 2013 is 1600 Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, California 94043.

(7)

Consists of (i) 5,383,180 shares of common stock held by PEG Digital Growth Fund II L.P., or the PEG Fund, and (ii) 343,607 shares of common stock held by AARP Innovation Fund L.P., or the AARP Fund. J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. is the investment advisor for both the PEG Fund and the AARP Fund and has voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the PEG Fund and the AARP Fund. The address for J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. is 320 Park Avenue, 15th Floor, NY1-U016, New York, New York 10022.

(8)

Consists of (i) 2,506,958 shares of common stock held by Maverick Fund, L.D.C, or the Maverick Fund; (ii) 1,511,293 shares of common stock held by Maverick Holdings L, LLC, or Maverick Holdings; (iii)

 

174


Table of Contents
 

4,918 shares of common stock issuable to Maverick Holdings pursuant to a warrant exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2019 (on an as-converted basis); and (iv) 1,436,934 shares of common stock held by Maverick Fund USA, Ltd., or Maverick USA. Maverick Capital, Ltd., or Maverick Capital, is a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and acts as the investment manager for each of Maverick Fund, Maverick Holdings and Maverick USA. Maverick Capital Management, LLC, or Maverick Management, is the general partner of Maverick Capital. Lee S. Ainslie III is the manager of Maverick Management. Andrew H. Warford serves as the Chairman of the Stock Committee of Maverick Capital. David B. Singer, a member of our board of directors, is an employee of an affiliate of Maverick Capital. The address for Maverick Fund is 300 Crescent Court, Suite 1850, Dallas, Texas 75201.

(9)

Consists of (i) 249,377 shares of common stock held directly by Mr. Rubin and (ii) 5,061,797 shares of common stock issuable to Mr. Rubin pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2019. The share amounts and percentages set forth in the table above include 1,589,798 shares of common stock under performance-based options issued to Mr. Rubin that vest upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering.

(10)

Consists of (i) 108,974 shares of common stock held directly by Dr. Diamond and (ii) 195,335 shares of common stock issuable to Dr. Diamond pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2019.

(11)

Consists of (i) 35,669 shares of common stock held directly by Ms. Lockhart and (ii) 584,721 shares of common stock issuable to Ms. Lockhart pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2019.

(12)

Consists of 31,915 shares of common stock issuable to Ms. Holmes pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2019.

(13)

Consists of 381,341 shares of common stock held by the Cape Lone Star Trust for which Mr. Kennedy and his wife are trustees and share voting and dispositive power.

(14)

Consists of (i) 48,006,827 shares of common stock directly or indirectly held by all current executive officers and directors as a group, (ii) 15,928 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to warrants exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2019 (on an as-converted basis); and (iii) 6,015,433 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2019.

 

175


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The description below of our capital stock and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon the closing of this offering, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part, and by the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

General

Upon the closing of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue up to 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.

As of September 30, 2019, there were 18,659,529 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, held by 279 stockholders of record.

As of September 30, 2019, after giving effect to the conversion of all 86,251,669 outstanding shares of preferred stock into an equal number of shares of common stock, there would have been 104,911,198 shares of common stock outstanding, held by 308 stockholders of record.

Common Stock

Voting Rights

Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our stockholders will not have cumulative voting rights. Because of this, the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election.

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to any then-outstanding preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of legally available funds. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

Liquidation Rights

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then-outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Preemptive or Similar Rights

Holders of common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

Preferred Stock

As of September 30, 2019, there were 86,251,669 shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding. Upon the closing of this offering, each outstanding share of redeemable convertible preferred stock

 

176


Table of Contents

will convert into one share of common stock. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors may, without further action by our stockholders, fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of up to an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and authorize their issuance. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. Any issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders would receive dividend payments and payments on liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change of control or other corporate action. No shares of preferred stock will be outstanding immediately following the closing of this offering. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Stock Options

As of September 30, 2019, options to purchase an aggregate of 24,036,191 shares of common stock were outstanding under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan and 2017 Equity Incentive Plan. As of September 30, 2019, 805,207 shares of common stock were reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan. Subsequent to September 30, 2019, we increased the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan by 4,607,000 shares and issued options to purchase an additional 4,133,429 shares of common stock under this plan. Upon the effectiveness of the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan, all shares reserved and available for issuance under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, and any shares subject to stock options or other awards granted under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan or our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan that, on or after the effective date of the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan, terminate or expire prior to exercise or settlement, will be added to the available reserve under the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan. For additional information regarding the terms of these plans, see “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

Warrants

As of September 30, 2019, we had warrants to purchase an aggregate of (i) 100,000 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding with an exercise price of $0.9234 per share, (ii) 250,000 shares of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding with an exercise price of $1.0505 per share, (iii) 99,280 shares of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding with an exercise price of $1.6116 per share, and (iv) 223,961 shares of Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding with an exercise price of $6.5858 per share. Upon the closing of this offering, these warrants will become exercisable for an equal number of shares of common stock with no change to their respective exercise prices per share.

Registration Rights

We are party to the IRA which provides various rights to certain holders of shares of common stock, including those shares of common stock that will be issued upon conversion of preferred stock in connection with this offering and shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants. These shares to be issued upon conversion are referred to as registrable securities. The holders of these registrable securities possess registration rights pursuant to the terms of the IRA and are described in additional detail below. We, along with entities affiliated with the PEG Fund, Benchmark Capital, Carlyle, DAG Ventures, GV, Maverick Fund and Oak Investment Partners, as well as other stockholders, are parties to the IRA. We entered into the IRA in connection with the issuance of Series I preferred stock in August 2018. The following summary discusses certain material provisions of the IRA and is qualified by the full text of the agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Certain stockholders who are party to the IRA have waived their registration rights and the registration rights of the other stockholders who are party to the IRA, in each case, with respect to this offering.

 

177


Table of Contents

The registration of shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise of registration rights described below would enable the holders to trade these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. We will pay the registration expenses (other than underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes) of the shares registered pursuant to the demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registrations described below.

Generally, in an underwritten offering, if we determine in good faith in consultation with the underwriters, we have the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares the holders may include. The demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described below will terminate on the date five years following the closing of this offering.

Demand Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 86,924,910 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding shares of preferred stock and shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants upon the closing of this offering will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. Beginning on the date 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, upon the written request of (i) the holders of more than 65% of our registrable securities then outstanding, or (ii) the Carlyle Investor and its affiliates, that we file a registration statement under the Securities Act, if the anticipated aggregate offering price would exceed $50,000,000 we are obligated to register the sale of all registrable securities that the holders may request in writing to be registered. We are required to effect no more than four registration statements that are declared or ordered effective, two at the request of the holders of more than 65% of our registrable securities then outstanding, and two at the request of the Carlyle Investor. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement for up to 120 days once in a twelve-month period if in the good faith judgment of our board of directors such registration would be seriously detrimental to us.

Piggyback Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 86,924,910 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock and shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants upon the closing of this offering will be entitled to certain piggyback registration rights. If we register any of our securities for public sale, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, we will also have to register all registrable securities that the holders of such securities request in writing be registered. This piggyback registration right does not apply to a registration relating to any of our stock plans, stock purchase or similar plan, a transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act or a registration related to stock issued upon conversion of debt securities. We, based on consultation with the underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders if the underwriters determine that including all registrable securities will jeopardize the success of the offering.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 86,924,910 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding shares of preferred stock will be entitled to certain registration rights on Form S-3. The holders of these shares can request that we register all or a portion of their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is in excess of $5,000,000. We are required to effect no more than two Form S-3 registration statements that are declared or ordered effective in any 12-month period. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement for up to 120 days not more than twice in a 12-month period if in the good faith judgment of our board of directors such registration would be seriously detrimental to us.

 

178


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

 

   

before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, those shares owned (1) by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

   

on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 662/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines a “business combination” to include the following:

 

   

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

   

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

 

   

subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

   

any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

   

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of these provisions with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws resulting from a stockholders’ amendment approved by at least a majority of the outstanding voting shares. We have not opted out of these provisions. As a result, mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts of us may be discouraged or prevented.

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws to be in Effect Upon the Closing of this Offering

Among other things, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will:

 

   

permit our board of directors to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate, including the right to approve an acquisition or other change of control;

 

179


Table of Contents
   

provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our board of directors;

 

   

provide that our board of directors will be classified into three classes of directors;

 

   

provide that, subject to the rights of any series of preferred stock to elect directors, directors may only be removed for cause, which removal may be effected, subject to any limitation imposed by law, by the holders of at least 662/3% of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding shares of the capital stock entitled to vote generally at an election of directors;

 

   

provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

 

   

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and not be taken by written consent or electronic transmission;

 

   

provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide advance notice in writing, and also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;

 

   

provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the chairman of our board of directors, our chief executive officer or by our board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors; and

 

   

not provide for cumulative voting rights, therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose.

The amendment of any of these provisions would require approval by the holders of at least 662/3% of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

The combination of these provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.

These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to hostile takeovers and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of delaying changes in our control or management. As a consequence, these provisions may also inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock.

Choice of Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the closing of this offering will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or stockholders to us or our stockholders; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; or any action asserting

 

180


Table of Contents

a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The provisions would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America have exclusive jurisdiction. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the closing of this offering will further provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, subject to and contingent upon a final adjudication in the State of Delaware of the enforceability of such exclusive forum provision. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock—Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and, to the extent enforceable, the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forums for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock—Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering will designate the U.S. federal district courts as the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. We may be unable to enforce this provision.”

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

See “Executive Compensation—Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Exchange Listing

Our common stock is currently not listed on any securities exchange. We have applied to list our common stock on Nasdaq under the symbol “ONEM.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock upon the closing of this offering will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent’s address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219 and the telephone number is (800) 937-5449.

 

181


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely impact the market price of our common stock and impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future. Although we have applied to list our common stock on Nasdaq, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock.

Following the closing of this offering, based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2019 and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, we will have an aggregate of                  shares of common stock outstanding. Of these shares, all shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares of common stock purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or subject to lock-up agreements. Shares purchased by our affiliates would be subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.

The remaining shares of common stock outstanding after this offering will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, each of which is summarized below. We expect that all of these shares will be subject to a 180-day lock-up period under the lock-up and market stand-off agreements described below.

We may issue shares of common stock from time to time as consideration for future acquisitions, investments or other corporate purposes. In the event any such acquisition, investment or other transaction is significant, the number of shares of common stock that we may issue may also be significant. We may also grant registration rights covering those shares of common stock issued in connection with any such acquisition, investment or other transaction.

In addition, shares of common stock that are either subject to outstanding options or warrants or reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements described below, and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, an eligible stockholder is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. To be an eligible stockholder under Rule 144, such stockholder must not be deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and must have beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144, subject to the expiration of the lock-up agreements described above.

 

182


Table of Contents

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell shares on expiration of the lock-up agreements described above. Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, within any three-month period, such stockholders may sell a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                  shares immediately after this offering based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2019; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume in our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

provided in each case that we have been subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who was issued shares under a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days, to sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares under Rule 701, subject to the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below and in “Underwriting.”

Form S-8 Registration Statement

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options and common stock issued or issuable under the 2007 Plan, the 2017 Plan, the 2020 Plan and the ESPP. We expect to file the registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to these stock plans shortly after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by non-affiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our directors, executive officers and the holders of substantially all of our equity securities, have agreed with the underwriters that for a period of 180 days, after the date of this prospectus, subject to specified exceptions as detailed further in “Underwriting” below, we or they will not, except with the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to sale of or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock, request or demand that we file a registration statement related to our common stock, or enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the common stock. All of our optionholders are subject to a market stand-off agreement with us which imposes similar restrictions.

Upon expiration of the lock-up period, certain of our stockholders will have the right to require us to register their shares under the Securities Act. See “—Registration Rights” below and “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

183


Table of Contents

Upon the expiration of the lock-up period, substantially all of the shares subject to such lock-up restrictions will become eligible for sale, subject to the limitations discussed above.

Registration Rights

As of September 30, 2019, holders of an aggregate of 86,924,910 shares of our common stock, which includes all of the shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock upon the closing of this offering, or their transferees, and the shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase an aggregate of 673,241 shares of common stock (on an as-converted basis), are entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act upon the closing of this offering and the expiration of lock-up agreements. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares subsequently purchased by affiliates. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information. Shares covered by a registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreement.

 

184


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following summary describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock acquired in this offering by Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below). This discussion is not a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax consequences relating thereto, and does not deal with foreign, state and local consequences that may be relevant to Non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular circumstances, nor does it address U.S. federal tax consequences (such as gift and estate taxes) other than income taxes. Special rules different from those described below may apply to certain Non-U.S. Holders that are subject to special treatment under the Code, such as financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, broker-dealers and traders in securities, U.S. expatriates, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, corporations organized outside of the United States, any state thereof and the District of Columbia that are nonetheless treated as U.S. taxpayers for U.S. federal income tax purposes, persons that hold our common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security” or integrated investment or other risk reduction strategy, persons who acquire our common stock through the exercise of an option or otherwise as compensation, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax or federal Medicare contribution tax on net investment income, persons subject to special tax accounting rules under Section 451(b) of the Code, “qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds, partnerships and other pass-through entities or arrangements, and investors in such pass-through entities or arrangements. Such Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them. Furthermore, the discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Code, and Treasury Regulations, rulings and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date hereof, and such authorities may be repealed, revoked or modified, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested a ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions. This discussion assumes that the Non-U.S. Holder holds our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment).

This discussion is for informational purposes only and is not tax advice. Persons considering the purchase of our common stock pursuant to this offering should consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income, estate and other tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of our common stock in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction, including any state, local or foreign tax consequences.

For the purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a beneficial owner of common stock that is neither a U.S. Holder, nor a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its place of organization or formation). A “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes any of the following:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

 

185


Table of Contents

Distributions

Distributions, if any, made on our common stock to a Non-U.S. Holder to the extent made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) generally will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes and will be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, subject to the discussions below regarding effectively connected income, backup withholding and foreign accounts. To obtain a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be required to provide us with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (in the case of individuals) or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (in the case of entities), or other appropriate form, certifying the Non-U.S. Holder’s entitlement to benefits under that treaty. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. In the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is an entity, Treasury Regulations and the relevant tax treaty provide rules to determine whether, for purposes of determining the applicability of a tax treaty, dividends will be treated as paid to the entity or to those holding an interest in that entity. If a Non-U.S. Holder holds stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the Non-U.S. Holder’s behalf, the Non-U.S. Holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to such agent. The Non-U.S. Holder’s agent will then be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. If a Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty and does not timely file the required certification, the Non-U.S. Holder may be able to obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS.

We generally are not required to withhold tax on dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such Non-U.S. Holder maintains in the United States) if a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI, stating that the dividends are so connected, is furnished to us (or, if stock is held through a financial institution or other agent, to such agent). In general, such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax, on a net-income basis at the regular rates applicable to U.S. residents. A corporate Non-U.S. Holder receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax,” which is imposed, under certain circumstances, at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the corporate Non-U.S. Holder’s effectively connected earnings and profits, subject to certain adjustments. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

To the extent distributions on our common stock, if any, exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, they will first reduce the Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain to the extent of any excess amount distributed, and taxed in the same manner as gain realized from a sale or other disposition of common stock as described in the next section.

Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on a sale or other disposition of our common stock unless (a) the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of such Non-U.S. Holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains in the United States), (b) the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual and is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met or (c) we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Code Section 897(c)(2) at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding such disposition or such Non-U.S. Holder holding period. In general, we would be a United States real property holding corporation if our interests in U.S. real estate comprise (by fair market value) at least half of our business assets. We believe that we have not been and we are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a United

 

186


Table of Contents

States real property holding corporation. Even if we are treated as a United States real property holding corporation, gain realized by a Non-U.S. Holder on a disposition of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax so long as (1) the Non-U.S. Holder owned, directly, indirectly and constructively, no more than 5% of our common stock at all times within the shorter of (i) the five-year period preceding the disposition or (ii) the Non-U.S. Holder holding period and (2) our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market. There can be no assurance that our common stock will continue to qualify as regularly traded on an established securities market. If any gain on a Non-U.S. Holder’s disposition is taxable because we are a United States real property holding corporation and your ownership of our common stock exceeds 5%, the Non-U.S. Holder will be taxed on such disposition generally in the manner as gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business (subject to the provisions under an applicable income tax treaty), except that the branch profits tax generally will not apply.

A Non-U.S. Holder described in (a) above will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale at regular U.S. federal income tax rates, and corporate Non-U.S. Holders described in (a) above may be subject to the additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. Gain described in (b) above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, which gain may be offset by certain U.S.-source capital losses (even though the Non-U.S. Holder is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

Information Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding

Generally, we must report information to the IRS with respect to any dividends we pay on our common stock (even if the payments are exempt from withholding), including the amount of any such dividends, the name and address of the recipient and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the Non-U.S. Holder to whom any such dividends are paid. Pursuant to tax treaties or certain other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the recipient’s country of residence.

Dividends paid by us (or our paying agents) to a Non-U.S. Holder may also be subject to U.S. backup withholding (currently at a rate of 24%). U.S. backup withholding generally will not apply to a Non-U.S. Holder who provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-ECI (as applicable), or otherwise establishes an exemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if the payer has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person who is not an exempt recipient.

U.S. information reporting and backup withholding requirements generally will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock effected by or through a U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, except that information reporting and such requirements may be avoided if the Non-U.S. Holder provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing non-U.S. person status or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, U.S. information reporting and backup withholding requirements will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a Non-U.S. Holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker. Information reporting and backup withholding requirements may, however, apply to a payment of disposition proceeds if the broker has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is, in fact, a U.S. person. For information reporting purposes, certain brokers with substantial U.S. ownership or operations will generally be treated in a manner similar to U.S. brokers.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against the tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

 

187


Table of Contents

Foreign Accounts

Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (commonly referred to as FATCA) impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments, including dividends paid on, and, the gross proceeds of a disposition of, our common stock paid to a foreign financial institution (as specifically defined by applicable rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). FATCA also generally imposes a federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments, including dividends paid on, and the gross proceeds of a disposition of, our common stock to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with either a certification that it does not have any substantial direct or indirect U.S. owners or provides information regarding substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify those requirements. The withholding tax described above will not apply if the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from the rules.

The withholding provisions described above currently apply to payments of dividends, and, subject to the recently released proposed Treasury Regulations described below, will apply to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of common stock on or after January 1, 2019.

The U.S. Treasury Department recently released proposed regulations which, if finalized in their present form, would eliminate the federal withholding tax of 30% applicable to the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock. In its preamble to such proposed regulations, the U.S. Treasury Department stated that taxpayers may generally rely on the proposed regulations until final regulations are issued. Non-U.S. Holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our common stock.

EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY RECENT OR PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW.

 

188


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Name

   Number of
Shares
 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

                       

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Allen & Company LLC

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Piper Jaffray & Co.

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

  

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the common shares offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $        per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $        per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares to the public, if all of the common shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to             additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option to purchase additional shares, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

 

189


Table of Contents

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $        per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

     Without
option to
purchase
additional shares
exercise
     With full
option to
purchase
additional shares
exercise
 

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $        $    

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $        .

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of the representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions.

Our directors and executive officers, and holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock, which we refer to as “lock-up parties,” have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of the representatives, (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such lock-up parties in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant), which we collectively refer to as “lock-up securities,” or (2) enter into any hedging, swap or other agreement or transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing.

 

190


Table of Contents

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph are subject to specified exceptions, including the following:

 

  a.

transfers of lock-up securities (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, (ii) by will, other testamentary document or intestacy, or (iii) to any immediate family member of the lock-up party or to any trust or other legal entity for the benefit of the lock-up party or immediate family of the lock-up party, or if the lock-up party is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust or to the estate of a beneficiary of such trust;

 

  b.

transfers of lock-up securities to a partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which lock-up party and the lock-up party’s immediate family are the legal and beneficial owner of all of the outstanding equity securities or similar interests;

 

  c.

transfers of lock-up securities to a corporation, member, partner, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other entity that is an affiliate of the lock-up party;

 

  d.

transfers of lock-up securities to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the lock-up party or its affiliates (including where the lock-up party is a partnership, to a successor partnership or fund, or any other funds managed by such partnership);

 

  e.

transfers of lock-up securities to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible above;

 

  f.

if the lock-up party is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity, distributions of lock-up securities to the lock-up party’s or its affiliates’ members, stockholders, partners or equityholders or its affiliates (including a fund managed by the same manager or managing member or general partner or management company or by an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such manager or managing member or general partner or management company as the lock-up party or who shares a common investment advisor with the lock-up party);

 

  g.

transfers of lock-up securities by operation of law, pursuant to a qualified domestic order, divorce settlement, divorce decree or separation agreement or other final court order;

 

  h.

transfers of lock-up securities to us from one of our employees, independent contractors or service providers upon death, disability, termination of employment or cessation of services, in each case, of such employee, independent contractor or service provider;

 

  i.

transfers of shares of common stock acquired in this offering, if any, or in open market transactions after the closing of this offering;

 

  j.

transfers of shares of common stock to us (i) in connection with the vesting, settlement, or exercise of restricted stock units, options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of common stock (including, in each case, by way of “net” or “cashless” exercise), including for the payment of exercise price and tax withholdings or remittance payments due as a result of the vesting, settlement, or exercise of such restricted stock units, options, warrants or rights, or (ii) in connection with the conversion of our preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

  k.

transfers of lock-up securities pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction that is approved by our board of directors and made to all holders of our capital stock involving a change of control;

 

  l.

the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the 180-day restricted period and no filing under the Exchange Act or other public announcement would be required or be voluntarily made during the 180-day restricted period; or

 

  m.

the receipt from us of shares of common stock in connection with the exercise of options or other rights granted under an equity incentive plan or other equity award plan or program or pursuant to an individual award agreement between us and the lock-up party,

 

191


Table of Contents

provided that:

 

   

in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (a) through (g), (j) and (m) above, each donee, trustee, distributee or transferee shall sign and deliver a lock-up agreement;

 

   

in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (a)(i), (a)(iii), (b) through (f) and (i) above, no filing under the Exchange Act or other public announcement would be required or be voluntarily made except filings made pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act or on Form 5 that clearly indicate the nature and conditions of the transfer or distribution;

 

   

in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (a)(ii), (j) and (m), any filing under the Exchange Act or other public report or announcement would clearly indicate the nature and conditions of the transfer or distribution; and

 

   

in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (a) through (f) above, such transfer or distribution would not involve a disposition for value.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

We have applied to list our common stock on Nasdaq under the symbol “ONEM.”

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on Nasdaq, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining

 

192


Table of Contents

the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

 

   

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

   

our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

   

an assessment of our management;

 

   

our prospects for future earnings;

 

   

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

   

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

   

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Other Relationships

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future. Funds or clients advised by an affiliate of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, an underwriter in this offering, beneficially own approximately         % of our common stock, of which more than 98% is held on behalf of third-party clients and the remainder is held on behalf of certain employees involved with such funds through a co-investment vehicle.

Selling Restrictions

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Canada

The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

 

193


Table of Contents

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area (each, a Member State), no securities have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the securities which has been approved by the competent authority in that Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of securities may be made to the public in that Member State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

 

   

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;

 

   

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

   

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of securities shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation and each person who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with each of the representatives and us that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of Article 2(e) of the Prospectus Regulation. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to shares in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

Hong Kong

The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong), or the SFO, of Hong Kong and any rules made thereunder; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong), or the CO, or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the CO. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares

 

194


Table of Contents

has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO and any rules made thereunder.

Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act. Accordingly, none of the shares nor any interest therein may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any “resident” of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan in effect at the relevant time.

Singapore

Singapore SFA Product Classification—In connection with Section 309B of the SFA and the CMP Regulations 2018, unless otherwise specified before an offer of shares, the we have determined, and hereby notify all relevant persons (as defined in Section 309A(1) of the SFA), that the shares are ‘‘prescribed capital markets products’’ (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).

Each representative has acknowledged that this prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, each representative has represented and agreed that it has not offered or sold any shares or caused the shares to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and will not offer or sell any shares or cause the shares to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and has not circulated or distributed, nor will it circulate or distribute, this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than:

(a) to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time (the “SFA”)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA;

(b) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA; or

(c) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

(a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

(b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six

 

195


Table of Contents

months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

(i) to an institutional investor or to a relevant person, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

(i) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

(ii) where the transfer is by operation of law;

(iii) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

as specified in Regulation 37A of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities-based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018.

Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or the SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or the CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

United Arab Emirates

The shares have not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) other than in compliance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates (and the Dubai International Financial Centre) governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority or the Dubai Financial Services Authority.

United Kingdom

In the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Regulation) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”) or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public of the shares in the United Kingdom.

Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons.

 

196


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Cooley LLP, Palo Alto, California. Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Menlo Park, California is representing the underwriters.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2018 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have submitted with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits and schedules, under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference. You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection at the web site of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.onemedical.com, at which, following the closing of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. However, the information contained in or accessible through our website is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and investors should not rely on such information in making a decision to purchase our common stock in this offering. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

 

197


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Deficit

     F-6  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of 1Life Healthcare, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of 1Life Healthcare, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive loss, of redeemable convertible preferred stock and deficit and of cash flows for the years then ended, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Francisco, California

October 18, 2019

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2013.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     December 31,     September 30,
2019
    Pro Forma
September 30,
2019
 
     2017     2018  
                 (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Assets

        

Current assets:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 16,534     $ 36,692     $ 31,891     $ 31,891  

Short-term marketable securities

     26,251       193,869       138,455       138,455  

Accounts receivable, net

     12,006       15,971       31,747       31,747  

Inventories

     4,075       3,851       3,086       3,086  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     6,077       5,957       15,927       15,927  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     64,943       256,340       221,106       221,106  

Restricted cash

     631       1,939       1,922       1,922  

Property and equipment, net

     41,259       42,753       73,857       73,857  

Right-of-use assets

     —         —         94,985       94,985  

Intangible assets, net

     665       304       92       92  

Goodwill

     21,301       21,301       21,301       21,301  

Other assets

     3,708       3,682       5,136       5,136  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 132,507     $ 326,319     $ 418,399     $ 418,399  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Equity (Deficit)

        

Current liabilities:

        

Accounts payable

   $ 3,506     $ 5,316     $ 6,644     $ 6,644  

Accrued expenses

     12,872       18,479       22,178       22,178  

Deferred revenue

     21,175       21,759       24,690       24,690  

Operating lease liabilities, current

     —         —         11,378       11,378  

Notes payable, current

     3,300       4,400       4,367       4,367  

Other current liabilities

     4,131       3,585       4,191       4,191  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     44,984       53,539       73,448       73,448  

Operating lease liabilities, non-current

     —         —         106,150       106,150  

Notes payable, non-current

     7,450       3,198       —         —    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     2,686       3,701       5,927       —    

Other non-current liabilities

     12,339       11,633       730       730  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     67,459       72,071       186,255       180,328  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 19 )

        

Redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I), $0.001 par value; 69,532,808, 89,338,425 and 89,338,425 shares authorized as of December 31, 2017, December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), respectively; 68,326,054, 86,251,669 and 86,251,669 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017, December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), respectively; aggregate liquidation preference of $185,585, $405,585 and 405,585 as of December 31, 2017, December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), respectively; no shares issued or outstanding as of September 30, 2019 (unaudited), pro forma

     184,832       402,488       402,488       —    

Equity (deficit):

        

Common stock (Class A, Class B and Common), $0.001 par value, 103,001,000, 150,000,000 and 150,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2017, December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), respectively; 15,771,086, 18,135,457 and 18,659,529 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017, December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited); 104,911,198 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2019 (unaudited), pro forma

     16       18       19       105  

Additional paid-in capital

     58,981       76,029       88,107       499,942  

Accumulated deficit

     (184,034     (228,449     (261,642     (265,148

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (9     (14     45       45  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit) attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders’

     (125,046     (152,416     (173,471     234,944  

Noncontrolling interests

     5,262       4,176       3,127       3,127  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity (deficit)

     (119,784     (148,240     (170,344     238,071  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and equity (deficit)

   $ 132,507     $ 326,319     $ 418,399     $ 418,399  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2017     2018     2018     2019  
                 (unaudited)  

Net revenue

   $ 176,769     $ 212,678     $ 154,636     $ 198,872  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     120,705       136,180       100,438       118,586  

Sales and marketing

     19,172       25,789       14,374       28,830  

General and administrative

     57,964       85,808       57,596       77,167  

Depreciation and amortization

     10,686       9,947       7,369       9,440  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     208,527       257,724       179,777       234,023  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (31,758     (45,046     (25,141     (35,151
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

        

Interest income

     386       2,251       805       3,676  

Interest expense

     (834     (804     (626     (393

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     646       (1,877     (1,897     (2,226
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     198       (430     (1,718     1,057  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (31,560     (45,476     (26,859     (34,094

Provision for income taxes

     126       25       15       83  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (31,686     (45,501     (26,874     (34,177

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (889     (1,086     (888     (1,049
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders

   $ (30,797   $ (44,415   $ (25,986   $ (33,128
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders — basic and diluted

   $ (2.05   $ (2.65   $ (1.59   $ (1.80
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic and diluted

     15,002,472       16,735,541       16,388,617       18,371,298  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders — basic and diluted (unaudited)

     $ (0.46     $ (0.30
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding — basic and diluted (unaudited)

       91,664,049         104,622,967  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(Amounts in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2017     2018     2018     2019  
                 (unaudited)  

Net loss

   $ (31,686   $ (45,501   $ (26,874   $ (34,177

Other comprehensive loss:

        

Net unrealized gain (loss) on short-term marketable securities

     (17     (5     —         59  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

     (31,703     (45,506     (26,874     (34,118

Less: Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (889     (1,086     (888     (1,049
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders

   $ (30,814   $ (44,420   $ (25,986   $ (33,069
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND DEFICIT

(Amounts in thousands, except share amounts)

 

   

 

Redeemable
Convertible
   Preferred Stock   

             

 

  Common Stock  

    Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income (Loss)
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
Attributable
to 1Life
Healthcare,
Inc.

Stockholders’
    Noncontrolling
Interests
    Total
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount               Shares     Amount  

Balances at December 31, 2016

    68,326,054     $ 184,832           14,662,781     $ 15     $ 46,714     $ (153,237   $ 8     $ (106,500   $ 6,151     $ (100,349

Exercise of stock options

    —         —             1,108,305       1       2,737       —         —         2,738       —         2,738  

Stock-based compensation expense

    —         —             —         —         9,530       —         —         9,530       —         9,530  

Net unrealized loss on short-term marketable securities

    —         —             —         —         —         —         (17     (17     —         (17

Net loss

    —         —             —         —         —         (30,797     —         (30,797     (889     (31,686
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2017

    68,326,054       184,832           15,771,086       16       58,981       (184,034     (9     (125,046     5,262       (119,784

Issuance of Series I redeemable convertible preferred stock net of issuance costs of $3,336

    17,699,115       216,664           —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

    —         —             (488,711     —         (7,533     —         —         (7,533     —         (7,533

Exercise of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant

    226,500       992           —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Exercise of common stock warrant

    —         —             150,000       —         177       —         —         177       —         177  

Exercise of stock options

    —         —             2,703,082       2       10,462       —         —         10,464       —         10,464  

Stock-based compensation expense

    —         —             —         —         13,942       —         —         13,942       —         13,942  

Net unrealized loss on short-term marketable securities

    —         —             —         —         —         —         (5     (5     —         (5

Net loss

    —         —             —         —         —         (44,415     —         (44,415     (1,086     (45,501
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2018

    86,251,669       402,488           18,135,457       18       76,029       (228,449     (14     (152,416     4,176       (148,240

Impact of adoption of ASC 606 (unaudited)

    —         —             —         —         —         (65     —         (65     —         (65

Exercise of stock options (unaudited)

    —         —             524,072       1       1,948       —         —         1,949       —         1,949  

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

    —         —             —         —         10,130       —         —         10,130       —         10,130  

Net unrealized loss on short-term marketable securities (unaudited)

    —         —             —         —         —         —         59       59       —         59  

Net loss (unaudited)

    —         —             —         —         —         (33,128     —         (33,128     (1,049     (34,177
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at September 30, 2019 (unaudited)

    86,251,669       402,488           18,659,529       19       88,107       (261,642     45       (173,471     3,127       (170,344
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2017

    68,326,054     $ 184,832           15,771,086     $ 16     $ 58,981     $ (184,034   $ (9   $ (125,046   $ 5,262     $ (119,784

Issuance of Series I redeemable convertible preferred stock net of issuance costs of $3,336

    17,699,115     $ 216,702                      

Exercise of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant

    226,500     $ 992                      

Exercise of stock options (unaudited)

    —         —             1,527,842       1       6,973       —         —         6,974       —         6,974  

Exercise of common stock warrant (unaudited)

    —         —             150,000       —         177       —         —         177       —         177  

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

    —         —             —         —         10,702       —         —         10,702       —         10,702  

Net unrealized loss on short-term marketable securities (unaudited)

    —         —             —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Net loss (unaudited)

    —         —             —         —         —         (25,986     —         (25,986     (888     (26,874
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at September 30, 2018 (unaudited)

    86,251,669     $ 402,526           17,448,928     $ 17     $ 76,833     $ (210,020   $ (9   $ (133,179   $ 4,374     $ (128,805
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Amounts in thousands)

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2017     2018     2018     2019  
                (unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

       

Net loss

  $ (31,686   $ (45,501   $ (26,874   $ (34,177

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

       

Provision for bad debts

    3,834       3,237       2,423       —    

Depreciation and amortization

    10,686       9,947       7,369       9,440  

Non-cash interest expense

    186       148       117       69  

Accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums on short-term investments, net

    (178     (1,631     (445     (2,769

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    (646     1,877       1,897       2,226  

Amortization of right-of-use assets

    —         —         —         7,487  

Stock-based compensation

    9,530       13,942       10,702       10,130  

Loss on disposal of equipment

    131       110       30       74  

Gain on lease termination

    —         —         —         (6

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

       

Accounts receivable, net

    (5,892     (7,202     (9,284     (15,776

Inventories

    (1,357     224       609       765  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (1,665     87       315       (2,366

Other assets

    127       26       213       (1,454

Accounts payable

    557       1,915       15       444  

Accrued expenses

    3,071       5,079       1,053       1,883  

Deferred revenue

    5,381       584       614       2,931  

Operating lease liabilities

    —         —         —         (5,694

Other liabilities

    5,203       (1,252     (112     2,695  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

    (2,718     (18,410     (11,358     (24,098
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

       

Purchases of property and equipment, net

    (14,024     (10,767     (7,141     (37,621

Purchases of short-term marketable securities

    (48,963     (218,592     (180,013     (208,496

Maturities of short-term marketable securities

    58,700       52,600       29,400       266,750  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    (4,287     (176,759     (157,754     20,633  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

       

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

    2,738       10,464       6,974       1,949  

Proceeds from the exercise of redeemable convertible preferred and common stock warrants

    —         307       307       —    

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

    —         (7,533     —         —    

Proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    —         216,664       216,702       —    

Repayment of notes payable

    —         (3,300     (2,200     (3,300

Payment of principal portion of finance lease liability

          (2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    2,738       216,602       221,783       (1,353
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

    (4,267     21,433       52,671       (4,818

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period

    21,490       17,223       17,223       38,656  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalent and restricted cash at end of period

  $ 17,223     $ 38,656     $ 69,894     $ 33,838  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

       

Cash paid for interest

  $ 677     $ 666     $ 517     $ 345  

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

       

Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $ 1,221     $ 1,644     $ 1,066     $ 4,243  

Settlement of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability in connection with Series B warrant exercise

  $ —       $ 862     $ 862     $ —    

Unpaid deferred offering costs

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 844  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

1.

Nature of the Business and Basis of Presentation

1Life Healthcare, Inc. (“1Life”) was incorporated in Delaware on July 25, 2002 and commenced operations in 2004. 1Life’s headquarters are located in San Francisco, California. 1Life has developed a modernized healthcare membership model based on direct consumer enrollment as well as employer sponsorship. 1Life is also an administrative and managerial services company that provides services pursuant to contracts with physician-owned professional corporations (“PCs”) or “One Medical Entities” that provide medical services in-office and virtually. 1Life and the One Medical entities are collectively referred to herein as the “Company” and operate under the brand name One Medical.

Liquidity and Going Concern

In accordance with Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40), the Company has evaluated whether there are certain conditions and events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the consolidated financial statements are issued.

The Company has financed its operations through several rounds of financing, resulting in net proceeds of $401,626 through September 30, 2019 (unaudited). The Company has incurred losses from operations since inception. As of December 31, 2018, the Company had an accumulated deficit of approximately $228,449 and negative cash flows from operations of $18,410 for the year ended December 31, 2018. As of September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the Company had an accumulated deficit of approximately $261,642 and negative cash flows from operations of $24,098 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited). Management expects that operating losses and negative cash flows from operations could continue in the foreseeable future as the Company continues to invest in expansion activities. While management believes that the Company’s current cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities are sufficient to fund its operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for the next twelve months, the Company may need to borrow funds or raise additional equity to achieve its longer-term business objectives.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and include the accounts of 1Life and variable interest entities in which 1Life has an interest and is the primary beneficiary (see Note 3, “Variable Interest Entities”). Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The noncontrolling interests attributable to the Company’s variable interest entities are presented as a separate component of equity in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

2.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Such estimates include revenue recognition, determination of useful lives for property and equipment, intangible assets including goodwill, capitalized internal-use software, allowance for doubtful accounts, valuation of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities,

 

F-8


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

self-insurance reserves, valuation of common stock, stock options valuations, contingent liabilities and income taxes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2019, the consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive loss, of redeemable convertible preferred stock and deficit and of cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited annual consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the Company’s financial position as of September 30, 2019 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019. The financial data and other information disclosed in these notes related to the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 are also unaudited. The results for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2019, any other interim periods, or any future year or period.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet Data

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data as of September 30, 2019 assumes the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of the Company’s common stock and the reclassification of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities to equity as all outstanding warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock become warrants to purchase shares of common stock immediately upon the closing of the Company’s planned qualified initial public offering, or IPO. A qualified IPO is the Company’s first sale of common stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at a per share public offering price (prior to underwriter commissions and expenses) of at least $12.43 (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations, dividends, etc.) and that results in aggregate gross cash proceeds to the Company of an amount equal to or greater than $50.0 million (before deduction of underwriting discounts, commissions and expenses). The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data also reflects $3.5 million of stock-based compensation related to the vesting of 1,589,798 performance-based option awards upon the execution of an underwriting agreement in connection with the Company’s planned qualified IPO. The shares of common stock expected to be issued and the related net proceeds expected to be received in connection with the planned IPO are excluded from such pro forma information.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019 assumes the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of the Company’s common stock as though the conversion had occurred as of the beginning of the period or the date of issuance, if later, and the removal of the change in fair value resulting from the remeasurement of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities as the outstanding warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock become warrants to purchase shares of common stock immediately upon the closing of the Company’s planned IPO. Stock-based compensation expense related to the vesting of the performance-based option awards in connection with the Company’s planned qualified IPO is excluded from unaudited pro forma net loss per share. The shares of common stock expected to be issued and the related net proceeds expected to be received in connection with the planned IPO are excluded from such pro forma information.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Deferred Offering Costs

The Company capitalizes within other assets certain legal, accounting and other third-party fees that are directly related to the Company’s in-process equity financings, including the planned IPO, until such financings are consummated. After consummation of the equity financing, these costs are recorded as a reduction of the proceeds received as a result of the offering. Should a planned equity financing be abandoned, terminated or significantly delayed, the deferred offering costs are immediately written off to operating expenses. There were no deferred offering costs capitalized as of December 31, 2018 and $844 as of September 30, 2019 (unaudited).

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

The Company considers all short-term, highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash deposits are all in financial institutions in the United States. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), cash and cash equivalents consisted of cash on deposit and investments in money market funds. Restricted cash represents cash held under letters of credit for various leases. The expected duration of restrictions on the Company’s restricted cash ranges from 1 to 10 years.

The reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash reported within the applicable balance sheet line items that sum to the total of the same such amount shown in the consolidated statements of cash flows is as follows:

 

    December 31,     September 30,
2019
 
    2017     2018  
                (unaudited)  

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 16,534     $ 36,692     $ 31,891  

Restricted cash, current (included in prepaid expenses and other current assets)

    58       25       25  

Restricted cash, non-current

    631       1,939       1,922  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 17,223     $ 38,656     $ 33,838  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Marketable Debt Securities

The Company’s investments in debt securities are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in total equity (deficit). The Company determines the appropriate classification of these investments in debt securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such designation at each balance sheet date. The Company classifies the available-for-sale investments as current assets under the caption short-term marketable securities on the consolidated balance sheets as these investments generally consist of highly marketable securities that are identified to be available to meet near-term cash requirements.

Realized gains and losses and declines in value determined to be other than temporary are based on the specific identification method and are included as a component of other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company periodically evaluates its investments in debt securities for other-than-temporary impairment. When assessing short-term debt security investments for other-than-temporary declines in value, the Company considers such factors as, among other things, how significant the decline in value is as a percentage of the original cost, how long the market value of the investment has been less than its original cost, the Company’s

 

F-10


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

ability and intent to retain the short-term debt security investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value and market conditions in general. If any adjustment to fair value reflects a decline in the value of the debt security that the Company considers to be “other than temporary,” the Company reduces the debt securities through a charge to the consolidated statement of operations. No such adjustments were necessary during the periods presented.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value are defined below:

 

   

Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

   

Level 2 — Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

   

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity that are significant to determining the fair value of the assets or liabilities, including pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques.

The Company determines the fair value of its marketable securities based on quoted prices in active markets (Level 1 inputs) for identical assets and on quoted prices for similar assets (Level 2 inputs), which are classified as available-for-sale. The carrying amounts of the Company’s notes payable approximate the fair value based on consideration of current borrowing rates available to the Company (Level 2 inputs.) The Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability is carried at fair value, determined using Level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy (See Note 4 “Fair Value”). The carrying values of accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities approximate their fair values due to the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities.

Variable Interest Entities

The Company evaluates its ownership, contractual and other interests in entities to determine if it has any variable interest in a variable interest entity (“VIE”). These evaluations are complex, involve judgment, and the use of estimates and assumptions based on available historical information, among other factors. If the Company determines that an entity in which it holds a contractual or ownership interest is a VIE and that the Company is the primary beneficiary, the Company consolidates such entity in its consolidated financial statements. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is the party that meets both of the following criteria: (i) has the power to make decisions that most significantly affect the economic performance of the VIE; and (ii) has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that in either case could potentially be significant to the VIE. Management performs ongoing reassessments of whether changes in the facts and circumstances regarding the Company’s involvement with a VIE will cause the consolidation conclusion to change. Changes in consolidation status are applied prospectively.

Segment Information

The Company operates and manages its business as one reportable and operating segment. The Company’s chief executive officer, who is the chief operating decision maker, reviews financial information on an aggregate

 

F-11


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

basis for purposes of evaluating financial performance and allocating resources. All of the Company’s long-lived assets and customers are located in the United States.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Significant Customers

Financial instruments that potentially subject the company to concentration of credit risk consist of cash, cash equivalents, marketable securities and accounts receivable. The Company invests its excess cash with large financial institutions that the Company believes are of high credit quality. Cash and cash equivalents are invested in highly rated money market funds. At times the Company’s cash balances with individual banking institutions are in excess of federally insured limits. The Company’s marketable securities are invested in U.S. Treasury obligations and commercial paper. The Company has not experienced any losses on its deposits of cash, cash equivalents or marketable securities. The Company grants unsecured credit to patients, most of whom reside in the service area of the One Medical facilities and are largely insured under third-party payor agreements. The Company’s concentration of credit risk is limited by the diversity, geography and number of patients and payers.

As of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited) the Company had customers that individually represented 10% or more of the Company’s accounts receivable, net balance. As of December 31, 2017, individual customers accounted for 16% (Customer A), 16% (Customer B) and 14% (Customer C) of the Company’s accounts receivable, net. As of December 31, 2018, individual customers accounted for 26% (Customer E), 13% (Customer B), 12% (Customer C) and 11% (Customer A) of the Company’s accounts receivable, net. As of September 30, 2019 (unaudited), individual customers accounted for 16% (Customer E) and 11% (Customer F) of the Company’s accounts receivable, net.

For the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), the Company had customers that individually exceeded 10% or more of the Company’s net revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2017, individual customers accounted for 18% (Customer A), 14% (Customer B), 10% (Customer C) and 10% (Customer D) of the Company’s net revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2018, individual customers accounted for 15% (Customer A), 12% (Customer B), 10% (Customer E) and 10% (Customer C) of the Company’s net revenue. For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 (unaudited), individual customers accounted for 15% (Customer A), 12% (Customer B), 10% (Customer C) and 10% (Customer E) of the Company’s net revenue. For the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited), individual customers accounted for 14% (Customer A), 12% (Customer F), and 10% (Customer E) of the Company’s net revenue.

Accounts Receivable, net

Accounts receivable is comprised of amounts due from third-party payors, patients, and health system and other partners for healthcare services and amounts due from enterprise clients who purchase access to memberships for their employees. The Company reports accounts receivable net of estimated contractual adjustments and any allowance for doubtful accounts. Collection of accounts receivable is the Company’s primary source of cash and is critical to its operating performance. The Company’s primary collection risks relate to co-payments and other amounts owed by patients. The Company reviews its overall reserve adequacy by monitoring historical cash collections as a percentage of net revenue as well as other collection indicators such as the age of the balance and the payment history of the customer. The Company writes off accounts against the allowance for doubtful accounts when they are deemed to be uncollectible. Increases and decreases in the allowance for doubtful accounts from patient service revenue are included in net revenue in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts were as follows:

 

    Balance at
Beginning of
Period
    Additions
Charged to
Expense
    Write-offs     Balance at
End of Period
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

       

Year ended December 31, 2017

  $ 1,161     $ 3,834     $ (4,590   $ 405  

Year ended December 31, 2018

  $ 405     $ 3,237     $ (3,179   $ 463  

In accordance with the adoption of Topic 606 on January 1, 2019 (unaudited), implicit price concessions are considered in the determination of the transaction price and therefore the Company no longer records an allowance for doubtful accounts.

Inventories

Inventories, which primarily consist of vaccines and long acting reversible contraception devices are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value with cost being determined on a weighted average basis. Net realizable value is determined as the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of disposal and transportation. The cost of inventory includes product cost, shipping costs and taxes. Write-offs of potentially slow moving or damaged inventory are recorded based on management’s analysis of inventory levels, forecasted future sales volume and pricing and through specific identification of obsolete or damaged products. The Company assesses inventory quarterly for slow moving products and potential impairment. The Company records a reserve against obsolete inventory or inventory that may expire prior to use. There was no reserve against inventory as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 or September 30, 2019 (unaudited).

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives. The general range of useful lives of other property and equipment is as follows:

 

     Estimated Useful Life

Furniture and fixtures

   5 to 7 years

Computer equipment

   3 to 5 years

Computer software

   1.5 to 5 years

Laboratory equipment

   5 to 7 years

Leasehold improvements

   Lesser of lease term or 10 years

When assets are sold or retired, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, with any resulting gain or loss recorded in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. Costs of repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.

Software Developed for Internal Use

The Company capitalizes costs related to internal-use software during the application development stage including consulting costs and compensation expenses related to employees who devote time to the development projects. The Company records software development costs in property and equipment, net. Costs incurred in the preliminary stages of development activities and post implementation activities are expensed in the period incurred and included in general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company also capitalizes costs related to specific upgrades and enhancements when it is probable the expenditures will result in additional functionality.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Capitalized costs associated with internal-use software are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful life, which is 1.5 to 5 years, and are included in depreciation and amortization in the consolidated statements of operations.

Goodwill

The Company recognizes the excess of the purchase price, plus the fair value of any noncontrolling interests in the acquiree, over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired as goodwill. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment annually on October 1st or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the goodwill may not be recoverable. The Company’s goodwill impairment tests are performed at the enterprise level given the Company’s single reporting unit.

The Company’s goodwill impairment analysis first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether events or circumstances existed that would lead the Company to conclude it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is below its carrying amount. If the Company determines that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is below the carrying amount, a quantitative goodwill assessment is required. In the quantitative evaluation, the fair value of the reporting unit is determined and compared to the carrying value. If the fair value is greater than the carrying value, then the carrying value is deemed to be recoverable and no further action is required. If the fair value estimate is less than the carrying value, goodwill is considered impaired for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value and a charge is reported as impairment of goodwill in the consolidated statements of operations.

As of December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the Company has not recorded any impairment of goodwill.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company’s long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset or asset group may not be recoverable. Recoverability of an asset to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset or asset group to the future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or asset group. If such asset is considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value. As of December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the Company has not recorded any impairment losses on its long-lived assets.

Leases

Accounting under ASC 840

The Company leases medical office space and its corporate headquarters under noncancelable lease agreements which are accounted for as operating leases. Rent expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Certain of the operating lease agreements contain rent holidays and rent escalation provisions. For these leases, the Company recognizes the related rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The difference between cash rent payments and the recognition of straight-line rent expense is recorded as deferred rent and amortized over the lease term. The Company records deferred rent in other current liabilities and other non-current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, total deferred rent was $6,991 and $7,407, respectively.

Some of the Company’s lease agreements also include construction allowances for tenant improvements. Construction allowances are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease as a

 

F-14


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

reduction to rent expense. The Company records deferred tenant improvement allowances in other current liabilities and other non-current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, total deferred tenant improvement allowances were $6,802 and $5,770, respectively.

Accounting under ASC 842 (unaudited)

The Company adopted Accounting Standards Codification, Topic 842, Leases (“ASC 842”), using the modified retrospective approach through a cumulative-effect adjustment and utilizing the effective date of January 1, 2019 as its date of initial application, with prior periods unchanged and presented in accordance with the previous guidance in Topic 840, Leases (“ASC 840”). There was no cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of accumulated deficit as of January 1, 2019. In addition, the Company elected to adopt certain practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within the new standard. The practical expedients applied to leases that commenced prior to the adoption date of the new standard and permitted a reporting entity not to reassess: (i) whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, (ii) lease classification for any expired or existing leases, and (iii) initial direct costs for any existing leases. The Company has elected not to use hindsight.

As of January 1, 2019, the impact of the adoption to the Company’s consolidated balance sheet includes the recognition of operating lease liabilities, current, of $9,643, operating lease liabilities, non-current, of $63,047 based on the present value of the remaining lease payments for existing operating leases with corresponding right-of-use assets of approximately $60,770. The difference between the amount of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities recognized upon the adoption of ASC 842 is related to adjustments to existing prepaid rent, deferred rent, and lease incentives.

In accordance with the guidance in ASC 842, the Company determines whether an arrangement is or contains a lease based on the unique facts and circumstances present at the inception of an arrangement. Leases with a term greater than one year are recognized on the consolidated balance sheet as right-of-use assets, operating lease liabilities, current and operating lease liabilities, non-current. The Company has elected not to recognize on the balance sheet leases with terms of one year or less. Operating lease liabilities and their corresponding right-of-use assets are recorded based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the estimated remaining lease term. Operating lease right-of-use assets are adjusted for (i) payments made at or before the commencement date, (ii) initial direct costs incurred, and (iii) tenant incentives under the lease. The interest rate implicit in lease contracts is typically not readily determinable. As a result, the Company utilizes its incremental borrowing rate, which is the rate that would be incurred to borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term an amount equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment.

In accordance with the guidance in ASC 842, components of a lease should be split into three categories: lease components (e.g. land, building, etc.), non-lease components (e.g. common area maintenance, consumables, etc.), and non-components (e.g. property taxes, insurance, etc.) Then the fixed and in-substance fixed contract consideration (including any related to non-components) must be allocated based on the respective relative estimated standalone selling price to the lease components and non-lease components. However, the Company has made an accounting policy election as is available under the new standard to not separate lease and non-lease components to all asset classes. Rather, each lease component and the related non-lease components will be accounted for together as a single component. For new and amended leases beginning in 2019 and after, the Company has elected to account for a lease component and any related non-lease components as a combined lease component.

Certain of the Company’s operating lease agreements contain rent holidays and rent escalation provisions. Starting on January 1, 2019 and onward, under the new lease guidance of ASC 842, lease incentives reduce the

 

F-15


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

consideration in the contract and result in a corresponding reduction in the lease payments used to determine the right-of-use assets, lease liability and lease costs.

Some of the Company’s lease agreements also include construction allowances for tenant improvements. Starting on January 1, 2019 and onward, under the new lease guidance of ASC 842, construction allowance for lessee assets is treated as a reduction in the consideration in the contract, similarly to any other lease incentive.

Operating leases are included in right of use assets, operating lease liabilities, current and operating lease liabilities, non-current on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Finance leases are included in property and equipment, net, other current liabilities, and other long-term liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

The Company classifies all of its redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants as a liability on its consolidated balance sheets because the warrants are freestanding financial instruments that may require the Company to transfer assets upon exercise. The liability associated with each of these warrants was initially recorded at fair value upon the issuance date of each warrant and is subsequently re-measured to fair value at each reporting date. Changes in the fair value of the warrant liability are recognized as a component of other income (expense), net in the consolidated statement of operations. The Company will continue to adjust the warrant liability for changes in the fair value until the earlier of the expiration or exercise of warrants, or upon their automatic conversion into warrants to purchase common stock in connection with the Company’s planned IPO such that they qualify for equity classification and no further re-measurement is required.

Repurchase and Retirement of Common Stock

When common stock is repurchased for formal retirement, the Company’s accounting policy is to remove the par value from common stock and to reflect any excess of the purchase price over par value as a reduction to additional paid-in capital (to the extent created by previous issuances of the shares) and then retained earnings. In the absence of retained earnings, the Company reflects any excess of cost over par value as a reduction in additional paid-in capital.

Noncontrolling Interests

The Company recognizes noncontrolling interests related to variable interest entities in which the Company is the primary beneficiary, as equity (deficit) in the consolidated balance sheets separate from 1Life’s equity (deficit). The earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations as net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests. Any change in ownership of a subsidiary while the controlling financial interest is retained is accounted for as an equity transaction between the controlling and noncontrolling interests. In addition, when a subsidiary is deconsolidated, any retained noncontrolling equity investment in the former subsidiary will be initially measured at fair value and the difference between the carrying value and fair value of the retained interest will be recorded as a gain or loss.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are computed using the asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In estimating future tax consequences, the Company considers all expected future events other than enactment of changes in tax laws or rates. A valuation allowance is recorded, if

 

F-16


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

necessary, to reduce net deferred tax assets to their realizable values if management does not believe it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets will be realized. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets.

The Company follows the provisions of the authoritative guidance from the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. These provisions provide a comprehensive model for the recognition, measurement and disclosure in financial statements of uncertain income tax positions that a company has taken or expects to take on a tax return. Under these provisions, a company can recognize the benefit of an income tax position only if it is more likely than not (greater than 50%) that the tax position will be sustained upon tax examination, based solely on the technical merits of the tax position. Otherwise, no benefit can be recognized. Assessing an uncertain tax position begins with the initial determination of the sustainability of the position and is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. As of each balance sheet date, unresolved uncertain tax positions must be reassessed. Additionally, the Company must accrue interest and related penalties, if applicable, on all tax exposures for which reserves have been established consistent with jurisdictional tax laws.

The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in the provision for income taxes. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the Company had no accrued interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders of 1Life Healthcare, Inc.

The Company applies the two-class method to compute basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders of 1Life Healthcare, Inc. when shares meet the definition of participating securities. The two-class method determines net loss per share for each class of common and redeemable convertible preferred stock according to dividends declared or accumulated and participation rights in undistributed earnings. The two-class method requires income (loss) available to common stockholders for the period to be allocated between common and redeemable convertible preferred stock based upon their respective rights to share in the earnings as if all income (loss) for the period had been distributed. During periods of loss, there is no allocation required under the two-class method since the redeemable convertible preferred stock does not have a contractual obligation to share in the Company’s losses.

Basic net loss per share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders’ is computed by dividing net loss attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders’ by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period without consideration of potentially dilutive common stock. Diluted net loss per share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders’ reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in the earnings of the Company unless inclusion of such shares would be anti-dilutive. For periods in which the Company reports net losses, diluted net loss per common share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders’ is the same as basic net loss per common share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders’, because potentially dilutive common shares are not assumed to have been issued if their effect is anti-dilutive.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 (unaudited) is presented under Topic 605. Under Topic 605, the Company recognized revenue when all of the following criteria were met: Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; the sales price is fixed or determinable; collection is reasonably assured; and services have been rendered.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Net revenue recognized under Topic 605 consisted primarily of net patient service revenue generated from patient visits and was recognized as services were rendered. Net patient service revenue is reported net of provisions for contractual allowances from third-party payers and patients. The One Medical entities have certain agreements with third-party payors that provide for reimbursement at amounts different from the payors’ established billing rates. The differences between the estimated reimbursement rates and the standard billing rates were accounted for as contractual adjustments, which were deducted from gross revenues to arrive at net patient service revenue.

Partnership revenue recognized under Topic 605 primarily included fixed-priced contracts with employers for on-site medical services. Partnership revenue also included monthly capitation payments from medical groups and Independent Physician Associations (together, “IPAs”) based on the number of each IPA’s participants that were covered by the contract, regardless of services provided and were recognized as revenue during the period in which the One Medical Group entities were obligated to provide services to enrollees.

The Company also collects an annual membership fee from its consumer members and from enterprise clients who purchase access to memberships for their employees. Under Topic 605, the Company recognized membership revenue ratably over the contract period. Unrecognized but collected amounts were recorded to deferred revenue and amortized over the remainder of the applicable contract period.

Adoption of ASC 606 (unaudited)

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which was subsequently updated. The Company adopted the standard as of January 1, 2019, using the modified retrospective method. Under this method, the Company applied the Topic 606 to contracts that were not complete as of January 1, 2019 and recognized the cumulative effect of initially applying the standard as an adjustment to the opening balance of accumulated deficit.

Revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 is presented under Topic 606. Under Topic 606, revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration which the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that an entity determines are within the scope of Topic 606, the Company performed the following five steps:

 

  (i)

Identify the contract(s) with a customer;

 

  (ii)

Identify the performance obligations in the contract;

 

  (iii)

Determine the transaction price;

 

  (iv)

Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

 

  (v)

Recognize revenue as the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

The only impact of adopting the new standard relates to the deferral of incremental commission costs of acquiring a contract. The Company’s accounting policy under Topic 605 was to defer only direct and incremental costs to obtain a contract and amortize those costs over the length of the related contract, including enterprise sales contract renewals, which was generally twelve months. Under Topic 606, the Company capitalizes commission fees related to contracts with customers when the associated revenue is expected to be earned over a period that exceeds one year. For these contracts with an expected duration greater than a year, the Company capitalizes commission fees and amortizes them over the period associated with the expected life of the customer.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The cumulative effect of initially adopting ASC 606 of $65 was immaterial and limited to direct and incremental costs to obtain revenue contracts and is included in the statements of redeemable convertible preferred stock and deficit.

Net Patient Service Revenue

Net patient service revenue is generated from providing primary care services pursuant to contracts with patients. The Company recognizes revenue as services are rendered, which are delivered over a period of time but typically within one day, when the Company provides services to the patient. The Company receives payments for services from third-party payers as well as from patients who have health insurance where they may bear some cost of the service in the form of co-pays, coinsurance or deductibles. In addition, patients who do not have health insurance are required to pay for their services in full. Providing medical services to patients represents the Company’s performance obligation under the contracts, and accordingly, the transaction price is allocated entirely to the one performance obligation.

Net patient service revenue is reported net of provisions for contractual allowances from third-party payers and patients. The Company has certain agreements with third-party payers that provide for reimbursement at amounts different from the Company’s standard billing rates. The differences between the estimated reimbursement rates and the standard billing rates are accounted for as contractual adjustments, which are deducted from gross revenue to arrive at net patient service revenue. The Company estimates implicit price concessions related to self-pay balances as part of estimating the original transaction price which is based on historical experience and other collection indicators.

Partnership Revenue

Partnership revenue is generated from (i) contracts with employers to provide professional clinical services to employee members at the Company’s on-site clinics, (ii) capitation payments from IPAs to provide professional clinical services to covered participants, and (iii) contracts with health systems as health network partners beginning in 2019. The Company’s performance obligation under the various partnership arrangements is the same—to stand ready to provide professional clinical services and the associated management and administrative services. As the services are provided concurrently over the contract term and have the same pattern of transfer, the Company has concluded that this represents one performance obligation comprising of a series of distinct services over the contract term.

While the Company can receive either fixed or variable fees from its enterprise clients (i.e., stated fee per employee per month), it generally receives variable fees from IPAs and health networks on a stated fee per member per month basis, based on the number of members (or participants) serviced. The Company recognizes revenue as it satisfies its performance obligation. For fixed-fee agreements, the Company uses a time-based measure to recognize revenue ratably over the contract term. For variable-fee agreements, the Company is allocating the per member per month variable consideration to the month that the fee is earned, correlating with the amount of services it is providing, which is consistent with the allocation objective of the series guidance.

From time to time, the Company may provide discounts and rebates to the customer. The Company estimates the variable consideration subject to the constraint and recognizes such variable consideration over the contract term.

Membership Revenue

Membership revenue is generated from annual membership fees paid by consumer members and from enterprise clients who purchase access to memberships for their employees and dependents. The terms of service

 

F-19


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

on the Company’s website serve as the contract between the Company and consumer members. The Company enters into written contracts with enterprise clients. The transaction price for contracts with enterprise clients is determined on a per employee per month basis, based on the number of employees eligible for membership established at the beginning of the contract term, which is generally one year. The transaction price for the contract is stated in the contract and is generally collected in advance of the commencement of the contract term. The Company may provide numerous services under the agreements; however, these services are not considered individually distinct as they are not separately identifiable in the context of the agreement. As a result, the Company’s single performance obligation in the transaction constitutes a series for the provision of membership and services as and when requested over the membership term. The transaction price relates specifically to the Company’s efforts to transfer the services for a distinct increment of the series. Accordingly, the transaction price is allocated entirely to the one performance obligation. Membership revenue is recognized ratably over the contract period with the individual member or enterprise client. Unrecognized but collected amounts are recorded to deferred revenue and amortized over the remainder of the applicable membership period.

Deferred Revenue

The Company records deferred revenue, which is a contract liability, when it has an obligation to provide services to a member or enterprise client and payment is received in advance of performance.

Capitalized Contract Costs

The Company capitalizes commission fees related to contracts with customers when the associated revenue is expected to be earned over a period that exceeds one year. Deferred commissions are primarily related to enterprise sales. The Company elected to expense commission costs when incurred for contracts with an expected duration of one year or less including renewals. For contracts with an expected duration greater than a year, the Company capitalizes commission fees and amortized over the expected life of the customer.

As of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the Company recorded $218, $61 and $152, respectively, of commission costs capitalized as deferred commission costs within prepaid expenses and other current assets on the consolidated balance sheets. Amortization of deferred commissions as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), totaled $959, $629, $502 and $244, respectively, and is included in sales and marketing expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company periodically reviews these deferred costs to determine whether events or changes in circumstances have occurred that could impact the period of benefit of these deferred commissions. For the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited), there were no impairments of deferred commission costs.

Cost of Care, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization includes all costs relating to the provision of virtual care, including video visits and other synchronous and asynchronous communication via the Company’s app and website, and the operation and maintenance of medical offices, which includes all provider and support employee-related costs, occupancy costs, medical supplies, insurance and other operating costs. Providers include medical doctors, doctors of osteopathy, nurse practitioners, and physician assistants. Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization excludes allocations of general and administrative expenses.

Advertising

The Company expenses advertising costs the first time the advertising takes place. Advertising costs are included in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. For the years ended

 

F-20


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), advertising costs were $7,654, $11,641, $4,222 and $17,790, respectively in the consolidated statements of operations.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures all stock-based awards granted to employees and directors based on the fair value on the date of the grant and recognizes compensation expense for those awards, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award. The fair value of each stock option grant is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires inputs based on certain subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility, the expected term of the option, the risk-free interest rate for a period that approximates the expected term of the option, and the Company’s expected dividend yield (see Note 16, “Stock-Based Compensation”). Generally, the Company issues stock-based awards with only service-based vesting conditions and records the expense for these awards using the straight-line method.

Effective January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASU No. 2018-07, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting (“ASU 2018-07”), which expands the scope of Topic 718 to include share-based payment awards to nonemployees. As a result, stock-based awards granted to consultants and non-employees are accounted for in the same manner as awards granted to employees and directors as described above. The impact of adoption of this new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements (unaudited). Prior to the adoption of ASU 2018-07, the Company recognized compensation expense for stock-based awards granted to consultants and non-employees over the shorter of the vesting period or the period during which services were rendered by such consultants and non-employees until completed. At the end of each financial reporting period prior to completion of the service, the fair value of these awards was re-measured using the then-current fair value of the Company’s common stock and updated assumption inputs in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

Self-Insurance Program

The Company self-insures for certain levels of employee medical benefits. The Company maintains a stop-loss insurance policy to protect it from individual losses over $150 per claim in 2017, $175 per claim in 2018 and $225 per claim in 2019. A liability for expected claims incurred but not reported is established on a monthly basis. As claims are paid, the liability is relieved. The Company reviews its self-insurance accruals on a quarterly basis based on actuarial methods to determine the liability for actual claims and claims incurred but not yet reported. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the Company’s liability for outstanding claims (included in accrued expenses) was $739, $819 and $1,571, respectively.

Other Comprehensive Loss

Other comprehensive loss includes unrealized gains and losses on short-term marketable securities classified as available-for-sale.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the FASB under its ASC or other standard setting bodies.

The Company is an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised

 

F-21


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that it is (i) no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, these financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements in 2018

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting, which clarifies when to account for a change to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award as a modification. The new standard does not change the accounting for modifications but clarifies that modification accounting guidance should only be applied if the fair value, vesting conditions, or classification of the award changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions. Early adoption is permitted. A reporting entity must apply the amendments in the ASU prospectively to an award modified on or after the adoption date. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2018. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash, which will require entities to show the change in the total of cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents within the statement of cash flows. As a result, entities will no longer separately present transfers between unrestricted cash and restricted cash. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2018. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation — Stock Compensation: Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, (Topic 718). The new guidance simplifies certain aspects related to income taxes, statement of cash flows, and forfeitures when accounting for share-based payment transactions. Certain of the amendments related to timing of the recognition of tax benefits and tax withholding requirements should be applied using a modified retrospective transition method. Amendments related to the presentation of the statement of cash flows should be applied retrospectively. All other provisions may be applied on a prospective or modified retrospective basis. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2018 and elected to continue to apply an estimated forfeiture rate in the measurement of stock-based compensation expense. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Statements — Overall: Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, (Subtopic 825-10). The amendments in this ASU revise the accounting related to (1) the classification and measurement of investments in equity securities and (2) the presentation of certain fair value changes for financial liabilities at fair value. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2018. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Recently Adopted Pronouncements as of January 1, 2019 (unaudited)

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting (Topic 718), which simplifies the accounting for share-based payments to nonemployees by aligning it with the accounting for share-based payments to employees, with certain exceptions. The new standard is effective for non-public companies for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019 with early

 

F-22


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

adoption permitted. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2019. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases, (Topic 842). The amendments in this ASU revise the accounting related to lessee accounting. Under the new guidance, lessees will be required to recognize a lease liability and a right-of-use asset for all leases with a term greater than one year. The new lease guidance also simplified the accounting for sale and leaseback transactions primarily by reducing the number of lease agreements that would fall within this accounting model. The amendments in this ASU were adopted by the Company beginning on January 1, 2019. The new lease guidance allows entities to elect a transition method where entities may continue to apply the existing lease guidance during the comparative periods and apply the new lease requirements through a cumulative effect adjustment in the period of adoptions rather than in the earliest period presented. The Company adopted the standard on January 1, 2019 using the optional transition method (See Note 8, “Leases”) (unaudited).

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASU 2014-09”) which amended the existing FASB Accounting Standards Codification. ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Revenue Recognition (“Topic 605”) and establishes a principle for recognizing revenue upon the transfer of promised goods or services to customers, in an amount that reflects the expected consideration received in exchange for those goods or services. The standard also provides guidance on the recognition of costs related to obtaining and fulfilling customer contracts. Additionally, the standard requires disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers.

The new standard also requires the capitalization of costs to acquire a contract. The new standard requires longer amortization lives than were previously in use for initial contract terms. The Company adopted Topic 606 effective January 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective method (See Note 5, “Revenue Recognition”) for discussions of the impact upon adoption (unaudited).

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements not yet adopted as of September 30, 2019 (unaudited)

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract, which aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use-software. The standard is effective for non-public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this accounting standard update on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework-Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which modifies the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. The standard is effective for all entities for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is in the process of evaluating the effects of adopting this ASU on its consolidated financial statements.

In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-11, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260), Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) I. Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Down Round Features II. Replacement of the Indefinite Deferral for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial

 

F-23


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain Mandatorily Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests with a Scope Exception (“ASU 2017-11”). Part I applies to entities that issue financial instruments such as warrants, convertible debt or convertible preferred stock that contain down-round features. Part II replaces the indefinite deferral for certain mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests and mandatorily redeemable financial instruments of nonpublic entities contained within Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 with a scope exception and does not impact the accounting for these mandatorily redeemable instruments. For non-public entities, ASU 2017-11 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows: Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, (Topic 230), which amends the guidance in ASC 230 on the classification of certain cash receipts and payments in the statement of cash flows. This standard clarifies the classification of certain cash receipts and cash payments in the statement of cash flows, including debt prepayment or extinguishment costs, settlement of contingent consideration arising from a business combination, insurance settlement proceeds, and distributions from certain equity method investees. For non-public companies, the guidance in the ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption will have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

3.

Variable Interest Entities

1Life’s agreements with the PCs generally consist of both Administrative Services Agreements (“ASAs”), which provide for various administrative and management services to be provided by 1Life to the PC, and Succession Agreements, which provide for transition of ownership of the PCs under certain conditions.

The ASAs typically provide that the term of the arrangements is ten years with automatic renewal for successive one-year terms, subject to termination by 1Life or the PC in certain specified circumstances. The outstanding voting equity instruments of the PCs are owned by nominee shareholders appointed by 1Life (or the PC in one instance) under the terms of the Succession Agreements or other shareholders who are also subject to the terms of the Succession Agreements. 1Life has the right to receive income as an ongoing administrative fee in an amount that represents fair value of services rendered and has provided all financial support through loans to the PCs. 1Life has exclusive responsibility for the provision of all nonmedical services including facilities, technology and intellectual property required for the day-to-day operation and management of each of the PCs, and makes recommendations to the PC in establishing the guidelines for the employment and compensation of the physicians and other employees of the PCs. In addition, the agreements provide that 1Life has the right to designate a person(s) to purchase, the stock of the PCs for a nominal amount in the event of a succession event. Based upon the provisions of these agreements, 1Life determined that the PCs are variable interest entities due to its equity holder having insufficient capital at risk, and 1Life has a variable interest in the PCs.

The contractual arrangement to provide management services allows 1Life to direct the economic activities that most significantly affect the PC. Accordingly, 1Life is the primary beneficiary of the PCs and consolidates the PCs under the VIE model. Furthermore, as a direct result of nominal initial equity contributions by the physicians, the financial support 1Life provides to the PCs (e.g. loans) and the provisions of the nominee shareholder succession arrangements described above, the interests held by noncontrolling interest holders lack economic substance and do not provide them with the ability to participate in the residual profits or losses generated by the PCs. Therefore, all income and expenses recognized by the PCs are allocated to 1Life stockholders. The aggregate carrying value of the current assets and liabilities included on the consolidated

 

F-24


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

balance sheets for the PCs after elimination of intercompany transactions and balances were $15,277 and $11,235, respectively, as of December 31, 2017 and $14,936 and $10,833, respectively, as of December 31, 2018, and $26,377 and $18,806, respectively, as of September 30, 2019 (unaudited). The PCs do not have noncurrent assets or liabilities.

In September 2014, 1Life entered into a joint venture agreement with a healthcare system to jointly operate physician owned primary care offices in a new market. Pursuant to the formation of this joint venture, the healthcare system contributed $10,000 for a 56.9% interest and 1Life contributed management expertise for a 43.1% interest. One of the PCs has the responsibility for the provision of medical services and 1Life has responsibility for the day-to-day operation and management of the offices, including the establishment of guidelines for the employment and compensation of the physicians. Based upon this and other provisions of the operating agreement that indicate that 1Life directs the economic activities that most significantly affect the economic performance of the joint venture, 1Life determined that the joint venture is a variable interest entity and that 1Life is the primary beneficiary. The Company recorded the $10,000 cash received in noncontrolling interests on the consolidated balance sheet. The income and expenses of the joint venture are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and statements of comprehensive loss as net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests.

The table below present the assets and liabilities (excluding intercompany balances that are eliminated in consolidation) for the joint venture as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited):

 

     Partially Owned  
     December 31,      September 30,
2019
 
     2017      2018  
                   (unaudited)  

Assets

        

Current assets:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,673      $ 2,556      $ 2,087  

Accounts receivable, net

     477        468        669  

Inventories

     —          —          —    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     —          32        7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     4,150        3,056        2,763  

Other assets

     19        19        19  

Property and equipment, net

     1,985        1,725        1,595  

Right-of-use assets

     —          —          1,596  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 6,154      $ 4,800      $ 5,973  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

        

Current liabilities:

        

Accounts payable

   $ —        $ 3      $ 8  

Accrued expenses

     1        3        2  

Operating lease liabilities, current

     —          —          257  

Other current liabilities

     150        128        63  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     151        134        330  

Operating lease liabilities, non-current

     —          —          2,008  

Other liabilities

     735        673        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 886      $ 807      $ 2,338  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

4.

Fair Value

The following tables present information about the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

     Fair Value Measurements as of December 31,
2017 Using:
 
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

US Treasury obligations

   $ 7,946      $ —        $ —        $ 7,946  

Commercial paper

     —          18,305        —          18,305  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 7,946      $ 18,305      $ —        $ 26,251  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ —        $ —        $ 2,686      $ 2,686  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —        $ —        $ 2,686      $ 2,686  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Fair Value Measurements as of December 31,
2018 Using:
 
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

US Treasury obligations

   $ 87,565      $ —        $ —        $ 87,565  

Commercial paper

     —          106,304        —          106,304  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 87,565      $ 106,304      $ —        $ 193,869  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ —        $ —        $ 3,701      $ 3,701  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —        $ —        $ 3,701      $ 3,701  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Fair Value Measurements as of September 30,
2019 (unaudited) Using:
 
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (unaudited)  

Assets:

           

US Treasury obligations

   $ 59,813      $ —        $ —        $ 59,813  

Commercial paper

     —          78,642        —          78,642  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 59,813      $ 78,642      $ —        $ 138,455  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ —        $ —        $ 5,927      $ 5,927  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —        $ —        $ 5,927      $ 5,927  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited), there were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3.

Valuation of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

The redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability in the table above relates to redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants issued in connection with certain note payable transactions (see Note 12,

 

F-26


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

“Notes Payable”). The fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability was determined based on significant inputs not observable in the market, which represents a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy.

The Company used the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which incorporates assumptions and estimates, to value the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants. Additionally, because the redeemable convertible preferred stock has certain conversion features, the fair value of the related redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants is re-measured to fair value on a periodic basis and any changes to the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations in the related period. The Company determined the fair value per share of the underlying redeemable convertible preferred stock by taking into consideration the most recent sales of its redeemable convertible preferred stock, results obtained from third-party valuations and additional factors that are deemed relevant. The Company historically has been a private company and lacks company-specific historical and implied volatility information of its stock. Therefore, it estimates its expected stock volatility based on the historical volatility of publicly traded peer companies for a term equal to the remaining contractual term of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant. The risk-free interest rate is determined by reference to the U.S. Treasury yield curve for time periods approximately equal to the remaining contractual term of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant. The Company estimated a 0% expected dividend yield based on the fact that the Company has never paid or declared dividends and does not intend to do so in the foreseeable future.

The assumptions that the Company used to determine the grant date fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants were as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2017      2018      2018      2019  
                   (unaudited)  

Expected stock price volatility

     29.2% - 55.0%        40.4% - 44.6%        38.4% - 44.0%        38.6% - 46.0%  

Risk-free interest rate

     2.0% - 2.3%        2.6% - 2.7%        2.8% - 2.9%        1.5%  

Remaining contractual term

     0.17 - 7 years        1 - 6 years        1.4 - 6.3 years        0.4 - 5.3 years  

Expected dividend yield

     0.00%        0.00%        0.00%        0.00%  

Estimated fair value

     $1.38 - $3.81        $2.67 - $6.90        $2.76 - $6.90        $5.37 - $10.56  

The following table provides a roll forward of the aggregate fair values of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability, for which fair value is determined using Level 3 inputs:

 

     Convertible Redeemable
Preferred Stock
Warrant Liability
 

Balance as of December 31, 2016

   $ 3,332  

Change in fair value

     (646
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2017

     2,686  

Warrant exercise

     (862

Change in fair value

     1,877  
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

     3,701  

Change in fair value (unaudited)

     2,226  
  

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2019 (unaudited)

   $ 5,927  
  

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

5.

Revenue Recognition

The reported results for the years ending December 31, 2017 and 2018, and the nine months ending September 30, 2018 (unaudited) reflect the application under the guidance of Topic 605, while the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited) reflect the application of Topic 606 guidance.

The following table summarizes the Company’s net revenue by primary source:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2017      2018      2018      2019  
                   (unaudited)  

Net Revenue:

           

Net patient service revenue

   $ 138,581      $ 144,080      $ 104,862      $ 103,810  

Partnership revenue

     5,122        25,408        18,083        57,027  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net patient service and partnership revenue

     143,703        169,488        122,945        160,837  

Membership revenue

     33,066        43,190        31,691        38,035  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Revenue

   $ 176,769      $ 212,678      $ 154,636      $ 198,872  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net patient service revenue is primarily generated from commercial third-party payors with which the One Medical entities have established contractual billing arrangements. Net revenue collectible from commercial and government third-party payors was $116,809 and $119,657 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, and $85,542 and $88,594 for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), respectively. Net revenue collectible directly from patients, including self-pay, insurance co-pays and deductibles, was $21,772 and $24,423 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, and $19,320 and $15,216 for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), respectively.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the Company recognized revenue of $19,694, which was included in the deferred revenue balance as of December 31, 2018.

During the nine months ending September 30, 2019, the Company modified an existing contract with a customer in the ordinary course of business resulting in a reduction to net revenue in the amount of $4,600. The Company applied the modification framework within Topic 606 to recognize the remaining transaction price prospectively over the modified contract term, which is through the end of 2019.

The Company updated its assessment of variable consideration for its existing contracts, which did not have a material impact for the nine months ending September 30, 2019. As summarized in the table below, the Company has recorded contract assets and deferred revenue, which result from timing differences between the Company’s performance and the customer’s payment.

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2019
 
     2017      2018  
                   (unaudited)  

Balances from contracts with customers:

        

Accounts receivable

   $ 12,006      $ 15,971      $ 31,747  

Contract assets included in prepaid expenses and other current assets

     —          —          1,867  

Deferred revenue

     21,175        21,759        24,690  

 

F-28


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The Company does not disclose the value of remaining performance obligations for (i) contracts with an original contract term of one year or less, (ii) contracts for which the Company recognizes revenue at the amount to which it has the right to invoice when that amount corresponds directly with the value of services performed, and (iii) variable consideration allocated entirely to a wholly unsatisfied performance obligation or to a wholly unsatisfied distinct service that forms part of a single performance obligation. For those contracts that do not meet the above criteria, the Company’s remaining performance obligation as of September 30, 2019 (unaudited), is expected to be recognized as follows:

 

     Less than
or equal to
12 months
     Greater
than
12 months
     Total  

As of September 30, 2019 (unaudited)

   $ 32,864        $ 8,488        $ 41,352    

 

6.

Marketable Securities

At December 31, 2017 and 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the company’s marketable securities classified as available-for-sale were as follows:

 

     December 31, 2017  
     Amortized
cost
     Gross
unrealized
losses
     Fair value  

US Treasury obligations

   $ 7,955      $ (9    $ 7,946  

Commercial paper

     18,305        —          18,305  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 26,260      $ (9    $ 26,251  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     December 31, 2018  
     Amortized
cost
     Gross
unrealized
losses
     Fair value  

US Treasury obligations

   $ 87,579      $ (14    $ 87,565  

Commercial paper

     106,304        —          106,304  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 193,883      $ (14    $ 193,869  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     September 30, 2019 (unaudited)  
     Amortized
cost
     Gross
unrealized
gain
     Fair value  

US Treasury obligations

   $ 59,756      $ 57      $ 59,813  

Commercial paper

     78,642        —          78,642  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 138,398      $ 57      $ 138,455  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), all marketable securities have maturity dates within one year.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

7.

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2019
 
   2017      2018  
                   (unaudited)  

Leasehold improvements

   $ 46,119      $ 48,725      $ 75,575  

Computer software, including internal-use software

     11,887        14,255        18,798  

Computer equipment

     8,560        9,653        15,113  

Furniture and fixtures

     4,405        4,840        6,350  

Laboratory equipment

     2,136        2,212        2,570  

Construction in progress

     2,133        4,011        4,718  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     75,240        83,696        123,124  

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (33,981      (40,943      (49,267
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 41,259      $ 42,753      $ 73,857  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company capitalized $2,461, $3,466, $2,152 and $4,504 in internal-use software development costs, and recognized depreciation expense related to these assets of $2,390, $2,137, $1,600 and $2,204 during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), respectively. The Company had disposals in the ordinary course of business of $1,573, $2,735, $366 and $980, and recognized a net loss on disposal of $131, $110, $30 and $74 during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), respectively. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the net book value of internal-use software was $3,870, $5,199 and $7,481, respectively. Total depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited) was $10,275, $9,586, $7,095 and $9,226, respectively. All long-lived assets are maintained in the United States.

The Company had immaterial or no capitalized leased assets held within computer equipment and computer software as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019.

 

8.

Leases

Leases (ASC 840 only)

Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 (unaudited), was $13,391, $13,810, and $10,333, respectively. Of these amounts, $10,497, $10,698, and $7,973 is recorded in practice expenses, $2,894, $3,112, and $2,360 is recorded in general and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 (unaudited), respectively.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Under ASC 840, future minimum non-cancelable lease payments under the Company’s operating leases as of December 31, 2018 were as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,       

2019

   $ 17,138  

2020

     19,745  

2021

     19,385  

2022

     17,759  

2023

     16,489  

Thereafter

     63,009  
  

 

 

 
   $ 153,525  
  

 

 

 

Leases (Adoption of ASC Topic 842, Leases (“ASC 842”) (Unaudited))

At inception of a contract, the Company determines if a contact meets the definition of a lease. A lease is a contract, or part of a contract, that conveys the right to control the use of identified property, plant, or equipment (an identified asset) for a period of time in exchange for consideration. The Company assesses throughout the period of use whether the Company has both of the following: i) the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from use of the identified asset, and ii) the right to direct the use of the identified asset. This determination is reassessed if the terms of the contract are changed. Leases are classified as operating or finance leases based on the terms of the lease agreement and certain characteristics of the identified asset. Right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities are recognized at lease commencement date based on the present value of the minimum future lease payments.

The carrying value of the Company’s right-of-use assets are substantially concentrated in real estate as the Company primarily leases office space. The Company’s policy is not to record leases with an original lease term of one year or less on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company recognizes lease expense for these short-term leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Certain lease agreements include rental payments that are adjusted periodically for inflation or other variables. In addition to rent, the leases may require the Company to pay additional amounts for taxes, insurance, maintenance and other expenses, which are generally referred to as non-lease components. Such adjustments to rental payments and variable non-lease components are treated as variable lease payments and recognized in the period as incurred. Variable lease components and variable non-lease components are not measured as part of the right-of-use assets and lease liability. Only when lease components and their associated non-lease components are fixed are they recognized as part of the right-of- use assets and lease liability.

Most leases contain clauses for renewal at the Company’s option with renewal terms that generally extend the lease term from 1 to 5 years. Certain lease agreements contain options to terminate the lease before maturity. The Company does not have any lease contracts with the option to purchase as of September 30, 2019. Payments to be made in option periods are recognized as part of the right-of-use lease assets and lease liabilities when the Company is reasonably certain that the option to extend the lease will be exercised or the option to terminate the lease will not be exercised, or is not at the Company’s option. The Company determines whether the reasonably certain threshold is met by considering contract-, asset-, market-, and entity-based factors.

A portfolio approach is applied where appropriate to certain lease contracts with similar characteristics. The Company’s lease agreements do not contain any significant residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants imposed by the leases.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Certain of the Company’s furniture and fixtures and lab equipment are held under finance leases. These lease-related assets are included in property and equipment, net on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are immaterial as of September 30, 2019.

The components of operating lease costs were as follows:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2019
 
     (unaudited)  

Operating lease costs

   $ 14,058  

Variable lease costs

     1,854  
  

 

 

 

Total lease costs

   $ 15,912  
  

 

 

 

Other information related to leases was as follows:

Supplemental cash flow information

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2019
 
     (unaudited)  

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

  

Operating cash flows from operating leases

   $ 12,264  

Non-cash leases activity:

  

Right-of-use lease assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities

   $ 50,531  

Lease term and discount rate

 

     As of
September 30, 2019
 
     (unaudited)  

Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years)

  

Operating lease

     8.2 years  

Weighted-average discount rate

  

Operating lease

     8.47%  

At the lease commencement date, the discount rate implicit in the lease is used to discount the lease liability if readily determinable. If not readily determinable or leases do not contain an implicit rate, the Company’s incremental borrowing rate is used as the discount rate. Management determined the appropriate incremental borrowing rates for each of its leases in accordance with the new standard based on the remaining lease terms at the date of adoption.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases as of September 30, 2019 were as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,       

2019 (remaining)

   $ 4,773  

2020

     20,714  

2021

     20,794  

2022

     19,020  

2023

     17,968  

Thereafter

     81,741  
  

 

 

 

Total lease payments

     165,010  

Less: interest

     47,482  
  

 

 

 

Total operating lease liabilities

   $ 117,528  
  

 

 

 

 

9.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The Company’s goodwill was generated from business acquisitions of various PCs and a business acquisition in 2016. There have been no changes to the goodwill carrying value during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019.

The following summarizes the Company’s intangible assets and accumulated amortization:

 

     December 31, 2017  
     Original
Cost
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Book Value  

Independent physician association agreements

   $ 6,460      $ (6,460    $ —    

Non compete agreements

     1,175        (586      589  

Customer relationships

     200        (128      72  

Trade names

     100        (96      4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 7,935      $ (7,270    $ 665  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2018  
     Original
Cost
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Book Value  

Independent physician association agreements

   $ 6,460      $ (6,460    $ —    

Non compete agreements

     1,175        (876      299  

Customer relationships

     200        (195      5  

Trade names

     100        (100      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 7,935      $ (7,631    $ 304  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     September 30, 2019 (unaudited)  
     Original
Cost
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Book Value  

Independent physician association agreements

   $ 6,460      $ (6,460    $ —    

Non compete agreements

     1,175        (1,083      92  

Customer relationships

     200        (200      —    

Trade names

     100        (100      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 7,935      $ (7,843    $ 92  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2018, estimated future amortization expense related to intangible assets are as follows:

 

2019

   $ 281  

2020

     23  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 304  
  

 

 

 

The Company recorded amortization expense of $411, $361, $274 and $212 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), respectively. The intangible assets attributable to the PCs were amortized over five years and the intangible assets attributable to the medical practices were being amortized over the four-year term of the noncompete arrangements. The intangible assets are attributable to a business acquisition in 2016 and are being amortized over two to four years. Intangible assets will be fully amortized by the end of 2020.

 

10.

Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2019
 
     2017      2018  
                   (unaudited)  

Accrued employee compensation and benefits

   $ 8,400      $ 11,841      $ 11,596  

Inventories received not yet invoiced

     1,808        2,102        1,466  

Construction in progress

     497        1,025        2,740  

Self-insurance programs

     739        819        1,571  

Other accrued expenses

     1,428        2,692        4,805  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 12,872      $ 18,479      $ 22,178  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

11.

Self-Insurance Reserves

The following table provides a rollforward of the insurance reserves related to the Company’s self-insurance program:

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2019
 
     2017      2018  
                   (unaudited)  

Beginning balance

   $ —        $ 739      $ 819  

Losses paid

     (7,391      (9,151      (7,607

Reserves for current period

     8,130        9,231        8,359  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 739      $ 819      $ 1,571  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

12.

Notes Payable

In January 2013, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement (the “LSA”) with an institutional lender and in January 2015, the Company entered into an amended loan agreement with the same institutional lender (“First Amendment Loan). The Company borrowed $10,000 under the First Amendment Loan and used a portion of the proceeds to pay off the outstanding loan balance related to the LSA. In October 2016, the First Amendment Loan agreement was amended to increase the maximum borrowings to $11,000 (“Second Amendment Loan”). A portion of the proceeds from the Second Amendment Loan was used to pay off the outstanding loan balance of $8,739 under the First Amendment Loan. Borrowings under the Second Amendment Loan agreement were repayable in monthly interest-only payments through March 31, 2018 and in 30 equal monthly payments of principal and accrued interest after March 31, 2018 until the maturity date of the Second Amendment Loan agreement on September 1, 2020. Borrowings under the Second Amendment Loan bore interest at a variable rate equal to the greater of the prime rate or 3.5%. In addition, the Second Amendment Loan agreement provided for a final payment, payable upon maturity or the repayment in full of all obligations under the agreement, equal to $550. The final payment was being accreted to interest expense to increase the carrying value of the debt over the term of the loan using the effective interest method.

At its option, the Company was entitled to prepay all of the outstanding borrowings subject to an early termination fee at a reducing rate beginning with 3% of the principal amount outstanding if the prepayment occurred before the first anniversary of the loan. The prepayment penalty is only payable if the loan is terminated early without a refinancing or prepaid early due to a refinancing where the lender is not offered to participate. In addition, the Company must maintain one of two financial covenants: (i) a liquidity ratio of not less than 1.50 to 1.00 or (ii) a fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.25 to 1.00. The Company has been in compliance with the financial covenants as of December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited).

In January, 2017, the Company entered into the Third Amendment to the LSA (“Third Amendment”), which amended the interest rate to the greater of prime plus 1.81% or 5.56%, eliminated the final payment fee of $550, increased the early termination fee by $516 and required the Company to pay a modification fee of $34. All other terms remained the same. The Third Amendment to the LSA agreement was accounted for as a debt modification.

Borrowings under the LSA are secured by substantially all of the Company’s properties, rights and assets, excluding intellectual property. The LSA contains certain customary restrictive covenants that limit the company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness and liens, merge with other companies or consummate certain changes of control, acquire other companies, engage in new lines of business, make certain investments, pay dividends, amend the ASA’s and transfer or dispose of assets.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

In connection with entering into the LSA agreement, the Company issued to the lenders warrants for the purchase of a specified number of shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock at either (i) an aggregate exercise price of $160, (ii) the lesser of $1.6116 per share or the price per share of the Company’s next financing round, or (iii) 99,280 warrants.

In connection with entering into the First Amendment Loan, the Company issued to the lenders warrants to purchase 45,533 shares of Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $6.59 per share.

The Company recorded the issuance date fair value of warrants as a redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability, with a corresponding amount recorded as a debt discount on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The debt discount is reflected as a reduction of the carrying value of notes payable on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet and is being amortized to interest expense over the term of the loan using the effective interest method. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), the Company recorded aggregate interest expense of $817, $801, $623 and $392, which included non-cash interest expense of $22, $21, $16 and $10, respectively, related to the accretion of debt discounts for common and redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants. The Company’s annual effective interest rate was approximately 5.9%, 6.7%, 6.5% and 7.2% for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), respectively.

During the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the Company made aggregate principal payments of $0, $3,300 and $3,300, respectively.

As of December 31, 2018, future minimum payments on notes payable were as follows:

 

2019

   $ 4,400  

2020

     3,300  
  

 

 

 

Total minimum future payments

   $ 7,700  

Less: current portion

     4,400  
  

 

 

 

Non current portion

   $ 3,300  
  

 

 

 

As a result of the debt discount and the final payment fees, the future minimum payments of the outstanding notes payable balance do not equal the current and non-current notes payable on the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the balance of the unamortized final payment fees was $213, $86 and $27, respectively, included in notes payable, non-current, on the consolidated balance sheet. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the balance of the unamortized debt discount was $37, $16 and $6, respectively, and was included as a component of notes payable, non-current.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

13.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants

As of each balance sheet date, outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock consisted of the following:

 

December 31, 2017

 

Date Exercisable

   Number of
Shares Issuable
     Exercise
Price
     Exercisable for      Classification      Expiration  

February 15, 2008

     226,500      $ 0.57        Series B        Liability        February 15, 2018  

February 26, 2010

     100,000      $ 0.92        Series C        Liability        February 26, 2020  

June 28, 2011

     250,000      $ 1.05        Series D        Liability        June 28, 2021  

January 30, 2013

     99,280      $ 1.61        Series E        Liability        January 30, 2023  

October 3, 2015

     11,010      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 3, 2020  

October 5, 2015

     10,837      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 5, 2020  

October 7, 2015

     4,918      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 7, 2020  

October 8, 2015

     5,573      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 8, 2020  

October 12, 2015

     5,619      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 12, 2020  

October 14, 2015

     113,879      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 14, 2020  

October 28, 2015

     3,796      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 28, 2020  

November 4, 2015

     22,776      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        November 4, 2020  

January 26, 2015

     45,553      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        January 26, 2025  
  

 

 

             
     899,741              
  

 

 

             

 

December 31, 2018

 

Date Exercisable

   Number of
Shares Issuable
     Exercise
Price
     Exercisable for      Classification      Expiration  

February 26, 2010

     100,000      $ 0.92        Series C        Liability        February 26, 2020  

June 28, 2011

     250,000      $ 1.05        Series D        Liability        June 28, 2021  

January 30, 2013

     99,280      $ 1.61        Series E        Liability        January 30, 2023  

October 3, 2015

     11,010      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 3, 2020  

October 5, 2015

     10,837      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 5, 2020  

October 7, 2015

     4,918      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 7, 2020  

October 8, 2015

     5,573      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 8, 2020  

October 12, 2015

     5,619      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 12, 2020  

October 14, 2015

     113,879      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 14, 2020  

October 28, 2015

     3,796      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 28, 2020  

November 4, 2015

     22,776      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        November 4, 2020  

January 26, 2015

     45,553      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        January 26, 2025  
  

 

 

             
     673,241              
  

 

 

             

 

F-37


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

September 30, 2019 (unaudited)

 

Date Exercisable

   Number of
Shares Issuable
     Exercise
Price
     Exercisable for      Classification      Expiration  

February 26, 2010

     100,000      $ 0.92        Series C        Liability        February 26, 2020  

June 28, 2011

     250,000      $ 1.05        Series D        Liability        June 28, 2021  

January 30, 2013

     99,280      $ 1.61        Series E        Liability        January 30, 2023  

October 3, 2015

     11,010      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 3, 2020  

October 5, 2015

     10,837      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 5, 2020  

October 7, 2015

     4,918      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 7, 2020  

October 8, 2015

     5,573      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 8, 2020  

October 12, 2015

     5,619      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 12, 2020  

October 14, 2015

     113,879      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 14, 2020  

October 28, 2015

     3,796      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 28, 2020  

November 4, 2015

     22,776      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        November 4, 2020  

January 26, 2015

     45,553      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        January 26, 2025  
  

 

 

             
     673,241              
  

 

 

             

The grant date fair value of the redeemable convertible warrants was determined using a Black-Scholes model and was recorded as a redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability. The Company re-measured the liability associated with the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited) and determined that the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability was $2,686, $3,701 and $5,927, respectively. The Company recognized gains (losses) in connection with changes in the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability of $646, $(1,877), $(1,897) and $(2,226), within other (income) expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), respectively.

 

14.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and restated, authorized the Company to issue 89,338,425 shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock.

In February 2018, the Company issued 226,500 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock in connection with a warrant exercise for cash proceeds of $130.

In August 2018, the Company issued 17,699,115 shares of Series I redeemable convertible preferred stock for cash proceeds of $220,000 (less issuance costs of $3,336).

 

F-38


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

As of each balance sheet date, redeemable convertible preferred stock consisted of the following:

 

     December 31, 2017  
     Preferred
Stock
Authorized
     Preferred
Stock
Issued and
Outstanding
     Carrying
Value
     Liquidation
Preference
     Common Stock
Issuable Upon
Conversion
 

Series A preferred stock

     1,130,000        1,130,000      $ 540      $ 585        1,130,000  

Series B preferred stock

     6,324,592        6,098,092        3,432        3,500        6,098,092  

Series C preferred stock

     8,763,634        8,663,634        7,938        8,000        8,663,634  

Series D preferred stock

     14,528,912        14,278,912        14,899        15,000        14,278,912  

Series E preferred stock

     12,509,305        12,410,025        19,905        20,000        12,410,025  

Series F preferred stock

     11,695,449        11,695,449        29,885        30,000        11,695,449  

Series G preferred stock

     6,980,916        6,605,115        43,358        43,500        6,605,115  

Series H preferred stock

     7,600,000        7,444,827        64,875        65,000        7,444,827  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     69,532,808        68,326,054      $ 184,832      $ 185,585        68,326,054  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2018  
     Preferred
Stock
Authorized
     Preferred
Stock
Issued and
Outstanding
     Carrying
Value
     Liquidation
Preference
     Common Stock
Issuable Upon
Conversion
 

Series A preferred stock

     1,130,000        1,130,000      $ 540      $ 585        1,130,000  

Series B preferred stock

     6,324,592        6,324,592        4,424        3,500        6,324,592  

Series C preferred stock

     8,763,634        8,663,634        7,938        8,000        8,663,634  

Series D preferred stock

     14,528,912        14,278,912        14,899        15,000        14,278,912  

Series E preferred stock

     12,509,305        12,410,025        19,905        20,000        12,410,025  

Series F preferred stock

     11,695,449        11,695,449        29,885        30,000        11,695,449  

Series G preferred stock

     6,829,076        6,605,115        43,358        43,500        6,605,115  

Series H preferred stock

     7,444,827        7,444,827        64,875        65,000        7,444,827  

Series I preferred stock

     20,112,630        17,699,115        216,664        220,000        17,699,115  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     89,338,425        86,251,669      $ 402,488      $ 405,585        86,251,669  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     September 30, 2019 (unaudited)  
     Preferred
Stock
Authorized
     Preferred
Stock
Issued and
Outstanding
     Carrying
Value
     Liquidation
Preference
     Common Stock
Issuable Upon
Conversion
 

Series A preferred stock

     1,130,000        1,130,000      $ 540      $ 585        1,130,000  

Series B preferred stock

     6,324,592        6,324,592        4,424        3,500        6,324,592  

Series C preferred stock

     8,763,634        8,663,634        7,938        8,000        8,663,634  

Series D preferred stock

     14,528,912        14,278,912        14,899        15,000        14,278,912  

Series E preferred stock

     12,509,305        12,410,025        19,905        20,000        12,410,025  

Series F preferred stock

     11,695,449        11,695,449        29,885        30,000        11,695,449  

Series G preferred stock

     6,829,076        6,605,115        43,358        43,500        6,605,115  

Series H preferred stock

     7,444,827        7,444,827        64,875        65,000        7,444,827  

Series I preferred stock

     20,112,630        17,699,115        216,664        220,000        17,699,115  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     89,338,425        86,251,669      $ 402,488      $ 405,585        86,251,669  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The holders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock have the following rights and preferences:

Conversion

Each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible into shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock split, stock dividend, combination or other similar recapitalization at the option of the stockholder and subject to adjustments in accordance with anti-dilution provisions. In addition, such shares will be converted automatically into common stock at the applicable conversion ratio then in effect for each series of redeemable convertible preferred stock upon the earlier of (i) the immediate closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Company’s common stock with gross proceeds to the Company of at least $50,000 or (ii) obtaining the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 65% of the outstanding shares of the redeemable convertible preferred stock (voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis), two-thirds of the then outstanding shares of Series G (voting as a separate series), a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series H (voting as a separate series), and a majority of the outstanding shares of Series I (voting as a separate series) of the shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding at the time of such vote.

Voting Rights

Each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock has voting rights equivalent to the number of shares of common stock into which it is convertible. In addition, for so long as at least 1,000,000 shares of each class of redeemable convertible preferred stock remain outstanding, the holders of Series B, C, D, E, F and G redeemable convertible preferred stock, voting as a separate class, are each entitled to elect one director of the Company. As long as at least 1,000,000 shares of Series I remain outstanding, the holders of Series I are entitled to elect two directors of the Company. The holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock, together with the holders of common stock and voting as a single class, are entitled to elect the remaining directors of the Company by vote of a majority of such shares. In addition, in certain circumstances, certain actions related to major transactions are subject to a separate vote by Series I, in a more limited manner, preferred shareholders.

Dividends

Redeemable convertible preferred stockholders are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends if and as declared by the Board of Directors out of any assets legally available, prior to, and in preference to, any declaration or payment of any dividend on the common stock. The dividend rate for redeemable convertible preferred stock per share per annum is 6% for Series A, Series C, Series D and Series E and 8% for Series B, Series F, Series G, Series H and Series I of the original issue price.

Liquidation

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the affairs of the Company, a change in control, or a sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets, (“liquidation event”), each holder of a share of redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior to, and in preference to, any distribution of any of the assets or property of the Company to the holders of the common stock, for each outstanding share of redeemable convertible preferred stock, an amount per share equal to $0.500 for Series A, $0.574 for Series B, $0.923 for Series C, $1.051 for Series D, $1.612 for Series E, $2.565 for Series F, $6.586 for Series G, $8.731 for Series H, and $12.43 for Series I, plus all declared and unpaid dividends. If, upon any such liquidation event, the assets of 1Life shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock, then such assets shall be first distributed to Series I holders, then distributed among

 

F-40


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

the holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be, respectively, entitled.

Redemption

The holders of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock have no voluntary rights to redeem shares. A liquidation or winding up of the Company, a change in control, or a sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets would constitute a redemption event which may be outside of the Company’s control. Accordingly, these shares are considered contingently redeemable and are classified as temporary equity on the consolidated balance sheet.

 

15.

Common Stock and Common Stock Warrants

Common Stock

As of December 31, 2017, the Company had two classes of authorized common stock: Class A common stock with 1,000 shares authorized with a par value of $0.001 per share and Class B common stock with 103,000,000 shares authorized with a par value of $0.001 per share. On August 21, 2018, the Company amended its Certificate of Incorporation to reclassify each outstanding share of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock to one share of common stock. This amendment was approved by vote of the Company’s Board of Directors and by the requisite stockholder vote via written consent on August 20, 2018. Pursuant to this amendment, each share of common stock shall be entitled to one vote per share. Prior to this amendment, Class A common stock was entitled to one vote per share and Class B common stock was entitled to 10 votes per share.

In October 2018, the Company executed a tender offer to repurchase 1,553,424 shares of certain directors, employees and officers’ vested equity for $12.43 per share for a net total consideration of $14,772 after considering net share settlement. Of the $14,772 of consideration, the fair value of the shares repurchased, net of exercise proceeds, was recorded in additional paid-in capital which totaled $7,533, while the amount paid in excess of the fair value of common stock at the time of the repurchase was recorded as stock-based compensation expense, which totaled $7,239. The repurchased shares were immediately retired.

As of December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and restated, authorized the Company to issue 150,000,000 shares of common stock, par value of $0.001 per share.

As of each balance sheet date, common stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except share amounts):

 

     December 31, 2017  
     Common
Stock
Authorized
     Common Stock
Issued and
Outstanding
     Par
Value
     Carrying
Value
 

Class A common stock

     1,000        —        $ 0.001      $ —    

Class B common stock

     103,000,000        15,771,086        0.001        16  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 
     103,001,000        15,771,086         $ 16  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     December 31, 2018  
     Common
Stock
Authorized
     Common Stock
Issued and
Outstanding
     Par
Value
     Carrying
Value
 

Class A common stock

     —          —        $ —        $ —    

Class B common stock

     —          —          —          —    

Common stock

     150,000,000        18,135,457        0.001        18  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 
     150,000,000        18,135,457         $ 18  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

     September 30, 2019 (unaudited)  
     Common
Stock
Authorized
     Common Stock
Issued and
Outstanding
     Par
Value
     Carrying
Value
 

Class A common stock

     —          —        $ —        $ —    

Class B common stock

     —          —          —          —    

Common stock

     150,000,000        18,659,529        0.001        19  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 
     150,000,000        18,659,529         $ 19  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Subject to any preferences that may apply to outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to share equally in any dividends, when and if declared by the Board of Directors.

As of each balance sheet date, the Company had reserved shares of common stock for issuance in connection with the following:

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2019
 
     2017      2018  
                   (unaudited)  

Conversion of outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     68,326,054        86,251,669        86,251,669  

Warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock (as converted to common stock)

     899,741        673,241        673,241  

Warrants to purchase common stock

     150,000        —          —    

Options outstanding under the 2017 Stock Option and Grant Plan

     23,826,773        21,503,995        24,036,191  

Options available for future issuance

     4,999,492        3,861,475        805,207  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     98,202,060        112,290,380        111,766,308  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Common Stock Warrants

In connection with a loan and security agreement entered into in March 2012, the Company issued to the lender warrants to purchase 150,000 shares of common stock that were fully exercised in February 2018.

 

16.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock Option Plan

In February 2017, the Board of Directors approved and adopted the 2017 Equity Award Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan is intended as the successor to and continuation of the Company’s 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the

 

F-42


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

“Prior Plan”). No additional stock awards will be granted under the Prior Plan. The number of shares issuable under the plan is adjusted for capitalization changes, forfeitures, expirations and certain share reacquisitions. Under the Plan, officers, employees, directors, and consultants may be granted incentive and nonstatutory options to purchase shares of common stock. The Plan provides that grants of incentive stock options will be made at no less than the estimated fair value of common stock, as determined by the Board of Directors, at the date of grant. Stock options granted to employees and nonemployees under the Plan generally vest over four years. Options granted under the Plan generally expire ten years after the date of grant. At December 31, 2017 and 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), 4,999,492, 3,861,475 and 805,207 shares were available for future grants, respectively.

Stock Option Activity

The following table summarizes stock option activity under the Plan:

 

     Number of
Options
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2017

     23,826,773     $ 4.07        8.51      $ 14,071  

Granted

     4,591,384       5.45        

Exercised

     (3,767,795     3.98        

Forfeited and cancelled

     (3,146,367     4.58        
  

 

 

         

Outstanding as of December 31, 2018

     21,503,995     $ 4.30        8.00      $ 74,546  

Granted (unaudited)

     3,568,968       9.04        

Exercised (unaudited)

     (524,072     3.72        

Forfeited and cancelled (unaudited)

     (512,700     5.81        
  

 

 

         

Outstanding as of September 30, 2019 (unaudited)

     24,036,191     $ 4.99        7.63      $ 155,826  
  

 

 

         

Options exercisable as of December 31, 2018

     7,650,349     $ 3.72        6.56      $ 30,981  

Options vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2018

     16,097,529     $ 4.24        7.72      $ 62,809  

Options exercisable as of September 30, 2019 (unaudited)

     10,469,285     $ 4.05        6.47      $ 77,668  

Options vested and expected to vest as of September 30, 2019 (unaudited)

     19,086,390     $ 4.88        7.42      $ 125,842  

The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited) was $2,074, $17,715, $2,698 and $2,788, respectively.

The fair value of options granted for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited) was $30,514, $12,137, $10,291, and $14,671, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

The fair value of stock option grants is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company lacks company-specific historical and implied volatility information. Therefore, it estimated its expected stock volatility based on the historical volatility of a publicly traded set of peer companies. For options with service-based vesting conditions, the expected term of the Company’s stock options has been determined

 

F-43


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

utilizing the “simplified” method for awards that qualify as “plain-vanilla” options. The expected term of stock options granted to non-employees is equal to the contractual term of the option award. The risk-free interest rate is determined by reference to the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant of the award for time periods approximately equal to the expected term of the award. Expected dividend yield is based on the fact that the Company has never paid cash dividends and does not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

We estimated the fair value of options granted using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions presented on a weighted average basis:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
     2017     2018       2018         2019    
                 (unaudited)  

Expected term in years

     6.1       6.0       6.0       6.0  

Expected stock price volatility

     55.8     47.7     48.2     44.7

Risk-free interest rate

     2.0     2.9     2.9     2.1

Expected dividend yield

     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0

Estimated fair value per option granted

   $ 2.17     $ 2.64     $ 2.52     $ 4.11  

In addition, in March 2016, the Company issued 150,000 shares of restricted stock pursuant to a purchase agreement that was subject to a twenty-four-month pro-rata vesting period with any unvested shares forfeited upon termination of the employees. The fair value of these shares was recorded as stock-based compensation expense in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The activity for restricted stock is summarized as follows:

 

     Number of
Shares
     Grant-Date
Fair Value
 

Unvested restricted common stock as of December 31, 2017

     2,083      $ 6.19  

Granted

     —          —    

Vested

     (2,083    $ 6.19  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unvested restricted common stock as of December 31, 2018

     —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), there is no unrecognized compensation expense related to restricted stock granted by the Company.

Total stock-based compensation expense for employees and nonemployees recognized by the Company for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), was $9,530, $21,181, $10,702 and $10,131, respectively. A tax benefit of approximately $134, $3,946, $497 and $482 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), respectively, was included in the Company’s net operating loss carry-forward that could potentially reduce future tax liabilities. At December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), there was $10,112 and $12,979, respectively, in unrecognized compensation expense related to service-based options, net of forfeitures, that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.7 years.

In September 2017, the Company granted 1,589,798 options to an executive subject to immediate vesting upon the execution of an underwriting agreement for an initial public offering or a change in control. At December 31,

 

F-44


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), there was $3,506 in unrecognized compensation expense related to this performance-based option that is expected to be recognized upon execution of the underwriting agreement for the Company’s planned IPO.

Stock-based compensation expense was classified in the consolidated statements of operations as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2017      2018      2018      2019  
                   (unaudited)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 267      $ 552      $ 18      $ 807  

General and administrative

     9,263        20,629        10,684        9,324  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 9,530      $ 21,181      $ 10,702      $ 10,131  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In connection with the common stock repurchase and retirement in October 2018 (See Note 15, “Common Stock and Common Stock Warrants”), the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2018 of $7,239 of which $208 is included in sales and marketing and $7,031 is included in general and administrative on the consolidated statements of operations and in the table above.

 

17.

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2017      2018  

Income tax provision:

     

Federal

   $ 72      $ 2  

State

     54        23  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 126      $ 25  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The reconciliation of the Federal statutory income tax provision to the Company’s effective income tax provision is as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2017     2018  

Federal statutory income tax rate

     34.0     21.0

Impact of the tax act

     (61.8     0.0  

Valuation allowance

     32.2       (16.9

Stock-based compensation

     (2.5     (1.1

State income tax expense

     (1.8     (1.4

Other, net

     (0.6     (1.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

     (0.4 )%      (0.1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of loss and credit carryforwards and temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for

 

F-45


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

income tax purposes. The Company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2017 and 2018 were comprised of the following:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2017      2018  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 41,832      $ 53,311  

Reserves and allowances

     5,619        2,728  

Basis difference in fixed and intangible assets

     128        437  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     47,579        56,476  

Valuation allowance

     (47,461      (56,463
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

   $ 118      $ 13  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Basis difference in fixed and intangible assets

   $ (118    $ (13
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (118      (13
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited), gross deferred tax assets increased by approximately $6,207 due to the operating loss incurred by the Company during that period. Of the total gross deferred tax assets, none are related to the noncontrolling interests as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

A valuation allowance is required to be established when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future earnings, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. A full review of all positive and negative evidence needs to be considered, including the Company’s current and past performance, the market environments in which the Company operates, the utilization of past tax credits, length of carry back and carry forward periods, as well as tax planning strategies that might be implemented. Management believes that, based on a number of factors, it is more likely than not, that all of the deferred tax assets may not be realized; and accordingly, as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company has provided a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets.

The activity in the Company’s deferred tax asset valuation allowance was as follows:

 

Valuation allowance as of December 31, 2016

   $ 39,357  

Increases recorded to income tax provision

     8,104  
  

 

 

 

Valuation allowance as of December 31, 2017

     47,461  

Increases recorded to income tax provision

     9,002  
  

 

 

 

Valuation allowance as of December 31, 2018

   $ 56,463  
  

 

 

 

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Act”) was enacted and included broad tax reforms. The Act reduced the U.S. corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018. The rate change resulted in a $17,863 reduction in the Company’s deferred tax assets and a corresponding reduction in the Company’s valuation allowance in 2017. The Company elected to not take advantage of the provisions provided under SAB

 

F-46


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

118 and included the income tax effect of the Tax Act in the December 31, 2017 consolidated financial statements. The Company considered the amounts final at that time.

At December 31, 2018, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state and local income tax purposes of $174,734 and $193,183, respectively, which are available to reduce future income subject to income taxes. The net operating loss carry forwards will begin to expire, if not used, at various dates beginning in tax year 2025 and 2024, respectively.

As of December 31, 2018, the Company had federal and state credit carryforwards of $73 and $480 which are available to reduce future income tax. The federal credits do not expire and some of the state credit carryforwards will begin to expire, if not used, in tax year 2023.

Utilization of some of the federal, state and local net operating loss and credit carryforwards may be subject to annual limitations due to the “change in ownership” provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and similar state and local provisions. The annual limitations may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before utilization. The Company performed a Section 382 analysis through December 31, 2018, on 1Life ownership history. The net federal operating losses carryforwards of $124,304 and state and local net operating loss carryforwards of $133,161 generated by 1Life are not expected to expire unutilized as a result of ownership changes identified through December 31, 2018.

The Company has analyzed its filing positions in all significant Federal and State jurisdictions where it is required to file income tax returns, as well as open tax years in these jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company had no uncertain tax positions. The Company’s tax returns continue to remain subject to examination by U.S. federal and state taxing authorities for effectively all years since inception due to net operating loss carryforwards.

 

18.

Net Loss Per Share and Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share

Net Loss Per Share Attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. Stockholders

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders’ was calculated as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2017     2018     2018     2019  
                 (unaudited)  

Numerator:

        

Net loss

   $ (31,686   $ (45,501   $ (26,874   $ (34,177

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (889     (1,086     (888     (1,049
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders’

   $ (30,797   $ (44,415   $ (25,986   $ (33,128
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

        

Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted

     15,002,472       16,735,541       16,388,617       18,371,298  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders’—basic and diluted

   $ (2.05   $ (2.65   $ (1.59   $ (1.80
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The Company’s potentially dilutive securities, which include stock options, unvested restricted stock, redeemable convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share as the effect would be to reduce the net loss per share. Therefore, the weighted average number of common shares outstanding used to calculate both basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders’ is the same. The Company excluded the following potential common shares, presented based on amounts outstanding at each period end, from the computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders’ for the periods indicated because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2017      2018      2018      2019  
                   (unaudited)  

Options to purchase common stock

     23,826,773        21,503,995        23,344,926        24,036,191  

Warrants to purchase common stock

     150,000        —          —          —    

Unvested restricted common stock

     2,083        —          —          —    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock (as converted to common stock)

     68,326,054        86,251,669        86,251,669        86,251,669  

Warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock (as converted to common stock)

     899,741        673,241        673,241        673,241  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     93,204,651        108,428,905        110,259,836        110,961,101  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share Attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. Stockholders

The Company’s unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders’ for the year ended December 31, 2018 and nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited) has been prepared to give effect to the following adjustments immediately upon the completion of the Company’s planned IPO (i) the automatic conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock, and (ii) all outstanding warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock becoming warrants to purchase shares of common stock, both (i) and (ii) as if the qualified IPO had occurred on the later of January 1, 2018 or the issuance date of the redeemable convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2018
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,

2019
 
     (unaudited)  

Numerator:

    

Net loss attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders

   $ (44,415   $ (33,128

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     1,877       2,226  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders

   $ (42,538   $ (30,902
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic and diluted

     16,735,541       18,371,298  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect automatic conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock upon completion of the IPO

     74,928,508       86,251,669  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding — basic and diluted

     91,664,049       104,622,967  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders — basic and diluted

   $ (0.46   $ (0.30
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

19.

Commitments and Contingencies

Indemnification Agreements

In the ordinary course of business, the Company may provide indemnification of varying scope and terms to vendors, lessors, business partners and other parties with respect to certain matters including, but not limited to, losses arising out of breach of such agreements or from intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. In addition, the Company has entered into indemnification agreements with members of its Board of Directors and executive officers that will require the Company, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is, in many cases, unlimited. As of December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the Company has not incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnifications.

Legal Matters

In May 2018, two former members filed a class action complaint against the Company in the Superior Court of California for the County of San Francisco, or the Court, alleging that the Company made certain

 

F-49


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

misrepresentations resulting in them paying the Annual Membership Fee, or AMF in violation of California’s Consumers Legal Remedies Act, California’s False Advertising Law and California’s Unfair Competition Law, and seeking damages and injunctive relief. In September 2018, the Company filed a motion to compel the plaintiffs to individually arbitrate their claims, which motion was granted as to one plaintiff and denied as to the other. The Company is appealing the denial of its motion to compel arbitration and filed its appellate brief in November 2019. In light of, among other things, the early stage of the litigation, the Company is unable to make an estimate of the amount or range of loss, if any, that could result from an unfavorable outcome. Legal fees, net of amounts recoverable from the Company’s insurance provider, have been recorded as general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. Additional attorney’s fees in excess of those covered will be expensed as incurred.

In addition, from time to time, the Company has been and may be involved in various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company currently believes that the outcome of these legal proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Sales and Use Tax

During 2017 and 2018, a state jurisdiction engaged in an audit of 1Life’s sales and use tax records applicable to that jurisdiction from March 2011 through February 2017. As of December 31, 2018, the Company estimated a probable loss from the audit and recorded the estimate in accrued expenses related to one aspect of the finding, including interest and penalties. The Company disputes the other finding representing the majority of the state’s proposed audit change and has filed a notice of appeal. At this time, while the Company believes it has a compelling basis to dispute the audit finding, it is not able to estimate the amount of loss or range of loss, if any, related to this matter.

Employee Benefit Plan

Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted a 401(k) plan that is available to all full-time employees over the age of 18, who have been employed at least three months with the Company. Eligible employees may contribute up to 60% of their annual compensation to the 401(k) plan, subject to limitations imposed by federal income tax regulations. The Company matches 50% of the first 3% of amounts contributed by employees. The Company’s contribution was $1,371, $1,764, $1,276 and $2,600 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), respectively.

 

20.

Related Party Transactions

Certain of the Company’s investors are also customers of the Company. The Company recognized revenue under contractual obligations from such customers of $2,112 and $22,273 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, and $15,984 and $19,801 for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), respectively. The Company had outstanding receivable balances of $0, $4,222 and $4,948 from such customers as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited).

 

21.

Subsequent Events

Management has evaluated all subsequent events through October 18, 2019, the date these consolidated financial statements were available for issuance.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

In September 2019, the Company granted to certain directors, officers, employees and consultants options to purchase an aggregate of 1,169,680 shares of common stock.

 

22.

Subsequent Events (unaudited)

Management has evaluated all subsequent events through November 26, 2019, the date the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements were available for issuance.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee and the exchange listing fee.

 

     Amount  

SEC registration fee

   $ 12,980  

FINRA filing fee

     15,500  

Exchange listing fee

     *  

Accountants’ fees and expenses

     *  

Legal fees and expenses

     *  

Transfer Agent’s fees and expenses

     *  

Printing and engraving expenses

     *  

Miscellaneous

     *  
  

 

 

 

Total expenses

   $ *  
  

 

 

 

 

*

To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect on the closing of this offering permits indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect on the closing of this offering provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers and permit us to indemnify our employees and other agents, in each case to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers, whereby we have agreed to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law, including indemnification against expenses and liabilities incurred in legal proceedings to which the director or officer was, or is threatened to be made, a party by reason of the fact that such director or officer is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of 1Life Healthcare, Inc., provided that such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner that the director or officer reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or officers regarding which indemnification is sought, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We maintain insurance policies that indemnify our directors and officers against various liabilities arising under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act that might be incurred by any director or officer in his or her capacity as such.

The underwriters are obligated, under certain circumstances, pursuant to the underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, to indemnify us, our officers and our directors against liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

The following sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold since January 1, 2016.

 

  1.

From January 2016 through the date of this registration statement, we granted to certain of our directors, executive officers and employees options to purchase 30,824,766 shares of common stock with per share exercise prices ranging from $4.01 to $11.56 under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan and 2017 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

  2.

From January 2016 through the date of this registration statement, we issued and sold an aggregate of 6,392,139 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan and 2017 Equity Incentive Plan at per share exercise prices ranging from $0.12 to $7.93, for an aggregate exercise price of $22.1 million.

 

  3.

In August 2018, we issued and sold an aggregate of 17,699,115 shares of Series I preferred stock to an accredited investor at a purchase price of $12.43 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $220 million.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. Unless otherwise specified above, we believe these transactions were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (and Regulation D promulgated thereunder), or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or under benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed on the share certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description of Exhibit

  1.1*  

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

  3.1  

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect.

  3.2*  

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the closing of this offering.

  3.3  

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.

  3.4*  

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the closing of this offering.

  4.1*  

Form of common stock certificate of the Registrant.

  5.1*  

Opinion of Cooley LLP.

10.1  

Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated August  21, 2018, by and among the Registrant and the investors listed on Exhibit A thereto.

10.2+  

2007 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.

10.3+  

Forms of Option Agreement, Stock Option Grant Notice and Notice of Exercise under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.

10.4+  

2017 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.

10.5+  

Forms of Option Agreement, Stock Option Grant Notice and Notice of Exercise under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan.

10.6*+  

2020 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

 

Description of Exhibit

10.7*+  

Forms of Option Agreement, Stock Option Grant Notice and Notice of Exercise under 2020 Equity Incentive Plan.

10.8*+  

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan.

10.9*+  

2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

10.10+  

Executive Annual Incentive Plan.

10.11*+  

Form of Indemnification Agreement, by and between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.

10.12  

Warrant issued to Silicon Valley Bank, dated February 26, 2010.

10.13  

Warrant issued to Silicon Valley Bank, dated June 28, 2011.

10.14  

Warrant issued to Silicon Valley Bank, dated January 30, 2013.

10.15  

Warrant issued to Silicon Valley Bank, dated January 26, 2015.

10.16  

Form of Warrant to purchase Series G preferred stock.

10.17+  

Employment Agreement, dated June  27, 2017, by and between the Registrant and Amir Dan Rubin.

10.18+  

Offer Letter, dated March 7, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Kimber D. Lockhart.

10.19+  

Physician Employment Agreement, dated August  1, 2007, by and between One Medical Group, Inc. (previously Apollo Medical Group) and Andrew S. Diamond, M.D., Ph.D.

10.20+  

Provider Stock Option Program and Advisory Services Agreement, dated October  28, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Andrew S. Diamond, M.D., Ph.D.

10.21  

Office Lease, dated September  25, 2018, by and between the Registrant and One Embarcadero Center Venture.

10.22  

First Amendment to Office Lease, dated June  17, 2019, by and between the Registrant and One Embarcadero Center Venture.

10.23  

Form of Administrative Services Agreement by and between the Registrant and its affiliated professional entities.

10.24  

Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated January  26, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, as amended on October 18, 2016, January 12, 2017 and April 29, 2019.

10.25†  

Inbound Services Agreement, dated August 18, 2017, by and between the Registrant and Google Inc.

10.26*+   1Life Healthcare, Inc. Severance Benefit Plan.
10.27+   Offer Letter, dated February 14, 2019, by and between the Registrant and Bjorn B. Thaler.
10.28+   Offer Letter, dated October 16, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Lisa A. Mango.
23.1  

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.

23.2*  

Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

24.1  

Power of Attorney (included on signature page to this registration statement).

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

+

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted as the Registrant has determined that the omitted information (i) is not material and (ii) would likely cause competitive harm to the Registrant if publicly disclosed.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Francisco, State of California, on January 3, 2020.

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Amir Dan Rubin

 

Amir Dan Rubin

 

Chair, Chief Executive Officer and President

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Amir Dan Rubin and Lisa A. Mango, and each one of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in their name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective on filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Amir Dan Rubin

Amir Dan Rubin

  

Chair, Chief Executive Officer and President

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

January 3, 2020

/s/ Bjorn B. Thaler

Bjorn B. Thaler

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

January 3, 2020

/s/ Paul R. Auvil

Paul R. Auvil

  

Director

 

January 3, 2020

/s/ Mark S. Blumenkranz

Mark S. Blumenkranz, M.D.

  

Director

 

January 3, 2020

/s/ Bruce W. Dunlevie

Bruce W. Dunlevie

  

Director

 

January 3, 2020

/s/ Kalen F. Holmes

Kalen F. Holmes, Ph.D.

  

Director

 

January 3, 2020

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ David P. Kennedy

David P. Kennedy

  

Director

 

January 3, 2020

/s/ Freda Lewis-Hall

Freda Lewis-Hall, M.D.

  

Director

 

January 3, 2020

/s/ Robert R. Schmidt

Robert R. Schmidt

  

Director

 

January 3, 2020

/s/ David B. Singer

David B. Singer

  

Director

 

January 3, 2020

 

II-6

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

Amir Dan Rubin hereby certifies that:

ONE: The original name of this company is 1Life Healthcare, Inc. and the date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was July 25, 2002.

TWO: He is the duly elected and acting President and Chief Executive Officer of 1Life Healthcare, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

THREE: The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this company is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

I.

The name of this company is 1Life Healthcare, Inc. (the “Company”).

II.

The address of the registered office of the Company is 160 Greentree Drive, Suite 101, City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware 19904 and the name of the registered agent of the Company at such address is National Registered Agents, Inc.

III.

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”).

IV.

A. The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares which the Company is authorized to issue is 239,338,425 shares, 150,000,000 shares of which shall be Common Stock (the “Common Stock”) and 89,338,425 shares of which shall be Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock”). The Common Stock shall have a par value of $0.001 per share and the Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $0.001 per share.

Upon the acceptance of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation for filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Effective Time”), each share of Class A Common Stock (if any) and Class B Common Stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, without any further action by any stockholder, be reclassified as, and shall become, one share of Common Stock. Any stock certificate that immediately prior to the Effective Time represented shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall from and after the Effective Time be deemed to represent the same number of shares of Common Stock, without the need for surrender or exchange thereof.


B. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 242 of the DGCL, and subject to Sections 2(b) and 2(c) below, the number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Company entitled to vote (voting together as a single class assuming the conversion of all shares of Series Preferred into Common Stock).

C. The number of shares designated as Series A Preferred Stock is 1,130,000 (the “Series A Preferred”). The number of shares designated as Series B Preferred Stock is 6,324,592 (the “Series B Preferred”). The number of shares designated as Series C Preferred Stock is 8,763,634 (the “Series C Preferred”). The number of shares designated as Series D Preferred Stock is 14,528,912 (the “Series D Preferred”). The number of shares designated Series E Preferred Stock is 12,509,305 (the “Series E Preferred”). The number of shares designated Series F Preferred Stock is 11,695,449 (the “Series F Preferred”). The number of shares designated Series G Preferred Stock is 6,829,076 (the “Series G Preferred”). The number of shares designated Series H Preferred Stock is 7,444,827 (the “Series H Preferred,” and together with the Series A Preferred, the Series B Preferred, the Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred, Series E Preferred, Series F Preferred and the Series G Preferred, the “Junior Preferred”). 20,112,630 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series I Preferred Stock” (the “Series I Preferred” and together with the Series A Preferred, the Series B Preferred, the Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred, Series E Preferred, Series F Preferred, the Series G Preferred and the Series H Preferred, the “Series Preferred”).

D. The rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Series Preferred are as follows:

1. DIVIDEND RIGHTS.

(a) Holders of Series Preferred shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors (the “Board”), on a pari passu basis (ratably in proportion to the amount to which they are entitled) and prior and in preference to any other declaration or payment of dividends, but only out of funds that are legally available therefore, cash dividends at the rate of (i) six percent (6%) of the applicable Original Issue Price (as defined below) per annum on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred and Series E Preferred and (ii) eight percent (8%) of the applicable Original Issue Price per annum on each outstanding share of Series B Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series G Preferred, Series H Preferred and Series I Preferred. All such dividends shall be payable only when, as and if declared by the Board and shall be non-cumulative.

(b) The “Original Issue Price” of the Series A Preferred shall be $0.50 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). The “Original Issue Price” of the Series B Preferred shall be $0.57395 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). The


“Original Issue Price” of the Series C Preferred shall be $0.9234 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). The “Original Issue Price” of the Series D Preferred shall be $1.0505 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). The “Original Issue Price” of the Series E Preferred shall be $1.6116 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). The “Original Issue Price” of the Series F Preferred shall be $2.5651 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). The “Original Issue Price” of the Series G Preferred shall be $6.5858 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). The “Original Issue Price” of the Series H Preferred shall be $8.7309 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). The “Original Issue Price” of the Series I Preferred shall be $12.43 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof).

(c) So long as any shares of Series Preferred are outstanding, the Company shall not pay or declare any dividend, whether in cash or property, or make any other distribution on the Common Stock, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for value any shares of Common Stock until all dividends as set forth in Section 1(a) above on the Series Preferred shall have been paid or declared and set apart, except for:

(i) acquisitions of Common Stock by the Company pursuant to agreements which permit the Company to repurchase such shares at cost (or the lesser of cost or fair market value) upon termination of services to the Company;

(ii) acquisitions of Common Stock in exercise of the Company’s right of first refusal to repurchase such shares (the exercise of which is approved by the Board, including the Preferred Directors); or

(iii) distributions to holders of Common Stock in accordance with Sections 3 and 4.

(d) In the event dividends are paid on any share of Common Stock, the Company shall pay an additional dividend on all outstanding shares of Series Preferred in a per share amount equal (assuming the conversion of all shares of Series Preferred into Common Stock) to the amount paid or set aside for each share of Common Stock.

(e) The provisions of Sections 1(c) and 1(d) shall not apply to a dividend payable solely in Common Stock to which the provisions of Section 5(f) hereof are applicable, or any repurchase of any outstanding securities of the Company that is approved by (i) the Board (including the Preferred Directors) and (ii) the Series Preferred as may be required by this Certificate of Incorporation.


(f) California Code Sections 502 and 503 shall not apply with respect to distributions on shares junior to the Series Preferred as they relate to repurchases of shares of Common Stock upon termination of employment or service as a consultant or director.

2. VOTING RIGHTS.

(a) General Rights. On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Company for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Company (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of shares of Series Preferred shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series Preferred could be converted (pursuant to Section 5 hereof) immediately after the close of business on the record date fixed for such meeting or the effective date of such written consent and shall have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the Common Stock and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Company. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights available on an as-converted basis (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded upward). Except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law, the Series Preferred shall vote together with the Common Stock at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders or by written consent and not as a separate class, and may act by written consent in the same manner as the Common Stock.

(b) Separate Vote of Series I Preferred. For so long as 8,960,000 shares of Series I Preferred (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof) remain outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of fifty-five percent (55%) of the then outstanding Series I Preferred shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (by merger, reclassification, or otherwise):

(i) Alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series I Preferred or increases the number of authorized shares of Series I Preferred;

(ii) Authorizes, issues or creates (by reclassification, merger or otherwise) any new class or series of shares having rights, preferences or privileges senior to the Series I Preferred;

(iii) Authorizes, issues or creates (by reclassification, merger or otherwise) any new class or series of shares having rights preferences and privileges parri passu with the Series I Preferred unless such new class or series of shares have an Original Issue Price equal to or greater than the Original Issue Price of the Series I Preferred and the amount raised from the sale of such new series or class of shares is no more than $150 million;

(iv) Approves the purchase or redemption of any equity securities of the Company, or reorganization of the capital structure of the Company except (x) on a pro rata basis or (y) pursuant to equity incentive, option or similar agreements with employees, officers, directors, consultants or other service providers of the Company;


(v) Any entrance into, or any amendment or other modification of, any agreement, transaction or other arrangement, with any stockholder, director or affiliate, or family member thereof, by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, other than agreements, transactions or other arrangements which arise in connection with ordinary course compensation arrangements (and except for transactions otherwise permitted by the Related Agreements, as defined in that certain Series I Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, by and among the Company and other parties thereto, entered into on or around the Original Issue Date (as defined below));

(vi) Approves (A) any Liquidation Event resulting in cash proceeds (net of expenses and indemnification obligations) per share of Series I Preferred of less than one times the Original Issue Price of the Series I Preferred or (B) the consummation of an IPO (other than a Qualified Public Offering);

(vii) Results in, including by way of an acquisition (including an Acquisition), any material change to the nature of the business of the Company such that the Company is no longer in the healthcare industry;

(viii) Results in the liquidation or winding up of the Company, or authorizes or approves the filing of any action or instituting any proceedings in bankruptcy;

(ix) Authorizes the entry into any debt or borrowing arrangement with any third party lender (whether by way of loan or the issue of bonds), or amending, replacing or refinancing any existing debt or borrowing arrangement, in each case, where such debt or borrowing arrangement would result in indebtedness above 3.75 times EBITDA, unless such entry, amendment, replacement or refinancing has been provided for in the Company’s business plan or budget as approved by the Board (including a majority of the Preferred Directors) after the date hereof and;

(x) Authorizes any dividend or distribution, except in accordance with the liquidation preference for the Series I Preferred;

(xi) Any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company (including any filing of a Certificate of Designation or pursuant to a merger or otherwise) if such action would materially and adversely alter the rights, preferences, privileges or powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit of the Series I Preferred;

(xii) Any amendment (A) to Section 5(h)(viii) below to exclude other securities of the Company from the definition of Additional Shares of Common Stock, in addition to the securities described in clauses (A) through (H) thereof, as it applies to the anti-dilution rights of the holders of Series I Preferred under Section 5(h), and (B) to otherwise amend the Certificate of Incorporation in a manner that adversely affects the rights of the Series I Preferred contemplated by Section 5(h);

(xiii) Any amendment to Section 5(k)(i)(B) below; or

(xiv) Any amendment to this Section 2(b).


(c) Separate Vote of Series H Preferred. For so long as 3,000,000 shares of Series H Preferred (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof) remain outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series H Preferred shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (by merger, reclassification, or otherwise):

(i) Any amendment (A) to Section 5(h)(viii) below to exclude other securities of the Company from the definition of Additional Shares of Common Stock, in addition to the securities described in clauses (A) through (H) thereof, as it applies to the anti-dilution rights of the holders of Series H Preferred under Section 5(h), and (B) to otherwise amend the Certificate of Incorporation in a manner that adversely affects the rights of the Series H Preferred contemplated by Section 5(h); or

(ii) Any amendment to this Section 2(c).

(d) Separate Vote of Series Preferred. For so long as any shares of Series Preferred remain outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series Preferred (voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis) shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (by merger, reclassification or otherwise):

(i) Any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company (including any filing of a Certificate of Designation);

(ii) Any action that alters or changes the voting or other designations, powers, preferences or other special rights, privileges or restrictions of the Series Preferred so as to affect them adversely;

(iii) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock or any series thereof;

(iv) Any issuance, authorization or any designation, whether by reclassification or otherwise, of any new class or series of stock or any other securities convertible into equity securities of the Company ranking on parity with or senior to the Series Preferred in right of redemption, liquidation preference, voting or dividend rights or otherwise or any increase in the authorized or designated number of any such new class or series;

(v) Any redemption, repurchase, payment or declaration of dividends or other distributions with respect to Common Stock or Preferred Stock (except for acquisitions of Common Stock by the Company permitted by Section 1(c)(i), (ii) and (iii) hereof);

(vi) Any consummation of a Liquidation Event or an Acquisition or Asset Transfer;


(vii) Any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s 2007 Equity Incentive Plan or the Company’s 2017 Equity Incentive Plan;

(viii) Any entrance into, or any amendment or other modification of, any agreement, transaction or other arrangement, with any material stockholder, director or affiliate, or family member thereof, by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, and any change in the current compensation structure for any such person, other than agreements, transactions or other arrangements with, or changes in current compensation structure for, any such person which are on arms-length terms, and arise in the ordinary course of business of the Company; or

(ix) Any agreement or commitment by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company to do any of the actions set forth in clauses (i) through (viii) above.

(e) Separate Vote of Series Preferred. For so long as any shares of Series Preferred remain outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series Preferred (voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis) shall be necessary to permit or cause to be effected (by merger, reclassification or otherwise) any increase or decrease in the authorized number of members of the Company’s Board of Directors.

(f) Election of Board of Directors.

(i) For so long as at least 1,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred remain outstanding (subject to adjustment for any stock split, reverse stock split or similar event affecting the Series B Preferred after the filing date hereof) the holders of Series B Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board (the “Series B Director”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such director and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director.

(ii) For so long as at least 1,000,000 shares of Series C Preferred remain outstanding (subject to adjustment for any stock split, reverse stock split or similar event affecting the Series C Preferred after the filing date hereof) the holders of Series C Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board (the “Series C Director”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such director and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director.

(iii) For so long as at least 1,000,000 shares of Series D Preferred remain outstanding (subject to adjustment for any stock split, reverse stock split or similar event affecting the Series D Preferred after the filing date hereof) the holders of Series D Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board (the “Series D Director”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such director and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director.


(iv) For so long as at least 1,000,000 shares of Series E Preferred remain outstanding (subject to adjustment for any stock split, reverse stock split or similar event affecting the Series E Preferred after the filing date hereof) the holders of Series E Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board (the “Series E Director”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such director and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director.

(v) For so long as at least 1,000,000 shares of Series F Preferred remain outstanding (subject to adjustment for any stock split, reverse stock split or similar event affecting the Series F Preferred after the filing date hereof) the holders of Series F Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board (the “Series F Director”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such director and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director.

(vi) For so long as at least 1,000,000 shares of Series G Preferred remain outstanding (subject to adjustment for any stock split, reverse stock split or similar event affecting the Series G Preferred after the filing date hereof) the holders of Series G Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board (the “Series G Director”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such director and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director.

(vii) For so long as at least 1,000,000 shares of Series I Preferred remain outstanding (subject to adjustment for any stock split, reverse stock split or similar event affecting the Series I Preferred after the filing date hereof) the holders of Series I Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) members of the Board (each, a “Series I Director,” and together with the Series B Director, the Series C Director, the Series D Director, the Series E Director, the Series F Director and the Series G Director, the “Preferred Directors”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such director and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director.

(viii) The holders of Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of director, and to remove from office such director and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director.

(ix) The holders of Common Stock and Series Preferred, voting together as a single class assuming the conversion of all shares of Series Preferred into Common Stock, shall be entitled to elect all remaining members of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such director and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director.


(x) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 223(a)(1) and 223(a)(2) of the DGCL or this Section 2(f), any vacancy, including newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation, and vacancies created by removal or resignation of a director, may be filled by at least a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced; provided, however, that where such vacancy occurs among the directors elected by the holders of a class or series of stock, the holders of shares of such class or series may override the Board of Directors’ action to fill such vacancy by (i) voting for their own designee to fill such vacancy at a meeting of the Company’s stockholders or (ii) written consent, if the consenting stockholders hold a sufficient number of shares to elect their designee at a meeting of the stockholders in which all members of such class or series are present and voted. Any director may be removed during his or her term of office without cause, by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders, and any vacancy thereby created may be filled by the holders of that class or series of stock represented at the meeting or pursuant to written consent. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director.

(g) Waiver. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or where the consent, election, or approval of a particular series of Series Preferred is required hereunder or pursuant to applicable law, any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series Preferred (as a class and not with respect to a particular Series Preferred) set forth herein may be waived, in whole or in part, on behalf of all holders of Series Preferred by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series Preferred (voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis).

3. LIQUIDATION RIGHTS. Any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, including any Asset Transfer or Acquisition shall be considered a “Liquidation Event” unless holders of at least (i) a majority of the outstanding shares of Series I Preferred and (ii) a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred, Series E Preferred, Series F Preferred, Series G Preferred and Series H Preferred, voting together a single class, elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Company at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of any such event.

(a) Upon any Liquidation Event, before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of any Junior Preferred or Common Stock in respect of such shares, the holders of Series I Preferred shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution, or the consideration received in such transaction, for each share of Series I Preferred held by them, an amount per share of Series I Preferred equal to the


applicable Original Issue Price plus all declared and unpaid dividends on the applicable Series I Preferred. If, upon any such Liquidation Event, the assets of the Company legally available for distribution or the consideration received in an Asset Transfer or Acquisition shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series I Preferred of the liquidation preference set forth in this Section 3(a), then such assets (or consideration) shall be distributed among the holders of Series I Preferred at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

(b) After the payment of the full liquidation preference of the Series I Preferred as set forth in Section 3(a) above, upon any Liquidation Event, before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of any Common Stock in respect of such shares, the holders of Junior Preferred shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution, or the consideration received in such transaction, for each share of Junior Preferred held by them, an amount per share of Junior Preferred equal to the applicable Original Issue Price plus all declared and unpaid dividends on the applicable Junior Preferred. If, upon any such Liquidation Event, the assets of the Company legally available for distribution to the holders of Junior Preferred Stock or the consideration received in an Asset Transfer or Acquisition available for payment to the holders of Junior Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Junior Preferred of the liquidation preference set forth in this Section 3(b), then such assets (or consideration) shall be distributed among the holders of Junior Preferred at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

(c) After the payment of the full liquidation preference of the Series I Preferred and Junior Preferred as set forth in Sections 3(a) and 3(b) above, respectively, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution, if any, shall be distributed ratably to the holders of Common Stock.

(d) Notwithstanding the above, for purposes of determining the amount each holder of shares of Series Preferred is entitled to receive with respect to a Liquidation Event, each such holder of shares of a series of Series Preferred shall be deemed to have converted (regardless of whether such holder actually converted) such holder’s shares of such series into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the Liquidation Event if, as a result of an actual conversion, such holder would receive, in the aggregate, an amount greater than the amount that would be distributed to such holder if such holder did not convert such series of Series Preferred into shares of Common Stock. If any such holder shall be deemed to have converted shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock pursuant to this paragraph, then such holder shall not be entitled to receive any distribution that would otherwise be made to holders of Series Preferred that have not converted (or have not been deemed to have converted) into shares of Common Stock.

4. ASSET TRANSFER OR ACQUISITION RIGHTS.

(a) In the event that the Company is a party to an Acquisition or Asset Transfer (as hereinafter defined), then each holder of Series Preferred shall be entitled to receive, for each share of Series Preferred then held, out of the proceeds of such Acquisition or Asset Transfer, the greater of the amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder


would be entitled to receive in a Liquidation Event pursuant to (A) Sections 3(a) and 3(b) above or (B) the amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive in a Liquidation Event with respect to such shares if such shares had been converted to Common Stock immediately prior to such Acquisition or Asset Transfer.

(b) For the purposes of this Section 4: (i) “Acquisition” shall mean (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization, other than any such consolidation, merger or reorganization in which the stock held by the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization continues to represent a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity in substantially the same proportions (or, if the surviving entity is a wholly owned subsidiary, its parent) immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization; or (B) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party (I) in which at least fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s voting power is transferred or (II) as a result which holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction cease to retain, immediately after such transaction or series of transactions, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company in substantially the same proportions; provided that an Acquisition shall not include any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or any successor or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof; and (ii) “Asset Transfer” shall mean a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or the sale or disposition (whether by merger or otherwise) of one or more entities affiliated with the Company (including One Medical Group, Inc. (CA), One Medical Labs, Inc. (CA), One Medical Group P.C. (NY), One Medical of NY, P.C., One Medical Group, P.C. (D.C.), One Medical Group, P.C. (MA), One Medical Group, P.C. (IL), One Medical Group, P.C. (AZ), One Medical Group, P.C. (VA) and One Medical Group of WA, P.C. or any other professional corporation that the Company or a subsidiary may enter into a management agreement with after the date hereof (each a “Medical Service Company”)) if substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries (including any Medical Service Company) taken as a whole are held by such Medical Service Company, by means of any transaction or series of related transactions, except where such sale, lease, exclusive license or disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

(c) In any Acquisition or Asset Transfer, if the consideration to be received is securities of a corporation or other entity or other property other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value as determined by an independent third party appraisal firm reasonably satisfactory to the Board and the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of Series Preferred (voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis) on the date such determination is made. Upon receipt of the determination of the value of such consideration, the Company shall give prompt written notice of the determination to each holder of Common Stock and Preferred Stock.

(d) In the event of any Liquidation Event pursuant to which any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Company is placed into escrow and/or is payable to the stockholders of the Company subject to contingencies, the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation for such transaction shall provide that (i) the portion of such


consideration that is not placed in escrow and not subject to any contingencies (the “Initial Consideration”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Company in accordance with Sections 3(a) through 3(c) as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Liquidation Event, and (ii) any additional consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Company upon release from escrow or satisfaction of contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Company in accordance with Sections 3(a) through 3(c) after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction.

5. CONVERSION RIGHTS.

The holders of the Series Preferred shall have the following rights with respect to the conversion of the Series Preferred into shares of Common Stock (the “Conversion Rights”):

(a) Optional Conversion. Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of this Section 5, any shares of Series Preferred may, at the option of the holder, be converted at any time into fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof. The number of shares of Common Stock to which a holder of Series Preferred shall be entitled upon conversion shall be the product obtained by multiplying the applicable “Series Preferred Conversion Rate” then in effect (determined as provided in Section 5(b)) by the number of shares of Series Preferred being converted.

(b) Series Preferred Conversion Rate. The conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of the Series Preferred (the “Series Preferred Conversion Rate”) shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the applicable Original Issue Price of the Series Preferred (as appropriately adjusted for stock splits, dividends, combinations, reclassifications, recapitalizations and the like) by the applicable “Series Preferred Conversion Price” (also as appropriately adjusted for stock splits, dividends, combinations, reclassifications, recapitalizations and the like), calculated as provided in Section 5(c).

(c) Series Preferred Conversion Price. The conversion price for each series of the Series Preferred shall initially be the applicable Original Issue Price of such Series Preferred (the “Series Preferred Conversion Price”). Such initial Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Section 5. All references to the Series Preferred Conversion Price herein shall mean the Series Preferred Conversion Price as so adjusted.

(d) Mechanics of Conversion. Each holder of Series Preferred who desires to convert the same into shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 5 shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series Preferred (or the holder shall notify the Company or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and shall execute an agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates), and shall give written notice to the Company at such office that such holder elects to convert the same. Such notice shall state the number of shares of Series Preferred being converted. Thereupon, the Company shall promptly issue and deliver at


such office to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled and shall promptly pay (i) in cash or, to the extent sufficient funds are not then legally available therefor, in Common Stock (at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined in good faith by the Board as of the date of such conversion), any declared and unpaid dividends on the shares of Series Preferred being converted and (ii) in cash (at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined in good faith by the Board as of the date of conversion) the value of any fractional share of Common Stock otherwise issuable to any holder of Series Preferred after aggregating all shares being converted by such holder. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the close of business on the date of such surrender of the certificates representing the shares of Series Preferred to be converted (or delivery of the indemnity agreement in lieu thereof as provided above), and the person entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on such date. Upon conversion of only a portion of the number of shares of Series Preferred represented by a certificate surrendered for conversion, the Company shall issue and deliver to the holder of the certificate so surrendered for conversion, at the expense of the Company, a new certificate covering the number of shares of Series Preferred representing the unconverted portion of the certificate so surrendered.

(e) Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations. If at any time or from time to time on or after the date that the first share of Series I Preferred is issued (the “Original Issue Date”) the Company effects a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock without a corresponding subdivision of the applicable Series Preferred, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series Preferred shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Conversely, if at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date the Company combines the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares without a corresponding combination of the Series Preferred, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series Preferred shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Any adjustment under this Section 5(e) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

(f) Adjustment for Common Stock Dividends and Distributions. If at any time or from time to time on or after the Original Issue Date the Company pays to holders of Common Stock a dividend or other distribution in additional shares of Common Stock without a corresponding dividend or other distribution to holders of the applicable Series Preferred, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance, as provided below:

(i) The Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

(A) the numerator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance, and


(B) the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution;

(ii) If the Company fixes a record date to determine which holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution, the Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be fixed as of the close of business on such record date and the number of shares of Common Stock shall be calculated immediately prior to the close of business on such record date; and

(iii) If such record date is fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 5(f) to reflect the actual payment of such dividend or distribution.

(g) Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange, Substitution, Reorganization, Merger or Consolidation. If at any time or from time to time on or after the Original Issue Date, the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series Preferred is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise (other than an Acquisition or Asset Transfer as defined in Section 4 or a subdivision or combination of shares or stock dividend provided for elsewhere in this Section 5), in any such event each holder of Series Preferred shall then have the right to convert such stock into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or other change by holders of the maximum number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series Preferred could have been converted immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or change, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein or with respect to such other securities or property by the terms thereof. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 5 with respect to the rights of the holders of Series Preferred after the capital reorganization to the effect that the provisions of this Section 5 (including adjustment of the Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares issuable upon conversion of the Series Preferred) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

(h) Sale of Shares Below Series Preferred Conversion Price.

(i) If at any time or from time to time on or after the Original Issue Date the Company issues or sells, or is deemed by the express provisions of this Section 5(h) to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock (as defined below), other than as provided in Section 5(e), 5(f) or 5(g) above, for an Effective Price (as defined below) less than the then effective Series Preferred Conversion Price (a “Qualifying


Dilutive Issuance”) for such series of Series Preferred, then and in each such case, the then existing applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be reduced, as of the opening of business on the date of such issue or sale, to a price determined by multiplying the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or sale by a fraction:

(A) the numerator of which shall be (A) the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as determined below) immediately prior to such issue or sale or deemed issue or sale, plus (B) the number of shares of Common Stock which the Aggregate Consideration (as defined below) received or deemed received by the Company for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued or sold or deemed issued or sold would purchase at such then-existing Series Preferred Conversion Prices, as applicable, and

(B) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as determined below) immediately prior to such issue or sale or deemed issue or sale plus the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued or sold or deemed issued or sold.

For the purposes of the preceding sentence, the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding, (B) the number of shares of Common Stock into which the then outstanding shares of Series Preferred could be converted if fully converted on the day immediately preceding the given date, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock which are issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of all other rights, options and Convertible Securities (as defined below) outstanding on the day immediately preceding the given date (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto).

(ii) No adjustment shall be made to the Series Preferred Conversion Price in an amount less than one cent per share. Any adjustment required by this Section 5(h) shall be rounded to the nearest one cent per share. Any adjustment otherwise required by this Section 5(h) that is not required to be made due to the preceding two sentences shall be included in any subsequent adjustment to the Series Preferred Conversion Price.

(iii) For the purpose of making any adjustment required under this Section 5(h), the aggregate consideration received by the Company for any issue or sale of securities (the “Aggregate Consideration”) shall be defined as: (A) to the extent it consists of cash, be computed at the gross amount of cash received by the Company before deduction of any underwriting or similar commissions, compensation or concessions paid or allowed by the Company in connection with such issue or sale and without deduction of any expenses payable by the Company, (B) to the extent it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value of that property as determined in good faith by the Board, and (C) if Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or rights or options to purchase either Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities are issued or sold together with other stock or securities or other assets of the Company for a consideration which covers both, be computed as the portion of the consideration so received that may be reasonably determined in good faith by the Board to be allocable to such Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or rights or options.


(iv) For the purpose of the adjustment required under this Section 5(h), if the Company issues or sells (x) Preferred Stock or other stock, options, warrants, purchase rights, evidence of indebtedness or other securities exercisable, convertible and/or exchangeable, directly or indirectly, into Additional Shares of Common Stock (such exercisable, convertible and/or exchangeable stock or securities being herein referred to as “Convertible Securities”) or (y) rights, warrants, options or other securities for the purchase of Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities, such securities described in these subclauses (x) and (y) shall be deemed Additional Shares of Common Stock (whether or not such Convertible Securities, rights, warrants or options are immediately exercisable, exchangeable or convertible), and if the Effective Price of such Additional Shares of Common Stock directly or indirectly issuable upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities or exercise of such rights or options is less than the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price, in each case the Company shall be deemed to have issued at the time of the grant, issuance or sale of such rights, warrants, options or other securities or Convertible Securities the maximum number of Additional Shares of Common Stock, directly or indirectly, issuable upon exercise, conversion and/or exchange thereof (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, including without limitation the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) and to have received as consideration for the issuance of such shares an amount equal to the total amount of the consideration, if any, received by the Company for the issuance of such rights, warrants or options or Convertible Securities plus:

(A) in the case of such rights, warrants or options, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of such rights, warrants or options; and

(B) in the case of Convertible Securities, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the conversion or exchange thereof (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities); provided that if the minimum amounts of such consideration cannot be ascertained, but are a function of antidilution or similar protective clauses, the Company shall be deemed to have received the minimum amounts of consideration without reference to such clauses.

(v) If the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of rights, warrants, options or Convertible Securities is reduced over time or on the occurrence or non-occurrence of specified events other than by reason of antidilution adjustments, the Effective Price shall be recalculated using the figure to which such minimum amount of consideration is reduced; provided further, that if the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of such rights, warrants, options or Convertible Securities is subsequently increased, the Effective Price shall be again recalculated using the increased minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of such rights, warrants, options or Convertible Securities.

(vi) In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock directly or indirectly issuable upon exercise, conversion and/or exchange of such rights, warrants, options or Convertible Securities, other than a change resulting from the antidilution provisions of such rights, warrants, options or Convertible Securities (but including changes due to the accrual of interest), then, upon such change becoming effective, the then effective Series Preferred Conversion Price shall forthwith be readjusted to such Conversion


Price as would have been obtained had such change been in effect upon the original issuance of such rights, warrants, options or Convertible Securities; notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this Section 5(h)(vi) shall have the effect of increasing the Series Preferred Conversion Price to an amount that exceeds the lower of (A) the Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such rights, warrants, options or Convertible Securities, or (B) the Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such rights, options, warrants or Convertible Securities) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

(vii) No further adjustment of the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price, as adjusted upon the issuance or sale of such rights, options or Convertible Securities, shall be made as a result of the actual issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock or the exercise of any such rights, warrants or options or the conversion and/or exchange of any such Convertible Securities. If any such rights, warrants or options or the conversion privilege represented by any such Convertible Securities shall expire without having been exercised, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price as adjusted upon the grant, issuance or sale of such rights, warrants, options or Convertible Securities shall be readjusted to the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price which would have been in effect had an adjustment been made on the basis that the only Additional Shares of Common Stock so granted, issued or sold were the Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued, granted or sold on the exercise of such rights, warrants or options or rights of conversion and/or exchange of such Convertible Securities, and such Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, were issued or sold for the consideration actually received by the Company upon such exercise, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Company for the granting of all such rights, warrants or options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration received for granting, issuing or selling the Convertible Securities actually converted or exchanged, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Company (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities) on the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, provided that such readjustment shall not apply to prior conversions of Series Preferred.

(viii) For the purpose of making any adjustment to the Conversion Price of the Series Preferred required under this Section 5(h), “Additional Shares of Common Stock” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued or sold by the Company or deemed to be issued or sold pursuant to this Section 5(h) (including shares of Common Stock subsequently reacquired or retired by the Company), other than:

(A) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued after the Original Issue Date to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to stock purchase or stock option plans or other arrangements that are approved by the Board;

(B) the sale of shares pursuant to a Qualified Public Offering (as defined herein);


(C) shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series Preferred outstanding as of the Original Issue Date and shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of Convertible Securities outstanding as of the Original Issue Date;

(D) dividends or distributions on Series Preferred;

(E) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued pursuant to any equipment loan or leasing arrangement, real property leasing arrangement or debt financing from a bank or similar financial institution, entered into for primarily non-equity financing purposes and approved by the Board (including the Preferred Directors);

(F) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued for consideration other than cash pursuant to a merger, consolidation, acquisition, strategic alliance or similar business combination approved by the Board (including the Preferred Directors) for primarily non-equity financing purposes;

(G) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued in connection with strategic transactions, entered into for primarily non-equity financing purposes, involving the Company and other entities, including (i) joint ventures, corporate partnering, manufacturing, marketing or distribution arrangements or (ii) technology transfer, licensing or development arrangements; provided that the issuance of shares therein has been approved by the Company’s Board (including the Preferred Directors);

(H) with respect to shares of Series H Preferred only, shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities that the holders of at least a majority of then outstanding shares of Series H Preferred (voting as a single class on an as if converted to Common Stock basis) elect in writing to exclude from the definition of “Additional Shares of Common Stock;” and

(I) with respect to shares of Series I Preferred only, shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities that the holders of at least a majority of then outstanding shares of Series I Preferred (voting as a single class on an as if converted to Common Stock basis) elect in writing to exclude from the definition of “Additional Shares of Common Stock.”

References to Common Stock in the subsections of this clause (viii) above shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Company or deemed to be issued pursuant to this Section 5(h). The “Effective Price” of Additional Shares of Common Stock shall mean the quotient determined by dividing the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold, or deemed to have been issued or sold by the Company under this Section 5(h), into the Aggregate Consideration received, or deemed to have been received by the Company for such issue under this Section 5(h), for such Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event that the number of shares of Additional Shares of Common Stock or the Effective Price cannot be ascertained at the time of issuance, such Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be deemed issued immediately upon the occurrence of the first event that makes such number of shares or the Effective Price, as applicable, ascertainable.


(ix) In the event that the Company issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock in a Qualifying Dilutive Issuance (the “First Dilutive Issuance”), then in the event that the Company issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock in a Qualifying Dilutive Issuance other than the First Dilutive Issuance as a part of the same transaction or series of related transactions as the First Dilutive Issuance (a “Subsequent Dilutive Issuance”), then and in each such case upon a Subsequent Dilutive Issuance the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be reduced to the Series Preferred Conversion Price that would have been in effect had the First Dilutive Issuance and each Subsequent Dilutive Issuance all occurred on the closing date of the First Dilutive Issuance.

(i) Certificate of Adjustment. In each case of an adjustment or readjustment of the Series Preferred Conversion Price for the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities issuable upon conversion of the Series Preferred, the Company, at its expense, shall compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the provisions hereof and shall, upon request, prepare a certificate showing such adjustment or readjustment, and shall mail such certificate, by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each registered holder of Series Preferred so requesting at the holder’s address as shown in the Company’s books. The certificate shall set forth such adjustment or readjustment, showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based, including a statement of (i) the consideration received or deemed to be received by the Company for any Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold, (ii) the Series Preferred Conversion Price at the time in effect, (iii) the number of Additional Shares of Common Stock and (iv) the type and amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon conversion of the Series Preferred. Failure to request or provide such notice shall have no effect on any such adjustment.

(j) Notices of Record Date. Upon (i) any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or (ii) any Acquisition (as defined in Section 4) or other capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification or recapitalization of the capital stock of the Company, any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other corporation, or any Asset Transfer (as defined in Section 4), or any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, the Company shall mail to each holder of Series Preferred at least ten (10) business days prior to (x) the record date, if any, specified therein; or (y) if no record date is specified, the date upon which such action is to take effect (or, in either case, such shorter period approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series Preferred (voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis)) a notice specifying (A) the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution and a description of such dividend or distribution, (B) the date on which any such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and (C) the date, if any, that is to be fixed as to when the holders of record of Common Stock (or other securities) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.


(k) Automatic Conversion.

(i) Each share of Series Preferred shall automatically be converted without the payment of additional consideration into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price, immediately upon the earlier of: (A) the affirmative election of the holders of at least (1) sixty-five percent (65%) of the then outstanding shares of the Series Preferred (voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis), (2) two-thirds of the then outstanding shares of Series G Preferred (voting as a separate series), (3) a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series H Preferred (voting as a separate series) and (4) a majority of the outstanding shares of Series I Preferred (voting as a separate series) or (B) the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Company (1) at a price per share of not less than the Original Issue Price of the Series I Preferred (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations, and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof) and (2) with gross cash proceeds to the Company (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) of at least $50,000,000 (such an underwritten public offering meeting the requirements of the foregoing clauses (1) and (2), a “Qualified Public Offering”). Upon such automatic conversion, any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(d).

(ii) Upon the occurrence of either event specified in Section 5(k)(i) above, the outstanding shares of Series Preferred shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent; provided that the Company shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless the certificates evidencing such shares of Series Preferred are either delivered to the Company or its transfer agent as provided below, or the holder notifies the Company or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. Upon the occurrence of such automatic conversion of the Series Preferred, the holders of Series Preferred shall surrender the certificates representing such shares (or deliver the indemnity agreement in lieu thereof as provided above) at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series Preferred. Thereupon, there shall be issued and delivered to such holder promptly at such office and in its name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates (or indemnity agreement in lieu thereof), a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Series Preferred surrendered were convertible on the date on which such automatic conversion occurred, and any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(d). If the conversion is in connection with a Qualified Public Offering, the conversion shall be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the person(s) or entity entitled to receive the Common Stock upon such conversion of Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities.


(l) Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Series Preferred. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of Series Preferred by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay in cash (at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined in good faith by the Board as of the date of conversion) the value of any fractional share of Common Stock otherwise issuable to any holder of Series Preferred after aggregating all shares being converted by such holder. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the close of business on the date of such surrender of the certificates (or indemnity agreement in lieu thereof) in good faith representing the shares of Series Preferred to be converted, and the person entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on such date.

(m) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series Preferred, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Series Preferred. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series Preferred, the Company will take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose including, without limitation, engaging in its best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation.

(n) Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 5 shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid or (iv) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with verification of receipt. All notices shall be addressed to each holder of record at the address of such holder appearing on the books of the Company. If such holder has provided his, her or its email address or facsimile number or other means of permitted electronic transmission, such notice may be delivered by electronic communication in compliance with such instructions (and in compliance with the DGCL). Delivery by electronic transmission shall be deemed upon such electronic transmission so long as there is no evidence of failed transmission.

(o) Payment of Taxes. The Company will pay all taxes (other than taxes based upon income) and other governmental charges that may be imposed with respect to the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Series Preferred, excluding any tax or other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Series Preferred so converted were registered.


6. NO REDEMPTION OF SERIES PREFERRED.

The Series Preferred will not be redeemable.

7. NO REISSUANCE OF SERIES PREFERRED.

No share or shares of Series Preferred acquired by the Company by redemption, purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued, sold or transferred and all such shares of Series Preferred shall be automatically and immediately cancelled, retired and eliminated from the shares that the Company shall be authorized to issue.

E. Except as provided above, the rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Common Stock are as follows:

1. RIGHTS RELATING TO DIVIDENDS, SUBDIVISIONS AND COMBINATIONS.

(a) Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes and series of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the Company legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board. Any dividends paid to the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be paid pro rata, on an equal priority, pari passu basis.

(b) The Company shall not declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution to the holders of Common Stock payable in securities of the Company unless the same dividend or distribution with the same record date and payment date shall be declared and paid on all shares of Common Stock.

2. VOTING RIGHTS.

Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share thereof held.

3. LIQUIDATION RIGHTS.

In the event of a Liquidation Event, upon the completion of the distributions required with respect to each series of Preferred Stock that may then be outstanding, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed on an equal priority, pro rata basis to the holders of Common Stock.

4. NO REDEMPTION OF COMMON STOCK.

The Common Stock will not be redeemable.


V.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Company, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Company, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Company shall be vested in its Board. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be fixed by the Board in the manner provided in the Bylaws, subject to any restrictions which may be set forth in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (“Restated Certificate”).

B. Subject to Sections 2(b) and 2(d) of Article IV.D, the Board is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company. The stockholders shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company required by law or by this Restated Certificate, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class assuming the conversion of all shares of Series Preferred into Common Stock, shall be required for the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of the Bylaws of the Company.

C. The directors of the Company need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

D. In the event that (i) a member of the Board of Directors of the Company who is not an employee of the Company, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Company (collectively, the “Covered Persons”), acquires knowledge of any business opportunity matter, potential transaction, interest or other matter, unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in connection with such individual’s service as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company (a “Corporate Opportunity”), then the Company, pursuant to Section 122(17) of the DGCL and to the maximum extent permitted from time to time under Delaware law, (i) renounces any expectancy that such Covered Person offer an opportunity to participate in such Corporate Opportunity to the Company and (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by law, waives any claim that such opportunity constituted a Corporate Opportunity that should have been presented by such Covered Person to the Company or any of its affiliates. No amendment or repeal of this paragraph shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any officer, director or stockholder of the Company for or with respect to any opportunities of which such officer, director or stockholder becomes aware prior to such amendment or repeal.

VI.

A. The liability of the directors for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent under applicable law. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.


B. The Company shall indemnify, to the extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The right to indemnification shall extend to the heirs, executors, administrators and estate of any such director or officer. The Company shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board. The right to indemnification provided in this Article VI will not be exclusive of any other rights to which any person seeking indemnification may otherwise be entitled, including without limitation, pursuant to any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in their official capacities and as to action in another capacity while holding such office

C. This corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of agents (as defined in Section 317 of the California General Corporation Law (the “CGCL”)) for breach of duty to the corporation and its stockholders through bylaw provisions or through agreements with the agents, or through stockholder resolutions, or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification otherwise permitted by Section 317 of the CGCL, subject, at any time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, to the limits on such excess indemnification set forth in Section 204 of the CGCL.

D. Any repeal or modification of this Article VI shall be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Article VI in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any act or omission to act giving rise to liability or indemnification.

* * * *

FOUR: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.

FIVE: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of said corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL by the stockholders of the Company.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, 1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its President and Chief Executive Officer this 21st day of August, 2018.

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Amir Dan Rubin

    AMIR DAN RUBIN
    President and Chief Executive Officer

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

Exhibit 3.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

     PAGE  

ARTICLE I OFFICES

     1  

Section 1.

  Registered Office      1  

Section 2.

  Other Offices      1  

ARTICLE II CORPORATE SEAL

     1  

Section 3.

  Corporate Seal      1  

ARTICLE III STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     1  

Section 4.

  Place of Meetings      1  

Section 5.

  Annual Meeting      2  

Section 6.

  Special Meetings      4  

Section 7.

  Notice of Meetings      4  

Section 8.

  Quorum      5  

Section 9.

  Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings      5  

Section 10.

  Voting Rights      6  

Section 11.

  Joint Owners of Stock      6  

Section 12.

  List of Stockholders      6  

Section 13.

  Action Without Meeting      6  

Section 14.

  Organization      8  

ARTICLE IV DIRECTORS

     8  

Section 15.

  Number and Term of Office      8  

Section 16.

  Powers      8  

Section 17.

  Term of Directors      8  

Section 18.

  Vacancies      9  

Section 19.

  Resignation      10  

Section 20.

  Removal      10  

Section 21.

  Meetings      10  

Section 22.

  Quorum and Voting      11  

Section 23.

  Action Without Meeting      12  

Section 24.

  Fees and Compensation      12  

Section 25.

  Committees      12  

Section 26.

  Organization      13  

 

i.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(CONTINUED)

 

     PAGE  

ARTICLE V OFFICERS

     13  

Section 27.

  Officers Designated      13  

Section 28.

  Tenure and Duties of Officers      14  

Section 29.

  Delegation of Authority      15  

Section 30.

  Resignations      15  

Section 31.

  Removal      15  

ARTICLE VI EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

     15  

Section 32.

  Execution of Corporate Instruments      15  

Section 33.

  Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation      16  

ARTICLE VII SHARES OF STOCK

     16  

Section 34.

  Form and Execution of Certificates      16  

Section 35.

  Lost Certificates      16  

Section 36.

  Transfers      16  

Section 37.

  Fixing Record Dates      17  

Section 38.

  Registered Stockholders      18  

ARTICLE VIII OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

     18  

Section 39.

  Execution of Other Securities      18  

ARTICLE IX DIVIDENDS

     19  

Section 40.

  Declaration of Dividends      19  

Section 41.

  Dividend Reserve      19  

ARTICLE X FISCAL YEAR

     19  

Section 42.

  Fiscal Year      19  

ARTICLE XI INDEMNIFICATION

     19  

Section 43.

  Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents      19  

ARTICLE XII NOTICES

     22  

Section 44.

  Notices      22  

ARTICLE XIII AMENDMENTS

     24  

Section 45.

  Amendments      24  

 

ii.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(CONTINUED)

 

     PAGE  

ARTICLE XIV RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

     24  

Section 46.

  Right of First Refusal      24  

ARTICLE XV LOANS TO OFFICERS

     26  

Section 47.

  Loans to Officers      26  

ARTICLE XVI MISCELLANEOUS

     27  

Section 48.

  Annual Report      27  

 

iii.


AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation shall be at 680 Mission Street #27T, City of San Francisco, County of San Francisco.

Section 2. Other Offices. The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

Section 3. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 4. Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”).

 

1.


Section 5. Annual Meeting.

(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may lawfully come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders; (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in the following paragraph, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in Section 5.

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, (i) the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the corporation, (ii) such other business must be a proper matter for stockholder action under the DGCL, (iii) if the stockholder, or the beneficial owner on whose behalf any such proposal or nomination is made, has provided the corporation with a Solicitation Notice (as defined in this Section 5(b)), such stockholder or beneficial owner must, in the case of a proposal, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry any such proposal, or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a percentage of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or beneficial owner to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder, and must, in either case, have included in such materials the Solicitation Notice, and (iv) if no Solicitation Notice relating thereto has been timely provided pursuant to this section, the stockholder or beneficial owner proposing such business or nomination must not have solicited a number of proxies sufficient to have required the delivery of such a Solicitation Notice under this Section 5. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposed to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case

 

2.


pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) and Rule 14a-4(d) thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, and (iii) whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of the proposal, at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (an affirmative statement of such intent, a “Solicitation Notice”).

(c) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Section 5(b) of these Bylaws to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the corporation at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation.

(d) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5 shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, stockholders must provide notice as required by the regulations promulgated under the 1934 Act. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act.

 

3.


(f) For purposes of this Section 5, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

Section 6. Special Meetings.

(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose or purposes, by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption) or (iv) by the holders of shares entitled to cast not less than fifteen percent (15%) of the votes at the meeting, and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix. At any time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the California General Corporation Law (“CGCL”), stockholders holding five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding shares shall have the right to call a special meeting of stockholders as set forth in Section 18(b) herein.

(b) If a special meeting is properly called by any person or persons other than the Board of Directors, the request shall be in writing, specifying the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, or the Secretary of the corporation. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in such notice. The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place of such special meeting, which shall be held not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the receipt of the request. Upon determination of the time and place of the meeting, the officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. Nothing contained in this paragraph (b) shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

Section 7. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

 

4.


Section 8. Quorum. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

Section 9. Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

5.


Section 10. Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote or execute consents shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Section 11. Joint Owners of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, his act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

Section 12. List of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

Section 13. Action Without Meeting.

(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required by statute to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, or by electronic transmission setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

 

6.


(b) Every written consent or electronic transmission shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent or electronic transmission shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation in the manner herein required, written consents or electronic transmissions signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action are delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

(c) Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing or by electronic transmission and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action were delivered to the corporation as provided in Section 228(c) of the DGCL. If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the DGCL if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

(d) A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (i) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the state of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the corporation or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the board of directors of the corporation. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

 

7.


Section 14. Organization.

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section 15. Number and Term of Office. The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors from time to time. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient.

Section 16. Powers. The powers of the corporation shall be exercised, its business conducted and its property controlled by the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 17. Term of Directors.

(a) Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders for a term of one year. Each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

8.


(b) No person entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such person is entitled, unless, at the time of such election, the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL. During such time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate such stockholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder’s shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such stockholder thinks fit. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder’s votes unless (i) the names of such candidate or candidates have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and (ii) the stockholder has given notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate such stockholder’s votes. If any stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

Section 18. Vacancies.

(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, provided, however, that whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

(b) At any time or times that the corporation is subject to §2115(b) of the CGCL, if, after the filling of any vacancy, the directors then in office who have been elected by stockholders shall constitute less than a majority of the directors then in office, then

(i) any holder or holders of an aggregate of five percent (5%) or more of the total number of shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for those directors may call a special meeting of stockholders; or

 

9.


(ii) the Superior Court of the proper county shall, upon application of such stockholder or stockholders, summarily order a special meeting of the stockholders, to be held to elect the entire board, all in accordance with Section 305(c) of the CGCL, the term of office of any director shall terminate upon that election of a successor.

Section 19. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time, upon receipt by the Secretary or at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

Section 20. Removal.

(a) Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law (and assuming the corporation is not subject to Section 2115 of the CGCL), the Board of Directors or any director may be removed from office at any time (i) with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors or (ii) without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation, entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

(b) During such time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, the Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office at any time without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such removal; provided, however, that unless the entire Board is removed, no individual director may be removed when the votes cast against such director’s removal, or not consenting in writing to such removal, would be sufficient to elect that director if voted cumulatively at an election which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if such action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of directors authorized at the time of such director’s most recent election were then being elected.

Section 21. Meetings

(a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, including a voice-messaging system or other system designated to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for a regular meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

10.


(b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any director.

(c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by US mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, postage prepaid at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(e) Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 22. Quorum and Voting.

(a) Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, at any meeting, whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

(b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

11.


Section 23. Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 24. Fees and Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 25. Committees.

(a) Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the corporation.

(b) Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.

(c) Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Bylaw may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

12.


(d) Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

Section 26. Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President, (if a director) or, in the absence of any such person, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence, any Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 27. Officers Designated. The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer and the Controller, all of whom shall be elected at the annual organizational meeting of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.

 

13.


Section 28. Tenure and Duties of Officers.

(a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

(b) Duties of Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. If there is no President, then the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in paragraph (c) of this Section 28.

(c) Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is present. Unless some other officer has been elected Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(d) Duties of Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(e) Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The President may direct any Assistant Secretary to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

 

14.


(f) Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. The President may direct the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

Section 29. Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 30. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission notice to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

Section 31. Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING

OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

Section 32. Execution of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation.

All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.

 

15.


Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

Section 33. Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

Section 34. Form and Execution of Certificates. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock represented by certificate in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by such holder in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 35. Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

Section 36. Transfers.

(a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and, in the case of stock represented by certificate, upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

 

16.


(b) The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

Section 37. Fixing Record Dates.

(a) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by written consent shall, by written notice to the Secretary, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date. The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events within ten (10) days after the date on which such a request is received, adopt a resolution fixing the record date. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors within ten (10) days of the date on which such a request is received, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

17.


(c) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 38. Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section 39. Execution of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 34), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

 

18.


ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

Section 40. Declaration of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

Section 41. Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

Section 42. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 43. Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents.

(a) Directors and Executive Officers. The corporation shall indemnify its directors and executive officers (for the purposes of this Article XI, “executive officers” shall have the meaning defined in Rule 3b-7 promulgated under the 1934 Act) to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and executive officers; and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or executive officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).

(b) Officers, Employees and Other Agents. The corporation shall have power to indemnify its officers, employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person to such officers or other persons as the Board of Directors shall determine.

 

19.


(c) Expenses. The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or executive officer or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or executive officer or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or executive officer or officer in connection with such proceeding, provided, however, that, if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 43 or otherwise.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Bylaw, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an executive officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

(d) Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and executive officers under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or executive officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Bylaw to a director or executive officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. The claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an executive officer of the corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the corporation shall be entitled to raise a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted

 

20.


without reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(e) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law.

(f) Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or executive officer, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g) Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Bylaw.

(h) Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this Bylaw shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

(i) Saving Clause. If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Bylaw that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this Section 43 shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director and officer to the full extent under applicable law.

(j) Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:

(1) The term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

 

21.


(2) The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

(3) The term the “corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Bylaw with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(4) References to a “director,” “executive officer,” “officer,” “employee,” or “agent” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(5) References to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this Bylaw.

ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

Section 44. Notices.

(a) Notice to Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by United States mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

 

22.


(b) Notice to Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), or as provided for in Section 21 of these Bylaws. If such notice is not delivered personally, it shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.

(c) Affidavit of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

(d) Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(e) Notice to Person with Whom Communication Is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

(f) Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within 60 days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

 

23.


ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 45. Amendments. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws of the corporation. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall requite the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE XIV

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

Section 46. Right of First Refusal. No stockholder shall sell, assign, pledge, or in any manner transfer any of the shares of Common Stock of the corporation (excluding the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the corporation’s Preferred Stock) or any right or interest therein, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise, except by a transfer which meets the requirements hereinafter set forth in this bylaw:

(a) If the stockholder desires to sell or otherwise transfer any of his shares of Common Stock, then the stockholder shall first give written notice thereof to the corporation. The notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of shares to be transferred, the proposed consideration, and all other terms and conditions of the proposed transfer.

(b) For thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice, the corporation shall have the option to purchase all (but not less than all) of the shares specified in the notice at the price and upon the terms set forth in such notice; provided, however, that, with the consent of the stockholder, the corporation shall have the option to purchase a lesser portion of the shares specified in said notice at the price and upon the terms set forth therein. In the event of a gift, property settlement or other transfer in which the proposed transferee is not paying the full price for the shares, and that is not otherwise exempted from the provisions of this Section 46, the price shall be deemed to be the fair market value of the Common Stock at such time as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. In the event the corporation elects to purchase all of the shares or, with consent of the stockholder, a lesser portion of the shares, it shall give written notice to the transferring stockholder of its election and settlement for said shares shall be made as provided below in paragraph (d).

(c) The corporation may assign its rights hereunder.

 

24.


(d) In the event the corporation and/or its assignee(s) elect to acquire any of the shares of the transferring stockholder as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice, the Secretary of the corporation shall so notify the transferring stockholder and settlement thereof shall be made in cash within thirty (30) days after the Secretary of the corporation receives said transferring stockholder’s notice; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice were other than cash against delivery, the corporation and/or its assignee(s) shall pay for said shares on the same terms and conditions set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice.

(e) In the event the corporation and/or its assignees(s) do not elect to acquire all of the shares specified in the transferring stockholder’s notice, said transferring stockholder may, within the sixty-day period following the expiration of the option rights granted to the corporation and/or its assignees(s) herein, transfer the shares specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice which were not acquired by the corporation and/or its assignees(s) as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice. All shares so sold by said transferring stockholder shall continue to be subject to the provisions of this bylaw in the same manner as before said transfer.

(f) Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, the following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this bylaw:

(1) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all shares held either during such stockholder’s lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to such stockholder’s immediate family or to any custodian or trustee for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family or to any limited partnership of which the stockholder, members of such stockholder’s immediate family or any trust for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family will be the general of limited partner(s) of such partnership. “Immediate family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant, father, mother, brother, or sister of the stockholder making such transfer.

(2) A stockholder’s bona fide pledge or mortgage of any shares with a commercial lending institution, provided that any subsequent transfer of said shares by said institution shall be conducted in the manner set forth in this bylaw.

(3) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to the corporation or to any other stockholder of the corporation.

(4) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to a person who, at the time of such transfer, is an officer or director of the corporation.

(5) A corporate stockholder’s transfer of any or all of its shares pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of any merger, consolidation, reclassification of shares or capital reorganization of the corporate stockholder, or pursuant to a sale of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of a corporate stockholder.

(6) A corporate stockholder’s transfer of any or all of its shares to any or all of its stockholders.

(7) A transfer by a stockholder which is a limited or general partnership to any or all of its partners or former partners.

 

25.


In any such case, the transferee, assignee, or other recipient shall receive and hold such stock subject to the provisions of this bylaw, and there shall be no further transfer of such stock except in accord with this bylaw.

(g) The provisions of this bylaw may be waived with respect to any transfer either by the corporation, upon duly authorized action of its Board of Directors, or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the corporation (excluding the votes represented by those shares to be transferred by the transferring stockholder). This bylaw may be amended or repealed either by a duly authorized action of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the corporation.

(h) Any sale or transfer, or purported sale or transfer, of securities of the corporation shall be null and void unless the terms, conditions, and provisions of this bylaw are strictly observed and followed.

(i) The foregoing right of first refusal shall terminate on either of the following dates, whichever shall first occur:

(1) On August 1, 2017; or

(2) Upon the date securities of the corporation are first offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(j) The certificates representing shares of Common Stock of the corporation (excluding the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the corporation’s Preferred Stock) shall bear on their face the following legend so long as the foregoing right of first refusal remains in effect:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S), AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION.”

ARTICLE XV

LOANS TO OFFICERS

Section 47. Loans to Officers. Except as otherwise prohibited under applicable law, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a Director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

26.


ARTICLE XVI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 48. Annual Report.

(a) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Bylaw, the Board of Directors shall cause an annual report to be sent to each stockholder of the corporation not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of the corporation’s fiscal year. Such report shall include a balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year and an income statement and statement of changes in financial position for such fiscal year, accompanied by any report thereon of independent accounts or, if there is no such report, the certificate of an authorized officer of the corporation that such statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the corporation. When there are more than 100 stockholders of record of the corporation’s shares, as determined by Section 605 of the CGCL, additional information as required by Section 1501(b) of the CGCL shall also be contained in such report, provided that if the corporation has a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, the 1934 Act shall take precedence. Such report shall be sent to stockholders at least fifteen (15) days prior to the next annual meeting of stockholders after the end of the fiscal year to which it relates.

(b) If and so long as there are fewer than 100 holders of record of the corporation’s shares, the requirement of sending of an annual report to the stockholders of the corporation is hereby expressly waived.

 

27.


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF BYLAWS OF

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

The undersigned, Amir Dan Rubin, hereby certifies as follows:

1. The undersigned is the duly elected President and Chief Executive Officer of 1Life Healthcare, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

2. By Action by Unanimous Written Consent of the Board of Directors of the Company effective August 20, 2018, and by Action by Written Consent of the Stockholders effective August 20, 2018, Article XIV Section 46 of the Bylaws of the Company was amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

Section 46. Right of First Refusal. No stockholder shall sell, assign, pledge, or in any manner transfer any of the shares of Common Stock of the corporation (excluding the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the corporation’s Preferred Stock) or any right or interest therein, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise, except by a transfer which meets the requirements hereinafter set forth in this bylaw:

(a) If the stockholder desires to sell or otherwise transfer any of his shares of Common Stock, then the stockholder shall first give written notice thereof to the corporation. The notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of shares to be transferred, the proposed consideration, and all other terms and conditions of the proposed transfer.

(b) For thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice, the corporation shall have the option to purchase all (but not less than all) of the shares specified in the notice at the price and upon the terms set forth in such notice; provided, however, that, with the consent of the stockholder, the corporation shall have the option to purchase a lesser portion of the shares specified in said notice at the price and upon the terms set forth therein. In the event of a gift, property settlement or other transfer in which the proposed transferee is not paying the full price for the shares, and that is not otherwise exempted from the provisions of this Section 46, the price shall be deemed to be the fair market value of the Common Stock at such time as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. In the event the corporation elects to purchase all of the shares or, with consent of the stockholder, a lesser portion of the shares, it shall give written notice to the transferring stockholder of its election and settlement for said shares shall be made as provided below in paragraph (d).

(c) The corporation may assign its rights hereunder.

 

28.


(d) In the event the corporation and/or its assignee(s) elect to acquire any of the shares of the transferring stockholder as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice, the Secretary of the corporation shall so notify the transferring stockholder and settlement thereof shall be made in cash within thirty (30) days after the Secretary of the corporation receives said transferring stockholder’s notice; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice were other than cash against delivery, the corporation and/or its assignee(s) shall pay for said shares on the same terms and conditions set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice.

(e) In the event the corporation and/or its assignees(s) do not elect to acquire all of the shares specified in the transferring stockholder’s notice, said transferring stockholder may, within the sixty-day period following the expiration of the option rights granted to the corporation and/or its assignees(s) herein, transfer the shares specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice which were not acquired by the corporation and/or its assignees(s) as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice. All shares so sold by said transferring stockholder shall continue to be subject to the provisions of this bylaw in the same manner as before said transfer.

(f) Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, the following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this bylaw:

(1) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all shares held either during such stockholder’s lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to such stockholder’s immediate family or to any custodian or trustee for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family or to any limited partnership of which the stockholder, members of such stockholder’s immediate family or any trust for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family will be the general of limited partner(s) of such partnership. “Immediate family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant, father, mother, brother, or sister of the stockholder making such transfer.

(2) A stockholder’s bona fide pledge or mortgage of any shares with a commercial lending institution, provided that any subsequent transfer of said shares by said institution shall be conducted in the manner set forth in this bylaw.

(3) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to the corporation or to any other stockholder of the corporation.

(4) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to a person who, at the time of such transfer, is an officer or director of the corporation.

(5) A corporate stockholder’s transfer of any or all of its shares pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of any merger, consolidation, reclassification of shares or capital reorganization of the corporate stockholder, or pursuant to a sale of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of a corporate stockholder.

(6) A corporate stockholder’s transfer of any or all of its shares to any or all of its stockholders.

(7) A transfer by a stockholder which is a limited or general partnership to any or all of its partners or former partners.

In any such case, the transferee, assignee, or other recipient shall receive and hold such stock subject to the provisions of this bylaw, and there shall be no further transfer of such stock except in accord with this bylaw.

 

29.


(g) The provisions of this bylaw may be waived with respect to any transfer either by the corporation, upon duly authorized action of its Board of Directors, or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the corporation (excluding the votes represented by those shares to be transferred by the transferring stockholder). This bylaw may be amended or repealed either by a duly authorized action of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the corporation.

(h) Any sale or transfer, or purported sale or transfer, of securities of the corporation shall be null and void unless the terms, conditions, and provisions of this bylaw are strictly observed and followed.

(i) The foregoing right of first refusal shall terminate on either of the following dates, whichever shall first occur:

(1) On August 20, 2028; or

(2) Upon the date securities of the corporation are first offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(j) The certificates representing shares of Common Stock of the corporation (excluding the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the corporation’s Preferred Stock) shall bear on their face the following legend so long as the foregoing right of first refusal remains in effect:

‘THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S), AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION.’”

3. The matters set forth in this certificate are true and correct of my own knowledge.

 

30.


The undersigned has executed this certificate as an officer of the Company this 20th day of August, 2018.

 

/s/ Amir Dan Rubin

Amir Dan Rubin, President and

Chief Executive Officer

 

31.

Exhibit 10.1

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         PAGE  

SECTION 1. GENERAL

     2  

1.1

  Amendment and Restatement of Prior Agreement      2  

1.2

  Definitions      2  

SECTION 2. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER; REGISTRATION

     4  

2.1

  Restrictions on Transfer      4  

2.2

  Demand Registration      6  

2.3

  Piggyback Registrations      7  

2.4

  Form S-3 Registration      9  

2.5

  Expenses of Registration      10  

2.6

  Obligations of the Company      10  

2.7

  Delay of Registration; Furnishing Information      13  

2.8

  Indemnification      13  

2.9

  Assignment of Registration Rights      16  

2.10

  Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights      16  

2.11

  “Market Stand-Off” Agreement      16  

2.12

  Agreement to Furnish Information      16  

2.13

  Rule 144 Reporting      17  

2.14

  Termination      17  

SECTION 3. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

     17  

3.1

  Basic Financial Information      17  

3.2

  Inspection Rights      18  

3.3

  Confidentiality of Records      19  

3.4

  Stock Vesting      19  

3.5

  Qualified Small Business Stock      19  

3.6

  Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreements      20  

3.7

  Termination of Covenants      20  

SECTION 4. RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL

     20  

4.1

  Subsequent Offerings      20  

4.2

  Exercise of Rights      20  

4.3

  Issuance of Equity Securities to Other Persons      21  

4.4

  Sale Without Notice      21  

4.5

  Termination and Waiver of Rights of First Refusal      21  

4.6

  Assignment of Rights of First Refusal      21  

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(CONTINUED)

 

         PAGE  

4.7

  Excluded Securities      21  

SECTION 5.

  MISCELLANEOUS      22  

5.1

  Governing Law      22  

5.2

  Successors and Assigns      22  

5.3

  Entire Agreement      22  

5.4

  Severability      22  

5.5

  Amendment and Waiver      22  

5.6

  Delays or Omissions      23  

5.7

  Notices      23  

5.8

  Attorneys’ Fees      23  

5.9

  Titles and Subtitles      23  

5.10

  Additional Investors      23  

5.11

  Counterparts      24  

5.12

  Aggregation of Stock      24  

5.13

  Pronouns      24  

 

ii


1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the Agreement) is entered into as of the 21st day of August, 2018, by and among 1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the investors listed on Exhibit A hereto, referred to hereinafter as the “Investors” and each individually as an “Investor.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors are purchasing shares of the Company’s Series I Preferred Stock (the “Series I Stock”) pursuant to that certain Series I Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) of even date herewith (the “Financing”);

WHEREAS, the obligations in the Purchase Agreement are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement;

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors (the “Prior Investors”) are holders of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock (the “Series A Stock”), Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Stock”), Series C Preferred Stock (the “Series C Stock”), Series D Preferred Stock (the “Series D Stock”), Series E Preferred Stock (the “Series E Stock”), Series F Preferred Stock (the “Series F Stock”), Series G Preferred Stock (the “Series G Stock”) and Series H Preferred Stock (the “Series H Stock” and together with the Series A Stock, Series B Stock, Series C Stock, Series D Stock, Series E Stock, Series F Stock, Series G Stock and Series I Stock, the “Preferred Stock”);

WHEREAS, the Prior Investors and the Company are parties to an Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated November 24, 2015 (the “Prior Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the parties to the Prior Agreement desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement and accept the rights and covenants hereof in lieu of their rights and covenants under the Prior Agreement; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 5.5 of the Prior Agreement, such agreement may only be modified as set forth herein by way of a written instrument signed by the Company and certain of the undersigned Investors, which this Agreement constitutes; and

WHEREAS, in connection with the consummation of the Financing, the Company and the Investors have agreed to the registration rights, information rights, and other rights as set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:


SECTION 1. GENERAL.

1.1 Amendment and Restatement of Prior Agreement. The Prior Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety and restated herein. Such amendment and restatement is effective upon the execution of this Agreement by the Company and the holders of sixty-five percent (65%) of the Registrable Securities held by the Prior Investors outstanding as of the date of this Agreement immediately prior to the closing of the Financing. Upon such execution, all provisions of, rights granted and covenants made in the Prior Agreement are hereby waived, released and superseded in their entirety and shall have no further force or effect, including, without limitation, all rights of first refusal set forth in Section 4 and any notice period associated therewith otherwise applicable to the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.

1.2 Definitions. As used in this Agreement the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(a)Affiliate” of any Person means a Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the first mentioned Person, including without limitation any general partner, managing member, officer or director of such Person or any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Person or any investment fund, managed account vehicle, collective investment scheme or comparable investment vehicle (“Fund”) now or hereafter existing that shares the same management company or registered investment advisor with such Person or any Fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by, under common control with, managed or advised by the same management company or registered investment advisor that controls, is under common control with, manages or advises the Fund that controls such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such first Person possesses directly or indirectly the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of the second Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

(b)Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(c)Form S-3 means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor or similar registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

(d)Holder” means any person owning of record Registrable Securities that have not been sold to the public or any assignee of record of such Registrable Securities in accordance with Section 2.9 hereof.

(e)Initial Offering” means the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its Common Stock Registered under the Securities Act.

(f)Person” means an individual or group of individuals, a corporation, an association, a limited or general partnership, a limited liability company, an estate, a trust, and any other entity or organization, governmental or otherwise.

(g)Register,” “registered,” and “registration refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

(h)Registrable Securities means (a) Common Stock of the Company issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares; (b) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, such above-described securities; (c) any equity securities issued or issuable with respect to the Shares described in clauses (a) or (b) above by

 

2


way of combination of stock or shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization and, for purposes of Sections 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.11, 2.12 and 2.13 only; and (d) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series C Stock, Series D Stock, Series E Stock and Series G Stock issued or issuable upon exercise of the Warrants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Registrable Securities shall not include any securities (i) sold by a person to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144, (ii) sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under Section 2 of this Agreement are not assigned or (iii) held by a Holder (together with its Affiliates) if the Company has completed its Initial Offering and all shares of Common Stock of the Company issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares held by and issuable to such Holder (and its Affiliates) can be immediately sold without registration in compliance with Rule 144 during any ninety (90) day period.

(i)Registrable Securities then outstanding shall be the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and either (a) are then issued and outstanding or (b) are issuable pursuant to then exercisable, convertible and/or exchangeable securities.

(j)Registration Expenses shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 hereof, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, reasonable fees and disbursements of a single special counsel for the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses and the expense of any regular or special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company which shall be paid in any event by the Company, underwriting discounts and commissions, stock transfer taxes, and fees of accountants for the Holders and additional counsel to the Holders).

(k)SEC” or “Commission means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(l)Securities Act shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(m)Selling Expenses shall mean all underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale.

(n)Shares shall mean the shares of the Company’s Series I Stock issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (or in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby) and shares of the Company’s Series A Stock, Series B Stock, Series C Stock, Series D Stock, Series E Stock, Series F Stock, Series G Stock and Series H Stock held from time to time by the Investors listed on Exhibit A hereto and their permitted assigns.

(o)Special Registration Statement” shall mean (i) a registration statement relating to any employee benefit plan or (ii) with respect to any corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, any registration statements related to the issuance or resale of securities issued in such a transaction or (iii) a registration related to stock issued upon conversion of debt securities.

(p)Warrants” shall mean (i) those certain warrants held by Silicon Valley Bank (A) dated February 26, 2010 to purchase shares of Series C Stock, (B) dated June 28, 2011 to purchase shares of Series D Stock, (C) dated January 29, 2013 to purchase shares of Series E Stock, and (D) dated January 26, 2015 to purchase shares of Series G Stock; (ii) that certain warrant to purchase shares of Series G Stock held by Benchmark Capital Partners V, L.P. dated October 3, 2015; (iii) that certain warrant to purchase shares of Series G Stock held by Oak Investment Partners XII, Limited Partnership dated October 5, 2015; (iv) that certain warrant to purchase shares of Series G Stock held by Maverick Fund II, Ltd. dated October 7, 2015; (v) that certain warrant to purchase shares of Series G Stock held by GV

 

3


2013, L.P. dated December 5, 2015; (vi) that certain warrant to purchase shares of Series G Stock held by DAG Ventures IV, L.P. dated October 12, 2015; (vii) that certain warrant to purchase shares of Series G Stock held by DAG Ventures IV-QP, L.P. dated October 12, 2015; (viii) that certain warrant to purchase shares of Series G Stock held by Redmile Capital Offshore Fund II, Ltd. dated October 14, 2015; (ix) that certain warrant to purchase shares of Series G Stock held by Redmile Private Investments I, LP dated October 14, 2015; (x) that certain warrant to purchase shares of Series G Stock held by Redmile Private Investments I Affiliates, LP dated October 14, 2015; (xi) that certain warrant to purchase shares of Series G Stock held by Allen Partners Fund I LP dated October 28, 2015; (xii) that certain warrant to purchase shares of Series G Stock held by Robert Lowe dated October 28, 2015; (xiii) that certain warrant to purchase shares of Series G Stock held by John Koski dated October 28, 2015; (xiv) that certain warrant to purchase shares of Series G Stock held by Dignity Health dated November 4, 2015; and (xv) that certain warrant to purchase shares of Series G Stock held by Redmile Strategic Master Fund, LP, a Cayman Island limited partnership dated December 1, 2017.

SECTION 2. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER; REGISTRATION.

2.1 Restrictions on Transfer.

(a) Each Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Shares or Registrable Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until:

(i) there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(ii) (A) The Holder has complied with all of the provisions of this Agreement and that certain Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement by and between the parties and dated as of the date hereof, (B) transferee has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Shares or Registrable Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms of this Agreement, (C) such Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and (D) if reasonably requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration of such shares under the Securities Act. It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144, except in unusual circumstances, or for transfers to Affiliated entities. After its Initial Offering, the Company will not require any transferee pursuant to Rule 144 to be bound by the terms of this Agreement or a statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition if the shares so transferred do not remain Registrable Securities hereunder following such transfer.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) above:

(i) no such restriction shall apply to a transfer by a Holder that is (A) a partnership transferring to its partners or former partners in accordance with partnership interests or to the estate of any such partner or former partner or the transfer by gift, will or intestate succession of any partner to his or her spouse or to the siblings, lineal descendants or ancestors of such partner or his or her spouse, (B) a corporation transferring to a wholly-owned subsidiary or a parent corporation that owns all of the capital stock of the Holder, (C) a limited liability company transferring to its members or former members in accordance with their interest in the limited liability company, (D) an individual transferring to the Holder’s immediate family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder, (E) to an Affiliate or (F) to the Company or another Holder; provided that in each case the transferee will agree in writing to be subject (to the extent not already subject) to the terms of this Agreement to the same extent as if he or she were an original Holder hereunder; and

 

4


(ii) After the third anniversary of the Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), Carlyle Partners VII Holdings, L.P. (“Carlyle”) shall be entitled to sell or otherwise transfer all or part of its Shares or Registrable Securities to one or more unaffiliated third parties, provided that such transferee will agree in writing to be subject (to the extent not already subject) to the terms of this Agreement to the same extent as if he, she or it were an original Holder hereunder.

(c) Each certificate representing Shares or Registrable Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with legends substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE COMPANY MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A CERTAIN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE STOCKHOLDER AND THE COMPANY. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

(d) The Company shall be obligated to reissue promptly unlegended certificates at the request of any Holder thereof if the Company has completed its Initial Offering and the Holder shall have obtained an opinion of counsel (which counsel may be counsel to the Company) reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that the securities proposed to be disposed of may lawfully be so disposed of without registration, qualification and legend, provided that the second legend listed above shall be removed only at such time as the Holder of such certificate is no longer subject to any restrictions hereunder (except that the Company shall not require an opinion of counsel in connection with transfers to Affiliated entities or pursuant to Rule 144).

 

5


(e) Any legend endorsed on an instrument pursuant to applicable state securities laws and the stop-transfer instructions with respect to such securities shall be removed upon receipt by the Company of an order of the appropriate blue sky authority authorizing such removal.

2.2 Demand Registration.

(a) Subject to the conditions of this Section 2.2, if the Company shall receive a written request from (x) beginning on the earlier of (i) five (5) years after the date of this Agreement and (ii) six (6) months after the Company’s Initial Offering, the Holders of at least sixty-five percent (65%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (the “Preferred Initiating Holders”) or (y) beginning six (6) months after the Company’s Initial Offering, Carlyle or any of its Affiliates holding Registrable Securities (the “Carlyle Initiating Holders” and, together with the Preferred Initiating Holders, the “Initiating Holders”), in each case, that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act for an underwritten public offering with an anticipated aggregate offering price in excess of $50,000,000, then the Company shall, within thirty (30) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders, and subject to the limitations of this Section 2.2, effect, as expeditiously as reasonably possible, the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities that all Holders request to be registered.

(b) All Holders proposing to distribute their securities pursuant to a registration under this Section 2.2 shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by (i) the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Preferred Initiating Holders or (ii) the Carlyle Initiating Holders, as applicable (which underwriter or underwriters, in each case, shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company). The right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein (unless otherwise mutually agreed by such Holder and (x) the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Preferred Initiating Holders or (y) the Carlyle Initiating Holders, as applicable, with respect to such participation and inclusion). If a person who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided in Section 2.2(a) does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, such person shall be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company, the underwriter or the applicable Initiating Holders. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, if the underwriter advises the Company that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten (including Registrable Securities) then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and (A) in the case of a registration requested by the Preferred Initiating Holders, the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated to the Holders of such Registrable Securities on a pro rata basis based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all such Holders (including the Initiating Holders) or in such other proportion as shall be agreed by all holders of Registrable Securities participating in the underwriting and (B) in the case of a registration requested by the Carlyle Initiating Holders, the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated first to the Carlyle Initiating Holders and then to the Holders of such Registrable Securities on a pro rata basis based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all such Holders (excluding the Carlyle Initiating Holders) or in such other proportion as shall be agreed by the Carlyle Initiating Holders and all other holders of Registrable Securities participating in the underwriting; provided, however, that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting and registration shall not be reduced unless all other securities of the Company not included in the request by the Initiating Holders are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and registration. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration. For purposes of the provision in this Section 2.2(b) concerning apportionment, for any Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, the partners, retired partners, members, retired members, stockholders,

 

6


and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and immediate family members of any such partners, retired partners, members, and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, shall be deemed to be a single “Holder”, and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Persons included in such “Holder”, as defined in this sentence.

(c) The Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 2.2:

(i) after the Company has effected (x) two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 2.2 at the request of the Preferred Initiating Holders and (y) two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 2.2 at the request of the Carlyle Initiating Holders, and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective and pursuant to which securities have been sold (other than if the Holders elected not to sell securities pursuant to such registration);

(ii) during the period starting with the date of filing of, and ending on the date one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement pertaining to a public offering subject to Section 2.3, other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement; provided that the Company makes reasonable good faith efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

(iii) if within thirty (30) days of receipt of a written request from Initiating Holders pursuant to Section 2.2(a), the Company gives notice to the Holders of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement for a public offering subject to Section 2.3, other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement within ninety (90) days of the Company’s giving such notice; provided that the Company makes reasonable good faith efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

(iv) if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.2 a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period; and provided, further that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such one hundred twenty (120) day period (other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement);

(v) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.4 below; or

(vi) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

2.3 Piggyback Registrations. The Company shall notify all Holders of Registrable Securities in writing at least fifteen (15) days prior to the filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes of a public offering of securities of the Company (including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding Special Registration Statements and registration in connection with any consolidation, merger, or

 

7


reorganization, or with any employee benefit plan) and will afford each such Holder an opportunity to include in such registration statement all or part of such Registrable Securities held by such Holder. Each Holder desiring to include in any such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities held by it shall, within fifteen (15) days after the above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing. If a Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

(a) Underwriting. If the registration statement of which the Company gives notice under this Section 2.3 is for an underwritten offering, the Company shall so advise the Holders of Registrable Securities. In such event, the right of any such Holder to include Registrable Securities in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company and the underwriter may in their discretion limit the number of shares to be underwritten, in which case the number of shares to be underwritten shall be allocated first to the Company and then to the Holders on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders; provided, however, that no such reduction shall reduce the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the registration below twenty-five percent (25%) of the total amount of securities included in such registration, unless such offering is the Initial Offering and such registration does not include shares of any other selling stockholder, in which event any or all of the Registrable Securities of the Holders may be excluded in accordance with the immediately preceding clause. In no event will shares of any other selling stockholder be included in such registration that would reduce the number of shares which may be included by Holders without the written consent of Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the offering. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter, delivered at least ten (10) business days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder which is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, Affiliates of such Holder, partners, retired partners, members, retired members and stockholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, retired partners, members and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons shall be deemed to be a single “Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all Persons included in such “Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

(b) Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.3 whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration. The Registration Expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.5 hereof.

 

8


2.4 Form S-3 Registration. In case the Company shall receive from any Holder of Registrable Securities a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 (or any successor to Form S-3) or any similar short-form registration statement and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders of Registrable Securities; and

(b) as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 2.4:

(i) after the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 2.4 within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request, and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective;

(ii) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders;

(iii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than five million dollars ($5,000,000);

(iv) if within thirty (30) days of receipt of a written request from any Holder or Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4, the Company gives notice to such Holder or Holders of the Company’s intention to make a public offering within ninety (90) days, other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement; provided that the Company makes reasonable good faith efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

(v) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 2.4; provided that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period; provided, further, that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such one hundred twenty (120) day period (other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement); or

(vi) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

(c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a Form S-3 registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the requests of the Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.2.

 

9


2.5 Expenses of Registration. Except as specifically provided herein, all Registration Expenses (inclusive of one counsel to the Holders not to exceed $30,000 and exclusive of underwriting discounts and commissions, stock transfer taxes, and fees of accountants for the Holders and additional counsel to the Holders) incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 herein shall be borne by the Company. All Selling Expenses incurred in connection with any registrations hereunder shall be borne by the holders of the securities so registered and sold pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered and sold. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay for expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.2 or 2.4, the request of which has been subsequently withdrawn by the applicable Initiating Holders unless (a) the withdrawal is based upon material adverse Company-specific information of which such Initiating Holders were not aware at the time of such request, or (b) the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities (or, in the case of a registration requested by the Carlyle Initiating Holders, the Carlyle Initiating Holders) agree to deem such registration to have been effected as of the date of such withdrawal for purposes of determining whether the Company shall be obligated pursuant to Section 2.2(c)(i) to undertake any subsequent registration, in which event such right shall be forfeited by all Holders (or, in the case of a registration requested by the Carlyle Initiating Holders, the Carlyle Initiating Holders). If the Holders are required to pay the Registration Expenses, such expenses shall be borne by the holders of securities (including Registrable Securities) requesting such registration in proportion to the number of shares for which registration was requested.

2.6 Obligations of the Company. Whenever required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, at its expense and as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to sixty (60) days or, if earlier, until the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution related thereto; provided, however, that at any time, upon written notice to the participating Holders and for a period not to exceed sixty (60) days thereafter (the “Suspension Period”), the Company may delay the effectiveness of any registration statement or suspend the use or effectiveness of any registration statement (and the applicable Initiating Holders hereby agree not to offer or sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement during the Suspension Period) if the Company reasonably believes that there is or may be in existence material nonpublic information or events involving the Company, the failure of which to be disclosed in the prospectus included in the registration statement could result in a Violation (as defined below); and, provided, further, that in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 which are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, such sixty (60) day period shall be extended to a period of one (1) year. In the event that the Company shall exercise its right to delay or suspend the filing or effectiveness of a registration hereunder, the applicable time period during which the registration statement is to remain effective shall be extended by a period of time equal to the duration of the Suspension Period. The Company may extend the Suspension Period for an additional consecutive sixty (60) days with the consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered under the applicable registration statement, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. No more than two (2) such Suspension Periods shall occur in any twelve (12) month period. If so directed by the Company, all Holders registering shares under such registration statement shall (i) not offer to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement during the period in which the delay or suspension is in effect after receiving notice of such delay or suspension; and (ii) use reasonable efforts to deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holders’

 

10


possession, of the prospectus relating to such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to file, cause to become effective or maintain the effectiveness of any registration statement other than a registration statement on Form S-3 that contemplates a distribution of securities on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. Before filing a registration statement, the Company will furnish the Holders of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, the underwriters, if any, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such Holders of Registrable Securities or underwriters copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents will be subject to reasonable review and comment of such Holders, their counsel and underwriters, if any, and will not file any registration statement to which the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement or the underwriter, if any, shall, for reasonable reasons, object.

(b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective or comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in subsection (a) above.

(c) Furnish to the Holders, without charge, such number of copies of a prospectus including a preliminary prospectus, and any amendment of or supplement to the prospectus or any issuer free writing prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

(d) Use its reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders to keep such registration and qualification in effect for so long as the registration statement remains in effect, and to take any other action which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Holder to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the securities owned by such Holder; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

(e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering. Except as otherwise provided herein, each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

(f) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in the light of the circumstances then existing. The Company will use reasonable efforts to amend or supplement such prospectus in order to cause such prospectus not to include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing.

 

11


(g) Use its reasonable efforts to furnish, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and (ii) a letter, dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities.

(h) Comply (and continue to comply) with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC (including, without limitation, maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)) in accordance with the Exchange Act), and make generally available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable after the effective date of the registration statement (and in any event within forty-five (45) days, or ninety (90) days if it is a fiscal year, after the end of such twelve-month (12) period described hereafter), an earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering the period of at least twelve (12) consecutive months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first calendar quarter after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder.

(i) (i) (A) cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on the principal securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed (if any), if the listing of such Registrable Securities is then permitted under the rules of such exchange, or (B) if no similar securities are then so listed, to either cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on a national securities exchange and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, take all actions that may be required by the Company as the issuer of such Registrable Securities in order to facilitate the managing underwriter’s arranging for the registration of at least two market makers as such with respect to such shares with FINRA, and (ii) comply (and continue to comply) with the requirements of any self-regulatory organization applicable to the Company, including without limitation all corporate governance requirements.

(j) Provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement not later than the effective date of such registration statement.

(k) Provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of the registration statement.

(l) Use its commercially reasonable efforts to make available its employees and personnel for participation in “road shows” and other marketing efforts and otherwise provide reasonable assistance to the underwriters (taking into account the needs of the Company’s businesses and the requirements of the marketing process) in the marketing of Registrable Securities in any underwritten offering.

(m) Use its commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the entry of any order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement and, in the event of the issuance of any such stop order, or of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or suspending the qualification of any security included in such registration statement for sale in any jurisdiction, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts promptly to obtain the withdrawal of such order at the earliest possible time.

 

12


To the extent the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (a “WKSI”) at the time any demand registration request is submitted to the Company pursuant to Section 2.4 above, and such demand registration request requests that the Company file an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (an “automatic shelf registration statement”) on Form S-3, the Company shall file an automatic shelf registration statement which covers those Registrable Securities which are requested to be registered. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to remain a WKSI (and not become an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act)) during the period during which such automatic shelf registration statement is required to remain effective. If the Company does not pay the filing fee covering the Registrable Securities at the time the automatic shelf registration statement is filed, the Company agrees to pay such fee at such time or times as the Registrable Securities are to be sold. If the automatic shelf registration statement has been outstanding for at least three (3) years, at the end of the third year the Company shall refile a new automatic shelf registration statement covering the Registrable Securities. If, at any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its WKSI status, the Company determines that it is not a WKSI, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to refile the shelf registration statement on Form S-3 and, if such form is not available, Form S-1 and keep such registration statement effective during the period during which such registration statement is required to be kept effective.

If the Company files any shelf registration statement for the benefit of the holders of any of its securities other than the Holders, the Company agrees that it shall include in such registration statement such disclosures as may be required by Rule 430B under the Securities Act (referring to the unnamed selling security holders in a generic manner by identifying the initial offering of the securities to the Holders) in order to ensure that the Holders may be added to such shelf registration statement at a later time through the filing of a prospectus supplement rather than a post-effective amendment.

2.7 Delay of Registration; Furnishing Information.

(a) No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

(b) It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 that the selling Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of their Registrable Securities.

(c) The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4 if the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, whichever is applicable.

2.8 Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members, officers and directors of each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities (joint or several), costs or expenses (or actions, proceedings or settlements in respect thereof) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs or expenses (or actions, proceedings or settlements in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “Violation”) by the Company: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue

 

13


statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated by reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or issuer free writing prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any other federal, state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other federal, state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement; and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them, as such expenses are incurred, in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action, as incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person of such Holder.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration, qualifications or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, its officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter and any other Holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other Holder’s partners, members, directors or officers or any person who controls such Holder, against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities (joint or several), costs or expenses (or actions, proceedings or settlements in respect thereof) to which the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other such Holder, or partner, member, director, officer or controlling person of such other Holder may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs or expenses (or actions, proceedings or settlements in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated by reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or issuer free writing prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act (collectively, a “Holder Violation”), in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Holder Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder under an instrument duly executed by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other Holder, or partner, officer, director or controlling person of such other Holder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if it is judicially determined that there was such a Holder Violation; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, further, that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.8(b) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder and such Holder will not be liable for any amount paid in settlement of any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the written consent of such Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

14


(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses thereof to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding or if the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be reasonable defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.8 to the extent, and only to the extent, materially prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.8.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.8 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs or expenses referred to herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall to the extent permitted by applicable law contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) in the case of a Company-initiated registration under Section 2.2, the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Holders whose Registrable Securities are included in the registration on the other hand, and (ii) in all cases, the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the Violation(s) or Holder Violation(s) that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability, cost or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by a court of law by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, that (i) in no event shall any contribution by a Holder under this Section 2.8 (including any amounts paid by such Holder pursuant to Section 2.8(b)) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (ii) the liability of each Holder to contribute as described herein shall be several and not joint, and (iii) no person or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(e) Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.8 shall survive completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement and, with respect to liability arising from an offering to which this Section 2.8 would apply that is covered by a registration filed before termination of this Agreement, such termination. No indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

 

15


2.9 Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of Registrable Securities (for so long as such shares remain Registrable Securities) that (a) is a partner, retired partner or Affiliate of any Holder; (b) is a Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder, or (c) holds at least one hundred thousand (100,000) shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits and combinations) immediately after such transfer; provided, however, (i) the transferor shall, within ten (10) days after such transfer, furnish to the Company written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned and (ii) such transferee shall agree to be subject to all restrictions set forth in this Agreement.

2.10 Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights. After the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would grant such holder rights to demand the registration of shares of the Company’s capital stock, or to include such shares in a registration statement, unless, under the terms of such agreement, such rights are subordinate to the rights of the Holders or are approved by a majority in interest of the Registrable Securities then outstanding.

2.11 “Market Stand-Off” Agreement. Each Holder hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement for such offering (other than those included in the registration or acquired in or following such registration) during the 180-day period following the effective date of the Initial Offering (or such longer period, not to exceed 18 days after the expiration of the 180-day period, as the underwriter and the Company may request in order to comply with applicable regulations), and that such Holder shall execute the standard lock-up agreement used in the Initial Offering; provided that all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements. The obligations described in this Section 2.11 shall only apply to the Initial Offering and shall not apply to (i) the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, (ii) a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or (iii) a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply to all Holders subject to such agreements pro rata based on the number of shares subject to such agreements, unless waived by a majority of the then-outstanding Registrable Securities. The Company covenants that any subsequent Holder of Registrable Securities will be bound by a market stand-off agreement as defined in this Section 2.11.

2.12 Agreement to Furnish Information. Each Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter that are consistent with the Holder’s obligations under Section 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, each Holder shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be reasonably required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in Section 2.11 and this Section 2.12 shall not apply

 

16


to a Special Registration Statement. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said day period. Each Holder agrees that any transferee of any shares of Registrable Securities shall be bound by Sections 2.11 and 2.12. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of Sections 2.11 and 2.12 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

2.13 Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its best efforts to:

(a) Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144 or any similar or analogous rule promulgated under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) File with the SEC, in a timely manner, all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Exchange Act; and

(c) So long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to such Holder forthwith upon request: a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and of the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company filed with the Commission; and such other reports and documents as a Holder may reasonably request in connection with availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing it to sell any such securities without registration.

2.14 Termination. Sections 2.2-2.13 of this Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earliest of (i) the consummation of an Acquisition or Asset Transfer in which the holders of the Company’s capital stock receive cash or securities from a company subject to the reporting requirements of Section 12 of the Exchange Act in exchange for their equity interest in the Company; (ii) the date that is five (5) years following the closing of the Qualified Public Offering; or (iii) with respect to a particular Holder, such time as all Registrable Securities of such Holder may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 during any ninety (90) day period. Upon such termination, such shares shall cease to be “Registrable Securities” for all purposes.

SECTION 3. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Basic Financial Information.

(a) So long as an Investor (with its Affiliates) shall own not less than 1,000,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits and combinations) (a “Major Investor”), the Company will furnish each Major Investor, as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days thereafter, a balance sheet of the Company, as at the end of such fiscal year, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company, for such year, all prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein) and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail. Such financial statements shall be accompanied by a report and opinion thereon by independent public accountants selected by the Company’s Board of Directors including the directors elected by the holders of Series B Stock, Series C Stock, Series D Stock, Series E Stock, Series F Stock, Series G Stock and Series I Stock. If the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company for any period, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to this Section 3.1(a) shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

 

17


(b) The Company will furnish each Major Investor, as soon as practicable after the end of the quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within forty-five (45) days thereafter, a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each such quarterly period, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company for such period and for the current fiscal year to date (with monthly detail and a statement of the Company’s headcount for each quarterly period if requested by an Investor), prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein), with the exception that no notes need be attached to such statements and year-end audit adjustments may not have been made. If the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company for any period, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to this Section 3.1(b) shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

(c) The Company will furnish each Major Investor, as soon as practicable after the end of each of the Company’s quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within forty-five (45) days thereafter, a detailed capitalization table of the Company, including a list of the Company’s outstanding convertible securities, which list shall include the face amount, issue date, maturity date, interest rate, conversion discount, change of control premium and valuation cap to the extent applicable.

(d) The Company will furnish each Major Investor, as soon as practicable after the end of each month in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within fifteen (15) days thereafter, a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each such monthly period, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company for such monthly period and for the current fiscal year to date, prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein), with the exception that no notes need be attached to such statements and year-end audit adjustments may not have been made. If the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company for any period, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to this Section 3.1(d) shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

(e) The Company will furnish each Major Investor, as soon as practicable before the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within thirty (30) days beforehand, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year that has been approved by the Company’s Board of Directors.

(f) The Company will furnish each Major Investor such other information relating to the financial condition, business prospects, or corporate affairs of the Company as any Major Investor may from time to time reasonably request.

3.2 Inspection Rights. Each Major Investor shall have the right to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company or any of its subsidiaries with its officers, and to review such information as is reasonably requested all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 3.2 with respect to a competitor of the Company or with respect to information which the Board of Directors determines in good faith is confidential or attorney-client privileged and should not, therefore, be disclosed.

 

18


3.3 Confidentiality of Records. Each Investor agrees to use the same degree of care as such Investor uses to protect its own confidential information to keep confidential any information furnished to such Investor pursuant to Section 3.1 or 3.2 hereof that the Company identifies as being confidential or proprietary (so long as such information is not in the public domain), except that such Investor may disclose such proprietary or confidential information (i) to any director, officer, investment committee member, employee, investment adviser, agent or advisor (including, without limitation, attorneys, accountants, consultants and financial advisors and other professionals) of such Investor (“Representative”) or general partner, actual or potential limited partner, member or other Affiliate of such Investor or any Representative of any such Affiliate, as long as such Representative, general partner, limited partner, member or other Affiliate is advised of and agrees or has agreed to be bound by the confidentiality provisions of this Section 3.3 or comparable restrictions; (ii) at such time as it enters the public domain through no fault of such Investor; (iii) that is communicated to it free of any obligation of confidentiality; (iv) that is developed by Investor or its agents independently of and without reference to any confidential information communicated by the Company or its Representative; (v) as required by applicable law or regulation, regulatory body, stock exchange, court or administrative order, or any listing or trading agreement applicable to such Investor; provided that, if it is reasonably practicable and legally permitted to do so, Investor gives the Company prompt written notice of such requirement prior to such disclosure and Investor gives assistance in obtaining an order protecting the information from public disclosure; or (vi) as otherwise agreed by the Company in writing.

3.4 Stock Vesting. Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors (including the directors elected by the holders of Series B Stock, Series C Stock, Series D Stock, Series E Stock, Series F Stock, Series G Stock and Series I Stock), all stock options and other stock equivalents issued after the date of this Agreement to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers shall be subject to (i) vesting as follows: (a) twenty-five percent (25%) of such stock shall vest at the end of the first year following such person’s services commencement date with the Company, and (b) seventy-five percent (75%) of such stock shall vest over the remaining three (3) years; and (ii) a one hundred eighty (180) day lockup period in

connection with the Company’s initial registered public offering of Equity Securities. The Company shall retain a right of first refusal on transfers until the Company’s Initial Offering and the right to repurchase unvested shares at cost.

3.5 Qualified Small Business Stock. The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with the reporting and record keeping requirements of Section 1202(d)(1)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the regulations thereunder, and during the one year period commencing on the initial Closing Date (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), the Company will not purchase any of its capital stock or permit any of its subsidiaries to purchase any of the Company’s capital stock in excess of the limitations set forth in Section 1202(c) of the Code, so long as the Company’s Board of Directors determines that it is in the best interests of and not unduly burdensome to the Company to comply with the provisions of Section 1202 of the Code. At the reasonable request of an Investor, the Company shall make a determination of whether the Shares (or their underlying Common Stock) constitute “qualified small business stock” within the meaning of Sections 1045 and 1202 of the Code and shall advise such Investors in writing of such determination within ten (10) days of the receipt of such request. Pursuant to such request by the Investors, the Company will provide information to support the “qualified small business stock” determination which may include financial statements, tax returns, and other documents that may be desired.

 

19


3.6 Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreements. The Company shall require all employees and consultants with access to confidential information to execute and deliver a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement or Consulting Agreement, as applicable, in substantially the forms approved by the Company’s Board of Directors.

3.7 Termination of Covenants. All covenants of the Company contained in Section 3 of this Agreement (other than the provisions of Sections 3.4 and 3.7) shall expire and terminate as to each Investor upon the earlier of (i) the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to an Initial Offering that results in all of the then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock being converted into Common Stock or (ii) upon an “Asset Transfer” or “Acquisition,” each as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as in effect as of the date hereof, in which the holders of the Company’s capital stock receive cash or publicly traded securities in exchange for their equity interest in the Company.

SECTION 4. RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL.

4.1 Subsequent Offerings. Subject to applicable securities laws, (i) each Investor, so long as it holds Shares (or shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of such Shares), shall have a right of first refusal to purchase its pro rata share of all Equity Securities, as defined below, that the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of this Agreement, other than the Equity Securities excluded by Section 4.7 hereof (the “Offered Securities”) (in each case, that share of Offered Securities to which an Investor is entitled to subscribe is referred to herein as a “Subscription Share”). An Investor’s pro rata share is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares or upon the exercise of outstanding warrants or options) of which such Investor is deemed to be a holder immediately prior to the issuance of such Equity Securities to (b) the total number of shares of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Shares or upon the exercise of any outstanding warrants or options) immediately prior to the issuance of the Equity Securities. The term “Equity Securities” shall mean (i) any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security of the Company, (ii) any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, with or without consideration, any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security (including any option to purchase such a convertible security), (iii) any security carrying any warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security or (iv) any such warrant or right.

4.2 Exercise of Rights. If the Company proposes to issue any Equity Securities, it shall give each Investor written notice of its intention, describing the Equity Securities, the price and the terms and conditions upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Investor shall have twenty (20) days from the giving of such notice to agree to purchase up to its applicable Subscription Share of the Equity Securities for the price and upon the terms and conditions specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of Equity Securities to be purchased. The Company shall promptly, in writing, inform each Investor that elects to purchase all the shares available to it (a “Fully-Exercising Investor”) of any other Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the ten (10) day period commencing after such information is given, each Fully-Exercising Investor may elect to purchase a portion of the then unsubscribed Offered Securities. Each Fully-Exercising Investor will have the right to purchase up to its Oversubscription Share of the unsubscribed Offered Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to offer or sell such Equity Securities to any Investor who would cause the Company to be in violation of applicable federal securities laws by virtue of such offer or sale. For purposes hereof, a Fully-Exercising Investor’s “Oversubscription Share” is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares or upon the exercise of outstanding warrants or options)

 

20


of which such Fully-Exercising Investor is deemed to be a holder immediately prior to the issuance of such Equity Securities to (b) the total number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Shares or upon the exercise of any outstanding warrants or options) deemed to be held by all Fully-Exercising Investors immediately prior to the issuance of the Equity Securities. An Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right to purchase Offered Securities hereby granted to it among itself and its Affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate. The failure by any Holder to exercise its option to purchase Offered Securities with respect to one offering, sale or issuance shall not affect its option to purchase Offered Securities in any subsequent offering, sale or issuance.

4.3 Issuance of Equity Securities to Other Persons. The Company shall have sixty (60) days thereafter to sell the Equity Securities in respect of which the Investors’ rights were not exercised, at a price and upon general terms and conditions not materially more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s notice to the Investors pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof. If the Company has not sold such Equity Securities within sixty (60) days of the notice provided pursuant to Section 4.2, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any Equity Securities, without first offering such securities to the Investors in the manner provided above.

4.4 Sale Without Notice. In lieu of giving notice to the Investors prior to the issuance of Equity Securities as provided in Section 4.2, the Company may elect to give notice to the Investors within thirty (30) days after the issuance of Equity Securities. Such notice shall describe the type, price and terms of the Equity Securities. Each Investor shall have twenty (20) days from the date of receipt of such notice to elect to purchase up to the number of shares that would maintain such Investor’s pro rata share of the Company’s equity securities after giving effect to such issuance. The closing of such sale shall occur within sixty (60) days of the date of notice to the Investors. The Company shall promptly, in writing, inform each Fully-Exercising Investor that elects to purchase all the shares available to it of any other Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the ten (10) day period commencing after such information is given, each Fully-Exercising Investor may elect to up to its Oversubscription Share of the unsubscribed Equity Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to offer or sell such Equity Securities to any Investor who would cause the Company to be in violation of applicable federal securities laws by virtue of such offer or sale.

4.5 Termination and Waiver of Rights of First Refusal. The rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 shall not apply to, and shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the effective date of a “Qualified Public Offering,” as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as may be amended from time to time, or (ii) the consummation of an Acquisition or Asset Transfer.

4.6 Assignment of Rights of First Refusal. The rights of first refusal of each Investor under this Section 4 may be assigned to the same parties, subject to the same restrictions as any transfer of registration rights pursuant to Section 2.9.

4.7 Excluded Securities. The rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 shall have no application to any of the Equity Securities (i) that are excluded as “Additional Shares of Common Stock” pursuant to Article IV(D)(5)(h)(viii) of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as may be amended from time to time, and (ii) that are issued by the Company pursuant to the terms of Section 2.4 of the Purchase Agreement.

 

21


SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to conflicts of laws or principles thereof. Any controversy between the parties hereto involving any claim arising out of or relating to the termination of this Agreement, will be submitted to and be settled by final and binding arbitration in San Francisco County, in accordance with the then current Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”), and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Such arbitration shall be conducted by three (3) arbitrators chosen by the Company and the Purchasers, or failing such agreement, an arbitrator appointed by the AAA. There shall be limited discovery prior to the arbitration hearing as follows: (a) exchange of witness lists and copies of documentary evidence and documents relating to or arising out of the issues to be arbitrated, (b) depositions of all party witnesses and (c) such other depositions as may be allowed by the arbitrators upon a showing of good cause. Depositions shall be conducted in accordance with the California Code of Civil Procedure, the arbitrator shall be required to provide in writing to the parties the basis for the award or order of such arbitrator, and a court reporter shall record all hearings, with such record constituting the official transcript of such proceedings.

5.2 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors, assigns, heirs, executors, and administrators and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each person who shall be a holder of Registrable Securities from time to time; provided, however, that prior to the receipt by the Company of adequate written notice of the transfer of any Registrable Securities specifying the full name and address of the transferee, the Company may deem and treat the person listed as the holder of such shares in its records as the absolute owner and holder of such shares for all purposes, including the payment of dividends or any redemption price.

5.3 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Exhibits and Schedules hereto, the Purchase Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant thereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other in any manner by any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants and agreements except as specifically set forth herein and therein. Each party expressly represents and warrants that it is not relying on any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants or agreements outside of this Agreement.

5.4 Severability. In the event one or more of the provisions of this Agreement should, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

5.5 Amendment and Waiver.

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided, this Agreement may be amended or modified, and the obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders under this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only upon the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding Registrable Securities; provided however that this Agreement shall not be amended without the consent of each Holder or Investor adversely affected if such amendment would modify the rights or obligations of that Holder or Investor as compared to the rights and obligations of the other Holders or Investors (i.e., if an amendment did not alter ratably the rights and obligations of the Holders or the Investors hereunder); and provided, further, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 2.14, 3.7 and 5.5 of this Agreement shall not be amended or waived without the written consent of each of Oak Investment Partners XII, Limited Partnership, and GV 2013, L.P., and Redmile Capital Offshore Fund II, Ltd. and its Affiliates; and

 

22


provided, further, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 2.11 and 3.1 of this Agreement shall not be amended or waived without the written consent of Fidelity Select Portfolios: Health Care Portfolio, Fidelity Select Portfolios: Medical Equipment and Systems Portfolio, Fidelity Central Investment Portfolios LLC: Fidelity Health Care Central Fund, Fidelity Advisor Series VII: Fidelity Advisor Health Care Fund, and Variable Insurance Products Fund IV: Health Care Portfolio; and provided, further, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the rights of holders of Series H Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4 hereof may be waived (and this proviso may be amended) only upon the written consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding Series H Preferred Stock; and provided, further, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 2.1(b)(ii), 2.2(a), 2.11, 2.14, 3.1, 3.7 and 5.5 of this Agreement shall not be amended or waived without, and the rights of holders of Series I Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4 hereof may be waived (and this proviso may be amended) only upon, in each case, the written consent of Carlyle.

(b) For the purposes of determining the number of Holders or Investors entitled to vote or exercise any rights hereunder, the Company shall be entitled to rely solely on the list of record holders of its stock as maintained by or on behalf of the Company.

5.6 Delays or Omissions. It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party, upon any breach, default or noncompliance by another party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power, or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or noncompliance, or any acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach, default or noncompliance thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any kind or character on any party’s part of any breach, default or noncompliance under the Agreement or any waiver on such party’s part of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement, by law, or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

5.7 Notices. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the party to be notified at the address as set forth on the signature pages hereof or Exhibit A hereto or at such other address or electronic mail address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

5.8 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event that any suit or action is instituted under or in relation to this Agreement, including without limitation to enforce any provision in this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all fees, costs and expenses of enforcing any right of such prevailing party under or with respect to this Agreement, including without limitation, such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

5.9 Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

5.10 Additional Investors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company shall issue additional shares of its Series I Stock, any purchaser of such shares of Series I Stock shall become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement and shall be deemed an “Investor,” a “Holder” and a party hereunder.

 

23


5.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

5.12 Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliated entities or persons or persons or entities under common management or control shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

5.13 Pronouns. All pronouns contained herein, and any variations thereof, shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neutral, singular or plural, as to the identity of the parties hereto may require.

[THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

24


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

COMPANY:
1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Amir Dan Rubin

  AMIR DAN RUBIN
  President and Chief Executive Officer
Address:   130 Sutter Street, 2nd Floor
  San Francisco, CA 94104

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT – SIGNATURE PAGE


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

KEY HOLDERS:

/s/ Thomas Ho Lee

THOMAS HO LEE
Trustee of the TXL Revocable Trust

 

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT – SIGNATURE PAGE


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
CARLYLE PARTNERS VII HOLDINGS, L.P.
BY: TC GROUP VII, L.P., ITS GENERAL PARTNER
BY: TC GROUP VII, L.L.C., ITS GENERAL PARTNER

 

/s/ Ram M. Jagannath

By: Ram M. Jagannath
Title: Authorized Person

 

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT – SIGNATURE PAGE


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
OAK INVESTMENT PARTNERS XII, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By: Oak Associates XII, LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Ann Lamont

  Name: Ann Lamont
  Title:   Managing Member

 

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT – SIGNATURE PAGE


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
DAG VENTURES IV-QP, L.P.
By:  

DAG Ventures Management IV, LLC,

its General Partner

By:  

/s/ R. Thomas Goodrich

  R. Thomas Goodrich, Managing Director
DAG VENTURES IV, L.P.
By:  

DAG Ventures Management IV, LLC,

its General Partner

By:  

/s/ R. Thomas Goodrich

  R. Thomas Goodrich, Managing Director
DAG VENTURES IV-A, LLC
By:  

DAG Ventures Management IV, LLC,

its Manager

By:  

/s/ R. Thomas Goodrich

  R. Thomas Goodrich, Managing Director

 

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT – SIGNATURE PAGE


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
BENCHMARK CAPITAL PARTNERS V, L.P.
as nominee for
Benchmark Capital Partners V, L.P.
Benchmark Founders’ Fund V, L.P.
Benchmark Founders’ Fund V-A, L.P
Benchmark Founders’ Fund V-B, L.P.
and related individuals

 

By:   Benchmark Capital Management Co. V, L.L.C.
its general partner
By:  

/s/ Steven M. Spurlock

  Steven M. Spurlock, Managing Member

 

Address:  

2965 Woodside Road

Woodside, CA 94062

 

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT – SIGNATURE PAGE


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
GV 2013, L.P.
By: GV 2013 GP, L.L.C., its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Daphne M. Chang

Name: Daphne M. Chang
Title: Authorized Signatory
Address:   GV 2013, L.P.
  1600 Amphitheatre Parkway
  Mountain View, CA 94043
  With a copy to: notice@gv.com

 

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT – SIGNATURE PAGE


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
MAVERICK FUND II, LTD.
By:   Maverick Capital, Ltd.,
  its investment manager
By:  

/s/ Ginessa Avile

Name: Ginessa Avile
Title: Assistant General Counsel
MAVERICK FUND, L.D.C.
By:   Maverick Capital, Ltd.,
  its investment manager
By:  

/s/ Ginessa Avile

Name: Ginessa Avile
Title: Assistant General Counsel
MAVERICK FUND USA, LTD.
By:   Maverick Capital, Ltd.,
  its investment manager
By:  

/s/ Ginessa Avile

Name: Ginessa Avile
Title: Assistant General Counsel

 

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT – SIGNATURE PAGE


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
REDMILE CAPITAL OFFSHORE FUND II, LTD.

/s/ Jeremy Green

By: Jeremy Green
Title: Managing Member of the Investment Manager
REDMILE STRATEGIC MASTER FUND, L.P.

/s/ Jeremy Green

By: Jeremy Green
Title: Managing Member of the General Partner and the Investment Manager
REDMILE PRIVATE INVESTMENTS I, LP

/s/ Jeremy Green

By: Jeremy Green
Title: Managing Member of the General Partner and the Management Company
REDMILE PRIVATE INVESTMENTS I AFFILIATES, LP

/s/ Jeremy Green

By: Jeremy Green
Title: Managing Member of the General Partner and the Management Company

 

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT – SIGNATURE PAGE


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
FIDELITY SELECT PORTFOLIOS: HEALTH CARE PORTFOLIO
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Davis

Name:

 

Jonathan Davis

Title:

 

Authorized Signatory

FIDELITY SELECT PORTFOLIOS: MEDICAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS PORTFOLIO
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Davis

Name:

 

Jonathan Davis

Title:

 

Authorized Signatory

FIDELITY CENTRAL INVESTMENT PORTFOLIOS LLC: FIDELITY HEALTH CARE CENTRAL FUND
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Davis

Name:

 

Jonathan Davis

Title:

 

Authorized Signatory

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT – SIGNATURE PAGE


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

FIDELITY ADVISOR SERIES VII: FIDELITY ADVISOR HEALTH CARE FUND
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Davis

Name:   Jonathan Davis
Title:   Authorized Signatory
VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND IV: HEALTH CARE PORTFOLIO
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Davis

Name:   Jonathan Davis
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT – SIGNATURE PAGE


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:  
PEG DIGITAL GROWTH FUND II L.P.
By: J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.,
Its: Investment Advisor
By:  

/s/ Tyler A. Jayroe

  Name: Tyler A. Jayroe
  Title: Managing Director
AARP INNOVATION FUND L.P.
By: J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.,
Its: Investment Advisor
By:  

/s/ Tyler A. Jayroe

  Name: Tyler A. Jayroe
  Title: Managing Director

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT – SIGNATURE PAGE


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:

/s/ Thomas H. Lee

THOMAS H. LEE

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT – SIGNATURE PAGE


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
By:  

/s/ David Kennedy

  David Kennedy, Trustee

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT – SIGNATURE PAGE


EXHIBIT A

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

 

NAME AND ADDRESS

   SERIES A SHARES  

BRICK AND MEG CONWAY

     100,000  

686 Capp Street

San Francisco, CA 94110

  

TODD HENRICH

     60,000  

123 Boway Rd

South Salem, NY 10590

  

MING AND MINAKO LEE

     100,000  

7527 42nd Ave NE

Seattle, WA 98115

  

THOMAS HO LEE, TRUSTEE OF THE TXL REVOCABLE TRUST

     400,000  

1 Hawthorne Street, 23D

San Francisco, CA 94105

  

JUSTIN MARTINKOVIC

     20,000  

810 Jones St #307

San Francisco, CA 94109

  

BRIAN MILFORD

     10,000  

941 Walnut Avenue

Walnut Creek, CA 94598

  

MOSSER VENTURES

     20,000  

2826 Octavia Street

San Francisco, CA 94123

Attn: Scott Mosser

  

WILLIAM T. REED AND AMY DAVIRRO, AS TRUSTEES OF THE

WILLIAM REED AND AMY DAVIRRO REVOCABLE TRUST CREATED

U/D/T DATED JUNE 3, 2014

     85,000  

148 Elm Avenue

Mill Valley, CA 94941

  

LAIRD S.T. REED REVOCABLE TRUST

     100,000  

3352 S. Street N.W.

Washington, DC 20007

  

J. SCOTT SINCLAIR

     40,000  

128 Wythe Avenue, PHD

Brooklyn, NY 11249

  

A-1

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


NAME AND ADDRESS

   SERIES A SHARES  

JAMES WORKMAN

     50,000  

245 Downey Street

San Francisco, CA 94117

  

EDWARD WU

     50,000  

77 Hudson Street, Apt. 5

New York, NY 10013

  

LIFEFORCE CAPITAL, LLC

     25,000  

106 Lincoln Boulevard, Suite 104

San Francisco, CA 94129

Attn: John Noonan

  

LIFEFORCE-CHS MANAGEMENT-ONE MEDICAL/1LIFE HEALTHCARE LLC

     70,000  

106 Lincoln Boulevard, Suite 104

San Francisco, CA 94129

Attn: John Noonan

  

TOTAL SERIES A PREFERRED:

     1,130,000  
  

 

 

 

NAME AND ADDRESS

   SERIES B SHARES  

BENCHMARK CAPITAL PARTNERS V, L.P.

     5,749,630  

2965 Woodside Road

Woodside, CA 94062

Attn: Steve Spurlock

  

KENNEDY FAMILY TRUST

     348,462  

3930 Washington St.

San Francisco, CA 94118

Attn: David Kennedy

  

SAINTS VENTURES II, L.P.

     226,500  

2020 Union Street

San Francisco, CA 94123

Attn: Bob Keppler

  

TOTAL SERIES B PREFERRED:

     6,324,592  
  

 

 

 

 

A-2

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


NAME AND ADDRESS

   SERIES C SHARES  

DAG VENTURES IV-QP, L.P.

     3,428,055  

251 Lytton Avenue, Suite 200

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Tel: (650) 543-8180

Fax: (650) 328-2921

  

DAG VENTURES IV, L.P.

     362,285  

251 Lytton Avenue, Suite 200

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Tel: (650) 543-8180

Fax: (650) 328-2921

  

DAG VENTURES IV-A, LLC

     1,082,954  

251 Lytton Avenue, Suite 200

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Tel: (650) 543-8180

Fax: (650) 328-2921

  

BENCHMARK CAPITAL PARTNERS V, L.P.

     3,736,192  

2965 Woodside Road

Woodside, CA 94062

Attn: Steve Spurlock

  

KENNEDY FAMILY TRUST

     54,148  

3930 Washington St.

San Francisco, CA 94118

Attn: David Kennedy

  

TOTAL SERIES C PREFERRED:

     8,663,634  
  

 

 

 

 

A-3

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


NAME AND ADDRESS

   SERIES D SHARES  

OAK INVESTMENT PARTNERS XII, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

     9,519,276  

901 Main Avenue, Suite 600

Norwalk, CT 06851

  

DAG VENTURES IV-QP, L.P.

     1,377,508  

251 Lytton Avenue, Suite 200

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Tel: (650) 543-8180

Fax: (650) 328-2921

  

DAG VENTURES IV, L.P.

     145,576  

251 Lytton Avenue, Suite 200

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Tel: (650) 543-8180

Fax: (650) 328-2921

  

BENCHMARK CAPITAL PARTNERS V, L.P.

     3,046,168  

2965 Woodside Road

Woodside, CA 94062

Attn: Steve Spurlock

  

THOMAS HO LEE, TRUSTEE OF THE TXL REVOCABLE TRUST

     95,192  

1 Hawthorne Street, 23D

San Francisco, CA 94105

  

SHARON A. KNIGHT 1993 TRUST

     95,192  

4315 21st Street

San Francisco, CA 94114

  

TOTAL SERIES D PREFERRED:

     14,278,912  
  

 

 

 

 

A-4

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


NAME AND ADDRESS

   SERIES E SHARES  

MAVERICK FUND, L.D.C.

     3,064,975  

300 Crescent Court, Suite 1850

Dallas, TX 75201

Tel: (214)880-4040

Fax: (214)880-4042

  

MAVERICK FUND USA, LTD.

     1,724,781  

300 Crescent Court, Suite 1850

Dallas, TX 75201

Tel: (214)880-4040

Fax: (214)880-4042

  

MAVERICK FUND II, LTD.

     1,415,256  

300 Crescent Court, Suite 1850

Dallas, TX 75201

Tel: (214)880-4040

Fax: (214)880-4042

  

OAK INVESTMENT PARTNERS X II, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

     4,152,698  

901 Main Avenue, Suite 600

Norwalk, CT 06851

  

BENCHMARK CAPITAL PARTNERS V, L.P.

     1,358,786  

2965 Woodside Road

Woodside, CA 94062

Attn: Steve Spurlock

  

DAG VENTURES IV-QP, L.P.

     627,242  

251 Lytton Avenue, Suite 200

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Tel: (650) 543-8180

Fax: (650) 328-2921

  

DAG VENTURES IV, L.P.

     66,287  

251 Lytton Avenue, Suite 200

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Tel: (650) 543-8180

Fax: (650) 328-2921

  

TOTAL SERIES E PREFERRED:

     12,410,025  

 

A-5

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS



NAME AND ADDRESS

   SERIES F SHARES  

MAVERICK FUND, L.D.C.

     113,316  

300 Crescent Court, Suite 1850

Dallas, TX 75201

Tel: (214)880-4040

Fax: (214)880-4042

  

MAVERICK FUND USA, LTD.

     97,501  

300 Crescent Court, Suite 1850

Dallas, TX 75201

Tel: (214)880-4040

Fax: (214)880-4042

  

MAVERICK FUND II, LTD.

     381,243  

300 Crescent Court, Suite 1850

Dallas, TX 75201

Tel: (214)880-4040

Fax: (214)880-4042

  

OAK INVESTMENT PARTNERS XII, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

     1,304,526  

901 Main Avenue, Suite 600

Norwalk, CT 06851

  

BENCHMARK CAPITAL PARTNERS V, L.P.

     1,325,406  

2965 Woodside Road

Woodside, CA 94062

Attn: Steve Spurlock

  

DAG VENTURES IV-QP, L.P.

     611,832  

251 Lytton Avenue, Suite 200

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Tel: (650) 543-8180

Fax: (650) 328-2921

  

DAG VENTURES IV, L.P.

     64,658  

251 Lytton Avenue, Suite 200

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Tel: (650) 543-8180

Fax: (650) 328-2921

  

GV 2013, L.P.

     7,796,967  

Attn: GV Legal Department

1600 Amphitheatre Parkway

Mountain View, CA 94043

Facsimile: 650-887-1790

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Email: notice@gv.com

  

TOTAL SERIES F PREFERRED:

     11,695,449  

 

A-6

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


NAME AND ADDRESS

   SERIES G SHARES  

REDMILE CAPITAL OFFSHORE FUND II, LTD.

Letterman Digital Arts Center

One Letterman Drive, Building D, Suite D3-700

San Francisco, CA 94129

     759,209  

REDMILE STRATEGIC MASTER FUND, L.P.

Letterman Digital Arts Center

One Letterman Drive, Building D, Suite D3-700

San Francisco, CA 94129

     367,837  

REDMILE PRIVATE INVESTMENTS I, LP

Letterman Digital Arts Center

One Letterman Drive, Building D, Suite D3-700

San Francisco, CA 94129

     659,574  

REDMILE PRIVATE INVESTMENTS I AFFILIATES, LP

Letterman Digital Arts Center

One Letterman Drive, Building D, Suite D3-700

San Francisco, CA 94129

     491,007  

FIDELITY SELECT PORTFOLIOS: HEALTH CARE PORTFOLIO

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.

525 Washington Blvd

Jersey City NJ 07310

Attn: Michael Lerman 15th Floor

Corporate Actions

Email: michael.lerman@bbh.com

Fax number: 617 772-2418

     1,639,892  

FIDELITY SELECT PORTFOLIOS: MEDICAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS PORTFOLIO

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.

525 Washington Blvd

Jersey City NJ 07310

Attn: Michael Lerman 15th Floor

Corporate Actions

Email: michael.lerman@bbh.com

Fax number: 617 772-2418

     455,526  

 

A-7

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


NAME AND ADDRESS

   SERIES G SHARES  
FIDELITY CENTRAL INVESTMENT PORTFOLIOS LLC: FIDELITY HEALTH CARE CENTRAL FUND      438,101  

M. Gardiner & Co

c/o JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A

P.O. Box 35308

Newark, NJ 07101-8006

Email: Fidelity.crcs@jpmorgan.com

Jpmorganinformation.services@jpmorgan.com

Fax number: 469-477-1510

  
FIDELITY ADVISOR SERIES VII: FIDELITY ADVISOR HEALTH CARE FUND      322,145  

M. Gardiner & Co

c/o JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A

P.O. Box 35308

Newark, NJ 07101-8006

Email: Fidelity.crcs@jpmorgan.com

Jpmorganinformation.services@jpmorgan.com

Fax number: 469-477-1510

  
VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND IV: HEALTH CARE PORTFOLIO      181,172  

M. Gardiner & Co

c/o JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A

P.O. Box 35308

Newark, NJ 07101-8006

Email: Fidelity.crcs@jpmorgan.com

Jpmorganinformation.services@jpmorgan.com

Fax number: 469-477-1510

  
MAVERICK FUND II, LTD.      98,371  

300 Crescent Court, Suite 1850

Dallas, TX 75201

Tel: (214)880-4040

Fax: (214)880-4042

  
OAK INVESTMENT PARTNERS XII, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP      216,748  

901 Main Avenue, Suite 600

Norwalk, CT 06851

  
BENCHMARK CAPITAL PARTNERS V, L.P.      220,217  

2965 Woodside Road

Woodside, CA 94062

Attn: Steve Spurlock

  

 

A-8

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


NAME AND ADDRESS

   SERIES G SHARES  
DAG VENTURES IV-QP, L.P.      101,656  

251 Lytton Avenue, Suite 200

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Tel: (650) 543-8180

Fax: (650) 328-2921

  
DAG VENTURES IV, L.P.      10,743  

251 Lytton Avenue, Suite 200

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Tel: (650) 543-8180

Fax: (650) 328-2921

  
GV 2013, L.P.      111,472  

Attn: GV Legal Department

1600 Amphitheatre Parkway

Mountain View, CA 94043

Facsimile: 650-887-1790

 

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Email: notice@gv.com

  
ALLEN PARTNERS FUND I LP      72,124  

c/o Allen & Company LLC

711 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Peter DiLorio

  
JOHN KOSKI      1,898  

c/o Allen & Company LLC

711 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10022

  
ROBERT LOWE      1,898  

c/o Allen & Company LLC

711 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10022

  
DIGNITY HEALTH      455,525  

185 Berry Street, Suite 300

San Francisco, CA 94107

Attn: Lisa Zuckerman

  
TOTAL SERIES G PREFERRED:      6,605,115  

 

A-9

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


NAME AND ADDRESS

   SERIES H SHARES  
PEG DIGITAL GROWTH FUND II L.P.      5,383,180  

Lawrence Unrein

JP Morgan Asset Management

Private Equity Group

320 Park Avenue - 15th Floor

NY1-U016

New York, NY 10022

Email: lawrence.m.unrein@jpmorgan.com

 

and:

 

Tyler Jayroe

JP Morgan Asset Management

Private Equity Group

320 Park Avenue - 15th Floor

NY1-U016

New York, NY 10022

Email: tyler.a.jayroe@jpmorgan.com

 

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Marc A. Persily

Proskauer Rose LLP

Eleven Times Square

New York, NY 10036-8299

Email: mpersily@proskauer.com    

  

 

A-10

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


NAME AND ADDRESS

   SERIES H SHARES  

AARP INNOVATION FUND L.P.

Lawrence Unrein

JP Morgan Asset Management

Private Equity Group

320 Park Avenue - 15th Floor

NY1-U016

New York, NY 10022

Email: lawrence.m.unrein@jpmorgan.com

 

and:

 

Tyler Jayroe

JP Morgan Asset Management

Private Equity Group

320 Park Avenue - 15th Floor

NY1-U016

New York, NY 10022

Email: tyler.a.jayroe@jpmorgan.com

 

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Marc A. Persily

Proskauer Rose LLP

Eleven Times Square

New York, NY 10036-8299

Email: mpersily@proskauer.com

     343,607  

LANSDOWNE DEVELOPED MARKETS MASTER FUND LIMITED

c/o Lansdowne Partners (UK) LLP

15 Davies Street

London W1K 3AG

United Kingdom

Tel: +44 (0) 20 7290 5500

Email: PE@LansdownePartners.com

 

With a copy to:

Compliance@LansdownePartners.com

     1,145,358  

H. BARTON CO-INVEST FUND II, LLC

135 Main Street, Suite 850

San Francisco, CA 94105

Email: harris@bartonam.com, kyle@bartonam.com

     114,536  

FAVREAU 2008 TRUST, DTD 4-10-2008

c/o Shephard McIlwee Tinglof

9200 Sunset Boulevard, Penthouse 22

Los Angeles, CA 90069

Attn: Jon Favreau

     114,536  

 

A-11

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


NAME AND ADDRESS

   SERIES H SHARES  

OAK INVESTMENT PARTNERS XII, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

901 Main Avenue, Suite 600

Norwalk, CT 06851

     52,281  

GV 2013, L.P.

Attn: GV Legal Department

1600 Amphitheatre Parkway

Mountain View, CA 94043

Facsimile: 650-887-1790

 

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Email: notice@gv.com

     28,634  

MAVERICK FUND II, LTD.

300 Crescent Court, Suite 1850

Dallas, TX 75201

Tel: (214)880-4040

Fax: (214)880-4042

     28,634  

REDMILE CAPITAL OFFSHORE FUND II, LTD.

Letterman Digital Arts Center

One Letterman Drive, Building D, Suite D3-700

San Francisco, CA 94129

     76,357  

REDMILE STRATEGIC MASTER FUND, L.P.

Letterman Digital Arts Center

One Letterman Drive, Building D, Suite D3-700

San Francisco, CA 94129

     36,995  

REDMILE PRIVATE INVESTMENTS I, LP

Letterman Digital Arts Center

One Letterman Drive, Building D, Suite D3-700

San Francisco, CA 94129

     66,337  

REDMILE PRIVATE INVESTMENTS I AFFILIATES, LP

Letterman Digital Arts Center

One Letterman Drive, Building D, Suite D3-700

San Francisco, CA 94129

     49,383  

DIGNITY HEALTH

185 Berry Street, Suite 300

San Francisco, CA 94107

     4,276  

ALLEN PARTNERS FUND I LP

c/o Allen & Company LLC

711 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Peter DiLorio

     677  

 

A-12

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


NAME AND ADDRESS

   SERIES H SHARES  

JOHN KOSKI

c/o Allen & Company LLC

711 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10022

     18  

ROBERT LOWE

c/o Allen & Company LLC

711 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10022

     18  
  

 

 

 

TOTAL SERIES H PREFERRED:

     7,444,827  
  

 

 

 

 

A-13

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


NAME AND ADDRESS

   SERIES I SHARES  

CARLYLE PARTNERS VII HOLDINGS, L.P.

520 Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10022

     17,699,115  
  

 

 

 

TOTAL:

     17,699,115  
  

 

 

 

 

A-14

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

Exhibit 10.2

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

AMENDED 2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: APRIL 24, 2007

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: MAY 4, 2007;

AMENDED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: JULY 2, 2007

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: JULY 2, 2007

AMENDED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: NOVEMBER 5, 2008

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: NOVEMBER 5, 2008

AMENDED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: SEPTEMBER 4, 2009

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: SEPTEMBER 4, 2009

AMENDED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: APRIL 27, 2010

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: APRIL 27, 2010

AMENDED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: SEPTEMBER 2, 2011

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: SEPTEMBER 2, 2011

AMENDED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: FEBRUARY 1, 2012

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: FEBRUARY 1, 2012

AMENDED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: JUNE 21, 2012

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: JUNE 21, 2012

AMENDED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: MARCH 5, 2013

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: MARCH 5, 2013

AMENDED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: APRIL 7, 2014

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: APRIL 7, 2014

AMENDED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: OCTOBER 1, 2015

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: NOVEMBER 22, 2015

AMENDED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: MAY 25, 2016

TERMINATION DATE: APRIL 24, 2017

 

1.

GENERAL.

(a) Eligible Stock Award Recipients. The persons eligible to receive Stock Awards are Employees, Directors and Consultants.

(b) Available Stock Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following Stock Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Restricted Stock Awards, (iv) Restricted Stock Unit Awards, and (v) Stock Appreciation Rights.

(c) Purpose. The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to secure and retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive Stock Awards as set forth in Section 1(a), to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate, and to provide a means by which such eligible recipients may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of Stock Awards.

 

2.

ADMINISTRATION.

(a) Administration by Board. The Board shall administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee, as provided in Section 2(c).

 

1.


(b) Powers of Board. The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine from time to time (A) which of the persons eligible under the Plan shall be granted Stock Awards; (B) when and how each Stock Award shall be granted; (C) what type or combination of types of Stock Award shall be granted; (D) the provisions of each Stock Award granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person shall be permitted to receive cash or Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which a Stock Award shall be granted to each such person; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to a Stock Award.

(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Stock Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Stock Award fully effective.

(iii) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it.

(iv) To accelerate the time at which a Stock Award may first be exercised or the time during which a Stock Award or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in the Stock Award stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

(vi) To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or to bring the Plan or Stock Awards granted under the Plan into compliance therewith, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. However, except as provided in Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, to the extent required by applicable law, stockholder approval shall be required for any amendment of the Plan that either (i) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (ii) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Stock Awards under the Plan, (iii) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (iv) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (v) expands the types of Stock Awards available for issuance under the Plan. Except as provided above, rights under any Stock Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (ii) such Participant consents in writing.

(vii) To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code regarding Incentive Stock Options.

(viii) To approve forms of Stock Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable than previously provided in the Stock Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided however, that, the rights under any

 

2.


Stock Award shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (ii) such Participant consents in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, and without the affected Participant’s consent, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards if necessary to maintain the qualified status of the Stock Award as an Incentive Stock Option or to bring the Stock Award into compliance with Section 409A of the Code and the related guidance thereunder.

(ix) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Stock Awards.

(x) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States.

(xi) To effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of any adversely affected Optionholder, (1) the reduction of the exercise price of any outstanding Option under the Plan, (2) the cancellation of any outstanding Option under the Plan and the grant in substitution therefor of (A) a new Option under the Plan or another equity plan of the Company covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock, (B) a Restricted Stock Award, (C) a Stock Appreciation Right, (D) Restricted Stock Unit, (E) cash and/or (F) other valuable consideration (as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion), or (3) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles; provided, however, that no such reduction or cancellation may be effected if it is determined, in the Company’s sole discretion, that such reduction or cancellation would result in any such outstanding Option becoming subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(c) Delegation to Committee. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(d) Delegation to an Officer. The Board may delegate to one or more Officers the authority to do one or both of the following: (i) designate Employees who are not Officers to be recipients of Options (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other Stock Awards) and the terms thereof, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Employees; provided, however, that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation shall specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may not delegate authority to an Officer to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock pursuant to Section 15(t) below.

(e) Effect of Boards Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith shall not be subject to review by any person and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

3.


(f) Arbitration. Any dispute or claim concerning any Stock Awards granted (or not granted) pursuant to the Plan or any disputes or claims relating to or arising out of the Plan shall be fully, finally and exclusively resolved by binding and confidential arbitration conducted pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association the rules of Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”) in California. The Company shall pay all arbitration fees. In addition to any other relief, the arbitrator may award to the prevailing party recovery of its attorneys’ fees and costs. By accepting a Stock Award, Participants and the Company waive their respective rights to have any such disputes or claims tried by a judge or jury.

 

3.

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

(a) Subject to Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock of the Company that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards after the Effective Date shall not exceed 17,319,254 shares (the “Share Reserve”). For clarity, the limitation in this Section 3(a) is a limitation in the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. Accordingly, this Section 3(a) does not limit the granting of Stock Awards except as provided in Section 7(a). Furthermore, if a Stock Award (i) expires or otherwise terminates without having been exercised in full or (ii) is settled in cash (i.e., the holder of the Stock Award receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement shall not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan.

(b) If any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares which are forfeited shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. Also, any shares reacquired by the Company pursuant to Section 10(g) or as consideration for the exercise of an Option shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3(b), any such shares shall not be subsequently issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options.

(c) Incentive Stock Option Limit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3(c), subject to the provisions of Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall be equal to two times the Share Reserve.

(d) Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.

 

4.

ELIGIBILITY.

(a) Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code). Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants.

(b) Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant.

 

4.


(c) Consultants. A Consultant shall not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award if, at the time of grant, either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such Consultant is not exempt under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act (“Rule 701”) because of the nature of the services that the Consultant is providing to the Company, because the Consultant is not a natural person, or because of any other provision of Rule 701, unless the Company determines that such grant need not comply with the requirements of Rule 701 and will satisfy another exemption under the Securities Act as well as comply with the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions.

 

5.

OPTION PROVISIONS.

Each Option shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. All Options shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates shall be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, then the Option shall be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options need not be identical; provided, however, that each Option Agreement shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Option Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Option Agreement.

(b) Exercise Price. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise price of each Option shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code (whether or not such options are Incentive Stock Options).

(c) Consideration. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below. The Board shall have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to utilize a particular method of payment. The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

(i) by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

(ii) pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

(iii) by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

 

5.


(iv) by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however, that the Company shall accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued; provided, further, that shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations; or

(v) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board.

(d) Transferability of Options. The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options as the Board shall determine. In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options shall apply:

(i) Restrictions on Transfer. An Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder; provided, however, that the Board may, in its sole discretion, permit transfer of the Option to such extent as permitted by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act at the time of the grant of the Option and in a manner consistent with applicable tax and securities laws upon the Optionholder’s request.

(ii) Domestic Relations Orders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order, provided, however, that an Incentive Stock Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(iii) Beneficiary Designation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be the beneficiary of an Option with the right to exercise the Option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from the Option exercise.

(e) Vesting of Options Generally. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option may vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal. The Option may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of performance goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options may vary. The provisions of this Section 5(e) are subject to any Option provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option may be exercised.

(f) Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, in the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause or upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability), the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than thirty (30) days unless such termination is for Cause), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate.

 

6.


(g) Extension of Termination Date. An Optionholder’s Option Agreement may provide that if the exercise of the Option following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause or upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of three (3) months after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option would not be in violation of such registration requirements, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement.

(h) Disability of Optionholder. In the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s Disability, the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate.

(i) Death of Optionholder. In the event that (i) an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s death, or (ii) the Optionholder dies within the period (if any) specified in the Option Agreement after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option may be exercised (to the extent the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of death) by the Optionholder’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated as the beneficiary of the Option upon the Optionholder’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date eighteen (18) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months), or (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after the Optionholder’s death, the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate. If the Optionholder designates a third party beneficiary of the Option in accordance with Section 5(d)(iii), then upon the death of the Optionholder such designated beneficiary shall have the sole right to exercise the Option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from the Option exercise.

(j) Termination for Cause. Except as explicitly provided otherwise in an Optionholder’s Option Agreement, in the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate upon the termination date of such Optionholder’s Continuous Service, and the Optionholder shall be prohibited from exercising his or her Option from and after the time of such termination of Continuous Service.

(k) Non-Exempt Employees. No Option granted to an Employee that is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Option. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.

(l) Early Exercise. The Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Optionholder may elect at any time before the Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 10(l), any unvested shares of

 

7.


Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate. Provided that the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 10(k) is not violated, the Company shall not be required to exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless the Board otherwise specifically provides in the Option Agreement.

(m) Right of Repurchase. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 10(k), the Option may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to repurchase all or any part of the vested shares of Common Stock acquired by the Optionholder pursuant to the exercise of the Option. Provided that the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 10(k) is not violated, the Company shall not be required to exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time necessary to avoid classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless otherwise specifically provided in the Option Agreement.

(n) Right of First Refusal. The Option may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to exercise a right of first refusal following receipt of notice from the Optionholder of the intent to transfer all or any part of the shares of Common Stock received upon the exercise of the Option. Such right of first refusal shall be subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 10(k). Except as expressly provided in this Section 5(n) or in the Option Agreement, such right of first refusal shall otherwise comply with any applicable provisions of the Bylaws of the Company.

 

6.

PROVISIONS OF STOCK AWARDS OTHER THAN OPTIONS.

(a) Restricted Stock Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. To the extent consistent with the Company’s Bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock may be (x) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (y) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate shall be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical; provided, however, that each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) past or future services actually or to be rendered to the Company or an Affiliate, or (B) any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 10(k), shares of Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

(iii) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. In the event a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive via a forfeiture condition, any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant which have not vested as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

 

8.


(iv) Transferability. Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board shall determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(b) Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical, provided, however, that each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

(iii) Payment. A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

(iv) Additional Restrictions. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(v) Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all the terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

(vi) Termination of Participants Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

(vii) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any Restricted Stock Unit Award granted under the Plan that is not exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code shall contain such provisions so that such Restricted Stock Unit Award will comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Such restrictions, if any, shall be determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement evidencing such Restricted Stock Unit Award. For example, such restrictions may include, without limitation, a requirement that any Common Stock that is to be issued in a year following the year in which the Restricted Stock Unit Award vests must be issued in accordance with a fixed pre-determined schedule.

 

9.


(c) Stock Appreciation Rights. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted as stand-alone Stock Awards or in tandem with other Stock Awards. The terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Right Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Stock Appreciation Right Agreements need not be identical; provided, however, that each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Term. No Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter period specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement.

(ii) Strike Price. Each Stock Appreciation Right will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents. The strike price of each Stock Appreciation Right granted as a stand-alone or tandem Stock Award shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock equivalents subject to the Stock Appreciation Right on the date of grant.

(iii) Calculation of Appreciation. The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of shares of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such Stock Appreciation Right, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the Stock Appreciation Right on such date, over (B) the strike price that will be determined by the Board on the date of grant.

(iv) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Board may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of such Stock Appreciation Right as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

(v) Exercise. To exercise any outstanding Stock Appreciation Right, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right.

(vi) Non-Exempt Employees. No Stock Appreciation Right granted to an Employee that is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Stock Appreciation Right. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of a Stock Appreciation Right will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.

(vii) Payment. The appreciation distribution in respect to a Stock Appreciation Right may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right.

 

10.


(viii) Termination of Continuous Service. In the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause), the Participant may exercise his or her Stock Appreciation Right (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Appreciation Right as of the date of termination) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (A) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, which period shall not be less than thirty (30) days unless such termination is for Cause), or (B) the expiration of the term of the Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Stock Appreciation Right within the time specified herein or in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (as applicable), the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate.

(ix) Termination for Cause. Except as explicitly provided otherwise in an Participant’s Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, in the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate upon the termination date of such Participant’s Continuous Service, and the Participant shall be prohibited from exercising his or her Stock Appreciation Right from and after the time of such termination of Continuous Service.

(x) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan that are not exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code shall contain such provisions so that such Stock Appreciation Rights will comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Such restrictions, if any, shall be determined by the Board and contained in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right. For example, such restrictions may include, without limitation, a requirement that a Stock Appreciation Right that is to be paid wholly or partly in cash must be exercised and paid in accordance with a fixed pre-determined schedule.

 

7.

LIMITED TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS, UNDERLYING SECURITIES AND STOCK AWARDS.

(a) Restrictions on Transfer. Without limitation of any other restrictions on transfer set forth in this Plan, each Optionholder shall be bound by the following restrictions:

(i) No Optionholder shall Transfer any Stock without the prior written consent of the Company, upon a duly authorized action of its Board, or an authorized representative thereof with authority delegated by the Board, (i) to individuals, companies or any other form of entity identified by the Company as a current or potential competitor, either directly or indirectly, or considered by the Company to be unfriendly, or any affiliate of such person or entity, as determined in good faith by the Board, or to any Special Purpose Entity; or (ii) if such Transfer increases the risk of the Company having a class of security held of record by five hundred or more persons, as described in Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, and Rule 12g5-1 promulgated thereunder, or otherwise requiring the company to register any class of securities under the Exchange Act; or (iii) if such Transfer would result in the loss of any federal or state securities law exemption relied upon by the Company in connection with the initial issuance of Shares or the issuance of any other securities; or (iv) if such Transfer is facilitated in any manner by any public posting, message board, trading portal, internet site intended to facilitate secondary transfers of securities, or (v) if such Transfer is to be effected in a brokered transaction; or (vi) if such Transfer represents a Transfer of less than all of the shares then held by the stockholder and its affiliates or is to be made to more than a single transferee.

(ii) No Optionholder may list, sell or offer to sell or otherwise trade in Company securities on any private market place or securities exchange, including without limitation on SecondMarket or SharesPost (each, a “Private Market Exchange”), until such time that a court of competent jurisdiction or appropriate regulatory authority has issued a ruling or endorsed the activities of such Private Market Exchange as compliant with applicable securities law to the Company’s reasonable satisfaction.

 

11.


(iii) The foregoing restrictions on transfer with respect to the Stock shall lapse upon the earlier of (i) immediately prior to the closing of an IPO or (ii) the consummation of a Liquidation Event.

(iv) Any Transfer, or purported Transfer, of Stock not made in strict compliance with this Section 7 shall be null and void, shall not be recorded on the books of the Company and shall not be recognized by the Company.

(b) Continuing Restrictions on Transfer for Certain Optionholders. Without limiting any right or remedy of the Company to enforce Section 7(a) of the Plan, to the extent any person who was an Optionholder prior to the adoption of Section 7(a) does not agree to be bound by or otherwise comply with the restriction in Section 7(a) hereof, the restrictions on transfer set forth in Sections 5(d) and 6(a)(iv)of the Plan or in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement or in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement will continue to apply to such Optionholder.

(c) Transferee Obligations. Each person (other than the Company) to whom Stock is transferred in accordance with this Section 7 must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, be required to acknowledge in writing to the Company that such person is bound by the provisions of this Section 7 (and the form of amended stock option agreement and exercise notice), as may be amended from time to time in the Company’s sole discretion, to the same extent that such Stock would be so subject if retained by the Optionholder; and there shall be no further Transfer of such Stock except in accordance with this Section 7.

 

8.

CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES.

(a) Legal Compliance. Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option or other Stock Award unless the exercise of such Option or other Stock Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) Investment Representations. As a condition to the exercise of an Option or other Stock Award and if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required, the Administrator may require the person exercising such Option or other Stock Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that:

i. the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares; and

ii. the Transferee will not sell, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of any Shares received by Transferee unless and until (a) such Shares are subsequently registered under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws, or (b) (i) an exemption from such registration is available thereunder, and (ii) Transferee has notified the Company of the proposed transfer and has furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company that such transfer will not require registration of such shares under the Securities Act.

 

12.


9.

COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

(a) Availability of Shares. During the terms of the Stock Awards, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy such Stock Awards.

(b) Securities Law Compliance. The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained.

(c) No Obligation to Notify. The Company shall have no duty or obligation to any holder of a Stock Award to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Stock Award. Furthermore, the Company shall have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of a Stock Award or a possible period in which the Stock Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of a Stock Award to the holder of such Stock Award.

 

10.

MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock. Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards shall constitute general funds of the Company.

(b) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Stock Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of a Stock Award to any Participant shall be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Stock Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant.

(c) Stockholder Rights. No Participant shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Stock Award unless and until such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Stock Award pursuant to its terms and the Participant shall not be deemed to be a stockholder of record until the issuance of the Common Stock pursuant to such exercise has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

(d) No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan, any Stock Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Stock Award granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Stock Award was granted or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

 

13.


(e) Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

(f) Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Stock Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Stock Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Stock Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (x) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (y) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

(g) Withholding Obligations. To the extent provided by the terms of a Stock Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to a Stock Award by any of the following means (in addition to the Company’s right to withhold from any compensation paid to the Participant by the Company) or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Stock Award; provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; (iv) withholding cash from a Stock Award settled in cash; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Stock Award Agreement.

(h) Electronic Delivery. Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document shall include any agreement or document delivered electronically or posted on the Company’s intranet.

(i) Deferrals. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Stock Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee. The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Stock Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of employment or retirement, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

 

14.


(j) Compliance with Section 409A. To the extent that the Board determines that any Stock Award granted hereunder is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Stock Award Agreement evidencing such Stock Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and Stock Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued or amended after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date the Board determines that any Stock Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance (including such Department of Treasury guidance as may be issued after the Effective Date), the Board may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Stock Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Board determines are necessary or appropriate to (1) exempt the Stock Award from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Stock Award, or (2) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance.

(k) Compliance with Exemption Provided by Rule 12h-1(f). If: (i) the aggregate of the number of Optionholders and the number of holders of all other outstanding compensatory employee stock options to purchase shares of Common Stock equals or exceeds five hundred (500), and (ii) the assets of the Company at the end of the Company’s most recently completed fiscal year exceed $10 million, then the following restrictions shall apply during any period during which the Company does not have a class of its securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and is not required to file reports under Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act: (A) the Options and, prior to exercise, the shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Options may not be transferred until the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (“Rule 12h-1(f)”), except: (1) as permitted by Rule 701(c) promulgated under the Securities Act, (2) to a guardian upon the disability of the Optionholder, or (3) to an executor upon the death of the Optionholder (collectively, the “Permitted Transferees”); provided, however, the following transfers are permitted: (i) transfers by the Optionholder to the Company, and (ii) transfers in connection with a change of control or other acquisition involving the Company, if following such transaction, the Options no longer remain outstanding and the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f); provided further, that any Permitted Transferees may not further transfer the Options; (B) except as otherwise provided in (A) above, the Options and shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Options are restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position” as defined by Rule 16a-1(h) promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any “call equivalent position” as defined by Rule 16a-1(b) promulgated under the Exchange Act by the Optionholder prior to exercise of an Option until the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f); and (C) at any time that the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f), the Company shall deliver to Optionholders (whether by physical or electronic delivery or written notice of the availability of the information on an internet site) the information required by Rule 701(e)(3), (4), and (5) promulgated under the Securities Act every six (6) months, including financial statements that are not more than one hundred eighty (180) days old; provided, however, that the Company may condition the delivery of such information upon the Optionholder’s agreement to maintain its confidentiality.

(l) Repurchase Limitation. The terms of any repurchase option shall be specified in the Stock Award Agreement. The repurchase price for vested shares of Common Stock shall be the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase. The repurchase price for unvested shares of Common Stock shall be the lower of (i) the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase or (ii) their original purchase price. However, the Company

 

15.


shall not exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following delivery of shares of Common Stock subject to the Stock Award, unless otherwise specifically provided by the Board.

 

11.

ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK; OTHER CORPORATE EVENTS.

(a) Capitalization Adjustments. In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board shall proportionately and appropriately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(c), and (iii) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to the Company’s right of repurchase) shall terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase option may be repurchased by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service, provided, however, that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

(c) Corporate Transaction. The following provisions shall apply to Stock Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Stock Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the holder of the Stock Award or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of a Stock Award.

(i) Stock Awards May Be Assumed. Except as otherwise stated in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a Corporate Transaction, any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue any or all Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan or may substitute similar stock awards for Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan (including but not limited to, awards to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction), and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to Stock Awards may be assigned by the Company to the successor of the Company (or the successor’s parent company, if any), in connection with such Corporate Transaction. A surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent) may choose to assume or continue only a portion of a Stock Award or substitute a similar stock award for only a portion of a Stock Award. The terms of any assumption, continuation or substitution shall be set by the Board in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.

(ii) Stock Awards Not Assumed. Except as otherwise stated in the Stock Award Agreement or as otherwise determined by the Board in its sole discretion, in the event of a Corporate Transaction in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such outstanding Stock Awards or substitute similar stock awards for such outstanding Stock Awards, then with respect to Stock Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted, the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, if applicable, the time at which such Stock Award may be exercised) shall not be accelerated and such Stock Awards (other than a Stock Award consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to the Company’s right of repurchase) shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the closing of the Corporate Transaction; provided, however, that any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Stock Awards shall not terminate and may continue to be exercised notwithstanding the Corporate Transaction.

 

16.


(iii) Payment for Stock Awards in Lieu of Exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a Stock Award will terminate if not exercised prior to the closing of a Corporate Transaction, the Board may provide, in its sole discretion, that the holder of such Stock Award may or need not exercise such Stock Award but will receive a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board, equal in value to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the holder of the Stock Award would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award, over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise; provided, however, if the Company has not provided written notice to a holder of Stock Awards informing them of the pending termination of such Stock Awards’ as a result of the events described in Section 9(c)(ii) with a reasonable time period for such Holder to exercise such Stock Awards prior to termination, such holder of Stock Awards will receive the payments such holder would otherwise be entitled to under this Section 9(c)(iii) automatically and without any further necessary action by the holder of the Stock Awards.

(d) Change in Control. A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration shall occur.

 

12.

TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

(a) Plan Term. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless sooner terminated by the Board pursuant to Section 2, the Plan shall automatically terminate on the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Stock Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(b) No Impairment of Rights. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

 

13.

EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.

This Plan shall become effective on the Effective Date.

 

14.

CHOICE OF LAW.

The law of the State of California shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

 

15.

DEFINITIONS. As used in the Plan, the following definitions shall apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a)Administrator” means the Board or any of its Committees as shall be administering the Plan in accordance with Section 2 hereof.

(b)Applicable Laws” means the requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Options or other Stock Awards are granted under the Plan.

 

17.


(c)Affiliate” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” of the Company, as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. The Board shall have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(d)Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e)Capitalization Adjustment” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a transaction “without the receipt of consideration” by the Company.

(f)Cause means with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) such Participant’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) such Participant’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) such Participant’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Participant and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iv) such Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) such Participant’s gross misconduct. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause shall be made by the Company in its sole discretion. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated by reason of dismissal without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Stock Awards held by such Participant shall have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

(g)Change in Control” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities or (B) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “Subject Person”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur;

 

18.


(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

(iii) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; or

(iv) individuals who, on the date this Plan is adopted by the Board, are members of the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however, that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

For the avoidance of doubt, the term Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Plan, the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Stock Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply.

(h)Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(i)Committee” means a committee of one (1) or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(j)Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

(k)Company” means 1Life Healthcare, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(l)Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, shall not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan.

 

19.


(m)Continuous Service” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the Entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, shall not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however, if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering service ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service shall be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. For example, a change in status from an employee of the Company to a consultant of an Affiliate or to a Director shall not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of any leave of absence approved by that party, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence shall be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in a Stock Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law.

(n)Corporate Transaction” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) the consummation of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) the consummation of a sale or other disposition of at least ninety percent (90%) of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(o)Director” means a member of the Board.

(p)Disability” means the inability of a Participant to engage in any substantially gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, and shall be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(q)Effective Date” means the effective date of this Plan, which is the earlier of (i) the date that this Plan is first approved by the Company’s stockholders, or (ii) the date this Plan is adopted by the Board.

(r)Employee” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, shall not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

 

20.


(s)Entity” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(t)Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(u)Exchange Act Person means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” shall not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date of the Plan as set forth in Section 13, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(v)Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined by the Board in compliance with Section 409A of the Code or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, in compliance with Section 422 of the Code.

(w)Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, parents, grandparents, lineal descendants, siblings and lineal descendants of siblings of the stockholder making such transfer.

(x)Incentive Stock Option” means an Option that qualifies as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(y)IPO” means the first sale of the Company’s Common Stock to the general public pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act.

(z)Liquidation Event” shall have the meaning as defined in Section 3(a), Article IV of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time.

(aa)Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(bb)Officer” means any person designated by the Company as an officer.

(cc)Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(dd)Option Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant. Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ee)Optionholder” means a person to whom an Option or other Stock Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option or other Stock Award.

 

21.


(ff)Own,” “Owned,” “Owner,” “Ownership A person or Entity shall be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(gg)Participant” means a person to whom a Stock Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

(hh)Permitted Transfer” shall mean, and be restricted to, any Transfer of a share of Stock by a Qualified Stockholder (i) held either during such stockholder’s lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to such stockholder’s Immediate Family or to any custodian or trustee for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s Immediate Family or to any limited partnership of which the stockholder, members of such stockholder’s Immediate Family or any trust for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s Immediate Family will be the general or limited partner(s) of such partnership, or (ii) to any other Qualified Stockholder of the Company, or (iii) to the Company; provided, however, that in the case of (i) or (ii), the party to which such shares of Stock are transferred agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of this Plan (including Section 7) and any other applicable restrictions on such shares of Stock.

(ii)Plan” means this 1Life Healthcare, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.

(jj)Qualified Stockholder” shall mean (a) any Optionholder under this Plan; or (b) any transferee of shares of Stock received in a Transfer that constitutes a Permitted Transfer.

(kk)Restricted Stock Award” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

(ll)Restricted Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(mm)Restricted Stock Unit Award means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

(nn)Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(oo)Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(pp)Share” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 11 hereof.

(qq)Special Purpose Entity” shall mean an entity that holds or would hold only securities of the Company or has or would have a class or series of security holders with beneficial interests primarily in securities of the Company (including for such purpose an entity that holds cash and/or cash equivalents intended to purchase such securities).

 

22.


(rr)Stock” means and includes all shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding at the relevant time plus (a) all shares of Common Stock that may be issued upon exercise of any options, warrants and other rights of any kind that are then exercisable, and (b) all shares of Common Stock that may be issued upon conversion of (i) any convertible securities, including, without limitation, Preferred Stock and debt securities then outstanding that are by their terms then convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or (ii) any such convertible securities issuable upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants or other rights that are then exercisable.

(ss)Stock Appreciation Right” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(c).

(tt)Stock Appreciation Right Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(uu)Stock Award” means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, or a Stock Appreciation Right.

(vv)Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ww)Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than fifty percent (50%) .

(xx)Ten Percent Stockholder” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate

(yy)Transfer” and “Transferred” mean and include any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation or other transfer or disposition of a share of Stock or any legal or beneficial interest in such share, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law, including without limitation, a transfer of a share of Stock to a broker or other nominee (regardless of whether there in is a corresponding change in beneficial ownership); provided, however, that a Permitted Transfer shall not be considered a Transfer.

 

23.

Exhibit 10.3

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

(2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN)

1Life Healthcare, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Option Agreement, the Plan, and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety.

 

Optionholder:  

 

                          
Date of Grant:  

 

 
Vesting Commencement Date:  

 

 
Number of Shares Subject to Option:                      

 

 
Exercise Price (Per Share):  

 

 
Total Exercise Price:  

 

 
Expiration Date:  

 

 

 

Type of Grant:    ☐ Incentive Stock Option1    ☐ Nonstatutory Stock Option
Exercise Schedule:    ☐ Same as Vesting Schedule    ☐ Early Exercise Permitted
Vesting Schedule:    [ ]   
Payment:    By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):
  

☐ By cash or check

☐ Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the Shares are publicly traded

☐ By delivery of already-owned shares if the Shares are publicly traded

☐ By deferred payment

☐ By net exercise

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: The undersigned Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan. Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding the acquisition of stock in the Company and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to Optionholder under the Plan, and (ii) the following agreements only:

 

OTHER AGREEMENTS:   

 

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.            OPTIONHOLDER
By:   

 

     

                                                                                                   

       [Name]      

Signature

  
       [Title]       Date:   

                                                                               

Date:   

 

        

ATTACHMENTS: Option Agreement, 2007 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise

 

1 

If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.


ATTACHMENT I

OPTION AGREEMENT


1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

OPTION AGREEMENT

(INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION OR NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION)

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“Grant Notice”) and this Option Agreement, 1Life Healthcare, Inc. (the “Company”) has granted you an option under its 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. Defined terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option are as follows:

1. VESTING. Subject to the limitations contained herein, your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

2. NUMBER OF SHARES AND EXERCISE PRICE. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share referenced in your Grant Notice may be adjusted from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments.

3. EXERCISE RESTRICTION FOR NON-EXEMPT EMPLOYEES. IN THE EVENT THAT YOU ARE an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended (i.e., a “Non-Exempt Employee”), you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six (6) months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant specified in your Grant Notice, notwithstanding any other provision of your option.

4. EXERCISE PRIOR TO VESTING (“EARLY EXERCISE”). If permitted in your Grant Notice (i.e., the “Exercise Schedule” indicates that “Early Exercise” of your option is permitted) and subject to the provisions of your option, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous Service and (ii) during the term of your option, to exercise all or part of your option, including the nonvested portion of your option; provided, however, that:

(a) a partial exercise of your option shall be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock;

(b) any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the date of exercise shall be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement;

(c) you shall enter into the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and

(d) if your option is an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which your option plus all other Incentive Stock Options you hold are exercisable for the first time by you during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), your option(s) or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.


5. METHOD OF PAYMENT. Payment of the exercise price is due in full upon exercise of all or any part of your option. You may elect to make payment of the exercise price in cash or by check or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

(a) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds.

(b) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal, by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may not exercise your option by tender to the Company of Common Stock to the extent such would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

6. WHOLE SHARES. You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

7. SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, you may not exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if such shares of Common Stock are not then so registered, the Company has determined that such exercise and issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

8. TERM. You may not exercise your option before the commencement or after the expiration of its term. The term of your option commences on the Date of Grant and expires upon the earliest of the following:

(a) three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than your Disability or death, provided that if during any part of such three (3) month period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in the section above relating to “Securities Law Compliance,” your option shall not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it shall have been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service;

(b) twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability;

(c) eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates;

(d) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(e) the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.


If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the date of grant of your option and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or your permanent and total disability, as defined in Section 22(e) of the Code. (The definition of disability in Section 22(e) of the Code is different from the definition of the Disability under the Plan). The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

9. EXERCISE.

(a) You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) together with the exercise price to the Secretary of the Company, or to such other person as the Company may designate, during regular business hours, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

(b) By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (1) the exercise of your option, (2) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (3) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

(c) If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of your option grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

(d) By exercising your option you agree that you shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as necessary to permit compliance with NASD Rule 2711 and similar or successor regulatory rules and regulations (the “Lock-Up Period”); provided, however, that nothing contained in this section shall prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock-Up Period. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 9(d) and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

10. TRANSFERABILITY. Your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you. Notwithstanding the foregoing, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, you may designate a third party who, in the event of your death, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise your option. In addition,


if permitted by the Company you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust, provided that you and the trustee enter into a transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

11. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. Shares of Common Stock that you acquire upon exercise of your option are subject to any right of first refusal that may be described in the Company’s bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right; provided, however, that if your option is an Incentive Stock Option and the right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws in effect at the time the Company elects to exercise its right is more beneficial to you than the right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws on the Date of Grant, then the right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws on the Date of Grant shall apply. The Company’s right of first refusal shall expire on the Listing Date. For purposes of this Agreement, Listing Date shall mean the first date upon which any security of the Company is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on a national securities exchange or quotation system.

12. RIGHT OF REPURCHASE. To the extent provided in the Company’s bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right, the Company shall have the right to repurchase all or any part of the shares of Common Stock you acquire pursuant to the exercise of your option.

13. OPTION NOT A SERVICE CONTRACT. Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option shall be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option shall obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, Boards of Directors, Officers or Employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

14. WITHHOLDING OBLIGATIONS.

(a) At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “cashless exercise” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

(b) Upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, in its sole discretion, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes). If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.


(c) You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein, unless such obligations are satisfied.

15. NOTICES. Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company.

16. GOVERNING PLAN DOCUMENT. Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.


ATTACHMENT II

2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN


ATTACHMENT III

NOTICE OF EXERCISE


1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1Life Healthcare, Inc.

[Address]

[Address]

Date of Exercise: _______________

This constitutes notice under my stock option that I elect to purchase the number of shares for the price set forth below.

 

Type of option (check one):    Incentive ☐    Nonstatutory ☐
Stock option dated:      ______________   
     

Number of Shares as

to which option is

exercised:

  

 

  ______________

  
     
Certificates to be issued in name of:      ______________   
     
Total exercise price:    $______________   

Cash payment delivered

herewith:

   $______________   
Value of _________ Shares of 1Life Healthcare, Inc. common stock delivered herewith:    $______________   

By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the 1Life Healthcare, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of grant of this option or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are issued upon exercise of this option.

I hereby make the following certifications and representations with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company listed above (the “Shares”), which are being acquired by me for my own account upon exercise of the Option as set forth above:

I acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and are deemed to constitute “restricted securities” under Rule 701 and Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. I warrant and represent to the Company that I have no present intention of distributing or selling said Shares, except as permitted under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws.

I further acknowledge that I will not be able to resell the Shares for at least ninety days (90) after the stock of the Company becomes publicly traded (i.e., subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) under Rule 701 and that more restrictive conditions apply to affiliates of the Company under Rule 144.


I further acknowledge that all certificates representing any of the Shares subject to the provisions of the Option shall have endorsed thereon appropriate legends reflecting the foregoing limitations, as well as any legends reflecting restrictions pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws and/or applicable securities laws.

I further agree that, if required by the Company (or a representative of the underwriters) in connection with the first underwritten registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, I will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as necessary to permit compliance with NASD Rule 2711 and similar or successor regulatory rules and regulations (the “Lock Up Period”). I further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such period.

 

Very truly yours,

 

Signature
Print Name:                                                                 
Address:                                                                         

 

Social Security No.:                                                     

Exhibit 10.4

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

2017 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: February 9, 2017

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: February 17, 2017

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: September 14, 2017

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: November 20, 2017

TERMINATION DATE: February 8, 2027

 

1.

GENERAL.

(a) Successor to and Continuation of Prior Plan. The Plan is intended as the successor to and continuation of the Company’s Amended 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Prior Plan”). Following the Effective Date, no additional stock awards will be granted under the Prior Plan. Any shares remaining available for issuance pursuant to the exercise of options or issuance or settlement of stock awards under the Prior Plan as of the Effective Date (the “Prior Plans Available Reserve”) will become available for issuance pursuant to Stock Awards granted hereunder. From and after the Effective Date, all outstanding stock awards granted under the Prior Plan will remain subject to the terms of the Prior Plan; provided, however, any shares subject to outstanding stock awards granted under the Prior Plan that (i) expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise or settlement; (ii) are forfeited, cancelled or otherwise returned to the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares; or (iii) are reacquired, withheld (or not issued) to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an award or to satisfy the purchase price or exercise price of a stock award (the “Returning Shares”) will become available for issuance pursuant to Awards granted hereunder. All Awards granted on or after the Effective Date of this Plan will be subject to the terms of this Plan.

(b) Eligible Stock Award Recipients. Employees, Directors and Consultants are eligible to receive Stock Awards.

(c) Available Stock Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following types of Stock Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights, (iv) Restricted Stock Awards, (v) Restricted Stock Unit Awards and (vi) Other Stock Awards.

(d) Purpose. The Plan, through the grant of Stock Awards, is intended to help the Company secure and retain the services of eligible award recipients, provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate and provide a means by which the eligible recipients may benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock.

 

2.

ADMINISTRATION.

(a) Administration by the Board. The Board will administer the Plan. The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b) Powers of the Board. The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

 

1.


(i) To determine (A) who will be granted Stock Awards; (B) when and how each Stock Award will be granted; (C) what type of Stock Award will be granted; (D) the provisions of each Stock Award (which need not be identical), including when a person will be permitted to exercise or otherwise receive cash or Common Stock under the Stock Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to, or the cash value of, a Stock Award; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to a Stock Award.

(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for administration of the Plan and Stock Awards. The Board, in the exercise of these powers, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Stock Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it will deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Stock Award fully effective.

(iii) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it.

(iv) To accelerate, in whole or in part, the time at which a Stock Award may be exercised or vest (or the time at which cash or shares of Common Stock may be issued in settlement thereof).

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or a Stock Award Agreement, suspension or termination of the Plan will not impair a Participant’s rights under the Participant’s then-outstanding Stock Award without the Participant’s written consent except as provided in subsection (viii) below.

(vi) To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, by adopting amendments relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or bringing the Plan or Stock Awards granted under the Plan into compliance with the requirements for Incentive Stock Options or ensuring that they are exempt from, or compliant with, the requirements for nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. If required by applicable law or listing requirements, and except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the Company will seek stockholder approval of any amendment of the Plan that (A) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (B) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Stock Awards under the Plan, (C) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan, (D) materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (E) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (F) materially expands the types of Stock Awards available for issuance under the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or a Stock Award Agreement, no amendment of the Plan will materially impair a Participant’s rights under an outstanding Stock Award without the Participant’s written consent.

(vii) To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code regarding Incentive Stock Options.

(viii) To approve forms of Stock Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable to the Participant than previously provided in the Stock Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided however, that a Participant’s rights under any Stock Award will not be impaired by any such amendment unless (A) the Company

 

2.


requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (B) such Participant consents in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) a Participant’s rights will not be deemed to have been impaired by any such amendment if the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that the amendment, taken as a whole, does not materially impair the Participant’s rights, and (2) subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards without the affected Participant’s consent (A) to maintain the qualified status of the Stock Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (B) to change the terms of an Incentive Stock Option, if such change results in impairment of the Stock Award solely because it impairs the qualified status of the Stock Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (C) to clarify the manner of exemption from, or to bring the Stock Award into compliance with, Section 409A of the Code; or (D) to comply with other applicable laws.

(ix) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Stock Awards.

(x) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States (provided that Board approval will not be necessary for immaterial modifications to the Plan or any Stock Award Agreement that are required for compliance with the laws of the relevant foreign jurisdiction).

(xi) To effect, with the consent of any adversely affected Participant, (A) the reduction of the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding Stock Award; (B) the cancellation of any outstanding Stock Award and the grant in substitution therefor of a new (1) Option or SAR, (2) Restricted Stock Award, (3) Restricted Stock Unit Award, (4) Other Stock Award, (5) cash and/or (6) other valuable consideration determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, with any such substituted award (x) covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock as the cancelled Stock Award and (y) granted under the Plan or another equity or compensatory plan of the Company; or (C) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

(c) Delegation to Committee. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee, as applicable). Any delegation of administrative powers will be reflected in resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, adopted from time to time by the Board or Committee (as applicable). The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(d) Delegation to an Officer. The Board may delegate to one or more Officers the authority to do one or both of the following: (i) designate Employees who are not Officers to be recipients of Options and SARs (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other Stock Awards) and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the terms of such Stock Awards, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Employees; provided, however, that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation will specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself. Any such Stock Awards will be granted on the form of Stock Award Agreement most

 

3.


recently approved for use by the Committee or the Board, unless otherwise provided in the resolutions approving the delegation authority. The Board may not delegate authority to an Officer who is acting solely in the capacity of an Officer (and not also as a Director) to determine the Fair Market Value pursuant to Section 13(t) below.

(e) Effect of Boards Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

(f) Arbitration. Any dispute or claim concerning any Stock Awards granted (or not granted) pursuant to the Plan or any disputes or claims relating to or arising out of the Plan shall be fully, finally and exclusively resolved by binding and confidential arbitration conducted pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association the rules of Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”) in California. The Company shall pay all arbitration fees. In addition to any other relief, the arbitrator may award to the prevailing party recovery of its attorneys’ fees and costs. By accepting a Stock Award, Participants and the Company waive their respective rights to have any such disputes or claims tried by a judge or jury.

 

3.

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

(a) Share Reserve.

(i) Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards from and after the Effective Date will not exceed 30,215,123 shares (the “Share Reserve”), which number is the sum of (i) the number of shares subject to the Prior Plan’s Available Reserve, (ii) an additional 17,000,000 new shares, plus (iii) an additional number of shares in an amount not to exceed 11,656,735 shares (which number consists of the Returning Shares, if any, as such shares become available from time to time).

(ii) For clarity, the Share Reserve in this Section 3(a) is a limitation on the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. Accordingly, this Section 3(a) does not limit the granting of Stock Awards except as provided in Section 7(a).

(b) Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve. If a Stock Award or any portion thereof (i) expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shares covered by such Stock Award having been issued or (ii) is settled in cash (i.e., the Participant receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement will not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be available for issuance under the Plan. If any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares that are forfeited or repurchased will revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. Any shares reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations on a Stock Award or as consideration for the exercise or purchase price of a Stock Award will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) Incentive Stock Option Limit. Subject to the Share Reserve and Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will be a number of shares of Common Stock equal to three multiplied by the Share Reserve.

 

4.


(d) Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

 

4.

ELIGIBILITY.

(a) Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code). Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants; provided, however, that Stock Awards may not be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants who are providing Continuous Service only to any “parent” of the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 405, unless (i) the stock underlying such Stock Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A of the Code (for example, because the Stock Awards are granted pursuant to a corporate transaction such as a spin off transaction), (ii) the Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards are otherwise exempt from Section 409A of the Code, or (iii) the Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards comply with the distribution requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(b) Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder will not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.

(c) Consultants. A Consultant will not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award if, at the time of grant, either the offer or sale of the Company’s securities to such Consultant is not exempt under Rule 701 because of the nature of the services that the Consultant is providing to the Company, because the Consultant is not a natural person, or because of any other provision of Rule 701, unless the Company determines that such grant need not comply with the requirements of Rule 701 and will satisfy another exemption under the Securities Act as well as comply with the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions.

 

5.

PROVISIONS RELATING TO OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

Each Option or SAR will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate. All Options will be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates will be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, or if an Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option but some portion or all of the Option fails to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under the applicable rules, then the Option (or portion thereof) will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options or SARs need not be identical; provided, however, that each Stock Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option or SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of 10 years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement.

 

5.


(b) Exercise Price. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise or strike price of each Option or SAR will be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option or SAR on the date the Stock Award is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be granted with an exercise or strike price lower than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Stock Award if such Stock Award is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option or stock appreciation right pursuant to a Corporate Transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and, if applicable, Section 424(a) of the Code. Each SAR will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents.

(c) Purchase Price for Options. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option may be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below. The Board will have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to use a particular method of payment. The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

(i) by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

(ii) pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

(iii) by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

(iv) if an Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however, that the Company will accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be subject to an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares issuable upon exercise are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations;

(v) according to a deferred payment or similar arrangement with the Optionholder; provided, however, that interest will compound at least annually and will be charged at the minimum rate of interest necessary to avoid (A) the imputation of interest income to the Company and compensation income to the Optionholder under any applicable provisions of the Code, and (B) the classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes; or

(vi) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board and specified in the applicable Stock Award Agreement.

(d) Exercise and Payment of a SAR. To exercise any outstanding SAR, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such SAR. The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a SAR will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the SAR) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of

 

6.


Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such SAR, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date, over (B) the aggregate strike price of the number of Common Stock equivalents with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date. The appreciation distribution may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Stock Award Agreement evidencing such SAR.

(e) Transferability of Options and SARs. The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options and SARs as the Board will determine. In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options and SARs will apply:

(i) Restrictions on Transfer. An Option or SAR will not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (or pursuant to subsections (ii) and (iii) below), and will be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant. The Board may permit transfer of the Option or SAR in a manner that is not prohibited by applicable tax and securities laws. Except as explicitly provided in the Plan, neither an Option nor a SAR may be transferred for consideration.

(ii) Domestic Relations Orders. Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, an Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.421-1(b)(2). If an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(f) Vesting Generally. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or SAR may vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal. The Option or SAR may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of performance goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options or SARs may vary. The provisions of this Section 5(f) are subject to any Option or SAR provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option or SAR may be exercised.

(g) Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Award as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) within the period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the applicable Stock Award Agreement, which period will not be less than 30 days if necessary to comply with applicable laws unless such termination is for Cause) and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR (as applicable) within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR will terminate.

(h) Extension of Termination Date. If the exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a total period of time (that need not be consecutive)

 

7.


equal to the applicable post-termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of such registration requirements, and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Stock Award Agreement. In addition, unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s Stock Award Agreement, if the sale of any Common Stock received upon exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause) would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the period of time (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post-termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy, and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Stock Award Agreement.

(i) Disability of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date 12 months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement, which period will not be less than six months if necessary to comply with applicable laws unless such termination is for Cause), and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

(j) Death of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if (i) a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the Participant dies within the period (if any) specified in the Stock Award Agreement for exercisability after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (for a reason other than death), then the Option or SAR may be exercised (to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of death) by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option or SAR by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option or SAR upon the Participant’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date 18 months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement, which period will not be less than six months if necessary to comply with applicable laws unless such termination is for Cause), and (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement. If, after the Participant’s death, the Option or SAR is not exercised within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

(k) Termination for Cause. Except as explicitly provided otherwise in a Participant’s Stock Award Agreement or other individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, if a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option or SAR will terminate immediately upon such Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and the Participant will be prohibited from exercising his or her Option or SAR from and after the date of such termination of Continuous Service.

(l) Non-Exempt Employees. If an Option or SAR is granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, the Option or SAR will not be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Option or SAR (although the Stock Award may vest prior to such date). Consistent with the

 

8.


provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, (i) if such non-exempt Employee dies or suffers a Disability, (ii) upon a Corporate Transaction in which such Option or SAR is not assumed, continued, or substituted, (iii) upon a Change in Control, or (iv) upon the Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the Participant’s Stock Award Agreement, in another agreement between the Participant and the Company, or, if no such definition, in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines), the vested portion of any Options and SARs may be exercised earlier than six months following the date of grant. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option or SAR will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay. To the extent permitted and/or required for compliance with the Worker Economic Opportunity Act to ensure that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise, vesting or issuance of any shares under any other Stock Award will be exempt from the employee’s regular rate of pay, the provisions of this Section 5(l) will apply to all Stock Awards and are hereby incorporated by reference into such Stock Award Agreements.

(m) Early Exercise of Options. An Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Optionholder may elect at any time before the Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), any unvested shares of Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase right in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate. Provided that the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l) is not violated, the Company will not be required to exercise its repurchase right until at least six months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless the Board otherwise specifically provides in the Option Agreement.

(n) Right of Repurchase. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), the Option or SAR may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to repurchase all or any part of the vested shares of Common Stock acquired by the Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option or SAR.

(o) Right of First Refusal. The Option or SAR may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to exercise a right of first refusal following receipt of notice from the Participant of the intent to transfer all or any part of the shares of Common Stock received upon the exercise of the Option or SAR. Such right of first refusal will be subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l). Except as expressly provided in this Section 5(o) or in the Stock Award Agreement, such right of first refusal will otherwise comply with any applicable provisions of the bylaws of the Company.

 

6.

PROVISIONS OF STOCK AWARDS OTHER THAN OPTIONS AND SARS.

(a) Restricted Stock Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate. To the extent consistent with the Company’s bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock underlying a Restricted Stock Award may be (i) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (ii) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate will be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

9.


(i) Consideration. A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company, (B) past services to the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any other form of legal consideration (including future services) that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), shares of Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

(iii) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. If a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right, any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant that have not vested as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(iv) Transferability. Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board will determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(v) Dividends. A Restricted Stock Award Agreement may provide that any dividends paid on Restricted Stock will be subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions as apply to the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award to which they relate.

(b) Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board may deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

(iii) Payment. A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

(iv) Additional Restrictions. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

 

10.


(v) Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all of the same terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

(vi) Termination of Participants Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

(vii) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any Restricted Stock Unit Award granted under the Plan that is not exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code shall contain such provisions so that such Restricted Stock Unit Award will comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Such restrictions, if any, shall be determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement evidencing such Restricted Stock Unit Award. For example, such restrictions may include, without limitation, a requirement that any Common Stock that is to be issued in a year following the year in which the Restricted Stock Unit Award vests must be issued in accordance with a fixed pre-determined schedule.

(c) Other Stock Awards. Other forms of Stock Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including the appreciation in value thereof (e.g., options or stock rights with an exercise price or strike price less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of grant) may be granted either alone or in addition to Stock Awards provided for under Section 5 and the preceding provisions of this Section 6. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board will have sole and complete authority to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Other Stock Awards will be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Other Stock Awards and all other terms and conditions of such Other Stock Awards.

 

7.

COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

(a) Availability of Shares. The Company will keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy then-outstanding Stock Awards.

(b) Securities Law Compliance. The Company will seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking will not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts and at a reasonable cost, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Participant will not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award or the subsequent issuance of cash or Common Stock pursuant to the Stock Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any applicable securities law.

 

11.


(c) No Obligation to Notify or Minimize Taxes. The Company will have no duty or obligation to any Participant to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Stock Award. Furthermore, the Company will have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of a Stock Award or a possible period in which the Stock Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of a Stock Award to the holder of such Stock Award.

 

8.

MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock. Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards will constitute general funds of the Company.

(b) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Stock Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of a Stock Award to any Participant will be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Stock Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant. In the event that the corporate records (e.g., Board consents, resolutions or minutes) documenting the corporate action constituting the grant contain terms (e.g., exercise price, vesting schedule or number of shares) that are inconsistent with those in the Stock Award Agreement or related grant documents as a result of a clerical error in the papering of the Stock Award Agreement or related grant documents, the corporate records will control and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Stock Award Agreement or related grant documents.

(c) Stockholder Rights. No Participant will be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to a Stock Award unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of, or the issuance of shares of Common Stock under, the Stock Award pursuant to its terms, and (ii) the issuance of the Common Stock subject to the Stock Award has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

(d) No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan, any Stock Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Stock Award granted pursuant thereto will confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Stock Award was granted or will affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

(e) Change in Time Commitment. In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of his or her services for the Company and any Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an Employee of the Company and the Employee has a change in status from a full-time Employee to a part-time Employee or takes an extended leave of absence) after the date of grant of any Stock Award to the Participant, the Board has the right in its sole discretion to (x) make a corresponding reduction in the number of shares subject to any portion of such Stock Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (y) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to such Stock Award. In the event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Stock Award that is so reduced or extended.

 

12.


(f) Incentive Stock Option Limitations. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds $100,000 (or such other limit established in the Code) or otherwise does not comply with the rules governing Incentive Stock Options, the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) or otherwise do not comply with such rules will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

(g) Execution of Additional Documents. As a condition to accepting a Stock Award under the Plan, the Participant agrees to execute any additional documents or instruments necessary or desirable, as determined in the Company’s sole discretion, to carry out the purposes or intent of the Stock Award, or facilitate compliance with securities and/or other regulatory requirements, in each case at the Company’s request.

(h) Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Stock Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that the Participant is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Stock Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Stock Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, will be inoperative if (A) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (B) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

(i) Withholding Obligations. Unless prohibited by the terms of a Stock Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to a Stock Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Stock Award; provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lesser amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding cash from a Stock Award settled in cash; (iv) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Stock Award Agreement.

 

13.


(j) Electronic Delivery. Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document will include any agreement or document delivered electronically or posted on the Company’s intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled by the Company to which the Participant has access).

(k) Deferrals. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Stock Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee or otherwise providing services to the Company. The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Stock Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

(l) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that the Board determines that any Stock Award granted hereunder is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Stock Award Agreement evidencing such Stock Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and Stock Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan (and unless the Stock Award Agreement specifically provides otherwise), if the shares of Common Stock are publicly traded, and if a Participant holding a Stock Award that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, no distribution or payment of any amount that is due because of a “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) will be issued or paid before the date that is six months following the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death, unless such distribution or payment can be made in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code, and any amounts so deferred will be paid in a lump sum on the day after such six month period elapses, with the balance paid thereafter on the original schedule.

(m) Repurchase Limitation. The terms of any repurchase right will be specified in the Stock Award Agreement. The repurchase price for vested shares of Common Stock will be the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase. The repurchase price for unvested shares of Common Stock will be the lower of (i) the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase or (ii) their original purchase price. However, the Company will not exercise its repurchase right until at least six months (or such longer or shorter period of time necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following delivery of shares of Common Stock subject to the Stock Award, unless otherwise specifically provided by the Board.

 

9.

ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK; OTHER CORPORATE EVENTS.

(a) Capitalization Adjustments. In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(c), and (iii) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards. The Board will make such adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

 

14.


(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) will terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service, provided, however, that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

(c) Corporate Transaction. The following provisions will apply to Stock Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Stock Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of a Stock Award. In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board may take one or more of the following actions with respect to Stock Awards, contingent upon the closing or completion of the Corporate Transaction:

(i) arrange for the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) to assume or continue the Stock Award or to substitute a similar stock award for the Stock Award (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction);

(ii) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Stock Award to the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company);

(iii) accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the Stock Award (and, if applicable, the time at which the Stock Award may be exercised) to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction as the Board determines (or, if the Board does not determine such a date, to the date that is five days prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction), with such Stock Award terminating if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction; provided, however, that the Board may require Participants to complete and deliver to the Company a notice of exercise before the effective date of a Corporate Transaction, which exercise is contingent upon the effectiveness of such Corporate Transaction;

(iv) arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to the Stock Award;

(v) cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the Stock Award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, in exchange for such cash consideration (including no consideration) as the Board, in its sole discretion, may consider appropriate; and

(vi) make a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the Participant would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award immediately prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise. For clarity, this payment may be zero ($0)

 

15.


if the value of the property is equal to or less than the exercise price. Payments under this provision may be delayed to the same extent that payment of consideration to the holders of the Company’s Common Stock in connection with the Corporate Transaction is delayed as a result of escrows, earn outs, holdbacks or any other contingencies.

The Board need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Stock Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants. The Board may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of a Stock Award.

(d) Change in Control. A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will occur.

(e) Appointment of Stockholder Representative. As a condition to the receipt of a Stock Award under this Plan, a Participant will be deemed to have agreed that the Stock Award will be subject to the terms of any agreement governing a Corporate Transaction involving the Company, including, without limitation, a provision for the appointment of a shareholder representative that is authorized to act on the Participant’s behalf with respect to any escrow or other contingent consideration.

(f) No Restriction on Right to Undertake Transactions. The grant of any Stock Award under the Plan and the issuance of shares pursuant to any Stock Award does not affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Company or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of stock or of options, Options or rights to purchase stock or of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stocks whose rights are superior to or affect the Common Stock or the rights thereof or which are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

 

10.

PLAN TERM; EARLIER TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

(a) Plan Term. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless terminated sooner by the Board, the Plan will automatically terminate on the day before the 10th anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Stock Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(b) No Impairment of Rights. Suspension or termination of the Plan will not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant or as otherwise permitted in the Plan.

 

11.

EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.

This Plan will become effective on the Effective Date.

 

12.

CHOICE OF LAW.

The laws of the State of Delaware will govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

 

16.


13. DEFINITIONS. As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) Affiliate” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” of the Company, as such terms are defined in Rule 405. The Board will have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(b) Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) Capitalization Adjustment” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure, or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(d) Cause will have the meaning ascribed to such term in any written agreement between the Participant and the Company defining such term and, in the absence of such agreement, such term means, with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) such Participant’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) such Participant’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) such Participant’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Participant and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iv) such Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) such Participant’s gross misconduct. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause will be made by the Company, in its sole discretion. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated with or without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Stock Awards held by such Participant will have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

(e) Change in Control” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control will not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities or (C) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “Subject Person”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in

 

17.


Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control will be deemed to occur;

(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; or

(iii) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition.

Notwithstanding the foregoing definition or any other provision of this Plan, (A) the term Change in Control will not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, and (B) the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant will supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Stock Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition will apply.

(f) Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(g) Committee” means a committee of one or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(h) Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

(i) Company” means 1Life Healthcare, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(j) Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, will not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan.

 

18.


(k) Continuous Service” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Director or Consultant or a change in the Entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, will not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however, that if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering services ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service will be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. For example, a change in status from an Employee of the Company to a Consultant of an Affiliate or to a Director will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service will be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Board or chief executive officer, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence will be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in a Stock Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law.

(l) Corporate Transaction” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) a sale or other disposition of more than 50% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(m) Director” means a member of the Board.

(n) Disability” means, with respect to a Participant, the inability of such Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months as provided in Sections 22(e)(3) and 409A(a)(2)(c)(i) of the Code, and will be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(o) Effective Date” means the effective date of this Plan, which is February 9, 2017, the date this Plan is adopted by the Board.

 

19.


(p) Employee” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(q) Entity” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(r) Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(s) Exchange Act Person means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” will not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(t) Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined by the Board in compliance with Section 409A of the Code or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, in compliance with Section 422 of the Code.

(u) Incentive Stock Option” means an option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that is intended to be, and that qualifies as, an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(v) Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(w) Officer” means any person designated by the Company as an officer.

(x) Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(y) Option Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant. Each Option Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(z) Optionholder” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(aa) Other Stock Award” means an award based in whole or in part by reference to the Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(c).

(bb) Other Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of an Other Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an Other Stock Award grant. Each Other Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

20.


(cc) Own,” “Owned,” “Owner,” “Ownership A person or Entity will be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(dd) Participant” means a person to whom a Stock Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

(ee) Plan” means this 2017 Equity Incentive Plan.

(ff) Restricted Stock Award” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

(gg) Restricted Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(hh) Restricted Stock Unit Award means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

(ii) Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(jj) Rule 405” means Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act.

(kk) Rule 701” means Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

(ll) Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(mm) Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5.

(nn) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(oo) Stock Award” means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, a Stock Appreciation Right or any Other Stock Award.

(pp) Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

21.


(qq) Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than 50%.

(rr) Ten Percent Stockholder” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

22.

Exhibit 10.5

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

(2017 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN)

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC. (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this notice, in the Option Agreement, the Plan and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined herein but defined in the Plan or the Option Agreement will have the same definitions as in the Plan or the Option Agreement. If there is any conflict between the terms in this notice and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.

 

Optionholder:

 

 

                      

Date of Grant:

 

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

 

 

Number of Shares Subject to Option:            

 

 

 

Exercise Price (Per Share):

 

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

 

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

 

 

 

Type of Grant:   

☐   Incentive Stock Option1

  

☐   Nonstatutory Stock Option

Exercise Schedule:   

☐   Same as Vesting Schedule

  

☐   Early Exercise Permitted

Vesting Schedule:    [ ]   
Payment:    By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):
  

☐   By cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company

  

☐   Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the shares are publicly traded

  

☐   By delivery of already-owned shares if the shares are publicly traded

  

☐   If and only to the extent this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and subject to the Company’s consent at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement

 

 

1 

If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

1.


Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan. Optionholder acknowledges and agrees that this Stock Option Grant Notice and the Option Agreement may not be modified, amended or revised except as provided in the Plan. Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding this option award and supersede all prior oral and written agreements, promises and/or representations on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to Optionholder, and (ii) the following agreements only.

 

OTHER AGREEMENTS:   

 

  

 

  

 

By accepting this option, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.    OPTIONHOLDER:
By:                                                                                                          

 

Signature    Signature
Title:                                                                                                        Date:                                                                                                                               
Date:                                                                                                       

ATTACHMENTS: Option Agreement, 2017 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise

 

2.


ATTACHMENT I

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

2017 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

OPTION AGREEMENT

(INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION OR NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION)

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“Grant Notice”) and this Option Agreement, 1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC. (the “Company”) has granted you an option under its 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. The option is granted to you effective as of the date of grant set forth in the Grant Notice (the “Date of Grant”). If there is any conflict between the terms in this Option Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement or in the Grant Notice but defined in the Plan will have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows:

1. VESTING. Your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice. Vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

2. NUMBER OF SHARES AND EXERCISE PRICE. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share in your Grant Notice will be adjusted for Capitalization Adjustments.

3. EXERCISE RESTRICTION FOR NON-EXEMPT EMPLOYEES. If you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended (that is, a “Non-Exempt Employee”), and except as otherwise provided in the Plan, you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant, even if you have already been an employee for more than six months. Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, you may exercise your option as to any vested portion prior to such six month anniversary in the case of (i) your death or disability, (ii) a Corporate Transaction in which your option is not assumed, continued or substituted, (iii) a Change in Control or (iv) your termination of Continuous Service on your “retirement” (as defined in the Company’s benefit plans).

4. EXERCISE PRIOR TO VESTING (“EARLY EXERCISE”). If permitted in your Grant Notice (i.e., the “Exercise Schedule” indicates “Early Exercise Permitted”) and subject to the provisions of your option, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous Service and (ii) during the term of your option, to exercise all or part of your option, including the unvested portion of your option; provided, however, that:

(a) a partial exercise of your option will be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock;

(b) any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the date of exercise will be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement;

 

3.


(c) you will enter into the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and

(d) if your option is an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the Date of Grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which your option plus all other Incentive Stock Options you hold are exercisable for the first time by you during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds $100,000, your option(s) or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.

5. METHOD OF PAYMENT. You must pay the full amount of the exercise price for the shares you wish to exercise. You may pay the exercise price in cash or by check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

(a) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds. This manner of payment is also known as a “broker-assisted exercise”, “same day sale”, or “sell to cover”.

(b) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, will include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company. You may not exercise your option by delivery to the Company of Common Stock if doing so would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

(c) If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, subject to the consent of the Company at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price. You must pay any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by the “net exercise” in cash or other permitted form of payment. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under your option and will not be exercisable thereafter if those shares (i) are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (ii) are delivered to you as a result of such exercise, and (iii) are withheld to satisfy your tax withholding obligations.

6. WHOLE SHARES. You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

7. SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE. In no event may you exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if not registered, the Company has determined that your exercise and the issuance of the shares would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with all other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations (including any restrictions on exercise required for compliance with Treas. Reg. 1.401(k)-1(d)(3), if applicable).

 

4.


8. TERM. You may not exercise your option before the Date of Grant or after the expiration of the option’s term. The term of your option expires, subject to the provisions of Section 5(h) of the Plan, upon the earliest of the following:

(a) immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

(b) three months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, your Disability or your death (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d) below); provided, however, that if during any part of such three month period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in the section above relating to “Securities Law Compliance,” your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of three months after the termination of your Continuous Service; provided further, that if (i) you are a Non-Exempt Employee, (ii) your Continuous Service terminates within six months after the Date of Grant, and (iii) you have vested in a portion of your option at the time of your termination of Continuous Service, your option will not expire until the earlier of (x) the later of (A) the date that is seven months after the Date of Grant, and (B) the date that is three months after the termination of your Continuous Service, and (y) the Expiration Date;

(c) 12 months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d)) below;

(d) 18 months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than Cause;

(e) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(f) the day before the 10th anniversary of the Date of Grant.

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the day three months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

9. EXERCISE.

(a) You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by (i) delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) or completing such other documents and/or procedures designated by the Company for exercise and (ii) paying the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes to the Company’s Secretary, stock plan administrator, or such other person as the Company may designate, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

 

5.


(b) By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (i) the exercise of your option, (ii) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (iii) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

(c) If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within 15 days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two years after the Date of Grant or within one year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

(d) By exercising your option you agree that you will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of 180 days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company will request to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 or any successor or similar rules or regulation (the “Lock-Up Period”); provided, however, that nothing contained in this section will prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock-Up Period. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period. You also agree that any transferee of any shares of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by you will be bound by this Section 9(d). The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 9(d) and will have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

10. TRANSFERABILITY. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10, your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

(a) Certain Trusts. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust. You and the trustee must enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

(b) Domestic Relations Orders. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your option pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.421-1(b)(2) that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of this option with the Company prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement. If this option is an Incentive Stock Option, this option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

11. OPTION NOT A SERVICE CONTRACT. Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option will be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option will obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, boards of directors, officers or employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

 

6.


12. WITHHOLDING OBLIGATIONS.

(a) At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, and at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “same day sale” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

(b) If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, then upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes). If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.

(c) You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company will have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein, if applicable, unless such obligations are satisfied.

13. TAX CONSEQUENCES. You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option. Because the Common Stock is not traded on an established securities market, the Fair Market Value is determined by the Board, perhaps in consultation with an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. You acknowledge that there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation as determined by the Board, and you will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation determined by the Board is less than the “fair market value” as subsequently determined by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

7.


14. NOTICES. Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this option by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. By accepting this option, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

15. GOVERNING PLAN DOCUMENT. Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control.

 

8.


ATTACHMENT II

2017 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

9.


ATTACHMENT III

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1Life Healthcare, Inc.

130 Sutter Street, 2nd Fl

San Francisco, CA 94104

Date of Exercise: _______________

This constitutes notice to LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC. (the “Company”) under my stock option that I elect to purchase the below number of shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “Shares”) for the price set forth below.

 

Type of option (check one):    Incentive ☐    Nonstatutory ☐
Stock option dated:   

 

     ______________

Number of Shares as

to which option is

exercised:

  

 

     ______________
Certificates to be issued in name of:   

 

     ______________
Total exercise price:    $______________    $______________

Cash payment delivered

herewith:

   $______________    $______________
Regulation T Program (cashless exercise2)    $______________    $______________
Value of _________ Shares delivered herewith3:    $______________    $______________

By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in writing within 15 days after the date of any disposition of any of the Shares issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two years after the date of grant of this option or within one year after such Shares are issued upon exercise of this option.

I hereby make the following certifications and representations with respect to the number of Shares listed above, which are being acquired by me for my own account upon exercise of the option as set forth above:

 

 

2 

Shares must meet the public trading requirements set forth in the option agreement.

3 

Shares must meet the public trading requirements set forth in the option. Shares must be valued in accordance with the terms of the option being exercised, and must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests. Certificates must be endorsed or accompanied by an executed assignment separate from certificate.

 

10.


I acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and are deemed to constitute “restricted securities” under Rule 701 and Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. I warrant and represent to the Company that I have no present intention of distributing or selling said Shares, except as permitted under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws.

I further acknowledge and agree that, except for such information as required to be delivered to me by the Company pursuant to the option or the Plan (if any), I will have no right to receive any information from the Company by virtue of the grant of the option or the purchase of shares of Common Stock through exercise of the option, ownership of such shares of Common Stock, or as a result of my being a holder of record of stock of the Company. Without limiting the foregoing, to the fullest extent permitted by law, I hereby waive all inspection rights under Section 220 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and all such similar information and/or inspection rights that may be provided under the law of any jurisdiction, or any federal, state or foreign regulation, that are, or may become, applicable to the Company or the Company’s capital stock (the “Inspection Rights”). I hereby covenant and agree never to directly or indirectly commence, voluntarily aid in any way, prosecute, assign, transfer, or cause to be commenced any claim, action, cause of action, or other proceeding to pursue or exercise the Inspection Rights.

I further acknowledge that I will not be able to resell the Shares for at least 90 days after the stock of the Company becomes publicly traded (i.e., subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) under Rule 701 and that more restrictive conditions apply to affiliates of the Company under Rule 144.

I further acknowledge that all certificates representing any of the Shares subject to the provisions of the option shall have endorsed thereon appropriate legends reflecting the foregoing limitations, as well as any legends reflecting restrictions pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and/or applicable securities laws.

I further agree that, if required by the Company (or a representative of the underwriters) in connection with the first underwritten registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, I will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company for a period of 180 days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company shall request to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 or any successor or similar rule or regulation) (the “Lock-Up Period”). I further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such period.

 

Very truly yours,

 

(Signature)

 

Name (Please Print)

 

11.


Address of Record:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.

Exhibit 10.10

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

EXECUTIVE ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN

1. PURPOSE

The Executive Annual Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is designed to provide cash-based incentive compensation to individuals who make important contributions to the success of 1Life Healthcare, Inc. (the “Company”). The Plan is intended to provide individuals with incentives and rewards for outstanding performance and to enhance the ability of the Company to attract and retain talented individuals.

2. PLAN YEAR

The Company’s fiscal year (which runs from January 1 through December 31 each year) will be the Plan Year.

3. ELIGIBILITY

Certain designated Company executives and certain designated individuals providing critical consulting services to the Company, as determined by the Company and the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Company, as applicable, are eligible to participate in the Plan (“Participant”). Except as provided above, temporary employees and independent contractors are not eligible to participate. The Company Board of Directors (and/or the Compensation Committee per its charter) may add Participants to the Program during the Plan Year except that any bonus awarded to such Participant shall be prorated based on the number of days the employee or consultant is employed by or consulting with the Company during the Plan Year.

Participants who are otherwise eligible for participation in the Plan may not earn a bonus for the Plan Year then in effect if their employment or consulting arrangement with the Company terminates for any reason prior to the date on which the payout hereunder, if any, is made by the Company, as applicable.

4. BONUS AWARDS AND DETERMINATIONS

Each Participant will be assigned a target bonus amount, which may be stated as a percentage of the employee’s base salary or otherwise (the “Target Bonus”). Each Plan Year, the CEO will determine the Target Bonus for each Participant, and submit these recommendations to the Compensation Committee for approval except that the Target Bonus for the CEO shall be determined by the Compensation Committee. To the extent additional Participants are added during the fiscal year performance period, the CEO, subject to Compensation Committee approval, may establish a Target Bonus for the new Participants.

 

1.

Executive Annual Incentive Plan : terms and conditions


Each employee Participant’s Target Bonus may be comprised of a mix of corporate objectives and/or individual performance objectives and each Consultant Participant’s Target Bonus will be comprised of other individual metrics.. For all Participants, the specific objectives and the percentages of each relative to total Target Bonus will be determined by the CEO and approved by the Compensation Committee. To the extent applicable, any individual performance objectives for the CEO shall be determined by the Compensation Committee.

At the end of each Plan Year, the Board and/or Compensation Committee will determine (in its sole discretion) what percentage of the corporate goals, if applicable, have been achieved, other financial considerations as applicable, and whether and to what extent any bonus shall be awarded hereunder. The CEO shall determine (in the CEO’s sole discretion) whether and to what extent the individual performance component of A Participant’s goals have been met during the Plan Year. Similarly, if applicable, the Compensation Committee (in its sole discretion) shall determine whether and to what extent the CEO individual performance objectives were achieved during the Plan Year is.

The Board, or as delegated to the Compensation Committee, retains the discretion to adjust awards based upon any other factors determined by the Board to be relevant.

As set forth in Section 3, Participants must be employed or engaged as a consultant on the date bonuses are deemed earned to earn a bonus for that Plan Year. Accordingly, any Participant whose employment or consulting relationship, as applicable, terminates (for any reason) during the Plan Year and prior to the date such bonuses are paid out (“Payout Date”) will not be eligible for, and will not earn, a bonus for that Plan Year (including any partial or prorated bonus). A bonus that may be awarded to a Participant, under all applicable terms and conditions hereof, shall not be deemed earned until such Payout Date.

To the extent eligible payouts hereunder are determined as a percentage of salary for an employee Participant, the following shall apply: while the base salary for each employee Participant is fixed at the beginning of the Plan Year, if a Participant changes qualifying positions during the fiscal year or an employee or designated consultant enters a qualifying position during the Plan Year, then the Plan award paid is subject to pro-ration, as determined by the Compensation Committee, based on the time in each qualifying position(s) and (where applicable) pro-rated employee base salary paid in that position(s) during the Plan Year. In no event, however, shall the maximum amount paid to any Participant for any fiscal year under this Plan exceed 150% of the Target Bonus, which is the maximum amount permitted by the Plan.

5. PAYMENT OF AWARDS

Any bonuses that are awarded will be paid no later than March 15th of the year following the Plan Year for which bonuses have been awarded. All bonuses shall be subject to standard deductions and withholdings.

 

2.

Executive Annual Incentive Plan : terms and conditions


6. MISCELLANEOUS

The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board. The Board reserves the right to modify, amend or discontinue the Plan at any time, without prior notice. Under no circumstances should participation be assumed or communicated without final approval from the Compensation Committee. This Plan and its terms and conditions shall be subject to interpretation by the Compensation Committee, whose interpretation shall be final and binding on each Participant.

This Plan does not confer any rights upon an employee or Participant to remain in service with the Company for any specific duration or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company to terminate an employee’s or consultant’s service with the Company for any reason, with or without cause or advance notice, and does not in any way modify the “at will” status of any employee Participant.

This Plan contains the entire agreement between the Company and the individuals subject to this Plan on this subject, and supersedes all prior bonus compensation plans or programs of the Company and all other previous oral or written statements regarding any such bonus compensation programs or plans.

This Plan shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California.

* * *

 

3.

Executive Annual Incentive Plan : terms and conditions

Exhibit 10.12

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:    1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    100,000
Class of Stock:    Series C Preferred
Warrant Price:    $0.9234 per share
Issue Date:    February 26, 2010
Expiration Date:    The tenth (10th) anniversary after the Issue Date
Credit Facility:    This Warrant is issued in connection with the Loan referenced in the Loan and Security Agreement between Company and Silicon Valley Bank of even date herewith.

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (Silicon Valley Bank, together with any registered holder from time to time of this Warrant or any holder of the shares issuable or issued upon exercise of this Warrant, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of the Company at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

ARTICLE 1

EXERCISE

1.1 Method of Exercise. Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Conversion Right. In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Article 1.3.

1.3 Fair Market Value. If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are common stock, the fair market value of each Share shall be the closing price of a Share reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised


immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering). If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or, in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the initial “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering), in both cases, multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrants. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation or surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company.

1.6.1 “Acquisition”. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

1.6.2 Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition.

(A) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is not an asset sale and in which the sole consideration is cash and/or Marketable Securities, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition. As used in this Article 1.6. “Marketable Securities” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in

 

2


Trading Market and (iii) Holder would not be not be restricted by contract or by applicable federal and state securities laws from publicly re-selling, within six (6) months following the closing of such Acquisition, all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition.

(B) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is an “arms length” sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (and only its assets) to a third party that is not an Affiliate (as defined below) of the Company (a “True Asset Sale”), either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will continue until the Expiration Date if the Company continues as a going concern following the closing of any such True Asset Sale. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

(C) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than those particularly described in subsections (A) and (B) above, the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price and/or number of Shares shall be adjusted accordingly.

As used herein “Affiliate” shall mean any person or entity that owns or controls directly or indirectly ten (10) percent or more of the stock of Company, any person or entity that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such persons or entities, and each of such person’s or entity’s officers, directors, joint venturers or partners, as applicable.

ARTICLE 2

ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the Shares payable in common stock, or other securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the Shares by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares or takes any other action which increases the amount of stock into which the Shares are convertible, the number of shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution. Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been

 

3


exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, substitution or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant. The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances. Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Article 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

2.4 No Impairment. The Company shall not, by amendment of its Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment.

2.5 Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

3.1 Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which the Shares were last issued in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of the Shares were sold.

 

4


(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events. If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon any of its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for sale any shares of the Company’s capital stock (or other securities convertible into such capital stock), other than (i) pursuant to the Company’s stock option or other compensatory plans, (ii) in connection with commercial credit arrangements or equipment financings, or (iii) in connection with strategic transactions for purposes other than capital raising; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of any of its stock; (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled to exchange their common stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given to the holders of such registration rights. Company will also provide information requested by Holder reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

3.3 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall have certain “piggyback” and S-3 registration rights pursuant to and as set forth in the Company’s Investor Rights Agreement or similar agreement. The provisions set forth in the Company’s Investors’ Right Agreement or similar agreement relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder.

3.4 No Shareholder Rights. Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a shareholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.

 

5


ARTICLE 4

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF HOLDER

Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder will be acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information. Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

ARTICLE 5

MISCELLANEOUS

5.1 Term. This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date, unless expired or terminated at an earlier date as provided herein (the “Exercise Period”).

5.2 Legends. This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

6


THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”) to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to Bank’s parent company, SVB Financial Group (formerly Silicon Valley Bancshares), or any other affiliate of Bank. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

5.4 Transfer Procedure. After receipt by Bank of the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to SVB Financial Group by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). The Company may refuse to transfer this Warrant or the Shares to any person who directly competes with the Company, unless, in either case, the stock of the Company is publicly traded.

5.5 Notices. All notices and other communications from the Company to Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may (or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile) be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. Effective upon receipt of the fully executed Warrant and the initial transfer described in Article 5.4 above, all notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200

Santa Clara, California 95054

Telephone: 408-654-7400

Facsimile: 408-496-2405

 

7


Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

1Life Healthcare, Inc.

1 Embarcadero Center, Suite 2440

San Francisco, California 94111

Attn: __________________

Telephone: (415) 578-3100

Facsimile: (415) 354-3430

5.6 Waiver. This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Automatic Conversion upon Expiration. In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Holder.

5.9 Counterparts. This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

5.10 Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.11 Rule 144. Holder is aware that neither the Warrant nor the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Act unless certain conditions are met, including, among others, the existence of a public market for the Shares, the availability of certain public information about the Company, the resale following the required holding period under Rule 144 and the number of shares being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations. Holder is aware that the conditions for resale have not been satisfied and that the Company presently has no plans to satisfy these conditions in the foreseeable future.

5.12 Market Standoff. The Holder hereby agrees to be bound by the “Market Stand-Off Agreement” provision in Section 2.11 of the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement of the Company dated November 6, 2008 (the “Market Stand-Off Provision). The Market Stand-Off Provision may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted pursuant to this Warrant.

[Signature page follows.]

 

8


“COMPANY”
1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Sharon A. Knight

Name: Sharon A. Knight
Title: President

 

“HOLDER”
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Benjermin Colombo

Name: Benjermin Colombo
Title: Senior Relationship Manager


SCHEDULE 1

CAPITALIZATION TABLE


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. Holder elects to purchase                      shares of the Common/Series              Preferred [strike one] Stock of 1Life Healthcare, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

[or]

1. Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for                                  of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name specified below:

 

 

Holders Name

 

 

(Address)

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

(Date):  

 


APPENDIX 2

ASSIGNMENT

For value received, Silicon Valley Bank hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

Name:    SVB Financial Group
Address:    3003 Tasman Drive (HA-200)
   Santa Clara, CA 95054
Tax ID:    91-1962278

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by 1Life Healthcare, Inc. (the “Company”), on February                 , 2010 (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

    SILICON VALLEY BANK
    By:  

                          

    Name:
    Title:
Date:                                                                            

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, SVB Financial Group makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

   

SVB FINANCIAL GROUP

    By:  

                          

    Name:
    Title:
Date:                                                                            

 

Exhibit 10.13

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:    1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    250,000
Class of Stock:    Series D Preferred
Warrant Price:    $1.0505 per share
Issue Date:    June 28, 2011
Expiration Date:    The tenth (10th) anniversary after the Issue Date
Credit Facility:    This Warrant is issued in connection with the Supplemental Growth Capital Loan referenced in the Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement between Company and Silicon Valley Bank of even date herewith.

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (Silicon Valley Bank, together with any registered holder from time to time of this Warrant or any holder of the shares issuable or issued upon exercise of this Warrant, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of the Company at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

ARTICLE 1

EXERCISE

1.1 Method of Exercise. Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Conversion Right. In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Article 1.3.


1.3 Fair Market Value. If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are common stock, the fair market value of each Share shall be the closing price of a Share reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering). If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or, in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the initial “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering), in both cases, multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrants. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation or surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company.

1.6.1 ”Acquisition”. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

1.6.2 Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition.

(A) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is not an asset sale and in which the sole consideration is cash and/or Marketable Securities, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition. As used in this Article 1.6. “Marketable Securities” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in Trading Market and (iii) Holder would

 

2


not be not be restricted by contract or by applicable federal and state securities laws from publicly re-selling, within six (6) months following the closing of such Acquisition, all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition.

(B) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is an “arms length” sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (and only its assets) to a third party that is not an Affiliate (as defined below) of the Company (a “True Asset Sale”), either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will continue until the Expiration Date if the Company continues as a going concern following the closing of any such True Asset Sale. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

(C) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than those particularly described in subsections (A) and (B) above, the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price and/or number of Shares shall be adjusted accordingly.

As used herein “Affiliate” shall mean any person or entity that owns or controls directly or indirectly ten (10) percent or more of the stock of Company, any person or entity that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such persons or entities, and each of such person’s or entity’s officers, directors, joint venturers or partners, as applicable.

ARTICLE 2

ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the Shares payable in common stock, or other securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the Shares by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares or takes any other action which increases the amount of stock into which the Shares are convertible, the number of shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution. Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the

 

3


Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, substitution or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant. The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances. Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Article 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

2.4 No Impairment. The Company shall not, by amendment of its Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment.

2.5 Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

3.1 Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which the Shares were last issued in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of the Shares were sold.

 

4


(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events. If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon any of its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for sale any shares of the Company’s capital stock (or other securities convertible into such capital stock), other than (i) pursuant to the Company’s stock option or other compensatory plans, (ii) in connection with commercial credit arrangements or equipment financings, or (iii) in connection with strategic transactions for purposes other than capital raising; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of any of its stock; (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled to exchange their common stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given to the holders of such registration rights. Company will also provide information requested by Holder reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

3.3 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall have certain “piggyback” and S-3 registration rights pursuant to and as set forth in the Company’s Investor Rights Agreement or similar agreement. The provisions set forth in the Company’s Investors’ Right Agreement or similar agreement relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder.

3.4 No Shareholder Rights. Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a shareholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.

 

5


ARTICLE 4

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF HOLDER

Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder will be acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information. Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

ARTICLE 5

MISCELLANEOUS

5.1 Term. This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date, unless expired or terminated at an earlier date as provided herein (the “Exercise Period”).

5.2 Legends. This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

 

6


5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”) to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to Bank’s parent company, SVB Financial Group (formerly Silicon Valley Bancshares), or any other affiliate of Bank. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

5.4 Transfer Procedure. After receipt by Bank of the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to SVB Financial Group by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). The Company may refuse to transfer this Warrant or the Shares to any person who directly competes with the Company, unless, in either case, the stock of the Company is publicly traded.

5.5 Notices. All notices and other communications from the Company to Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may (or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile) be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. Effective upon receipt of the fully executed Warrant and the initial transfer described in Article 5.4 above, all notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200

Santa Clara, California 95054

Telephone: 408-654-7400

Facsimile: 408-496-2405

 

7


Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

1Life Healthcare, Inc.

1 Embarcadero Center, Suite 2440

San Francisco, California 94111

Attn: __________________

Telephone: (415) 578-3100

Facsimile: (415) 354-3430

5.6 Waiver. This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Automatic Conversion upon Expiration. In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Holder.

5.9 Counterparts. This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

5.10 Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.11 Rule 144. Holder is aware that neither the Warrant nor the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Act unless certain conditions are met, including, among others, the existence of a public market for the Shares, the availability of certain public information about the Company, the resale following the required holding period under Rule 144 and the number of shares being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations. Holder is aware that the conditions for resale have not been satisfied and that the Company presently has no plans to satisfy these conditions in the foreseeable future.

5.12 Market Standoff. The Holder hereby agrees to be bound by the “Market Stand-Off Agreement” provision in Section 2.11 of the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement of the Company dated November 6, 2008 (the “Market Stand-Off Provision). The Market Stand-Off Provision may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted pursuant to this Warrant.

[Signature page follows.]

 

8


“COMPANY”

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

By:  

/s/ Sharon A. Knight

Name:   Sharon A. Knight
Title:   President

 

“HOLDER”
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Lindsay Schwallie

Name:   Lindsay Schwallie
Title:   Relationship Manager

[Signature Page to Warrant]


SCHEDULE 1

CAPITALIZATION TABLE


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. Holder elects to purchase                      shares of the Common/Series              Preferred [strike one] Stock of 1Life Healthcare, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

[or]

1. Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for                                  of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name specified below:

 

  

 

  
           Holders Name   
  

 

  
                                                    

 

                                                
           (Address)   

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:  

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

(Date):  

 


APPENDIX 2

ASSIGNMENT

For value received, Silicon Valley Bank hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

  Name:    SVB Financial Group   
  Address:    3003 Tasman Drive (HA-200)   
     Santa Clara, CA 95054   
  Tax ID:    91-1962278   

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by 1Life Healthcare, Inc. (the “Company”), on June     , 2011 (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Date:                                     

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, SVB Financial Group makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

SVB FINANCIAL GROUP
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Date:                                     

Exhibit 10.14

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:    1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    Equal to the number of shares which can be purchased at the Warrant Price for $160,000
Type/Series of Stock:    Series E Preferred or the preferred shares sold in the Next Round if the price of such preferred shares in the Next Round is at a price below the Series E Price
Warrant Price:    The lesser of (i) $1.6116 per share (the “Series E Price”) or (ii) the price per share for Borrower’s Next Round
Issue Date:    January 30, 2013
Expiration Date:    January 30, 2023 See also Section 5.1(b).
Credit Facility:    This Warrant to Purchase Stock (Warrant) is issued in connection with that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the Loan Agreement). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Warrant shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “Shares”) of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the “Class”) of the above-named company (the “Company”) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. Reference is made to Section 5.4 of this Warrant whereby Silicon Valley Bank shall transfer this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group.

SECTION 1. EXERCISE.

1.1 Method of Exercise. Holder may at any time and from time to time through the Expiration Date exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.


1.2 Cashless Exercise. On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

 

X = Y(A-B)/A

where:

 

X =    the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;
Y =    the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);
A =    the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and
B =    the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value. If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “Trading Market”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

 

2


1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company.

(a) Acquisition. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization; or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power; provided however, that an Acquisition shall not include any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or any successor or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof.

(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition. In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “Cash/Public Acquisition”), either (i) Holder shall exercise this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 and/or 1.2 and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of such Acquisition or (ii) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition.

(c) The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its intention to consummate a Cash/Public Acquisition (together with such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such contemplated Cash/Public Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the proposed Cash/Public Acquisition. In the event the Company does not provide such notice, then if, immediately prior to the Cash/Public Acquisition, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued, or cash payable, upon such exercise to the Holder and Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof.

 

3


(d) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition defined above, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(e) As used in this Warrant, “Marketable Securities” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in Trading Market, and (iii) Holder would be able to publicly re-sell, within six (6) months following the closing of such Acquisition, all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any restriction on resale arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations.

SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE.

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution. Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 Conversion of Preferred Stock. If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an

 

4


effective registration statement under the Act (the “IPO”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances. Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Section 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to anti-dilution adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

2.5 No Fractional Share. No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.6 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

 

5


(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events. If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

(e) effect an IPO;

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above;

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and

(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

Reference is made to Section 1.6(c) whereby this Warrant will be deemed to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof if the Company does not give written notice to Holder of a Cash/Public Acquisition as required by the terms hereof. Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

3.3 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall have certain “piggyback” and “S-3” registration rights in parity with the investors pursuant to and as set forth in the Company’s Investor Rights Agreement dated

 

6


September 2, 2011 and as amended from time to time (the “Investor Rights Agreement”), upon Holder’s exercise of this Warrant and execution of a joinder agreement to the Investor Rights Agreement if requested by Company. The provisions set forth in the Investor Rights Agreement or similar agreement relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the “piggyback” and “S-3” registration rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER.

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information. Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

 

7


4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement. The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the market standoff provisions in Section 2.11 of the Investor Rights Agreement or similar agreement, as such may be amended from time to time.

4.7 No Voting Rights. Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Term and Automatic Conversion Upon Expiration.

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter, unless expired or terminated at an earlier date as provided herein (the “Exercise Period”).

(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration. In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2 Legends. The Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO SILICON VALLEY BANK DATED JANUARY 30, 2013 MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

 

8


5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

5.4 Transfer Procedure. After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank of the executed Warrant, Silicon Valley Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group. By its acceptance of this Warrant, SVB Financial Group hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than SVB Financial Group shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5 Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200

Santa Clara, California 95054

Telephone: 408-654-7400

Facsimile: 408-496-2405

Email address: warradmi@svb.com

 

9


Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

1Life Healthcare, Inc.

Attn: Paul Kirincich, Chief Financial Officer

130 Sutter Street, 2nd Floor

San Francisco, California 94104

Telephone: (415) 578-3100

Facsimile: (415) 354-3430

Email: pkirincich@onemedical.com

5.6 Waiver. This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorney’s Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures. This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings. The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.11 Business Days. “Business Day” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Silicon Valley Bank is closed.

5.12 Rule 144. Holder is aware that neither the Warrant nor the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Act unless certain conditions are met, including, among others, the existence of a public market for the Shares, the availability of certain public information about the Company, the resale following the required holding period under Rule 144 and the number of shares being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations. Holder is aware that the conditions for resale have not been satisfied and that the Company presently has no plans to satisfy these conditions in the foreseeable future.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

“COMPANY”
1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul Kirincich

Name:   Paul Kirincich
  (Print)
Title:   CFO
“HOLDER”
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ David M. Sabow

Name:   David M. Sabow
  (Print)
Title:   SRM

 

[Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Stock]


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right purchase                      shares of the Common/Series              Preferred [circle one] Stock of                          (the “Company”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

  [    ]

check in the amount of $                     payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

 

  [    ]

Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

 

  [    ]

Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

 

  [    ]

Other [Describe]                                                                      

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

  

 

  
                Holder’s Name   
  

 

  
  

 

  
           (Address)   

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

(Date):  

 


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

See attached

Exhibit 10.15

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:    1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    Provided that a Growth Capital Advance has been made to the Company, that number of shares (rounded down to the nearest whole number) which could be purchased for $300,000 at the Warrant Price
Type/Series of Stock:    Series G Preferred
Warrant Price:    $6.5858 per share
Issue Date:    January 26, 2015
Expiration Date:    January 26, 2025 See also Section 5.1(b).
Credit Facility:    This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“Warrant”) is issued in connection with that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Warrant shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “Shares”) of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the “Class”) of the above-named company (the “Company”) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. Reference is made to Section 5.4 of this Warrant whereby Silicon Valley Bank shall transfer this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group.

SECTION 1. EXERCISE.

1.1 Method of Exercise. Holder may at any time and from time to time through the Expiration Date exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.


1.2 Cashless Exercise. On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

X = Y(A-B)/A

where:

 

X =    the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;
Y =    the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);
A =    the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and
B =    the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value. If the Company’s common stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “Trading Market”) and the Class is common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s common stock is then traded in a Trading Market and the Class is a series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is then convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

 

2


1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company.

(a) Acquisition. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization; or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power; provided however, that an Acquisition shall not include any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or any successor or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof.

(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition. In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “Cash/Public Acquisition”), either (i) Holder shall exercise this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 and/or 1.2 and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of such Acquisition or (ii) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition.

(c) The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its intention to consummate a Cash/Public Acquisition (together with such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such contemplated Cash/Public Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the proposed Cash/Public Acquisition. In the event the Company does not provide such notice, then if, immediately prior to the Cash/Public Acquisition, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued, or cash payable, upon such exercise to the Holder and Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof.

(d) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition defined above, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

 

3


(e) As used in this Warrant, “Marketable Securities” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in Trading Market, and (iii) Holder would be able to publicly re-sell, within six (6) months following the closing of such Acquisition, all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any restriction on resale arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations.

SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE.

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution. Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 Conversion of Preferred Stock. If the Class is a class and series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock, in the event that all outstanding shares of the Class are converted, automatically or by action of the holders thereof, into common stock pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, including, without limitation, in connection with the Company’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “IPO”), then from and after the date on which all outstanding shares of the Class have been so converted, this Warrant shall be exercisable for such number of shares of common stock into which the Shares would have been converted had the Shares been outstanding on the date of such conversion, and the Warrant Price shall equal the Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such conversion divided by the number of shares of common stock into which one Share would have been converted, all subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

 

4


2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances. Without duplication of any adjustment otherwise provided for in this Section 2, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to anti-dilution adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment.

2.5 No Fractional Share. No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.6 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of the Class were last sold and issued prior to the Issue Date hereof in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of such shares were sold.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class, common stock and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant and the conversion of the Shares into common stock or such other securities.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

 

5


3.2 Notice of Certain Events. If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class or common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

(e) effect an IPO;

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above;

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and

(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

Reference is made to Section 1.6(c) whereby this Warrant will be deemed to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof if the Company does not give written notice to Holder of a Cash/Public Acquisition as required by the terms hereof. Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER.

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

 

6


4.2 Disclosure of Information. Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement. The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the market standoff provisions in Section 2.11 of the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement or similar agreement, as such may be amended from time to time.

4.7 No Voting Rights. Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Term and Automatic Conversion Upon Expiration.

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter, unless expired or terminated at an earlier date as provided herein (the “Exercise Period”).

 

7


(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration. In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2 Legends. The Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO SILICON VALLEY BANK DATED JANUARY 26, 2015 MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

5.4 Transfer Procedure. After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank of the executed Warrant, Silicon Valley Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group. By its acceptance of this Warrant, SVB Financial Group hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof.

 

8


Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than SVB Financial Group shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5 Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200

Santa Clara, California 95054

Telephone: 408-654-7400

Facsimile: 408-496-2405

Email address: warradmi@svb.com

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

1Life Healthcare, Inc.

Attn: Paul Kirincich, Chief Financial Officer

130 Sutter Street, 2nd Floor

San Francisco, California 94104

Telephone: (415) 578-3100

Facsimile: (415) 354-3430

Email: pkirincich@onemedical.com

 

9


5.6 Waiver. This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorney’s Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures. This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings. The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.11 Business Days. “Business Day” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Silicon Valley Bank is closed.

5.12 Rule 144. Holder is aware that neither the Warrant nor the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Act unless certain conditions are met, including, among others, the existence of a public market for the Shares, the availability of certain public information about the Company, the resale following the required holding period under Rule 144 and the number of shares being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations. Holder is aware that the conditions for resale have not been satisfied and that the Company presently has no plans to satisfy these conditions in the foreseeable future.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

“COMPANY”

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul Kirincich

Name:   Paul Kirincich
  (Print)
Title:   CFO
“HOLDER”
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Milo Bissin

Name:   Milo Bissin
  (Print)
Title:   VP

[Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Stock]


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right purchase                  shares of the Common/Series              Preferred [circle one] Stock of                                  (the “Company”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

[    ]    check in the amount of $                 payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith
[    ]    Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account
[    ]    Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant
[    ]    Other [Describe]                                                                                                               

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

                             

 

                  
    

Holder’s Name

 
    

 

 
      
    

 

(Address)

 

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:  

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

(Date):  

 


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

See attached

Exhibit 10.16

THIS WARRANT AND THE UNDERLYING SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”). THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AS TO SUCH SECURITIES UNDER THE ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SERIES G PREFERRED STOCK

 

No. PW-G[    ]      [                    ], 2015
  VOID AFTER [                         ], 2020   

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, «WARRANTHOLDER» (the “Holder”), is entitled to subscribe for and purchase from 1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), «Shares» shares of Exercise Shares at the Exercise Price (each subject to adjustment as provided herein).

1. DEFINITIONS. As used herein, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(a)Exercise Period” shall mean the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the fifth anniversary of the date hereof, unless sooner terminated as provided below.

(b)Exercise Price” shall mean $                per Exercise Share, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 5 below.

(c)Exercise Shares” shall mean shares of the Company’s Series G Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 5.

2. EXERCISE OF WARRANT.

2.1 The rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the Exercise Period, by delivery of the following to the Company at its address set forth above (or at such other address as it may designate by notice in writing to the Holder):

(a) An executed Notice of Exercise in the form attached hereto;

(b) Payment of the Exercise Price either (i) in cash or by check, or (ii) by cancellation of indebtedness; and

(c) This Warrant.

Upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant, a certificate or certificates for the Exercise Shares so purchased, registered in the name of the Holder or persons affiliated with the Holder, if the Holder so designates, shall be issued and delivered to the Holder within a reasonable time after the rights represented by this Warrant shall have been so exercised. In the

 

1.


event that this Warrant is being exercised for less than all of the then-current number of Exercise Shares purchasable hereunder, the Company shall, concurrently with the issuance by the Company of the number of Exercise Shares for which this Warrant is then being exercised, issue a new Warrant exercisable for the remaining number of Exercise Shares purchasable hereunder.

The person in whose name any certificate or certificates for Exercise Shares are to be issued upon exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have become the holder of record of such shares on the date on which this Warrant was surrendered and payment of the Exercise Price was made, irrespective of the date of delivery of such certificate or certificates, except that, if the date of such surrender and payment is a date when the stock transfer books of the Company are closed, such person shall be deemed to have become the holder of such shares at the close of business on the next succeeding date on which the stock transfer books are open.

2.2 Net Exercise. Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, if the fair market value of one Exercise Share is greater than the Exercise Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below), in lieu of exercising this Warrant by payment of cash, the Holder may elect to receive shares equal to the value (as determined below) of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with the properly endorsed Notice of Exercise in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder a number of Exercise Shares computed using the following formula:

 

   X = Y (A-B)
               A
Where X =    the number of Exercise Shares to be issued to the Holder
Y =    the number of Exercise Shares purchasable under the Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, that portion of the Warrant being canceled (at the date of such calculation)
A =    the fair market value of one Exercise Share (at the date of such calculation)
B =    Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation)

For purposes of the above calculation, the fair market value of one Exercise Share shall be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in good faith; provided, however, that

(a) where a public market exists for the Company’s common stock at the time of such exercise, the fair market value per Exercise Share shall be the product of (x) the average of the closing bid prices of the common stock or the closing price quoted on the national securities exchange on which the common stock is listed as published in the Wall Street Journal for the five (5) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the date of determination of fair market value and (y) the number of shares of common stock into which each Exercise Share is convertible at the time of such exercise, as applicable; and

(b) if the Warrant is exercised in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of common stock, the fair market value per Exercise Share shall be the product of (x) the per share offering price to the public of the Company’s initial public offering and (y) the number of shares of common stock into which each Exercise Share is convertible at the time of such exercise, as applicable.

 

2.


3. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Covenants as to Exercise Shares. The Company covenants and agrees that all Exercise Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant will, upon issuance, be validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable, and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issuance thereof. If at any time during the Exercise Period the number of authorized but unissued Exercise Shares shall not be sufficient to permit exercise of this Warrant, the Company will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued Exercise Shares to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

4. REPRESENTATIONS OF THE HOLDER.

4.1 Acquisition of Warrant for Personal Account. The Holder represents and warrants that it is acquiring the Warrant and the Exercise Shares solely for its account for investment and not with a view to or for sale or distribution of said Warrant or Exercise Shares or any part thereof. The Holder also represents that the entire legal and beneficial interests of the Warrant and Exercise Shares the Holder is acquiring is being acquired for, and will be held for, its account only.

4.2 Securities Are Not Registered.

(a) The Holder understands that the Warrant and the Exercise Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) on the basis that no distribution or public offering of the stock of the Company is to be effected. The Holder realizes that the basis for the exemption may not be present if, notwithstanding its representations, the Holder has a present intention of acquiring the securities for a fixed or determinable period in the future, selling (in connection with a distribution or otherwise), granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the securities. The Holder has no such present intention.

(b) The Holder recognizes that the Warrant and the Exercise Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Holder recognizes that the Company has no obligation to register the Warrant or the Exercise Shares of the Company, or to comply with any exemption from such registration.

(c) The Holder is aware that neither the Warrant nor the Exercise Shares may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 adopted under the Act unless certain conditions are met, including, among other things, the existence of a public market for the shares, the availability of certain current public information about the Company, the resale following the required holding period under Rule 144 and the number of shares being sold during any three month period not exceeding specified limitations. The Holder is aware that the conditions for resale set forth in Rule 144 have not been satisfied and that the Company presently has no plans to satisfy these conditions in the foreseeable future.

 

3.


4.3 Disposition of Warrant and Exercise Shares.

(a) The Holder further agrees not to make any disposition of all or any part of the Warrant or Exercise Shares in any event unless and until:

(i) The Company shall have received a letter secured by the Holder from the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) stating that no action will be recommended to the Commission with respect to the proposed disposition;

(ii) There is then in effect a registration statement under the Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with said registration statement; or

(iii) The Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and if reasonably requested by the Company, the Holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, for the Holder to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Warrant or Exercise Shares under the Act or any applicable state securities laws. The Company agrees that it will not require an opinion of counsel with respect to transactions under Rule 144 of the Act, except in unusual circumstances. Furthermore, the Company shall not require the Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to an affiliate of the Holder.

(b) The Holder understands and agrees that all certificates evidencing the shares to be issued to the Holder may bear the following legend:

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”). THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AS TO THE SECURITIES UNDER THE ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. The Holder is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

5. ADJUSTMENT OF EXERCISE PRICE AND EXERCISE SHARES. In the event of changes in the series of equity securities of the Company comprising the Exercise Shares by reason of stock dividends, splits, recapitalizations, conversions, reclassifications, combinations or exchanges of shares, separations, reorganizations, liquidations, or the like, the number and class of Exercise Shares available under the Warrant in the aggregate and the Exercise Price shall be correspondingly adjusted to give the Holder of the Warrant, on exercise for the same aggregate Exercise Price, the total number, class, and kind of shares as the Holder would have owned had the Warrant been exercised prior to the event and had the Holder continued to hold such shares until after the event requiring adjustment; provided, however, that such adjustment shall not be made with respect to, and this Warrant shall terminate if not exercised prior to, the events set forth

 

4.


in Section 7 below. For purposes of this Section 5, the “Aggregate Exercise Price” shall mean the aggregate Exercise Price payable in connection with the exercise in full of this Warrant. Upon any adjustment in accordance with this Section 5, the Company shall give notice thereof to the Holder, which notice shall state the event giving rise to the adjustment, the Exercise Price as adjusted and the number, class, and kind of shares or other property purchasable upon the exercise of the rights under this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation of each. The Company shall, upon the written request of any Holder, furnish or cause to be furnished to such Holder a certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments, (ii) the Exercise Price at the time in effect, (iii) the number, class, and kind of shares and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon exercise of this Warrant, and (iv) such further information and terms with respect to the events and transactions giving rise to such adjustment as the Holder may reasonably request in confirming the appropriateness of such adjustment.

6. FRACTIONAL SHARES. No fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant as a consequence of any adjustment pursuant hereto. All Exercise Shares (including fractions) to be issued upon exercise of this Warrant shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the exercise would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after aggregation, the exercise would result in the issuance of a fractional share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuance of any fractional share, pay the Holder otherwise entitled to such fraction a sum in cash equal to the product resulting from multiplying the then current fair market value of one Exercise Share by such fraction.

7. EARLY TERMINATION. In the event of, at any time during the Exercise Period any Asset Transfer or Acquisition (each as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as in effect on the date hereof), the Company shall provide to the Holder ten (10) days advance written notice of such Asset Transfer or Acquisition, and this Warrant shall terminate unless exercised immediately prior to the date of the closing of such Asset Transfer or Acquisition.

8. NOTIFICATION OF CERTAIN EVENTS. Prior to the expiration of this Warrant, in the event that the Company shall authorize:

(a) the issuance of any dividend or other distribution on the capital stock of the Company (other than (i) dividends or distributions otherwise provided for in Section 5, (ii) repurchases of common stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase; (iii) repurchases of common stock pursuant to rights of first refusal or first offer in favor of the Company; or (iv) repurchases of capital stock of the Company in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder), whether in cash, property, stock or other securities; or

(b) the voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company;

the Company shall send to the Holder of this Warrant at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for any such dividend or distribution specified in clause Error! Reference source not found. or the expected effective date of any such other event specified in clause (b).

 

5.


9. MARKET STAND-OFF AGREEMENT. The Holder hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic benefit as a sale, any common stock of the Company (“Common Stock”) or other securities of the Company held by such Holder immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement for such offering (other than those included in the registration or acquired in or following such registration) during the 180-day period following the effective date of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its Common Stock registered under the Act (the “Initial Offering”) (or such longer period, not to exceed 18 days after the expiration of the 180-day period, as the underwriter and the Company may request in order to comply with applicable regulations), and that such Holder shall execute the standard lock-up agreement used in the Initial Offering; provided that all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements. The foregoing provisions of this Section 9 shall apply only to the Initial Offering and shall not apply to (i) the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, (ii) a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or (iii) a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The underwriters in connection with such registration are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 9 and shall have the right, power, and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. The Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such registration that are consistent with this Section 9 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all holders subject to such agreements, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements, unless otherwise waived by the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares subject to such agreements.

10. NO STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS. This Warrant in and of itself shall not entitle the Holder to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Company.

11. TRANSFER OF WARRANT. Subject to applicable laws and the restriction on transfer set forth on the first page of this Warrant, this Warrant and all rights hereunder are transferable, by the Holder in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon delivery of this Warrant and the form of assignment attached hereto to any transferee designated by the Holder. The transferee shall sign an investment letter in form and substance satisfactory to the Company.

12. LOST, STOLEN, MUTILATED OR DESTROYED WARRANT. If this Warrant is lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, the Company may, on such terms as to indemnity or otherwise as it may reasonably impose (which shall, in the case of a mutilated Warrant, include the surrender thereof), issue a new Warrant of like denomination and tenor as the Warrant so lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed. Any such new Warrant shall constitute an original contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the allegedly lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed Warrant shall be at any time enforceable by anyone.

13. AMENDMENT. Any term of this Warrant may be amended or waived only with the written consent of the Company and the Holder.

 

6.


14. NOTICES, ETC. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed telex or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) three (3) days after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the Company at the address listed on the signature page and to the Holder at address first listed above or at such other address as the Company or Holder may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

15. ACCEPTANCE. Receipt of this Warrant by the Holder shall constitute acceptance of and agreement to all of the terms and conditions contained herein.

16. GOVERNING LAW. This Warrant and all rights, obligations and liabilities hereunder shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware as applied to agreements among Delaware residents, made and to be performed entirely within the State of Delaware without giving effect to conflicts of laws principles.

 

7.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date first written above.

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.
By:  

 

  THOMAS H. LEE
  Chief Executive Officer

 

Address:   P.O. Box 779
  San Francisco, CA 94104

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SERIES G PREFERRED STOCK – SIGNATURE PAGE


NOTICE OF EXERCISE

TO: 1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

(1)     ☐ The undersigned hereby elects to purchase ________ shares of Series G Preferred Stock (the “Exercise Shares”) of 1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC. (the “Company”) pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the exercise price in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

☐ The undersigned hereby elects to purchase ________ shares of Series G Preferred Stock (the “Exercise Shares”) of 1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC. (the “Company”) pursuant to the terms of the net exercise provisions set forth in Section 2.2 of the attached Warrant, and shall tender payment of all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

(2) Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said Exercise Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

(Name)

 

 

 

 

(Address)

(3) The undersigned represents that (i) the aforesaid Exercise Shares are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares; (ii) the undersigned is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision regarding its investment in the Company; (iii) the undersigned is experienced in making investments of this type and has such knowledge and background in financial and business matters that the undersigned is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this investment and protecting the undersigned’s own interests; (iv) the undersigned understands that Exercise Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent as expressed herein, and, because such securities have not been registered under the Securities Act, they must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available; (v) the undersigned is aware that the aforesaid Exercise Shares may not be sold pursuant to Rule 144 adopted under the Securities Act unless certain conditions are met and until the undersigned has held the shares for the number of years prescribed by Rule 144, that among the conditions for use of the Rule is the availability of current information to the public about the Company and the Company has not made such information available and has no present plans to do so; and (vi) the undersigned agrees not to make any disposition of all or any part of the aforesaid shares of Exercise Shares unless and until there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with said registration statement, or, if reasonably requested by the Company, the undersigned has provided the Company with an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, stating that such registration is not required.

 

 

(Date)

    

 

(Signature)

    

 

(Print name)


ASSIGNMENT FORM

(To assign the foregoing Warrant, execute this form

and supply required information. Do not use this

form to purchase shares.)

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the foregoing Warrant and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby assigned to

 

Name:                       
 

 

(Please Print)

Address:                               
 

 

(Please Print)

 

Dated: __________, 20__  

 

Holder’s  
Signature:  

 

Holder’s  
Address:  

 

NOTE: The signature to this Assignment Form must correspond with the name as it appears on the face of the Warrant, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever. Officers of corporations and those acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity should file proper evidence of authority to assign the foregoing Warrant.

Exhibit 10.17

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

AGREEMENT

for

AMIR DAN RUBIN

This Agreement (this “Agreement”), is made and entered into as of June 27, 2017 by and between Amir Dan Rubin (“Executive”) and 1Life Healthcare, Inc. (the “Company”).    

1.         Employment by the Company.

1.1 Position. Executive shall serve as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, reporting to the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”). Executive’s anticipated start date will be August 7, 2017 (the “Start Date”).

1.2 Duties and Location. Executive shall perform such duties as are customarily associated with the positions of President and Chief Executive Officer and such other duties consistent with such positions as are assigned to Executive by the Board. Executive’s primary office location shall be the Company’s headquarters located in the San Francisco, California area. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company reserves the right to reasonably require Executive to perform Executive’s duties at places other than Executive’s primary office location from time to time including reasonable business travel.

1.3 Policies and Procedures. The employment relationship between the parties shall be governed by the general employment policies and practices of the Company, except that when the terms of this Agreement differ from or are in conflict with the Company’s general employment policies or practices, this Agreement shall control.

2.         Base Compensation. For services to be rendered hereunder, Executive shall receive a base salary at the rate of $600,000 per year (the “Base Salary”), less required payroll deductions and withholdings and payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule.

3.         Sign-On Bonus.

3.1 Executive will receive a signing and retention bonus in the amount of $250,000, less standard payroll deductions and withholdings, to be paid to Executive within thirty (30) days of the Start Date (the “Signing Bonus”). This Signing Bonus is an advance and is being paid to Executive prior to being earned by Executive.

3.2 Executive will earn the Signing Bonus on a pro rata basis over the one-year period following Executive’s Start Date.

3.3 If, at any time during Executive’s first year of employment, Executive resigns his employment without Good Reason, or the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause, Executive agrees to repay a pro-rated portion of the Signing Bonus to the Company within thirty (30) days following Executive’s employment termination date. Such pro-rated portion will be equal to the Signing Bonus multiplied by a fraction, with the numerator equal to the number of calendar days remaining from the date of Executive’s termination to the one-year anniversary of the Start Date, and the denominator equal to 365. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Executive expressly authorizes the Company to deduct from his final paycheck any unearned amount of the Signing Bonus.

3.4 If at any time: (i) Executive resigns his employment for Good Reason; or (ii) Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause; then Executive shall not be required to repay the Signing Bonus or any portion thereof.

 

1.


4.         Standard Company Benefits. Executive shall, in accordance with Company policy and the terms and conditions of the applicable Company benefit plan documents, be eligible to participate in the benefit and fringe benefit programs provided by the Company to its executive officers and other employees from time to time. Any such benefits shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the governing benefit plans and policies and may be changed by the Company in its discretion.

5.         Expenses. The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in furtherance or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time. In addition, the Company agrees to reimburse the Executive for reasonable and documented legal fees incurred in the review, negotiation, drafting and execution of this Agreement, up to a cap of $10,000.

6.         Equity. Subject to approval by the Board, Executive will be provided with three (3) separate stock option awards to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock (collectively, the “Options”), pursuant to the Company’s 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Equity Plan”). The Options will have a per share exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock as of the date of grant as determined by the Board (except as otherwise stated in this agreement with respect to the Short-Term Option), and will be governed in full by the terms and conditions of the Equity Plan and its associated stock option agreements. The Company will submit the request for approval of the grant of the Options to the Board no later than the next scheduled Board meeting following the Start Date, which is currently scheduled for September 14, 2017, and will grant the Options as soon as administratively practicable after receiving the Board’s approval.

6.1 Time-Based Option. The first Option (the “Time-Based Option”) will consist of 7,948,990 shares (the “Time-Based Initial Number”) (which approximates 7.5% of the fully-diluted capitalization of the Company). Except as provided herein, and subject to Executive’s continuous service with the Company through each such vesting date, the Time-Based Option will be subject to a five-year vesting schedule, with 20% of the shares subject to such Option to vest on the twelve (12) month anniversary of Executive’s Start Date, and the remaining shares subject to such Option to vest in equal monthly installments over a forty-eight (48) month period thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, as of the date grant of the Time-Based Option, the fair market value of the stock underlying the Time-Based Option is greater than $4.01 per share, then the number of shares subject to the Time-Based Option shall be increased as of such date (such increase, the “Time-Based Additional Number”) as follows: first, the Company will multiply the Time-Based Initial Number by the excess of the per share fair market value over $4.01; second, the Company will divide such product by $4.01; and third, the Company will round up such quotient to the nearest whole share.

6.2 Performance Option. The second Option (the “Performance Option”) will consist of 1,589,798 shares (the “Performance Initial Number”) (which approximates 1.5% of the fully-diluted capitalization of the Company). Except as provided herein, and subject to Executive’s continuous service with the Company through such vesting date, the Performance Option will vest upon the earlier of (i) the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the common stock, pursuant to which the common stock is priced for the initial public offering; and (ii) the Company’s Change in Control (as such term is defined in the Company’s Equity Plan). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, as of the date of grant of the Performance Option, the fair market value of the stock underlying the Performance Option is greater than $4.01 per share, then the number of shares subject to the Performance Option shall be increased as of such date (such increase, the “Performance Additional Number”) as follows: first, the Company will multiply the Performance Initial Number by the excess of the per share fair market value over $4.01; second, the Company will divide such product by $4.01; and third, the Company will round up such quotient to the nearest whole share.

 

2.


6.3 Short-Term Option. The third Option (the “Short-Term Option”) will consist of an option to purchase 249,377 Company common shares (which represents approximately $1,000,000 worth of Company common shares at a fair market value of $4.01). The Short-Term Option will have an exercise price equal to the lower of $4.01 per share or the fair market value on the date of grant. The Short-Term Option will be fully vested on the date of grant, but will expire on December 15, 2017 if not exercised and purchased prior to such date.    

(i) Gross-Up on Discount. If the exercise price of the Short-Term Option is below the fair market value on the date of grant (such difference, the “Discount”), and the exercise of the Short-Term Option results in taxable ordinary income to Executive as a result of such Discount, then the Company shall pay, and Executive shall be entitled to receive, an additional payment (a “Gross-Up Payment”) in an amount such that after the payment of all taxes (including, without limitation, any income or employment taxes, any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes, and any additional excise tax) on the Discount and on the Gross-Up Payment, Executive shall retain an amount equal to the full Discount. For purposes of determining the amount of the Gross-Up Payment, Executive shall be deemed to have: paid federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income and employment taxation for the calendar year in which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made, and paid applicable state and local income taxes at the highest rate of taxation for the calendar year in which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes.

7.         Proprietary Information Obligations.

7.1 Employee Confidential Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement. As a condition of employment, and in consideration for the benefits provided for in this Agreement (including but not limited to the Options), Executive shall sign and comply with the Employee Confidential Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement (the “Proprietary Information Agreement”). In addition, Executive agrees to abide by the Company’s policies and procedures, as may be modified from time to time within the Company’s discretion.

7.2 Third-Party Agreements and Information. Executive represents and warrants that: (a) Executive’s employment by the Company does not conflict with any prior employment or consulting agreement or other agreement with any third party, (b) Executive will perform Executive’s duties to the Company without violating any such agreement, and (c) Executive has disclosed to the Company in writing any agreement Executive may have with any third party (e.g., a former employer) that may limit Executive’s ability to perform Executive’s duties to the Company, or which could present a conflict of interest with the Company, including but not limited to disclosure (and a copy) of any contractual restrictions on solicitations or competitive activities. Executive represents and warrants that Executive does not possess confidential information arising out of prior employment, consulting, or other third party relationships, that would be used in connection with Executive’s employment by the Company, except as expressly authorized by that third party. During Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive will use in the performance of Executive’s duties only information that is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to Executive’s own, common knowledge in the industry, otherwise legally in the public domain, or obtained or developed by the Company or by Executive in the course of Executive’s work for the Company.

8.         Outside Activities and Non-Competition During Employment.

8.1 Outside Activities. Throughout Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive may engage in civic and not-for-profit activities so long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder or present a conflict of interest with the Company or its affiliates. Subject to the restrictions set forth herein, and only with prior written disclosure to and written consent of the Board, Executive may engage in other types of business or public activities. The Board may rescind such consent, if the Board determines, in its sole discretion, that such activities compromise or threaten to compromise the Company’s or its affiliates’ business interests or conflict or compete with Executive’s duties to the Company or its affiliates.

 

3.


8.2 Non-Competition During Employment. Throughout Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will not, without the express written consent of the Board, directly or indirectly serve as an officer, director, stockholder, employee, partner, proprietor, investor, joint venturer, associate, representative or consultant of any person or entity engaged in, or planning or preparing to engage in, business activity competitive with any line of business engaged in (or planned to be engaged in) by the Company or its affiliates; provided, however, that Executive may purchase or otherwise acquire up to (but not more than) one percent (1%) of any class of securities of any enterprise (without participating in the activities of such enterprise) if such securities are listed on any national or regional securities exchange. In addition, Executive will be subject to certain restrictions (including restrictions continuing after Executive’s employment ends) under the terms of the Proprietary Information Agreement.

9.         Termination of Employment; Severance and Change in Control Benefits.

9.1 At-Will Employment. Executive’s employment relationship is at-will. Either Executive or the Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without Cause (as defined below) or Good Reason (as defined below) or advance notice.

9.2 Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason Unrelated to Change in Control. In the event Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause (and other than as a result of Executive’s death or disability) or Executive resigns for Good Reason, in either case, at any time except during the Change in Control Period (as defined below) then provided such termination or resignation constitutes a “separation from service” (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), without regard to any alternative definition thereunder, a “Separation from Service”), and provided that Executive satisfies the Release Requirement in Section 10 below and remains in compliance with the terms of this Agreement, the Company shall provide Executive with the following “Severance Benefits”:

(i) Severance Payment. Severance pay in the form of a lump sum payment equal to 12 months of Executive’s final Base Salary for the year in which the termination date occurs, payable within sixty (60) days following the termination date and subject to required payroll deductions and tax withholdings (the “Severance Payment”); provided, however that, if the period for satisfaction of the Release Requirement (as defined below) begins in one taxable year and ends in another taxable year, payment shall not be made until the beginning of the second taxable year. For such purposes, Executive’s final Base Salary will be calculated prior to giving effect to any reduction in Base Salary that would give rise to Executive’s right to resign for Good Reason.

(ii) Health Care Continuation Coverage Payments.

(a) COBRA Premiums. If Executive timely elects continued coverage under COBRA, the Company will pay Executive’s COBRA premiums to continue Executive’s coverage (including coverage for Executive’s eligible dependents, if applicable) (“COBRA Premiums”) through the period starting on the termination date and ending twelve (12) months after the termination date (the “COBRA Premium Period”); provided, however, that the Company’s provision of such COBRA Premium benefits will immediately cease if during the COBRA Premium Period Executive becomes eligible for group health insurance coverage through a new employer or Executive ceases to be eligible for COBRA continuation coverage for any reason, including plan termination. In the event Executive becomes covered under another employer’s group health plan or otherwise ceases to be eligible for COBRA during the COBRA Premium Period, Executive must immediately notify the Company of such event.

(b) Special Cash Payments in Lieu of COBRA Premiums. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that it cannot pay the COBRA Premiums without potentially incurring financial costs or penalties under applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act) or that it is otherwise not administratively reasonable to do so, regardless of whether Executive or Executive’s dependents elect or are eligible for COBRA coverage, the Company instead shall pay to Executive, on the first day of each calendar month following the termination date, a fully taxable cash payment equal to the applicable COBRA premiums for that month (including the amount of COBRA premiums for Executive’s eligible dependents), less required payroll deductions and withholdings (such amount, the “Special Cash Payment”), for the remainder of the COBRA Premium Period. Executive may, but is not obligated to, use such Special Cash Payments toward the cost of COBRA premiums.

 

4.


(iii) Equity Acceleration. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Equity Plan or award agreement, effective as of Executive’s employment termination date, the portion of the then-unvested Time-Based Option that would have vested and become exercisable within the 12 month period following such termination will become immediately vested and exercisable by Executive upon such termination and shall remain exercisable, if applicable, following Executive’s termination as set forth in the applicable equity award documents.

9.3 Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason During Change in Control Period. In the event Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause (and other than as a result of Executive’s death or disability) at any time during the Change in Control Period or Executive resigns for Good Reason at any time during the Change in Control Period, in lieu of (and not additional to) the Severance Benefits described in Section 9.2, and provided that Executive satisfies the Release Requirement in Section 10 below and remains in compliance with the terms of this Agreement, the Company shall instead provide Executive with the following “CIC Severance Benefits”. For the avoidance of doubt: (A) in no event will Executive be entitled to severance benefits under Section 9.2 and this Section 9.3, and (B) if the Company has commenced providing Severance Benefits to Executive under Section 9.2 prior to the date that Executive becomes eligible to receive CIC Severance Benefits under this Section 9.3, the Severance Benefits previously provided to Executive under Section 9.2 of this Agreement shall reduce the CIC Severance Benefits provided under this Section 9.3:

(i) CIC Severance Payment. Severance pay in the form of a lump sum payment equal to 24 months of Executive’s final Base Salary for the year in which the termination date occurs, payable within sixty (60) days following the termination date and subject to required payroll deductions and tax withholdings (the “CIC Severance Payment”); provided, however that, if the period for satisfaction of the Release Requirement (as defined below) begins in one taxable year and ends in another taxable year, payment shall not be made until the beginning of the second taxable year. For such purposes, Executive’s final Base Salary will be calculated prior to giving effect to any reduction in Base Salary that would give rise to Executive’s right to resign for Good Reason.

(ii) CIC Health Care Continuation Coverage Payments.

(a) COBRA Premiums. If Executive timely elects continued coverage under COBRA, the Company will pay Executive’s COBRA premiums to continue Executive’s coverage (including coverage for Executive’s eligible dependents, if applicable) (“CIC COBRA Premiums”) through the period starting on the termination date and ending twenty-four (24) months after the termination date (the “CIC COBRA Premium Period”); provided, however, that the Company’s provision of such CIC COBRA Premium benefits will immediately cease if during the CIC COBRA Premium Period Executive becomes eligible for group health insurance coverage through a new employer or Executive ceases to be eligible for COBRA continuation coverage for any reason, including plan termination. In the event Executive becomes covered under another employer’s group health plan or otherwise ceases to be eligible for COBRA during the CIC COBRA Premium Period, Executive must immediately notify the Company of such event.

(b) Special Cash Payments in Lieu of CIC COBRA Premiums. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that it cannot pay the CIC COBRA Premiums without potentially incurring financial costs or penalties under applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act) or that it is otherwise not administratively reasonable to do so, regardless of whether Executive or Executive’s dependents elect or are eligible for COBRA coverage, the Company instead shall pay to Executive, on the first day of each calendar month following the termination date, a fully taxable cash payment equal to the applicable COBRA premiums for that month (including the amount of COBRA premiums for Executive’s eligible dependents), subject to applicable tax withholdings (such amount, the “Special CIC Cash Payment”), for the remainder of the CIC COBRA Premium Period. Executive may, but is not obligated to, use such Special CIC Cash Payments toward the cost of COBRA premiums.

 

5.


(iii) Equity Acceleration. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Equity Plan or award agreement, effective as of Executive’s employment termination date, the then-unvested portion of the Time-Based Option will become immediately vested and exercisable by Executive upon such termination and shall remain exercisable, if applicable, following Executive’s termination as set forth in the applicable equity award documents.

9.4 Termination for Cause; Resignation Without Good Reason; Death or Disability. Executive will not be eligible for, or entitled to any severance benefits, including (without limitation) the Severance Benefits and CIC Severance Benefits listed in Sections 9.2 and 9.3 above, if the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause, Executive resigns Executive’s employment without Good Reason, or Executive’s employment terminates due to Executive’s death or disability.

9.5 Other. If Executive materially breaches any continuing obligations to the Company (including but not limited to any material breach of the Proprietary Information Agreement) during the period of time that Executive is receiving any Severance Benefits or CIC Severance Benefits, Executive will forfeit Executive’s entitlement to any then unpaid Severance Benefits (or CIC Severance Benefits, as applicable), and the Company’s obligation to continue to pay or provide such benefits will immediately terminate as of the date of Executive’s material breach.

10.         Conditions to Receipt of Severance Benefits. To be eligible for any of the Severance Benefits or CIC Severance Benefits pursuant to Sections 9.2 or 9.3 above, Executive must satisfy the following release requirement (the “Release Requirement”): return to the Company a signed and dated general release of all known and unknown claims in a termination agreement acceptable to the Company and the Executive (the “Release”) within the applicable deadline set forth therein, but in no event later than forty-five (45) days following Executive’s termination date, and permit the Release to become effective and irrevocable in accordance with its terms (such effective date of the Release, the “Release Effective Date”). No Severance Benefits will be provided hereunder prior to the Release Effective Date. Accordingly, if Executive breaches the preceding sentence and/or refuses to sign and deliver to the Company an executed Release or signs and delivers to the Company the Release but exercises Executive’s right, if any, under applicable law to revoke the Release (or any portion thereof), then Executive will not be entitled to any severance, payment or benefit under this Agreement.

11.         Section 409A. It is intended that all of the severance benefits and other payments payable under this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Code Section 409A provided under Treasury Regulations 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5) and 1.409A-1(b)(9), and this Agreement will be construed to the greatest extent possible as consistent with those provisions, and to the extent no so exempt, this Agreement (and any definitions hereunder) will be construed in a manner that complies with Section 409A. For purposes of Code Section 409A (including, without limitation, for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), Executive’s right to receive any installment payments under this Agreement (whether severance payments, reimbursements or otherwise) shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment hereunder shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is deemed by the Company at the time of Executive’s Separation from Service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i), and if any of the payments upon Separation from Service set forth herein and/or under any other agreement with the Company are deemed to be “deferred compensation”, then to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of such payments is required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) and the related adverse taxation under Section 409A, such payments shall not be provided to Executive prior to the earliest of (i) the expiration of the six-month and one day period measured from the date of Executive’s Separation from Service with the Company, (ii) the date of Executive’s death or (iii) such earlier date as permitted under Section 409A without the imposition of adverse taxation. Upon the first business day following the

 

6.


expiration of such applicable Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) period, all payments deferred pursuant to this Paragraph shall be paid in a lump sum to Executive, and any remaining payments due shall be paid as otherwise provided herein or in the applicable agreement. No interest shall be due on any amounts so deferred. If the Company determines that any severance benefits provided under this Agreement constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A, for purposes of determining the schedule for payment of the severance benefits, the effective date of the Release will not be deemed to have occurred any earlier than the sixtieth (60th) date following the Separation From Service, regardless of when the Release actually becomes effective. In addition to the above, to the extent required to comply with Section 409A and the applicable regulations and guidance issued thereunder, if the applicable deadline for Executive to execute (and not revoke) the applicable Release spans two calendar years, payment of the applicable severance benefits shall not commence until the beginning of the second calendar year. To the extent required to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Code Section 409A, amounts reimbursable to Executive under this Agreement shall be paid to Executive on or before the last day of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred and the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement (and in-kind benefits provided to Executive) during any one year may not effect amounts reimbursable or provided in any subsequent year. The Company makes no representation that any or all of the payments described in this Agreement will be exempt from or comply with Code Section 409A and makes no undertaking to preclude Code Section 409A from applying to any such payment.

12.         Section 280G; Limitations on Payment.

12.1 If any payment or benefit Executive will or may receive from the Company or otherwise (a “280G Payment”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then any such 280G Payment provided pursuant to this Agreement (a “Payment”) shall be equal to the Reduced Amount. The “Reduced Amount” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment (after reduction) being subject to the Excise Tax or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount (i.e., the amount determined by clause (x) or by clause (y)), after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater economic benefit notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in a Payment is required pursuant to the preceding sentence and the Reduced Amount is determined pursuant to clause (x) of the preceding sentence, the reduction shall occur in the manner (the “Reduction Method”) that results in the greatest economic benefit for Executive. If more than one method of reduction will result in the same economic benefit, the items so reduced will be reduced pro rata (the

Pro Rata Reduction Method”).

12.2 Notwithstanding any provision of Section 12.1 to the contrary, if the Reduction Method or the Pro Rata Reduction Method would result in any portion of the Payment being subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A that would not otherwise be subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A, then the Reduction Method and/or the Pro Rata Reduction Method, as the case may be, shall be modified so as to avoid the imposition of taxes pursuant to Section 409A as follows: (A) as a first priority, the modification shall preserve to the greatest extent possible, the greatest economic benefit for Executive as determined on an after-tax basis; (B) as a second priority, Payments that are contingent on future events (e.g., being terminated without Cause), shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not contingent on future events; and (C) as a third priority, Payments that are “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A.

12.3 Unless Executive and the Company agree on an alternative accounting firm, the accounting firm engaged by the Company for general tax compliance purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the Change in Control transaction shall perform the foregoing calculations. If the accounting firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control transaction, the Company shall appoint a nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required by this Section 12.

 

7.


The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting or law firm required to be made hereunder. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the accounting or law firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder to provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to Executive and the Company within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which Executive’s right to a 280G Payment becomes reasonably likely to occur (if requested at that time by Executive or the Company) or such other time as requested by Executive or the Company.

12.4 If Executive receives a Payment for which the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (x) of Section 12.1 and the Internal Revenue Service determines thereafter that some portion of the Payment is subject to the Excise Tax, Executive agrees to promptly return to the Company a sufficient amount of the Payment (after reduction pursuant to clause (x) of Section 12.1) so that no portion of the remaining Payment is subject to the Excise Tax. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (y) of Section 12.1, Executive shall have no obligation to return any portion of the Payment pursuant to the preceding sentence.

13.         Definitions.

13.1 Cause. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” means the occurrence of any one or more of the following: (i) Executive’s conviction of or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to any felony or a crime of moral turpitude; (ii) Executive’s willful and continued failure or refusal to: a) follow lawful and reasonable policies and regulations of the Company or its affiliates; or b) to perform the assigned duties of his employment with the Company or its affiliates; (iii) unprofessional, unethical, immoral or fraudulent conduct by Executive that is materially detrimental to the reputation, character and standing of the Company or any affiliate; or (iv) Executive’s material breach of this Agreement, the Proprietary Information Agreement, or any written Company agreement or policies so long as, in any case, with respect to items (ii)-(iv) above, (x) the Company has provided notice to the Executive setting forth in reasonable detail the specific conduct of the Executive that constitutes Cause within thirty (30) days of the date the Company first becomes aware of its existence, (y) the Executive has failed to cure such conduct (if such conduct is capable of being cured) within thirty (30) days following the date of receipt of such notice, and (z) the Company has terminated the Executive’s employment within thirty (30) days following such failure to cure.

13.2 Change in Control. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control” shall have the meaning described in the Company’s Equity Plan.

13.3 Change in Control Period. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control Period” means the time period commencing three (3) months before the effective date of a Change in Control and ending on the date that is twelve (12) months after the effective date of a Change in Control.

13.4 Good Reason. “Good Reason” means the occurrence of any of the following events without Employee’s prior written consent: (A) a material reduction in Base Salary, (B) any material diminution in the Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities, (C) a relocation of the Executive’s principal place of employment to a location that increases Executive’s one-way commute from the Executive’s principal place of employment under Section 1.2 by more than 25 miles, or (D) any material breach by the Company of any material obligation under this Agreement or any written agreement between the Executive and the Company, so long as, in any case, (x) the Executive has provided notice to the Company setting forth in reasonable detail the specific conduct of the Company that constitutes Good Reason within thirty (30) days of the date the Executive first becomes aware of its existence, (y) the Company has failed to cure such conduct within thirty (30) days following the date of receipt of such notice, and (z) the Executive has terminated his employment within thirty (30) days following such failure to cure.

14.         Dispute Resolution. Executive shall agree to and execute the standard terms of the Mutual Agreement to Arbitrate Claims (MAAC) with Company, provided to Executive separately and executed concurrently herewith.

 

8.


15.         General Provisions.

15.1 Notices. Any notices provided must be in writing and will be deemed effective upon the earlier of personal delivery (including personal delivery by fax) or the next day after sending by overnight carrier, to the Company at its primary office location and to Executive at the address as listed on the Company payroll.

15.2 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision of this Agreement, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction to the extent possible in keeping with the intent of the parties.

15.3 Waiver. Any waiver of any breach of any provisions of this Agreement must be in writing to be effective, and it shall not thereby be deemed to have waived any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other provision of this Agreement.

15.4 Complete Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Proprietary Information Agreement and MAAC, constitutes the entire agreement between Executive and the Company with regard to the subject matter hereof and is the complete, final, and exclusive embodiment of the Company’s and Executive’s agreement with regard to this subject matter. This Agreement is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation, written or oral, other than those expressly contained herein, and it supersedes and replaces any other agreements or promises made to Executive by anyone concerning Executive’s employment terms, compensation or benefits, whether oral or written (including but not limited any agreements or promises with or from the Company or any of its affiliates or predecessors). It cannot be modified or amended except in a writing signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company, with the exception of those changes expressly reserved to the Company’s discretion in this Agreement.

15.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain signatures of more than one party, but both of which taken together will constitute one and the same Agreement.

15.6 Headings. The headings of the sections hereof are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part hereof nor to affect the meaning thereof.

15.7 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive and the Company, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators, except that Executive may not assign any of Executive’s duties hereunder and Executive may not assign any of Executive’s rights hereunder without the written consent of the Company, which shall not be withheld unreasonably.

15.8 Tax Withholding. All payments and awards contemplated or made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholdings of applicable taxes in compliance with all relevant laws and regulations of all appropriate government authorities. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company has neither made any assurances nor any guarantees concerning the tax treatment of any payments or awards contemplated by or made pursuant to this Agreement. Executive has had the opportunity to retain a tax and financial advisor and fully understands the tax and economic consequences of all payments and awards made pursuant to this Agreement.

15.9 Choice of Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California.

 

9.


15.10 Allowable Disclosures. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or elsewhere, nothing shall prohibit the Executive from reporting violations or possible violations of law or regulation to a governmental agency or other entity, including but not limited to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission, the U.S. Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the U.S. Department of Justice, the U.S. Congress, any agency Inspector General, the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or the U.S. National Labor Relations Board (the “Government Agencies”), and the Executive shall not be required to provide notification to, or receive prior approval from, the Company regarding any such report. The Executive further understands that this Agreement does not limit his ability to communicate with any Government Agencies or otherwise participate in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by any Government Agency, including providing documents or other information, without notice to the Company. Furthermore, this Agreement does not limit the Executive’s right to receive an award for information provided to any Government Agencies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall constitute a waiver by the Company of the attorney-client privilege, the attorney work-product doctrine, or applicable company policy.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the day and year first written above.

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Bruce Dunlevie

  Bruce Dunlevie
EXECUTIVE

/s/ Amir Dan Rubin

AMIR DAN RUBIN

 

10.

Exhibit 10.18

 

LOGO

Kimber Lockhart

kimber@kimberlockhart.com

March 7, 2014

Dear Kimber,

I am pleased to offer you the position of Vice President, Engineering reporting to me. My colleagues and I are excited about the prospect of you joining. You will have significant positive impact as you build up the product technology capabilities that will innovate healthcare.

Your start date will be March 19, 2014 and you will receive an annualized salary of $245,000 through a semi-monthly pay schedule (less applicable withholdings).

In addition to your salary, we will be granting you an option to purchase 75,000 shares of common stock. This stock option must be approved by our Board of Directors, which will vote on this in the next meeting of the Compensation Committee of the Board, or its delegates. The options will vest over a four-year period with the first 25% vesting upon the first anniversary of your start date and the remainder vesting at 1/48th of the shares for each month thereafter.

Moreover, at six months past the anniversary of your start date we will review your total compensation and make any necessary increases based upon performance.

Furthermore, we will be offering you a benefits package that includes health, dental and vision coverage as well as a 401k plan, PTO and holidays. Please see the attached benefits summary for details.

For the purposes of clarity (in addition to federal and other employment laws), please note the important terms and conditions below.

To accept this offer, please sign and date this letter below and scan a copy to hr@onemedical.com or fax to 415.354.3430. This offer shall remain in effect for five business days.

As you know, One Medical is committed to hiring individuals like you who have the desire, creativity, and energy to develop great and innovative solutions for the people we serve, both internally and externally. We look forward to you joining our exceptional team!

Sincerely,

Dave Hodgson

I accept and agree to the above terms of employment as stated in this Offer Letter:

 

/s/ Kimber Lockhart

                     

3/9/14

Signature     

Date


LOGO

Terms and Conditions

 

   

Please note that the official corporate entity for your employment is 1Life Healthcare, Inc (the company behind the One Medical brand)

 

   

In joining, you represent that the performance of your duties in the position will not violate the terms of any agreements you may have with others, including former employers.

 

   

Your employment is conditioned upon a reference and background check, proof of your ability to legally work within the United States on your first day of employment, as well as your execution of our Employee Confidential Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement.

 

   

Your failure to successfully comply with any of these conditions (including not answering questions honestly or completely in the employment application process) gives 1Life Healthcare the right to revoke this offer of employment or to terminate its employment relationship with you.

 

   

Your position, supervisor, duties, work location, compensation, and benefits may evolve or change (in discussion with your supervisor).

 

   

The employment relationship is at-will meaning it is voluntarily entered into by mutual consent of you and 1Life Healthcare and can be terminated by either you or 1Life Healthcare at any time.

 

   

This letter represents the complete terms of your employment with 1Life Healthcare.

Exhibit 10.19

PHYSICIAN EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

by and between

Apollo Medical Group, Inc. (“Group”)

and

Andrew Diamond, MD. (“Physician”)

 

 


PHYSICIAN EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS PHYSICIAN EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is entered into as of August 1, 2007 (the “Execution Date”), by and between Apollo Medical Group DBA Metropolitan Medical Group, a California professional medical corporation (“Group”), and Andrew Diamond MD an individual (“Physician”). Group and Physician are sometimes referred to in this Agreement as a “Party” or, collectively, as the “Parties.”

RECITALS

A. Group is a professional medical corporation that provides professional medical services (the “Services”) at its offices located at 2 Embarcadero and 110 Sutter St #200, San Francisco, CA 94104 (the “Offices”).

B. Group desires to employ Physician, and Physician is qualified and desires to provide the services described in this Agreement, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

ARTICLE I.

PROFESSIONAL SERVICE OBLIGATIONS

1.1 Duties of Physician. Group hereby employs Physician, and Physician hereby accepts employment with Group to provide the Services at the Offices as described in Exhibit 1.1 in accordance with the Group’s Operational Standards.

1.2 Schedule of Availability. Physician shall be available for Services, in addition to night and weekend call coverage in accordance with Exhibit 1.2.

1.3 Nondiscrimination. Physician shall not differentiate or discriminate in performing the Services on the basis of race, sexual orientation, color, national origin, ancestry, sex, marital status, age or on any basis prohibited by applicable law.

ARTICLE II.

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS

2.1 Professional Qualifications. Physician shall be duly licensed and qualified to practice medicine in the State of California.

2.2 Performance Standards Physician shall comply with all bylaws, policies, rules and regulations of Group.

2.3 Continuing Medical Education. Physician shall participate in continuing education as necessary to maintain licensure, professional competence and skills commensurate with the standards of the medical community and as otherwise required by the medical profession. In certain circumstances, Group may also require Physician to attend supplemental training courses relating to the provision of such services.


2.4 Programs. Physician shall participate in and abide by any quality assurance, grievance procedure, peer review, confidentiality or credentialing programs and systems which Group may establish and maintain.

ARTICLE III.

ADMINISTRATIVE OBLIGATIONS

3.1 Use of Offices. Physician shall not use any part of the Offices for any purpose other than the performance of the Services or other duties and obligations set forth in this Agreement. Physician shall abide by all terms, conditions and limitations on the use of the Offices adopted by Group from time to time.

3.2 Administrative Compliance. Physician shall cooperate and comply with the policies and procedures of Group applicable to client relations, scheduling, billing, collections and other administrative matters, and shall cooperate with efforts to bill and collect fees for the Services rendered by Physician.

3.3 Notification of Certain Events. Physician shall notify Group in writing within twenty-four (24) hours after the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:

 

  (a)

The medical staff membership or clinical privileges of Physician at any hospital are denied, suspended, restricted, revoked or voluntarily relinquished;

 

  (b)

Physician becomes the subject of any suit, action or other legal proceeding arising out of the professional services rendered by Physician;

 

  (c)

Physician is required to pay damages or any other amount in any malpractice action by way of judgment or settlement;

 

  (d)

Physician becomes the subject of any disciplinary proceeding or action before any state’s medical board or similar agency responsible for professional standards or behavior;

 

  (e)

Physician’s loss, either temporarily or permanently, of any governmental license reasonably considered by Group to be essential to the performance of Physician’s duties;

 

  (f)

Physician becomes incapacitated or disabled from practicing medicine; or

 

  (g)

Any act of nature or any other event occurs which adversely affects Physician’s ability to perform the Services.

 

2


ARTICLE IV.

COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

4.1 Compensation. In exchange for Physician’s performance of the Services under this Agreement, Group shall pay to Physician the compensation in the amount, manner and method of payment set forth in Exhibit 1.3 (“Compensation”).

4.2 Employee Benefits. Group shall provide to Provider, when eligible, those employee benefits described in Exhibit 1.4.

4.3 Expenses During the employment term, Group shall reimburse Physician for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Physician in conjunction with Group’s business, subject to Group’s policies in effect from time to time. Physician shall maintain records and submit evidence of the cost of such expenses and the purpose for such expenses in accordance with Group’s policies in effect from time to time.

4.4 Employment Tax Withholding. Group shall have the right to collect or withhold from compensation due to Physician under this Agreement any and all taxes and assessments required by applicable federal, state and local withholding rules for all cash payments made pursuant to this Agreement.

4.5 Other Compensation Received by Physician. Any fees or other consideration paid or given to Physician in return for services relating to the Services, other than compensation from Group pursuant to this Agreement, shall belong to Group. Physician shall remit to Group any such fees or other consideration received by Physician within three (3) days of receipt.

ARTICLE V.

TERM AND TERMINATION

5.1 Term of Employment. Group shall employ Provider commencing September 17, 2007 (the “Effective Date”), subject to the termination provisions of this Agreement and the availability of the Offices.

5.2 Termination by Either Party. Either Party may terminate this Agreement, with or without cause, at any time twelve (12) months after the Effective Date, upon ninety (90) days prior written notice to the other Party.

5.3 Termination by Group. Group shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:

 

  (a)

Breach of this Agreement by Physician where such breach is not corrected within thirty (30) calendar days after Group gives written notice of such breach to Physician;

 

  (b)

Death, incapacity or permanent disability of Physician;

 

  (c)

Physician’s voluntary retirement from the practice of medicine;

 

3


  (d)

Physician commits an act of dishonesty, fraud, misrepresentation, other acts of moral turpitude or any act with intent to injure Group, Administrator, or any of their affiliates;

 

  (e)

Physician’s loss, either temporarily or permanently, of any governmental license reasonably considered by Group to be essential to the performance of Physician’s duties;

 

  (f)

Neglect of professional duty by Physician in a manner that violates Group’s policies, rules and regulations; or

 

  (g)

Physician is rendered unable to comply with the terms of this Agreement for any reason.

5.4 Termination by Physician. Physician shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:

 

  (a)

Breach of this Agreement by Group where such breach is not corrected within thirty (30) calendar days after Physician gives written notice of such breach to Group; or

 

  (b)

Group is rendered unable to comply with the terms of this Agreement for any reason.

5.5 Termination or Modification in the Event of Government Action.

 

  (a)

If the Parties receive notice of any Action, the Parties shall attempt to amend this Agreement in order to comply with the Action.

 

  (b)

If the Parties, acting in good faith, are unable to agree to the amendments necessary to comply with the Action, or, alternatively, if either Party determines in good faith that compliance with the Action is impossible or infeasible, this Agreement shall terminate ten (10) calendar days after one Party notices the other of such fact.

 

  (c)

For the purposes of this Section, “Action” shall mean any legislation, regulation, rule or procedure passed, adopted or implemented by any federal, state or local government or legislative body or any private agency, or any notice of a decision, finding, interpretation or action by any governmental or private agency, court or other third party which, in the opinion of counsel to Group, if or when implemented, would result in the arrangement between the Parties under this Agreement to:

 

  (i)

prevent Physician from being able to access and use the Offices;

 

4


  (ii)

prohibit Group or any Affiliate of Group from billing for services provided to clients referred by Physician; or

 

  (iii)

subject Group, Physician or any Affiliate of Group, or any of their respective employees or agents, to civil or criminal prosecution on the basis of their participation in executing this Agreement or performing their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

  (d)

For the purposes of this Section, “Affiliate” shall mean any organization which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Group.

5.6 Rights Upon Termination. Upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement, all rights and obligations of the Parties shall cease except those rights and obligations that have accrued or expressly survive such termination.

5.7 Return of Property. Upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement, Physician shall immediately return to Group all of Group’s property, including Group’s equipment, supplies, furniture, furnishings, files and patient lists, which is in Physician’s possession or under Physician’s control.

5.8 Clinical Records. All client records, charts and files for clients of Group treated by Physician shall be and shall remain the property of Group. Upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement, Physician shall not be entitled to keep or preserve any such records, charts and records provided, however, that any client may specifically request a copy of his or her records to be provided to Physician at Physician’s cost. In no event shall Physician be entitled to the records, charts or files of clients not specifically treated by Physician while an employee of Group.

ARTICLE VI.

RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE PARTIES

6.1 Non-Competition. Physician shall not engage or participate in any business that is competitive in any manner whatsoever with the business of Group, or, directly or indirectly, render any professional or administrative services to any person or organization (except Group), whether as a partner, shareholder, officer, director, employee, contractor or otherwise, except in the event of an emergency or the prior written consent of Group.

6.2 Prohibition Against Solicitation. Physician covenants and agrees that, for a period of one (1) year immediately following any termination or expiration of this Agreement, Physician shall not directly or indirectly call on, solicit, take away, or attempt to call on, solicit or take away, any of Group’s clients, either for Physician’s benefit or for any other person, firm, or corporation. Physician also covenants and agrees that, for a period of one (1) year immediately following any termination or expiration of this Agreement, Physician shall not employ, hire or retain, or attempt to employ, hire or retain, any person who was an employee or independent contractor associated with Group at any time during the six (6) months preceding the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

 

5


6.3 Trade Secrets. During the term of this Agreement, Physician will have access to and become acquainted with confidential information and trade secrets of Group, including information and data relating to contracts and accounts, clients, patients, patient groups, patient lists, billing practices and procedures, business techniques and methods, strategic plans, operations and related data (collectively, “Trade Secrets”). All Trade Secrets are the property of Group and used in the course of Group’s business, and shall be proprietary information protected under the Uniform Trade Secrets Act. Physician shall not disclose to any person or entity, directly or indirectly, either during the term of this Agreement or at any time thereafter, any Trade Secrets, or use any Trade Secrets other than in the course of providing the Services under this Agreement. All documents that Physician prepares, or Trade Secrets that might be given to Physician in the course of providing the Services under this Agreement, are the exclusive property of Group, and, without the prior written consent of Group, shall not be removed from Group’s premises. This provision shall survive termination of this Agreement.

6.4 Freedom to Contract. Physician represents that [he] [she] is free to enter into this Agreement, that [he] [she] has not made and will not make any agreements in conflict with this Agreement, and that the confidentiality and non-competition provisions contained in this Article VI do not impair [his] [her] ability to earn a living in [his] [her] profession.

6.5 Equitable Relief. Physician hereby acknowledges that the breach by Physician of any provision of this Article would result in irreparable harm to Group, the amount and nature of which cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated for in monetary damages. Physician therefore agrees that Group, in addition to any rights or remedies which Group may possess, shall be entitled to injunctive and other equitable relief to prevent or remedy a breach by Physician of any provision of this Article.

ARTICLE VII.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

7.1 Amendment. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by mutual written agreement of the Parties. Any such modification or amendment must be in writing, dated, signed by the Parties and attached to this Agreement.

7.2 Dispute Resolution. Any dispute involving Group’s standard payroll practices, construction or application of this Agreement, or any claims related to Physician’s employment, including without limitation any civil rights and discrimination claims, shall be submitted to and settled by final and binding arbitration in California, in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association then existing, and judgment on the arbitration award may be entered into any court having jurisdiction over the subject matter of the controversy.

7.3 Assignment. Except for assignment by Group to an entity owned, controlled by, or under common control with Group, neither Party may assign any interest or obligation under this Agreement without the other Party’s prior written consent. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and assigns.

 

6


7.4 Attorneys’ Fees. If either Party brings an action for any relief or collection against the other Party, declaratory or otherwise, arising out of the arrangement described in this Agreement, the losing Party shall pay to the prevailing Party a reasonable sum for attorneys’ fees and costs actually incurred in bringing such action, including fees incurred in arbitration, at trial, on appeal and on any review therefrom, all of which shall be deemed to have accrued upon the commencement of such action and shall be paid whether or not such action is prosecuted to judgment. Any judgment or order entered in such action shall contain a specific provision providing for the recovery of attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in enforcing such judgment. For the purpose of this Section, attorneys’ fees shall include fees incurred in connection with discovery, post judgment motions, contempt proceedings, garnishment and levy.

7.5 Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California.

7.6 Compliance With Laws. Physician shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, codes and regulations of federal, state and local governments, including laws that require Physician to disclose any economic interest or relationship with Group.

7.7 Confidentiality. Neither Party shall disclose this Agreement or any of its terms to any person or entity, other than its attorneys and accountants, without the prior written consent of the other Party, unless and only to the extent such disclosure is required by law.

7.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

7.9 Entire Agreement. This Agreement is the entire understanding and agreement of the Parties regarding its subject matter, and supersedes any prior oral or written agreements, representations, understandings or discussions between the Parties. No other understanding between the Parties shall be binding on them unless set forth in writing, signed and attached to this Agreement.

7.10 Exhibits. The attached exhibits, together with all documents incorporated by reference in the exhibits, form an integral part of this Agreement and are incorporated into this Agreement wherever reference is made to them to the same extent as if they were set out in full at the point at which such reference is made.

7.11 Force Majeure. Neither Party shall be liable for nonperformance or defective or late performance of any of its obligations under this Agreement to the extent and for such periods of time as such nonperformance, defective performance or late performance is due to reasons outside such Party’s control, including acts of God, war (declared or undeclared), action of any governmental authority, riots, revolutions, fire, floods, explosions, sabotage, nuclear incidents, lightning, weather, earthquakes, storms, sinkholes, epidemics, strikes or similar nonperformance or defective performance or late performance of employees, suppliers or subcontractors.

 

7


7.12 Headings. The headings in this Agreement are intended solely for convenience of reference and shall be given no effect in the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

7.13 Notices. All notices or communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be given in writing and delivered personally or sent by United States registered or certified mail with postage prepaid and return receipt requested or by overnight delivery service (e.g., Federal Express, DHL). In each case, notice shall be delivered or sent to:

If to Group, addressed to:

Apollo Medical Group, Inc.

110 Sutter St #200

San Francisco, CA 94104

Attention: Thomas Lee MD

If to Physician, addressed to:

Andrew Diamond

652 Guerrero St.

San Francisco, CA 94110

Attention:                                                  

7.14 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be illegal or unenforceable, that provision shall be severed from this Agreement, and such severance shall have no effect upon the enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement. If moreover, any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held excessively broad as to duration, geographical scope, activity or subject, it shall be construed by limiting and reducing it, so as to be enforceable to the extent compatible with applicable law.

7.15 No Third-Party Beneficiary Rights. Except as to Administrator, the Parties do not intend to confer and this Agreement shall not be construed to confer any rights or benefits to any person, firm, group, corporation or entity other than the Parties.

7.16 Waiver. No delay or failure to require performance of any provision of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of that provision as to that or any other instance. Any waiver granted by a Party must be in writing to be effective, and shall apply solely to the specific instance expressly stated.

7.17 Non-Disparagement. During the term of this Agreement as well as at any time thereafter, Physician shall not knowingly or intentionally make any statement or perform any act which in any way would disparage or injure any interest of Group or Administrator, or be detrimental to Group’s relationships and dealings with existing or potential customers, clients or employees.

 

8


The Parties have executed this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

GROUP
Apollo Medical Group, Inc., a California professional medical corporation

      /s/ Thomas Lee

By   Thomas Lee
Its   President
PHYSICIAN
 

/s/ Andrew S. Diamond

 

9


Exhibit 1.1

SERVICES

 

1.

Physician shall directly provide the following Services to the Group’s clients:

 

  a.

General medical care including office visits, minor procedures, telephone calls, e-mail, third party consultation, documentation, and overnight and weekend coverage

 

2.

Physician shall, at a minimum, meet the quality and service standards as described in the Operational Standards.

 

3.

Physician shall supervise the provision of the Services by Group’s ancillary health care professionals such as medical assistants, registered nurses, nurse practitioners and physician’s assistants (the “Care Team”). Activities will include:

 

  a.

Developing standardized procedures and protocols to be followed by the Care Team in connection with the provision of the Services (the Standardized Procedures)

 

  b.

Biannual review of the Care Team with respect to competence in providing the Services

 

  c.

Biannual review of the Standardized Procedures

 

4.

Physician shall support the clinical and operational activities of other providers in the group by performing the following administrative duties:

 

  a.

Supporting the development and implementation of improved care processes that improve provider efficiency including but limited to: process improvement initiatives; input on software design; development of clinical content, newsletters and databases; support and training of new providers; development of provider manuals

 

  b.

Supporting the learning environment of the provider team including but not limited to: facilitating weekly learning seminars and grand rounds, developing clinical care guidelines, maintaining a robust evidence-based library


Exhibit 1.2

PHYSICIAN’S SCHEDULE

 

1.

The Physician’s schedule shall include the following elements:

 

  a.

5 days per week; a minimum of four half-day (four hours each) clinical sessions per week; during periods of excess demand, clinical sessions may increase up to eight half-day clinical sessions per week

 

  b.

On-call availability via mobile phone on nights and weekends


Exhibit 1.3

COMPENSATION

1. Compensation. Group shall pay to Physician an annual salary of $ 150,000 per year; less deductions for state and federal taxes and other government mandated withholdings for the Services provided at Apollo Medical Group, Inc.

2. Timing of Payment. Group shall pay the compensation to Physician on a biweekly basis.


Exhibit 1.4

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

 

1.

Eligibility. Physician shall be eligible for the following employee benefits upon joining the group.

 

2.

Vacation. Physician shall receive 10 days of paid time off plus holidays during the first year of service, then 15 days of paid time off in years 2-4, then 20 days of paid time off in years 5 and thereafter.

 

3.

Holidays. Physician shall not work in the Offices on New Years Day, Martin Luther King Day, Presidents Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day.

 

4.

Malpractice Expenses and Fees. Group shall pay Physician’s malpractice expense for services provided for the Group, as well as hospital and professional society fees.

 

5.

CME. Group shall pay Physician up to $2,500 per year for CME travel, lodging and fees.

 

6.

Health, Dental and Vision Insurance. Group shall provide a health, dental and vision insurance program for the Physician.

Exhibit 10.20

1LIFE, INC.

PROVIDER STOCK OPTION PROGRAM & ADVISORY SERVICES AGREEMENT

Congratulations! You have been selected to participate in the 1Life Healthcare, Inc. (“Company”) Stock Option Plan through this Provider Stock Option Program and Advisory Services Agreement (Agreement). This Provider Stock Option Program has been designed to enable the Company to compensate certain medical services providers (each, a Provider Participant) for valuable advisory and consulting services (Advisory Services) provided to the Company separate and apart from services that you may provide in your employment by one of Company’s affiliated One Medical Group professional corporations providing primary care services (“Employer”).

In consideration for your participation in the Provider Stock Option Program (and for any existing and future grants made to you under the Company Stock Option Plan), you agree to the following:

 

  1.

You will make yourself available to Company to provide certain Advisory Services, as requested, which may include, without limitation, participation on the Company’s Electronic Medical Record development team, clinical advisory boards, CME program development committees or other advisory services as designated by the Company. The parties acknowledge and agree that the stock option granted hereunder is intended to be consistent with the fair market value of the services to be performed by Provider Participant as an advisor to 1Life. The parties further acknowledge and agree that the stock option granted hereunder does not require, and is not payment or inducement for, the referral of patients or other business by Provider Participant to 1Life or any person or entity affiliated or contracting with 1Life, and that Provider Participant’s rights hereunder are in no way contingent upon the referral of patients or other business by Provider Participant to 1Life or any person or entity affiliated or contracting with 1Life.

 

  2.

You agree to the terms of the Confidential Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement attached as Exhibit A, which applies to your Advisory Services performed under this Agreement for Company.

In order to participate in the Provider Stock Option Program, you must review and sign this Agreement, the Confidential Information and Inventions Agreement (Exhibit A) and the Stock Option Agreement (Exhibit B).

This Agreement shall be governed by California law. If any provision of this Agreement is, for any reason, held to be invalid or unenforceable, the other provisions of this Agreement will remain enforceable and the invalid or unenforceable provision will be deemed modified so that it is valid and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law. This Agreement shall be effective as of the date set forth below, may be terminated by the Company at any time, and shall automatically terminate upon the termination of your employment with your Employer, provided however that the terms of Exhibit A and B shall continue in accordance with their terms.

 

ANDREW DIAMOND:     1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

/s/ Andrew S. Diamond

                

/s/ Thomas Lee

(Signature)     (Signature)
    By:   Thomas Lee
    Title:   President & CEO

Exhibit 10.21

OFFICE LEASE

ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER

ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER VENTURE,

a California general partnership,

as Landlord,

and

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

a Delaware corporation,

as Tenant.

 

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE 1  

PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS

     4  
ARTICLE 2  

LEASE TERM

     7  
ARTICLE 3  

BASE RENT

     12  
ARTICLE 4  

ADDITIONAL RENT

     13  
ARTICLE 5  

USE OF PREMISES

     23  
ARTICLE 6  

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

     25  
ARTICLE 7  

REPAIRS

     29  
ARTICLE 8  

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

     29  
ARTICLE 9  

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

     33  
ARTICLE 10  

INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE

     34  
ARTICLE 11  

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

     40  
ARTICLE 12  

NONWAIVER

     42  
ARTICLE 13  

CONDEMNATION

     43  
ARTICLE 14  

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

     43  
ARTICLE 15  

SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

     50  
ARTICLE 16  

HOLDING OVER

     50  
ARTICLE 17  

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

     51  
ARTICLE 18  

MORTGAGE OR GROUND LEASE

     51  
ARTICLE 19  

DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

     54  
ARTICLE 20  

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

     57  
ARTICLE 21  

SECURITY DEPOSIT

     57  
ARTICLE 22  

SUBSTITUTION OF OTHER PREMISES

     63  
ARTICLE 23  

SIGNS

     63  
ARTICLE 24  

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

     64  
ARTICLE 25  

LATE CHARGES

     65  
ARTICLE 26  

LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT

     66  
ARTICLE 27  

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

     66  
ARTICLE 28  

NOTICES

     67  
ARTICLE 29  

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     68  

 

LIST OF EXHIBITS

A

  

OUTLINE OF PREMISES

B

  

TENANT WORK LETTER

C

  

FORM OF NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES

D

  

RULES AND REGULATIONS

E

  

FORM OF TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

F

  

ASBESTOS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT

G

  

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

 

   (i)   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


INDEX OF MAJOR DEFINED TERMS

 

    

Page

 

Abatement Event

     56  

ACM

     75  

Additional Rent

     13  

Advocate Arbitrators

     10  

Alterations

     30  

Applicable Laws

     64  

Bank Prime Loan

     65  

Base Building

     31  

Base Rent

     12  

Base Year

     13  

Base Year Prop 13 Taxes

     20  

Brokers

     72  

Building

     4  

Building Common Areas

     5  

Building Direct Expenses

     13  

Building Hours

     25  

Building Operating Expenses

     13  

Building Structure

     29  

Building Systems

     29  

Building Tax Expenses

     13  

Capital Expenses

     20  

Common Areas

     5  

Comparable Buildings

     9  

Cost Pools

     21  

Delay Notice

     Exhibit B  

Direct Expenses

     13  

Eligibility Period

     56  

Embarcadero Center

     4  

Estimate

     22  

Estimate Statement

     22  

Estimated Excess

     22  

Excess

     21  

Expense Year

     14  

First Offer Commencement Date

     7  

First Offer Notice

     5  

First Offer Rent

     6  

First Offer Space

     5  

Force Majeure

     71  

Hazardous Substance

     24  

Holidays

     25  

HVAC

     25  

Landlord

     1  

Landlord Caused Delay

     Exhibit B  

Landlord Repair Notice

     40  

 

   (ii)   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


INDEX OF MAJOR DEFINED TERMS

 

    

Page

 

Lease

     1  

Lease Commencement Date

     7  

Lease Expiration Date

     7  

Lease Term

     7  

Lease Year

     7  

Lines

     74  

Mail

     67  

Management Fee Cap

     17  

Neutral Arbitrator

     10  

Notices

     67  

Operating Expenses

     14  

Option Conditions

     8  

Option Rent

     8  

Option Rent Outside Agreement Date

     10  

Option Term

     8  

Original Improvements

     36  

Original Tenant

     5  

Other Improvements

     73  

Permitted Transferee Assignee

     5  

Premises

     4  

Project

     4  

Project Common Areas

     5  

Proposition 13

     19  

Reassessment

     20  

Renovations

     74  

Rent

     13  

rentable square feet

     5  

Series Reorganization

     48  

SNDAA

     52  

Statement

     21  

Subject Space

     44  

Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements

     Exhibit B  

Summary

     1  

Superior Holders

     51  

Superior Right Holders

     5  

Tax Expenses

     18  

Tenant

     1  

Tenant Work Letter

     4  

Tenant’s Share

     20  

Tenant’s Subleasing Costs

     46  

Transfer

     43  

Transfer Agreement

     47  

Transfer Notice

     43  

Transfer Premium

     46  

 

   (iii)   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


INDEX OF MAJOR DEFINED TERMS

 

    

Page

 

Transferee

     43  

Transfers

     43  

 

   (iv)   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER

OFFICE LEASE

This Office Lease (the “Lease”), dated as of the date set forth in Section 1 of the Summary of Basic Lease Information (the “Summary”), below, is made by and between ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER VENTURE, a California general partnership (“Landlord”), and 1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

TERMS OF LEASE    DESCRIPTION
1.    Date:    September 25, 2018
2.    Premises (Article 1).   
  

2.1  Building:

   ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER
  

2.2  Premises:

   60,874 rentable square feet of space consisting of (i) 20,294 rentable square feet of space located on and consisting of the entire seventeenth (17th) floor of the Building and commonly known as Suite 1700, (ii) 20,275 rentable square feet of space located on and consisting of the entire eighteenth (18th) floor of the Building and commonly known as Suite 1800, and (iii) 20,305 rentable square feet of space located on and consisting of the entire nineteenth (19th) floor of the Building and commonly known as Suite 1900, as further set forth in Exhibit A to the Lease.
3.    Lease Term (Article 2).   
  

3.1  Lease Term:

   Ten (10) years.
  

3.2  Lease Commencement Date:

   The later of (i) the date that occurs six (6) months after the date Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant in a vacant and broom clean condition, free of personal property and the prior tenant’s trade fixtures (the “Delivery Date”), and (ii) August 1,2019.

 

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


  

3.3  Lease Expiration Date:

   If the Lease Commencement Date shall be the first day of a calendar month, then the day immediately preceding the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date; or if the Lease Commencement Date shall be other than the first day of a calendar month, then the last day of the month in which the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date occurs.

 

4.  Base Rent (Article 3):

 

 

Period During Lease Term

    

Annual

Base Rent

      

Monthly

Installment

of Base Rent

      

Annual Base

Rental Rate

Per Rentable

Square Foot

 

Lease Year 1

     $ 4,687,298.04        $ 390,608.17        $ 77.00  

Lease Year 2

     $ 4,827,916.92        $ 402,326.41        $ 79.31  

Lease Year 3

     $ 4,972,754.40        $ 414,396.20        $ 81.69  

Lease Year 4

     $ 5,121,937.08        $ 426,828.09        $ 84.14  

Lease Year 5

     $ 5,275,595.16        $ 439,632.93        $ 86.66  

Lease Year 6

     $ 5,407,485.12        $ 450,623.76        $ 88.83  

Lease Year 7

     $ 5,542,672.20        $ 461,889.35        $ 91.05  

Lease Year 8

     $ 5,681,238.96        $ 473,436.58        $ 93.33  

Lease Year 9

     $ 5,823,270.00        $ 485,272.50        $ 95.66  

Lease Year 10

     $ 5,968,851.72        $ 497,404.31        $ 98.05  
5.    Base Year (Article 4):    Calendar year 2019; provided, however, the Base Year shall be the period from July 1, 2019 through June 30, 2020 for purposes of calculating Tenant’s Share of Tax Expenses only.
6.    Tenant’s Share (Article 4):    8.1051%.
7.    Permitted Use (Article 5):    General office use, including ancillary training for Tenant’s employees.

 

   -2-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


8.    Letter of Credit (Article 21):    $1,332,725.49, subject to conditional reduction pursuant to the terms of Section 21.7 of the Lease.
9.    Address of Tenant (Article 28):   

1Life Healthcare, Inc.

130 Sutter Street

San Francisco, CA 94104

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

Email: leaseadministrator@onemedical.com

and notices@onemedical.com

 

With a copy to:

 

Pennington Lawson LLP

44 Montgomery Street, Suite 2400

San Francisco, CA 94104

Attn: Beth Pennington, Esq.

Telephone: (415) 484-4344

Email:

Bethpennington@penningtonlawson.com

10.    Address of Landlord (Article 28):    See Article 28 of the Lease.
11.    Broker(s) (Section 29.24):    Cresa of San Francisco
12.    Tenant Improvement Allowance (Exhibit B):   

$6,087,400.00 (i.e., $100.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises multiplied by 60,874 rentable square feet).

 

In addition, Tenant shall receive a “Demo Allowance” in an amount equal to $608,740.00 (i.e., $10.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises multiplied by 60,855 rentable square feet) and a Landlord’s Drawing Contribution as set forth in the Work Letter.

 

   -3-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


ARTICLE 1

PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS

 

  1.1

Premises, Building, Project and Common Areas.

1.1.1 The Premises. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the premises set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary (the “Premises”). The outline of the Premises is set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and each floor or floors of the Premises has the number of rentable square feet as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary. The parties hereto agree that the lease of the Premises is upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions herein set forth, and Tenant covenants as a material part of the consideration for this Lease to keep and perform each and all of such terms, covenants and conditions by it to be kept and performed and that this Lease is made upon the condition of such performance. The parties hereto hereby acknowledge that the purpose of Exhibit A is to show the approximate location of the Premises in the “Building,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.2, below, only, and such Exhibit is not meant to constitute an agreement, representation or warranty as to the construction of the Premises, the precise area thereof or the specific location of the “Common Areas,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.3, below, or the elements thereof or of the accessways to the Premises or the “Project,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.2, below. Except as specifically set forth in this Lease and in the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Tenant Work Letter”), Tenant shall accept the Premises in its presently existing “as-is” condition and Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the Premises. Tenant also acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Premises, the Building or the Project or with respect to the suitability of any of the foregoing for the conduct of Tenant’s business, except as specifically set forth in this Lease and the Tenant Work Letter. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease, the commencement of business operations from the Premises by Tenant shall presumptively establish that the Premises and the Building were at such time in good and sanitary order, condition and repair.

1.1.2 The Building and The Project. The Premises are a part of the building set forth in Section 2.1 of the Summary (the “Building”). The Building is part of an office project known as “Embarcadero Center.” The term “Project,” as used in this Lease, shall mean (i) the Building and the Common Areas, (ii) the land (which is improved with landscaping, subterranean parking facilities and other improvements) upon which the Building and the Common Areas are located, (iii) those certain other office buildings located in the vicinity of the Building and known as Two Embarcadero Center, Three Embarcadero Center, and Four Embarcadero Center, respectively, and the land upon which such office buildings are located, and (iv) at Landlord’s discretion, any additional real property, areas, land, buildings or other improvements added thereto outside of the Project; provided, however, that any such additions shall not materially increase Tenant’s obligations nor impair Tenant’s rights hereunder.

1.1.3 Common Areas. Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use in common with other tenants in the Project, and subject to the rules and regulations referred to in Article 5 of this Lease, those portions of the Project which are provided, from time to time, for use in common by Landlord, Tenant and any other tenants of the Project (such areas, together with

 

   -4-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


such other portions of the Project designated by Landlord, in its discretion, including certain areas designated for the exclusive use of certain tenants, or to be shared by Landlord and certain tenants, are collectively referred to herein as the “Common Areas”). The Common Areas shall consist of the “Project Common Areas” and the “Building Common Areas.” The term “Project Common Areas,” as used in this Lease, shall mean the portion of the Project designated as such by Landlord, which Project Common Areas may include, from time to time, in Landlord’s sole discretion, a conference center and other amenities. The term “Building Common Areas,” as used in this Lease, shall mean the portions of the Common Areas located within the Building designated as such by Landlord. The manner in which the Common Areas are maintained and operated shall be at the reasonable discretion of Landlord and the use thereof shall be subject to such reasonable rules, regulations and restrictions as Landlord may make from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Lease. Landlord reserves the right to close temporarily, make alterations or additions to, or change the location of elements of the Project and the Common Areas, provided that, in connection therewith, Landlord shall perform such closures, alterations, additions or changes in a commercially reasonable manner and, in connection therewith, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any material interference with Tenant’s use of and access to the Premises.

1.2 Rentable Square Feet of Premises and Building. For purposes of this Lease, “rentable square feet” in the Premises and the Building, as the case may be, shall be calculated pursuant to Landlord’s then current commercially reasonable method for measuring rentable square footage. Landlord and Tenant hereby stipulate and agree that the rentable square feet of the Premises is as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary and shall not be subject to re-measurement by either party except in connection with an actual change to the physical size of the Premises or the Building.

1.3 Right of First Offer. Landlord hereby grants to the originally named Tenant herein (“Original Tenant”), and any assignee of Original Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease which assignee is a “Permitted Transferee,” as that term is defined in Section 14.8, below (a “Permitted Transferee Assignee”), a one-time right of first offer with respect to all of the space located on the fourth (4th) and ninth (9th) floors of the Building (collectively, the “First Offer Space”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, such first offer right of Tenant shall commence only following the expiration or earlier termination of the existing leases (including renewals and extensions, whether pursuant to rights currently existing or hereafter granted) of the First Offer Space, regardless of whether such rights are executed strictly in accordance with their respective terms or pursuant to lease amendments or new leases (all such existing tenants under existing leases of the First Offer Space, collectively, the “Superior Right Holders”). Tenant’s right of first offer shall be on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 1.3.

1.3.1 Procedure for Offer. Landlord shall notify Tenant (a “First Offer Notice”) from time to time when the First Offer Space or any portion thereof becomes “Available,” as that term is defined hereinbelow, for lease to third parties, provided that no Superior Right Holder wishes to lease such space. Pursuant to such First Offer Notice, Landlord shall offer to lease to Tenant the then available First Offer Space. A First Offer Notice shall describe the space so offered to Tenant and shall set forth the “First Offer Rent,” as that term is defined in Section 1.3.3, below, and the other economic terms upon which Landlord is willing to lease such space to Tenant. The rentable square footage of the space so offered to Tenant shall be as set forth in the First Offer Notice. The First Offer Notice shall set forth the date that Landlord reasonably

 

   -5-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


anticipates that it shall deliver the First Offer Space to Tenant. For purposes of this Section 1.3, the First Offer Space, or a portion thereof, shall be deemed to become “Available” when Landlord becomes aware that the third-party tenant of such First Offer Space, or a portion thereof, and any occupant of such First Offer Space, or a portion thereof, claiming under such third-party tenant, will not extend or renew the term of its lease, or enter into a new lease, for such First Offer Space, or a portion thereof.

1.3.2 Procedure for Acceptance. If Tenant wishes to exercise Tenant’s right of first offer with respect to the space described in a First Offer Notice, then within ten (10) business days of delivery of such First Offer Notice to Tenant, Tenant shall deliver notice to Landlord of Tenant’s intention to (i) exercise its right of first offer with respect to the entire space described in such First Offer Notice on the terms contained therein, (ii) reject its right of first offer with respect to the entire space described in the First Offer Notice, or (iii) exercise its right of first offer with respect to the entire space described in such First Offer Notice, but subject the determination of the First Offer Rent to arbitration in accordance with Section 1.3.3 below. If Tenant does not so notify Landlord within the ten (10) business day period, then Landlord shall be free to lease the space described in such First Offer Notice to anyone to whom Landlord desires on any terms Landlord desires. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant must elect to exercise its right of first offer, if at all, with respect to all of the space offered by Landlord to Tenant at any particular time, and Tenant may not elect to lease only a portion thereof. If Tenant exercises its right of first offer with respect to the space offered by Landlord but fails to specify option (i) or (iii), then Tenant shall be deemed to have elected (iii), above. If Tenant does not exercise its right of first offer with respect to any space described in a First Offer Notice or if Tenant fails to respond to a First Offer Notice within ten (10) business days of delivery thereof, then Tenant’s right of first offer as set forth in this Section 1.3 shall terminate as to all of the space described in such First Offer Notice.

1.3.3 First Offer Space Rent. The annual “Rent,” as that term is defined in Section 4.1 of this Lease, payable by Tenant for the First Offer Space (the “First Offer Rent”) shall be equal to the “Fair Rental Value,” as that term is defined in Section 2.2.2 of this Lease, for the First Offer Space (taking into account (i) any tenant improvements or allowances provided or to be provided for the “Comparable Transactions,” as that term is defined in Section 2.2.2, below, that were used in connection with the determination of the Fair Rental Value for the First Offer Space, but taking into account the value of any existing improvements in the First Offer Space, and (ii) the “Construction Period,” as that term is defined in Section 1.3.5, below), pursuant to transactions consummated within the nine (9)-month period preceding the “First Offer Commencement Date,” as that term is defined in Section 1.3.5 of this Lease. In the event Tenant timely exercises its right of first offer as set forth in this Section 1.3, but rejects the First Offer Rent set forth in the First Offer Notice, then Landlord and Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s notice, meet or have a conference call and attempt to agree upon the First Offer Rent (the “First Offer Meeting”). If Landlord and Tenant do not reach agreement as to the First Offer Rent within thirty (30) days after the First Offer Meeting (the “First Offer Outside Agreement Date”), then the First Offer Rent shall be determined pursuant to the terms of Section 2.2.4, below.

1.3.4 Construction In First Offer Space. Tenant shall accept the First Offer Space in its then existing “as is” condition; provided that the First Offer Space shall be delivered

 

   -6-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


to Tenant in broom clean condition, free of the former occupant’s personal property and signage. Landlord shall provide Tenant the opportunity to inspect the First Offer Space promptly following Tenant’s receipt of the First Offer Notice. The construction of improvements in the First Offer Space shall comply with the terms of Article 8 of this Lease.

1.3.5 Amendment to Lease. If Tenant timely exercises Tenant’s right to lease First Offer Space as set forth herein, then, within thirty (30) days thereafter, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment (the “First Offer Amendment”) adding such First Offer Space to the Premises upon the terms and conditions as set forth in the First Offer Notice therefor and this Section 1.3, and otherwise under the terms and conditions of this Lease. Tenant shall commence payment of Rent for such First Offer Space, and the term of such First Offer Space shall commence, upon the date that occurs six (6) months (the “Construction Period”) following the date of delivery of such First Offer Space to Tenant (the “First Offer Commencement Date”) and terminate on the date set forth in the First Offer Notice therefor.

1.3.6 Termination of Right of First Offer. The rights contained in this Section 1.3 shall be personal to Original Tenant and any Permitted Transferee Assignee, and may only be exercised by Original Tenant or a Permitted Transferee Assignee (and not by any other assignee, sublessee or “Transferee,” as that term is defined in Section 14.1 of this Lease, of Tenant’s interest in this Lease) if Original Tenant or Permitted Transferee Assignee, as applicable, occupies at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Premises (provided Original Tenant or Permitted Transferee Assignee, as applicable, shall be deemed to be in occupancy of any portion of the Premises occupied by a Permitted Transferee). The right of first offer granted herein shall terminate as to particular First Offer Space upon the failure by Tenant to exercise its right of first offer with respect to such First Offer Space as offered by Landlord. Tenant shall not have the right to lease First Offer Space, as provided in this Section 1.3, if, as of the date of the attempted exercise of any right of first offer by Tenant, as of the date Landlord and Tenant execute the First Offer Amendment, or as of the scheduled date of delivery of such First Offer Space to Tenant, Tenant is in monetary or other material default under this Lease or Tenant has previously been in monetary or other material default under this Lease, beyond any applicable notice and cure period expressly set forth in this Lease, more than once during the prior twelve (12) month period.

ARTICLE 2

LEASE TERM

2.1 Lease Term. The terms and provisions of this Lease shall be effective as of the date of this Lease. The term of this Lease (the “Lease Term”) shall commence on the “Lease Commencement Date,” as that term is set forth in Section 3.2 of the Summary, and shall terminate on the “Lease Expiration Date,” as that term is set forth in Section 3.3 of the Summary, unless this Lease is sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. Tenant hereby acknowledges that the Premises are currently occupied by another tenant of the Building. If Landlord is unable for any reason to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on any specific date, then Landlord shall not be subject to any liability for its failure to do so, and such failure shall not affect the validity of this Lease or the obligations of Tenant hereunder. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Lease Year” shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) month period during the Lease Term, provided that the first Lease Year shall include any partial month at the commencement of the Lease Term.

 

   -7-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


At any time during the Lease Term, Landlord may deliver to Tenant a notice in the form as set forth in Exhibit C, attached hereto, as a confirmation only of the information set forth therein, which Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord within ten (10) business days of receipt thereof; provided that if such notice is not factually correct, then Tenant shall make such changes as are necessary to make such notice factually correct and shall thereafter return such notice to Landlord within said ten (10) business day period. Tenant’s failure to execute and return such notice to Landlord within such time shall be conclusive upon Tenant that the information set forth in such notice is as specified therein.

 

  2.2

Option Term.

2.2.1 Option Right. Landlord hereby grants to the Original Tenant and any Permitted Transferee Assignee two (2) options to extend the Lease Term for a period of five (5) years each (each, an “Option Term”), which options shall be irrevocably exercised only by written notice delivered by Tenant to Landlord not earlier than twelve (12) months and not later than fifteen (15) months, prior to the expiration of the Lease Term (or first (1st) Option Term, as applicable), provided that the following conditions (the “Option Conditions”) are satisfied: (i) as of the date of delivery of such notice, Tenant is not in monetary or other material default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period expressly set forth in this Lease; (ii) Tenant is not in monetary or other material default under this Lease, beyond any applicable notice and cure period expressly set forth in this Lease, at the time Landlord and Tenant execute an amendment to this Lease extending the Lease Term (or first (1st) Option Term, as applicable) for the applicable Option Term, and as of the end of the Lease Term (or first (1st) Option Term, as applicable), Tenant is not in monetary or other material default under this Lease, beyond any applicable notice and cure period expressly set forth in this Lease; (iii) Tenant has not previously been in monetary or other material default under this Lease, beyond any applicable notice and cure period expressly set forth in this Lease, more than once during the prior twelve (12) month period; and (iv) the Lease then remains in full force and effect and Original Tenant or Permitted Transferee Assignee, as applicable, occupies at least seventy-five percent of the Premises (provided Original Tenant or Permitted Transferee Assignee, as applicable, shall be deemed to be in occupancy of any portion of the Premises occupied by a Permitted Transferee) at the time the option to extend is exercised and as of the commencement of the applicable Option Term. Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, exercised in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, waive any of the Option Conditions in which case the option, if otherwise properly exercised by Tenant, shall remain in full force and effect. Upon the proper exercise of such option to extend, and provided that Tenant satisfies all of the Option Conditions (except those, if any, which are waived by Landlord), the Lease Term (or first (1st) Option Term, as applicable), as it applies to the Premises, shall be extended for a period of five (5) years. The rights contained in this Section 2.2 shall be personal to Original Tenant and any Permitted Transferee Assignee and may be exercised by Original Tenant or a Permitted Transferee Assignee only (and not by any other assignee, sublessee or Transferee of Tenant’s interest in this Lease).

2.2.2 Option Rent. The annual Rent payable by Tenant during the Option Term (the “Option Rent”) shall be equal to the “Fair Rental Value,” as that term is defined below, for the Premises as of the commencement date of the applicable Option Term. The “Fair Rental Value,” as used in this Lease, shall be equal to the annual rent per rentable square foot (including additional rent and considering any “base year” or “expense stop” applicable thereto), including

 

   -8-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


all escalations, at which tenants (pursuant to leases consummated within the twelve (12) month period preceding the first day of the applicable Option Term), are leasing non-sublease, non-encumbered, non-equity space which is not significantly greater or smaller in size than the subject space, for a comparable lease term, in an arm’s length transaction, which comparable space is located in the “Comparable Buildings,” as that term is defined in this Section 2.2.2, below (transactions satisfying the foregoing criteria shall be known as the “Comparable Transactions”), taking into consideration the following concessions (the “Concessions”): (a) rental abatement concessions, if any, being granted such tenants in connection with such comparable space; (b) tenant improvements or allowances provided or to be provided for such comparable space, and taking into account the value, if any, of the existing improvements in the subject space, such value to be based upon the age, condition, design, quality of finishes and layout of the improvements and the extent to which the same can be utilized by a general office user other than Tenant; and (c) other reasonable monetary concessions being granted such tenants in connection with such comparable space; provided, however, that in calculating the Fair Rental Value, no consideration shall be given to (i) the fact that Landlord is or is not required to pay a real estate brokerage commission in connection with Tenant’s exercise of its right to extend the Lease Term, or the fact that landlords are or are not paying real estate brokerage commissions in connection with such comparable space, and (ii) any period of rental abatement, if any, granted to tenants in comparable transactions in connection with the design, permitting and construction of tenant improvements in such comparable spaces. The Fair Rental Value shall additionally include a determination as to whether, and if so to what extent, Tenant must provide Landlord with financial security, such as a letter of credit, for Tenant’s Rent obligations in connection with Tenant’s lease of the Premises during the applicable Option Term; provided, however, that Landlord hereby agrees that Tenant shall not be required to provide Landlord with financial security (excepting any amount then required under the terms of Article 21 of this Lease, if any) for Tenant’s Rent obligations during the Option Term in an amount which is in excess of Landlord’s out-of-pocket expenses in connection with such Option Term, including without limitation, any improvement allowance and/or brokerage commissions paid by Landlord. Such determination shall be made by reviewing the extent of financial security then generally being imposed in Comparable Transactions from tenants of comparable financial condition and credit history to the then existing financial condition and credit history of Tenant (with appropriate adjustments to account for differences in the then-existing financial condition of Tenant and such other tenants). The Concessions (A) shall be reflected in the effective rental rate (which effective rental rate shall take into consideration the total dollar value of such Concessions as amortized on a straight-line basis over the applicable term of the Comparable Transaction (in which case such Concessions evidenced in the effective rental rate shall not be granted to Tenant)) payable by Tenant, or (B) at Landlord’s election, all such Concessions shall be granted to Tenant in kind. The term “Comparable Buildings” shall mean the Building and those other office buildings located near the Building and known as Two Embarcadero Center, Three Embarcadero Center, Four Embarcadero Center, 555 California One Market, One Maritime and 101 California.

2.2.3 Determination of Option Rent. In the event Tenant timely and appropriately exercises an option to extend the Lease Term, Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s determination of the Option Rent at least three (3) months prior to the Lease Expiration Date (or expiration of the first (1st) Option Term, as applicable). If Tenant, on or before the date which is thirty (30) days following the date upon which Tenant receives Landlord’s determination of the Option Rent, in good faith objects to Landlord’s determination of the Option Rent, then

 

   -9-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon the Option Rent using their best good-faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s objection to the Option Rent (the “Option Rent Outside Agreement Date”), then the Option Rent shall be determined by arbitration pursuant to the terms of this Section 2.2.3. The First Offer Outside Agreement Date and the Option Rent Outside Agreement Date are each referred to herein, as applicable, as (an “Outside Agreement Date”). Each party shall make a separate determination of the Option Rent (or First Offer Rent, as applicable), within five (5) days, following the Outside Agreement Date and such determinations shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with Sections 2.2.3.1 through 2.2.3.7, below. If Tenant fails to object to Landlord’s determination of the Option Rent within the time period set forth herein, then Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted Landlord’s determination of Option Rent.

2.2.3.1 Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint one arbitrator who shall be, at the option of the appointing party, a real estate broker, appraiser or attorney who shall have been active over the five (5) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the leasing or appraisal, as the case may be, of commercial high-rise properties in the Financial District area of San Francisco, California. The determination of the arbitrators shall be limited solely to the issue of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Option Rent or (First Offer Rent, as applicable) is the closest to the actual Option Rent or (First Offer Rent, as applicable), taking into account the requirements of Section 2.2.2 of this Lease, as determined by the arbitrators. Each such arbitrator shall be appointed within fifteen (15) days after the Outside Agreement Date. Landlord and Tenant may consult with their selected arbitrators prior to appointment and may select an arbitrator who is favorable to their respective positions. The arbitrators so selected by Landlord and Tenant shall be deemed “Advocate Arbitrators.Tenant shall pay the fees and costs of the Advocate Arbitrator selected by Tenant and Landlord shall pay the fees and costs of the Advocate Arbitrator selected by Landlord.

2.2.3.2 The two (2) Advocate Arbitrators so appointed shall be specifically required pursuant to an engagement letter within ten (10) days of the date of the appointment of the last appointed Advocate Arbitrator to agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator (“Neutral Arbitrator”) who shall be qualified under the same criteria set forth hereinabove for qualification of the two Advocate Arbitrators, except that neither the Landlord or Tenant or either parties’ Advocate Arbitrator may, directly or indirectly, consult with the Neutral Arbitrator prior or subsequent to his or her appearance. The Neutral Arbitrator shall be retained via an engagement letter jointly prepared by Landlord’s counsel and Tenant’s counsel. Landlord and Tenant shall share equally the fees and costs of the Neutral Arbitrator.

2.2.3.3 The three arbitrators shall, within thirty (30) days of the appointment of the Neutral Arbitrator, reach a decision as to whether the parties shall use Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Option Rent (First Offer Rent, as applicable), and shall notify Landlord and Tenant thereof.

2.2.3.4 The decision of the majority of the three arbitrators shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

2.2.3.5 If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint an Advocate Arbitrator within fifteen (15) days after the Outside Agreement Date, then either party may

 

   -10-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


petition the presiding judge of the Superior Court of San Francisco County to appoint such Advocate Arbitrator subject to the criteria in Section 2.2.3.1 of this Lease, or if he or she refuses to act, either party may petition any judge having jurisdiction over the parties to appoint such Advocate Arbitrator.

2.2.3.6 If the two (2) Advocate Arbitrators fail to agree upon and appoint the Neutral Arbitrator within ten (10) business days following the date of the appointment of the last appointed Advocate Arbitrator, then either party may petition the presiding judge of the Superior Court of San Francisco County to appoint the Neutral Arbitrator, subject to criteria in Section 2.2.3.2 of this Lease, or if he or she refuses to act, either party may petition any judge having jurisdiction over the parties to appoint such arbitrator.

2.2.3.7 The cost of the arbitrator shall be paid by Landlord and Tenant as set forth above and any other costs of the arbitration shall be paid by Landlord and Tenant equally.

2.2.3.8 In the event that the Option Rent (First Offer Rent, as applicable) shall not have been determined pursuant to the terms hereof prior to the commencement of the applicable Option Term (or the First Offer Commencement Date, as applicable), Tenant shall be required to pay the Option Rent (First Offer Rent, as applicable) initially provided by Landlord to Tenant, and upon the final determination of the Option Rent (First Offer Rent, as applicable), the payments made by Tenant shall be reconciled with the actual amounts of Option Rent (First Offer Rent, as applicable) due, and the appropriate party shall make any corresponding payment to the other party.

2.3 Beneficial Occupancy. Subject to the terms of this Section 2.3, if the Tenant Improvements (as defined in Section 2.1 of the Tenant Work Letter) on one of more floors of the Premises are substantially completed prior to the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall have the right thereafter to occupy the Premises, on a floor by floor basis, prior to the applicable Lease Commencement Date for the conduct of Tenant’s business (such period of occupancy, the “Beneficial Occupancy Period”); provided that (i) Tenant shall give Landlord at least five (5) days’ prior written notice of any occupancy of the Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business, (ii) a temporary certificate of occupancy (or legal equivalent) shall have been issued by the appropriate governmental authorities for the portion of the Premises to be occupied for the conduct of Tenant’s business, (iii) Tenant has delivered to Landlord satisfactory evidence of the insurance coverage required to be carried by Tenant in accordance with Article 10 below, and (iv) except as provided hereinbelow, all of the terms and conditions of the Lease shall apply as though the Lease Commencement Date had occurred (although the Lease Commencement Date shall not actually occur until the occurrence of the same pursuant to the terms of Section 2.1, above) upon Tenant’s commencement of the conduct of its business in the Premises; provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no obligation to pay Base Rent attributable to the Premises or Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses attributable to the Premises; provided further, however, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to $4.00 per annum per rentable square foot of each floor or floors occupied by Tenant during the Beneficial Occupancy Period.

2.4 Delivery Date Delays. If Landlord fails to cause the Delivery Date to occur on or before April 1, 2019 (the “Anticipated Delivery Date”), which Anticipated Delivery Date shall be extended by up to sixty (60) days to the extent of any delays beyond the reasonable control of

 

   -11-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


Landlord, including any delay or delays caused by “Force Majeure,” as that term is defined in Section 29.16 of this Lease, then Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of Base Rent next coming due under this Lease for one (1) day for each day that occurs after the Anticipated Delivery Date and before the Delivery Date.

ARTICLE 3

BASE RENT

Commencing on the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay, without prior notice or demand, base rent (“Base Rent”) as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary, payable in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary in advance on or before the first day of each and every calendar month during the Lease Term, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever, except as otherwise expressly provided herein. The Base Rent for the first full month of the Lease Term shall be paid at the time of Tenant’s execution of this Lease. If any Rent payment date (including the Lease Commencement Date) falls on a day of the month other than the first day of such month or if any payment of Rent is for a period which is shorter than one month, the Rent for any fractional month shall accrue on a daily basis for the period from the date such payment is due to the end of such calendar month or to the end of the Lease Term at a rate per day which is equal to 1/365 of the applicable annual Rent. All other payments or adjustments required to be made under the terms of this Lease that require proration on a time basis shall be prorated on the same basis. Until notice of some other designation is given to Tenant in accordance with the provisions of Article 28 of this Lease, Base Rent and all other charges shall be paid by remittance to or for the order of One Embarcadero Center Venture by one of the following methods:

 

  (i)

By ACH Transfer & Direct Deposit.

Bank of America

345 Montgomery Street, Concourse Level #1499

San Francisco, California 94101

ABA# 121-000-358

Account: Boston Properties L.P. Operating Account

Account Number: 14993-06215

Amount: [fill in appropriate dollar amount]

Reference: [fill in Tenant Name and Tenant Number]

or

 

  (ii)

By Mail.

Boston Properties Limited Partnership

Property #1

P.O. Box 742841

Los Angeles, California 90074-2841

or

 

  (iii)

By Overnight Delivery.    

 

   -12-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


Bank of America Lock Box Services

Lockbox LAC-742841

2706 Media Center Drive

Los Angeles, California 90065.

ARTICLE 4

ADDITIONAL RENT

4.1 General Terms. In addition to paying the Base Rent specified in Article 3 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay (i) “Tenant’s Share” of the annual “Building Direct Expenses,” as those terms are defined in Sections 4.2.10 and 4.2.2 of this Lease, respectively, which are in excess of the amount of Building Direct Expenses applicable to the “Base Year,” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.1 of this Lease, and (ii) Tenant’s Share of “Capital Expenses,” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.9, below, pursuant to Section 4.6 of this Lease; provided, however, that in no event shall any decrease in Building Direct Expenses for any “Expense Year,” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.6 of this Lease, below Building Direct Expenses for the Base Year entitle Tenant to any decrease in Base Rent or any credit against sums due under this Lease. Such payments by Tenant, together with any and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Additional Rent,” and the Base Rent and the Additional Rent are herein collectively referred to as “Rent.” All amounts due under this Article 4 as Additional Rent shall be payable for the same periods and in the same manner as the Base Rent. Without limitation on other obligations of Tenant which survive the expiration of the Lease Term, the obligations of Tenant to pay the Additional Rent provided for in this Article 4 shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term. Landlord shall make necessary adjustments for differences between actual and estimated Additional Rent in accordance with Section 4.4, below.

4.2 Definitions of Key Terms Relating to Additional Rent. As used in this Article 4, the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:

4.2.1 “Base Year” shall mean the period set forth in Section 5 of the Summary.

4.2.2 “Building Direct Expenses” shall mean “Building Operating Expenses” and “Building Tax Expenses”, as those terms are defined in Sections 4.2.3 and 4.2.4, below, respectively.

4.2.3 “Building Operating Expenses” shall mean the portion of “Operating Expenses,” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.7 below, equitably allocated to the tenants of the Building pursuant to the terms of Section 4.3.1 below.

4.2.4 “Building Tax Expenses” shall mean that portion of “Tax Expenses”, as that term is defined in Section 4.2.8 below, equitably allocated to the tenants of the Building pursuant to the terms of Section 4.3.1 below.

4.2.5 “Direct Expenses” shall mean “Operating Expenses” and “Tax Expenses.”

 

   -13-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


4.2.6 “Expense Year” shall mean each calendar year in which any portion of the Lease Term falls, through and including the calendar year in which the Lease Term expires, provided that Landlord, upon notice to Tenant, may change the Expense Year from time to time to any other twelve (12) consecutive month period, and, in the event of any such change, Tenant’s Share of Building Direct Expenses and Capital Expenses shall be equitably adjusted for any Expense Year involved in any such change.

4.2.7 “Operating Expenses” shall mean all expenses, costs and amounts of every kind and nature which Landlord pays or accrues during any Expense Year because of or in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, security, repair, replacement, restoration or operation of the Project, or any portion thereof, as determined in accordance with sound real estate management and accounting principles. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall specifically include any and all of the following: (i) the cost of supplying all utilities (but excluding the cost of any utility supplied to a premises for which the individual tenant pays separately or directly to Landlord (and not as an operating expense) or the provider),, the cost of operating, maintaining, repairing, replacing, renovating and managing the utility systems, mechanical systems, sanitary, storm drainage systems, communication systems and escalator and elevator systems, and the cost of supplies, tools, and equipment and maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the cost of licenses, certificates, permits and inspections and the reasonable out of pocket cost of contesting any governmental enactments which may affect Operating Expenses, and the costs incurred in connection with a transportation system management program or similar program; (iii) the cost of all insurance carried by Landlord in connection with the Project as reasonably determined by Landlord (including, without limitation, commercial general liability insurance, physical damage insurance covering damage or other loss caused by fire, earthquake, flood and other water damage, explosion, vandalism and malicious mischief, theft or other casualty, rental interruption insurance and such insurance as may be required by any lessor under any present or future ground or underlying lease of the Building or Project or any holder of a mortgage, trust deed or other encumbrance now or hereafter in force against the Building or Project or any portion thereof); provided that the amount of any deductibles for earthquake and/or terrorism insurance that are included in Operating Expenses shall be commercially reasonable; (iv) the cost of landscaping, decorative lighting, and relamping, the cost of maintaining fountains, sculptures, bridges and all supplies, tools, equipment and materials used in the operation, repair and maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof; (v) the cost of parking area repair, restoration, and maintenance, including, without limitation, resurfacing, repainting, restriping and cleaning; (vi) fees, charges and other costs, including management fees (or amounts in lieu thereof), consulting fees (including, without limitation, any consulting fees incurred in connection with the procurement of insurance), legal fees and accounting fees, of all contractors, engineers, consultants and all other persons engaged by Landlord or otherwise incurred by or charged by Landlord in connection with the management, operation, administration, maintenance and repair of the Building and the Project; (vii) payments under any equipment rental agreements or management agreements (including the cost of any actual or charged management fee and the actual or charged rental of any management office space); (viii) wages, salaries and other compensation and benefits, including taxes levied thereon, of all persons engaged in the operation, maintenance and security of the Project; (ix) costs under any instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Project; (x) operation, repair, maintenance and replacement of all systems and equipment and components thereof of the Project; (xi) the cost of janitorial, alarm, security and other services, replacement of wall and floor coverings, ceiling tiles and fixtures in

 

   -14-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


common areas, maintenance and replacement of curbs and walkways, repair to roofs and re-roofing; (xii) amortization (including interest on the unamortized cost at a commercially reasonable annual interest rate determined by Landlord) of the cost of acquiring or the rental expense of personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Project, or any portion thereof; (xiii) costs, fees, charges or assessments imposed by, or resulting from any mandate imposed on Landlord by, any federal, state or local government for fire and police protection, trash removal, community services, or other services which do not constitute “Tax Expenses” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.8, below; (xiv) advertising, marketing and promotional expenditures incurred in connection with the Project, including, without limitation, costs of signs in, on or about the Project identifying or promoting the Project; (xv) payments under any easement, license, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant, or instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Project or related to the use or operation of the Project; and (xvi) all costs of applying and reporting for the Project or any part thereof to seek or maintain certification under the U.S. EPA’s Energy Star® rating system, the U.S. Green Building Council’s Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) rating system or a similar system or standard. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, the following items shall be excluded from Operating Expenses:

(a) any items included in Tax Expenses;

(b) except as permitted pursuant to items (xii) and (xiii), above, principal or interest on indebtedness, debt amortization or ground rent paid by Landlord in connection with any mortgages, deeds of trust or other financing encumbrances, or ground leases of the Building or the Project;

(c) capital improvements to the Building or the Project, and capital repairs, capital equipment, and capital tool, and rental payments and other related expenses incurred in leasing air conditioning systems, elevators or other equipment ordinarily considered to be of a capital nature, except (i) equipment which is used in providing janitorial or similar services and which is not affixed to the Building, and (ii) equipment rented to remedy or ameliorate an emergency condition (provided this exclusion (c) shall not be deemed to limit or otherwise affect Capital Expenses allowed under this Lease);

(d) legal, auditing, consulting and professional fees and other costs paid or inclined in connection with financings, refinancings or sales of any interest in Landlord or of Landlord’s interest in the Building or the Project or in connection with any ground lease (including, without limitation, recording costs, mortgage recording taxes, title insurance premiums and other similar costs, but excluding those legal, auditing, consulting and professional fees and other costs incurred in connection with the normal and routine maintenance and operation of the Building and/or the Project);

(e) legal fees, space planner’s fees, architect’s fees, leasing and brokerage commissions, advertising and promotional expenditures and any other marketing expense incurred in connection with the leasing of space in the Building (including new leases, lease amendments, lease terminations and lease renewals);

 

   -15-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


(f) the cost of any items to the extent to which such cost is reimbursed to Landlord by tenants of the Project (other than as a reimbursement of operating expenses), or other third parties, or is covered by a warranty to the extent of reimbursement for such coverage;

(g) expenditures for any leasehold improvement which is made in connection with the preparation of any portion of the Building for occupancy by any tenant of the Building or the Project;

(h) the cost of performing work or furnishing service to or for any tenant other than Tenant, at Landlord’s expense, to the extent such work or service is in excess of any work or service Landlord is obligated to provide to Tenant or generally to other tenants in the Building at Landlord’s expense;

(i) the cost of repairs or replacements incurred by reason of fire or other casualty, or condemnation, to the extent Landlord actually receives proceeds of property and casualty insurance policies or condemnation awards or would have received such proceeds had Landlord maintained the insurance required to be maintained by Landlord under this Lease;

(j) the cost of acquiring sculptures, paintings or other objects of fine art in the Building or the Project in excess of amounts typically spent for such items in Class A office buildings of comparable quality in the San Francisco financial district area;

(k) bad debt loss, rent loss, or reserves for bad debt or rent loss;

(1) unfunded contributions to operating expense reserves by other tenants;

(m) contributions to charitable or political organizations in excess of the greater of (1) the amounts typically spent for such contributions in Class A office buildings of comparable quality in the San Francisco financial district area, and (2) $50,000.00 in the aggregate in any single Expense Year;

(n) expenses related solely and exclusively to the operation of the retail space in the Project;

(o) damage and repairs necessitated by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord Parties;

(p) fees, costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with or relating to claims against or disputes between Landlord and its employees or contractors (except to the extent such dispute is related to reducing Operating Expenses), Landlord and Tenant, or Landlord and any other tenants or prospective occupants or tenants or providers of goods and services to the Project;

(q) interest, fines or penalties for late payment or violations of Applicable Laws by Landlord, except to the extent incurring such expense is either (1) a reasonable business expense under the circumstances, or (2) caused by a corresponding late payment or violation of an Applicable Law by Tenant, in which event Tenant shall be responsible for the full amount of such expense;

 

   -16-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


(r) the cost of remediation and removal of “Hazardous Substance,” as that term is defined in Section 5.2, below, in the Building or on the Project as required by applicable laws, provided, however, that the provisions of this sub-item (r) shall not preclude the inclusion of costs with respect to materials (whether existing at the Project as of the date of this Lease or subsequently introduced to the Project) which are not, as of the date of this Lease (or as of the date of introduction), deemed to be Hazardous Substance under applicable laws but which are subsequently deemed to be Hazardous Substance under applicable laws (it being understood and agreed that Tenant shall nonetheless be responsible under Section 5.2 of this Lease for all costs of remediation and removal of Hazardous Substance to the extent caused by Tenant Parties);

(s) costs for the original construction and development of the Building and nonrecurring costs for the repair or replacement of any structural portion of the Building made necessary as a result of defects in the original design, workmanship or materials;

(t) costs and expenses incurred for the administration of the entity which constitutes Landlord, as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation, management, maintenance and repair of the Building and/or the Project, including, without limitation, entity accounting and legal matters;

(u) the wages and benefits of any employee who does not devote substantially all of his or her employed time to the Project unless such wages and benefits are prorated on a reasonable basis to reflect time spent on the operation and management of the Project vis-à-vis time spent on matters unrelated to the operation and management of the Project;

(v) except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Lease with respect to specific items, including, without limitation, any management fee paid by Landlord, the cost of any services or materials provided by any party related to Landlord, to the extent such cost exceeds, the reasonable cost for such services or materials absent such relationship in Class A office buildings of comparable quality in the San Francisco financial district area;

(w) depreciation for the Building, except as permitted pursuant to items (xii) and (xiii), above;

(x) reserves for future improvements, repairs, additions, etc.;

(y) costs of replacements, alterations or improvements necessary to make the Building or the Project comply with Applicable Laws in effect and applicable to the Building and/or the Project prior to the date of this Lease, except to the extent the need for such replacements, alterations or improvements is caused by Tenant Parties (in which case Tenant shall nonetheless be responsible for such costs in accordance with Article 24 of this Lease), provided, however, that the provisions of this sub-item (y) shall not preclude the inclusion of costs of compliance with Applicable Laws enacted prior to the date of this Lease if such compliance is required for the first time by reason of any amendment, modification or reinterpretation of an Applicable Law which is imposed after the date of this Lease; and

(z) management fees in excess of the greater of (i) the management fee generally charged at the Comparable Buildings, and (ii) three and one-half percent (3.5%) (the “Management Fee Cap”) of Landlord’s gross rental revenues, adjusted and grossed up to reflect

 

   -17-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


a one hundred percent (100%) occupancy of the Project with all tenants paying full rent, as contrasted with free rent, half-rent and the like, including base rent, pass-throughs, and parking fees (but excluding the cost of after hours services or utilities) from the Project for any calendar year or portion thereof.

If Landlord does not carry earthquake insurance for the Building during the Base Year but subsequently obtains earthquake insurance for the Building during the Lease Term, then from and after the date upon which Landlord obtains such earthquake insurance and continuing throughout the period during which Landlord maintains such insurance, Operating Expenses for the Base Year shall be deemed to be increased by the amount of the premium Landlord would have incurred had Landlord maintained such insurance for the same period of time during the Base Year as such insurance is maintained by Landlord during such subsequent Expense Year. If Landlord is not furnishing any particular work or service (the cost of which, if performed by Landlord, would be included in Operating Expenses) to a tenant who has undertaken to perform such work or service in lieu of the performance thereof by Landlord, Operating Expenses shall be deemed to be increased by an amount equal to the additional Operating Expenses which would reasonably have been incurred during such period by Landlord if it had at its own expense furnished such work or service to such tenant. If the Project is not at least one hundred percent (100%) occupied during all or a portion of the Base Year or any Expense Year, Landlord may elect to make an appropriate adjustment to the variable components of Direct Expenses for such year to determine the amount of variable Direct Expenses that would have been incurred had the Project been one hundred percent (100%) occupied; and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of Direct Expenses for such year. Operating Expenses for the Base Year shall not include market-wide cost increases (including utility rate increases) due to extraordinary circumstances, including, but not limited to, Force Majeure, boycotts, strikes, conservation surcharges, security concerns, embargoes or shortages. In no event shall the components of Direct Expenses for any Expense Year related to Tax Expenses, Project utility, services, or insurance costs be less than the components of Direct Expenses related to Tax Expenses, Project utility, services, or insurance costs in the Base Year.

4.2.8 Taxes.

4.2.8.1 “Tax Expenses” shall mean all federal, state, county, or local governmental or municipal taxes, fees, charges or other impositions of every kind and nature, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary (including, without limitation, real estate taxes, general and special assessments, transit taxes, business taxes, leasehold taxes or taxes based upon the receipt of rent, including gross receipts or sales taxes applicable to the receipt of rent, unless required to be paid by Tenant, personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems and equipment, appurtenances, furniture and other personal property used in connection with the Project, or any portion thereof), which shall be paid or accrued during any Expense Year (without regard to any different fiscal year used by such governmental or municipal authority) because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing and operation of the Project, or any portion thereof.

4.2.8.2 Tax Expenses shall include, without limitation: (i) Any tax on the rent, right to rent or other income from the Project, or any portion thereof, or as against the business of leasing the Project, or any portion thereof; (ii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge in

 

   -18-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


addition to, or in substitution, partially or totally, of any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge previously included within the definition of real property tax, it being acknowledged by Tenant and Landlord that Proposition 13 was adopted by the voters of the State of California in the June 1978 election (“Proposition 13”) and that assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges may be imposed by governmental agencies for such services as fire protection, street, sidewalk and road maintenance, refuse removal and for other governmental services formerly provided without charge to property owners or occupants, and, in further recognition of the decrease in the level and quality of governmental services and amenities as a result of Proposition 13, Tax Expenses shall also include any governmental or private assessments or the Project’s contribution towards a governmental or private cost-sharing agreement for the purpose of augmenting or improving the quality of services and amenities normally provided by governmental agencies; (iii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge allocable to or measured by the area of the Premises, the tenant improvements in the Premises, or the Rent payable hereunder, including, without limitation, any business or gross income tax or excise tax with respect to the receipt of such rent, or upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operating, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises, or any portion thereof; (iv) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge, upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party, creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises; and (v) All of the real estate taxes and assessments imposed upon or with respect to the Building and all of the real estate taxes and assessments imposed on the land and improvements comprising the Project.

4.2.8.3 If Tax Expenses for any period during the Lease Term or any extension thereof are increased after payment thereof for any reason, including, without limitation, error or reassessment by applicable governmental or municipal authorities, Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand Tenant’s Share of any such increased Tax Expenses included by Landlord as Building Tax Expenses pursuant to the terms of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.2.8, (except as set forth in Section 4.2.8.1, above), there shall be excluded from Tax Expenses (i) all excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, federal and state income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord’s general or net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income attributable to operations at the Project), (ii) any items included as Operating Expenses, (iii) any items paid by Tenant under Section 4.5 of this Lease, and (iv) tax penalties incurred as a result of Landlord’s failure to make payments and/or to file any tax or informational returns when due. If the property tax assessment for the Project (or any portion thereof) (or Tax Expenses) for the Base Year or any Expense Year does not reflect an assessment (or Tax Expenses) for a one hundred percent (100%) leased, completed and occupied project (such that existing or future leasing, tenant improvements and/or occupancy may result in an increased assessment and/or increased Tax Expenses), Tax Expenses shall be adjusted, on a basis consistent with sound real estate accounting principles, to reflect an assessment for (and Tax Expenses for) a one hundred percent (100%) leased, completed and occupied project.

4.2.8.4 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, the amount of Tax Expenses for the Base Year and any Expense Year shall be calculated without taking into account any decreases in real estate taxes obtained in connection with Proposition 8, and, therefore, the Tax Expenses in the Base Year and/or an Expense Year may be greater than those actually incurred by Landlord, but shall, nonetheless, be the Tax Expenses due under this Lease; provided that (i) any costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in securing any Proposition 8 reduction shall not be deducted from Tax Expenses nor included in Direct Expenses for purposes of this Lease, and (ii) tax refunds under Proposition

 

   -19-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


8 reduction shall not be deducted from Tax Expenses nor refunded to Tenant, but rather shall be the sole property of Landlord. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the preceding sentence is not intended to in any way affect (A) the inclusion in Tax Expenses of the statutory two percent (2.0%) annual increase in Tax Expenses (as such statutory increase may be modified by subsequent legislation), or (B) the inclusion or exclusion of Tax Expenses pursuant to the terms of Proposition 13. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, only Landlord may institute proceedings to reduce Tax Expenses and the filing of any such proceeding by Tenant without Landlord’s consent shall constitute an event of default by Tenant under this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be obligated to file any application or institute any proceeding seeking a reduction in Tax Expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a reassessment of the Building and/or the Project pursuant to the terms of Proposition 13 (a “Reassessment”) occurring after the Base Year which results in a decrease in Tax Expenses, the component of Tax Expenses for the Base Year which is attributable to the assessed value of the Building and/or the Project under Proposition 13 prior to the Reassessment (without taking into account any Proposition 8 reductions) (the “Base Year Prop 13 Taxes”) shall be reduced, if at all, for the purposes of comparison to all subsequent Expense Years (commencing with the Expense Year in which the Reassessment takes place) to an amount equal to the real estate taxes based upon such Reassessment, and if thereafter, in connection with a subsequent Reassessment, the assessed value of the Building and/or the Project under Proposition 13 shall increase, the current Base Year Prop 13 Taxes shall be increased for purposes of comparison to all subsequent Expense Years (commencing with the Expense Year in which the Reassessment takes place) to an amount equal to the lesser of the original Base Year Prop 13 Taxes and an amount equal to the real estate taxes based upon such Reassessment.

4.2.9 Capital Expenses. “Capital Expenses” shall mean the annual amortized cost pursuant to Section 4.5, below, of capital repair, improvements or expenditures incurred by Landlord in connection with the Project (A) to reduce Operating Expenses if Landlord reasonably shall have determined that the annual reduction in Operating Expenses shall exceed the annual amortization amount therefor, (B) that are required to comply with mandatory conservation programs, or (C) that are required under any governmental law or regulation, except for capital expenditures to remedy a condition existing prior to the Lease Commencement Date which an applicable governmental authority, if it had knowledge of such condition prior to the Lease Commencement Date, would have then required to be remedied pursuant to then-current governmental laws or regulations in their form existing as of the Lease Commencement Date and pursuant to the then-current interpretation of such governmental laws or regulations by the applicable governmental authority as of the Lease Commencement Date. In no event shall Capital Expenses include any costs incurred by Landlord prior to or during the Base Year.

4.2.10 “Tenant’s Share” shall mean the percentage set forth in Section 6 of the Summary. Tenant’s Share was calculated by multiplying the number of rentable square feet of the Premises, as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary, by 100, and dividing the product by the total number of rentable square feet in the office area of the Building.

 

   -20-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


4.3 Allocation of Direct Expenses.

4.3.1 Method of Allocation. The parties acknowledge that the Building is a part of a multi-building project and that the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Project (i.e., the Direct Expenses) should be shared between the tenants of the Building and the tenants of the other buildings in the Project. Accordingly, as set forth in Section 4.2 above, Direct Expenses (which consists of Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses) are determined annually for the Project as a whole, and a portion of the Direct Expenses, which portion shall be determined by Landlord on an equitable basis, shall be allocated to the tenants of the Building (as opposed to the tenants of any other buildings in the Project) and such portion shall be the Building Direct Expenses for purposes of this Lease. Such portion of Direct Expenses allocated to the tenants of the Building shall include all Direct Expenses attributable solely to the Building and an equitable portion of the Direct Expenses attributable to the Project as a whole.

4.3.2 Cost Pools. Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to equitably allocate some or all of the Direct Expenses for the Project among different portions or occupants of the Project (the “Cost Pools”), in Landlord’s discretion. Such Cost Pools may include, but shall not be limited to, the office space tenants of a building of the Project or of the Project, and the retail space tenants of a building of the Project or of the Project. The Direct Expenses allocable to each such Cost Pool shall be allocated to such Cost Pool and charged to the tenants within such Cost Pool in an equitable manner.

4.4 Calculation and Payment of Direct Expenses. If for any Expense Year ending or commencing within the Lease Term, Tenant’s Share of Building Direct Expenses for such Expense Year exceeds Tenant’s Share of Building Direct Expenses applicable to the Base Year, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in the manner set forth in Section 4.4.1, below, and as Additional Rent, an amount equal to the excess (the “Excess”). Landlord shall not intentionally reduce Building Operating Expenses and Building Tax Expenses for the Base Year for the sole purpose of creating an artificially low Base Year.

4.4.1 Statement of Actual Building Direct Expenses and Payment by Tenant. Landlord shall endeavor to give to Tenant following the end of each Expense Year, a statement (the “Statement”) which shall state the Building Direct Expenses incurred or accrued for such preceding Expense Year, and which shall indicate the amount of the Excess. Upon receipt of the Statement for each Expense Year commencing or ending during the Lease Term, if an Excess is present, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Base Rent due or within thirty (30) days, whichever is later, the full amount of the Excess for such Expense Year, less the amounts, if any, paid during such Expense Year as “Estimated Excess,” as that term is defined in Section 4.4.2, below. If the amounts paid by Tenant during an Expense Year as Estimated Excess exceed the Excess for such Expense Year, then such difference shall be reimbursed by Landlord to Tenant, provided that any such reimbursement, at Landlord’s option, may be credited against the Additional Rent next coming due under this Lease unless the Lease Term has expired, in which event Landlord shall refund the appropriate amount to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the final determination is made. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Statement for any Expense Year shall not prejudice Landlord or Tenant from enforcing its rights under this Article 4. Even though the Lease Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant’s Share of Building Direct Expenses for the Expense Year in which this Lease terminates, if an Excess is present, Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord such amount. The provisions of this Section 4.4.1 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

 

   -21-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


4.4.2 Statement of Estimated Building Direct Expenses. In addition, Landlord shall endeavor to give Tenant a yearly expense estimate statement (the “Estimate Statement”) which shall set forth Landlord’s reasonable estimate (the “Estimate”) of what the total amount of Building Direct Expenses for the then-current Expense Year shall be and the estimated excess (the “Estimated Excess”) as calculated by comparing the Building Direct Expenses for such Expense Year, which shall be based upon the Estimate, to the amount of Building Direct Expenses for the Base Year. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Estimate Statement for any Expense Year shall not preclude Landlord from enforcing its rights to collect any Estimated Excess under this Article 4, nor shall Landlord be prohibited from revising any Estimate Statement or Estimated Excess theretofore delivered to the extent necessary. Thereafter, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Base Rent due or within thirty (30) days following receipt of the Estimate Statement, whichever is later, a fraction of the Estimated Excess for the then-current Expense Year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the last sentence of this Section 4.4.2). Such fraction shall have as its numerator the number of months which have elapsed in such current Expense Year, including the month of such payment, and twelve (12) as its denominator. Until a new Estimate Statement is furnished (which Landlord shall have the right to deliver to Tenant at any time), Tenant shall pay monthly, with the monthly Base Rent installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the total Estimated Excess set forth in the previous Estimate Statement delivered by Landlord to Tenant.

4.5 Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible.

4.5.1 Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay thirty (30) days before delinquency, taxes levied against Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property located in or about the Premises. If any such taxes on Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property or if the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon such equipment, furniture, fixtures or any other personal property and if Landlord pays the taxes based upon such increased assessment, which Landlord shall have the right to do regardless of the validity thereof but only under proper protest if requested by Tenant, Tenant shall upon demand repay to Landlord the taxes so levied against Landlord or the proportion of such taxes resulting from such increase in the assessment, as the case may be.

4.5.2 If the tenant improvements in the Premises, whether installed and/or paid for by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, are assessed for real property tax purposes at a valuation higher than the valuation at which tenant improvements conforming to Landlord’s “building standard” in other space in the Building are assessed, then the Tax Expenses levied against Landlord or the property by reason of such excess assessed valuation shall be deemed to be taxes levied against personal property of Tenant and shall be governed by the provisions of Section 4.5.1, above.

4.5.3 Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, Landlord may charge Tenant directly, and Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency as Additional Rent (and not as a part of Direct Expenses) any (i) gross receipts or other rent tax or sales tax, service tax, transfer tax or

 

   -22-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


value added tax, business tax or any other applicable tax on the rent or services herein or otherwise respecting this Lease, (ii) taxes assessed upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or any portion of the Project, including the Project parking facility; or (iii) taxes assessed upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.

4.6 Calculation and Payment of Capital Expenses. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, on a monthly basis, as Additional Rent and in addition to Tenant’s payment of Tenant’s Share of Building Direct Expenses, an amount equal to Tenant’s Share of all Capital Expenses incurred by Landlord for any Expense Year following the Base Year; provided, however, any such Capital Expenses shall be amortized (including interest on the unamortized cost at an annual reasonable interest rate determined by Landlord) over its useful life as Landlord shall reasonably determine in accordance with sound real estate management and accounting principles, and Tenant shall only be obligated to pay Tenant’s Share of such amortized amount applicable to such Expense year; provided further, however, if Landlord reasonably concludes on the basis of engineering estimates that a particular capital expenditure will effect savings in Operating Expenses, including, without limitation, energy related costs, and that such projected savings will, on an annual basis (“Projected Annual Savings”), exceed the annual amortization therefor, then and in such event the amount of amortization for such capital expenditure shall be increased to an amount equal to the Projected Annual Savings; and in such circumstance, the increased amortization (in the amount of the Projected Annual Savings) shall be made for such period of time as it would take to fully amortize the cost of the item in question, together with interest thereon at the interest rate as aforesaid in equal monthly payments, each in the amount of 1/12th of the Projected Annual Savings, with such payment to be applied first to interest and the balance to principal. The amount of Capital Expenses incurred by Landlord, as well as Tenant’s Share of such Capital Expenses, shall be set forth on each Statement and each Estimate Statement delivered by Landlord Tenant and Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of such Capital Expenses at the same time and in the same manner as Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of Building Direct Expenses. Any reconciliations, refunds and overpayments of Capital Expenses shall be made in the same manner as set forth in Sections 4.4.1 and 4.4.2 above for Building Direct Expenses

4.7 Audit Results. Following request by Tenant delivered to Landlord not more than sixty (60) days following the receipt of the Statement for any Expense Year, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant, to the extent previously prepared by Landlord, the results of any third-party internal audit upon which the Statement is based. In the event Tenant desires to discuss any particular line items in connection with the Direct Expenses, Landlord agrees to meet with Tenant to discuss such line items in good faith; provided, however, Tenant shall not have the right to review or otherwise audit Landlord’s books and records with respect to the Building or Project.

ARTICLE 5

USE OF PREMISES

5.1 Permitted Use. Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the Permitted Use set forth in Section 7 of the Summary and Tenant shall not use or permit the Premises or the Project to be used for any other purpose or purposes whatsoever without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion.

 

   -23-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


5.2 Prohibited Uses. Tenant further covenants and agrees that Tenant shall not use, or suffer or knowingly permit any person or persons to use, the Premises or any part thereof for any use or purpose contrary to the provisions of the Rules and Regulations set forth in Exhibit D, attached hereto, or in violation of the laws of the United States of America, the State of California, or the ordinances, regulations or requirements of the local municipal or county governing body or other lawful authorities having jurisdiction over the Project, including, without limitation, any such laws, ordinances, regulations or requirements relating to hazardous materials or substances, as those terms are defined by applicable laws now or hereafter in effect. Tenant shall not knowingly do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way damage the reputation of the Project or obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building, or injure or annoy them or use or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises. Tenant shall comply with, and Tenant’s rights and obligations under the Lease and Tenant’s use of the Premises shall be subject and subordinate to, all recorded easements, covenants, conditions, and restrictions now or hereafter affecting the Project (the “Underlying Documents”), provided that Landlord hereby represents that general office use is not prohibited by the Underlying Documents. Tenant shall not cause or permit any “Hazardous Substance,” as that term is defined below, to be kept, maintained, used, stored, produced, generated or disposed of (into the sewage or waste disposal system or otherwise) on or in the Premises by Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors, invitees, assignees or sublessees, without first obtaining Landlord’s written consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may use and store on the Premises normal and customary office supplies (in normal and customary amounts) that may contain Hazardous Substances, provided that all such supplies are used, stored and disposed of in accordance with all applicable Federal, State and local laws, regulations and ordinances related thereto. Tenant shall immediately notify, and shall direct Tenant’s agents, employees contractors, invitees, assignees and sublessees to immediately notify, Landlord of any incident in, on or about the Premises, the Building or the Project that would require the filing of a notice under any federal, state, local or quasi-governmental law (whether under common law, statute or otherwise), ordinance, decree, code, ruling, award, rule, regulation or guidance document now or hereafter enacted or promulgated, as amended from time to time, in any way relating to or regulating any Hazardous Substance. As used herein, “Hazardous Substance” means any substance which is toxic, ignitable, reactive, or corrosive and which is regulated by any local government, the State of California, or the United States government. “Hazardous Substance” includes any and all material or substances which are defined as “hazardous waste,” “extremely hazardous waste” or a “hazardous substance” pursuant to state, federal or local governmental law. “Hazardous Substance” also includes asbestos, polychlorobiphenyls (i.e., PCB’s) and petroleum.

5.3 Remediation of Hazardous Substance. Landlord agrees to remediate or encapsulate, at no cost to Tenant and not as an Operating Expense, any Hazardous Substance in the Project as of the Lease Commencement Date (i) to the extent such Hazardous Substance was not brought onto the Project by, or permitted to be brought onto the Project by, Tenant or a Tenant Party, and (ii) to the extent that Landlord’s failure to so remediate would be in violation of Applicable Laws and would prohibit Tenant from obtaining or maintaining a certificate of occupancy for the Premises, or would unreasonably and materially affect the safety of Tenant’s employees or create a significant health hazard for Tenant’s employees, or would otherwise materially and adversely affect Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises.

 

   -24-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


ARTICLE 6

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

6.1 Standard Tenant Services. Landlord shall provide the following services on all days (unless otherwise stated below) during the Lease Term.

6.1.1 Subject to limitations imposed by all governmental rules, regulations and guidelines applicable thereto, Landlord shall provide heating, ventilation and air conditioning (“HVAC”) when necessary for normal comfort for normal office use in the Premises from 7:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M. Monday through Friday, and on Saturdays from 8:00 A.M. to 1:00 P.M. (collectively, the “Building Hours”), except for the date of observation of New Year’s Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day and, at Landlord’s discretion, other locally or nationally recognized holidays (collectively, the “Holidays”). Tenant shall cooperate fully with Landlord at all times and abide by all regulations and requirements that Landlord may reasonably prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the HVAC, electrical, mechanical and plumbing systems.

6.1.2 Landlord shall provide reasonably sufficient electricity to the Premises (including adequate electrical wiring and facilities for connection to Tenant’s lighting fixtures and incidental use equipment), provided that (i) the connected electrical load of the incidental use equipment does not exceed an average of two and one-half (2.5) watts per usable square foot of the Premises during the Building Hours, calculated on a monthly basis, and the electricity so furnished for incidental use equipment will be at a nominal one hundred twenty (120) volts and no electrical circuit for the supply of such incidental use equipment will require a current capacity exceeding twenty (20) amperes, and (ii) the connected electrical load of Tenant’s lighting fixtures does not exceed an average of three-fourths (3/4) of a watt per usable square foot of the Premises during the Building Hours, calculated on a monthly basis, and the electricity so furnished for Tenant’s lighting will be at a nominal one hundred twenty (120) volts. Landlord may, in Landlord’ sole discretion, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (subject to the terms of Section 6.2, below, regarding Tenant’s excess consumption of electricity), install devices to separately sub-meter Tenant’s electrical use at the Premises, and in such event (a) commencing on January 1st of the calendar year immediately following the date upon which Landlord installs such electrical sub-meter (the “Sub-meter Commencement Date”) and continuing throughout the period during which Landlord maintains such electrical sub-meter, Tenant shall pay the cost of electrical service directly to Landlord as set forth below, (b) commencing on Sub-meter Commencement Date and continuing throughout the period during which Landlord maintains such electrical sub-meter, (x) the cost of electrical service shall be excluded from Operating Expenses, (y) Operating Expenses for the Base Year shall be deemed to be decreased by the cost of electrical service provided to the Building (the “Building Electrical Costs”) for the same period of time during the Base Year as such electrical sub-meter is maintained by Landlord during such subsequent Expense Year, and (z) Base Rent shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Building Electrical Costs as determined on a per rentable square foot basis, and (c) Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to this Lease setting forth setting forth such revised terms pursuant to this Section 6.1.1. Bills for

 

   -25-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


electricity shall be rendered at such time or times as Landlord may elect, but not more than once a month, and shall be payable by Tenant as Additional Rent (and not as an Operating Expense) within thirty (30) days of rendition thereof. Such electric bill shall include the sum of (A) the cost of electric service consumed in the Premises, and (B) Tenant’s Share of the electric service consumed by the Building Systems and in the Common Areas. The amount to be charged to Tenant by Landlord per KW and KWHR of electric service shall be the actual cost at which Landlord from time to time purchases such KW and KWHR of electricity utilized in the Building for the same period from the utility company calculated as set forth below without mark up, administrative fees or other additional costs. Such cost shall be determined by dividing the amount billed by the utility company for the KWs and KWHRs consumed in the Building during each respective billing period by the total number each of KWs and KWHRs consumed by the Building for such billing period as appearing on the utility company invoice. Tenant will design Tenant’s electrical system serving any equipment producing nonlinear electrical loads to accommodate such nonlinear electrical loads, including, but not limited to, oversizing neutral conductors, derating transformers and/or providing power-line filters. Engineering plans shall include a calculation of Tenant’s fully connected electrical design load with and without demand factors and shall indicate the number of watts of unmetered and submetered loads. Tenant shall bear the cost of replacement of lamps, starters and ballasts for non-Building standard lighting fixtures within the Premises.

6.1.3 Landlord shall provide city water from the regular Building outlets for drinking, kitchen, lavatory and toilet purposes in the Building Common Areas and the Premises.

6.1.4 Landlord shall provide nonexclusive, non-attended automatic passenger elevator service during the Building Hours, shall have one elevator available at all other times, including on the Holidays, except in the event of emergency, and shall provide nonexclusive, non-attended automatic passenger escalator service during Building Hours only.

6.1.5 Landlord shall provide nonexclusive freight elevator service subject to scheduling by Landlord.

6.1.6 Landlord shall provide customary weekday janitorial services to the Premises, except the date of observation of the Holidays, in and about the Premises and customary occasional window washing services, each in a manner consistent with other Class “A” office buildings located in the vicinity of the Project.

6.1.7 Subject to Landlord’s rules, regulations, and restrictions and the terms of this Lease, Landlord shall permit Tenant to utilize the existing Building risers, raceways, shafts and conduit to the extent Tenant’s requirements are consistent with the requirements of a typical general office user. To the extent that any such use (A) involves a service provider that does not have access to the Building as of the date of this Lease, (B) requires an existing service provider to provide a new or special service to the Building, or (C) involves providing connectivity between two or more floors of the Premises, or otherwise extends beyond the floors upon which the Premises are located, then Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent Landlord’s standard fee for the use of such Building risers, raceways, shafts and/or conduit. Tenant may only use vendors selected by Landlord to provide services to Tenant through the use of the Building risers, raceways, shafts and conduit.

 

   -26-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


6.1.8 Landlord shall provide reasonable access-control services for the Building and in the Building parking facility in a manner materially consistent with the services provided by Landlord as of the date of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall in no case be liable for personal injury or property damage for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building or Project of any person. Subject to applicable laws and the other provisions of this Lease, and except in the event of an emergency, Tenant shall have access to the Building, the Premises and the common areas of the Building, other than common areas requiring access with a Building engineer, twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, every day of the year; provided, however, that Tenant shall only be permitted to have access to and use of the freight elevator, loading dock, mailroom and other limited-access areas of the Building during the normal operating hours of such portions of the Building.

Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, if Landlord or any affiliate of Landlord has elected to qualify as a real estate investment trust (“REIT”), any service required or permitted to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease, the charge or cost of which may be treated as impermissible tenant service income under the laws governing a REIT, may be performed by a taxable REIT subsidiary that is affiliated with either Landlord or Landlord’s property manager, an independent contractor of Landlord or Landlord’s property manager (the “Service Provider”), provided that the services to be provided by Landlord hereunder shall not be materially reduced or adversely affected, nor shall the costs to Tenant thereof increase. If Tenant is subject to a charge under this Lease for any such service, then, at Landlord’s direction, Tenant will pay such charge either to Landlord for further payment to the Service Provider or directly to the Service Provider, and, in either case, (i) Landlord will credit such payment against Additional Rent due from Tenant under this Lease for such service, and (ii) such payment to the Service Provider will not relieve Landlord from any obligation under the Lease concerning the provisions of such service.

6.2 Overstandard Tenant Use. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use heat-generating machines, machines other than normal fractional horsepower office machines, or equipment or lighting other than Building standard lights in the Premises, which may affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system or increase the water normally furnished for the Premises by Landlord pursuant to the terms of Section 6.1 of this Lease. If Tenant uses water, electricity, heat or air conditioning in excess of that supplied by Landlord pursuant to Section 6.1 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon billing, the cost of such excess consumption, the cost of the installation, operation, and maintenance of equipment which is installed in order to supply such excess consumption, and the cost of the increased wear and tear on existing equipment caused by such excess consumption; and Landlord may install devices to separately meter (or sub-meter) any increased use and in such event Tenant shall pay the increased cost directly to Landlord, on demand, at the rates charged by the public utility company furnishing the same, including the cost of such additional metering (or sub-metering) devices. In addition, in the event that there is located in the Premises a data center containing high density computing equipment, as defined in the U.S. EPA’s Energy Star® rating system (“Energy Star”), Landlord may require the installation in accordance with Energy Star of separate metering or check metering equipment, in which event (i) Tenant shall pay the costs of any such meter or check meter directly to Landlord, on demand, including the installation and connectivity thereof, (ii) Tenant shall directly pay to the utility provider all electric consumption on any meter, and (iii) Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, all electric consumption on any check meter within thirty (30)

 

   -27-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


days after being billed thereof by Landlord, in addition to other electric charges payable by Tenant under the Lease. In the event that Tenant purchases any utility service directly from the provider, Tenant shall promptly provide to Landlord either permission to access Tenant’s usage information from the utility service provider or copies of the utility bills for Tenant’s usage of such services in a format reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Tenant’s use of electricity shall never exceed the capacity of the feeders to the Project or the risers or wiring installation, and subject to the terms of Section 29.32, below, Tenant shall not install or use or permit the installation or use of any computer or electronic data processing equipment in the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord. If Tenant desires to use heat, ventilation or air conditioning during hours other than those for which Landlord is obligated to supply such utilities pursuant to the terms of Section 6.1 of this Lease, Tenant shall give Landlord such prior notice, if any, as Landlord shall from time to time establish as appropriate, of Tenant’s desired use in order to supply such utilities, and Landlord shall supply such utilities to Tenant at such hourly cost to Tenant (which shall be treated as Additional Rent) as Landlord shall from time to time establish. Landlord shall have the exclusive right, but not the obligation, to provide any additional services which may be required by Tenant, including, without limitation, locksmithing, lamp replacement, additional janitorial service, and additional repairs and maintenance. If Tenant requests any such additional services, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of such additional services, including Landlord’s standard fee for its involvement with such additional services, promptly upon being billed for same.

6.3 Interruption of Use. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for damages, by abatement of Rent or otherwise, for failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any service (including telephone and telecommunication services), or for any diminution in the quality or quantity thereof, when such failure or delay or diminution is occasioned, in whole or in part, by breakage, repairs, replacements, or improvements, by any strike, lockout or other labor trouble, by inability to secure electricity, gas, water, or other fuel at the Building or Project after reasonable effort to do so, by any riot or other dangerous condition, emergency, accident or casualty whatsoever, by act or default of Tenant or other parties, or by any other cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control; and such failures or delays or diminution shall never be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises or relieve Tenant from paying Rent or performing any of its obligations under this Lease. Furthermore, Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for a loss of, or injury to, property or for injury to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to a failure to furnish any of the services or utilities as set forth in this Article 6.

6.4 Supplemental HVAC Unit. Upon receipt of Landlord’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, Tenant may install supplemental HVAC systems in the Premises. Subject to Landlord’s prior approval of Tenant’s plans and specifications, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld, and subject to availability, Tenant shall be allowed continuous access to, and reasonable use of, the condenser water of the Building and the condenser water loop of the Building’s mechanical HVAC system, at Landlord’s standard charge. Tenant agrees to perform such work in compliance with Article 8 of this Lease and to reimburse Landlord for any actual and reasonable costs incurred by Landlord in connection with such installation and use. Notwithstanding any contrary terms contained in this Section 6.4, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to the installation of

 

   -28-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


any such supplemental HVAC systems if, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, such installation would require the use by Tenant of more than Tenant’s pro-rata share of the condenser water of the Building.

ARTICLE 7

REPAIRS

Landlord shall at all times during the Lease Term maintain in good condition and operating order the structural portions of the Building, including, without limitation, the foundation, floor slabs, ceilings, roof, columns, beams, shafts, stairs, stairwells, escalators, elevators, base building restrooms and all Common Areas (collectively, the “Building Structure”), and the Base Building mechanical, electrical, life safety, plumbing, sprinkler and HVAC systems installed or furnished by Landlord (collectively, the “Building Systems”). Except as specifically set forth in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not be required to repair, alter or improve the Building Structure, Common Areas (including parking areas) and/or the Building Systems except to the extent required because of Tenant’s use of the Premises for other than normal and customary business office operations. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, keep the Premises, including all improvements, fixtures and furnishings therein, and the floor or floors of the Building on which the Premises are located, in good order, repair and condition at all times during the Lease Term. In addition, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, but under the supervision and subject to the prior approval of Landlord which shall not be unreasonably withheld, and within any reasonable period of time specified by Landlord, promptly and adequately repair all damage to the Premises and replace or repair all damaged, broken, or worn fixtures and appurtenances, except for damage caused by ordinary wear and tear or beyond the reasonable control of Tenant; provided however, that, if Tenant fails to repair any of the foregoing within ten (10) business days following notice from Landlord (or such longer period of time as is reasonably necessary to commence and diligently complete such repair), then Landlord shall have the exclusive right, at Landlord’s option, but not the obligation, to make such repairs and replacements, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord the reasonable cost thereof, including Landlord’s standard fee for its involvement with such repairs and replacements, promptly upon being billed for same. Landlord may, but shall not be required to, enter the Premises at all reasonable times to make such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Project or to any equipment located in the Project as Landlord shall desire or deem necessary or as Landlord may be required to do by governmental or quasi-governmental authority or court order or decree, provided that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with the conduct of Tenant’s business in connection with such entries into the Premises. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights under and benefits of subsection 1 of Section 1932 and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code or under any similar law, statute, or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

ARTICLE 8

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

8.1 Landlord’s Consent to Alterations. Tenant may not make or suffer to be made any improvements, alterations, additions, changes, or repairs (pursuant to Article 7 or otherwise) to the Premises or any mechanical, plumbing or HVAC facilities or systems pertaining to the

 

   -29-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


Premises (collectively, the “Alterations”) without first procuring the prior written consent of Landlord to such Alterations, which consent shall be requested by Tenant in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Article 8, and which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld by Landlord, provided it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any Alteration which adversely affects the structural portions or the systems or equipment of the Building or is visible from the exterior of the Building. Landlord may impose, as a condition of its consent to any and all Alterations or repairs of the Premises or about the Premises, such requirements as Landlord in its reasonable discretion may deem desirable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be permitted to make Alterations following ten (10) business days’ notice to Landlord, but without Landlord’s prior consent, to the extent that such Alterations (i) do not affect the Building Structure, Building Systems or equipment, (ii) are not visible from the exterior of the Building, (iii) do not require a building or construction permit, and (iv) cost less than $120,000.00 for a particular job of work (“Cosmetic Alterations”) as well as repairs to the Premises that meet the above criteria. For purposes of determining the cost of an Alteration, work done in phases or stages shall be considered part of the same Alteration, and any Alteration shall be deemed to include all trades and materials involved in accomplishing a particular result. The construction of the initial improvements to the Premises shall be governed by the terms of the Tenant Work Letter and not the terms of this Article 8.

8.2 Manner of Construction. Prior to the commencement of construction of any Alterations or repairs, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, for Landlord’s review and approval in its reasonable discretion, four (4) copies signed by Tenant of all plans, specifications and working drawings relating thereto, if the same are normally prepared by office tenants with respect to the Alteration or repair being proposed. Landlord shall respond to Tenant’s request for approval within ten (10) business days following receipt of Tenant’s submission. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall retain an architect/space planner selected by Tenant and reasonably approved by Landlord, to prepare such plans, specifications and working drawings; provided that, Tenant shall also retain the engineering consultants from a list provided by Landlord to prepare all plans and engineering working drawings, if any, relating to the structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC, lifesafety and sprinkler work of the Alterations. Tenant shall be required to include in its contracts with the architect and the engineers a provision which requires ownership of all architectural and engineering drawings to be transferred to Tenant upon the substantial completion of the Alteration and Tenant hereby grants to Landlord a non-exclusive right to use such drawings, including, without limitation, a right to make copies thereof. Tenant shall cause each architect/space planner and engineer retained by Tenant to follow Landlord’s standard construction administration procedures and to utilize the standard specifications and details for the Building, all as promulgated by Landlord from time to time. Tenant and Tenant’s architect/space planner shall verify, in the field, the dimensions and conditions as shown on the relevant portions of the “Base Building” plans, and Tenant and Tenant’s architect/space planner shall be solely responsible for the same, and Landlord shall have no responsibility in connection therewith. In addition, at Landlord’s option, Landlord may submit Tenant’s plans, specifications and working drawings to a third-party architect and/or engineer, selected by Landlord, for their review, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord’s review of plans, specifications and working drawings as set forth in this Section 8.2, shall be for its sole purpose and shall not imply Landlord’s review of the same, or obligate Landlord to review the same, for quality, design, compliance with applicable building codes or other like matters. Accordingly, notwithstanding that any plans, specifications or working drawings are reviewed by Landlord or its space planner, architect,

 

   -30-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


engineers and consultants, and notwithstanding any advice or assistance which may be rendered to Tenant by Landlord or Landlord’s space planner, architect, engineers, and consultants, Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever in connection therewith and shall not be responsible for any omissions or errors contained in the plans, specifications and working drawings for the Alterations, and Tenant’s waiver and indemnity set forth in Section 10.1 of this Lease, below, shall specifically apply to the plans, specifications and working drawings for the Alterations. Following Landlord’s approval in its reasonable discretion of all plans, specifications and working drawings for the Alterations, a contractor to construct the Alterations shall be selected by Tenant and reasonably approved by Landlord. Tenant shall provide to Landlord an itemized statement of costs, as set forth in the proposed contract with such contractor (the “Alteration Contract”), which costs form a basis for the amount of the Alteration Contract. In the event Tenant requests any Alterations in the Premises which require or give rise to governmentally required changes to the “Base Building,” as that term is defined below, then Landlord shall, at Tenant’s expense, make such changes to the Base Building. As used in this Lease, the “Base Building” shall mean the Building Structure and the Building Systems. The term “Base Building,” as used in this Lease, shall not be deemed to have the same meaning as the term “Base, Shell and Core,” as the same is defined in Section 1 of the Tenant Work Letter. In performing the work of any Alterations for which Tenant is responsible, Tenant shall have the work performed in such manner so as not to obstruct access to the Project or any portion thereof, by any other tenant of the Project, and so as not to obstruct the business of Landlord or other tenants in the Project. In addition, any Alteration that requires the use of Building risers, raceways, shafts and/or conduits, shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable rules, regulations, and restrictions, including the requirement that any cabling vender must be selected from a list provided by Landlord, and that the amount and location of any such cabling must be reasonably approved by Landlord. All subcontractors, laborers, materialmen, and suppliers used or selected by Tenant shall be subject to the reasonable approval of Landlord. Tenant shall not use (and upon notice from Landlord shall cease using) contractors, services, workmen, labor, materials or equipment that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, would disturb labor harmony with the workforce or trades engaged in performing other work, labor or services in or about the Building or the Common Areas. In addition to Tenant’s obligations under Article 9 of this Lease, upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant agrees to cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the County in which the Project is located in accordance with Section 3093 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute, and Tenant shall deliver to the Project construction manager (i) a reproducible copy of the “as built” drawings of the Alterations (provided that in the event that “as built” drawings are not reasonably available, Tenant shall be permitted to provide a copy of the approved drawings for the Alterations, marked with field modifications), (ii) a computer disc containing the same (to the extent reasonably available), and (iii) all permits, approvals and other documents issued by any governmental agency in connection with the Alterations. Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Article 8 to the contrary, construction of an Alteration shall not commence until (a) the Alteration Contract has been fully executed and delivered to Landlord, and (b) Tenant has procured, and delivered to Landlord a copy of, all applicable permits. If Landlord fails to approve or disapprove any request for consent made by Tenant under Section 8.1 or 8.2 within ten (10) business days, then Tenant may send Landlord a reminder notice setting forth such failure (which reminder notice shall include a copy of such initial request) and containing the following sentence at the top of such notice in bold, capitalized font at least twelve (12) points in size: “LANDLORD’S FAILURE TO RESPOND TO THIS NOTICE WITHIN FIVE (5)

 

   -31-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


BUSINESS DAYS SHALL RESULT IN LANDLORD’S DEEMED APPROVAL OF TENANT’S REQUEST FOR APPROVAL OF AN ALTERATION” (the “Alterations Consent Request Reminder Notice”). If Landlord fails to respond with its approval or disapproval within five (5) business days after its receipt of the Alterations Consent Request Reminder Notice, then Tenant’s request for Landlord’s approval of an Alteration made pursuant to Section 8.1 or 8.2 shall be deemed approved by Landlord.

8.3 Payment for Improvements. Tenant shall pay all costs related to the construction of the Alterations, including, without limitation, the following items and costs: (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket amounts actually paid by Landlord to any architect/space planner, engineer, consultant, contractor, subcontractor, mechanic, materialman or other person, whether retained by Landlord or Tenant, in connection with the Alterations, and all fees incurred by, and the actual cost of documents and materials supplied by, Landlord and Landlord’s consultants in connection with the preparation and review of all plans, specifications and working drawings for the Alterations; (ii) all plan check, permit and license fees relating to construction of the Alterations; (iii) the cost of any changes in the Base Building when such changes are required by any plans, specifications or working drawings for the Alterations (including if such changes are due to the fact that such work is prepared on an unoccupied basis), such cost to include all reasonable third party architectural and/or engineering fees and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith; (iv) the cost of any changes to the plans, specifications and working drawings for the Alterations or to the Alterations themselves required by all applicable zoning and building codes and other laws and paid by Landlord; (v) sales and use taxes and Title 24 fees imposed on, assessed against or paid by Landlord; (vi) Landlord’s standard supervision fee for its involvement with such Alterations, which supervision fee shall be equal to three percent (3%) of the costs of each such Alteration; and (vii) Tenant shall pay or reimburse Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice for any and all reasonable out-of-pocket third party and expenses actually incurred by Landlord in connection with the construction of the Alterations.

8.4 Construction Insurance. In the event that any Alterations are made pursuant to this Article 8, prior to the commencement of such Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with certificates of insurance evidencing compliance with the requirements of Section 10.14 of this Lease, it being understood and agreed that all of such Alterations shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 10 of this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. In addition, Landlord may, in its reasonable discretion based on Tenant’s then financial wherewithal, require Tenant to obtain a lien and completion bond or some alternate form of security satisfactory to Landlord in an amount sufficient to ensure the lien-free completion of such Alterations and naming Landlord as a co-obligee, provided that as long as the Tenant is the Original Tenant or a Permitted Transferee Assignee, no such additional security shall be required if the financial wherewithal of Original Tenant or Permitted Transferee Assignee, as applicable, is not less than the financial wherewithal of Original Tenant on the date of this Lease.

8.5 Landlord’s Property. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, (including without limitation such furniture, equipment, business and trade fixtures, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions and other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises, which items shall remain the property of Tenant), 11 Alterations, improvements, fixtures, equipment and/or appurtenances which may be installed or placed in or about the Premises, from time to time, shall be at the sole cost of Tenant

 

   -32-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


and shall be and become the property of Landlord; provided, however, Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant prior to the end of the Lease Term, or given following any earlier termination of this Lease, require Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, to remove any Alterations or improvements and to repair any damage to the Premises and Building caused by such removal and return the affected portion of the Premises to their condition existing prior to the installation of such Alterations or improvements or, at Landlord’s election, to a building standard tenant improved condition as determined by Landlord; provided; however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, upon request by Tenant at the time of Tenant’s request for Landlord’s consent to any Alteration or improvement, Landlord shall notify Tenant whether the applicable Alteration or improvement will be required to be removed pursuant to the terms of this Section 8.5. If Tenant fails to complete any required removal and/or to repair any damage caused by the removal of any Alterations or improvements in the Premises and return the affected portion of the Premises to their condition existing prior to the installation of such Alterations or improvements or, if elected by Landlord, to a building standard tenant improved condition as determined by Landlord, prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, then Rent shall continue to accrue under this Lease in accordance with Article 16, below, after the end of the Lease Term until such work shall be completed, and Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to perform such work and to charge the cost thereof to Tenant. Tenant hereby protects, defends, indemnifies and holds Landlord harmless from any liability, cost, obligation, expense or claim of lien, including but not limited to, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees, in any manner relating to the installation, placement, removal or financing of any such Alterations, improvements, fixtures and/or equipment in, on or about the Premises, which obligations of Tenant shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 9

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

Tenant shall keep the Project and Premises free from any liens or encumbrances arising out of the work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Tenant, and shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims, liabilities, judgments or costs (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) arising out of same or in connection therewith. Tenant shall give Landlord notice at least twenty (20) days prior to the commencement of any work on the Premises which may give rise to a lien on the Premises, Building or Project (or such additional time as may be necessary under applicable laws) to afford Landlord the opportunity of posting and recording appropriate notices of non-responsibility. Tenant shall remove any such lien or encumbrance by bond or otherwise within ten (10) business days after notice by Landlord, and if Tenant shall fail to do so, Landlord may pay the amount necessary to remove such lien or encumbrance, without being responsible for investigating the validity thereof. The amount so paid shall be deemed Additional Rent under this Lease payable within five (5) business days following Tenant’s receipt of written demand, together with reasonable evidence thereof, without limitation as to other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease. Nothing contained in this Lease shall authorize Tenant to do any act which shall subject Landlord’s title to the Building or Premises to any liens or encumbrances whether claimed by operation of law or express or implied contract. Any claim to a lien or encumbrance upon the Building or Premises arising in connection with any such work or respecting the Premises not performed by or at the request of Landlord shall be null and void, or at Landlord’s option shall attach only against Tenant’s interest in the Premises and shall in all respects be subordinate to Landlord’s title to the Project, Building and Premises.

 

   -33-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


ARTICLE 10

INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE

10.1 Tenant’s Indemnity.

10.1.1 Indemnity. To the maximum extent permitted by law, Tenant waives any right to contribution against the “Landlord Parties,” as that term is defined in Section 10.13, below, and agrees to indemnify and save harmless the Landlord Parties from and against all claims of whatever nature arising from or claimed to have arisen from (i) any negligence or willful misconduct of the “Tenant Parties,” as that term is defined in Section 10.13, below, occurring in the Building or Project; (ii) any accident, injury or damage whatsoever caused to any person, or to the property of any person, occurring in or about the Premises from the earlier of (A) the date on which any Tenant Party first enters the Premises for any reason or (B) the Lease Commencement Date, and thereafter throughout and until the end of the Lease Term and after the end of the Lease Term for as long as any of “Tenant’s Property” (as defined in Section 10.4, below) remains in the Premises, or Tenant or anyone acting by, through or under Tenant may use, be in occupancy of any part of, or have access to the Premises or any portion thereof; or (iii) any breach of this Lease by Tenant. Tenant shall pay such indemnified amounts incurred by the Landlord Parties within thirty (30) days after written notice that such amounts were so incurred, together with reasonable evidence thereof. This indemnification shall not be construed to deny or reduce any other rights or obligations of indemnity that a Landlord Party may have under this Lease or the common law. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Tenant shall not be obligated to indemnify a Landlord Party for any claims to the extent that such Landlord Party’s damages in fact result from such Landlord Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

10.1.2 Intentionally Omitted.

10.1.3 No limitation. The indemnification obligations under this Section shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Tenant or any subtenant or other occupant of the Premises under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. Tenant waives any immunity from or limitation on its indemnity or contribution liability to the Landlord Parties based upon such acts.

10.1.4 Subtenants and other occupants. Tenant shall require its subtenants and licensees to provide similar indemnities to the Landlord Parties in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord.

10.1.5 Survival. The terms of this section shall survive any termination or expiration of this Lease.

10.1.6 Costs. The foregoing indemnity and hold harmless agreement shall include indemnity for all costs, expenses and liabilities (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by the Landlord Parties in connection with any such claim or any

 

   -34-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


action or proceeding brought thereon, and the defense thereof. In addition, in the event that any action or proceeding shall be brought against one or more Landlord Parties by reason of any such claim, Tenant, upon request from the Landlord Party, shall resist and defend such action or proceeding on behalf of the Landlord Party by counsel appointed by Tenant’s insurer (if such claim is covered by insurance without reservation) or otherwise by counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Landlord Party. The Landlord Parties shall not be bound by any compromise or settlement of any such claim, action or proceeding without the prior written consent of such Landlord Parties.

10.2 Tenant’s Risk. Tenant agrees to use and occupy the Premises, and to use such other portions of the Building and the Project as Tenant is given the right to use by this Lease at Tenant’s own risk. The Landlord Parties shall not be liable to the Tenant Parties for any damage, injury, loss, compensation, or claim (including, but not limited to, claims for the interruption of or loss to a Tenant Party’s business) based on, arising out of or resulting from any cause whatsoever, including, but not limited to, repairs to any portion of the Premises or the Building or the Project, any fire, robbery, theft, mysterious disappearance, or any other crime or casualty, any cyber attack affecting the Building systems or any computer systems in the Premises or the Building, the actions of any other tenants of the Building or of any other person or persons, or any leakage in any part or portion of the Premises or the Building or the Project, or from water, rain or snow that may leak into, or flow from any part of the Premises or the Building or the Project, or from drains, pipes or plumbing fixtures in the Building or the Project. Any goods, property or personal effects stored or placed in or about the Premises shall be at the sole risk of the Tenant Party, and neither the Landlord Parties nor their insurers shall in any manner be held responsible therefor. The Landlord Parties shall not be responsible or liable to a Tenant Party, or to those claiming by, through or under a Tenant Party, for any loss or damage that may be occasioned by or through the acts or omissions of persons occupying adjoining premises or any part of the premises adjacent to or connecting with the Premises or any part of the Building or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Landlord Parties shall not be released from liability for any injury, loss, damages or liability to the extent arising from any gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Landlord Parties on or about the Premises; provided, however, in no event shall the Landlord Parties have any liability to a Tenant Party based on any loss with respect to or interruption in the operation of Tenant’s business. The provisions of this section shall be applicable until the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, and during such further period as any of Tenant’s Property remains in the Premises, or Tenant or anyone acting by, through or under Tenant may use, be in occupancy of any part of, or have access to the Premises or of the Building.

10.3 Tenant’s Commercial General Liability Insurance. Tenant agrees to maintain in full force on or before the earlier of (i) the date on which any Tenant Party first enters the Premises for any reason or (ii) the Lease Commencement Date throughout the Lease Term of this Lease, and thereafter for so long as any of Tenant’s Property remains on the Premises, or Tenant or anyone acting by, through or under Tenant may use, be in occupancy of any part of, or have access to any part of the Premises or any portion thereof, a policy of commercial general liability insurance, on an occurrence basis, issued on a form at least as broad as Insurance Services Office (“ISO”) Commercial General Liability Coverage “occurrence” form CG 00 01 10 01 or another ISO Commercial General Liability “occurrence” form providing equivalent coverage. Such insurance shall include contractual liability coverage, specifically covering but not limited to the indemnification obligations undertaken by Tenant in this Lease. The minimum limits of liability of such insurance shall be $5,000,000.00 per occurrence, which may be satisfied through a

 

   -35-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


combination of primary and excess/umbrella insurance. In addition, in the event Tenant hosts a function in the Premises, Tenant agrees to obtain, and cause any persons or parties providing services for such function to obtain, the appropriate insurance coverages as determined by Landlord (including liquor liability coverage, if applicable) and provide Landlord with evidence of the same.

10.4 Tenant’s Property Insurance. Tenant shall maintain at all times during the Lease Term, and during such earlier or later time as Tenant may be performing work in or to the Premises or have property, fixtures, furniture, equipment, machinery, goods, supplies, wares or merchandise on the Premises, and continuing thereafter so long as any of Tenant’s Property remains in the Premises, or Tenant, or anyone acting by, through or under Tenant may use, be in occupancy of or have access to, any part of the Premises, business interruption insurance and insurance against loss or damage covered by the so-called “all risk” or equivalent type insurance coverage with respect to (i) Tenant’s property, fixtures, furniture, equipment, machinery, goods, supplies, wares and merchandise, and other property of Tenant located at the Premises, (ii) (ii) the “Tenant Improvements,” as that term is defined in the Tenant Work Letter, and any other additions, alterations and improvements which exist in the Premises as of the Lease Commencement Date (excluding the Base Building) (the “Original Improvements”), and all alterations, improvements and other modifications made by or on behalf of the Tenant in the Premises, (iii) other property of Tenant located at the Premises, and (iv) any property of third parties, including but not limited to leased or rented property, in the Premises in Tenant’s care, custody, use or control, provided that such insurance in the case of (iv) may be maintained by such third parties,(the foregoing items in (i), (ii) and (iv), collectively “Tenant’s Property”). The business interruption insurance required by this section shall be in minimum amounts typically earned by prudent tenants engaged in similar operations, but in no event shall be in an amount less than the Base Rent then in effect during any Lease Year, plus any Additional Rent due and payable for the immediately preceding Lease Year. The “all risk” insurance required by this section shall be in an amount at least equal to the full replacement cost of Tenant’s Property. In addition, during such time as Tenant is performing work in or to the Premises, Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall also maintain, or shall cause its contractor(s) to maintain, course of construction insurance for the full insurable value of such work. Landlord and such additional persons or entities as Landlord may reasonably request shall be named as loss payees, as their interests may appear, on the policy or policies required by this section for all Tenant Improvements, Original Improvements and Alterations, except for insurance maintained by third parties as provided in (iv) above. In the event of loss or damage covered by the “all risk” insurance required by this section, the responsibilities for repairing or restoring the loss or damage shall be determined in accordance with Article 11 of this Lease, below. To the extent that Landlord is obligated to pay for the repair or restoration of the loss or damage covered by the policy, Landlord shall be paid the proceeds of the “all risk” insurance covering the loss or damage. To the extent Tenant is obligated to pay for the repair or restoration of the loss or damage, covered by the policy, Tenant shall be paid the proceeds of the “all risk” insurance covering the loss or damage. If both Landlord and Tenant are obligated to pay for the repair or restoration of the loss or damage covered by the policy, the insurance proceeds shall be paid to each of them in the pro rata proportion of their obligations to repair or restore the loss or damage. If the loss or damage is not repaired or restored (for example, if the Lease is terminated pursuant to Section 11.2 of this Lease, below), the insurance proceeds shall be paid to Landlord and Tenant in the pro rata proportion of their relative contributions to the cost of the leasehold improvements covered by the policy.

 

   -36-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


10.5 Tenant’s Other Insurance. Tenant agrees to maintain in full force on or before the earlier of (i) the date on which any Tenant Party first enters the Premises for any reason or (ii) the Lease Commencement Date, and thereafter throughout the end of the Lease Term, and after the end of the Lease Term for so long after the end of the Lease Term any of Tenant’s Property remains in the Premises or as long as Tenant or anyone acting by, through or under Tenant may use, be in occupancy of, or have access to the Premises or any portion thereof (1) automobile liability insurance (covering any automobiles owned or operated by Tenant at the Project); (2) worker’s compensation insurance as required by Applicable Laws; and (3) employer’s liability insurance. Such automobile liability insurance shall be in an amount not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for each accident. Such employer’s liability insurance shall be in an amount not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for each accident, One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) disease-policy limit, and One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) disease-each employee.

10.6 Requirements For Insurance. All insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall be maintained with responsible companies that are admitted to do business, and are in good standing, in the jurisdiction in which the Premises are located and that have a rating of at least “A” and are within a financial size category of not less than “Class X” in the most current Best’s Key Rating Guide or such similar rating as may be reasonably selected by Landlord. All such insurance shall: (1) be reasonably acceptable in form and content to Landlord; and (2) contain a clause requiring the insurer to provide Landlord thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of cancellation or failure to renew (ten (10) days prior notice of cancellation for nonpayment of premium). All commercial general liability, excess/umbrella liability and automobile liability insurance policies shall be primary and noncontributory. No such policy shall contain any self-insured retention greater than $25,000.00 for property insurance and $25,000.00 for commercial general liability insurance. Any deductibles and such self-insured retentions shall be deemed to be “insurance” for purposes of the waiver in Section 10.13 of this Lease, below. Landlord reserves the right from time to time to require Tenant to obtain higher minimum amounts of insurance based on such limits as are customarily carried with respect to similar properties in the area in which the Premises are located. The minimum amounts of insurance required by this Lease shall not be reduced by the payment of claims or for any other reason. In the event Tenant shall fail to obtain or maintain any insurance meeting the requirements of this Article, or to deliver such policies or certificates as required by this Article, Landlord may, at its option, on five (5) days notice to Tenant, procure such policies for the account of Tenant, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord within five (5) days after delivery to Tenant of bills therefor.

10.7 Additional Insureds. The commercial general liability and auto insurance earned by Tenant pursuant to this Lease, and any additional liability insurance carried by Tenant pursuant to Section 10.3 of this Lease, above or any other provision of this Lease, shall name Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent, and such other persons as Landlord may reasonably request from time to time as additional insureds (collectively “Additional Insureds”) with respect to liability arising out of or related to this Lease or the operations of Tenant. Such insurance shall provide primary coverage without contribution from any other insurance carried by or for the benefit of Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent, or other Additional Insureds. Such insurance shall also waive any right of subrogation against each Additional Insured. For the avoidance of doubt, each primary policy and each excess/umbrella policy through which Tenant satisfies its obligations under this Section must provide coverage to the Additional Insureds that is primary and non-contributory.

 

   -37-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


10.8 Certificates Of Insurance. On or before the earlier of (i) the date on which any Tenant Party first enters the Premises for any reason or (ii) the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with certificates evidencing the insurance coverage required by this Lease, and renewal certificates shall be furnished to Landlord at least annually thereafter, and at least seven (7) days prior to the expiration date of each policy for which a certificate was furnished. (Acceptable forms of such certificates for liability and property insurance, respectively, are attached hereto as Exhibit G, however other forms of certificates may satisfy the requirements of this Section.) Failure by the Tenant to provide the certificates or letters required by this Section shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the requirements in this Section. Upon request by Landlord, a true and complete copy of any insurance policy required by this Lease shall be delivered to Landlord within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s request.

10.9 Subtenants And Other Occupants. Tenant shall require its subtenants and other licensees to provide written documentation evidencing the obligation of such subtenant or licensee to indemnify the Landlord Parties to the same extent that Tenant is required to indemnify the Landlord Parties pursuant to Section 10.1 of this Lease, above, and to maintain insurance that meets the requirements of this Article, and otherwise to comply with the requirements of this Article, provided that the terms of this Section 10.9 shall not relieve Tenant of any of its obligations to comply with the requirements of this Article. Tenant shall require all such subtenants and licensees to supply certificates of insurance evidencing that the insurance requirements of this Article have been met and shall forward such certificates to Landlord on or before the earlier of (i) the date on which the subtenant first enters the Premises or (ii) the commencement of the sublease. Tenant shall be responsible for identifying and remedying any deficiencies in such certificates or policy provisions.

10.10 No Violation Of Building Policies. Tenant shall not commit or permit any violation of the policies of fire, boiler, sprinkler, water damage or other insurance covering the Project and/or the fixtures, equipment and property therein carried by Landlord, or do or permit anything to be done, or keep or permit anything to be kept, in the Premises, which in case of any of the foregoing (i) would result in termination of any such policies, (ii) would adversely affect Landlord’s right of recovery under any of such policies, or (iii) would result in reputable and independent insurance companies refusing to insure the Project or the property of Landlord in amounts reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.

10.11 Tenant To Pay Premium Increases. If, because of anything done, caused or permitted to be done, or omitted by Tenant (or its subtenant or other occupants of the Premises), the rates for liability, fire, boiler, sprinkler, water damage or other insurance on the Project or on the property and equipment of Landlord or any other tenant or subtenant in the Building shall be higher than they otherwise would be, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord and/or the other tenants and subtenants in the Building for the additional insurance premiums thereafter paid by Landlord or by any of the other tenants and subtenants in the Building which shall have been charged because of the aforesaid reasons, such reimbursement to be made from time to time on Landlord’s demand.

10.12 Landlord’s Insurance.

10.12.1 Required insurance. Landlord shall maintain insurance against loss or damage with respect to the Building on an “all risk” or equivalent type insurance form, with

 

   -38-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


customary exceptions, subject to such deductibles and self-insured retentions as Landlord may reasonably determine, in an amount equal to at least the replacement value of the Building. The cost of such insurance shall be treated as a part of Operating Expenses. Such insurance shall be maintained with an insurance company selected by Landlord. Payment for losses thereunder shall be made solely to Landlord.

10.12.2 Optional insurance. Landlord may maintain such additional insurance with respect to the Building and the Project, including, without limitation, earthquake insurance, terrorism insurance, flood insurance, liability insurance and/or rent insurance, as Landlord may in its sole discretion elect. Landlord may also maintain such other insurance as may from time to time be required by a “Mortgagee,” as that term is defined in Section 18.2 of this Lease, below. The cost of all such additional insurance shall also be part of the Operating Expenses, subject to the limitations set forth in Article 4 above.

10.12.3 Blanket and self-insurance. Any or all of Landlord’s insurance may be provided by blanket coverage maintained by Landlord or any affiliate of Landlord under its insurance program for its portfolio of properties, or by Landlord or any affiliate of Landlord under a program of self-insurance, and in such event Operating Expenses shall include the portion of the reasonable cost of blanket insurance or self-insurance that is allocated to the Building.

10.12.4 No obligation. Landlord shall not be obligated to insure, and shall not assume any liability of risk of loss for, Tenant’s Property, including any such property or work of tenant’s subtenants or occupants. Landlord will also have no obligation to carry insurance against, nor be responsible for, any loss suffered by Tenant, subtenants or other occupants due to interruption of Tenant’s or any subtenant’s or occupant’s business.

10.13 Waiver Of Subrogation. To the fullest extent permitted by law, and notwithstanding any term or provision of this Lease to the contrary, the parties hereto waive and release any and all rights of recovery against the other, and agree not to seek to recover from the other or to make any claim against the other, and in the case of Landlord, against all Tenant Parties, and in the case of Tenant, against all Landlord Parties, for any loss or damage incurred by the waiving/releasing party to the extent such loss or damage is insured under any insurance policy required by this Lease or which would have been so insured had the party carried the insurance it was required to carry hereunder. For purposes of this Section 10.13, each party shall be deemed insured with respect to any deductibles under such party’s insurance policy. Tenant shall obtain from its subtenants and licensees a similar waiver and release of claims against any or all of Tenant or Landlord. The insurance policies required by this Lease shall contain no provision that would invalidate or restrict the parties’ waiver and release of the rights of recovery in this section. The parties hereto covenant that no insurer shall hold any right of subrogation against the parties hereto by virtue of such insurance policy. Neither party’s rights and benefits under this Section 10.13 shall be impaired or diminished by a deficiency in insurance proceeds caused by (i) a party’s failure to carry the insurance required by this Lease or Landlord’s election to self-insure, or (ii) a party’s election to carry insurance in an amount less than 100% of replacement cost.

The term “Landlord Party” or “Landlord Parties” shall mean Landlord, any affiliate of Landlord, Landlord’s managing agents for the Building, each Mortgagee, each ground lessor, and each of their respective direct or indirect partners, officers, shareholders, directors,

 

   -39-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


members, trustees, beneficiaries, servants, employees, principals, contractors, licensees, agents or representatives. For the purposes of this Lease, the term “Tenant Party” or “Tenant Parties” shall mean Tenant, any affiliate of Tenant, any permitted subtenant or any other permitted occupant of the Premises, and each of their respective direct or indirect partners, officers, shareholders, directors, members, trustees, beneficiaries, servants, employees, principals, contractors, licensees, agents, invitees or representatives.

10.14 Tenant’s Work. During such times as Tenant is performing work or having work or services performed in or to the Premises, Tenant shall require its contractors, and their subcontractors of all tiers, to obtain and maintain commercial general liability, automobile, workers compensation, employer’s liability, course of construction, and equipment/property insurance in such amounts and on such terms as are customarily required of such contractors and subcontractors on similar projects. The amounts and terms of all such insurance are subject to Landlord’s written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. The commercial general liability and auto insurance carried by Tenant’s contractors and their subcontractors of all tiers pursuant to this section shall name the Additional Insured as additional insureds with respect to liability arising out of or related to their work or services. Such insurance shall provide primary coverage without contribution from any other insurance carried by or for the benefit of Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent, or other Additional Insureds. Such insurance shall also waive any right of subrogation against each Additional Insured. Tenant shall obtain and submit to Landlord, prior to the earlier of (i) the entry onto the Premises by such contractors or subcontractors or (ii) commencement of the work or services, certificates of insurance evidencing compliance with the requirements of this section.

ARTICLE 11

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

11.1 Repair of Damage to Premises by Landlord. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any damage to the Premises resulting from fire or any other casualty. If the Premises or any Common Areas necessary to Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, and subject to all other terms of this Article 11, restore the Base Building and such Common Areas. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition of the Base Building and the Common Areas prior to the casualty, except for modifications required by zoning and building codes and other laws or by the holder of a mortgage on the Building or Project or any other modifications to the Common Areas deemed desirable by Landlord, provided that access to the Premises and any common restrooms serving the Premises shall not be materially impaired. Upon the occurrence of any damage to the Premises, upon notice (the “Landlord Repair Notice”) to Tenant from Landlord, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance required under item (ii) of Section 10.4 of this Lease, and Landlord shall repair any injury or damage to the Tenant Improvements and the Original Improvements and any other improvements, alterations and additions covered by such insurance installed in the Premises and shall return such Tenant Improvements and Original Improvements and other improvements, alterations and additions to their original condition; provided that if the cost of such repair by Landlord exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord

 

   -40-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


from Tenant’s insurance carrier for the same, as assigned by Tenant, the excess cost of such repairs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlord’s commencement of repair of the damage. In the event that Landlord does not deliver the Landlord Repair Notice within sixty (60) days following the date the casualty becomes known to Landlord, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, repair any injury or damage to the Tenant Improvements and the Original Improvements and other improvements, modifications and additions installed in the Premises and shall return such Tenant Improvements and Original Improvements and other improvements, modifications and additions to their original condition. Whether or not Landlord delivers a Landlord Repair Notice, prior to the commencement of construction, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, for Landlord’s review and approval, all plans, specifications and working drawings relating thereto, and Landlord shall select the contractors to perform such improvement work. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or its visitors, or injury to Tenant’s business resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof; provided, however, if such fire or other casualty shall have damaged the Premises or a portion thereof or Common Areas necessary to Tenant’s occupancy, then Landlord shall allow Tenant a proportionate abatement of Rent during the time and to the extent and in the proportion that the Premises or such portion thereof are unfit for occupancy for the purposes permitted under this Lease, and are not occupied by Tenant as a result thereof. In the event that Landlord shall not deliver the Landlord Repair Notice, Tenant’s right to rent abatement pursuant to the preceding sentence shall terminate as of the date which is reasonably determined by Landlord to be the date Tenant should have completed repairs to the Premises assuming Tenant used reasonable due diligence in connection therewith.

11.2 Landlord’s Option to Repair. Notwithstanding the terms of Section 11.1 of this Lease, Landlord may elect not to rebuild and/or restore the Premises, Building and/or Project, and instead terminate this Lease, by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days after the date of discovery of the damage, such notice to include a termination date giving Tenant sixty (60) days to vacate the Premises, but Landlord may so elect only if the Building or Project shall be damaged by fire or other casualty or cause, whether or not the Premises are affected, provided that Landlord terminates the leases of all tenants of the Building whose premises are similarly damaged by the casualty (to the extent Landlord retains such right pursuant to the terms of the applicable tenants’ leases), and one or more of the following conditions is present: (i) in the reasonable opinion of Landlord’s contractor, repairs cannot reasonably be completed within two hundred seventy (270) days after the date of discovery of the damage (when such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premiums); (ii) the holder of any mortgage on the Building or Project or ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project shall require that the insurance proceeds or more than $1,000,000.00 thereof be used to retire the mortgage debt, or shall terminate the ground lease, as the case may be; (iii) at least $1,000,000.00 of the cost to repair the damage is not covered by Landlord’s insurance policies or that portion of the proceeds from Landlord’s insurance policies allocable to the Building or the Project, as the case may be; (iv) Landlord decides to rebuild the Building or Common Areas so that they will be substantially different structurally or architecturally and as a result, the Premises, or a reasonable substitute for the Premises in the Building, will not exist; or (v) the damage occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term; provided, however, that if such fire or other casualty shall have damaged the Premises or a portion thereof or Common Areas necessary to Tenant’s occupancy and as a result of such damage the Premises are unfit for occupancy, and provided that Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to Landlord’s termination right as provided above, and either (a) the repairs cannot, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord’s contractor, be

 

   -41-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


completed within two hundred seventy (270) days after being commenced, or (b) the damage occurs during the last twelve months of the Lease Term and will reasonably require in excess of ninety (90) days to repair, Tenant may elect, no earlier than sixty (60) days after the date of the damage and not later than ninety (90) days after the date of such damage, to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord effective as of the date specified in the notice, which date shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days after the date such notice is given by Tenant.

11.3 Waiver of Statutory Provisions. The provisions of this Lease, including this Article 11, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project, and any statute or regulation of the State of California, including, without limitation, Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code, with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties, and any other statute or regulation, now or hereafter in effect, shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project.

ARTICLE 12

NONWAIVER

No provision of this Lease shall be deemed waived by either party hereto unless expressly waived in a writing signed thereby. The waiver by either party hereto of any breach of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained. The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent. No acceptance of a lesser amount than the Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to receive the full amount due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or payment or any letter accompanying such check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the full amount due. No receipt of monies by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall in any way alter the length of the Lease Term or of Tenant’s right of possession hereunder, or after the giving of any notice shall reinstate, continue or extend the Lease Term or affect any notice given Tenant prior to the receipt of such monies, it being agreed that after the service of notice or the commencement of a suit, or after final judgment for possession of the Premises, Landlord may receive and collect any Rent due, and the payment of said Rent shall not waive or affect said notice, suit or judgment. No payment of Rent by Tenant after a breach by Landlord shall be deemed a waiver of any breach by Landlord.

 

   -42-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


ARTICLE 13

CONDEMNATION

If the whole or any part of the Premises, Building or Project shall be taken by power of eminent domain or condemned by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, or if any adjacent property or street shall be so taken or condemned, or reconfigured or vacated by such authority in such manner as to require the use, reconstruction or remodeling of any part of the Premises, Building or Project, or if Landlord shall grant a deed or other instrument in lieu of such taking by eminent domain or condemnation, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. If more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the rentable square feet of the Premises is taken, or if all reasonable access to the Premises is substantially impaired, in each case for a period in excess of one hundred eighty (180) days, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. Tenant shall not because of such taking assert any claim against Landlord or the authority for any compensation because of such taking and Landlord shall be entitled to the entire award or payment in connection therewith, except that Tenant shall have the right to file any separate claim available to Tenant for any taking of Tenant’s personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant upon expiration of the Lease Term pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and for moving expenses, so long as such claims do not diminish the award available to Landlord, its ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project or its mortgagee, and such claim is payable separately to Tenant. All Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination. If any part of the Premises shall be taken, and this Lease shall not be so terminated, the Rent shall be proportionately abated. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 13, in the event of a temporary taking of all or any portion of the Premises for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days or less, then this Lease shall not terminate but the Base Rent and the Additional Rent shall be abated for the period of such taking in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises taken bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award made in connection with any such temporary taking.

ARTICLE 14

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

14.1 Transfers. Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, or permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer, this Lease or any interest hereunder, permit any assignment, or other transfer of this Lease or any interest hereunder by operation of law, sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or enter into any license or concession agreements or otherwise permit the occupancy or use of the Premises or any part thereof by any persons other than Tenant and its employees and contractors (all of the foregoing are hereinafter sometimes referred to individually as a “Transfer,” and, collectively, as “Transfers” and any person to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “Transferee”). If Tenant desires Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing, which notice (the “Transfer Notice”) shall include (i) the

 

   -43-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


proposed effective date of the Transfer, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of delivery of the Transfer Notice, (ii) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the “Subject Space”), (iii) all of the terms of the proposed Transfer and the consideration therefor, including an estimated calculation of the “Transfer Premium”, as that term is defined in Section 14.3 below, in connection with such Transfer, the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and a copy of all existing executed and/or proposed documentation pertaining to the proposed Transfer, including all existing operative documents to be executed to evidence such Transfer or the agreements incidental or related to such Transfer, provided that Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to utilize Landlord’s standard Transfer documents in connection with the documentation of such Transfer (subject to Tenant’s and the Transferee’s reasonable comments thereto), (iv) current financial statements of the proposed Transferee certified by an officer, partner or owner thereof, business credit and personal references and history of the proposed Transferee and any other information reasonably required by Landlord which will enable Landlord to determine the financial responsibility, character, and reputation of the proposed Transferee, nature of such Transferee’s business and proposed use of the Subject Space (provided that Tenant and any Transferee shall have the right to condition such delivery upon the execution by Landlord of a commercially reasonable non-disclosure agreement), and (v) an executed estoppel certificate from Tenant in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E. Any Transfer made without Landlord’s prior written consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be null, void and of no effect, and shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease. Whether or not Landlord consents to any proposed Transfer, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s review and processing fees, as well as any reasonable professional fees (including, without limitation, attorneys’, accountants’, architects’, engineers’ and consultants’ fees) incurred by Landlord, in an aggregate amount not to exceed Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($2,500.00) within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord together with invoices therefor.

14.2 Landlord’s Consent. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent to any proposed Transfer of the Subject Space to the Transferee on the terms specified in the Transfer Notice. Landlord shall respond to any Transfer Notice within fifteen (15) days following receipt of a complete Tenant’s Transfer Notice. Without limitation as to other reasonable grounds for withholding consent, the parties hereby agree that it shall be reasonable under this Lease and under any applicable law for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer where one or more of the following apply, as determined in Landlord’s reasonable judgment:

14.2.1 The Transferee is of a character or reputation or engaged in a business which is not consistent with the quality of the Building or the Project;

14.2.2 The Transferee intends to use the Subject Space for purposes which are not permitted under this Lease;

14.2.3 The Transferee is either a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof;

14.2.4 The Transferee is not a party of reasonable financial worth and/or financial stability in light of the responsibilities to be undertaken in connection with the Transfer on the date consent is requested;

 

   -44-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


14.2.5 The proposed Transfer would cause a violation of another lease for space in the Project, or would give an occupant of the Project a right to cancel its lease;

14.2.6 Either the proposed Transferee, or any person or entity which directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed Transferee, (i) occupies space in the Project at the time of the request for consent (provided, however, that Landlord may not withhold its consent to an assignment or a sublease pursuant to the terms of this Section 14.2.6(i) to the extent Landlord cannot meet such occupant’s space needs), or (ii) is negotiating or has negotiated with Landlord at any time during the preceding six (6) month period to lease comparable space in the Project, or (iii) Landlord is currently meeting with (or has previously met with at any time during the preceding six (6) month period) the proposed Transferee to tour comparable space in the Project;

14.2.7 In Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the use of the Premises by the proposed Transferee would not be comparable to the types of office use by other tenants in the Project, would entail any alterations which would lessen the value of the tenant improvements in the Premises, would result in more than a reasonable density of occupants per square foot of the Premises, would increase the burden on elevators or other Building systems or equipment over the burden thereon prior to the proposed Transfer, or would require increased services by Landlord; or

14.2.8 Any part of the rent payable under the proposed Transfer shall be based in whole or in part on the income or profits derived from the Subject Space or if any proposed Transfer shall potentially have any adverse effect on the real estate investment trust qualification requirements applicable to Landlord and its affiliates.

If Landlord consents to any Transfer pursuant to the terms of this Section 14.2 (and does not exercise any recapture rights Landlord may have under Section 14.4 of this Lease), Tenant may within six (6) months after Landlord’s consent, but not later than the expiration of said six-month period, enter into such Transfer of the Premises or portion thereof, upon substantially the same terms and conditions as are set forth in the Transfer Notice furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 14.1 of this Lease, provided that if there are any changes in the terms and conditions from those specified in the Transfer Notice (i) such that Landlord would initially have been entitled to refuse its consent to such Transfer under this Section 14.2, or (ii) which would cause the proposed Transfer to be materially more favorable to the Transferee than the terms set forth in Tenant’s original Transfer Notice, Tenant shall again submit the Transfer to Landlord for its approval and other action under this Article 14 (including Landlord’s right of recapture, if any, under Section 14.4 of this Lease). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if Tenant or any proposed Transferee claims that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent under Section 14.2 or otherwise has breached or acted unreasonably under this Article 14, their sole remedies shall be a declaratory judgment and an injunction for the relief sought, and Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1995.310 of the California Civil Code, or any successor statute, and all other remedies, including, without limitation, any right at law or equity to terminate this Lease, on its own behalf and, to the extent permitted under all applicable laws, on behalf of the proposed Transferee. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord from any and all liability, losses, claims, damages, costs, expenses, causes of action and proceedings involving any third party or parties (including without limitation Tenant’s proposed subtenant or assignee) who claim they were damaged by Landlord’s wrongful withholding or conditioning of Landlord’s consent.

 

   -45-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


14.3 Transfer Premium. If Landlord consents to a Transfer, as a condition thereto which the parties hereby agree is reasonable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any “Transfer Premium,” as that term is defined in this Section 14.3, received by Tenant from such Transferee. “Transfer Premium” shall mean all rent, additional rent or other consideration payable by such Transferee in connection with the Transfer in excess of the Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease during the term of the Transfer on a per rentable square foot basis if less than all of the Premises is transferred, after deducting the reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant for (i) any changes, alterations and improvements to the Premises in connection with the Transfer, (ii) any free base rent reasonably provided to the Transferee in connection with the Transfer (provided that such free rent shall be deducted only to the extent the same is included in the calculation of total consideration payable by such Transferee), and (iii) any brokerage commissions in connection with the Transfer and (iv) legal fees reasonably incurred in connection with the Transfer (collectively, “Tenant’s Subleasing Costs”). “Transfer Premium” shall also include, but not be limited to, key money, bonus money or other cash consideration paid by Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and any payment in excess of fair market value for services rendered by Tenant to Transferee or for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to Transferee in connection with such Transfer. Tenant shall make a reasonable determination of the amount of Landlord’s applicable share of the Transfer Premium on a monthly basis as rent or other consideration is paid by Transferee to Tenant under the Transfer. For purposes of calculating the Transfer Premium on a monthly basis, Tenant’s Subleasing Costs shall be deemed to be expended by Tenant in equal monthly amounts over the entire term of the Transfer.

14.4 Landlord’s Option as to Subject Space. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14, Landlord shall have the option, by giving written notice to Tenant within fifteen (15) business days after receipt of any Transfer Notice which proposes to assign this Lease or to sublet any full floor of the Premises, to (i) recapture the Subject Space, or (ii) take an assignment or sublease of the Subject Space from Tenant; provided, however, at any time prior to the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant may sublease up to twenty-five percent (25%) of the Premises without triggering Landlord’s rights under this Section 14.4. Such recapture or sublease or assignment notice, shall cancel and terminate this Lease, or create a sublease or assignment, as the case may be, with respect to the Subject Space as of the date stated in the Transfer Notice as the effective date of the proposed Transfer. In the event of a recapture by Landlord, if this Lease shall be canceled with respect to less than the entire Premises, then (i) the Rent reserved herein shall be prorated on the basis of the number of rentable square feet retained by Tenant in proportion to the number of rentable square feet contained in the Premises; and (ii) this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect, and upon request of either party, the parties shall execute written confirmation of the same. If Landlord declines, or fails to elect in a timely manner, to recapture, sublease or take an assignment of the Subject Space under this Section 14.4, then, provided Landlord has consented to the proposed Transfer, Tenant shall be entitled to proceed to transfer the Subject Space to the proposed Transferee, subject to provisions of this Article 14.

 

   -46-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


14.5 Effect of Transfer. If Landlord consents to a Transfer, then (i) the terms and conditions of this Lease shall in no way be deemed to have been waived or modified; (ii) such consent shall not be deemed consent to any further Transfer by either Tenant or a Transferee; (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an original executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer in form and content reasonably acceptable to Landlord, including, without limitation, at Landlord’s option, a “Transfer Agreement,” as that term is defined in this Section 14.5, below; (iv) Tenant shall furnish upon Landlord’s request a complete statement, certified by an officer of Tenant, setting forth in detail the estimated computation of any Transfer Premium Tenant has derived and shall derive from such Transfer; and (v) no Transfer relating to this Lease or agreement entered into with respect thereto, whether with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve Tenant or any guarantor of the Lease from any liability under this Lease, including, without limitation, in connection with the Subject Space, and, in the event of a Transfer of Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease, the liability of Tenant and such Transferee shall be joint and several. Landlord or its authorized representatives shall have the right at all reasonable times upon ten (10) business days’ notice to Tenant to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any Transfer, and shall have the right to make copies thereof, subject to Landlord’s agreement to commercially reasonable non-disclosure terms relating to the same. If the Transfer Premium respecting any Transfer shall be found understated, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after demand, pay the deficiency, and if understated by more than five percent (5%), Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable out of pocket costs of such audit, not to exceed $2,500.00. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14, Landlord, at its option in its sole and absolute discretion, may require, as a condition to the validity of any Transfer, that both Tenant and such Transferee enter into a separate commercially reasonable written agreement directly with Landlord (a “Transfer Agreement”), which Transfer Agreement, among other things, shall create privity of contract between Landlord and such Transferee with respect to the provisions of this Article 14, and shall contain such terms and provisions as Landlord may reasonably require, including, without limitation, the following: (A) such Transferee’s agreement to be bound by all the obligations of Tenant under this Lease (including, but not limited to, Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent), provided that, in the event of a Transfer of less than the entire Premises, the obligations to which such Transferee shall agree to be so bound shall be prorated on a basis of the number of rentable square feet of the Subject Space in proportion to the number of square feet in the Premises; (B) such Transferee’s acknowledgment of, and agreement that such Transfer shall be subordinate and subject to, Landlord’s rights under Section 19.3 of this Lease; and (C) Tenant’s and such Transferee’s recognition of and agreement to be bound by all the terms and provisions of this Article 14, including, but not limited to, any such terms and provisions which Landlord, at its option, requires to be expressly set forth in such Transfer Agreement. Upon the occurrence of any default by Transferee under such Transfer, Landlord shall have the right, at its option, but not the obligation, on behalf of Tenant, to pursue any or all of the remedies available to Tenant under such Transfer or at law or in equity (all of which remedies shall be distinct, separate and cumulative).

14.6 Occurrence of Default. Any Transfer hereunder, whether or not such Transferee shall have executed a Transfer Agreement, shall be subordinate and subject to the provisions of this Lease, and if this Lease shall be terminated during the term of any Transfer, then Landlord shall have all of the rights set forth in Section 19.3 of this Lease with respect to such Transfer. In addition, if Tenant shall be in monetary or other material default under this Lease, beyond and applicable notice and cure period expressly set forth in this Lease, then Landlord is hereby irrevocably authorized, as Tenant’s agent and attorney-in-fact, to direct any Transferee to make all

 

   -47-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


payments under or in connection with a Transfer directly to Landlord (which payments Landlord shall apply towards Tenant’s obligations under this Lease) until such default is cured. Such Transferee shall rely on any representation by Landlord that Tenant is in default hereunder, without any need for confirmation thereof by Tenant. Upon any assignment, the assignee shall assume in writing all obligations and covenants of Tenant thereafter to be performed or observed under this Lease. No collection or acceptance of rent by Landlord from any Transferee shall be deemed a waiver of any provision of this Article 14 or the approval of any Transferee or a release of Tenant from any obligation under this Lease, whether theretofore or thereafter accruing. In no event shall Landlord’s enforcement of any provision of this Lease against any Transferee be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to enforce any term of this Lease against Tenant or any other person. If Tenant’s obligations hereunder have been guaranteed, Landlord’s consent to any Transfer shall not be effective unless the guarantor also consents to such Transfer.

14.7 Additional Transfers. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Transfer” shall also include (i) if Tenant is a partnership or a limited liability company, the withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the partners, officers or members, as applicable, or transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of partnership, ownership or membership interests (as applicable), within a twelve (12)-month period, or the dissolution of the partnership or limited liability company without immediate reconstitution thereof, (ii) if Tenant is a closely held corporation (i.e., whose stock is not publicly held and not traded through an exchange or over the counter), (A) the dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant or (B) the sale or other transfer of an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting shares of Tenant (other than to immediate family members by reason of gift or death), within a twelve (12)-month period, or (C) the sale, mortgage, hypothecation or pledge of an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) or more of the value of the unencumbered assets of Tenant within a twelve (12)-month period, and (iii) the establishment by Tenant or a permitted successor or assign of one or more series of (A) members, managers, limited liability company interests or assets, which may have separate rights, powers or duties with respect to specified property or obligations of the Tenant (or such successor or assignee) or profits or losses associated with specified property or obligations of Tenant (or such successor or assignee), pursuant to §18-215 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, as amended, or similar laws of other states or otherwise, or (B) limited partners, general partners, partnership interests or assets, which may have separate rights, powers or duties with respect to specified property or obligations of Tenant (or such successor or assignee) or profits or losses associated with specified property or obligations of Tenant (or such successor or assignee) pursuant to §17-218 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, as amended, or similar laws of other states or otherwise (a Series Reorganization”).

14.8 Deemed Consent Transfers. Notwithstanding anything contained to the contrary herein, Original Tenant and its Affiliate or Successor (as hereinafter defined) only may assign this Lease or sublet the Premises to its Parent or to any “Subsidiary” or “Affiliate” or “Successor” (as hereinafter defined) without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord, provided that the following conditions are met:

(i) Tenant is not in monetary or material non-monetary default under the terms and conditions of this Lease, beyond any applicable notice and cure period expressly set forth in this Lease, at the time of the assignment;

 

   -48-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


(ii) any assignee shall assume and be bound by all the conditions, obligations and agreements contained in this Lease;

(iii) there shall be no change in the Permitted Use set forth in Section 7 of the Summary;

(iv) Tenant shall not be released from liability under this Lease; and

(v) In Landlord’s reasonable business judgment, the present tangible net worth of the Successor is equal to or greater than Tenant’s net worth at the time this Lease was entered into or at the time of Tenant’s intended Transfer to a Successor.

As used herein: (i) Affiliate shall mean a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity which (a) directly or indirectly controls Tenant, (b) is under the direct or indirect control of Tenant, or (c) is under common direct or indirect control with Tenant; (ii) control shall mean the direct or indirect voting control of the controlled entity; (iii) Parent shall mean an entity which owns a majority of Tenant’s voting equity; (iv) Subsidiary shall mean an entity a majority of the voting equity of which is owned by Tenant; and (v) Successor shall mean an entity which acquires substantially all of the assets and business operations of Tenant, including, without limitation, in connection with a merger or consolidation of Tenant. The foregoing shall be referred to as a Permitted Transfer,” and any assignee or sublessee of a Permitted Transfer shall be referred to as a Permitted Transferee.” In addition, the sale of Tenant’s stock in a public offering or other substantial capital transaction shall not require Landlord’s consent and shall not be subject to the conditions of a Permitted Transfer (provided that a substantial capital transaction that results in a change in the Tenant entity under this Lease shall be subject to the conditions of a Permitted Transfer). If allowed by law, Tenant shall give Landlord prior written notice of a Permitted Transfer at least fifteen (15) days before the occurrence of a Permitted Transfer or if prior notice is not legally permissible, within ten (10) days thereafter, and in the case of a Successor, shall provide Landlord with evidence of such Successor’s present tangible net worth as well as the present tangible net worth of Tenant. Landlord shall not have any right to receive any Transfer Premium in connection with a Permitted Transfer, and Landlord shall not have the recapture rights described herein with respect to a Permitted Transfer.

Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, and without limitation of the foregoing, Landlord hereby acknowledges and agrees that (1) an Affiliate of Tenant, One Medical Group, PC., and any other Affiliate or Successor thereto (collectively, the Professional Affiliate”), and the Professional Affiliate’s employees, officers and directors, shall also occupy the Premises in connection with the Permitted Use only, and (2) such occupancy of the Premises by the Professional Affiliate and its employees, officers and directors shall not be deemed a Transfer hereunder and shall not require Landlord’s consent or payment to Landlord of any Transfer Premium, processing or other fees.

 

   -49-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


ARTICLE 15

SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND

REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

15.1 Surrender of Premises. No act or thing done by Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord during the Lease Term shall be deemed to constitute an acceptance by Landlord of a surrender of the Premises unless such intent is specifically acknowledged in writing by Landlord. The delivery of keys to the Premises to Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord shall not constitute a surrender of the Premises or effect a termination of this Lease, whether or not the keys are thereafter retained by Landlord, and notwithstanding such delivery Tenant shall be entitled to the return of such keys at any reasonable time upon request until this Lease shall have been properly terminated. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, whether accepted by Landlord or not, or a mutual termination hereof, shall not work a merger, and at the option of Landlord shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Premises or terminate any or all such sublessees or subtenancies.

15.2 Removal of Tenant Property by Tenant. Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the provisions of this Article 15, quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good order and condition as when Tenant took possession and as thereafter improved by Landlord and/or Tenant, reasonable wear and tear, damage by casualty or condemnation and repairs which are specifically made the responsibility of Landlord hereunder excepted. Upon such expiration or termination, Tenant shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all debris and rubbish, such items of furniture, equipment, business and trade fixtures, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions and other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises, and such similar articles of any other persons claiming under Tenant, as Landlord may, in its sole discretion, require to be removed, and Tenant shall repair at its own expense all damage to the Premises and Building resulting from such removal.

ARTICLE 16

HOLDING OVER

If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term or earlier termination thereof, with the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be from month-to-month only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, and in such case Rent shall be payable at a monthly rate equal to (i) one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Lease Term under this Lease for the sixty (60) days of such holdover, and (ii) two hundred percent (200%) thereafter. Such month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other applicable term, covenant and agreement contained herein. Nothing contained in this Article 16 shall be construed as consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant, and Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Article 16 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law. If Tenant fails to surrender the

 

   -50-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


Premises within sixty (60) days following the termination or expiration of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) and liability resulting from such failure, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon such failure to surrender and any lost profits to Landlord resulting therefrom.

ARTICLE 17

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

Within ten (10) business days following a request in writing by Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate, which, as submitted by Landlord, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit E, attached hereto (or such other commercially reasonable form as may be required by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of the Project, or any portion thereof), indicating therein any exceptions thereto that may exist at that time, and shall also contain any other factual information reasonably requested by Landlord or Landlord’s mortgagee or prospective mortgagee. Any such certificate may be relied upon by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of all or any portion of the Project. Tenant shall execute and deliver whatever other commercially reasonable instruments may be reasonably required for such purposes. At any time during the Lease Term, but not more than once during any consecutive twelve (12) month period except in connection with a sale or financing of the Building or in connection with Tenant’s request for Landlord’s approval of an proposed Alteration or Transfer, Landlord may require Tenant to provide Landlord with a current financial statement and financial statements of the two (2) years prior to the current financial statement year. Such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, if such is the normal practice of Tenant, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant. Tenant’s obligation to deliver financial statements shall be conditioned upon receipt of a commercially reasonable non-disclosure agreement from Landlord. Failure of Tenant to timely execute, acknowledge and deliver such estoppel certificate or other instruments shall constitute an acceptance of the Premises and an acknowledgment by Tenant that statements included in the estoppel certificate are true and correct, without exception.

ARTICLE 18

MORTGAGE OR GROUND LEASE

18.1 Subordination. This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to all present and future ground or underlying leases of the Building or Project and to the lien of any mortgage, trust deed or other encumbrances now or hereafter in force against the Building or Project or any part thereof, if any, and to all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof, and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security of such mortgages or trust deeds, unless the holders of such mortgages, trust deeds or other encumbrances, or the lessors under such ground lease or underlying leases, require in writing that this Lease be superior thereto collectively, the Superior Holders); provided, however, that in consideration of and a condition precedent to Tenant’s agreement to subordinate this Lease to any future mortgage, trust deed or other encumbrances, shall be the receipt by Tenant of a subordination non-disturbance and

 

   -51-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


attornment agreement in the reasonable standard form provided by such Superior Holders, which requires such Superior Holder to accept this lease, and not to disturb tenant’s possession, so long as an event of default has not occurred and be continuing (a SNDAA) executed by Landlord and the appropriate Superior Holder. Tenant covenants and agrees in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any such mortgage or deed in lieu thereof (or if any ground lease is terminated), to attorn, without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, to the lienholder or purchaser or any successors thereto upon any such foreclosure sale or deed in lieu thereof (or to the ground lessor), if so requested to do so by such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor, and to recognize such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor as the lessor under this Lease, provided such lienholder or purchaser or ground lessor shall agree to accept this Lease and not disturb Tenant’s occupancy, so long as Tenant timely pays the rent and observes and performs the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be observed and performed by Tenant. Landlord’s interest herein may be assigned as security at any time to any lienholder. Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days of request by Landlord, execute such further commercially reasonable instruments or assurances as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any such mortgages, trust deeds, ground leases or underlying leases. Tenant waives the provisions of any current or future statute, rule or law which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of the Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure proceeding or sale. Landlord covenants to Tenant that as of the date of this Lease there is no current mortgage, deed of trust, ground lease or other such encumbrances encumbering the Building or Project.

18.2 Notice to Lienholder or Ground Lessor. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Article 28, below, or elsewhere in this Lease, upon receipt by Tenant of notice from any holder of a mortgage, trust deed or other encumbrance in force against the Building or the Project or any part thereof which includes the Premises or any lessor under a ground lease or underlying lease of the Building or the Project (collectively, a Mortgagee), or from Landlord, which notice sets forth the address of such lienholder or ground lessor, no material notice from Tenant to Landlord shall be effective unless and until a copy of the same is given to such lienholder or ground lessor at the appropriate address therefor (as specified in the above-described notice or at such other places as may be designated from time to time in a notice to Tenant in accordance with Article 28, below), and, subject to the terms of any SNDAA between such Mortgagee, Tenant and Landlord, the curing of any of Landlord’s defaults by such lienholder or ground lessor within a reasonable period of time after such notice from Tenant (including a reasonable period of time to obtain possession of the Building or the Project, as the case may be, if such lienholder or ground lessor elects to do so) shall be treated as performance by Landlord. For the purposes of this Article 18, the term “mortgage” shall include a mortgage on a leasehold interest of Landlord (but not a mortgage on Tenant’s leasehold interest hereunder).

18.3 Assignment of Rents. With reference to any assignment by Landlord of Landlord’s interest in this Lease, or the Rent payable to Landlord hereunder, conditional in nature or otherwise, which assignment is made to any holder of a mortgage, trust deed or other encumbrance in force against the Building or the Project or any part thereof which includes the Premises or to any lessor under a ground lease or underlying lease of the Building or the Project, Tenant agrees as follows:

18.3.1 The execution of any such assignment by Landlord, and the acceptance thereof by such lienholder or ground lessor, shall never be treated as an assumption by such lienholder or ground lessor of any of the obligations of Landlord under this Lease, unless such lienholder or ground lessor shall, by notice to Tenant, specifically otherwise elect.

 

   -52-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


18.3.2 Notwithstanding delivery to Tenant of the notice required by Section 18.3.1, above, such lienholder or ground lessor, respectively, shall be treated as having assumed Landlord’s obligations under this Lease only upon such lienholder’s foreclosure of any such mortgage, trust deed or other encumbrance, or acceptance of a deed in lieu thereof, and taking of possession of the Building or the Project or applicable portion thereof, or such ground lessor’s termination of any such ground lease or underlying leases and assumption of Landlord’s position hereunder, as the case may be. In no event shall such lienholder, ground lessor or any other successor to Landlord’s interest in this Lease, as the case may be, be liable for any security deposit paid by Tenant to Landlord, unless and until such lienholder, ground lessor or other such successor, respectively, actually has been credited with or has received for its own account as landlord the amount of such security deposit or any portion thereof (in which event the liability of such lienholder, ground lessor or other such successor, as the case may be, shall be limited to the amount actually credited or received). Landlord covenants to deliver any security deposit to its successor in interest under this Lease.

18.3.3 In no event shall the acquisition of title to the Building and the land upon which the Building is located or the Project or any part thereof which includes the Premises by a purchaser which, simultaneously therewith, leases back to the seller thereof the entire Building or the land upon which the Building is located or the Project or the entirety of that part thereof acquired by such purchaser, as the case may be, be treated as an assumption, by operation of law or otherwise, of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, but Tenant shall look solely to such seller-lessee, or to the successors to or assigns of such seller-lessee’s estate, for performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease. In any such event, this Lease shall be subject and subordinate to the lease to such seller-lessee, and Tenant covenants and agrees in the event the lease to such seller-lessee is terminated to attorn, without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, to such purchaser-lessor, if so requested to do so by such purchaser-lessor, and to recognize such purchaser-lessor as the lessor under this Lease, provided such purchaser-lessor shall agree to accept this Lease and not disturb Tenant’s occupancy, so long as Tenant timely pays the rent and observes and performs the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be observed and performed by Tenant. For all purposes, such seller-lessee, or the successors to or assigns of such seller-lessee’s estate, shall be the lessor under this Lease unless and until such seller-lessee’s position shall have been assumed by such purchaser-lessor.

 

   -53-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


ARTICLE 19

DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

19.1 Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default of this Lease by Tenant:

19.1.1 Any failure by Tenant to pay any Rent or any other charge required to be paid under this Lease, or any part thereof, when due; provided, however, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 19.1.1, Tenant’s failure to pay any Rent or any other charge required to be paid under this Lease, or any part thereof, when due shall constitute a default of this Lease by Tenant only if such failure is not cured within five (5) days after said amount is due, provided that Tenant theretofore shall not have so failed to pay any Rent or any other charge within five (5) days after said amount is due on two (2) occasions during any given Lease Year, in which event Tenant thereafter shall not be entitled to such five (5) day grace period; or

19.1.2 Except where a specific time period is otherwise set forth for Tenant’s performance in this Lease, in which event the failure to perform by Tenant within such time period shall be a default by Tenant under this Section 19.1.2, any failure by Tenant to observe or perform any other provision, covenant or condition of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided that if the nature of such default is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within a thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if it diligently commences such cure within such period and thereafter diligently proceeds to rectify and cure such default; or

19.1.3 Abandonment of the Premises by Tenant pursuant to Section 1951.3 of the California Civil Code; or

19.1.4 The failure by Tenant to observe or perform according to the provisions of Articles 5, 10, 14, 17 or 18 of this Lease, or any breach by Tenant of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 29.34 of this Lease, where such failure continues for more than three (3) business days after notice from Landlord,

The notice periods provided in this Section 19.1 are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice periods provided by law.

19.2 Remedies Upon Default. Upon the occurrence of any event of default by Tenant beyond any applicable notice and cure period expressly set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity (all of which remedies shall be distinct, separate and cumulative), the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever.

19.2.1 Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor; and Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

(i) The worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(ii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

 

   -54-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


(iii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(iv) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom; and

(v) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.

The term “rent” as used in this Section 19.2 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Sections 19.2.1(i) and 19.2.1(ii), above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the rate set forth in Article 25 of this Lease, but in no case greater than the maximum amount of such interest permitted by law. As used in Section 19.2.1(iii) above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

19.2.2 Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all rent as it becomes due.

19.2.3 Landlord shall at all times have the rights and remedies (which shall be cumulative with each other and cumulative and in addition to those rights and remedies available under Sections 19.2.1 and 19.2.2, above, or any law or other provision of this Lease), without prior demand or notice except as required by applicable law, to seek any declaratory, injunctive or other equitable relief, and specifically enforce this Lease, or restrain or enjoin a violation or breach of any provision hereof.

19.3 Subleases of Tenant. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, as set forth in this Article 19, then Landlord shall have the right, at Landlord’s option in its sole discretion, (i) to terminate any and all assignments, subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises, in which event Landlord shall have the right to repossess such affected portions of the Premises by any lawful means, or (ii) to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any or all such assignments, subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, in which event Landlord may require any assignees, sublessees, licensees or other parties thereunder to attorn to and recognize Landlord as its assignor, sublessor, licensor, concessionaire or transferor thereunder. In the event of Landlord’s election to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such assignments, subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

 

   -55-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


19.4 Efforts to Relet. No re-entry or repossession, repairs, maintenance, changes, alterations and additions, reletting, appointment of a receiver to protect Landlord’s interests hereunder, or any other action or omission by Landlord shall be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, or to accept a surrender of the Premises, nor shall same operate to release Tenant in whole or in part from any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, unless express written notice of such intention is sent by Landlord to Tenant. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives any right otherwise available under any law to redeem or reinstate this Lease.

19.5 Landlord Default.

19.5.1 General. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall not be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after the receipt of notice from Tenant specifying in detail Landlord’s failure to perform; provided, however, if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease if it shall commence such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursue the same to completion. Upon any such default by Landlord under this Lease, Tenant may, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease to the contrary, exercise any of its rights provided at law or in equity.

19.5.2 Abatement of Rent. In the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any portion thereof, as a result of (i) any repair, maintenance or alteration performed by Landlord, or which Landlord failed to perform, after the Lease Commencement Date and required by this Lease, which substantially interferes with Tenant’s use of the Premises, or (ii) any failure to provide services, utilities or access to the Premises as required by this Lease (either such set of circumstances as set forth in items (i) or (ii), above, to be known as an Abatement Event), then Tenant shall give Landlord notice of such Abatement Event, and if such Abatement Event continues for five (5) consecutive business days after Landlord’s receipt of any such notice (the Eligibility Period) and either (A) Landlord does not diligently commence and complete the remedy of such Abatement Event within ten (10) business days following such notice or (B) Landlord receives proceeds from its rental interruption insurance which covers such Abatement Event, then the Base Rent, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses, and Tenant’s obligation to pay for parking (to the extent not utilized by Tenant) shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, after expiration of the Eligibility Period for such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use for the normal conduct of Tenant’s business, the Premises or a portion thereof, in the proportion that the rentable area of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, bears to the total rentable area of the Premises; provided, however, in the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, a portion of the Premises for a period of time in excess of the Eligibility Period and the remaining portion of the Premises is not sufficient to allow Tenant to effectively conduct its business therein, and if Tenant does not conduct its business from such remaining portion, then for such time after expiration of the Eligibility Period during which Tenant is so prevented from effectively conducting its business therein, the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the entire Premises and Tenant’s obligation to pay for parking shall be abated for such time as Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises. If, however,

 

   -56-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


Tenant reoccupies any portion of the Premises during such period, the Rent allocable to such reoccupied portion, based on the proportion that the rentable area of such reoccupied portion of the Premises bears to the total rentable area of the Premises, shall be payable by Tenant from the date Tenant reoccupies such portion of the Premises. To the extent an Abatement Event is caused by an event covered by Articles 11 or 13 of this Lease, then Tenant’s right to abate rent shall be governed by the terms of such Article 11 or 13, as applicable, and the Eligibility Period shall not be applicable thereto. Such right to abate Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy for rent abatement at law or in equity for an Abatement Event. Except as provided in this Section 19.5.2, nothing contained herein shall be interpreted to mean that Tenant is excused from paying Rent due hereunder.

ARTICLE 20

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

Landlord covenants that Tenant, on paying the Rent, charges for services and other payments herein reserved and on keeping, observing and performing all the other terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements herein contained on the part of Tenant to be kept, observed and performed, shall, during the Lease Term, peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises subject to the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements hereof without interference by any persons lawfully claiming by or through Landlord. The foregoing covenant is in lieu of any other covenant express or implied.

ARTICLE 21

LETTER OF CREDIT

21.1 Delivery of Letter of Credit. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord concurrent with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, as protection for the full and faithful performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease and for all losses and damages Landlord may suffer (or which Landlord reasonably estimates that it may suffer) as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease (to the extent such damages are allowed to be collected by Landlord under the terms of this Lease), an unconditional, clean, irrevocable negotiable standby letter of credit (the L-C) in the amount set forth in Section 8 of the Summary (the L-C Amount”), in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H, payable in the City of San Francisco, California, running in favor of Landlord, drawn on a bank (the Bank) reasonably approved by Landlord and at a minimum having a long term issuer credit rating from Standard and Poor’s Professional Rating Service of A or a comparable rating from Moody’s Professional Rating Service (the Credit Rating Threshold), and otherwise conforming in all respects to the requirements of this Article 21, including, without limitation, all of the requirements of Section 21.2, below, all as set forth more particularly hereinbelow. Tenant shall pay all expenses, points and/or fees incurred by Tenant in obtaining and maintaining the L-C. In the event of an assignment by Tenant of its interest in the Lease (and irrespective of whether Landlord’s consent is required for such assignment), the acceptance of any replacement or substitute letter of credit by Landlord from the assignee shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, in Landlord’s commercially reasonable discretion, and the reasonable attorney’s fees incurred by Landlord in connection with such determination shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days of billing. Tenant shall have no right to

 

   -57-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


voluntarily replace the L-C without Landlord’s prior written approval, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of any and all costs incurred by Landlord relating to the review of any replacement L-C (including, without limitation, Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees), which replacement is required pursuant to this Section or is otherwise requested by Tenant, and such attorneys’ fees shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days of billing. If Landlord approves any replacement or substitute letter of credit, Landlord shall return the L-C then held by Landlord within one hundred twenty (120) days following Landlord receipt of the replacement or substitute L-C tendered by Tenant.

21.2 In General. The L-C shall be “callable” at sight, permit partial draws and multiple presentations and drawings, and be otherwise subject to the Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary Credits (1993-Rev), International Chamber of Commerce Publication #500, or the International Standby Practices-ISP 98, International Chamber of Commerce Publication #590. Tenant further covenants and warrants as follows:

21.2.1 Landlord Right to Transfer. The L-C shall provide that Landlord, its successors and assigns, may, at any time upon prior notice to Tenant but without first obtaining Tenant’s consent thereto, transfer (one or more times) all or any portion of its interest in and to the L-C to another party, person or entity, regardless of whether or not such transfer is separate from or as a part of the assignment by Landlord of its rights and interests in and to this Lease. In the event of a transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Building, Landlord shall transfer the L-C, in whole or in part, to the transferee and thereupon Landlord shall, without any further agreement between the parties, be released by Tenant from all liability therefor, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of the whole or any portion of said L-C to a new landlord. In connection with any such transfer of the L-C by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, execute and submit to the Bank such applications, documents and instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such transfer, and Tenant shall be responsible for paying the Bank’s transfer and processing fees in connection therewith.

21.2.2 No Assignment by Tenant. Tenant shall neither assign nor encumber the L-C or any part thereof. Neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance by Tenant in violation of this Section.

21.2.3 Replenishment. If, as a result of any drawing by Landlord on the L-C pursuant to its rights set forth in Section 21.3 below, the amount of the L-C shall be less than the L-C Amount, Tenant shall, within five (5) business days thereafter, provide Landlord with (i) an amendment to the L-C restoring such L-C to the L-C Amount or (ii) additional L-Cs in an amount equal to the deficiency, which additional L-Cs shall comply with all of the provisions of this Article 21, and if Tenant fails to comply with the foregoing, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 19.1 above, the same shall constitute an incurable default by Tenant under this Lease (without the need for any additional notice and/or cure period).

21.2.4 Renewal; Replacement. If the L-C expires earlier than the date (the LC Expiration Date) that is one hundred twenty (120) days after the expiration of the Lease Term, Tenant shall deliver a new L-C or certificate of renewal or extension to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the L-C then held by Landlord, without any action whatsoever

 

   -58-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


on the part of Landlord, which new L-C shall be irrevocable and automatically renewable through the LC Expiration Date upon the same terms as the expiring L-C or such other terms as may be acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion. In furtherance of the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant agree that the L-C shall contain a so-called “evergreen provision,” whereby the L-C will automatically be renewed unless at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of non-renewal is provided by the issuer to Landlord; provided, however, that the final expiration date identified in the L-C, beyond which the L-C shall not automatically renew, shall not be earlier than the LC Expiration Date.

21.2.5 Bank’s Financial Condition. If, at any time during the Lease Term, the Bank’s long term credit rating is reduced below the Credit Rating Threshold, or if the financial condition of the Bank changes in any other materially adverse way (either, a Bank Credit Threat), then Landlord shall have the right to require that Tenant obtain from a different issuer a substitute L-C that complies in all respects with the requirements of this Article 21, and Tenant’s failure to obtain such substitute L-C within twenty (20) business days following Landlord’s written demand therefor (with no other notice or cure or grace period being applicable thereto, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary) shall entitle Landlord, or Landlord’s then managing agent, to immediately draw upon the then existing L-C in whole or in part, without notice to Tenant, as more specifically described in Section 21.3, below. Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of any and all reasonable out of pocket costs incurred with the review of any replacement L-C (including without limitation Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees), not to exceed a total of $2,500.00, which replacement is required pursuant to this Section or is otherwise requested by Tenant.

21.3 Application of Letter of Credit. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord is entering into this Lease in material reliance upon the ability of Landlord to draw upon the L-C as protection for the full and faithful performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease and for all losses and damages Landlord may suffer (or which Landlord reasonably estimates that it may suffer) as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease (to the extent such damages are allowed to be collected by Landlord under the terms of this Lease). Landlord, or its then managing agent, shall have the right to draw down an amount up to the face amount of the L-C if any of the following shall have occurred or be applicable: (A) such amount is due to Landlord under the terms and conditions of this Lease, or (B) Tenant has filed a voluntary petition under the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or any state bankruptcy code (collectively, Bankruptcy Code), or (C) an involuntary petition has been filed against Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code, or (D) the Bank has notified Landlord that the L-C will not be renewed or extended through the LC Expiration Date, or (E) a Bank Credit Threat or Receivership (as such term is defined in Section 21.6.1, below) has occurred and Tenant has failed to comply with the requirements of either Section 21.2.5, above, or Section 21.6, below, as applicable. If Tenant shall breach any provision of this Lease or otherwise be in default hereunder or if any of the foregoing events identified in Sections 21.3(B) through (E) shall have occurred, Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, and without notice to Tenant, draw upon the L-C, in part or in whole, and the proceeds may be applied by Landlord (i) to cure any breach or default of Tenant and/or to compensate Landlord for any and all damages of any kind or nature sustained or which Landlord reasonably estimates that it will sustain resulting from Tenant’s breach or default (to the extent such damages are allowed to be collected by Landlord under the terms of this Lease), (ii) against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that is not paid when due and/or (iii) to pay for all

 

   -59-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


losses and damages that Landlord has suffered or that Landlord reasonably estimates that it will suffer as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease. The use, application or retention of the L-C, or any portion thereof, by Landlord shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided by this Lease or by any applicable law, it being intended that Landlord shall not first be required to proceed against the L-C, and shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled. Tenant agrees not to interfere in any way with payment to Landlord of the proceeds of the L-C, either prior to or following a “draw” by Landlord of any portion of the L-C, regardless of whether any dispute exists between Tenant and Landlord as to Landlord’s right to draw upon the L-C, provided that nothing contained herein shall be deemed to prohibit Tenant from challenging the validity or amount of the draw after the draw occurs. No condition or term of this Lease shall be deemed to render the L-C conditional to justify the issuer of the L-C in failing to honor a drawing upon such L-C in a timely manner. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that (a) the L-C constitutes a separate and independent contract between Landlord and the Bank, (b) Tenant is not a third party beneficiary of such contract, (c) Tenant has no property interest whatsoever in the L-C or the proceeds thereof, and (d) in the event Tenant becomes a debtor under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, neither Tenant, any trustee, nor Tenant’s bankruptcy estate shall have any right to restrict or limit Landlord’s claim and/or rights to the L-C and/or the proceeds thereof by application of Section 502(b)(6) of the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or otherwise.

21.4 Letter of Credit not a Security Deposit. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the L-C or any renewal thereof or any proceeds thereof be (i) deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” within the meaning of California Civil Code Section 1950.7, (ii) subject to the terms of such Section 1950.7, or (iii) intended to serve as a “security deposit” within the meaning of such Section 1950.7. The parties hereto (A) recite that the L-C is not intended to serve as a security deposit and such Section 1950.7 and any and all other laws, rules and regulations applicable to security deposits in the commercial context (Security Deposit Laws) shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto and (B) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws.

21.5 Proceeds of Draw. In the event Landlord draws down on the L-C pursuant to Sections 21.3(D) or (E), above, the proceeds of the L-C may be held by Landlord and applied by Landlord against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that is not paid when due and/or to pay for all losses and damages that Landlord has suffered or that Landlord reasonably estimates that it will suffer as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease. Any unused proceeds shall constitute the property of Landlord and need not be segregated from Landlord’s other assets. Tenant hereby (i) agrees that (A) Tenant has no property interest whatsoever in the proceeds from any such draw, and (B) such proceeds shall not be deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” under the Security Deposit Law, and (ii) waives all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws. Landlord agrees that the amount of any proceeds of the L-C received by Landlord, and not (a) applied against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that was not paid when due, or (b) used to pay for any losses and/or damages suffered by Landlord (or reasonably estimated by Landlord that it will suffer) as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease (the Unused L-C Proceeds), shall be paid by Landlord to Tenant (x) upon receipt by Landlord of a replacement L-C in the full L-C Amount, which replacement L-C shall comply in all respects with

 

   -60-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


the requirements of this Article 21, or (y) within thirty (30) days after the LC Expiration Date; provided, however, that if prior to the LC Expiration Date a voluntary petition is filed by Tenant, or an involuntary petition is filed against Tenant by any of Tenant’s creditors, under the Bankruptcy Code, then Landlord shall not be obligated to make such payment in the amount of the Unused L-C Proceeds until either all preference issues relating to payments under this Lease have been resolved in such bankruptcy or reorganization case or such bankruptcy or reorganization case has been dismissed.

21.6 Bank Placed Into Receivership.

21.6.1 Bank Placed Into Receivership. In the event the Bank is placed into receivership or conservatorship (any such event, a Receivership) by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any successor or similar entity (the FDIC), then, effective as of the date such Receivership occurs, the L-C shall be deemed to not meet the requirements of this Article 21, and, within twenty (20) business days following Landlord’s notice to Tenant of such Receivership (the LC Replacement Notice), Tenant shall replace the L-C with a substitute L-C from a different issuer reasonably acceptable to Landlord and that complies in all respects with the requirements of this Article 21. If Tenant fails to replace such L-C with a substitute L-C from a different issuer pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Section 21.6.1, then, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall have the right, at Landlord’s option, to either(i) declare Tenant in default of this Lease for which there shall be no notice or grace or cure periods being applicable thereto other than the aforesaid twenty (20) business day period), in which event, Landlord shall have the right to pursue any and all remedies available to it under this Lease and at law, including, without limitation, treating any Receivership as a Bank Credit Threat and exercising Landlord’s remedies under Section 21.2.5, above, to the extent possible pursuant to then existing FDIC policy; or (ii) elect to increase the Base Rent due and owing under the terms of this Lease pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 21.6.2 of this Lease, below. Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of any and all costs incurred with the review of any replacement L-C (including without limitation Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees), which replacement is required pursuant to this Section or is otherwise requested by Tenant.

21.6.2 FAILURE TO REPLACE L-C; LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. IN THE EVENT THAT TENANT FAILS TO REPLACE THE L-C PURSUANT TO, AND WITHIN THE TIME PERIODS SET FORTH IN, SECTION 21.6.1 OF THIS LEASE, ABOVE, THEN TENANT’S MONTHLY INSTALLMENT OF BASE RENT SHALL BE INCREASED TO ONE HUNDRED FIVE PERCENT (105%) OF ITS THEN EXISTING LEVEL DURING THE PERIOD COMMENCING ON THE DATE THAT OCCURS TWENTY (20) BUSINESS DAYS FOLLOWING THE DATE TENANT RECEIVES THE LC REPLACEMENT NOTICE AND ENDING ON THE EARLIER TO OCCUR OF (I) THE DATE SUCH REPLACEMENT L-C IS DELIVERED TO LANDLORD PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF SECTION 21.6.1, OR (II) THE DATE WHICH IS NINETY (90) DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF SUCH LC REPLACEMENT NOTICE. IN THE EVENT THAT TENANT FAILS, DURING SUCH NINETY (90) DAY PERIOD FOLLOWING THE DATE OF THE LC REPLACEMENT NOTICE, TO CAUSE THE REPLACEMENT L-C TO BE DELIVERED TO LANDLORD PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF SECTION 21.6.1, THEN TENANT’S MONTHLY INSTALLMENT OF BASE RENT SHALL BE INCREASED TO ONE HUNDRED TWENTY-FIVE PERCENT (125%) OF ITS THEN EXISTING LEVEL DURING THE PERIOD

 

   -61-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


COMMENCING ON THE DATE WHICH IS NINETY (90) DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF SUCH LC REPLACEMENT NOTICE AND ENDING ON THE DATE SUCH REPLACEMENT L-C IS DELIVERED TO LANDLORD PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF SECTION 21.6.1, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THE TOTAL AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF BASE RENT PAID BY TENANT IN EXCESS OF THE AMOUNT OF BASE RENT THAT TENANT WOULD HAVE PAID HAD SUCH L-C REPLACEMENT FAILURE NEVER OCCURRED SHALL IN NO EVENT EXCEED THE L-C AMOUNT. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT IT WOULD BE IMPRACTICABLE AND EXTREMELY DIFFICULT TO ASCERTAIN THE ACTUAL DAMAGES SUFFERED BY LANDLORD AS A RESULT OF TENANT’S FAILURE TO TIMELY REPLACE THE L-C FOLLOWING THE LC REPLACEMENT NOTICE AS REQUIRED IN SECTION 21.6.1, AND THAT UNDER THE CIRCUMSTANCES EXISTING AS OF THE DATE OF THIS LEASE, THE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES PROVIDED FOR IN THIS SECTION 21.6.2 REPRESENT A REASONABLE ESTIMATE OF THE DAMAGES WHICH LANDLORD WILL INCUR AS A RESULT OF SUCH FAILURE, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THIS PROVISION SHALL NOT WAIVE OR AFFECT LANDLORD’S RIGHTS AND TENANT’S INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS UNDER OTHER SECTIONS OF THIS LEASE. THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE PAYMENT OF SUCH LIQUIDATED DAMAGES IS NOT INTENDED AS A FORFEITURE OR PENALTY WITHIN THE MEANING OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 3275 OR 3369, BUT IS INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES TO LANDLORD PURSUANT TO CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 1671. THE PARTIES HAVE SET FORTH THEIR INITIALS BELOW TO INDICATE THEIR AGREEMENT WITH THE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES PROVISION CONTAINED IN THIS SECTION 21.6.2.

21.7 Reduction of L-C Amount. Provided that, as of the seventh (7th) anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date (the Reduction Date”), (i) Tenant is not then in monetary or other material default under this Lease, (ii) Tenant has not previously been in monetary or other material default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period expressly set forth in this Lease more than once during any twelve (12) month period, and (iii) on or prior to the Reduction Date, Tenant tenders to Landlord a replacement L-C or a certificate of amendment to the existing L-C, conforming in all respects to the requirements of this Article 21, in the amount of the applicable L-C Amount as of such Reduction Date, then the L-C Amount shall be reduced on the Reduction Date to an amount equal to $444,241.83. In the event the L-C Amount is reduced pursuant to the foregoing, and provided that Tenant timely tenders the replacement or amended L-C to Landlord in the form required herein, Landlord shall exchange the L-C then held by Landlord for the replacement or amended L-C tendered by Tenant. If the Letter of Credit Amount is not reduced as of the Reduction Date because Tenant is then in default as set forth in this Section, then such reduction shall be permitted after any such default is cured by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease if Tenant otherwise then qualifies such reduction. If the Letter of Credit Amount is not reduced as of the Reduction Date because Tenant does not timely deliver the replacement L-C or certificate of amendment as required in this Section, then such reduction shall be permitted upon delivery of the same by Tenant provided that all other requirements of this Section have been satisfied.

 

   -62-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


ARTICLE 22

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

ARTICLE 23

SIGNS

23.1 Full Floors. Subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval as to the same by Landlord will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and provided all signs are in keeping with the quality, design and style of the Building and Project, Tenant, if the Premises comprise an entire floor of the Building, at its sole cost and expense, may install identification signage anywhere in the Premises including in the elevator lobby of one or all of the floors comprising the Premises, provided that such signs must not be visible from the exterior of the Building.

23.2 Multi-Tenant Floors. If other tenants occupy space on the floor on which the Premises is located, Tenant’s identifying signage shall be provided by Landlord, at Tenant’s cost, and such signage shall be comparable to that used by Landlord for other similar floors in the Building and shall comply with Landlord’s then-current Building standard signage program. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may request that Tenant’s identifying signage on the suite door contain specialty text and/or company logo; provided that any such signage shall be subject to Landlord’s review and approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). In addition, any such specialty signage shall not include a name and/or logos which relates to an entity which is of a character or reputation, or is associated with political faction or orientation, which is inconsistent with the quality of the Project, or which would otherwise reasonably offend a landlord of comparable buildings located in the vicinity of the Project.

23.3 Prohibited Signage and Other Items. Any signs, notices, logos, pictures, names or advertisements which are installed and that have not been separately approved by Landlord may be removed without notice by Landlord at the sole expense of Tenant. Tenant may not install any signs on the exterior or roof of the Project or the Common Areas. Any signs, window coverings, or blinds (even if the same are located behind the Landlord-approved window coverings for the Building), or other items visible from the exterior of the Premises or Building, shall be subject to the prior approval of Landlord, in its sole discretion.

23.4 Building Directory. Tenant shall have the right, at no charge to Tenant, to have Tenant’s name and the names of Tenant’s employees at the Premises entered into Landlord’s electronic directory in the lobby of the Building. Landlord shall, at Tenant’s request, made no more often than once a month, revise such listings.

 

   -63-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


ARTICLE 24

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

24.1 In General. Tenant shall not do anything or suffer anything to be done in or about the Premises or the Project which will in any way conflict with any law, statute, ordinance or other governmental rule, regulation or requirement now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated, including any such governmental regulations related to disabled access (collectively, Applicable Laws). At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall promptly comply with any Applicable Laws which relate to (i) Tenant’s use of the Premises, (ii) any Alterations made by Tenant to the Premises, and any Tenant Improvements in the Premises, or (iii) the Base Building, but as to the Base Building, only to the extent such obligations are triggered by Alterations made by Tenant to the Premises to the extent such Alterations are not normal and customary business office improvements, or triggered by the Tenant Improvements to the extent such Tenant Improvements are not normal and customary business office improvements, or triggered by Tenant’s use of the Premises for non-general office use (Tenant’s Compliance With Laws Obligations). In addition, in no event shall Tenant’s Compliance with Laws Obligations require Tenant to make alterations, improvements or changes to any Common Areas, including parking areas, unless such noncompliance result from Tenant’s particular manner of use (as opposed to general office use) or any improvement (including the Tenant Improvements and any Alternations) to the Premises by Tenant that are not normal and customary business office improvements. Should any standard or regulation now or hereafter be imposed on Landlord or Tenant by a state, federal or local governmental body charged with the establishment, regulation and enforcement of occupational, health or safety standards for employers, employees, landlords or tenants, then Tenant agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to comply promptly with such standards or regulations and to cooperate with Landlord, including, without limitation, by taking such actions as Landlord may reasonably require, in Landlord’s efforts to comply with such standards or regulations. Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, to make all alterations to the Premises as are required to comply with Tenant’s Compliance With Laws Obligations. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any judicial action, regardless of whether Landlord is a party thereto, that Tenant has violated any of said governmental measures, shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant. Tenant shall promptly pay all fines, penalties and damages that may arise out of or be imposed because of its failure to comply with the provisions of this Article 24. Landlord shall comply with all Applicable Laws relating to the Base Building, provided that compliance with such Applicable Laws is a Tenant’s Compliance With Laws Obligation, and provided further that Landlord’s failure to comply therewith would prohibit Tenant from obtaining or maintaining a certificate of occupancy for the Premises, or would unreasonably and materially affect the safety of Tenant’s employees or create a significant health hazard for Tenant’s employees, or would otherwise materially and adversely affect Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises. Landlord shall be permitted to include in Operating Expenses any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord under this Article 24 to the extent not prohibited by the terms of Article 4 of this Lease, above. Tenant hereby agrees to use reasonable efforts to notify Landlord if Tenant makes any Alterations or improvements to the Premises that might impact accessibility to the Premises or Building under any disability access laws. Landlord hereby agrees to use reasonable efforts to notify Tenant if Landlord makes any alterations or improvements to the Premises that might impact accessibility to the Premises or Building under any disability access laws.

 

   -64-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


24.2 Statutory Disclosure and Related Terms. For purposes of Section 1938(a) of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges, that to Landlord’s actual knowledge the Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). As required by Section 1938(e) of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby states as follows: “A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the premises.” In furtherance of the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows: (a) any CASp inspection requested by Tenant shall be conducted, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, by a CASp designated by Landlord, subject to Landlord’s reasonable rules and requirements; (b) Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for making any improvements or repairs within the Premises to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards; and (c) if any CASp inspection requested by Tenant shall require any improvements or repairs to the Building or Project (outside the Premises) to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand, as Additional Rent, for the cost to Landlord of performing such improvements or repairs.

ARTICLE 25

LATE CHARGES

If any installment of Rent or any other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee (i) within five (5) days after said amount is due, or (ii) upon the date said amount is due if any installment of Rent or other sum due from Tenant has not been received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee within five (5) days after the date due on two (2) or more occasions during any given Lease Year, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to six percent (6%) of the overdue amount plus any attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s failure to pay Rent and/or other charges when due hereunder. The late charge shall be deemed Additional Rent and the right to require it shall be in addition to all of Landlord’s other rights and remedies hereunder or at law and shall not be construed as liquidated damages or as limiting Landlord’s remedies in any manner. In addition to the late charge described above, any Rent or other amounts owing hereunder which are not paid (A) within five (5) days after the date they are due, or (B) upon the date they are due if any Rent or other amounts owing hereunder have not been received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee within five (5) days after the date due on two (2) or more prior occasions during the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period, shall bear interest from the date when due until paid at a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (x) the annual Bank Prime Loan rate cited in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release publication H. 15(519), published weekly (or such other comparable index as Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably agree upon if such rate ceases to be published) plus four (4) percentage points, and (y) the highest rate permitted by applicable law.

 

   -65-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


ARTICLE 26

LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT

26.1 Landlord’s Cure. All covenants and agreements to be kept or performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any reduction of Rent, except to the extent, if any, otherwise expressly provided herein. If Tenant shall fail to perform any obligation under this Lease, and such failure shall continue in excess of the time allowed under Section 19.1.2, above, unless a specific time period is otherwise stated in this Lease, Landlord may, upon five (5) business days notice to Tenant stating that Landlord intends to take such curative action (except in the case of an emergency) but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or perform any such act on Tenant’s part without waiving its rights based upon any default of Tenant and without releasing Tenant from any obligations hereunder.

26.2 Tenant’s Reimbursement. Except as may be specifically provided to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the following sums (which sums shall bear interest from the date accrued by Landlord until paid by Tenant at a rate per annum equal to interest at the rate set forth in Article 25 of this Lease, but in no case greater than the maximum amount of such interest permitted by law), upon delivery by Landlord to Tenant of statements therefor: (i) sums equal to expenditures reasonably made and obligations incurred by Landlord in connection with the remedying by Landlord of Tenant’s defaults pursuant to the provisions of Section 26.1; (ii) sums equal to all losses, costs, liabilities, damages and expenses referred to in Article 10 of this Lease; and (iii) sums equal to all expenditures made and obligations incurred by Landlord in collecting or attempting to collect the Rent or in enforcing or attempting to enforce any rights of Landlord under this Lease or pursuant to law, including, without limitation, all reasonable legal fees and other amounts so expended. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 26.2 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term.

ARTICLE 27

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

Landlord reserves the right at all reasonable times and upon reasonable notice to Tenant (which notice, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Article 28 of this Lease, may be oral to Tenant’s on-site manager, and which notice shall not be required in the case of an emergency) to enter the Premises to (i) inspect them; (ii) show the Premises to prospective purchasers or tenants (within the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term), or to current or prospective mortgagees, ground or underlying lessors or insurers; (iii) post notices of nonresponsibility; or (iv) alter, improve or repair the Premises or the Building, or for structural alterations, repairs or improvements to the Building or the Building’s systems and equipment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 27, Landlord may enter the Premises at any time to (A) perform services required of Landlord, including janitorial service; (B) take possession due to any breach of this Lease in the manner provided herein; and (C) perform any covenants of Tenant which Tenant fails to perform. Except with respect to clause (B), above, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with the conduct of Tenant’s business in connection with such entries into the Premises. Landlord may make any such

 

   -66-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


entries without the abatement of Rent (except as specifically set forth in Section 19.5.2 of this Lease) and may take such reasonable steps as required to accomplish the stated purposes. Tenant hereby waives any claims for damages or for any injuries or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, lost profits, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned thereby. For each of the above purposes, Landlord shall at all times have a key with which to unlock all the doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults, safes and special security areas designated in advance by Tenant. In an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to use any means that Landlord may deem proper to open the doors in and to the Premises. Any entry into the Premises by Landlord in the manner hereinbefore described shall not be deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant from any portion of the Premises. No provision of this Lease shall be construed as obligating Landlord to perform any repairs, alterations or decorations except as otherwise expressly agreed to be performed by Landlord herein.

ARTICLE 28

NOTICES

All notices, demands, designations, approvals or other communications (collectively, Notices) given or required to be given by either party to the other hereunder or by law shall be in writing, shall be (A) sent by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested (Mail), (B) delivered by a nationally recognized overnight courier, or (C) delivered personally. Any Notice shall be sent, transmitted, or delivered, as the case may be, to Tenant at the appropriate address set forth in Section 9 of the Summary, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate in a Notice to Landlord, or to Landlord at the addresses set forth below, or to such other places as Landlord may from time to time designate in a Notice to Tenant. Any Notice will be deemed given (i) three (3) days after the date it is posted if sent by Mail, (ii) the date the overnight courier delivery is made, or (iii) the date personal delivery is made. Any Notice given by an attorney on behalf of Landlord or by Landlord’s managing agent shall be considered as given by Landlord and shall be fully effective. As of the date of this Lease, any Notices to Landlord must be sent, transmitted, or delivered, as the case may be, to the following addresses:

Boston Properties Limited Partnership

Four Embarcadero Center

Lobby Level, Suite One

San Francisco, California 94111

Attention: Mr. Bob Pester

and

Boston Properties, Inc.

Prudential Center Tower

800 Boylston Street, Suite 1900

Boston, Massachusetts 02199

Attention: General Counsel

 

   -67-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


and

Boston Properties Limited Partnership

Four Embarcadero Center

Lobby Level, Suite One

San Francisco, California 94111

Attention: Regional Counsel

and

Allen Matkins Leck Gamble Mallory & Natsis LLP

1901 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 1800

Los Angeles, California 90067

Attention: Anton N. Natsis, Esq.

ARTICLE 29

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

29.1 Terms; Captions. The words “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. The necessary grammatical changes required to make the provisions hereof apply either to corporations or partnerships or individuals, men or women, as the case may require, shall in all cases be assumed as though in each case fully expressed. The captions of Articles and Sections are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit, construe, affect or alter the meaning of such Articles and Sections.

29.2 Binding Effect. Subject to all other provisions of this Lease, each of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall extend to and shall, as the case may require, bind or inure to the benefit not only of Landlord and of Tenant, but also of their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors or assigns, provided this clause shall not permit any assignment by Tenant contrary to the provisions of Article 14 of this Lease.

29.3 No Light, Air or View Rights. No rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person, are granted to Tenant by this Lease. Under no circumstances whatsoever at any time during the Lease Term shall any temporary darkening of any windows of the Premises or any temporary obstruction of the light or view therefrom by reason of any repairs, improvements, maintenance or cleaning in or about the Project, or any diminution, impairment or obstruction (whether partial or total) of light, air or view by any structure which may be erected on any land comprising a part of, or located adjacent to or otherwise in the path of light, air or view to, the Project, in any way impose any liability upon Landlord or in any way reduce or diminish Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

29.4 Modification of Lease. Should any current or prospective mortgagee or ground lessor for the Building or Project require a modification of this Lease, which modification will not cause an increased cost or expense to Tenant or in any other way materially and adversely change the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder, then and in such event, Tenant agrees that this Lease may be so modified and agrees to execute whatever documents are reasonably required therefor and to deliver the same to Landlord within thirty (30) days following a request therefor.

 

   -68-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


At the request of Landlord or any mortgagee or ground lessor, Tenant agrees to execute a short form of Lease and deliver the same to Landlord within thirty (30) days following the request therefor. Landlord shall reimburse Tenant’s reasonable and actual out-of-pocket attorney’s fees in connection with any such required documentation under this Section 29.4

29.5 Transfer of Landlord’s Interest. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Project or Building and in this Lease, and Tenant agrees that in the event of any such transfer, Landlord shall automatically be released from all liability under this Lease accruing from and after the effective date of such transfer, and Tenant agrees to look solely to such transferee for the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder after the date of transfer and such transferee shall be deemed to have fully assumed and be liable for all obligations of this Lease to be performed by Landlord, including the return of any Security Deposit and the transfer of the L-C to such transferee), and Tenant shall attorn to such transferee under the terms of this Lease.

29.6 Prohibition Against Recording. Except as provided in Section 29.4 of this Lease, neither this Lease, nor any memorandum, affidavit or other writing with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Tenant or by anyone acting through, under or on behalf of Tenant.

29.7 Landlord’s Title. Landlord’s title is and always shall be paramount to the title of Tenant. Nothing herein contained shall empower Tenant to do any act which can, shall or may encumber the title of Landlord.

29.8 Relationship of Parties. Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto or by any third party to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership, joint venturer or any association between Landlord and Tenant.

29.9 Application of Payments. Landlord shall have the right to apply payments received from Tenant pursuant to this Lease, regardless of Tenant’s designation of such payments, to satisfy any obligations of Tenant hereunder, in such order and amounts as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may elect.

29.10 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor, including, without limitation, the giving of any Notice required to be given under this Lease or by law, the time periods for giving any such Notice and the taking of any action with respect to any such Notice.

29.11 Partial Invalidity. If any term, provision or condition contained in this Lease shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, provision or condition to persons or circumstances other than those with respect to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each and every other term, provision and condition of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible permitted by law.

29.12 No Warranty. In executing and delivering this Lease, Tenant has not relied on any representations, including, but not limited to, any representation as to the amount of any item comprising Additional Rent or the amount of the Additional Rent in the aggregate or that Landlord is furnishing the same services to other tenants, at all, on the same level or on the same basis, or any warranty or any statement of Landlord which is not set forth herein or in one or more of the exhibits attached hereto.

 

   -69-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


29.13 Landlord Exculpation. The liability of Landlord or the Landlord Parties to Tenant for any default by Landlord under this Lease or arising in connection herewith or with Landlord’s operation, management, leasing, repair, renovation, alteration or any other matter relating to the Project or the Premises shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount which is equal to the lesser of (a) the interest of Landlord in the Building or (b) the equity interest Landlord would have in the Building if the Building were encumbered by third-party debt in an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the value of the Building (as such value is determined by Landlord), provided that in no event shall such liability extend to any insurance proceeds received by Landlord or the Landlord Parties in connection with the Project, Building or Premises, but liability shall extend to the rents, issues, profits and sales and other proceeds of the Project, Building or Premises. Neither Landlord, nor any of the Landlord Parties shall have any personal liability therefor, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant. The limitations of liability contained in this Section 29.13 shall inure to the benefit of Landlord’s and the Landlord Parties’ present and future partners, beneficiaries, officers, directors, trustees, shareholders, agents and employees, and their respective partners, heirs, successors and assigns. Under no circumstances shall any present or future partner of Landlord (if Landlord is a partnership), or trustee or beneficiary (if Landlord or any partner of Landlord is a trust), have any liability for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, nothing in this Lease shall impose any obligations on Tenant or Landlord to be responsible or liable for, and each hereby releases the other from all liability for, consequential damages other than those consequential damages incurred by Landlord in connection with a holdover of the Premises by Tenant after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, which liability shall be governed by the terms of Article 16 of this Lease, above.

29.14 Entire Agreement. It is understood and acknowledged that there are no oral agreements between the parties hereto affecting this Lease and this Lease constitutes the parties’ entire agreement with respect to the leasing of the Premises and supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none thereof shall be used to interpret or construe this Lease. None of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease can be modified, deleted or added to except in writing signed by the parties hereto.

29.15 Right to Lease. Landlord reserves the absolute right to effect such other tenancies in the Project as Landlord in the exercise of its sole business judgment shall determine to best promote the interests of the Building or Project. Tenant does not rely on the fact, nor does Landlord represent, that any specific tenant or type or number of tenants shall, during the Lease Term, occupy any space in the Building or Project.

29.16 Force Majeure. Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental actions, civil commotions, fire or other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform, except with respect to the obligations

 

   -70-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


imposed with regard to Rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease (collectively, a Force Majeure”), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, shall excuse the performance of such party for a period equal to any such prevention, delay or stoppage and, therefore, if this Lease specifies a time period for performance of an obligation of either party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party’s performance caused by a Force Majeure.

29.17 Waiver of Redemption by Tenant. Tenant hereby waives, for Tenant and for all those claiming under Tenant, any and all rights now or hereafter existing to redeem by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, Tenant’s right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination of this Lease.

29.18 Tenant Parking. Subject to availability, Tenant may rent, on a month-to-month basis, non-transferable parking passes for unreserved parking spaces in the Project parking facility directly from the Project parking facility operator. Tenant shall pay to the parking facility operator or, at Landlord’s option, directly to Landlord for automobile parking passes on a monthly basis the prevailing rate charged from time to time at the location of such parking passes. In addition, Tenant shall be responsible for the full amount of any taxes imposed by any governmental authority in connection with the renting of such parking passes by Tenant or the use of the parking facility by Tenant. Tenant shall supply Landlord with an identification roster listing, for each parking pass, the name of the employee and the make, color and registration number of the vehicle to which such parking pass has been assigned, and shall provide a revised roster to Landlord monthly indicating changes thereto. Tenant’s continued right to use the parking passes is conditioned upon Tenant abiding by all rules and regulations which are prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the parking facility where the parking passes are located, including any sticker or other identification system established by Landlord, Tenant’s cooperation in seeing that Tenant’s employees and visitors also comply with such rules and regulations and Tenant not being in default under this Lease. Landlord specifically reserves the right to change the size, configuration, design, layout and all other aspects of the Project parking facility at any time and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without any abatement of Rent under this Lease, from time to time, close-off or restrict access to the Project parking facility for purposes of permitting or facilitating any such construction, alteration or improvements. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator in which case such parking operator shall have all the rights of control attributed hereby to the Landlord. The parking passes rented by Tenant pursuant to this Section 29.18 are provided to Tenant solely for use by Tenant’s and a Permitted Transferee’s own personnel and such passes may not be transferred, assigned, subleased or otherwise alienated by Tenant, except to a Permitted Transferee, without Landlord’s prior approval. Tenant may validate visitor parking by such method or methods as the Landlord may establish, at the validation rate from time to time generally applicable to visitor parking.

29.19 Joint and Several. If there is more than one Tenant, the obligations imposed upon Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several.

29.20 Authority. If Tenant is a corporation, trust or partnership, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in California and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so.

 

   -71-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


29.21 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event that either Landlord or Tenant should bring suit for the possession of the Premises, for the recovery of any sum due under this Lease, or because of the breach of any provision of this Lease or for any other relief against the other, then all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the prevailing party therein shall be paid by the other party, which obligation on the part of the other party shall be deemed to have accrued on the date of the commencement of such action and shall be enforceable whether or not the action is prosecuted to judgment.

29.22 Governing Law; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY. This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California. IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING HEREFROM, LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY CONSENT TO (I) THE JURISDICTION OF ANY COMPETENT COURT WITHIN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, (II) SERVICE OF PROCESS BY ANY MEANS AUTHORIZED BY CALIFORNIA LAW, AND (III) IN THE INTEREST OF SAVING TIME AND EXPENSE, TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER OR THEIR SUCCESSORS IN RESPECT OF ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, AND/OR ANY CLAIM FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE, OR ANY EMERGENCY OR STATUTORY REMEDY.

29.23 Submission of Lease. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of, option for or option to lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

29.24 Brokers. Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, excepting only the real estate brokers or agents specified in Section 11 of the Summary (the “Brokers”), and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of any dealings with any real estate broker or agent, other than the Brokers, occurring by, through, or under the indemnifying party. Landlord shall pay any commission owed to Brokers pursuant to a separate agreement.

29.25 Independent Covenants. This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent and not dependent and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord’s expense or to any setoff of the Rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord.

 

   -72-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


29.26 Project or Building Name and Signage. Landlord shall have the right at any time to change the name of the Project or Building and to install, affix and maintain any and all signs on the exterior and on the interior of the Project or Building as Landlord may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, desire. Tenant shall not use the words “Embarcadero Center” or the name of the Project or Building or use pictures or illustrations of the Project or Building in advertising or other publicity or for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

29.27 Counterparts. This Lease may be executed in counterparts with the same effect as if both parties hereto had executed the same document. Both counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute a single lease.

29.28 Intentionally Omitted.

29.29 Development of the Project.

29.29.1 Subdivision. Landlord reserves the right to further subdivide all or a portion of the Project. Tenant agrees to execute and deliver, within thirty (30) days after receipt of written request by Landlord and in a commercially reasonable form requested by Landlord, any additional documents needed to conform this Lease to the circumstances resulting from such subdivision.

29.29.2 The Other Improvements. If portions of the Project or property adjacent to the Project (collectively, the Other Improvements) are owned by an entity other than Landlord, Landlord, at its option, may enter into an agreement with the owner or owners of any or all of the Other Improvements to provide (i) for reciprocal rights of access and/or use of the Project and the Other Improvements, (ii) for the common management, operation, maintenance, improvement and/or repair of all or any portion of the Project and the Other Improvements, (iii) for the allocation of a portion of the Direct Expenses to the Other Improvements and the operating expenses and taxes for the Other Improvements to the Project, and (iv) for the use or improvement of the Other Improvements and/or the Project in connection with the improvement, construction, and/or excavation of the Other Improvements and/or the Project, provided that in no event shall any such actions by Landlord result in any increased Rent, or any costs or charges upon Tenant, or otherwise materially and adversely affect Tenant’s right or obligations under this Lease. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed or construed to limit or otherwise affect Landlord’s right to convey all or any portion of the Project or any other of Landlord’s rights described in this Lease.

29.29.3 Construction of Project and Other Improvements. Tenant acknowledges that portions of the Project and/or the Other Improvements may be under construction following Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, and that such construction may result in levels of noise, dust, odor, obstruction of access, etc. which are in excess of that present in a fully constructed project. Tenant hereby waives any and all rent offsets (except as specifically set forth in Section 19.5.2 of this Lease) in connection with such construction. Tenant hereby waives any claims of constructive eviction which may arise in connection with such construction, provided that Landlord uses commercially reasonable efforts to minimize the noise and disruption to the operation of Tenant’s business in the Premises.

 

   -73-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


29.30 Building Renovations. It is specifically understood and agreed that Landlord has no obligation and has made no promises to alter, remodel, improve, renovate, repair or decorate the Premises, Building, or any part thereof and that no representations respecting the condition of the Premises or the Building have been made by Landlord to Tenant except as specifically set forth herein or in the Tenant Work Letter. However, Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord is currently renovating or may during the Lease Term renovate, improve, alter, or modify (collectively, the “Renovations”) the Project, the Building and/or the Premises. Tenant hereby agrees that such Renovations shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor, except as expressly set forth herein, entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent, provided that Landlord uses commercially reasonable efforts to minimize the noise and disruption to the operation of Tenant’s business in the Premises. Landlord shall have no responsibility and shall not be liable to Tenant for any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the Renovations, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Tenant’s personal property or improvements resulting from the Renovations, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such Renovations.

29.31 No Violation. Tenant hereby warrants and represents that neither its execution of nor performance under this Lease shall cause Tenant to be in violation of any agreement, instrument, contract, law, rule or regulation by which Tenant is bound, and Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless against any claims, demands, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, arising from Tenant’s breach of this warranty and representation.

29.32 Communications and Computer Lines. Tenant may install, maintain, replace, remove or use any electrical, communications or computer wires and cables (collectively, the “Lines”) at the Project in or serving solely the Premises, provided that (i) Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent, use an experienced and qualified contractor approved in writing by Landlord, and comply with all of the other provisions of Articles 7 and 8 of this Lease, (ii) an acceptable number of spare Lines and space for additional Lines shall be maintained for existing and future occupants of the Project, as determined in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, (iii) the Lines therefor (including riser cables) shall be appropriately insulated to prevent excessive electromagnetic fields or radiation, and shall be surrounded by a protective conduit if deemed necessary by Landlord, (iv) any new or existing Lines servicing the Premises shall comply with all applicable governmental laws and regulations, (v) as a condition to permitting the installation of new Lines (except the Lines installed for the Tenant Improvements prior to Tenant’s initial opening for business in the Premises), Landlord may require that Tenant remove existing Lines located in or serving the Premises and repair any damage in connection with such removal, and (vi) Tenant shall pay all costs in connection therewith. Landlord reserves the right to require that Tenant remove any Lines located in or serving the Premises which are installed in violation of these provisions, or which are at any time in violation of any laws or represent a dangerous or potentially dangerous condition. Landlord further reserves the right to require that Tenant remove any and all Lines located in or serving the Premises upon the expiration of the Lease Term or upon any earlier termination of this Lease.

 

   -74-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


29.33 No Discrimination. There shall be no discrimination against, or segregation of, any person or persons on account of sex, marital status, race, color, religion, creed, national origin or ancestry in the Transfer of the Premises, or any portion thereof, nor shall the Tenant itself, or any person claiming under or through it, establish or permit any such practice or practices of discrimination or segregation with reference to the selection, location, number, use or occupancy of tenants, lessees, subtenants, sublessees, or vendees of the Premises, or any portion thereof.

29.34 Patriot Act and Executive Order 13224. As an inducement to Landlord to enter into this Lease, Tenant hereby represents and warrants that: (i) Tenant is not, nor is it owned or controlled directly or indirectly by, any person, group, entity or nation named on any list issued by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”) pursuant to Executive Order 13224 or any similar list or any law, order, rule or regulation or any Executive Order of the President of the United States as a terrorist, “Specially Designated National and Blocked Person” or other banned or blocked person (any such person, group, entity or nation being hereinafter referred to as a “Prohibited Person”); (ii) Tenant is not (nor is it owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any person, group, entity or nation which is) acting directly or indirectly for or on behalf of any Prohibited Person; and (iii) neither Tenant (nor any person, group, entity or nation which owns or controls Tenant, directly or indirectly) has conducted or will conduct business or has engaged or will engage in any transaction or dealing with any Prohibited Person, including without limitation any assignment of this Lease or any subletting of all or any portion of the Premises or the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person. In connection with the foregoing, it is expressly understood and agreed that (x) any breach by Tenant of the foregoing representations and warranties shall be deemed a default by Tenant under Section 19.1.4 of this Lease and shall be covered by the indemnity provisions of Section 10.1 above, and (y) the representations and warranties contained in this subsection shall be continuing in nature and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

29.35 Asbestos Disclosures. Landlord has advised Tenant that there is asbestos-containing material (“ACM”) in the Building. Attached hereto as Exhibit F is a disclosure statement regarding ACM in the Building. Tenant acknowledges that such notice complies with the requirements of Section 25915 et. seq. and Section 25359.7 of the California Health and Safety Code.

[signature page to follow]

 

   -75-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and date first above written.

 

“Landlord”:

ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER VENTURE,

a California general partnership

By:  

BOSTON PROPERTIES LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company,

its managing general partner

  By:  

BOSTON PROPERTIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,

a Delaware limited partnership,

its managing member

    By:  

BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation,

its general partner

      By: /s/ Bob Pester                                                 
      Name:   Bob Pester
      Title:   Executive Vice President, San Francisco Region

 

“Tenant”:

1 LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ AMIR DAN RUBIN
Name:   AMIR DAN RUBIN
Title:  

President & CEO

By:  

/s/ Robin Riske

Name:  

Robin Riske

Title:  

VP Finance, Corporate Controller

 

   -76-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


PLEASE NOTE: THIS LEASE MUST BE EXECUTED BY EITHER (I) BOTH (A) THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD, THE PRESIDENT OR ANY VICE PRESIDENT OF TENANT, AND (B) THE SECRETARY, ANY ASSISTANT SECRETARY, THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER, OR ANY ASSISTANT TREASURER OF TENANT; OR (II) AN AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY OF TENANT PURSUANT TO A CERTIFIED CORPORATE RESOLUTION, A COPY OF WHICH SHOULD BE DELIVERED WITH THE EXECUTED ORIGINALS.

 

   -77-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


EXHIBIT A

ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER

OUTLINE OF PREMISES

 

LOGO

 

  

EXHIBIT A

-1-

  

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


LOGO

 

  

EXHIBIT A

-2-

  

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


LOGO

 

  

EXHIBIT A

-3-

  

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


EXHIBIT B

ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER

TENANT WORK LETTER

This Tenant Work Letter shall set forth the terms and conditions relating to the construction of the Premises. This Tenant Work Letter is essentially organized chronologically and addresses the issues of the construction of the Premises, in sequence, as such issues will arise during the actual construction of the Premises. All references in this Tenant Work Letter to Articles or Sections of “this Lease” shall mean the relevant portions of Articles 1 through 29 of the Office Lease to which this Tenant Work Letter is attached as Exhibit B, and all references in this Tenant Work Letter to Sections of “this Tenant Work Letter” shall mean the relevant portions of Sections 1 through 5 of this Tenant Work Letter.

SECTION 1

DELIVERY OF THE PREMISES AND BASE BUILDING

1.1 Base, Shell and Core. Landlord has constructed, at its sole cost and expense, the base, shell, and core (i) of the Premises and (ii) of the floor of the Building on which the Premises is located (collectively, the “Base, Shell, and Core”). The Base, Shell and Core shall consist of the following elements: (A) base Building systems located in the vertical risers, raceways, and shafts (including elevator shafts and equipment, the telecom riser exclusive of equipment owned by third parties, electrical rooms, stair shafts and mechanical shafts) up to but not including the point of demarcation of such systems with the horizontal point of connection on a particular floor; (B) in the case of the sprinkler system, it shall additionally include the valve at the riser and the main sprinkler loop, but shall exclude branch pipes; (C) the concrete floor at each floor level, and (D) the Building’s steel and concrete superstructure. Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Tenant Work Letter to the contrary, except as set forth in Section 1.2, below, Tenant shall accept the Base, Shell and Core from Landlord in their presently existing, “as-is” condition, provided that the foregoing shall not be deemed to waive Landlord’s repair and maintenance responsibilities under this Lease.

1.2 Landlord Work. Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and not subject to reimbursement from the Tenant Allowance, Landlord’s Drawing Contribution or the Demo Allowance), in a good and workman like manner, complete the work set forth below (collectively, the “Landlord Work”) prior to the earlier of (i) the “Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements,” as that term is defined in Section 1.3, below, and (ii) the Lease Commencement Date. During any such “overlap” period(s) when both parties and/or their respective employees, vendors, contractors or consultants are concurrently performing work in, or accessing, any portion of the Premises, neither party shall unreasonably interfere with or delay the work of the other party and/or its contractors or consultants, and both parties shall mutually coordinate and cooperate with each other, and shall cause their respective employees, vendors, contractors, and consultants to work in harmony with and to mutually coordinate and cooperate with the other’s employees, vendors, contractors and consultants, respectively, to minimize any interference or delay by either party with respect to the other party’s work. If the Landlord Work is not substantially complete by the Lease Commencement Date, then the Lease Commencement Date shall be tolled and Tenant’s Beneficial Occupancy Period shall be extended until Landlord’s Work has been substantially completed.

 

          

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


a) All code compliance work necessary for Tenant to obtain a certificate of occupancy or its legal equivalent for the Premises for general office use (assuming a normal and customary general office occupancy density) will be completed in Base Building restrooms, elevator lobby (limited to hall call buttons), elevators up to the edge of the elevator shaft walls, building stairwells up to and including the Tenant’s side of the stairwell door including the exit sign at each, Base Building electrical/telecom room, the Project parking facility, and the “path-of-travel” (i.e., the primary route from the Premises to the edge of the property line and the route from the Project parking facility to the Premises).

b) Fire alarms, smoke/fire dampers, smoke detectors, strobe lights, exit door lights, and supporting power panel requirements will be installed pursuant to Applicable Laws in the restrooms, corridors and path-of-travel (outside of Premises) to the extent required for Tenant to obtain a certificate of occupancy or its legal equivalent for the Premises for general office use (assuming a normal and customary general office occupancy density).

c) All Building common mechanical rooms, Building common electrical rooms, life safety equipment and supporting power panel equipment in Common Areas will be in compliance with all Applicable Laws to the extent required for Tenant to obtain a certificate of occupancy or its legal equivalent for the Premises, or for Tenant to pull the necessary construction permits for the Tenant Improvements or if otherwise legally required to commence the construction of the Tenant Improvements, and will be able to support the Tenant Improvements at a capacity consistent with typical general office requirements, provided that Tenant density and compartmentalization do not cause excessive protection to be installed, as reasonably determined by Landlord. For the avoidance of doubt, Landlord Work shall not include the costs of any modifications that are necessary to cause the Base Building to support Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises at a density level greater than the normal general office occupancy density at the Project, which costs shall be borne solely by Tenant.

d) Mechanical systems and distributions within Tenant’s Premises are “as-is.”

e) All Hazardous Substances (including any discovered by Tenant during Tenant’s demolition work in the Premises), if any, shall be removed or properly encapsulated/enclosed at Landlord’s option from the Premises in accordance with Landlord’s O&M program, to the extent required by Applicable Laws for the Premises for general office use (assuming a normal and customary general office occupancy density) or if it would materially impact the health and safety of Tenant’s employees and invitees.

f) Building Systems shall be stubbed to the Premises with capacities suitable for Tenant to extend and distribute within the Premises and otherwise in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Lease.

g) To the extent Building standard mecho shades are not already in place, Landlord shall furnish and install Building standard mecho shades at each exterior window opening in the Premises. Such installation shall be performed in accordance with Tenant’s reasonable schedule.

 

  

EXHIBIT B

-2-

  

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


h) Landlord shall upgrade the Base Building restrooms on each floor of the Premises (the “Premises Restrooms”) using current Building standard finishes selected by Tenant from those finishes available at such time (the “Restroom Work”). Any upgrades to the Building standard finishes requested by Tenant shall be at Tenant’s cost.

i) Remove the staircase between the 16th and 17th floors of the Building and restore the Base Building portion of such floors.

1.3 Definition of Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements. For purposes of this Section 1, “Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements” shall mean completion of construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises pursuant to the Approved Working Drawings, with the exception of any punch list items, enabling Tenant to conduct its business operations in the Premises.

SECTION 2

TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

2.1 Tenant Improvement Allowance. Tenant shall be entitled to a one-time tenant improvement allowance (the “Tenant Improvement Allowance”) in the amount set forth in Section 12 of the Summary for the costs relating to the initial design, engineering, permitting and construction of Tenant’s improvements, which are permanently affixed to the Premises (the “Tenant Improvements”). In no event shall Landlord be obligated to make disbursements pursuant to this Tenant Work Letter in a total amount which exceeds the Tenant Improvement Allowance, the “Landlord’s Drawing Contribution” and the “Demo Allowance,” as those terms are defined below). In the event that the Tenant Improvement Allowance is not fully utilized by Tenant on or before the second (2nd) anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date, then such unused amounts shall revert to Landlord, and Tenant shall have no further rights with respect thereto. Any Tenant Improvements that require the use of Building risers, raceways, shafts and/or conduits, shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable rules, regulations, and restrictions, including the requirement that any cabling vender must be selected from a list provided by Landlord, and that the amount and location of any such cabling must be approved by Landlord which approval will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. All Tenant Improvements for which the Tenant Improvement Allowance has been made available shall be deemed Landlord’s property under the terms of the Lease; provided, however, Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant prior to the end of the Lease Term, or given following any earlier termination of this Lease, require Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, to remove any Tenant Improvements and to repair any damage to the Premises and Building caused by such removal and return the affected portion of the Premises to their condition existing prior to the installment of such Tenant Improvements; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, upon request by Tenant at the time of Tenant’s request for Landlord’s approval of the “Final Working Drawings,” as that term is defined in Section 3.3 of this Tenant Work Letter, Landlord shall notify Tenant whether the Tenant Improvements will be required to be removed pursuant to the terms of this Section 2.1. Landlord also agrees that as part of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall have the right to make upgrades to the air handlers located in the Premises.

 

  

EXHIBIT B

-3-

  

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


2.1.1 Landlord Drawing Contribution. In addition to the Tenant Improvement Allowance, Landlord shall contribute an amount not to exceed $0.15 per rentable square foot of one (1) floor of the Premises (such floor to be chosen by Tenant) (“Landlord’s Drawing Contribution”) toward the cost of a preliminary analysis and test fit plan to be prepared by the “Architect” (as that term is defined below), and no portion of the Landlord’s Drawing Contribution, if any, remaining after completion of the Tenant Improvements shall be available for use by Tenant. A copy of any such preliminary analysis and test fit plan shall be delivered to Landlord in CAD format and shall be available for use by Landlord at no additional cost. Landlord agrees to pay Landlord’s Drawing Contribution within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s receipt of written request therefor, accompanied by reasonable documentation substantiating the space planning costs to be reimbursed thereby.

2.1.3 Demolition Allowance. Tenant shall fully demolish the existing improvements located in the Premises (the “Demo Work”) as more particularly set forth below. In connection with the Demo Work, Tenant shall be entitled to a one-time allowance (the “Demo Allowance”) from Landlord in the amount of up to $10.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises for the actual and reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Tenant in connection with the Demo Work, including the demolition and refeeding of existing mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems in the Premises. The Demo Work shall be performed in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Tenant Work Letter as if such Demo Work were the Tenant Improvements; provided, however, that the applicable allowance shall be the Demo Allowance rather than the Tenant Improvement Allowance. If after completing the entire scope of work applicable to the Demo Work, the Demo Allowance has not been fully disbursed by Landlord to, or on behalf of, Tenant, then such unused amounts shall revert to Landlord, and Tenant shall have no further rights with respect thereto.

2.2 Disbursement of the Tenant Improvement Allowance.

2.2.1 Tenant Improvement Allowance Items. Except as otherwise set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, the Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be disbursed by Landlord only for the following items and costs in connection with the Tenant Improvements (collectively the “Tenant Improvement Allowance Items”):

2.2.1.1 Payment of the fees of the “Architect” and the “Engineers,” as those terms are defined in Section 3.1 of this Tenant Work Letter, and, if Tenant does not use Landlord’s designated engineer, any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and fees incurred by Landlord in connection with the review of the “Construction Drawings,” as that term is defined in Section 3.1 of this Tenant Work Letter;

2.2.1.2 The payment of plan check, permit and license fees relating to construction of the Tenant Improvements;

 

  

EXHIBIT B

-4-

  

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


2.2.1.3 The cost of construction of the Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, testing and inspection costs, freight elevator usage, hoisting and trash removal costs, and contractors’ fees and general conditions;

2.2.1.4 The cost of any changes in the Base Building when such changes are required by the Construction Drawings (including if such changes are due to the fact that such work is prepared on an unoccupied basis), such cost to include all direct architectural and/or engineering fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith;

2.2.1.5 The cost of any changes to the Construction Drawings or Tenant Improvements required by all applicable building codes (the “Code”);

2.2.1.6 The cost of connection of the Premises to the Building’s energy management systems;

2.2.1.7 The cost of installing a single stall restroom;

2.2.1.8 The cost of the “Coordination Fee,” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.2 of this Tenant Work Letter;

2.2.1.9 Sales and use taxes and Title 24 fees; and

2.2.1.10 All other actual and reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements.

The amounts incurred by Tenant pursuant to Sections 2.2.1.1, 2.2.1.2 and 2.2.1.9 and reimbursed by the Tenant Improvement Allowance shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Tenant Work Letter, not exceed an aggregate amount equal to $7.50 per rentable square foot of the Premises.

2.2.2 Disbursement of Tenant Improvement Allowance. During the construction of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall make monthly disbursements of the Tenant Improvement Allowance for Tenant Improvement Allowance Items for the benefit of Tenant and shall authorize the release of monies for the benefit of Tenant as follows.

2.2.2.1 Monthly Disbursements. On or before the day of each calendar month, as determined by Landlord, during the construction of the Tenant Improvements (or such other date as Landlord may designate), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord: (i) a request for payment of the “Contractor,” as that term is defined in Section 4.1 of this Tenant Work Letter, approved by Tenant, in a form to be provided by Landlord, showing the schedule, by trade, of percentage of completion of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises, detailing the portion of the work completed and the portion not completed; (ii) invoices from all of “Tenant’s Agents,” as that term is defined in Section 4.1.2 of this Tenant Work Letter, for labor rendered and materials delivered to the Premises; (iii) executed mechanic’s lien releases from all of Tenant’s Agents which shall comply with the appropriate provisions, as reasonably determined by Landlord, of California Civil Code Sections 8132, 8134, 8136 and 8138; and (iv) all other information reasonably requested by Landlord. Tenant’s request for payment shall be deemed Tenant’s acceptance and approval of the work furnished and/or the materials supplied as set forth in Tenant’s payment request. Thereafter,

 

  

EXHIBIT B

-5-

  

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


Landlord shall deliver a check to Tenant made payable to Tenant in payment of the lesser of: (A) the amounts so requested by Tenant, as set forth in this Section 2.2.2.1, above, less a ten percent (10%) retention (the aggregate amount of such retentions to be known as the “Final Retention”), and (B) the balance of any remaining available portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance (not including the Final Retention), provided that Landlord does not reasonably dispute any request for payment based on non-compliance of any work with the “Approved Working Drawings,” as that term is defined in Section 3.4 below, or due to any substandard work, or for any other reason. Landlord’s payment of such amounts shall not be deemed Landlord’s approval or acceptance of the work furnished or materials supplied as set forth in Tenant’s payment request.

2.2.2.2 Final Retention. Subject to the provisions of this Tenant Work Letter, a check for the Final Retention payable to Tenant shall be delivered by Landlord to Tenant following the completion of construction of the Premises, provided that (i) Tenant delivers to Landlord properly executed mechanics lien releases in compliance with both California Civil Code Section 8134 and either Section 8136 or Section 8138 from Tenant’s contractor, subcontractors and material suppliers and any other party which has lien rights in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements, (ii) Landlord has determined that no substandard work exists which adversely affects the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating and air conditioning, life-safety or other systems of the Building, the curtain wall of the Building, the structure or exterior appearance of the Building, or any other tenant’s use of such other tenant’s leased premises in the Building and (iii) Architect delivers to Landlord a certificate, in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, certifying that the construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises has been substantially completed.

2.2.2.3 Other Terms. Landlord shall only be obligated to make disbursements from the Tenant Improvement Allowance to the extent costs are incurred by Tenant for Tenant Improvement Allowance Items. All Tenant Improvement Allowance Items for which the Tenant Improvement Allowance has been made available shall be deemed Landlord’s property under the terms of this Lease.

2.3 Standard Tenant Improvement Package. Landlord has established specifications (the “Specifications”) for the Building standard components to be used in the construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises (collectively, the “Standard Improvement Package”), which Specifications shall be supplied to Tenant by Landlord. The Standard Improvement Package consists of (i) Embarcadero Center Summary of General Specifications and Notes, dated June 26, 2015, (ii) General Building Rules for Contractors and Construction San Francisco Region, dated February 14, 2017, and (iii) Embarcadero Center Mechanical/Electrical/Plumbing Specifications Binder, dated November 5, 2012. The quality of Tenant Improvements shall be equal to or of greater quality than the quality of the Specifications, provided that Landlord may, at Landlord’s option at the time Landlord approves Tenant’s plans for the Tenant Improvements, require the Tenant Improvements to comply with certain Specifications. Landlord may make changes to the Specifications for the Standard Improvement Package from time to time.

 

  

EXHIBIT B

-6-

  

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


SECTION 3

CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS

3.1 Selection of Architect/Construction Drawings. Tenant shall retain the architect/space planner selected by Tenant and reasonably approved by Landlord (the “Architect”) to prepare the “Construction Drawings,” as that term is defined in this Section 3.1. Tenant shall retain the engineering consultants designated by Landlord (the “Engineers”) to prepare all plans and engineering working drawings relating to the structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC, lifesafety, and sprinkler work in the Premises, which work is not part of the Base Building. The plans and drawings to be prepared by Architect and the Engineers hereunder shall be known collectively as the “Construction Drawings.” Tenant shall be required to include in its contracts with the Architect and the Engineers a provision which requires ownership of all Construction Drawings to be transferred to Tenant upon the Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements and Tenant hereby grants to Landlord a non-exclusive right to use such Construction Drawings, including, without limitation, a right to make copies thereof. All Construction Drawings shall comply with the drawing format and specifications determined by Landlord, and shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld., conditioned or delayed Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its approval of the Construction Drawings if a “Design Problem” exists. A “Design Problem” shall mean and refer to any design criteria which would (a) affect the Building Structure or Building Systems; (b) be in non-compliance with Codes or other Applicable Laws; (c) be seen from the exterior of the Premises; (d) cause material interference with Landlord or other tenants of the Building, (e) not comply with the Standard Improvement Package; (f) affect the certificate of occupancy or its legal equivalent for the Building or any portion thereof, or (g) not, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, be readily useable for typical general office use by another tenant as a result of the unique configuration contemplated by the Construction Drawings. Tenant and Architect shall verify, in the field, the dimensions and conditions as shown on the relevant portions of the base building plans, and Tenant and Architect shall be solely responsible for the same, and Landlord shall have no responsibility in connection therewith. Landlord’s review of the Construction Drawings as set forth in this Section 3, shall be for its sole purpose and shall not imply Landlord’s review of the same, or obligate Landlord to review the same, for quality, design, Code compliance or other like matters. Accordingly, notwithstanding that any Construction Drawings are reviewed by Landlord or its space planner, architect, engineers and consultants, and notwithstanding any advice or assistance which may be rendered to Tenant by Landlord or Landlord’s space planner, architect, engineers, and consultants, Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever in connection therewith and shall not be responsible for any omissions or errors contained in the Construction Drawings, and Tenant’s waiver and indemnity set forth in this Lease shall specifically apply to the Construction Drawings.

3.2 Final Space Plan. Tenant shall supply Landlord with four (4) copies signed by Tenant of its final space plan for the Premises before any architectural working drawings or engineering drawings have been commenced. The final space plan (the “Final Space Plan”) shall include a layout and designation of all offices, rooms and other partitioning, their intended use, and equipment to be contained therein. Landlord may request clarification or more specific drawings for special use items not included in the Final Space Plan. Landlord shall advise Tenant within five (5) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the Final Space Plan for the Premises if the same is unsatisfactory or incomplete in any respect. If Tenant is so advised, Tenant shall promptly cause the Final Space Plan to be revised to correct any deficiencies or other matters Landlord may reasonably require.

 

  

EXHIBIT B

-7-

  

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


3.3 Final Working Drawings. After the Final Space Plan has been approved by Landlord, Tenant shall supply the Engineers with a complete listing of standard and non-standard equipment and specifications, including, without limitation, B.T.U. calculations, electrical requirements and special electrical receptacle requirements for the Premises, to enable the Engineers and the Architect to complete the “Final Working Drawings” (as that term is defined below) in the manner as set forth below. Upon the approval of the Final Space Plan by Landlord and Tenant, Tenant shall promptly cause the Architect and the Engineers to complete the architectural and engineering drawings for the Premises, and Architect shall compile a fully coordinated set of architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical and plumbing working drawings in a form which, subject to the terms of Section 3.5, below, is complete to allow subcontractors to bid on the work and to obtain all applicable permits (collectively, the Final Working Drawings”) and shall submit the same to Landlord for Landlord’s approval. Tenant shall supply Landlord with four (4) copies signed by Tenant of such Final Working Drawings. Landlord shall advise Tenant within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the Final Working Drawings for the Premises if the same is unsatisfactory or incomplete in any respect. If Tenant is so advised, Tenant shall promptly revise the Final Working Drawings in accordance with such review and any disapproval of Landlord in connection therewith.

3.4 Approved Working Drawings. The Final Working Drawings shall be approved by Landlord (the Approved Working Drawings”) prior to the commencement of construction of the Premises by Tenant. After approval by Landlord of the Final Working Drawings, Tenant may submit the same to the appropriate municipal authorities for all applicable building permits (the Permits”), provided that Tenant shall have the right to apply for permits in connection with the Tenant Improvements prior to Landlord’s final approval of the Construction Drawings, provided that Tenant shall amend the submitted Construction Drawings if necessary due to Landlord’s final approval. Tenant hereby agrees that neither Landlord nor Landlord’s consultants shall be responsible for obtaining any building permit or certificate of occupancy for the Premises and that obtaining the same shall be Tenant’s responsibility; provided, however, that Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant in executing permit applications and performing other ministerial acts reasonably necessary to enable Tenant to obtain any such permit or certificate of occupancy. No changes, modifications or alterations in the Approved Working Drawings may be made without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld.

3.5 Design Build. To the extent reasonable given the nature of certain of Tenant’s intended mechanical, electrical and plumbing (MEP”) constructed by Tenant as part of the Tenant Improvements, such MEP may be constructed on a “design-build” basis. All design-build drawings provided by subcontractors shall be subject to Landlord’s approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) prior to the start of construction of such MEP and prior to submittal to the applicable municipal agencies for permits.

 

  

EXHIBIT B

-8-

  

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


SECTION 4

CONSTRUCTION OF THE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

4.1 Tenant’s Selection of Contractors.

4.1.1 The Contractor. Tenant shall retain, and Landlord hereby approves, BCCI Construction (the Contractor”) to construct the Tenant Improvements.

4.1.2 Tenant’s Agents. All subcontractors, laborers, materialmen, and suppliers used by Tenant (such subcontractors, laborers, materialmen, and suppliers, and the Contractor to be known collectively as “Tenant’s Agents”) shall be from a list supplied by Landlord.

4.2 Construction of Tenant Improvements by Tenant’s Agents.

4.2.1 Construction Contract; Cost Budget. Prior to Tenant’s execution of the construction contract and general conditions with Contractor (the “Contract”), Tenant shall submit the Contract to Landlord for its approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Prior to the commencement of the construction of the Tenant Improvements, and after Tenant has accepted all bids for the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a detailed breakdown, by trade, of the final costs to be incurred or which have been incurred, as set forth more particularly in Sections 2.2.1.1 through 2.2.1.10, above, in connection with the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements to be performed by or at the direction of Tenant or the Contractor, which costs form a basis for the amount of the Contract (the “Final Costs”). Prior to the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall determine the amount (the Over-Allowance Amount”) equal to the difference between the amount of the Final Costs and the amount of the Tenant Improvement Allowance (less any portion thereof already disbursed by Landlord, or in the process of being disbursed by Landlord, on or before the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements). Tenant shall pay, on a monthly basis, a percentage of each amount disbursed by Landlord to the Contractor or otherwise disbursed under this Tenant Work Letter, which percentage shall be equal to the amount of the Over-Allowance Amount divided by the Final Costs, and such payment by Tenant (the Over-Allowance Payments”) shall be a condition to Landlord’s obligation to pay any further amounts of the Tenant Improvement Allowance. In the event that, after the Final Costs have been delivered by Tenant to Landlord, the costs relating to the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements shall change, any additional costs necessary to such design and construction in excess of the Final Costs, shall be added to the Over-Allowance Amount and the Final Costs, and the Over-Allowance Payments shall be recalculated in accordance with the terms of the immediately preceding sentence, but Tenant shall continue to provide Landlord with the documents described in Sections 2.2.2.1 (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) of this Tenant Work Letter, above, for Landlord’s approval, prior to Tenant paying such costs. Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Tenant Work Letter to the contrary, construction of the Tenant Improvements shall not commence until (a) Landlord has approved the Contract, and (b) Tenant has procured and delivered to Landlord a copy of all Permits.

 

  

EXHIBIT B

-9-

  

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


4.2.2 Tenant’s Agents.

4.2.2.1 Landlord’s General Conditions for Tenant’s Agents and Tenant Improvement Work. Tenant’s and Tenant’s Agent’s construction of the Tenant Improvements shall comply with the following: (i) the Tenant Improvements shall be constructed in strict accordance with the Approved Working Drawings; (ii) Landlord’s rules and regulations for the construction of improvements in the Building, (iii) Tenant’s Agents shall submit schedules of all work relating to the Tenant’s Improvements to Contractor and Contractor shall, within five (5) business days of receipt thereof, inform Tenant’s Agents of any changes which are necessary thereto, and Tenant’s Agents shall adhere to such corrected schedule; and (iv) Tenant shall abide by all rules made by Landlord’s Building manager with respect to the use of freight, loading dock and service elevators, storage of materials, coordination of work with the contractors of other tenants, and any other matter in connection with this Tenant Work Letter, including, without limitation, the construction of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall pay a logistical coordination fee (the “Coordination Fee”) to Landlord in an amount equal to $1.50 per rentable square foot of the Premises, which Coordination Fee shall be for services relating to the coordination of the construction of the Tenant Improvements.

4.2.2.2 Indemnity. Tenant’s indemnity of Landlord as set forth in this Lease shall also apply with respect to any and all costs, losses, damages, injuries and liabilities related in any way to any act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s Agents, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or in connection with Tenant’s non-payment of any amount arising out of the Tenant Improvements and/or Tenant’s disapproval of all or any portion of any request for payment. Such indemnity by Tenant, as set forth in this Lease, shall also apply with respect to any and all costs, losses, damages, injuries and liabilities related in any way to Landlord’s performance of any ministerial acts reasonably necessary (i) to permit Tenant to complete the Tenant Improvements, and (ii) to enable Tenant to obtain any building permit or certificate of occupancy for the Premises, provided that the foregoing indemnity shall not apply to the extent any of the foregoing arise from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or a Landlord Party.

4.2.2.3 Requirements of Tenant’s Agents. Each of Tenant’s Agents shall guarantee to Tenant and for the benefit of Landlord that the portion of the Tenant Improvements for which it is responsible shall be free from any material defects in workmanship and materials for a period of not less than one (1) year from the date of completion thereof. Each of Tenant’s Agents shall be responsible for the replacement or repair, without additional charge, of all work done or furnished in accordance with its contract that shall become defective within one (1) year after the completion of the work performed by such contractor or subcontractors. The correction of such work shall include, without additional charge, all additional expenses and damages incurred in connection with such removal or replacement of all or any part of the Tenant Improvements, and/or the Building and/or common areas that may be damaged or disturbed thereby. All such warranties or guarantees as to materials or workmanship of or with respect to the Tenant Improvements shall be contained in the Contract or subcontract and shall be written such that such guarantees or warranties shall inure to the benefit of both Landlord and Tenant, as their respective interests may appear, and can be directly enforced by either. Tenant covenants to give to Landlord any assignment or other assurances which may be necessary to effect such right of direct enforcement.

 

  

EXHIBIT B

-10-

  

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


4.2.2.4 Insurance Requirements.

4.2.2.4.1 General Coverages. All of Tenant’s Agents shall carry worker’s compensation insurance covering all of their respective employees, and shall also carry public liability insurance, including property damage, all with limits, in form and with companies as are required to be carried by Tenant as set forth in this Lease.

4.2.2.4.2 Special Coverages. Tenant shall carry course of construction insurance in an amount approved by Landlord covering the construction of the Tenant Improvements, and such other insurance as Landlord may reasonably require, it being understood and agreed that the Tenant Improvements shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. Such insurance shall be in reasonable amounts and shall include such extended coverage endorsements as may be reasonably required by Landlord including, but not limited to, the requirement that all of Tenant’s Agents shall carry excess liability and Products and Completed Operation Coverage insurance, each in amounts not less than $500,000 per incident, $1,000,000 in aggregate, and in form and with companies as are required to be carried by Tenant as set forth in this Lease.

4.2.2.4.3 General Terms. Certificates for all insurance carried pursuant to this Section 4.2.2.4 shall be delivered to Landlord before the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements and before the Contractor’s equipment is moved onto the site. All such policies of insurance must contain a provision that the company writing said policy will give Landlord thirty (30) days prior written notice of any cancellation or lapse of the effective date or any reduction in the amounts of such insurance (10 days prior notice for cancellation due to non-payment of premium). In the event that the Tenant Improvements are damaged by any cause during the course of the construction thereof, Tenant shall immediately repair the same at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant’s Agents shall maintain all of the foregoing insurance coverage in force until the Tenant Improvements are fully completed and accepted by Landlord, except for any Products and Completed Operation Coverage insurance required by Landlord, which is to be maintained for ten (10) years following completion of the work and acceptance by Landlord and Tenant. All policies carried under this Section 4.2.2.4 shall insure Landlord and Tenant, as their interests may appear, as well as Contractor and Tenant’s Agents. All insurance, except Workers’ Compensation, maintained by Tenant’s Agents shall preclude subrogation claims by the insurer against anyone insured thereunder. Such insurance shall provide that it is primary insurance as respects the owner and that any other insurance maintained by owner is excess and noncontributing with the insurance required hereunder. The requirements for the foregoing insurance shall not derogate from the provisions for indemnification of Landlord by Tenant under Section 4.2.2.2 of this Tenant Work Letter. Landlord may, in its discretion, require Tenant to obtain a lien and completion bond or some alternate form of security satisfactory to Landlord in an amount sufficient to ensure the lien-free completion of the Tenant Improvements and naming Landlord as a co-obligee, provided that if Tenant is Original Tenant or a Permitted Transferee assignee, no such additional security will be required.

4.2.3 Governmental Compliance. The Tenant Improvements shall comply in all respects with the following: (i) the Code and other state, federal, city or quasi-governmental laws, codes, ordinances and regulations, as each may apply according to the rulings of the controlling public official, agent or other person: (ii) applicable standards of the American Insurance Association (formerly, the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and the National Electrical Code; and (iii) building material manufacturer’s specifications.

 

  

EXHIBIT B

-11-

  

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


4.2.4 Inspection by Landlord. Tenant shall provide Landlord with reasonable prior notice of any inspection to be performed by a governmental entity in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements in order to allow Landlord to be present during such inspection. Landlord shall have the right to inspect the Tenant Improvements at all times, provided however, that Landlord’s failure to inspect the Tenant Improvements shall in no event constitute a waiver of any of Landlord’s rights hereunder nor shall Landlord’s inspection of the Tenant Improvements constitute Landlord’s approval of the same, but Tenant shall not be required to disrupt or delay Tenant’s work during any such inspection. Should Landlord reasonably disapprove any portion of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of such disapproval and shall specify the items disapproved. Any defects or deviations in, and/or disapproval by Landlord of, the Tenant Improvements shall be rectified by Tenant at no expense to Landlord, provided however, that in the event Landlord determines that a defect or deviation exists or disapproves of any matter in connection with any portion of the Tenant Improvements and such defect, deviation or matter might materially adversely affect the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating and air conditioning or life-safety systems of the Building, the structure or exterior appearance of the Building or any other tenant’s use of such other tenant’s leased premises, Landlord may, following five (5) business days prior notice to Tenant specifying Landlord’s intent to take such action, take such action as Landlord deems reasonably necessary, at Tenant’s expense and without incurring any liability on Landlord’s part, to correct any such defect, deviation and/or matter, including, without limitation, causing the cessation of performance of the construction of the Tenant Improvements until such time as the defect, deviation and/or matter is corrected to Landlord’s satisfaction.

4.2.5 Meetings. Commencing upon the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall hold weekly meetings at a reasonable time, with the Architect and the Contractor regarding the progress of the preparation of Construction Drawings and the construction of the Tenant Improvements, which meetings shall be held at a location designated by Landlord, and Landlord and/or its agents shall receive prior notice of, and shall have the right to attend, all such meetings, and, upon Landlord’s request, certain of Tenant’s Agents shall attend such meetings. In addition, minutes shall be taken at all such meetings, a copy of which minutes shall be promptly delivered to Landlord. One such meeting each month shall include the review of Contractor’s current request for payment.

4.3 Notice of Completion; Copy of Record Set of Plans. Within ten (10) days after completion of construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the county in which the Building is located in accordance with Section 3093 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute, and shall furnish a copy thereof to Landlord upon such recordation. If Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may execute and file the same on behalf of Tenant as Tenant’s agent for such purpose, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. At the conclusion of construction, (i) Tenant shall cause the Architect and Contractor (A) to update the Approved Working Drawings as necessary to reflect all changes made to the Approved Working Drawings during the course of construction, (B) to certify to the best of their knowledge that the “record-set” of as-built drawings are true and correct, which certification shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease, and (C) to

 

  

EXHIBIT B

-12-

  

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


deliver to Landlord four (4) sets of copies of such record set of drawings within ninety (90) days following issuance of a certificate of occupancy for the Premises, and (ii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of all warranties, guaranties, and operating manuals and information relating to the improvements, equipment, and systems in the Premises.

SECTION 5

LANDLORD CAUSED DELAY

5.1 In General. The Lease Commencement Date shall occur as provided in Section 2.1 of this Lease, provided that the Lease Commencement Date (and the Lease Expiration Date) shall be extended by the number of days of delay of the “Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements” (as defined below) to the extent solely caused by a “Landlord Caused Delay,” as that term is defined below, but only to the extent such Landlord Caused Delay causes the Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements to occur after the originally scheduled Lease Commencement Date. As used herein, the term Landlord Caused Delay shall mean actual delays to the extent resulting from (i) the failure of Landlord to timely approve or disapprove any Construction Drawings; (ii) unreasonable (when judged in accordance with industry custom and practice) interference by Landlord, its agents or Landlord Parties (except as otherwise allowed by this Tenant Work Letter) with the Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements and which objectively preclude or delay the construction of the Tenant Improvements, including if resulting from the concurrent performance of the Landlord Work; or (iii) delays due to the acts or failures to act of Landlord or Landlord Parties with respect to payment of the Tenant Improvement Allowance (except as otherwise allowed under this Tenant Work Letter).

5.2 Determination of Landlord Caused Delay. If Tenant contends that a Landlord Caused Delay has occurred, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of (i) the event which constitutes such Landlord Caused Delay and (ii) the date upon which such Landlord Caused Delay is anticipated to end. If such actions, inaction or circumstance described in the notice set forth in (i) above of this Section 5.2 of this Tenant Work Letter (the Delay Notice) are not cured by Landlord within two (2) business days of Landlord’s receipt of the Delay Notice and if such action, inaction or circumstance otherwise qualify as a Landlord Caused Delay, then a Landlord Caused Delay shall be deemed to have occurred commencing as of the date of Landlord’s receipt of the Delay Notice and ending as of the date such delay ends.

5.3 Definition of Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements. For purposes of this Section 5, Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements shall mean completion of construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises pursuant to the Approved Working Drawings, with the exception of any punch list items, enabling Tenant to conduct its business operations in the Premises.

SECTION 6

MISCELLANEOUS

6.1 Tenant’s Representative. Tenant has designated Rory Davis as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, who shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Tenant as required in this Tenant Work Letter.

 

  

EXHIBIT B

-13-

  

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


6.2 Landlord’s Representative. Landlord has designated Peter Back as its sole representatives with respect to the matters set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, who, until further notice to Tenant, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Landlord as required in this Tenant Work Letter.

6.3 Time of the Essence in This Tenant Work Letter. Unless otherwise indicated, all references herein to a “number of days” shall mean and refer to calendar days. If any item requiring approval is timely disapproved by Landlord, the procedure for preparation of the document and approval thereof shall be repeated until the document is approved by Landlord.

6.4 Tenant’s Lease Default. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Lease, if an event of default as described in the Lease or this Tenant Work Letter after notice and expiration of any cure period expressly set forth in the Lease has occurred at any time on or before the Substantial Completion of the Premises, then (i) in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to Landlord pursuant to this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to withhold payment of all or any portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance and/or Landlord may cause Contractor to cease the construction of the Premises (in which case, Tenant shall be responsible for any delay in the substantial completion of the Premises caused by such work stoppage), and (ii) all other obligations of Landlord under the terms of this Tenant Work Letter shall be forgiven until such time as such default is cured pursuant to the terms of this Lease (in which case, Tenant shall be responsible for any delay in the substantial completion of the Premises caused by such inaction by Landlord).

6.5 No Miscellaneous Charges. Landlord shall provide to Tenant and Tenant’s Agents, without additional charge (to the extent utilized in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements and the installation of Tenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment), utilities, HVAC, freight elevator service, and restrooms, during the period that such Tenant’s Agents are actually present in the Building and working on the design and/or construction of the Tenant Improvements, and/or use of loading docks during the Building Hours during the period of construction of the Tenant Improvements and Tenant’s move into the Premises. With respect to Tenant’s use of the freight elevators and/or loading docks after Building Hours, if so requested by Tenant or reasonably required by Landlord, Tenant shall be required to pay for the reasonable incremental out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord for after-hours access control personnel and/or elevator operations personnel. During the period that Contractor and Tenant’s Agents are actually present in the Building and working on the design and/or construction of the Tenant Improvements, Contractor and Tenant’s Agents shall have parking available in the Project at the then daily rate for such parking.

 

  

EXHIBIT B

-14-

  

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


EXHIBIT C

ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER

FORM OF NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES

Certified Mail:

 

Date:                        

 

To:                      Copy                    
                     to:                    
                                        
                                        
Re:                        
Dated:                        
Between:           ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER VENTURE, a California general partnership, Lessor or Landlord, and             , a             , Lessee or Tenant

In accordance with the subject document we wish to advise you and/or confirm your tenancy of:

Suite Number                 , on the         floor of ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER, San Francisco, CA 94111 and that the following terms and conditions are accurate and in full force and effect:

 

Net rentable square feet

                  Lease term               

Lease commencement date

                  Lease expiration date               

Base rent schedule From

  To:    Monthly Rent  

                                             

                  $  

 

Rent checks are     

Payable to:

[APPROPRIATE ENTITY]

 

Mailed to:

[APPROPRIATE ADDRESS]

  

All other inquiries to:

Boston Properties

Four Embarcadero Center

Lobby Level, Suite One

San Francisco, CA 94111

    

Telephone:    415-772-0700

Fax:    415-982-1780

If the Lease Commencement Date is other than the first day of the month, the first billing will contain a pro rata adjustment. Each billing thereafter, with the exception of the final billing, shall be for the full amount of the monthly installment as provided for in the Lease.

 

          

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


Pursuant to Article 2 of the above referenced document, we request that you sign this letter where indicated below, confirming the information provided above, and return it to our representative below within ten (10) business days of receipt. Per the lease language, however, failure to execute and return such notice (or make such changes as are required to make such notice factually correct) within such time shall be conclusive that the information set forth is correct. A second letter is enclosed for your files.

 

Boston Properties, L.P.               
  Agreed to and Accepted:

 

                                                                                                                                
By: Lease Administrator’s name   Date       By:                                         Date
      Lease Administration         Its:   

 

  

EXHIBIT C

-2-

  

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


EXHIBIT D

ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER

RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the following Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance of any of said Rules and Regulations by or otherwise with respect to the acts or omissions of any other tenants or occupants of the Project provided that Landlord shall not intentionally enforce the Rules and Regulations in a manner intended to discriminate against Tenant and in the event that noncompliance with the Rules and Regulations by another tenant of the Building shall have a material, adverse impact upon Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises, then Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce the Rules and Regulations with respect to such tenant. In the event of any conflict between the Rules and Regulations and the other provisions of this Lease, the latter shall control.

1. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new or additional locks or bolts on any doors or windows of the Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Tenant shall bear the cost of any lock changes or repairs required by Tenant. Two keys will be furnished by Landlord for the Premises, and any additional keys required by Tenant must be obtained from Landlord at a reasonable cost to be established by Landlord. Upon the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall restore to Landlord all keys of stores, offices, and toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, Tenant and in the event of the loss of keys so furnished, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of replacing same or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord shall deem it necessary to make such changes.

2. All doors opening to public corridors shall be kept closed at all times except for normal ingress and egress to the Premises.

3. Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors of the Building during such hours as are customary for comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Project. Tenant, its employees and agents must be sure that the doors to the Premises are securely closed and locked when leaving the Premises if it is after the normal hours of business for the Building. Any tenant, its employees, agents or any other persons entering or leaving the Building at any time when it is so locked, or any time when it is considered to be after normal business hours for the Building, may be required to sign or card access the Building register. Access to the Building may be refused unless the person seeking access has proper identification or has a previously arranged pass for access to the Building. Landlord will furnish, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, passes to persons for whom Tenant requests same in writing. Tenant shall be charged Landlord’s standard fee for the replacement of lost access cards. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom Tenant requests passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. The Landlord and his agents shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building or the Project during the continuance thereof by any means it deems appropriate for the safety and protection of life and property.

 

          

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


4. No furniture, freight or equipment of any kind shall be brought into the Building without prior notice to Landlord. All moving activity into or out of the Building shall be scheduled with Landlord and done only at such time and in such manner as Landlord designates. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other heavy property brought into the Building and also the times and manner of moving the same in and out of the Building. Safes and other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on supports of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property in any case. Any damage to any part of the Building, its contents, occupants or visitors by moving or maintaining any such safe or other property shall be the sole responsibility and expense of Tenant.

5. No furniture, packages, supplies, equipment or merchandise will be received in the Building or carried up or down in the elevators, except between such hours, in such specific elevator and by such personnel as shall be designated by Landlord.

6. The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at the management office for the Project or at such office location designated by Landlord. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.

7. No sign, advertisement, notice or handbill shall be exhibited, distributed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the Premises or the Building without the prior written consent of the Landlord. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, peddle, or canvass any occupant of the Project and shall cooperate with Landlord and its agents of Landlord to prevent same.

8. The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees shall have caused same.

9. Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises beyond the Building standard floor loading specifications, nor mark, drive nails or screws, or drill into the partitions, woodwork or drywall or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof without Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall not purchase spring water, ice, towel, linen, maintenance or other like services from any person or persons not reasonably approved by Landlord.

10. Except for vending machines intended for the sole use of Tenant’s employees and invitees, no vending machine or machines other than fractional horsepower office machines shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Premises without the written consent of Landlord.

11. Tenant shall not use or keep in or on the Premises, the Building, or the Project any kerosene, gasoline or other inflammable or combustible fluid, chemical, substance or material that is considered hazardous, provided that Landlord acknowledges that Tenant will maintain products in the Premises which are incidental to the operation of its officers, which products contain chemicals which are categorized ad hazardous materials, and that the use of such products in the Premises in the manner in which such products are designed to be used and in compliance with Applicable Laws shall not be a violation by Tenant of this rule.

 

  

EXHIBIT D

-2-

  

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


12. Tenant shall not without the prior written consent of Landlord use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

13. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept, any foul or noxious gas or substance in or on the Premises, or permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Project by reason of noise, odors, vibrations or electronic disruption, or interfere with other tenants or those having business therein, whether by the use of any musical instrument, radio, phonograph, or in any other way. Tenant shall not throw anything out of doors, windows or skylights or down passageways.

14. With the exception of service animals to the extent access is required pursuant to Applicable Law, Tenant shall not bring into or keep within the Project, the Building or the Premises any animals, birds, aquariums, or, except in areas designated by Landlord, bicycles or other vehicles.

15. No cooking shall be done or permitted on the Premises, nor shall the Premises be used for the storage of merchandise, for lodging or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Underwriters’ laboratory-approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used in the Premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages for employees and visitors, provided that such use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state, county and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations.

16. The Premises shall not be used for manufacturing or for the storage of merchandise except as such storage may be incidental to the use of the Premises provided for in the Summary. Tenant shall not occupy or permit any portion of the Premises to be occupied as an office for a messenger-type operation or dispatch office, public stenographer or typist, or for the manufacture or sale of liquor, narcotics, or tobacco in any form, or as a medical office, or as a barber or manicure shop, or as an employment bureau without the express prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall not engage or pay any employees on the Premises except those actually working for such tenant on the Premises nor advertise for laborers giving an address at the Premises.

17. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of these Rules and Regulations.

18. Tenant, its employees and agents shall not loiter in or on the entrances, corridors, sidewalks, lobbies, courts, halls, stairways, elevators, vestibules or any Common Areas for the purpose of smoking tobacco products or for any other purpose, nor in any way obstruct such areas, and shall use them only as a means of ingress and egress for the Premises.

19. Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air conditioning and agrees to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with Landlord to ensure the most effective operation of the Building’s heating and air conditioning system, and shall refrain from attempting to adjust any controls.

 

  

EXHIBIT D

-3-

  

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


20. Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within the interior of the Premises. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage in the city in which the Project is located without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. All trash, garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entry-ways and elevators provided for such purposes at such times as Landlord shall designate.

21. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

22. Any persons employed by Tenant to do janitorial work shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, and while in the Building and outside of the Premises, shall be subject to and under the control and direction of the Building manager (but not as an agent or servant of such manager or of Landlord), and Tenant shall be responsible for all acts of such persons.

23. No awnings or other projection shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord, and no curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises other than Landlord standard drapes. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in the Premises or spaces along the perimeter of the Building must be fluorescent and/or of a quality, type, design and a warm white bulb color approved in advance in writing by Landlord. Neither the interior nor exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall abide by Landlord’s regulations concerning the opening and closing of window coverings which are attached to the windows in the Premises, if any, which have a view of any interior portion of the Building or Building Common Areas.

24. The sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows, and doors that reflect or admit light and air into the halls, passageways or other public places in the Building shall not be covered or obstructed by Tenant, nor shall any bottles, parcels or other articles be placed on the windowsills.

25. Tenant must comply with reasonable requests by the Landlord concerning the informing of their employees of items of importance to the Landlord related to the Premises or the Project.

26. Tenant must comply with the State of California “No-Smoking” law set forth in California Labor Code Section 6404.5, and any local “No-Smoking” ordinance which may be in effect from time to time and which is not superseded by such State law.

27. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation to provide guard service or other security measures for the benefit of the Premises, the Building or the Project. Tenant hereby assumes all responsibility for the protection of Tenant and its agents, employees, contractors, invitees and guests, and the property thereof, from acts of third parties, including keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed, whether or not Landlord, at its option, elects to provide security protection for the Project or any portion thereof. Tenant further assumes the risk that any safety and security devices, services and programs which Landlord elects, in its sole discretion, to provide may not be effective, or may malfunction or be

 

  

EXHIBIT D

-4-

  

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


circumvented by an unauthorized third party, and Tenant shall, in addition to its other insurance obligations under this Lease, obtain its own insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against losses related to such occurrences. Tenant shall cooperate in any reasonable safety or security program developed by Landlord or required by law.

28. All office equipment of any electrical or mechanical nature shall be placed by Tenant in the Premises in settings reasonably approved by Landlord, to absorb or prevent any vibration, noise and annoyance.

29. Tenant shall not use in any space or in the public halls of the Building, any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and rubber side guards.

30. No auction, liquidation, fire sale, going-out-of-business or bankruptcy sale shall be conducted in the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.

31. No tenant shall use or permit the use of any portion of the Premises for living quarters, sleeping apartments or lodging rooms.

Landlord reserves the right at any time to change or rescind any one or more of these Rules and Regulations, or to make such other and further reasonable Rules and Regulations as in Landlord’s judgment may from time to time be necessary for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises, Building, the Common Areas and the Project, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants therein and shall provide Tenant written notice of such changes or additions. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules or Regulations against any or all tenants of the Project. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition of its occupancy of the Premises.

 

  

EXHIBIT D

-5-

  

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


EXHIBIT E

ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER

FORM OF TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

The undersigned, as Tenant under that certain Office Lease (the “Lease”) made and entered into as of                 , 200         by and between                 , as Landlord, and the undersigned, as Tenant, for Premises on the                  floor(s) of the office building located at                 , certifies as follows:

1. Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true and correct copy of the Lease and all amendments and modifications thereto. The documents contained in Exhibit A represent the entire agreement between the parties as to the Premises.

2. The undersigned currently occupies the Premises described in the Lease, the Lease Term commenced on                 , and the Lease Term expires on                  , and the undersigned has no option to terminate or cancel the Lease or to purchase all or any part of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project.

3. Base Rent became payable on                 .

4. The Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified, supplemented or amended in any way except as provided in Exhibit A.

5. Tenant has not transferred, assigned, or sublet any portion of the Premises nor entered into any license or concession agreements with respect thereto except as follows:

6. Tenant shall not modify the documents contained in Exhibit A without the prior written consent of Landlord’s mortgagee (if any).

7. All monthly installments of Base Rent, all Additional Rent and all monthly installments of estimated Additional Rent have been paid when due through                 . The current monthly installment of Base Rent is $                .

8. All conditions of the Lease to be performed by Landlord necessary to the enforceability of the Lease have been satisfied and, to the actual knowledge of Tenant, Landlord is not in default thereunder. In addition, the undersigned has not delivered any notice to Landlord regarding a default by Landlord thereunder.

 

          

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


9. No rental has been paid more than thirty (30) days in advance and no security has been deposited with Landlord except the Security Deposit in the amount of $                             as provided in the Lease.

10. As of the date hereof, to the actual knowledge of Tenant, there are no existing defenses or offsets, or, to the undersigned’s knowledge, claims or any basis for a claim, that the undersigned has against Landlord.

11. If Tenant is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or limited liability partnership, each individual executing this Estoppel Certificate on behalf of Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in California and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Estoppel Certificate and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so.

12. There are no actions pending against the undersigned under the bankruptcy or similar laws of the United States or any state.

13. Other than in compliance with all applicable laws and incidental to the ordinary course of the use of the Premises, the undersigned has not used or stored any hazardous substances in the Premises.

14. All tenant improvement work to be performed by Landlord under the Lease has been completed in accordance with the Lease and has been accepted by the undersigned and all reimbursements and allowances due to the undersigned under the Lease in connection with any tenant improvement work have been paid in full.

The undersigned acknowledges that this Estoppel Certificate may be delivered to Landlord or to a prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser, and acknowledges that said prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser will be relying upon the statements contained herein in making the loan or acquiring the property of which the Premises are a part and that receipt by it of this certificate is a condition of making such loan or acquiring such property.

Executed at                      on the              day of                 , 200         .

 

“Tenant”:
                                                                                                        ,
a  

 

By:  

 

  Its:                                                                                      
By:  

 

  Its:                                                                                      

 

  

EXHIBIT E

-2-

  

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


EXHIBIT F

ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER

CALIFORNIA ASBESTOS NOTICE

February 8, 2018

 

TO:

TENANT AND CONTRACTORS

 

RE:

CALIFORNIA ASBESTOS NOTICE FOR ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER

As you may be aware, buildings constructed during the 20th Century through the mid to late 1970’s often utilized asbestos containing material (ACM) in the construction process. At that time, this was standard in the building trade.

Asbestos is the commercial name given to a naturally-occurring family of fibrous minerals. It has found its way into a multitude of building products, including insulation around pipes (TSI), fireproofing on structural beams, acoustical plasters on ceilings and walls and vinyl flooring and mastics. It is estimated that more than 30 million tons of asbestos has been used in buildings over the last 70 years.

Attached is a notice concerning the presence of asbestos in One Embarcadero Center. This notice is given to you in compliance with the provisions of California Health and Safety Codes. If you have any employees or subcontractors who work in the building on more than a casual or incidental basis, the law requires that you provide them a copy of this notice.

If you have any questions concerning the attached notice, please contact the Property Management office at (415) 772-0550 or abarr@bostonproperties.com.

Sincerely,

Alicia Barr

Property Manager

One and Two Embarcadero Center

Attachment: California Asbestos Notice

 

cc:

Christine Shen

Danny Murtagh

Tom Fahey, Chief Engineer

Logan Allen, Asst. Property Manager

 

  

EXHIBIT F

-1-

  

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


CALIFORNIA ASBESTOS NOTICE

In 1988, California enacted legislation (specifically, Chapter 10.4 of the Health and Safety Code, Section 25915 et seq.) requiring landlords and tenants of commercial buildings constructed prior to 1979 to notify certain people, including each other and their respective employees working within such building, of any knowledge they may have regarding any asbestos-containing materials (“ACM”) in the Building.

On July 13, 1995, Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, Section 1910.1001 and 1926.1101 defined Presumed Asbestos Containing Material (“PACM”) as thermal system insulation (“TSI”) and surfacing material found in buildings constructed no later than 1980. The federal standard requires the building and/or facility owner to notify contractors and tenants of the presence of ACM/PACM. On May 3, 1996, Cal/OSHA adopted the same notification requirements for PACM in Title 8 CCR 5208 & 1529.

This notification is being given to provide the information required under this Legislation in order to help you avoid any unintentional contact with the ACM/PACM, to assure that appropriate precautionary measures are taken before disturbing any ACM/PACM, and to assist you in making appropriate disclosures to your employees and others.

We have engaged qualified asbestos consultants to survey the Building for asbestos and to assist in implementing an asbestos management plan that includes, among other things, periodic reinspection and surveillance, air monitoring as necessary, information and training programs for building engineering and other measures to minimize potential fiber releases. A description of the current Operations and Maintenance Program prepared for the Building (the “O&M Program”) is set forth on Schedule A attached hereto. Our asbestos consultant has provided us with the O&M Program, which in its qualified professional opinion, fully complies with the disclosure requirements of Health and Safety Code Section 25915.1.

We have no reason to believe, based upon the O&M Program, that the ACM/PACM in the Building is currently in a condition to release asbestos fibers that would pose a significant health hazard to the Building’s occupants. This should remain so if such ACM/PACM is properly handled and remains undisturbed. You should take into consideration that our knowledge as to the absence of health risks is based solely upon general information and the information contained in the O&M Program, and that we have no special knowledge concerning potential health risks resulting from exposure to asbestos in the Building. We are therefore required by the above-mentioned legislation to encourage you to contact local or state public agencies if you wish to obtain a better understanding of the potential impacts resulting from exposure to asbestos.

 

   -2-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


Because any tenant alterations or other work at the Building could disturb ACM/PACM and possibly release asbestos fibers into the air, we must require that you obtain our written approval prior to beginning such projects. This includes major alterations, but might also include such activities as drilling or boring holes, installing electrical, telecommunications or computer lines, sanding floors, removing ceiling tiles or other work which disturbs ACM/PACM. In many cases, such activities will not affect ACM/PACM, but you must check with the property manager in advance, just in case. You should check with the property manager at the address set forth on Schedule A. The property manager will make available such instruction as may be required. An individual or contractor who is not qualified to handle ACM/PACM should not attempt any such work. In the areas specified in Schedule A, you should avoid touching or disturbing the ACM/PACM in any way. If you observe any activity that has the potential to disturb the ACM/PACM, please report the same to the property manager immediately.

Further information concerning asbestos handling procedures in general can be found in the Building’s O & M Program, located in the Building office at the address set forth on Schedule A. We also encourage you to contact local, state or federal public health agencies if you wish to obtain further information regarding asbestos containing materials.

In connection with the foregoing, we have adopted the following policies (which shall be considered rules under tenant leases):

 

  (1)

the owner, and representatives of the owner, including, without limitation, the owner’s ACM/PACM consultant, are entitled to enter into the premises of any tenant to inspect for ACM/PACM, perform air tests and abatement; and

 

  (2)

any tenant, contractor, or other party must obtain our prior written approval before performing any alterations on any tenant space, or performing any other work at the property that might disturb ACM/PACM or involve exposure to asbestos fibers as described above.

California law also requires persons in the course of doing business whose activities may result in exposures to asbestos and other substances regulated under the Safe Drinking Water and Toxic Enforcement Act of 1986, commonly referred to as Proposition 65, to provide a clear and reasonable warning. Accordingly, you are advised as follows:

WARNING: The areas within the Building that are described in Schedule A below contain a substance known to the State of California to cause cancer.

 

   -3-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


SCHEDULE A

TO

NOTICE CONCERNING ASBESTOS

 

BUILDING:    One Embarcadero Center
PROPERTY MANAGER:    Paul Radich
ADDRESS OF BUILDING OFFICE:    Boston Properties
   Four Embarcadero Center
   Lobby Level, Suite One
   San Francisco, CA 94111
   Telephone: (415)772-0550
   Pradich@bostonproperties.com

 

I.

EXISTING OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM (“O&M PROGRAM”) AND ASBESTOS SURVEYS WHICH DESCRIBE THE EXISTENCE, LOCATION AND CONDITION OF ACM

The O&M Programs that have been prepared for the Building since September 1989 are generally described as follows:

 

  A.

O&M PROGRAM

 

            

DATE

  

DESCRIPTION

    1.    July 1999    O&M Program prepared by Law Engineering and Environmental Services, Inc.
    2.    September 1989    Draft O&M Plan prepared by Galson Technical Services
    3.    July 2001    Embarcadero Center Guidance Specifications and Requirements Minor Asbestos Related Work prepared by SCA Environmental, Inc.
    4.    2008    Embarcadero Center Guidance Specifications and Requirements Minor Asbestos Related Work prepared by SCA Environmental, Inc. [SCA Project No. 7335]
    5.    November 17, 2010    Embarcadero Center Guidance Specifications and Requirements Minor Asbestos Related Work prepared by SCA Environmental, Inc. [SCA Project No. 9947]

 

  B.

SURVEYS

 

            

DESCRIPTION

  

BY

COMPANY

  

DATE

    1.    Asbestos Survey at the Embarcadero Center Complex, San Francisco, California   

EAL

Corporation

   02/28/83
    2.    Work Place Evaluation of Worker Exposure to Airborne Asbestos, One Embarcadero Center    Environmental Research Group Inc.    02/18/85

 

   -4-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


            

DESCRIPTION

  

BY

COMPANY

  

DATE

    3.    Airborne and Bulk Asbestos Sampling for Embarcadero Center in Embarcadero Center One and Two   

EAL

Corporation

   03/27/85
    4.    Air Asbestos Sampling Conducted for Embarcadero Center in Embarcadero One (33rd and 34th Floor) on April 22, 1985   

EAL

Corporation

   05/02/85
    5.    Monitoring for Airborne Asbestos during Electric Conduit Installation and Reframing Ceilings at (22nd Floor) No. 1 Embarcadero Center   

EAL

Corporation

   01/04/86
    6.    Report on Sampling for Airborne Asbestos at Embarcadero Center on 2/28/86 and 3/3/86    TMA/SF    Undated
    7.    Report on Sampling for Airborne Asbestos at Embarcadero Center on 2/28/86 and 3/3/86   

EAL

Corporation

   04/16/86
    8.    Report on Air Sampling at One Embarcadero Center, Room 3303 on March 4, 1986   

EAL

Corporation

   03/04/86
    9.    Summary Report on the Air Quality Monitoring Results during the Removal of Asbestos-Containing Fireproofing, 14th Floor, One Embarcadero Center, San Francisco, California (July 21 - August 6, 1986)    Galson Technical Services, Inc.    Undated
    10.    Summary Report on the Air Quality Monitoring Results during the Removal of Asbestos-Containing Fireproofing 13th Floor, One Embarcadero Center, San Francisco, California August 13 - September 9, 1986)    Galson Technical Services, Inc.    Undated
    11.    Summary Report: Survey for Asbestos Containing Materials at One Embarcadero Center, San Francisco, California.    Galson Technical Services, Inc.    10/86
    12.    Summary of Recommended and Required Practices for Asbestos    Galson Technical Services, Inc.    11/86
    13.    Semi-Annual Air Monitoring Survey for Asbestos Fibers, One, Two, and Five Embarcadero Center    Galson Technical Services, Inc.    12/86
    14.    Summary Report on the Air Quality Monitoring Results during the Removal of Asbestos-Containing Fireproofing, 11th Floor, One Embarcadero Center, San Francisco, California (Dec. 5 - Jan. 15, 1987)    Galson Technical Services, Inc.   

Undated

Recd.

12/04/87

    15.    Semi-Annual Air Monitoring Survey for Asbestos Fibers, One Embarcadero Center, San Francisco, California.    Galson Technical Services, Inc.    07/87

 

   -5-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


            

DESCRIPTION

  

BY

COMPANY

  

DATE

    16.    Final Report for Asbestos Removal Project at One Embarcadero Center, Mezzanine Level, Phase 2, San Francisco, CA (Galson #S9-053.EQ)    Galson Technical Services, Inc.    7/90
    17.    Final Report for Asbestos Removal Project at One Embarcadero Center, Mezzanine Level, Phase 3, San Francisco, CA (Galson #S9-053.EQ)    Galson Technical Services, Inc.    09/90
    18.    Final Report for Asbestos Removal Project at One Embarcadero Center, Mezzanine Level, Phase 5, San Francisco, CA (Aug. 3 – Oct. 10, 1990) (Galson #S9-053.EQ)    Galson Technical Services, Inc.    10/90
    19.    Final Report for Asbestos Removal Project at One Embarcadero Center, 43rd Floor, Phase 4.2, San Francisco, CA (Sept. 14 – Oct. 10, 1990) (Galson #SA-046.EQ)    Galson Technical Services, Inc.    11/90
    20.    Final Report for Asbestos Removal Project at One Embarcadero Center, 43rd Floor, Phase 4.1, San Francisco, CA (Oct. 11 – Oct. 31, 1990) (Galson #SA-046.EQ)    Galson Technical Services, Inc.    11/90
    21.    Final Report for Asbestos Removal Project at One Embarcadero Center, Mezzanine Level, Phase 6, San Francisco, CA (Galson #S9-053.EQ)    Galson Technical Services, Inc.    12/90
    22.    Final Report for Asbestos Removal Project at One Embarcadero Center, Mezzanine Level, Phase 8, San Francisco, CA (Galson #S9-053.EQ)    Galson Technical Services, Inc.    12/90
    23.    Final Report for Asbestos Removal Project at One Embarcadero Center, 43rd Floor, Phase 4.3, San Francisco, CA (Nov. 1 – Dec. 26, 1990) (Galson #SA-046.EQ)    Galson Technical Services, Inc.    12/90
    24.    Final Report for Asbestos Removal Project at One Embarcadero Center, 43rd Floor, Phase 4.4, San Francisco, CA (Jan. 2 – Feb. 14, 1991) (Galson #SA-046.EQ)    Galson Technical Services, Inc.    03/91
    25.    Final Report for Asbestos Removal Project at One Embarcadero Center, 43rd Floor, Phase 4.5, San Francisco, CA (May 6 – May 21, 1991) (Galson #SA-046.EQ)    Galson Technical Services, Inc.    05/91
    26.    Final Report for Asbestos Removal Project at One Embarcadero Center, 42nd and 43rd Floors, Phase 3, San Francisco, CA (Feb. 6 – May 22, 1991) (Galson #SA-046.EQ)    Galson Technical Services, Inc.    09/91

 

   -6-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


            

DESCRIPTION

  

BY

COMPANY

  

DATE

    27.    Final Report for Asbestos Removal Project at One Embarcadero Center, 42nd Floor Phases 1.0 and 1.1, San Francisco, CA (July 2 – Aug. 28, 1991) (Galson #SA-046.EQ)    Galson Corporation    06/91
    28.    Final Report for Asbestos Removal Project at One Embarcadero Center, 42nd Floor Phase 2.1, San Francisco, CA (July 26 – Aug. 5, 1991) (Galson #SA-046.EQ)    Galson Corporation    09/91
    29.    Final Report for Asbestos Removal Project at One Embarcadero Center, 42nd Floor Phase 2.0, San Francisco, CA (May 13 – June 14, 1991) (Galson #SA-046.EQ)    Galson Corporation    09/91
    30.    Final Report for Asbestos Removal Project at One Embarcadero Center, 4th Floor, San Francisco, CA (July 19 – Oct. 2, 1991) (Galson #SA-146-02.EQ)    Galson Coiporation    11/91
    31.    Final Report for Asbestos Removal Project at One Embarcadero Center, 2nd Floor, San Francisco, CA (Aug. 2 – Oct. 24, 1991) (Galson #SA-146-02.EQ)    Galson Corporation    01/92
    32.    Semi-Annual Environmental Monitoring Survey, Embarcadero Center Complex (SCA #BI-424, 514 & 520)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   07/92
    33.    Semi-Annual Air Monitoring Survey for Asbestos Fiber at Embarcadero Complex (SCA #BI-633)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   01/93
    34.    Semi-Annual Air Monitoring Survey for Asbestos Fiber at Embarcadero Complex (SCA #BI-713.00)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   06/93
    35.    Semi-Annual Environmental Monitoring Survey, Embarcadero Center Complex (SCA #BI-821.00)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   11/93
    36.    Semi-Annual Environmental Monitoring Survey, Embarcadero Center Complex (SCA #BI-950.00)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   06/94
    37.    Misc. Minutes and Correspondence – Asbestos Abatement, 1EC Floors 9 & 33, San Francisco, CA [Job #4025.015]    Hygienetics Environmental    01/96
    38.    Semi-Annual Air Monitoring Survey for Asbestos Fiber at Embarcadero Complex (SCA #F-1479)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   02/96

 

   -7-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


            

DESCRIPTION

  

BY

COMPANY

  

DATE

    39.    Summary Report and Close-Out Documentation for Asbestos Abatement Project, Floors 6 & 9, 1EC, San Francisco, CA [Job #4025.005]    Hygienetics Environmental    02/96
    40.    Summary Report for Asbestos Abatement, 1EC, 35th & 34th Floors [Job #4025.008]    Hygienetics Environmental    5/96
    41.    Summary Report for Asbestos Abatement, 1EC, 35th Floor [Job #4025.008]    Hygienetics Environmental    6/96
    42.    Semi-Annual Air Monitoring Survey for Asbestos Fiber at Embarcadero Complex (SCA #F-1642)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   07/96
    43.    Summary Report for Asbestos Abatement, 1EC, 20th & 3rd Floors [Job #4025.012]    Hygienetics Environmental    9/96
    44.    Summary Report for Asbestos Abatement Project, 1EC, 34th & 35th Floors, San Francisco, CA [Job #4025.008]    Hygienetics Environmental    09/96
    45.    Semi-Annual Environmental Monitoring Survey, Embarcadero Center Complex (SCA #F-1874)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   01/97
    46.    Summary Report for Asbestos Abatement, 1EC, 9th & 33rd Floors [Job #4025.015]    Hygienetics Environmental    5/97
    47.    Semi-Annual Environmental Monitoring Survey, Embarcadero Center Complex (SCA #F-2133)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   06/97
    48.    Semi-Annual Environmental Monitoring Survey, Embarcadero Center Complex (SCA #F-2422)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   02/98
    49.    Summary Report for Asbestos Abatement Project, 1EC, B Level Fan Rooms, San Francisco, CA [Job #4025.035]    Hygienetics Environmental    03/98
    50.    Summary Report for Asbestos Abatement Project, 1EC, 32nd Floor, San Francisco, CA [Job #4025.042]    Hygienetics Environmental    03/98
    51.    Semi-Annual Environmental Monitoring Survey, Embarcadero Center Complex (SCA #F-2807)   

SCA

Environmental Inc.

   08/98
    52.    Report of Phase I Environmental Site Assessment and Limited Asbestos Survey, One Embarcadero Center   

LAW

Engineering and

Environmental Services, Inc.

   07/98

 

   -8-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


            

DESCRIPTION

  

BY

COMPANY

  

DATE

    53.    Project Documents & Summary Project File, Asbestos Abatement, 1EC, 27th Floor [Constr. Box 104]    Hygienetics Environmental    4/1/99
    54.    Project Documents & Summary Project File, Asbestos Abatement, 1EC, 5th Floor [Constr. Box 104]    Hygienetics Environmental    7/1/99
    55.    Letter-Report Asbestos Spot Abatement Summary Report, 1EC, 26th Floor for 27th Floor Improvements    Hygienetics Environmental    11/15/99
    56.    Letter-Report Asbestos Abatement, 1EC, Golden Gate National Parks store    Hygienetics Environmental    10/20/00
    57.    Project Summary Report for Asbestos Abatement, 1EC, 32nd Vacant Floor, San Francisco, CA    Hygienetics Environmental    4/1/01
    58.    Indoor Air Quality Investigations for the Embarcadero Center Complex, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-4825)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   08/03/01
    59.    Letter-Report for One Embarcadero Center Vinyl Floor Tile Limited Asbestos Survey in Level A Janitor’s Storage Room (SCA #B-5860   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   6/18/02
    60.    Summary Report of Air Quality Monitoring for Vinyl Floor Tile and Mastic Removal at One Embarcadero Center, Level A Janitor’s Storage Room, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-5586.AS)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   08/21/02
    61.    Indoor Air Quality Investigations for the Embarcadero Center Complex, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-5633)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   08/22/02
    62.    Letter Report Water Damage & Mold Potential 1EC 29th Floor    Hygienetics Environmental    12/16/02
    63.    Letter-Report for One Embarcadero Center Vinyl Floor Tile Limited Asbestos Survey in Suite 1350 (SCA #B-6213)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   6/20/03
    64.    Indoor Air Quality Investigations for the Embarcadero Center Complex, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-6244)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   08/12/03
    65.    Letter Report – Asbestos Survey for 1EC Fujiya Restaurant & Street Level Stairwell (SCA #B6575)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   02/11/04
    66.    Letter Report – Asbestos Survey for 1EC Fujiya Restaurant & Street Level Stairwell (SCA #B6575)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   02/19/04

 

   -9-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


            

DESCRIPTION

  

BY

COMPANY

  

DATE

    67.    Letter Report – Bulk Asbestos Survey, 1EC, Street Level former Crabtree & Evelyn, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-6688)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   4/15/04
    68.    Summary Report: Former Fujiya Restaurant Abatement, 1EC, Lobby Level, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-6618)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   6/8/04
    69.    Indoor Air Quality Investigations for the Embarcadero Center Complex, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-6803)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   08/15/04
    70.    Letter Report – Bulk Asbestos Survey, 1EC, 42nd Floor Fire Doors, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-7303.01)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   6/24/05
    71.    Indoor Air Quality Investigations for the Embarcadero Center Complex, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-7336)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   8/22/05
    72.    Letter Report – Partial Bulk Asbestos Survey, 1EC, 9th Floor Flooring, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-7529)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   11/16/05
    73.    Letter Report – Partial Bulk Asbestos Survey, 1EC, 31st Floor Flooring, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-7553)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   12/2/05
    74.    Final Report – Asbestos Abatement Activities, 1EC, 14th & 15th Floor Firestop, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-7638)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   1/30/06
    75.    Letter Report – Partial Bulk Asbestos Survey, 1EC, 40th Floor Floorings, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-7735.01)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   3/21/06
    76.    Letter Report – Bulk Asbestos Survey, 1EC, Suite 2800 & 2850 Floorings, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-7735.02)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   3/21/06
    77.    Letter Report – Partial Bulk Asbestos Survey, 1EC, 11th Floor Floorings, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-7735.03)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   3/21/06
    78.    Abatement Work Plan for Fire Door Replacements, 2EC, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-7759)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   3/29/06
    79.    Letter Report – Partial Bulk Asbestos Survey, 1EC, 15th Floor Floorings, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-7700)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   4/11/06
    80.    Abatement Work Plan for Partial Fireproofing Abatement in Plumbing Chase Walls, 2EC 2nd Floor, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-7797)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   4/24/06

 

   -10-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


            

DESCRIPTION

  

BY

COMPANY

  

DATE

    81.    Final Report – Asbestos Abatement Activities, 1EC, 9th Floor Flooring Mastics, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-7529.AS)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   5/11/06
    82.    Final Report – Partial Asbestos Abatement Activities, 1EC 26th Floor Fireproofing & Mastics, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-7625)   

SCA

Environmental Inc.

   5/16/06
    83.    Final Report – Partial Asbestos Abatement Activities, 1EC 2nd Floor Fireproofing at Toilet Chases, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-7797)   

SCA

Environmental Inc.

   5/30/06
    84.    Final Report – Partial Asbestos Abatement & Controlled Renovation Activities, 1EC 25th Floor Fireproofing & Mastics Phase 3, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-7625)   

SCA

Environmental Inc.

   8/3/06
    85.    Final Report – Asbestos Abatement Activities, 1EC, 15th through 17th Floors, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-7700)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   8/23/06
    86.    Indoor Air Quality Investigations for the Embarcadero Center Complex, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-7882)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   8/25/06
    87.    Letter Report – Partial Bulk Asbestos Survey, 1EC, 18th & 19th Floor Floorings, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-8034)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   9/29/06
    88.    Final Report – Asbestos Abatement Activities, 1EC, 18th Floor VAT & Mastics, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-8034)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   11/16/06
    89.    Letter Report – Partial Bulk Asbestos Survey, 1EC, 18th Floor Chases, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-8165)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   1/9/07
    90.    Letter Report – Partial Bulk Asbestos Survey, 1EC, 40th Floor Floorings, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-8351)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   4/17/07
    91.    Indoor Air Quality Investigations for the Embarcadero Center Complex, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-8507)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   8/28/07
    92.    Letter Report – 1EC 25th Floor Asbestos & Mold Investigation, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-8667)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   11/8/07
    93.    Letter-Report – 1EC 31st Floor Piping Connections, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-8757)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   1/4/08

 

   -11-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


            

DESCRIPTION

  

BY

COMPANY

  

DATE

    94.    Letter-Report – 1EC 39th Floor Toilet Core Walls, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-8765)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   1/9/08
    95.    Letter Report – Partial Bulk Asbestos Survey, 1EC, Suite 1452 Flooring, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-8818)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   2/14/08
    96.    Final Report – Asbestos Abatement Activities, 1EC Suite 1452 VAT & Mastics, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-8818)   

SCA

Environmental Inc.

   3/5/08
    97.    Letter-Report – 1EC 33rd Floor Core Walls, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-9080)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   7/24/08
    98.    Indoor Air Quality Investigations for the Embarcadero Center Complex, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-9177)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   9/24/08
    99.    Letter Report – Dust Sampling, 1EC, 4th Floor, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-9239)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   10/11/08
    100.    Letter Report – Dust Sampling, 1EC, 14th Floor, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-9239)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   10/11/08
    101.    Letter Report – Partial Bulk Asbestos Survey, 1EC, Print & Ship Street Level Flooring, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-9377)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   2/13/09
    102.    Abatement Work Plan, 1EC 26th Floor New Hangers and Cores, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-9581)   

SCA

Environmental Inc.

   8/14/09
    103.    Letter Report – Partial Bulk Asbestos Survey, 1EC, Lobby Level former Limited Store, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-9589)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   8/25/09
    104.    Indoor Air Quality Investigations for the Embarcadero Center Complex, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-9557)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   9/29/09
    105.    Letter Report – Partial Bulk Asbestos Survey, 1EC, A Level Janitor’s Break Room VAT, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-9660)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   11/10/09
    106.    Abatement Work Plan, 1EC 25th Floor Lobby Wall Installation, San Francisco, CA 9SCA #b-9799)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   03/10/10
    107.    Indoor Air Quality Investigations for the Embarcadero Center Complex, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-9935)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   9/1/10

 

   -12-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


            

DESCRIPTION

  

BY

COMPANY

  

DATE

    108.    Letter Report – Partial Bulk Asbestos Survey, 1EC, Suite 1300A Flooring, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-10249)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   5/16/11
    109.    Letter Report – Partial Bulk Asbestos Survey, 1EC, A Level Garage Cold Water Pipe, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-10338.AS)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   8/11/11
    110.    Indoor Air Quality Investigations for the Embarcadero Center Complex, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-10330)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   9/6/11
    111.    Letter Report – Partial Bulk Asbestos Survey, 1EC, Street Level Vent Control Room Flooring, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-10249.AS)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   10/19/11
    112.    Letter Report – Partial Bulk Asbestos Survey, 1EC, Suite 2110 Flooring, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-10249.A2)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   10/24/11
    113.    Letter Report – Partial Bulk Asbestos Survey, 1EC, Promenade Level Gaylord Restaurant Kitchen, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-10623)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   4/5/12
    114.    Indoor Air Quality Investigations for the Embarcadero Center Complex, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-10725)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   8/20/12
    115.    Letter Report – Partial Bulk Asbestos Survey, 1EC, 22nd & 23rd Floor Stair Opening, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-10783)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   9/26/12
    116.    Final Report – Partial Asbestos Abatement Activities, 1EC 22nd Floor Elevator Equipment Room, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-10822)   

SCA

Environmental Inc.

   12/10/12
    117.    Letter Report – Partial Bulk Asbestos Survey, 1EC, 14th Floor Flooring, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-10958)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   4/8/13
    118.    Final Report – Asbestos Abatement Activities, 1EC 14th Floor Flooring, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-10958)   

SCA

Environmental Inc.

   4/29/13
    119.    Letter Report – Partial Bulk Asbestos Survey, 1EC, Street Level (former Victoria Secret Retail), San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-10903.04)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   6/6/13
    120.    Indoor Air Quality Investigations for the Embarcadero Center Complex, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-11023)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   9/16/13
    121.    Final Report – Partial Asbestos Abatement Activities, 1EC 25th, 26th & Mezzanine Cores, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-11146)   

SCA

Environmental Inc.

   11/12/13

 

   -13-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


            

DESCRIPTION

  

BY

COMPANY

  

DATE

    122.    Indoor Air Quality Investigations for the Embarcadero Center Complex, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-11401)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   9/16/14
    123.    Abatement Work Plan – 1EC 40th Floor SE Shaft Hot Tap Operations (SCA #B11587)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   1/21/15
    124.    Letter Report – Partial Bulk Asbestos Survey, 1EC, 40th Floor Flooring, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-11600)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   1/27/15
    125.    Final Report – Partial Asbestos Abatement Activities, 1EC 40th Floor Hot Tap Project, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-11587.AS)   

SCA

Environmental Inc.

   2/25/15
    126.    Final Report – Partial Asbestos Abatement Activities, 1EC 39th Floor Column Project, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-11643)   

SCA

Environmental Inc.

   3/2/15
    127.    Indoor Air Quality Investigations for the Embarcadero Center Complex, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-11788)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   9/16/15
    128.    Boston Properties Proactive Indoor Air and Water Quality Report: Initial Inspection One Embarcadero Center, San Francisco, CA    Healthy Buildings    8/29/16
    129.    Letter Report – Partial Bulk Asbestos Survey, 1EC, 44th Floor Roof, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-12160   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   9/10/16
    130.    Summary Report: Bulk Asbestos, Lead-Based Paint and Hazardous Materials Survey at One Embarcadero Center, 25th & 26th Floor Restrooms, San Francisco, CA (SCA #12150.01)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   9/21/16
    131.    Final Report – Controlled Renovation Activities, 1EC 25th Floor, San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-12150.00)   

SCA

Environmental Inc.

   9/21/16
    132.    Letter Report – Partial Bulk Asbestos Survey, 1EC Exterior Caulking San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-12356)   

SCA

Environmental, Inc.

   4/13/17
    133.    Boston Properties Proactive Indoor Air and Water Quality Reinspection Report: One Embarcadero Center, San Francisco, CA    Healthy Buildings    9/18/17
    134.    Letter Report – Partial Bulk Asbestos Survey, 1EC Roof Caulking Sampling San Francisco, CA (SCA #B-12609)    SCA Environmental, Inc.    2/5/18

 

   -14-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


II.

CONTENTS OF O&M PROGRAM

The Table of Contents of the O&M Program contains the following sections:

 

          

Section

        Page  
  I.   

INTRODUCTION

     1-1  
  II.   

ASBESTOS BACKGROUND

     2-1  
  III.   

ABATEMENT ALTERNATIVES

     3-1  
  IV.   

SUPERVISORY STRUCTURE

     4-1  
  V.   

NOTIFICATION LETTERS AND AWARENESS PROGRAM

     5-1  
  VI.   

MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM

     6-1  
  VII.   

MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

     7-1  
  VIII.   

EMPLOYEE TRAINING PROGRAMS

     8-1  
  IX.   

INSPECTION PLAN

     9-1  
  X.   

DOCUMENTATION AND RECORDKEEPING

     10-1  
  XI.   

EMERGENCY OPERATING PROCEDURES

     11-1  
  XII.   

EQUIPMENT LIST AND SUGGESTED MANUFACTURERS

     12-1  

 

III.

SPECIFIC LOCATIONS WHERE ACM IS PRESENT IN ANY QUANTITY

 

          

Material

  

Asbestos

Quantity

  

Location

  

Report

  Fireproofing    5-10% Chrysotile    25 and 26 & Partial Mezzanine    Based upon results of sampling on other floors described in the 1983 EAL Corporation and 1986 Galson Technical Services’ reports
  Thermal System Insulation    <1% Chrysotile    Mezzanine, 42 and 43    1989-Galson Technical Services
  Mastic assoc/w 12” Floor Tile    <1% Chrysotile    Floor 42    1989-Galson Technical Services
  Plaster    <1% Actinolite    Mezzanine, 4, 10, 21, 22, 44    1991-Galson Technical Services

 

   -15-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


           12-inch square vinyl floor tiles and mastics    <1% Chrysotile in tiles & 1-5% Chrysotile in black mastics    Level A Janitor’s Storage Room    2002-SCA Environmental, Inc.
  Fire Door Cores    20-30% Chrysotile & 5-10% Amosite    Electrical Rooms, Mechanical Rooms & Stairwells Throughout (Partially Abated in 2006)    2005 SCA Environmental, Inc.
  Red Vinyl Floor Tiles & Black Mastics    5-10% CH in tiles & 10-20% CH in mastics    Hallway north of Hewitt’s Suite 1452    2008 SCA Environmental, Inc.
  Black residual mastics and off-white leveling compounds and former yellow carpet mastics over concrete    1-5% CH in black mastics    1EC 13th Floor Ste. 1300A Lobby    2011 SCA Environmental, Inc.
 

9-inch square gray vinyl composite floor tiles with black mastics, off-white leveling compounds and yellow residual carpet mastics over concrete

   <1% CH in tiles & 1-5% CH in black mastics    1EC 13th Floor Ste. 1300A North Office    2011 SCA Environmental, Inc.
  9-inch square gray vinyl composite floor tiles with black mastics, off-white leveling compounds and yellow residual carpet mastics over concrete    <1% CH in tiles & 1-5% CH in black mastics    1EC 13th Floor Ste. 1300A SW Office    2011 SCA Environmental, Inc.
  9-inch square gray vinyl composite floor tiles with black mastics, off-white leveling compounds and yellow residual carpet mastics over concrete    <1% CH in tiles & l-5% CH in black mastics    1EC 13th Floor Ste. 1300A South Hallway    2011 SCA Environmental, Inc.

 

   -16-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


           9-inch square gray vinyl composite floor tiles with black mastics, off-white leveling compounds and yellow residual carpet mastics over concrete    <1% CH in tiles & 1-5% CH in black mastics    1EC 13th Floor Ste. 1300A SE Office    2011 SCA Environmental, Inc.
  12-inch square gray vinyl composite floor tiles with black mastics and off-white leveling compounds over concrete    <1% CH in tiles & 1-5% CH in black mastics    1EC 13th Floor Ste. 1300A Kitchen    2011 SCA Environmental, Inc.
  Black residual mastics and off-white leveling compounds and former yellow carpet mastics over concrete    1-5% CH in black mastics    1EC 13th Floor Ste. 1300A North Office    2011 SCA Environmental, Inc.
  Black mastics under 9-inch square gray vinyl composite floor tiles with off-white streaks    5-10% CH in black mastics only    1EC Street Level Vent Control Room    2011 SCA Environmental, Inc.
  Fireproofing    5-10% Chrysotile    Inaccessible Areas, such as core wall overspray, spandrels behind metal flashings, encased columns, elevator shaft and partially renovated toilet wall cavities    2012 SCA Environmental, Inc.
  Light gray exterior caulking with off-white/light gray backer rod between seams of pre-cast concrete panels    2% Chrysotile    1EC 28th Floor West Parapet Walls    2018 SCA Environmental, Inc.

Asbestos-containing fireproofing material that is accessible has been removed from all floors of the Building except floors 25, and 26 and the western portion of the Mezzanine Mechanical Room. The fireproofing that is inaccessible is hidden by a suspended ceiling system on occupied floors with the exception of the electrical closets on these floors, and the emergency stairway landings. The space formed between the suspended ceiling and the corrugated decking is a return air plenum for the Building’s heating, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC) system.

 

   -17-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


Inaccessible ACM fireproofing remains behind sealed plaster columns, behind metal flashings at the perimeter spandrel beams and plaster encasement at various core walls.

THE O&M PROGRAM AND THE RESULTS OF MONITORING DESCRIBED ABOVE, INCLUDING MONITORING DATA AND SAMPLING PROCEDURES AND THE ASBESTOS SURVEYS ARE AVAILABLE FOR REVIEW DURING NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS IN THE BUILDING OFFICE, AT THE ABOVE ADDRESS, MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY EXCEPT LEGAL HOLIDAYS. NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER ARE MADE REGARDING THE O&M PROGRAM, THE REPORTS CONCERNING SUCH O&M PROGRAM OR THE SURVEYS (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE CONTENTS OR ACCURACY THEREOF), OR THE PRESENCE OR ABSENCE OF TOXIC OR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IN, AT, OR UNDER ANY PREMISES OR THE BUILDING.

 

   -18-   

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


EXHIBIT G

ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER

ACCEPTABLE FORMS OF INSURANCE CERTIFICATE

 

LOGO

CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE Date(mm/dd/yyy) THIS certificate IS ISSUED AS & MATTER OF information WILY AND confers HO RIGHTS upon THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER THIS CERTIFICATE DOES mot AFFIRMATIVELY or negatively AMEND . extend OR ALTER the COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE policies below. THIS certificate OF insurance DOES NOT constitute A CONTRACT BETWEEN the issuing INSURERS), AUTHORIZED REPRSSENTAT1VE OS PRODUCER. AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER important; if the certificat holder is an additional insured, to pollcy) must wdmed. if subrogation IS waived. subject to term and condition or the policy, certain politics may require an endorment A statement on this certificats does not conter nights to the certificate holder in of ever

 

  

EXHIBIT G

-1-

  

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


LOGO

 

  

EXHIBIT G

-2-

  

[ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER]

[1Life Healthcare, Inc.]

[AMLGM&N]


EXHIBIT H

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

[

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER                                                   

ISSUE DATE:                                  

ISSUING BANK:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

3003 TASMAN DRIVE

2ND FLOOR, MAIL SORT HF210

SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA 95054

BENEFICIARY:

APPLICANT:

 

AMOUNT:

  

US$ ( AND XX/100 U.S. DOLLARS)

EXPIRATION DATE:

  

SVB WILL PUT A SPECIFIC DATE HERE THAT’S 1 YEAR

ISSUANCE HERE

  

PLACE OF EXPIRATION:     ISSUING BANK’S COUNTERS AT ITS ABOVE ADDRESS

DEAR SIR/MADAM:

WE HEREBY ESTABLISH OUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF              IN YOUR FAVOR AVAILABLE BY PAYMENT AGAINST YOUR PRESENTATION TO US OF THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENT:

BENEFICIARY’S SIGNED AND DATED STATEMENT INDICATING THE AMOUNT OF THE DRAW AND STATING AS FOLLOWS:

ALL THE DETAILS SET FORTH HEREIN IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT IS APPROVED BY APPLICANT. IF THERE IS ANY DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE DETAILS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT AND THE LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATION, BETWEEN APPLICANT AND SILICON VALLEY BANK. THE DETAILS HEREOF SHALL PREVAIL.”

 

     
APPLICANT’S SIGNATURE(s)     DATE  


(I) “BENEFICIARY IS OTHERWISE ALLOWED TO DRAW DOWN ON THE LETTER OF CREDIT PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE BY AND BETWEEN BENEFICIARY AND APPLICANT DATED [INSERT LEASE DATE], AS AMENDED (COLLECTIVELY, THE “LEASE”).”;

OR

(II) “BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO DRAW DOWN THE FULL AMOUNT OF LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                      AS THE RESULT OF THE FILING OF A VOLUNTARY PETITION UNDER THE U.S. BANKRUPTCY CODE OR A STATE BANKRUPTCY CODE BY THE TENANT UNDER THE LEASE, WHICH FILING HAS NOT BEEN DISMISSED AT THE TIME OF THIS DRAWING,”;

OR

(III) “BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO DRAW DOWN THE FULL AMOUNT OF LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                      AS THE RESULT OF AN INVOLUNTARY PETITION HAVING BEEN FILED UNDER THE U.S. BANKRUPTCY CODE OR A STATE BANKRUPTCY CODE AGAINST THE TENANT UNDER THE LEASE, WHICH FILING HAS NOT BEEN DISMISSED AT THE TIME OF THIS DRAWING.”

PARTIAL DRAWS AND MULTIPLE PRESENTATIONS ARE ALLOWED.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED FOR AN ADDITIONAL PERIOD OF ONE YEAR, WITHOUT AMENDMENT, FROM THE PRESENT OR EACH FUTURE EXPIRATION DATE UNLESS AT LEAST SIXTY (60) DAYS PRIOR TO THE THEN CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE WE SEND TO YOU A NOTICE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL OR OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE AT THE ABOVE ADDRESS (OR ANY OTHER ADDRESS INDICATED BY YOU, IN A WRITTEN NOTICE TO US THE RECEIPT OF WHICH WE HAVE ACKNOWLEDGED, AS THE ADDRESS TO WHICH WE SHOULD SEND SUCH NOTICE) THAT THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WILL NOT BE EXTENDED BEYOND THE THEN CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE. IN NO EVENT SHALL THIS LETTER OF CREDIT BE AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED BEYOND                     . IN THE EVENT WE SEND SUCH NOTICE OF NON-EXTENSION, YOU MAY DRAW HEREUNDER BY YOUR PRESENTATION TO US OF YOUR SIGNED AND DATED STATEMENT STATING THAT YOU HAVE RECEIVED A NON-EXTENSION NOTICE FROM SILICON VALLEY BANK IN RESPECT OF LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF                             , YOU ARE DRAWING ON SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT FOR US$                         , AND YOU HAVE NOT RECEIVED A REPLACEMENT LETTER OF CREDIT ACCEPTABLE TO YOU.

 

ALL THE DETAILS SET FORTH HEREIN IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT IS APPROVED BY APPLICANT. IF THERE IS ANY DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE DETAILS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT AND THE LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATION, BETWEEN APPLICANT AND SILICON VALLEY BANK. THE DETAILS HEREOF SHALL PREVAIL.”

 

     
APPLICANT’S SIGNATURE(s)     DATE  


ALL DEMANDS FOR PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE BY PRESENTATION OF THE REQUIRED DOCUMENTS ON A BUSINESS DAY AT OUR OFFICE (THE “BANK’S OFFICE”) AT: SILICON VALLEY BANK, 3003 TASMAN DRIVE, MAIL SORT HF 210, SANTA CLARA, CA 95054, ATTENTION: GLOBAL TRADE FINANCE. WE HEREBY AGREE WITH YOU THAT IF DRAFTS ARE PRESENTED TO BANK’S OFFICE UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AT OR PRIOR TO 11:00 A.M. PACIFIC TIME, ON A BUSINESS DAY, AND PROVIDED THAT SUCH DRAFTS PRESENTED CONFORM TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, PAYMENT SHALL BE INITIATED BY US IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS BY OUR CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON THE SUCCEEDING BUSINESS DAY. IF DRAFTS ARE PRESENTED TO BANK’S OFFICE UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AFTER 11:00 A.M. PACIFIC TIME, ON A BUSINESS DAY, AND PROVIDED THAT SUCH DRAFTS CONFORM WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, PAYMENT SHALL BE INITIATED BY US IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS BY OUR CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON THE SECOND SUCCEEDING BUSINESS DAY. AS USED IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, “BUSINESS DAY” SHALL MEAN ANY DAY OTHER THAN A SATURDAY, SUNDAY OR A DAY ON WHICH BANKING INSTITUTIONS IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA ARE AUTHORIZED OR REQUIRED BY LAW TO CLOSE. IF THE EXPIRATION DATE FOR THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL EVER FALL ON A DAY WHICH IS NOT A BUSINESS DAY THEN SUCH EXPIRATION DATE SHALL AUTOMATICALLY BE EXTENDED TO THE DATE WHICH IS THE NEXT BUSINESS DAY.

PRESENTATION OF A DRAWING UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY BE MADE ON OR PRIOR TO THE THEN CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE HEREOF BY HAND DELIVERY, COURIER SERVICE, OVERNIGHT MAIL, OR FACSIMILE. SHOULD BENEFICIARY WISH TO MAKE A PRESENTATION UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT ENTIRELY BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION IT NEED NOT TRANSMIT THE ORIGINAL OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AND AMENDMENTS, IF ANY. EACH FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION SHALL BE MADE AT: (408) 496-2418 OR (408) 969-6510; AND UNDER CONTEMPORANEOUS TELEPHONE ADVICE TO: (408) 654-6274 OR (408) 654-7716, ATTENTION: GLOBAL TRADE FINANCE. ABSENCE OF THE AFORESAID TELEPHONE ADVICE SHALL NOT AFFECT OUR OBLIGATION TO HONOR ANY DRAW REQUEST.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS TRANSFERABLE IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART ONE OR MORE TIMES, BUT IN EACH INSTANCE ONLY TO A SINGLE BENEFICIARY AS TRANSFEREE AND FOR THE THEN AVAILABLE AMOUNT, ASSUMING SUCH TRANSFER TO SUCH TRANSFEREE WOULD BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THEN APPLICABLE LAW AND REGULATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE REGULATIONS OF THE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF TREASURY AND U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE. AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER, THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ORIGINALS OR COPIES OF ALL AMENDMENTS, IF ANY, TO THIS LETTER OF

 

ALL THE DETAILS SET FORTH HEREIN IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT IS APPROVED BY APPLICANT. IF THERE IS ANY DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE DETAILS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT AND THE LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATION, BETWEEN APPLICANT AND SILICON VALLEY BANK. THE DETAILS HEREOF SHALL PREVAIL.”

 

     
APPLICANT’S SIGNATURE(s)     DATE  


CREDIT MUST BE SURRENDERED TO US AT OUR ADDRESS INDICATED IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT TOGETHER WITH OUR TRANSFER FORM ATTACHED HERETO AS EXHIBIT A DULY EXECUTED. THE CORRECTNESS OF THE SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF THE PERSON SIGNING THE TRANSFER FORM MUST BE VERIFIED BY BENEFICIARY’S BANK. APPLICANT SHALL PAY OUR TRANSFER FEE OF 14 OF 1% OF THE TRANSFER AMOUNT (MINIMUM US$250.00) UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, WHICH WILL NOT BE A CONDITION OF SUCH TRANSFER. EACH TRANSFER SHALL BE EVIDENCED BY EITHER (1) OUR ENDORSEMENT ON THE REVERSE OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT AND WE SHALL FORWARD THE ORIGINAL OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT SO ENDORSED TO THE TRANSFEREE OR (2) OUR ISSUING A REPLACEMENT LETTER OF CREDIT TO THE TRANSFEREE ON SUBSTANTIALLY THE SAME TERMS AND CONDITIONS AS THE TRANSFERRED LETTER OF CREDIT (IN WHICH EVENT THE TRANSFERRED LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL HAVE NO FURTHER EFFECT).

IF ANY INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING A DRAWING UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT REQUEST THAT PAYMENT IS TO BE MADE BY TRANSFER TO YOUR ACCOUNT WITH ANOTHER BANK, WE WILL ONLY EFFECT SUCH PAYMENT BY FED WIRE TO A U.S. REGULATED BANK, AND WE AND/OR SUCH OTHER BANK MAY RELY ON AN ACCOUNT NUMBER SPECIFIED IN SUCH INSTRUCTIONS EVEN IF THE NUMBER IDENTIFIES A PERSON OR ENTITY DIFFERENT FROM THE INTENDED PAYEE.

IF THIS ORIGINAL STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IS LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED, WE WILL ISSUE YOU A “CERTIFIED TRUE COPY” OF THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT UPON OUR RECEIPT OF YOUR INDEMNITY LETTER TO SILICON VALLEY BANK WHICH WILL BE SENT TO YOU UPON OUR RECEIPT OF YOUR REQUEST THAT THIS STANDBY LETTER OF IS LOST, STOLEN, OR DESTROYED.

IF THE ORIGINAL OF THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IS MUTILATED, WE WILL ISSUE YOU A REPLACEMENT STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT WITH THE SAME NUMBER, DATE AND TERMS AS THE ORIGINAL UPON OUR RECEIPT OF THE MUTILATED STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT.

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES (ISP98), INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE, PUBLICATION NO. 590.

SILICON VALLEY BANK,

 

ALL THE DETAILS SET FORTH HEREIN IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT IS APPROVED BY APPLICANT. IF THERE IS ANY DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE DETAILS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT AND THE LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATION, BETWEEN APPLICANT AND SILICON VALLEY BANK. THE DETAILS HEREOF SHALL PREVAIL.”

 

     
APPLICANT’S SIGNATURE(s)     DATE  


    
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE      AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER                                                      

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF TRANSFER FORM

 

DATE:                                         

  

TO: SILICON VALLEY BANK

  

3003 TASMAN DRIVE

  

RE: IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT

SANTA CLARA, CA 95054

  

NO.                              ISSUED BY

ATTN: GLOBAL TRADE FINANCE

  

SILICON VALLEY BANK, SANTA CLARA

STANDBY LETTERS OF CREDIT

  

L/C AMOUNT:                                     

GENTLEMEN:

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY TRANSFERS TO:

 

 

(NAME OF TRANSFEREE)

 

 

(ADDRESS)

ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY TO DRAW UNDER THE ABOVE LETTER OF CREDIT UP TO ITS AVAILABLE AMOUNT AS SHOWN ABOVE AS OF THE DATE OF THIS TRANSFER.

BY THIS TRANSFER, ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY IN SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT ARE TRANSFERRED TO THE TRANSFEREE. TRANSFEREE SHALL HAVE THE SOLE RIGHTS AS BENEFICIARY THEREOF, INCLUDING SOLE RIGHTS RELATING TO ANY AMENDMENTS, WHETHER INCREASES OR EXTENSIONS OR OTHER AMENDMENTS, AND WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER MADE. ALL AMENDMENTS ARE TO BE ADVISED DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFEREE WITHOUT NECESSITY OF ANY CONSENT OF OR NOTICE TO THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY.

THE ORIGINAL OF SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT IS RETURNED HEREWITH, AND WE ASK YOU TO EITHER (1) ENDORSE THE TRANSFER ON THE REVERSE THEREOF, AND FORWARD IT DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFEREE WITH YOUR CUSTOMARY NOTICE OF TRANSFER, OR (2) ISSUE A REPLACEMENT LETTER OF CREDIT TO THE TRANSFEREE ON SUBSTANTIALLY THE SAME TERMS AND CONDITIONS AS THE TRANSFERRED LETTER OF CREDIT (IN WHICH EVENT THE TRANSFERRED LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL HAVE NO FURTHER EFFECT).

 

SINCERELY,       SIGNATURE AUTHENTICATED

 

(BENEFICIARY’S NAME)

      The name(s), title(s), and signature(s) conform to that/those on file with us for the company and the signature(s) is/are authorized to execute this instrument.
     
     

(Name of Bank)

 

(SIGNATURE OF BENEFICIARY)

 

      (Address of Bank)

(NAME AND TITLE)

 

      (City, State, ZIP Code)
     

(Authorized Name and Title)

 

     

(Authorized Signature)

 

      (Telephone number)

 

ALL THE DETAILS SET FORTH HEREIN IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT IS APPROVED BY APPLICANT. IF THERE IS ANY DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE DETAILS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT AND THE LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATION, BETWEEN APPLICANT AND SILICON VALLEY BANK, THE DETAILS HEREOF SHALL PREVAIL.”

 

     
APPLICANT’S SIGNATURE(s)     DATE  

Exhibit 10.22

ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

FIRST AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE, (the “Amendment”) is made and entered into as of the 17 day of June, 2019 (“Effective Date”) by and between One Embarcadero Center Venture, a California general partnership (“Landlord”), and 1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

R E C I T A L S:

 

  A.

Tenant has entered into that certain Office Lease (the “Lease”) dated September 25, 2018, pursuant to which Tenant leases approximately 60,784 rentable square feet of office space (the “Premises”) in that certain building located in San Francisco, California and commonly known as Building Embarcadero Center (the “Building”), which building is owned by Landlord.

 

  B.

Tenant desires to interconnect its premises on the 17th floor of the Building to the closet riser on the 13th floor of the building. Landlord is willing to grant Tenant a License for such an interconnection, subject to certain terms and conditions.

A G R E E M E N T:

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows.

1. Defined Terms. All terms defined in the Lease when used herein shall have the same meaning as is given such terms in the Lease unless expressly superseded by the terms of this Number Amendment.

2. Telecommunications License.

 

(a)

Landlord grants Tenant a License to install one (1) Cat 6 cable from the 17th floor of the Building to the 13th floor AT&T existing fiber/equipment location via the Building’s East closet riser (the “Riser”), as shown on the plans attached as Exhibit A (“Tenant’s Installation”).

 

(b)

Such License is expressly subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

  (i)

All work in connection with Tenant’s Installation, including without limitation, any maintenance, repair, replacement or removal required during the Term of this License, (collectively, “Work”) shall be supervised or performed by Landlord’s then-current riser manager or by a contractor subject to Landlord’s approval, in conformance with the policies and procedures adopted by Landlord for the Building and with the route diagrams attached hereto as Exhibit A. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the payment of all fees to the riser manager and/or contractor for such Work.

 

   1   

BUILDING

TENANT

SF LEGAL/MY


  (ii)

All cabling and conduit shall be separately labeled, per floor, and encased in a manner approved by Landlord.

 

  (iii)

Such cabling and conduit shall be for the exclusive use of Tenant, and Tenant shall not lease, license or otherwise authorize or use the cabling and/or conduit to provide telecommunications or other services to any other Tenant or occupant of the Building.

 

  (iv)

All Work shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and in compliance with all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations, including fire codes, and all floor and wall penetrations made as a result of any Work shall be sealed and returned to their designed fire rating by the use of appropriate fire stopping materials. Tenant shall be solely responsible for obtaining any and all permits associated with such Work. Tenant shall comply, and shall cause any and all contractors and subcontractors performing Work in the Building to comply, with Landlord’s construction rules and regulations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all Work shall be performed at such times and in such manner (as reasonably designated by Landlord) as to minimize any interference with the business operations of Building Tenants. Tenant’s Installation shall be operated in a manner so that no element or component thereof interferes with any equipment properly located in or on the Building, and if Tenant should cause such measurable interference, Tenant shall eliminate it within twenty-four (24) hours after notice thereof.

 

  (v)

Tenant shall keep the Building free and clear from any mechanics’ liens, vendor liens or any other liens arising out of any Work, including without limitation, any and all construction, installation, or maintenance or removal activities performed or materials or equipment furnished by or for the account of Tenant in connection with this License.

 

  (vi)

No junction boxes, splices, hubs or any other equipment will be installed in the Building, MPOE room or telephone closets as part of Tenant’s Installation.

 

  (vii)

Tenant shall not alter, reconfigure, relabel or in any manner manipulate any of the existing telecommunications and/or electrical wiring in the Building without the prior written approval of Landlord, which Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

  (viii)

Landlord reserves the right (upon thirty (30) days’ prior notice to, but otherwise without the consent of, Tenant) to make improvements and/or additions to portions of the Building, including, without limitation, undertaking structural, roof replacement and maintenance and seismic improvement projects in the

 

   2   

BUILDING

TENANT

SF LEGAL/MY


  Building. Such construction activity may result in columns, beams and other structural components being placed in the Riser and/or a relocation of the Riser. Landlord, upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Tenant, may require that Tenant relocate, either permanently or temporarily, all or part of Tenant’s Installation to accommodate Landlord’s construction activities, and Tenant shall comply with Landlord’s request within said thirty (30) day period. Any such temporary or permanent relocation shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

  (ix)

Landlord makes no warranty or representation that the Building or riser is suitable for Tenant’s use, it being assumed that Tenant has inspected the Building and riser accepts the same in their “as is” condition, and agrees that Landlord is under no obligation to perform any work or provide any materials to prepare the Building or riser for use under this License.

 

  (x)

Tenant shall be responsible for payment of any and all applicable taxes or assessments, if any, attributable to or levied against Tenant’s Installation during the term of this License.

 

  (xi)

At the termination of the Lease, Tenant shall remove all portions of Tenant’s Installation located in any telephone riser closet or located in Tenant’s Premises, interconnecting telephone riser closets from floor to floor, and interconnecting any telephone riser closets with equipment located elsewhere within Tenant’s Premises. If Tenant fails to remove Tenant’s Installation as directed by Landlord, Landlord may remove and dispose of Tenant’s Installation at the expense of Tenant.

 

  (xii)

Tenant covenants that Tenant’s Installation shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and risk. Tenant hereby waives as against Landlord, and releases Landlord from, all claims for damage to any property or injury, illness or death of any person in, upon or about the Building arising from Tenant’s Installation or any and all Work, howsoever caused, other than by reason, and to the extent, of the gross negligence or willful act of Landlord.

 

  (xiii)

Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, actions, damages, liability, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) in connection with loss of life, personal injury, damage to the property or business or any other loss or injury arising out of Tenant’s Installation, or any Work, or use of Tenant’s Installation, or the access to the Tenant’s Installation, by any employee, agent, contractor, invitee or other person acting on behalf of Tenant, or a breach by Tenant of the terms of this License, unless caused by Landlord’s willful misconduct or gross negligence.

 

  (xiv)

In no event shall Landlord be responsible or liable to Tenant, or to any person or entity claiming under Tenant, for any consequential or punitive damages, including (but not limited to) lost profits, no matter what the cause, including (but not limited to) any temporary or permanent: (i) interference by any person or entity with Tenant’s Installation, (ii) interruption of utilities or other services to or for Tenant’s Installation, (iii) interruption in access to Tenant’s Installation, (iv) act or omission arising in connection with Tenant’s Installation, or any Work related thereto or any use thereof.

 

   3   

BUILDING

TENANT

SF LEGAL/MY


3. License Fee. Commencing on the Effective Date and until termination of this License, Tenant shall pay Landlord a Telecommunications License Fee of amount Dollars ($20.00) per month.

4. License Term. This License shall commence as of the date first set forth above, and shall be coterminous with the Lease, as such Lease may be extended.

5. Brokers. Tenant hereby warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker, agent or finder in connection with the negotiation of this Amendment, and agrees to indemnify and defend Landlord against and hold it harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, and costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of the indemnifying party’s dealings with any real estate broker, agent or finder. The terms of this Paragraph 5 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Amendment.

6. No Further Modification. Except as set forth in this Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

[signature page follows]

 

   4   

BUILDING

TENANT

SF LEGAL/MY


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Number Amendment has been executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

TENANT:       LANDLORD:
1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC., a Delaware corporation      

ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER VENTURE, a

California general partnership

BY:  

/s/ Bjorn Thalen

      BY:   BOSTON PROPERTIES LLC, a
 

Bjorn Thalen

       

Delaware limited liability company, its

managing general partner

  Its:  

CFO

     
BY:  

 

              BY:   BOSTON PROPERTIES LIMITED
                  PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited
  Its:  

 

            Partner, its managing member
                         BY:   BOSTON PROPERTIES, INC.,
                     

a Delaware corporation,

its general partner

                             BY:  

/s/ Rod Diehl

                       

Rod Diehl

Senior Vice President, Leasing

 

   5   

BUILDING

TENANT

SF LEGAL/MY


EXHIBIT A

 

LOGO

 

   6   

BUILDING

TENANT

SF LEGAL/MY

Exhibit 10.23

ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT

by and between

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

and

[ONE MEDICAL GROUP]


ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT

THIS ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT (Agreement) is entered into by and between 1Life Healthcare, Inc., a Delaware corporation (Administrator) and [One Medical Group, a [     ] professional corporation] (Group) shall govern and be deemed to be effective as of [     ] (the Effective Date). Group and Administrator are sometimes referred to in this Agreement as a Party or, collectively, as the Parties.

RECITALS

A. Group employs or contracts with physicians, nurse practitioners, physician assistants and other professionals licensed to practice in the State of [     ] and in such other states where Group has qualified to do business as a foreign corporation, and operates a medical practice to provide medical care to patients at one or more medical offices located in the State of [     ] and in such other states where Group has qualified to do business as a foreign corporation, including any on-site Group clinics established at an enterprise customer’s or enterprise customer-specified location (collectively, the Practice).

B. Administrator is in the business of providing administrative services to health care providers.

C. Group and Administrator believe that Administrator’s provision of the Administrative Services (as defined below) will enhance Group’s ability to provide high quality, efficient medical care to Group’s patients.

D. Group and Administrator recognize and acknowledge that: (i) Administrator’s administrative expertise will contribute significant value to Group’s performance, and (ii) Administrator will incur substantial costs and business risks in providing, or arranging for the provision of, the equipment, support services, personnel, marketing, technology, office space, administration, and other items and services that are the subject matter of this Agreement.

E. Group and Administrator acknowledge and agree that it is the intent of the Parties that the Administrative Fee (as defined below) payable to Administrator under this Agreement reasonably compensates Administrator for the fair market value to Group of Administrator’s management and administrative expertise, given the considerable business risk to Administrator in providing the items and services that are the subject of this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this agreement, the Parties agree as follows:


ARTICLE I.

ADMINISTRATOR’S OBLIGATIONS

1.1 Engagement and Authority

Group hereby exclusively engages Administrator, and Administrator hereby accepts engagement by Group, to provide and/or arrange for the provision of, the Administrative Services, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

1.2 Administrative Services

Administrator shall, during the term of this Agreement, provide, or arrange for the provision of, the following management, administrative and business services as are deemed by Administrator to be reasonably necessary and appropriate for the day-to-day administration of the business aspects of the Practice (the Administrative Services).

Subject to the Group’s rights set forth in Section 2 and the following paragraph, Administrator has the full responsibility and authority to design, operate and administer the day-to-day aspects of the Practice’s non-medical operations in any reasonable manner Administrator deems appropriate, and to perform the specific functions set out elsewhere in this Agreement, all without the prior consultation or approval of the Group unless otherwise explicitly stated in this Agreement. Administrator shall have the authority over all decision-making relating to ongoing, major or central non-medical operations of the Group (except for decision-making relating to the delivery of professional services, which shall be the exclusive responsibility of the Group). Specifically, Administrator shall have decision-making authority over the scope of services (other than the clinical aspects of the delivery of the professional services of the Group), negotiation and execution of contracts, design, development, implementation and use of technology, establishment and approval of operating and capital budgets, and issuance of debt to the Group. Further, Administrator shall have the ability to make recommendations to Group regarding the establishment and implementation of guidelines for patient acceptance policies and procedures, the pricing of services and the selection, hiring and firing of physicians, nurse practitioners, physician assistants and other licensed persons who furnish professional services through the Group as employees or contractors (collectively, Group Practitioners).

The Board of Directors of the Group, and such officers of the Group to whom the Board of Directors has delegated such authority, shall at all times retain all authority exclusively reserved to the Group by law and by its charter and bylaws, as may be amended from time to time, including without limitation all decisions related to the care and treatment of patients.

Administrator has no obligation or authority under this Agreement regarding, and shall not undertake, any activity that is required by law to be provided solely by a licensed physician or medical professional. Moreover, the Parties acknowledge and agree that Administrator may not be held responsible for any damages, costs, or liabilities related to the delivery of health care services to the patients of the Group or any Group Practitioner.


The Group hereby grants Administrator the authority to carry out the Administrative Services on behalf of the Group. Accordingly, the Group hereby grants Administrator, and individuals that Administrator authorizes (including subcontractors) to carry out the Administrative Services, with the authority to execute contracts and other instruments on behalf of the Group as is necessary or useful in the performance of the Administrative Services; provided, however, that this provision does not apply where this Agreement or the law expressly prohibits such a delegation of authority. In addition, the Group shall cooperate with Administrator in transferring or accepting or making assignment of contracts and other assets as necessary or useful in the administration of the Group at Administrator’s sole discretion.

Additional responsibilities and duties of Administrator hereunder shall include the following, all as subject to the Group’s rights set forth in Section 2:

(a) Billing and Collection Services

Administrator shall conduct all billing and collection services on Group’s behalf and in Group’s name with respect to all patients and third-party payors. Administrator shall assist with payor enrollment and generate bills based upon the fees (including capitation and other types of revenue, as applicable) charged by Group for professional services rendered by Group Practitioners.

(b) Financial Management Services

Administrator shall provide or arrange for the provision of all financial management services that are determined by Administrator, with consultation from Group, from time to time to be reasonably necessary and appropriate for Group’s operations, including accounting, bookkeeping, operation and capital budgeting, tax matters, collections and accounts receivable activities, accounts payable processing, and electronic data processing. All business records, papers and documents relating to collections and accounts receivable activities shall be available for inspection by Group at all reasonable times and upon reasonable written notice, and at Group’s sole cost. Administrator shall be entitled to retain a complete copy of all such documents upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement.

Included in financial management services shall be short and long range planning, including the projection of personnel needs, proposals of benefit packages, analyses of future markets, and other necessary planning services. Administrator shall prepare annual budgets on behalf of Group, which shall be submitted to the Group for its approval. Group agrees to provide Administrator with approval of such budget (the “Annual Budget”) no later than thirty (30) days prior to commencement of each fiscal year during the term of this Agreement. Such Annual Budget must be acceptable to Administrator in its sole discretion. Group agrees to operate consistent with the Annual Budget unless the variance from the Annual Budget is previously approved by Administrator or it involves an emergency expenditure to maintain required staffing levels or treatment standards and approval of Administrator could not be obtained in a timely manner because of the emergency.


(c) Payor Contracts

Administrator shall negotiate and execute, in Group’s name and on Group’s behalf, all payor contracts that are determined by Administrator, with consultation from Group, from time to time to be reasonably necessary and appropriate for the operation of the Practice, including contracts with hospitals, health insurance companies, managed care organizations, preferred provider organizations and health maintenance organizations. Consistent with antitrust laws and guidance, Administrator shall provide input and assistance on the creation of guidelines for payor contracts for Group, which guidelines shall include parameters that the Parties deem appropriate, including gainsharing or other value-based payment components that reward Group and the Group Practitioners for improved quality, reduced cost and better health outcomes. Administrator shall use reasonable efforts to negotiate payor contracts that are consistent with such payor contracting guidelines and shall consult with Group regarding any payor contract that is inconsistent with the established payor contracting guidelines prior to entering into such payor contract.

(d) Administrative Oversight and Day-to-Day Services

Administrator shall provide Administrative Services to support the effective operations of the Group and the professional services furnished thereby. Such Administrative Services may include supervisory personnel and staff in the areas of operations, performance improvement, human resources, financial management and other areas. Administrator shall also provide or arrange for the provision of all telephones, office services (including secretarial, transcription, reception, scheduling, duplication and facsimile services), janitorial services, maintenance services, security services, and any other services of a similar nature reasonably necessary and appropriate for the operation of the Practice.

(e) Marketing and Public Relations

Administrator shall provide or arrange for the provision of marketing, advertising and public relations services reasonably necessary and appropriate for the operation of the Group’s operations.

(f) Practice Supplies

Administrator shall provide or arrange for the provision of all medical and non-medical supplies that are determined by Administrator, with consultation from Group, from time to time to be reasonably necessary and appropriate for the operation of the Practice to be delivered to Group, including but not limited to vaccines, medications, syringes, office-administered pharmaceuticals, stationery, statement forms or invoices, office supplies and copier paper. Group shall select all medical supplies, with such assistance from Administrator as Group may request from time to time.


(g) Patient Records

Administrator shall provide or arrange for the provision of all record keeping services related to the maintenance and storage of medical records for Group’s patients that are reasonably necessary and appropriate for the operation of the Practice; provided, however, that such records shall remain the property of Group. Administrator shall also provide or arrange for the provision of all data analysis services related to such patients records such as quality improvement services, market design, program design, referral process updates, practice analytics, service updates and improvements, ROI analysis and all related methods including propensity score matching and risk adjustment, data analytics, quantitative and qualitative metrics, use in practice improvement, model fitting, patient-level analytics, care pathway analytics, network analysis, and patient matching. Administrator may, in its sole discretion, maintain a copy of such records during and after termination of this Agreement.

(h) Support Personnel

Administrator shall provide or arrange for the provision of all support personnel that are deemed by Administrator to be reasonably necessary and appropriate for the operation of the Practice (“Support Personnel”). Administrator shall have the exclusive right to hire and terminate all Support Personnel; provided, however, that Administrator shall remove any Support Personnel at Group’s request. Except as otherwise agreed between Administrator and Group, Administrator shall have the right to determine and pay compensation payable to all Support Personnel, including salaries, deferred compensation, fringe benefits, bonuses, health insurance, long-term disability and group life insurance, workers’ compensation insurance, unemployment insurance, retirement benefits and any other benefits that Support Personnel may receive. Administrator shall be responsible for all employee record keeping, payroll accounting (including social security and other payroll tax reporting), income tax withholding, social security and other payroll taxes, forms processing, payroll and Internal Revenue Service filings and records storage and retrieval on behalf of all Support Personnel. Administrator shall manage and supervise all Support Personnel.

(i) Development and Provision of Digital Health Technologies and Services, and Electronic Health Records

Administrator shall be responsible for the development, installation, maintenance and operations of digital health technologies and electronic health records, inclusive of asynchronous provider messaging capabilities, synchronous tele-health services such as video visits, and member and patient portals.

(j) Development of New Practice Locations

Administrator shall be responsible for the development of new Practice locations, subject to the approval of Group. Administrator’s Practice location development responsibilities shall include (i) site selection, (ii) lease negotiation and execution, and (iii) build-out, design and decoration of new Practice locations. Administrator shall have sole discretion in determining all aspects related to the look, feel and operations of the new Practice locations pursuant to this Agreement.


(k) Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment

Administrator shall provide or arrange for the provision of all furniture, fixtures, and non-medical equipment that is reasonably necessary and appropriate for the operation of the Practice as determined by Administrator, with consultation from Group, and all medical equipment that is reasonably necessary and appropriate for the operation of the Practice, as determined by Group with consultation from Administrator from time to time (the Equipment). Group’s use of the Equipment shall be subject to the following conditions: (i) To the extent permitted by law, legal title to all Equipment shall be in Administrator’s name, and shall remain in Administrator’s name upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement. Without Administrator’s prior written consent, Group shall not cause or agree to any lien, security interest, claim or encumbrance of any kind being placed on, incurred on, levied against, or recorded on the Equipment. At the request of Administrator, Group shall execute any UCC-1 Financing Statements or similar documents evidencing Administrator’s ownership of the Equipment; (ii) Group shall not remove the Equipment from the applicable Practice site or relocate the Equipment to another place without Administrator’s prior written consent; and (iii) Administrator shall maintain the Equipment in good working order, including arranging for all necessary repairs to, and maintenance of, the Equipment. Group shall use its best efforts to prevent damage, excessive wear, and breakdown of the Equipment. Group shall promptly advise Administrator in writing of any needed repairs or maintenance of the Equipment.

(l) Office Space

Administrator shall provide or arrange for the provision of the office space that is reasonably necessary and appropriate for the operation of the Practice, including any new Practice locations that may be developed following the Effective Date (the Office Space). The provision of Office Space may include, without limitation, locating, negotiating, and leasing or entering into other agreements or contracts as appropriate in the name of Administrator, to provide the Office Space.

(m) Utilities

Administrator shall provide or arrange for the provision of all electricity, gas, telephone, water, heat and air conditioning to the Office Space that is reasonably necessary and appropriate for the operation of the Practice.

(n) Waste Management

Administrator shall arrange for the proper disposal of all medical and non-medical waste generated by the Practice, provided that such waste is generated in the ordinary course of the Practice. Group and Group Practitioners shall comply with all guidelines established by Administrator with respect to the disposal of Group’s waste. Group and Group Practitioners shall comply with all guidelines established by Administrator regarding the operation and maintenance of the Equipment or any other item that has environmental law implications.


(o) Reports

Administrator shall provide or arrange for the provision of financial statements relating to Group operations (Group Financial Statements) on an annual basis. Group shall, at its expense, have the right to conduct an independent audit of Group Financial Statements.

(p) Operating Licenses

Administrator shall assist Group in applying for and maintaining all requisite permits and licenses necessary for the operation of the Practice, if any.

(q) Insurance

Administrator shall assist Group in obtaining and maintaining all insurance policies that are necessary and reasonable for the operation of the Practice, including, but not limited to, malpractice insurance and general liability insurance.

(r) Licensing; Credentialing

Administrator shall provide administrative and operational support to Group to ensure that Group Practitioners are duly licensed to practice medicine, and to help Group obtain and maintain all credentialing and re-credentialing requirements on behalf of the Group Practitioners as required by law or by any third-party payors that contract with Group; provided, however, that it shall remain Group’s responsibility to ensure that Group Practitioners are duly licensed, credentialed and re-credentialed in accordance with applicable state and federal laws.

(s) Quality and Utilization Management

Administrator shall provide such administrative support for Group’s quality and utilization management committee(s) and activities as reasonably requested by Group from time to time.

(t) Recruitment

Administrator shall assist Group in the recruitment and hiring of Group Practitioners on behalf of the Group. Group retains responsibility for monitoring and maintaining the qualifications of its Group Practitioners, and agrees that the role of Administrator is to present candidates for consideration by Group. Group retains responsibility for the hiring, termination, training and supervision of Group Practitioners employed or otherwise retained by Group.

(u) Additional Services

Although the Parties have endeavored to reflect the management and administrative services that Administrator shall provide hereunder, they expressly recognize that there may be additional services provided by Administrator or for which Administrator will arrange for the provision of, including, but not limited to legal, risk management and regulatory consulting, compliance and human resources services, it being the intent of the Parties that all management and administrative services necessary for the operation of the Group be provided by Administrator. Additional services also may be suggested by the Group and provided by Administrator upon mutual agreement of the Parties.


1.3 Standard of Performance

Administrator shall have the exclusive authority to perform all of the Administrative Services set forth in this Agreement. Administrator shall perform the Administrative Services under this Agreement with such care as a competent businessperson with reasonable experience in administering the non-medical aspects of medical practices.

1.4 Administrator’s Right To Subcontract

The Parties acknowledge and agree that Administrator may subcontract with other persons or entities for any of the Administrative Services that Administrator is required to perform under this Agreement, subject to consent of Group, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

ARTICLE II.

GROUP’S RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS

2.1 Professional Services

Group shall have the exclusive authority to control all aspects of the provision of medical services by Group Practitioners. The provision of medical services, including diagnosis, treatment, surgery, therapy, prescription of medicine and drugs, and the supervision of the preparation of medical records and reports, shall be the sole responsibility of Group. Administrator shall have no authority or responsibility regarding the provision or supervision of such medical services.

2.2 Professional Personnel

Group shall, after consultation with Administrator: (i) establish policies for Group Practitioners regarding hours worked, days of vacation, days off, number of patients seen, and amount of time spent with patients; (ii) recruit, retain, select, credential, employ or contract with, promote, discipline and terminate, if appropriate, Group Practitioners; and (iii) determine compensation and benefits for Group Practitioners. For the avoidance of doubt, Group shall have exclusive authority over (i) the selection, hiring and firing of Group Practitioners (as it relates to clinical competency or proficiency); and (ii) establishing any requirements regarding how many patients a Group Practitioners must see in a given period of time or how many hours a Group Practitioner must work.

2.3 Professional Standards

Group shall ensure that Group Practitioners are duly licensed to practice medicine, or to provide any other applicable category of health care services, in the State of [     ], and participate in continuing education as necessary to maintain such licensure, professional competence and skills commensurate with the standards of the medical community and as otherwise required by the medical profession.


2.4 Services to be Performed Only by Group

To the extent that certain third-party payors require a particular category of Group Practitioner (e.g., a physician) to directly provide certain services as a condition for payment for medical services, Group shall require that category of Group Practitioner to provide such services.

Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Administrator shall exercise no control nor have any responsibility for the professional services rendered by the Group Practitioners to any patient. Administrator and Group agree that it is not the intent of this Agreement to interfere with the professional judgment of the Group Practitioners. Administrator shall not, in any manner, directly or indirectly regulate or control the Group Practitioner’s independent judgment concerning the practice of medicine or the diagnosis and treatment of patients. All decisions relating to patient care and treatment shall be made by a licensed physician or other appropriate clinical provider in his or her sole and absolute discretion. The shareholder(s) of Group agree to perform all medical management deemed necessary or advisable by either Group or Administrator to satisfy hospital agreements, third- party payor relationships, compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, and good medical practice organization and management.

2.5 Patient Records

Group shall prepare all patient records related to the professional services rendered by Group and Group Practitioners. Such records shall remain the property of Group. Group and Administrator shall comply with all applicable statutes, laws, rules, regulations or ordinances regarding the confidentiality of medical records, including, but not limited to the privacy and security provisions of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 and the regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, HIPAA) and the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 and the regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, HITECH).

2.6 Assistance with Billings and Collections

Group shall provide Administrator with complete and accurate charge slips, claims or encounter reports specifically identifying services rendered, service and diagnosis codes in a form and substance as indicated by Administrator from time to time. Group shall assist Administrator, upon Administrator’s request, with all necessary steps for Administrator to manage and administer the financial aspects of the Practice, including handling collections. Group shall be responsible for all decisions regarding coding and billing for patient care services.

2.7 Office Space

Group shall comply with the terms, conditions and duties (except the duty to pay rent and other financial obligations) in the lease agreement(s) for the Office Space and shall comply with all applicable laws, regulations and lease requirements regarding the use of the Office Space.


ARTICLE III.

COMPENSATION

3.1 Administrative Fee

In consideration of the Administrative Services rendered by Administrator pursuant to this Agreement, Administrator and Group agree that Administrator shall receive as compensation a fee in accordance with the terms of Exhibit 1 (Administrative Fee), determined based on the fair market value of the costs of the Administrative Services and updated annually. The Administrative Fee may be adjusted in accordance with the terms of Exhibit 1. Group shall have the right to request a detailed review of the Administrative Fee from Administrator, and Administrator shall comply with any such request and collaborate in good faith with Group to address any concerns. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Fee shall not be based on referrals or bringing any patient or other person to Group.

3.2 Shortfall; Advances; Security Interest. To the extent Group does not have the funds sufficient to pay the Administrative Fee, whether in whole or in part (a “Shortfall”), Administrator may elect, in its sole and absolute discretion, to either: (i) defer and accrue any Shortfall, which Shortfall shall accrue interest according to 3.2.2 below; (ii) waive the Shortfall and any accrued interest, in whole or in part; or (iii) advance to Group any or all funds necessary to cover the Shortfall (each an “Advance”). Group shall pay Administrator any Shortfall or any Advance plus accrued interest in the next Service Month to the extent that no Shortfall would occur.

3.2.1 Advances. Each Advance shall be deemed a loan by Administrator to Group and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Group specifically authorizes Administrator to withdraw funds from Group’s bank accounts as they become available to repay Administrator for any and all such Advances, plus accrued interest thereon, in accordance with this Agreement.

3.2.2 Interest. Each deferred Shortfall or Advance will bear interest from the date of disbursement to the date of repayment at a rate equal to the Prime Rate plus five percent (5%) per annum, not to exceed the lesser of (i) the maximum rate allowed by applicable law (calculated on the basis of three hundred sixty-five (365) days per year), compounding monthly, or (ii) nine percent (9%). For the purposes of this Agreement, “Prime Rate” means the prime rate reported by the Wall Street Journal under “Money Rates” on the last business day preceding the date on which an Advance was disbursed or on which an Outstanding Balance (defined below) was due and payable.

3.2.3 Repayment. The sum of all Advances made by Administrator to Group and not previously repaid, plus all accrued but unpaid interest (the “Outstanding Balance”) will be due and payable immediately upon demand by Administrator by delivery of written notice to Group. After the date on which Administrator demands repayment of the


Outstanding Balance (i) interest will accrue on the Outstanding Balance at a rate equal to the Prime Rate plus five percent (5%) per annum, not to exceed the lesser of (i) maximum rate allowed by applicable law (calculated on the basis of three hundred sixty-five (365) days per year), compounding monthly, or (ii) nine percent (9%); and (ii) Administrator may pursue any remedy available at law or in equity to enforce or compel Group’s performance of its obligations under this Agreement and pursue any remedies set forth in this Agreement.

3.2.4 Notes. As Administrator may request from time to time, Group will execute a promissory note evidencing the amount of then-outstanding Advances with commercially reasonable terms and conditions.

3.2.5 Security. In order to secure the timely payment of the Administrative Fee, any Advance (including interest accrued on the principal amount thereof) or any other sum which may be due to Administrator under this Agreement or otherwise and the performance of all other agreements and obligations owing or due to Administrator by Group under any or all of the provisions of this Agreement (collectively, the “Obligations”), Group hereby grants a continuing first-priority security interest in the Collateral of Group (except as may otherwise prohibited by law). Group represents and warrants to Administrator that Group owns the Collateral free and clear of any adverse liens, security interests and encumbrances, and warrants that it will not factor, sell, transfer or encumber the Collateral and that it will defend the Collateral against the claims and demands of any other persons claiming the same or any interest therein. From time to time, Group shall promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that may be necessary, in the reasonable judgment of Administrator, for that security interest granted or purported to be granted by Group herein to be enforced or to enable Administrator to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to the Collateral in which a security interest has been granted. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Group hereby grants Administrator the right and authorizes Administrator to execute and file such security agreements, financing or continuation statements, or amendments thereto, and such other agreements, instruments or notices, as may be necessary or desirable in order to perfect and preserve, and preserve and maintain the priority of, the security interest granted in the Collateral hereby by Group and to the extent Group’s signature is required on any such filing, Group hereby grants Administrator the authority to execute such filing pursuant to the power of attorney in this Agreement.

3.2.6 Collateral. For purposes of this Agreement, “Collateral” shall mean all of the following whether now existing or hereafter arising or acquired: (a) all accounts, payment intangibles, instruments and other rights to receive payments of Group, subject to anti-assignment limitations relating to government receivables, (b) all general intangibles (including, without limitation, contract rights and intellectual property), chattel paper, documents, supporting obligations, letter of credit rights, supporting obligations, commercial tort claims, rights, remedies, guarantees and collateral evidencing, securing or otherwise relating to or associated with any of the Collateral, including without limitation all rights of enforcement and collection, (c) all lockboxes and deposit accounts (and all depository account control agreements relating thereto) into which proceeds belonging to


Group are deposited, all funds received thereby or deposited therein, any deposit or other account into which such funds are transferred or deposited, and any checks or instruments from time to time representing or evidencing any of the same, (d) all books and records of Group evidencing or relating to or associated with any of the foregoing, (e) all collections, receipts and other proceeds (cash and noncash) derived from any of the foregoing, (f) all agreements to which Administrator is a party, and all of Administrator’s rights under each such agreement, (g) all other assets of Group, including, but not limited to, inventory, equipment, fixtures, investment property and intangible assets, and (h) all information and data compiled or derived by Group with respect to any of the foregoing (other than any such information and data subject to legal restrictions of patient confidentiality) and all products and proceeds of the foregoing.

3.3 Attorney-in-Fact

Group appoints Administrator (and any subcontractor designated by Administrator) as Group’s lawful attorney-in-fact for the following purposes: (i) to bill in Group’s name and on Group’s behalf all charges and reimbursements for all goods and services provided to Group’s patients; (ii) to collect all revenue from whatever source, including accounts receivable, due to Group in connection with Group’s operation of the Practice; (iii) to receive all collections on Group’s behalf and to sue for and give satisfaction for monies due on account and to withdraw any claims, suits or proceedings pertaining to or arising out of Administrator’s or Group’s right to collect such accounts; (iv) to take possession of and endorse in Group’s name any notes, checks, money orders, insurance payments and any other instruments received as collections; and (v) to deposit all collections directly into a bank account held in Group’s name at a banking institution mutually selected by Administrator and Group. Administrator (and any subcontractor designated by Administrator) shall have the right to make withdrawals from such account to pay all costs and expenses incurred in the operation of the Practice, including payment of the Administrative Fee as set forth in Section 3.1, and to fulfill all other terms of this Agreement.

ARTICLE IV.

INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY

4.1 Insurance Coverage

(a) Commencing from the time the Practice is operational and treating patients, Group shall obtain and continuously maintain professional malpractice liability insurance coverage in the amount of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence or claim and Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) in the annual aggregate for the acts and omissions of Group and each physician Group Practitioner, with an insurance company acceptable to Administrator. At Administrator’s option and expense, Administrator shall be listed as an additional insured on such professional liability insurance policy, if such coverage is available.

(b) Administrator shall obtain and continuously maintain comprehensive general liability insurance coverage with combined single limits for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage in the amount of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) per occurrence. At Group’s option and expense, Group shall be listed as an additional insured on such general liability insurance policy, if such coverage is available.


4.2 Certificate of Insurance

Each Party shall provide the other Party with an original certificate evidencing its insurance coverage, and shall provide the other Party with proof of continued insurance coverage on an annual basis (or as periodically requested by the other Party). Each Party shall provide the other Party with no less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of cancellation or any material change in such insurance coverage.

4.3 Tail Coverage

If Group’s professional malpractice liability insurance is provided on a claims-made basis, upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason, Group shall continuously maintain such insurance or purchase extended reporting period (i.e., “tail”) coverage for the longest extended reporting period then available to ensure that insurance coverage in the amount set forth in Section 4.1 is maintained for claims which arise from services provided by Group during the term of this Agreement.

4.4 Indemnification by Group

Group shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Administrator, its affiliates (other than Group) and each of their respective officers, directors, partners, members, employees, contractors and agents against: (i) any and all liability arising out of Group’s failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement, and any injury, loss, claims or damages arising from the negligent operations, acts or omissions of Group or Group’s employees relating to or arising out of the Practice or this Agreement; and (ii) any and all costs and expenses, including reasonable legal expenses, incurred by or on behalf of Administrator in connection with the defense of such claims.

4.5 Indemnification by Administrator

Administrator shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Group, its affiliates (other than Administrator) and each of their respective officers, directors, partners, members, employees, contractors and agents against: (i) any and all liability arising out of Administrator’s failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement, and any injury, loss, claims or damages arising from the negligent operations, acts or omissions of Administrator or its employees relating to or arising out of this Agreement; and (ii) any and all costs and expenses, including reasonable legal expenses, incurred by or on behalf of Group in connection with the defense of such claims.


4.6 Third Party Claim

If a third party makes a claim (a “Third Party Claim”) against any person which may give rise to a claim of indemnity under this Agreement in favor of such person (the “Indemnified Party”), the Indemnified Party shall, within ten (10) days of receiving notice of the Third Party Claim, give written notice to the Party from which indemnity may be claimed (the “Indemnifying Party”) and immediately afford the Indemnifying Party’s counsel the opportunity to join and participate in discussing, defending or compromising such Third Party Claim. Within thirty (30) days of receipt of such notice of claim, by written notice in form acceptable to the Indemnified Party, the Indemnifying Party may elect at its own expense to undertake the defense of such Third Party Claim in the name of the Indemnified Party. This undertaking shall include the right to appeal and the right to compromise or settle. If the Indemnifying Party undertakes the defense of any Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to participate fully in the defense at its own expense. This Section shall survive termination of this Agreement.

4.7 Cooperation Between the Parties

(a) The Parties recognize that, during the term of this Agreement and for a period thereafter, certain risk management issues, legal issues, claims or actions may arise that involve or could potentially involve the Parties and their respective employees and agents. The Parties further recognize the importance of cooperating with each other in good faith when such issues, claims or actions arise, to the extent such cooperation does not violate any applicable laws, cause the breach of any duties created by any policies of insurance or programs of self-insurance, or otherwise compromise the confidentiality of communications or information regarding the issues, claims or actions. As such, the Parties hereby agree to cooperate in good faith, using their best efforts, to address such risk management and claims handling issues in a manner that strongly encourages full cooperation between the Parties.

(b) The Parties further agree that if a controversy, dispute, claim, action or lawsuit (each, an “Action”) arises with a third party wherein both the Parties are included as defendants, each Party shall promptly disclose to the other Party in writing the existence and continuing status of the Action and any negotiations relating thereto. Each Party shall make every reasonable attempt to include the other Party in any settlement offer or negotiations. In the event the other Party is not included in the settlement, the settling Party shall immediately disclose to the other Party in writing the acceptance of any settlement and terms relating thereto.

ARTICLE V.

RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE PARTIES

5.1 Independent Contractor

Administrator is and shall at all times be an independent contractor with respect to Group in meeting Administrator’s responsibilities under this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement is intended nor shall be construed to create a partnership, employer-employee or joint venture relationship between Administrator and Group or between Administrator and any Group Practitioner.


5.2 Administrative Services Only

Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to allow Administrator to exercise control or direction over the manner or method by which Group or Group Practitioners perform professional health care services. The rendition of all professional services, including, but not limited to (i) the prescription or administration of medicine and drugs, (ii) determining the diagnostic tests appropriate for a particular condition, (iii) determining the need for referrals to, or consultation with, another physician or specialist and (iv) responsibility for the overall care of the patient shall be the sole responsibility of Group and Group Practitioners, and Administrator shall not interfere in any manner or to any extent. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to permit Administrator to engage in the practice of medicine, it being the sole intention of the Parties that the services to be rendered to Group by Administrator are solely for the purpose of providing non-medical management and administrative services to Group so as to enable Group to devote its time and energies to the professional conduct of its medical practice and provision of professional services to its patients and not to practice administration.

5.3 No Benefit Contributions

Administrator shall have no obligation under this Agreement to compensate or pay applicable taxes for, or provide employee benefits of any kind (including contributions to government mandated, employment-related insurance and similar programs) to or on behalf of, Group, Group Practitioners or any other person employed or retained by Group. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Administrator determines, or is advised, that it is required by law to compensate or pay applicable taxes for, or provide employee benefits of any kind (including contributions to government mandated, employment-related insurance and similar programs) to or on behalf of, Group, Group Practitioners or any other person employed or retained by Group, Group shall reimburse Administrator for any such expenditure within thirty (30) days after being notified of such expenditure.

5.4 Books and Records; Confidentiality

All patient medical records, financial records, corporate records, personnel files, written procedures (other than procedures or policies created by or on behalf of Administrator or at Administrator’s direction) and other such items relating to the business and activities of Group (“Group Records”) shall be the property of Group. Upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement, Administrator shall, at Group’s request, transmit all Group Records to Group or to any other party designated by Group. Administrator shall have a right to copy all records prior to transmittal, at its expense and subject to applicable law. With respect to medical records, copying shall only be as applicable law requires, permits, or in connection with a malpractice action involving Administrator, or in connection with the retention of de-identified data. Administrator and Group shall comply with all applicable laws concerning the confidentiality of all Group Records, including HIPAA. Administrator and its employees shall keep confidential all statistical, financial, and personnel data relating to the business of Group and Group Practitioners except for any data that becomes publicly available, or any data to which the public has the legal right of access, or that may be rightfully obtained from third parties.


5.5 Referrals

Group shall be entitled to refer patients to any hospital or other health care facility or provider deemed by Group best qualified to deliver medical services to any particular patient. No term of this Agreement shall be construed as requiring or inducing Group or Group Practitioners to refer patients to any other person or entity. Group’s rights under this Agreement shall not be dependent in any way on the referral of patients to any particular persons or entities.

ARTICLE VI.

TERM AND TERMINATION

6.1 Term

This Agreement shall become effective on the Effective Date and shall continue until [     ] (the Expiration Date), subject to the termination provisions of this Agreement. On the Expiration Date, and on each anniversary of the Expiration Date thereafter, this Agreement shall automatically renew for successive one (1) year terms unless either Party provides the other Party written notice of its intention not to renew at least ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the then-current term or this Agreement is otherwise terminated pursuant to this Article 6.

6.2 Termination by Administrator

Administrator shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:

(a) Breach of this Agreement by Group where the breach is not cured within forty-five (45) calendar days after Administrator gives written notice of the breach to Group;

(b) Group is rendered unable to comply with the terms of this Agreement for any reason;

(c) The revocation, suspension, cancellation or restriction of any license or permit of Group necessary for the provision of professional services by Group, or the revocation, suspension, cancellation or restriction of any license or permit of any physician Group Practitioner, if, in the reasonable opinion of Administrator, Group will not be financially viable after such revocation, suspension, cancellation or restriction;

(d) The dissolution of Group or the filing of a petition in voluntary bankruptcy, an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or other action taken voluntarily or involuntarily under any state or federal statute for the protection of debtors; or

(e) Failure by Group to make any payment under Section 3.1 of this Agreement within twenty (20) days after the date when due, or such later date that is mutually agreed upon by Administrator and Group from time to time.

6.3 Termination by Group

Group shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon the occurrence of the dissolution of Administrator or the filing of a petition in voluntary bankruptcy, an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or other action taken voluntarily or involuntarily under any state or federal statute for the protection of debtors.


6.4 Change of Law

Upon a Party’s good faith determination that the Agreement fails to comply in a material way with any provision of federal, state or local law, and after notice thereof has been given by that Party to the other, the Parties shall promptly meet within a period of ninety (90) days after notice is received and using all good faith and due diligence shall attempt to agree upon a new structure that will satisfy the business objectives of the Agreement and legal requirements. If, by the end of the ninety (90) day period, the Parties have agreed upon a new structure, then the Parties may amend this Agreement. If, by the end of the ninety (90) period, the Parties have failed to agree upon a new structure, then this Agreement shall automatically terminate.

6.5 Rights upon Termination

Upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement, all rights and obligations of the Parties shall cease except those rights and obligations that have accrued or expressly survive such termination or expiration.

6.6 Return of Property

Upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement, Group shall immediately vacate the Office Space and return and surrender to Administrator all Equipment and any other property of Administrator, in good condition, normal wear and tear excepted, free and clear of any lien, security interest, claim or encumbrance of any kind, unless previously agreed to in writing by Administrator.

ARTICLE VII.

NONCOMPETITION

7.1 Noncompetition by Group

During the term of this Agreement, Group shall not, and shall ensure that shareholders of Group (“Group Shareholders”) do not, without the prior written consent of Administrator, directly or indirectly, including by or through any corporation or any entity that is an affiliate of Group or any Group Shareholder, invest in, or otherwise participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of or with, any person or entity that is or will be in competition with any of the services provided under this Agreement or at the Practice. Group specifically acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing restriction is a condition precedent to Administrator entering into this Agreement, and that such restriction is reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interest of Administrator and that Administrator would not have entered into this Agreement in the absence of such a restriction.


7.2 Injunctive Relief

Group acknowledges that any violation of this Article VII would result in irreparable injury to Administrator, and the remedy at law for any breach of this Article VII would be inadequate. In the event of any such breach, Administrator, in addition to any other relief available to it, shall be entitled to temporary injunctive relief before trial from any court of competent jurisdiction as a matter of course upon the posting of not more than nominal bond and to permanent injunctive relief without the necessity of proving actual damages. Group further specifically acknowledges and agrees that Administrator shall be entitled to an equitable accounting of all earnings, profits and other benefits arising from such breach and further agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by Administrator in enforcing the restrictions contained in this Article VII. In the event that the provisions contained in this Article VII shall ever be deemed to exceed the time or geographic limits or any other limitation permitted by applicable law in any jurisdiction, then such provisions shall be deemed reformed in such jurisdiction to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law.

ARTICLE VIII.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

8.1 Ownership

During the term of this Agreement, Group may have access to and become acquainted with confidential information and other intellectual property of Administrator. As between the Parties, Administrator owns, and shall continue to own, all right, title and interest in and to all patent rights, copyrights (including rights in derivative works), moral rights, rights of publicity, trademark, trade dress, and service mark rights, trade secret rights, and all other intellectual property rights as may now exist or hereafter come into existence, and all applications therefore and registrations, renewals and extensions thereof, under the laws of any state, country, territory, or other jurisdiction, in all technology (including without limitation, digital health technologies), information systems, electronic health records and related technology (including without limitation, asynchronous provider messaging capabilities and related technology), tele-health services (including without limitation, video visits), member and patient portals and websites, practice management information system services, online/mobile scheduling tools, patient engagement tools, practice management information systems (including without limitation, all related tools, technology, methodologies, workflows, hardware and software), systems, infrastructure, business processes, know-how, methodologies, tools, models, work flows, procedures, protocols, software (including without limitation, any software functionality), and documentation, of any kind developed by Administrator or Group or used in or relating to the provision of the Administrative Services and all transactions contemplated by this Agreement and otherwise as well as other related technology developed or used by 1Life prior to or during the Term of this Agreement, and any derivative works or modifications thereto (collectively, “Proprietary Information”). Group shall not disclose to any person or entity, directly or indirectly, either during the term of this Agreement or at any time thereafter, any Proprietary Information, or use any Proprietary Information, including trade secrets, other than in the course of meeting its obligations under this Agreement.


8.2 Trademark Usage; License Grants

(a) Administrator is the owner of certain registered and unregistered trademarks and service marks, trade names, trade dress, pending applications or registrations issued in connection therewith, common law rights in trademarks, service marks, trade names and trade dress and corresponding rights in any other country in the world (each individual trademark, service mark, trade name and trade dress, and all of the foregoing taken as a whole, referred to as Administrators trademarks). Group authorizes Administrator to associate Administrator’s trademarks with Group on any correspondence or other public or private communication or advertisement, and Group understands that Administrator may utilize Administrator’s trademarks with other physicians or licensed professionals who are employed by or contract with Group to provide medical services.

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Administrator grants to Group a fully-paid, revocable license to use Administrator’s trademarks, solely in connection with the Practice during the term of this Agreement. All use of Administrator’s trademarks shall be in accordance with Administrator’s style and usage guidelines and policies from time-to-time communicated to Group. Without limitation, Group shall not alter, modify, create or develop any variation or new version of Administrator’s trademarks. Group shall ensure that all activities carried out under Administrator’s trademarks, and all products and services provided under Administrator’s trademarks, shall be of a nature and quality consistent with the high quality and reputation of Administrator’s trademarks, as reasonably determined by Administrator. No ownership in any Administrator trademark shall pass to Group by the grant of this license, and except as expressly stated in this Section 8.2(b), Administrator grants Group no right or license, express or implied, to Administrator’s trademarks. During the term of this Agreement, Group shall not, absent Administrator’s prior written consent, use Administrator’s trademarks, except as set forth in this Section 8.2(b). All goodwill and proprietary rights derived from the use of Administrator’s trademarks shall inure solely to the benefit of Administrator. Group agrees that upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement, Group shall not use Administrator’s trademarks or contest Administrator’s sole and exclusive ownership and right to the use of Administrator’s trademarks.

(c) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Administrator grants to Group a fully-paid, non-exclusive, revocable license to access and use Administrator’s technology, systems and infrastructure solely in connection with the Practice during the term of this Agreement, in connection with Group’s exercise of its rights under this Agreement. Group understands and agrees that all right, title and interest in and to Administrator’s technology, systems and infrastructure will remain solely with Administrator and are not transferred by this Agreement. No rights or licenses are granted to Group hereunder except as expressly stated in this Agreement. Group will not directly or indirectly reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble or otherwise attempt to derive source code or other trade secrets from Administrator’s technology, systems and infrastructure.

8.3 Assignment of Inventions

(a) In consideration for Group’s use of Administrator’s technology, systems and infrastructure in connection with the Administrative Services provided hereunder, Group hereby assigns to Administrator any inventions, ideas, concepts, information, materials, processes, data, programs, know-how, improvements, discoveries, developments, designs, artwork, formulae,


other copyrightable works, and techniques (whether or not patentable) that are conceived, learned or reduced to practice by Group during the term of this Agreement arising out of or related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and otherwise, and any patent rights, copyrights (including moral rights; provided that any non-assignable moral rights are waived to the extent permitted by law), trade secret rights, mask work rights, and all other intellectual property rights of any sort with respect thereto. Group agrees to take any action reasonably requested by Administrator to evidence, perfect, obtain, maintain, enforce or defend the foregoing. If Administrator is unable to secure Group’s signature on any document needed in connection with such purposes, Group hereby designates and appoints Administrator and its duly authorized officers and agents as its agent and attorney in fact, which appointment is coupled with an interest, to act on Group’s behalf to execute and file any such documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further such purposes with the same legal force and effect as if executed by Group.

(b) In addition, Group hereby assigns to Administrator all rights, title and interest in any Inventions, as defined in the Employee Confidential Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement, that have been or are hereafter assigned to Group by its employees under all such agreements, as well as those Inventions and/or Work Product of any contractors of Group which have been or are hereafter assigned to Group under similar agreements.

8.4 Injunctive Relief

Administrator and Group each acknowledge that any violation of the provisions of this Article VIII will cause irreparable injury to the other Party. Accordingly, each Party may enforce such provisions by seeking injunctive or other equitable relief in addition to any other remedies available at law. If a court of competent jurisdiction declares any of the provision of this Article VIII to be too broad to be specifically enforced, such provisions shall be enforced to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law.

ARTICLE IX.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

9.1 Amendment

This Agreement may be modified or amended only by mutual written agreement of the Parties. Any such modification or amendment must be in writing, dated, signed by the Parties and attached to this Agreement.

9.2 Dispute Resolution

In the event of any controversy or dispute related to or arising out of this Agreement, the Parties agree to meet and confer in good faith to attempt to resolve the controversy or dispute without an adversarial proceeding. If the dispute cannot be resolved in this way within a reasonable period of time (which shall not in any event be longer than sixty (60) days), either Party may notify the other of the intent to mediate first, followed by binding arbitration under the provisions of arbitration then in effect in the State of [     ]. If the dispute is not resolved by


negotiation or mediation within thirty (30) days after the first notice is sent to either Party, then, upon notice by either Party to the other Party, the dispute shall be submitted to a single arbitrator selected by both Parties for binding arbitration in accordance with the rules for arbitration then in effect in the State of [     ]. The arbitration shall be held in the State of [     ]. The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1-16 (or by the principles enunciated in the Act in the event that it shall not apply). The award or judgment of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on all Parties and may be confirmed and entered as a final judgment by any court of competent jurisdiction and enforced accordingly. The prevailing Party shall be entitled to its costs, including its reasonable attorneys’ fees. This Section 9.2 shall not apply to the equitable remedies which either Party is entitled to seek under this Agreement, and either Party shall have the right to seek injunctive relief from a court of competent jurisdiction in order to protect its rights pending the final award or judgment of the arbitrator.

9.3 Assignment

Except as provided for in Section 1.4 of this Agreement, neither Party may assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Administrator may assign this Agreement in its entirety without the consent of Group in connection with a merger, acquisition, corporation reorganization, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets.

9.4 Attorneys’ Fees

If either Party brings an action for any relief or collection against the other Party, declaratory or otherwise, arising out of the arrangement described in this Agreement, the non-prevailing Party shall pay to the prevailing Party a reasonable sum for attorneys’ fees and costs actually incurred in bringing such action, all of which shall be deemed to have accrued upon the commencement of such action and shall be paid whether or not such action is prosecuted to judgment. Any judgment or order entered in such action shall contain a specific provision providing for the recovery of attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in enforcing such judgment. For the purpose of this Section, attorneys’ fees shall include fees incurred in connection with discovery, post judgment motions, contempt proceedings, garnishment and levy.

9.5 Authorized Persons

Whenever any consent, approval or determination of a Party is required pursuant to this Agreement, the consent, approval or determination shall be rendered on behalf of the Party by the person or persons duly authorized to do so, which the other Party shall be justified in assuming means any actual or apparent officer of the Party rendering such consent, approval or determination, or the Party’s board of directors.


9.6 Choice of Law

This Agreement and all matters arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be construed, enforced under and governed in all respects by the laws of the State of California, except choice of law rules that would require the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

9.8 Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

9.9 Entire Agreement

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous communications, agreements and understandings, written or oral, with respect to the terms and conditions of Administrator’s provision of the Administrative Services.

9.10 Force Majeure

Except with respect to obligations imposed with regard to payment of the Administrative Fee and other charges to be paid by Group under this Agreement, neither Party is liable for nonperformance or defective or late performance of any of its obligations under this Agreement to the extent and for such periods of time as such nonperformance, defective performance or late performance is due to reasons outside such Party’s control, including terrorist acts, acts of God, war (declared or undeclared), action of any governmental authority, riots, revolutions, fire, floods, explosions, sabotage, nuclear incidents, lightning, weather, earthquakes, storms, sinkholes, epidemics, failure of utilities, or strikes (or similar nonperformance or defective performance or late performance of employees, suppliers or subcontractors).

9.11 Further Assurances

Each Party shall, at the reasonable request of the other Party, execute and deliver to the other Party all further instruments, assignments, assurances and other documents, and take any actions as the other Party reasonably requests in connection with the carrying out of this Agreement.

9.12 Headings

The headings in this Agreement are intended solely for convenience of reference and shall be given no effect in the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.


9.13 Interruption of Services

Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, Administrator shall not be liable to Group in damages or otherwise for any failure, interruption or curtailment of any building service or utility (including without limitation heating, plumbing, electrical systems, security systems, communication systems, and fire protection and detection systems), or of the use of the Equipment or the Office Space. Administrator shall not be liable to Group for any injury or damage to Group or Group’s business, loss of income, or damage to the goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Group, Group’s employees, invitees, patients or any other person in or about the Office Space, or for injury to the person of Group’s employees, agents or contractors (collectively, “Damages”), whether such Damages are caused by or result from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, sprinklers, electrical systems, wires, appliances, plumbing, heating, air conditioning, lighting fixtures, security systems, communication systems, or fire protection and detection systems, or from any other cause relating to the condition of the Office Space or the Equipment, whether such Damages result from conditions arising in, on or upon the Office Space or in, on or upon other portions of the building of which the Office Space is a part or from other sources or places (including without limitation windstorm, hurricane or rainstorm), and regardless of whether the cause of such Damages or the means of repairing such Damages is inaccessible to Group. Administrator shall not be liable for any Damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant of the building (if any) in which the Office Space is located.

9.14 Notices

All notices or communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be given in writing and delivered personally or sent by United States registered or certified mail with postage prepaid and return receipt requested or by overnight delivery service (e.g., Federal Express, DHL). Notice is deemed given when sent, if sent as specified in this paragraph, or otherwise deemed given when received. In each case, notice shall be delivered or sent to:

If to Administrator, addressed to:

1Life Healthcare, Inc.

One Embarcadero Center, Floor 19

San Francisco, CA 94111

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Copy to: General Counsel

If to Group, addressed to:

One Medical Group, Inc.

One Embarcadero Center, Floor 19

San Francisco, CA 94111

Attention: President

Either Party may provide for a different address by notifying the other Party of such change as provided for in this Section.

9.15 Severability

If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be illegal or unenforceable, that provision shall be severed from this Agreement, and such severance shall have no effect upon the enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement unless the purpose of this Agreement is thereby destroyed.


9.16 No Third-Party Beneficiary Rights

This Agreement has been entered into solely for the benefit of Group and Administrator and is not intended to create any legal, equitable or beneficial interest in any third party or to vest in any third party any interest as to enforcement or performance.

9.17 Waiver

No delay or failure to require performance of any provision of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of that provision as to that or any other instance. Any waiver granted by a Party must be in writing to be effective, and shall apply solely to the specific instance expressly stated.

9.18 Meaning of Certain Words

Wherever the context may require, any pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns shall include the plural and vice versa.

9.19 Participation in Federal and State Programs

Neither Administrator, Group nor any of the Group Practitioners is debarred, suspended or otherwise ineligible to participate in any federal or state health care program.

[Signature Page Follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

ADMINISTRATOR

1Life Healthcare, Inc., a Delaware corporation

 

By:

Its:
GROUP
[One Medical Group, a [     ] professional corporation]

 

By:

Its:


Exhibit 1

Administrative Fee

Exhibit 10.24

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) dated as of January 26, 2015 (the “Effective Date”) between SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation (“Bank”), and 1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank. The parties agree as follows:

RECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 30, 2013 (as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Prior Loan Agreement”). Pursuant to the Prior Loan Agreement, Bank made available to Borrower a growth capital loan in the original principal amount of Eight Million Dollars ($8,000,000) (the “Existing Growth Capital Loan”).

B. Borrower has requested, and Bank has agreed pursuant to this Agreement, that Bank (i) make available to Borrower a new growth capital loan which will replace the Existing Growth Capital Loan in its entirety, and (ii) replace, amend and restate the Prior Loan Agreement in its entirety.

AGREEMENT

The parties hereby agree that the Prior Loan Agreement is hereby amended, restated, and replaced in its entirety as follows:

1. ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP (except for non-compliance with FAS123R in the monthly reporting). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

2. LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1 Promise to Pay. Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

2.1.1 Outstanding Obligations under Existing Growth Capital Loan. Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that as of the Effective Date, the outstanding principal balance of the Existing Growth Capital Loan is Four Million Six Hundred Seventy-Six Thousand Twenty-One and 28/100 Dollars ($4,676,021.28). Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that all of such sum is due and owing Bank, without offset or defense of any kind or nature and in the event Borrower has any offsets or defenses thereto, Borrower hereby irrevocably waives all such offsets and defenses. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that there is no further


availability to borrow under the Existing Growth Capital Loan and that the provisions of this Agreement and the Loan Documents shall supersede all prior agreements with respect to the Existing Growth Capital Loan. Borrower shall, on the Effective Date and in conjunction with Borrower’s execution of this Agreement, repay in full in cash all of the Obligations owing to Bank under the Existing Growth Capital Loan pursuant to the Prior Loan Agreement (including, without limitation, the amount of the “Final Payments” due to Bank under the Prior Loan Agreement) (the “Existing Growth Capital Loan Prepayment”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, upon making the Existing Growth Capital Loan Prepayment, Bank hereby agrees to waive the “Make-Whole Premium” which would otherwise be owed by Borrower to Bank under the Prior Loan Agreement.

2.1.2 Growth Capital Advance.

(a) Availability. Subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank shall make a single growth capital advance to Borrower in an amount equal to the Growth Capital Line (the “Growth Capital Advance”). The Growth Capital Advance will be available to Borrower during the Draw Period. After repayment, the Growth Capital Advance may not be reborrowed.

(b) Repayment. Borrower shall repay the Growth Capital Advance as follows: (i) payments of accrued interest only, commencing on the first (1st) calendar day of the month immediately following the month in which the Funding Date of the Growth Capital Advance occurs, and continuing on the first (1st) calendar day of each month thereafter during the Interest-Only Period; and (ii) commencing on the first (1st) calendar day of the month immediately following the month in which the Interest-Only Period ends (the “Conversion Date”) and continuing on the first (1st) calendar day of each month thereafter, thirty (30) consecutive equal monthly payments of principal and accrued interest (each, a “Growth Capital Payment”) each in an amount which would fully amortize the Growth Capital Advance, as of the Conversion Date, over the Growth Capital Repayment Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all unpaid principal and interest on the Growth Capital Advance shall be due on the Growth Capital Maturity Date.

(c) Final Payment. With respect to the Growth Capital Advance, on the earlier of (i) the date of the final Growth Capital Payment, (ii) the Growth Capital Maturity Date, or (iii) upon a prepayment in accordance with Sections 2.1.2(d) and (e), Borrower shall pay, in addition to the outstanding principal, accrued and unpaid interest, and all other amounts due on such date with respect to the Growth Capital Advance, an amount equal to the Final Payment.

(d) Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration. If the Growth Capital Advance is accelerated following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank, an amount equal to the sum of (i) all outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Growth Capital Advance, plus (ii) the Final Payment, plus (iii) the Make-Whole Premium, plus (iv) all other sums, including Bank Expenses, if any, that have become due and payable hereunder with respect to the Growth Capital Advance.

 

2


(e) Voluntary Prepayment. At Borrower’s option, so long as an Event of Default has not occurred and is not continuing, Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the outstanding Growth Capital Advance, provided Borrower (i) delivers written notice to Bank of its election to exercise its option to prepay the Growth Capital Advance at least ten (10) days prior to such prepayment, and (ii) pays, on the date of such prepayment (A) all accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Growth Capital Advance, (B) all unpaid principal with respect to the Growth Capital Advance, (C) the Final Payment, (D) the Make-Whole Premium, and (E) all other sums, including Bank Expenses, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder with respect to the Growth Capital Advance, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

2.2 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions.

(a) Interest Rate. Subject to Section 2.2(a), the principal amount outstanding for the Growth Capital Advance shall accrue interest at a per annum rate fixed as of the Funding Date for the Growth Capital Advance equal to the Prime Rate plus one and three-quarters of one percent (1.75%), which interest shall be payable monthly.

(b) Default Rate. Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five percentage points (5.0%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the “Default Rate”). Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.2(a) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

(c) Payment; Interest Computation. Interest is payable monthly on the first calendar day of each month and shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. In computing interest, (i) all payments received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on any day shall be deemed received at the opening of business on the next Business Day, and (ii) the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension.

2.3 Fees. Borrower shall pay to Bank:

(a) Commitment Fee. A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), on the Effective Date;

(b) Final Payment. The Final Payment, when due hereunder;

(c) Make-Whole Premium. The Make-Whole Premium when due hereunder; and

 

3


(d) Bank Expenses. All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due (or, if no stated due date, upon demand by Bank).

(e) Fees Fully Earned. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or in a separate writing by Bank, Borrower shall not be entitled to any credit, rebate, or repayment of any fees earned by Bank pursuant to this Agreement notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement or the suspension or termination of Bank’s obligation to make loans and advances hereunder. Bank may deduct amounts owing by Borrower under the clauses of this Section 2.3 pursuant to the terms of Section 2.4(c). Bank shall provide Borrower written notice of deductions made from the Designated Deposit Account pursuant to the terms of the clauses of this Section 2.3.

2.4 Payments; Application of Payments; Debit of Accounts.

(a) All payments to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.

(b) Bank has the exclusive right to determine the order and manner in which all payments with respect to the Obligations may be applied. Borrower shall have no right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrower to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement.

(c) Bank may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

2.5 Withholding. Payments received by Bank from Borrower under this Agreement will be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority (including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto). Specifically, however, if at any time any Governmental Authority, applicable law, regulation or international agreement requires Borrower to make any withholding or deduction from any such payment or other sum payable hereunder to Bank, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that the amount due from Borrower with respect to such payment or other sum payable hereunder will be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such required withholding or deduction, Bank receives a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no withholding or deduction been required, and Borrower shall pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority. Borrower will, upon request, furnish Bank with proof reasonably satisfactory to Bank indicating that Borrower has made such withholding payment; provided, however, that Borrower need not make any

 

4


withholding payment if the amount or validity of such withholding payment is contested in good faith by appropriate and timely proceedings and as to which payment in full is bonded or reserved against by Borrower. The agreements and obligations of Borrower contained in this Section 2.5 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

3. CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension. Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

(a) duly executed original signatures to this Agreement;

(b) duly executed original signatures to the Warrant dated as of the Effective Date;

(c) the Operating Documents and long-form good standing certificates of Borrower and its Subsidiaries certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of Borrower’s and such Subsidiaries’ jurisdiction of organization or formation and each jurisdiction in which Borrower and each Subsidiary is qualified to conduct business, each as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

(d) duly executed original signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower;

(e) certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank may request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

(f) the Perfection Certificate of Borrower, together with the duly executed original signature thereto;

(g) a copy of Borrower’s Registration Rights Agreement/Investors’ Rights Agreement and any amendments thereto;

(h) evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies and endorsements required by Section 6.5 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank; and

(i) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.4 hereof.

 

5


3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions. Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) timely receipt of an executed Payment/Advance Form;

(b) the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and complete in all material respects on the date of the Payment/Advance Form and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true, accurate, and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

(c) Bank determines to its satisfaction that there has not been any material impairment in the general affairs, management, results of operation, financial condition or the prospect of repayment of the Obligations, or any material adverse deviation by Borrower from the most recent business plan of Borrower presented to and accepted by Bank.

3.3 Post-Closing Conditions. Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank:

(a) within sixty (60) days after the Effective Date, long-form good standing certificates of Borrower certified by the Secretaries of State (or equivalent agency) of Arizona and Illinois;

(b) within sixty (60) days after the Effective Date, evidence that the UCC-1 financing statement naming Borrower as a debtor and Stanford Hospital & Clinics as a secured party filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, has been terminated;

(c) within one hundred twenty (120) days after the Effective Date, duly executed original signatures to a Collateral Assignment of Administrative Services Agreement with each of One Medical of Arizona, P.C., an Arizona professional corporation, One Medical Group of LA, Inc., a California professional corporation, One Medical Labs, Inc., a California professional corporation, One Medical Group, P.C., an Illinois professional corporation, and One Medical Group, P.C., a Massachusetts professional corporation; and

(d) within one hundred twenty (120) days after the Effective Date, duly executed original signatures to a Restated Collateral Assignment of Administrative Services Agreement with each of One Medical Group, Inc., a California professional corporation, One Medical Group, P.C., a New York professional corporation, One Medical of NY, P.C., a New York professional corporation, and One Medical Group, P.C., a District of Columbia professional corporation.

 

6


3.4 Covenant to Deliver. Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.3, Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion.

3.5 Procedures for Borrowing.

(a) Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of the Growth Capital Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain the Growth Capital Advance, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Growth Capital Advance. Together with any such electronic or facsimile notification, Borrower shall deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Payment/Advance Form executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer or designee. Bank shall credit the Growth Capital Advance to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make the Growth Capital Advance under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Growth Capital Advance is necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.

4. CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST.

4.1 Grant of Security Interest. Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.

Borrower acknowledges that it previously has entered, and/or may in the future enter, into Bank Services Agreements with Bank. Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral granted herein (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien in this Agreement).

If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any of Borrower’s obligations arising from any of the Warrants) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any of Borrower’s obligations arising from any of the Warrants) and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower. In the event (x) all Obligations (other than

 

7


inchoate indemnity obligations), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (y) this Agreement is terminated, Bank shall terminate the security interest granted herein upon Borrower providing cash collateral acceptable to Bank in its good faith business judgment for Bank Services, if any. In the event such Bank Services consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to (x) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in Dollars, then at least one hundred five percent (105.0%); and (y) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in a Foreign Currency, then at least one hundred ten percent (110.0%), of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit.

4.2 Priority of Security Interest. Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement). If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

4.3 Authorization to File Financing Statements. Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code.

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority. Borrower is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdiction of formation and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed certificate signed by Borrower, entitled “Perfection Certificate”. Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and

 

8


complete (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement). If Borrower is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of such occurrence and provide Bank with Borrower’s organizational identification number.

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect) or (v) conflict with, contravene, constitute a default or breach under, or result in or permit the termination or acceleration of, any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

5.2 Collateral. Borrower has good title to, rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no Collateral Accounts at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates except for the Collateral Accounts described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith and which Borrower has taken such actions as are necessary to give Bank a perfected security interest therein, pursuant to the terms of Section 6.6(b). The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate. None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2.

Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business, (b) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (c) material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and noted on the Perfection Certificate. Each Patent which it owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate, Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License.

 

9


5.3 Litigation. There are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than, individually or in the aggregate, Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000).

5.4 Financial Statements; Financial Condition. All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.

5.5 Solvency. The fair salable value of Borrower’s consolidated assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of Borrower’s liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

5.6 Regulatory Compliance. Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower (a) has complied in all material respects with all Requirements of Law, and (b) has not violated any Requirements of Law the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business. None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Governmental Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted.

5.7 Subsidiaries; Investments. Borrower does not own any stock, partnership, or other ownership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

5.8 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions. Borrower has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except (a) to the extent such taxes are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, so long as such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor, or (b) if such taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions do not, individually or in the aggregate, exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000).

To the extent Borrower defers payment of any contested taxes, Borrower shall (i) notify Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (ii) post bonds or take any other steps required to prevent the governmental authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien.” Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of

 

10


Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000). Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

5.9 Use of Proceeds. Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital, and to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

5.10 Full Disclosure. No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

5.11 Definition of “Knowledge.” For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of” Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of any Responsible Officer.

6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall do all of the following:

6.1 Government Compliance.

(a) Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, in all material respects, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject.

(b) Use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in all of its property. Borrower shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.

 

11


6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates. Provide Bank with the following:

(a) Monthly Financial Statements. As soon as available, but no later than forty-five (45) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s consolidated operations for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank (the “Monthly Financial Statements”);

(b) Monthly Compliance Certificate. Within forty-five (45) days after the last day of each month and together with the Monthly Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

(c) Annual Audited Financial Statements. As soon as available, but no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank in its reasonable discretion.

(d) Annual Operating Budget and Financial Projections. Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each fiscal year of Borrower, or more frequently (within ten (10) business days after approval) if updated by Borrower (following the initial annual delivery) and approved by the board of directors, (i) annual operating budgets (including income statements, balance sheets and cash flow statements, by month) for the upcoming fiscal year of Borrower, and (ii) annual financial projections for the following fiscal year (including quarterly projections) as approved by Borrower’s board of directors and commensurate in form and substance with those provided to Borrower’s investors;

(e) Other Statements. Within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made generally available to Borrower’s security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt;

(f) Legal Action Notice. A prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or more; and

(g) Other Financial Information. Budgets, sales projections, operating plans and other financial information reasonably requested by Bank; and

(h) Monthly Store Metrics. Within forty-five (45) days after the last day of each month, financial statements and metrics for each store of Borrower, covering each such store’s operations for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank.

6.3 Inventory; Returns. Keep all Inventory in good and marketable condition, free from material defects. Returns and allowances between Borrower and its Account Debtors shall follow Borrower’s customary practices as they exist at the Effective Date. Borrower must promptly notify Bank of all returns, recoveries, disputes and claims that involve more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).

 

12


6.4 Taxes; Pensions. Timely file, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 hereof, and shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

6.5 Insurance.

(a) Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies that are not Affiliates of Borrower, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Bank. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as an additional lender loss payee. All liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured. Bank shall be named as lender loss payee and/or additional insured with respect to any such insurance providing coverage in respect of any Collateral.

(b) Ensure that proceeds payable under any property policy are, at Bank’s option payable to Bank on account of the Obligations, provided, however, if at the time of any loss (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (ii) the amount of the proceeds payable are less than $50,000, Bank agrees to permit Borrower to promptly use such proceeds to repair or replace the property damaged by such loss.

(c) At Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of insurance policies and evidence of all premium payments. Each provider of any such insurance required under this Section 6.5 shall agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to Bank, that it will give Bank twenty (20) days prior written notice before any such policy or policies shall be materially altered or canceled. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.5 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.5, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.

6.6 Operating Accounts.

(a) Maintain its primary operating and other deposit accounts and securities accounts with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates.

(b) Provide Bank five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates. For each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other

 

13


appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such.

(c) Cause the entire balance of each Collateral Account now or hereafter maintained at Bank of Marin to be transferred into Borrower’s Designated Deposit Account on a weekly basis, or at such additional times as Bank may request.

6.7 Protection of Intellectual Property Rights.

(a) (i) Use commercially reasonable efforts to protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property material to its business; (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements or any other event that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of its Intellectual Property material to its business; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent.

(b) Provide written notice to Bank within ten (10) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public). Borrower shall take such steps as Bank requests to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to be deemed “Collateral” and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Bank to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

6.8 Litigation Cooperation. From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower; provided, however, that any information provided to Bank shall be subject to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 12.9 herein, and Borrower shall not be required to disclose any information that is of a highly confidential nature or otherwise subject to attorney-client privilege.

6.9 Reserved.

6.10 Access to Collateral; Books and Records. Allow Bank, or its agents, to inspect the Collateral and audit and copy Borrower’s Books, provided that such audits will be conducted no more often than once every twelve (12) months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing in which case such inspections and audits shall occur as often as Bank shall determine is necessary. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Borrower’s expense, and the charge therefor shall be $850 per person per day (or such higher amount as shall

 

14


represent Bank’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. In the event Borrower and Bank schedule an audit more than ten (10) days in advance, and Borrower cancels or seeks to reschedule the audit with less than ten (10) days written notice to Bank, then (without limiting any of Bank’s rights or remedies), Borrower shall pay Bank a fee of $1,000 plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank to compensate Bank for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or rescheduling.

6.11 Administrative Service Agreements.

(a) Provide Bank with prompt written notice of (i) any new Administrative Services Agreements entered into by Borrower after the Effective Date, together with a copy of the applicable Administrative Services Agreements; (ii) termination of any Administrative Services Agreement for any reason or Borrower’s receipt of any notice of termination in regard to any Administrative Services Agreement; (iii) the occurrence of a default under any Administrative Services Agreement; and (iv) any modification, waiver or amendment to such Administrative Services Agreement that may adversely impact the Collateral; and

(b) Take such steps as Bank requests to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Administrative Services Agreement to be deemed “Collateral” and for Bank to have a security interest in such Administrative Services Agreement, and (ii) Bank to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

6.12 Further Assurances. Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement. Deliver to Bank, within five (5) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority regarding compliance with or maintenance of Governmental Approvals or Requirements of Law or that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on any of the Governmental Approvals required for the ongoing operation of Borrower’s business.

7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

7.1 Dispositions. Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out or obsolete Equipment that is, in the reasonable judgment of Borrower, no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in the ordinary course of business of Borrower; (c) consisting of Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; (d) consisting of the sale or issuance of any stock of Borrower permitted under Section 7.2 of this Agreement; and (e) assignments pursuant to each Assignment of Administrative Services Agreement.

 

15


7.2 Changes in Business, Management, Ownership, or Business Locations. (a)Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) (i) have a change in any Responsible Officer; or (ii) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of Borrower who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such transaction own more than forty-nine percent (49%) of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital or private equity investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the venture capital or private equity investors at least seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the transaction and provides to Bank a description of the material terms of the transaction); provided, however, only advance written notice to Bank (but not any consent from Bank) will be required for any of the restricted actions in this Section 7.2 if (i) all obligations are being prepaid in full as a condition to consummation of such action, and (ii) Bank has no further obligation hereunder to make any further Credit Extensions.

Borrower shall not: (1) except as included in Borrower’s fiscal operating plan provided to Bank in writing, add any new offices or business locations (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) without providing Bank with written notice of the same within thirty (30) days of such occurrence, (2) keep any Collateral in any warehouses (unless such warehouse contains less than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in Borrower’s assets or property) or deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) to a bailee at a location other than to a bailee and at a location already disclosed in the Perfection Certificate, without in all cases, at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Bank, (3) change its jurisdiction of organization, (4) change its organizational structure or type, (5) change its legal name, or (6) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization. If Borrower intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) to a bailee, and Bank and such bailee are not already parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral and the location to which Borrower intends to deliver the Collateral, then Borrower will first receive the written consent of Bank, and such bailee shall execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary) except (a) where total consideration including cash and the value of any non-cash consideration for (i) each such individual transaction does not exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in any fiscal year of Borrower, and (ii) all such transactions do not exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year of Borrower; (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would exist after giving effect to such transaction(s); and (c) Borrower is the surviving legal entity. A Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower.

7.4 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

 

16


7.5 Encumbrance. Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein (subject to Liens described in clause (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens,” if any), or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.

7.6 Distributions; Investments. (a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock provided that (i) Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof, (ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in common stock; and (iii) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees, directors or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, provided that the aggregate amount of all such repurchases does not exceed One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) per fiscal year; or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary) other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

7.7 Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person.

7.8 Subordinated Debt. (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof, provide for earlier or greater principal, interest, or other payments thereon, or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.

7.9 Compliance. Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

17


7.10 Administrative Services Agreements. Amend or modify any Administrative Services Agreement in such a way that would adversely impact (a) the Collateral, (b) the ability of Bank to dispose of any Collateral, or (c) the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral.

8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “Event of Default”) under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default. Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension when due, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Growth Capital Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

8.2 Covenant Default.

(a) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7(b), 6.9, 6.10 or violates any covenant in Section 7; or

(b) Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;

8.3 Material Adverse Change. A Material Adverse Change occurs;

8.4 Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business.

(a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or of any entity under the control of Borrower (including a Subsidiary) in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of Borrower’s assets by any Governmental Authority, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; or

 

18


(b) (i) any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting all or any material part of its business;

8.5 Insolvency. (a) Borrower is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes insolvent; (b) Borrower begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower and is not dismissed or stayed within forty-five (45) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

8.6 Other Agreements. There is, under any agreement to which Borrower is a party with a third party or parties, (a) any default resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000); or (b) any breach or default by Borrower, the result of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business;

8.7 Judgments; Penalties. One or more fines, penalties or final judgments, orders or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower by any Governmental Authority, and the same are not, within ten (10) days after the entry, assessment or issuance thereof, discharged, satisfied, or paid, or after execution thereof, stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction, payment, discharge, stay, or bonding of such fine, penalty, judgment, order or decree);

8.8 Misrepresentations. Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;

8.9 Subordinated Debt. Any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing the subordination of any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, any Person (a) shall be in breach thereof or (b) contests in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or (c) denies its liability or obligation thereunder; or the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated without Bank’s written consent or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement without Bank’s written consent;

8.10 Governmental Approvals. Any Governmental Approval material to Borrower’s business shall have been (a) revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term or (b) subject to any decision by a Governmental Authority that designates a hearing with respect to any applications for renewal of any of such Governmental Approval or that could result in the Governmental Authority taking any of the actions described in clause (a) above, and such decision or such revocation, rescission,

 

19


suspension, modification or non-renewal (i) cause, or could reasonably be expected to cause, a Material Adverse Change, or (ii) adversely affects the legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold such Governmental Approval in any applicable jurisdiction and such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal could reasonably be expected to affect the status of or legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold any Governmental Approval in any other jurisdiction; or

8.11 Administrative Services Agreements. If (a) Borrower delivers or receives any notice of termination in regard to any Administrative Services Agreement, (b) any Administrative Services Agreement is terminated for any reason or (c) a default occurs under any Administrative Services Agreement which is not cured within any applicable cure period, the result of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

9. BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1 Rights and Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

(a) declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

(b) stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(c) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to at least one hundred five percent (105%) of the Dollar Equivalent (or one hundred ten percent (110%) if the Dollar Equivalent is denominated in Foreign Currency) of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit remaining undrawn (plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (i) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit;

(d) terminate any FX Contracts;

(e) verify the amount of, demand payment of and performance under, and collect any Accounts and General Intangibles, settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, and notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds;

(f) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

 

20


(g) apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

(h) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;

(i) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(j) demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books; and

(k) exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

9.2 Power of Attorney. Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations have been satisfied in full (not including inchoate indemnity obligations and any of Borrower’s obligations arising from any of the Warrants) and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Bank’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations have been fully repaid and performed (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any of Borrower’s obligations arising from any of the Warrants) and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

 

21


9.3 Protective Payments. If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.5 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or which may be required to preserve the Collateral, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds Upon Default. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank shall have the right to apply in any order any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations. Bank shall pay any surplus to Borrower by credit to the Designated Deposit Account or to other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, directly or indirectly, enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral. So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral, other than those losses arising from Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

9.7 Demand Waiver. Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.

 

22


10. NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Bank or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

If to Borrower:    1Life Healthcare, Inc.
   130 Sutter 2nd Floor
   San Francisco, California 94104
   Attn: Paul Kirincich, Chief Financial Officer
   Fax: (415) 354-3430
   Email: pkirincich@onemedical.com
If to Bank:    Silicon Valley Bank
   555 Mission Street, Suite 900
   San Francisco, California 94105
   Attn: Milo Bissin, Vice President
   Email: mbissin@svb.com

11. CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE

Except as otherwise expressly provided in any of the Loan Documents, California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

 

23


TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure § 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

This Section 11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

12. GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrants, as to which assignment, transfer and other such actions are governed by the terms thereof).

 

24


12.2 Indemnification. Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank (each, an “Indemnified Person”) harmless against: (i) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “Claims”) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (ii) all losses or expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrower contemplated by the Loan Documents (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

This Section 12.2 shall survive until all statutes of limitation with respect to the Claims, losses, and expenses for which indemnity is given shall have run.

12.3 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

12.4 Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

12.5 Correction of Loan Documents. Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties, provided that Bank provides Borrower with written notice of such correction and allows Borrower at least ten (10) days to object to such correction.

12.6 Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration. No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.

12.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

 

25


12.8 Survival. All covenants, representation and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been paid in full and satisfied.

12.9 Confidentiality. In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates (such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, together with Bank, collectively, “Bank Entities”); (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use its best efforts to obtain any prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision; (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain (other than as a result of its disclosure by Bank in violation of this Agreement) after disclosure to Bank through no fault of Bank; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party, if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

Bank Entities may use anonymous forms of confidential information for aggregate datasets, for analyses or reporting, and for any other uses not expressly prohibited in writing by Borrower. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive termination of this Agreement.

12.10 Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses. In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Bank arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

12.11 Electronic Execution of Documents. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

12.12 Captions. The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

12.13 Construction of Agreement. The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

 

26


12.14 Relationship. The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.

12.15 Third Parties. Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.

12.16 Transitional Arrangements. On the Effective Date, this Agreement shall replace, amend, restate and supersede the Prior Loan Agreement in its entirety, except as provided in this Section. On the Effective Date, the rights and obligations of the parties evidenced by the Prior Loan Agreement shall be evidenced by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the grant of security interest in the Collateral by the Borrower under the Prior Loan Agreement and the other “Loan Documents” (as defined in the Prior Loan Agreement) shall continue under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall not in any event be terminated, extinguished or annulled but shall hereafter be governed by this Agreement and the other Loans Documents. All references to the Prior Loan Agreement in any Loan Document or other document or instrument delivered in connection therewith shall be deemed to refer to this Agreement and the provisions hereof.

13. DEFINITIONS

13.1 Definitions. As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

Account” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

Account Debtor” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Administrative Services Agreements” means each agreement under which Borrower is entitled to receive fees or other payments for management, administrative, business or similar services, including, without limitations, the Administrative Services Agreements between Borrower and each applicable Medical Group.

Affiliate” is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

 

27


Agreement” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Authorized Signer” is any individual listed in Borrower’s Borrowing Resolution who is authorized to execute the Loan Documents, including any Growth Capital Advance request, on behalf of Borrower.

Assignment of Administrative Services Agreement” means each Collateral Assignment of Administrative Services Agreement among Bank, Borrower and any applicable Medical Group.

Bank” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Bank Entities” is defined in Section 12.8.

Bank Expenses” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower.

Bank Services” are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Bank or any Bank Affiliate, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “Bank Services Agreement”).

Borrower” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Borrower’s Books” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

Borrowing Resolutions” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

Business Day” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed.

Cash Equivalents” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; and (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue.

 

28


Claims” is defined in Section 12.2.

Code” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Collateral” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A.

Collateral Account” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Commodity Account” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Compliance Certificate” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D.

Contingent Obligation” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

Control Agreement” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Conversion Date” is defined in Section 2.1.2(b).

 

29


Copyrights” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

Credit Extension” is the Growth Capital Advance, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

Default Rate” is defined in Section 2.2(b).

Deposit Account” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Designated Deposit Account” is the multicurrency account denominated in Dollars, account number 694656, maintained by Borrower with Bank.

Dollars,” “dollars” or use of the sign “$” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

Draw Period” is the period of time from the Effective Date through the earlier to occur of (a) September 30, 2015 or (b) an Event of Default.

Effective Date” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Equipment” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

ERISA” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

Event of Default” is defined in Section 8.

Existing Growth Capital Loan” is defined in Recital B.

Existing Growth Capital Loan Prepayment” is defined in Section 2.1.1.

Final Payment” is a payment (in addition to and not a substitution for the regular monthly payments of principal and accrued interest) due on the date set forth in Section 2.1.2(c) and 2.3(b) equal to Eight Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($825,000).

Foreign Currency” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

Funding Date” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

FX Contract” is any foreign exchange contract by and between Borrower and Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency on a specified date.

 

30


GAAP” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

General Intangibles” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

Governmental Approval” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

Growth Capital Advance” is defined in Section 2.1.2(a).

Growth Capital Line is a Growth Capital Advance in an original principal amount equal to Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000).

Growth Capital Maturity Date” is, for the Growth Capital Advance, the date on which the thirtieth (30th) Growth Capital Payment is due with respect to the Growth Capital Advance, but in no event later than December 1, 2018.

Growth Capital Payment” is defined in Section 2.1.2(b).

Growth Capital Repayment Period” as to the Growth Capital Advance, is a period of time equal to thirty (30) consecutive months commencing on the Conversion Date.

Indebtedness” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

Indemnified Person” is defined in Section 12.2.

Insolvency Proceeding” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

 

31


Intellectual Property” means, with respect to any Person, means all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a) its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;

(c) any and all source code;

(d) any and all design rights which may be available to such Person;

(e) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

(f) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

Interest-Only Period” means the period commencing on the first (1st) calendar day of the month immediately following the month in which the Funding Date of the Growth Capital Advance occurs and continuing through the last calendar day of the ninth (9th) month immediately following the month in which the Funding Date of the Growth Capital Advance occurs.

Inventory” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

Investment” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

Letter of Credit” is a standby or commercial letter of credit issued by Bank upon request of Borrower based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity, or similar agreement.

Lien” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

 

32


Loan Documents” are, collectively, this Agreement and any schedules, exhibits, certificates, notices, and any other documents related to this Agreement, the Warrants, the Perfection Certificate, each Assignment of Administrative Services Agreement, any Bank Services Agreement, any subordination agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower, and any other present or future agreement by Borrower with or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement or Bank Services, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

Make-Whole Premium” is, with respect to the Growth Capital Advance, an amount equal to (a) two percent (2.00%) of the outstanding principal amount of the Growth Capital Advance made to Borrower under this Agreement if the prepayment is made on or before the first (1st) anniversary of the Effective Date; and (b) one percent (1.00%) of the outstanding principal amount of the Growth Capital Advance made to Borrower under this Agreement if the prepayment is made after the first (1st) anniversary of the Effective Date.

Material Adverse Change” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.

Medical Groups” means One Medical Group, P.C., One Medical Group, Inc., One Medical of NY, P.C., One Medical of Arizona, P.C., One Medical Group of LA, Inc., One Medical Labs, Inc., and any other medical group and their respective successors and assigns that makes payments to Borrower under an Administrative Services Agreement for administrative, management, business or similar services, whether directly or indirectly.

Monthly Financial Statements” is defined in Section 6.2(a).

Obligations” are Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, fees, Bank Expenses, and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrants), or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit (including reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn letters of credit), cash management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents (other than the Warrants).

Operating Documents” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of such Person’s jurisdiction of organization on a date that is no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

Patents” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

Payment/Advance Form” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

 

33


Perfection Certificate” is defined in Section 5.1.

Permitted Indebtedness” is:

(a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(c) Subordinated Debt;

(d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Indebtedness secured by Permitted Liens;

(g) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (c) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be; and

(h) other unsecured Indebtedness not otherwise permitted in Section 7.4 not exceeding One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate outstanding at any time.

Permitted Investments” are:

(a) Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(b) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents;

(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;

(d) Investments consisting of deposit accounts in which Bank has a perfected security interest;

(e) Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;

(f) Investments (i) by Borrower in Subsidiaries not to exceed One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year and (ii) by Subsidiaries in other Subsidiaries not to exceed One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year or in Borrower;

 

34


(g) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

(h) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (i) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary; and

(j) joint ventures or strategic alliances entered into in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business involving the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology, the providing of technical support and/or the arrangement and provision of clinical and related administrative and management services, provided that any cash investments by Borrower do not exceed (i) Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) for each such Investment in any fiscal year of Borrower or (ii) One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in the aggregate for all such Investments in any fiscal year of Borrower.

Permitted Liens” are:

(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(c) purchase money Liens (i) on Equipment acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;

(d) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

 

35


(e) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(f) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

(g) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest therein;

(h) non-exclusive license of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 and 8.7; and

(j) Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that Bank has a perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts.

Person” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

Prime Rate” is the rate of interest per annum from time to time published in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal or any successor publication thereto as the “prime rate” then in effect; provided that if such rate of interest, as set forth from time to time in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal, becomes unavailable for any reason as determined by Bank, the “Prime Rate” shall mean the rate of interest per annum announced by Bank as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in the State of California (such Bank announced Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by Bank in connection with extensions of credit to debtors).

Prior Loan Agreement” is defined in Recital A.

Registered Organization” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Requirement of Law” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

 

36


Responsible Officer” is any of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of Borrower who are as of the Effective Date, Thomas Lee and Paul Kirincich, respectively.

Restricted License” is any material license or other agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with the Bank’s right to sell any Collateral.

SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.

Securities Account” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Subordinated Debt” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrower’s now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.

Subsidiary” is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower.

Trademarks” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

Transfer” is defined in Section 7.1.

Warrants” means, collectively, that certain (i) Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of February 26, 2010, executed by Borrower in favor of Bank, (ii) Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of June 28, 2011, executed by Borrower in favor of Bank, (iii) Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of January 29, 2013, executed by Borrower in favor of Bank, (iv) Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of Effective Date, executed by Borrower in favor of Bank, and (v) any other warrants to purchase stock previously or now or hereafter executed by Borrower in favor of Bank, each as may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

[Signature page follows.]

 

37


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

 

BORROWER:
1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul Kirincich

Name:   Paul Kirincich
Title:   CFO
BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Milo Bissin

Name:   Milo Bissin
Title:   VP

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT]


EXHIBIT A – COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money including any and all fees for management, administrative, business or similar services, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as provided below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

All Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include: (A) Borrower’s voting rights in OMG Arizona, LLC created solely in connection with the joint venture arrangement entered into with Dignity Health in Arizona on September 17, 2014; or (B) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property. If a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property.

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Bank, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property without Bank’s prior written consent.

 

Exhibit A


EXHIBIT B – LOAN PAYMENT/ADVANCE REQUEST FORM

DEADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS NOON PACIFIC TIME

 

Fax To:    Date:                     

 

LOAN PAYMENT:   
1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

 

From Account #                                                                  To Account #                                                                     
(Deposit Account #)    (Loan Account #)
Principal $                                                                           and/or Interest $                                                                 
Authorized Signature:                                                                                  Phone Number:                                                  
Print Name/Title:                                                                         

 

LOAN ADVANCE:

Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance are for an outgoing wire.

 

From Account #                                                                     To Account #                                                                   
(Loan Account #)    (Deposit Account #)
Amount of Advance $                                                          

All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for an advance; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date:

 

Authorized Signature:                                                                         Phone Number:                                                              
Print Name/Title:                                                                   

 

OUTGOING WIRE REQUEST:

Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above is to be wired.

Deadline for same day processing is noon, Pacific Time

 

Beneficiary Name:                                                                          Amount of Wire: $                                                                       
Beneficiary Bank:                                                                           Account Number:                                                                         
City and State:                                                                               
Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA) #:                                         Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.):                        
               (For International Wire Only)
Intermediary Bank:                                                                  Transit (ABA) #:                                                                          
For Further Credit to:                                                                                                                                                                                                      
Special Instruction:                                                                                                                                                                                                         

By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me (us).

 

Authorized Signature:                                                      2nd Signature (if required):                                                  
Print Name/Title:                                                            Print Name/Title:                                                                
Telephone #:                                                                    Telephone:

 

Exhibit B


EXHIBIT C – BORROWING RESOLUTIONS

[see attached]

 

Exhibit C


EXHIBIT D

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:    SILICON VALLEY BANK    Date:                             
FROM:    1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.   

The undersigned authorized officer of 1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC. (“Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”):

(1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                      with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes (except for the absence of footnotes with respect to unaudited financial statements). The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

  

Required

  

Complies

Monthly financial statements with
Compliance Certificate (“CC”)
   Monthly within 45 days    Yes No
Annual financial statement (CPA Audited) + CC    FYE within 180 days    Yes No
Annual projections and operating plan   

Within 45 days after the last day of each

FYE, or more frequently as periodically updated by Borrower

   Yes No
Individual store financials and metrics    Monthly within 45 days    Yes No

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

     

BANK USE ONLY

       

Received by:                                                  

By:

 

                                                                           

     

                                 AUTHORIZED SIGNER

 

Name:

 

                                                                           

     

Date:                                                         

Title:

 

                                                                           

               
       

Verified:                                                        

       

                                 AUTHORIZED SIGNER

       

Date:                                                         

       

Compliance Status:         Yes     No


FIRST AMENDMENT TO

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this Amendment”) is entered into this ____ day of October, 2016, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation (“Bank”), and 1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”).

RECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 26, 2015 (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”).

B. Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

C. Borrower has requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to (i) add a new growth capital loan facility to refinance and replace the Existing Growth Capital Loan (as hereinafter defined), and (ii) make certain other revisions to the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein.

D. Bank has agreed to (i) add a new growth capital loan facility to refinance and replace the Existing Growth Capital Loan and (ii) make certain other revisions to the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment, including its preamble and recitals, shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. Amendments to Loan Agreement.

2.1 Existing Growth Capital Loan. Borrower hereby acknowledges that, as part of the Loan Agreement, Bank made a Growth Capital Advance to Borrower in the principal amount of Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) (the “Existing Growth Capital Loan”). Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that as of the First Amendment Effective Date, the outstanding principal balance of the Existing Growth Capital Loan is Eight Million Seven Hundred Thirty-Eight Thousand Nine Hundred Eighty and 15/100 Dollars ($8,738,980.15). Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that all of such sum is due and owing Bank, without offset or defense of any kind or nature and in the event Borrower has any offsets or defenses thereto, Borrower hereby irrevocably waives all such offsets and defenses. Borrower

 

3


acknowledges and agrees that the execution of this Amendment is not intended to and shall not cause or result in a novation with respect to the Existing Growth Capital Loan. Borrower and Bank acknowledge and agree that there is no further availability to borrow under the Existing Growth Capital Loan. Borrower shall, on the First Amendment Effective Date and in conjunction with Borrower’s execution of this Amendment, use the proceeds from the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance (as hereinafter defined) to repay in full in cash all of the Obligations owing to Bank under the Existing Growth Capital Loan, including, without limitation, the amount of the Final Payment due to Bank under the Loan Agreement (the “Existing Growth Capital Loan Prepayment”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, upon making the Existing Growth Capital Loan Prepayment, Bank hereby agrees to waive the Make-Whole Premium which would otherwise be owed by Borrower to Bank under the Loan Agreement.

2.2 Section 2.1.3 (Supplemental Growth Capital Advance). Section 2.1.3 is hereby added immediately after Section 2.1.2 of the Loan Agreement as follows:

2.1.3 Supplemental Growth Capital Advance.

(a) Availability. Subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank shall make a single growth capital advance to Borrower (the “Supplemental Growth Capital Advance”), on the First Amendment Effective Date, in an amount equal to the Supplemental Growth Capital Loan Amount. After repayment, the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance may not be re-borrowed.

(b) Repayment. Borrower shall repay the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance as follows: (i) payments of accrued interest only, commencing on the first (1st) calendar day of the month immediately following the month in which the Funding Date of the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance occurs, and continuing on the first (1st) calendar day of each month thereafter during the Supplemental Growth Capital Interest-Only Period; and (ii) commencing on the first (1st) calendar day of the month immediately following the month in which the Supplemental Growth Capital Interest-Only Period ends (the “Supplemental Growth Capital Conversion Date”) and continuing on the first (1st) calendar day of each month thereafter, thirty (30) consecutive equal monthly payments of principal plus accrued interest (each, a “Supplemental Growth Capital Payment”) each in an amount which would fully amortize the outstanding Supplemental Growth Capital Advance, as of the Supplemental Growth Capital Conversion Date, over the Supplemental Growth Capital Repayment Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all unpaid principal and interest on the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance shall be due on the Supplemental Growth Capital Maturity Date.

(c) Supplemental Growth Capital Final Payment. With respect to the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance, on the earlier of (i) the date of the final Supplemental Growth Capital Payment, (ii) the Supplemental Growth Capital Maturity Date, or (iii) upon a prepayment in accordance with Sections 2.1.3(d) and (e), Borrower shall pay, in addition to the outstanding principal, accrued and unpaid interest, and all other amounts due on such date with respect to the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance, an amount equal to the Supplemental Growth Capital Final Payment.

 

4


(d) Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration. If the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance is accelerated following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank, an amount equal to the sum of (i) accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance, plus (ii) all outstanding principal with respect to the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance, plus (iii) the Supplemental Growth Capital Final Payment, plus (iv) the Supplemental Growth Capital Make-Whole Premium, plus (v) all other sums, including Bank Expenses, if any, that have become due and payable hereunder with respect to the Supplemental Growth Capital Growth Capital Advance, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

(e) Voluntary Prepayment. At Borrower’s option, so long as an Event of Default has not occurred and is not continuing, Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the outstanding Supplemental Growth Capital Advance, provided Borrower (i) delivers written notice to Bank of its election to exercise its option to prepay the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance at least ten (10) days prior to such prepayment, and (ii) pays, on the date of such prepayment (A) all accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance, (B) all unpaid principal with respect to the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance, (C) the Supplemental Growth Capital Final Payment, (D) the applicable Supplemental Growth Capital Make-Whole Premium, and (E) all other sums, including Bank Expenses, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder with respect to the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

2.3 Section 2.2 (Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions). Section 2.2(a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following to the end of Section 2.2(a):

Subject to Section 2.2(b), the principal amount outstanding for the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the greater of (A) the Prime Rate or (B) three and one-half of one percent (3.50%), which interest shall be payable monthly.

2.4 Section 2.3 (Fees). Section 2.3 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following immediately after Section 2.3(e) as subsections (f) and (g):

(f) Supplemental Growth Capital Final Payment. The Supplemental Growth Capital Final Payment when due hereunder; and

(g) Supplemental Growth Capital Make-Whole Premium. The Supplemental Growth Capital Make-Whole Premium when due hereunder.

 

5


2.5 Section 3.5 (Procedures for Borrowing). Section 3.5 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following Section 3.5(b) immediately following Section 3.5(a):

(b) Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance. Together with any such electronic or facsimile notification, Borrower shall deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Payment/Advance Form executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer or designee. Bank shall credit the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance is necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.

2.6 Section 6.2 (Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates). Section 6.2(h) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

(h) [Reserved].

2.7 Section 6.6 (Operating Accounts). The last sentence in Section 6.6(b) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to (i) deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such, and (ii) Borrower’s accounts with PayPal, Stripe, Moneris and Pivitol (or any replacement payment provider disclosed in the Perfection Certificate) so long as Borrower sweeps such account to the Designated Deposit Account maintained with Bank on a monthly basis.

2.8 Section 6.9 (Reserved). Section 6.9 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

6.9 Financial Covenants. Maintain at least one of the following two financial covenants:

(a) Liquidity Ratio. Maintain at all times, to be tested as of the last day of each month, a Liquidity Ratio of not less than 1.50 to 1.00; or

(b) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. Maintain at all times, to be tested as of the last day of each month, a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.25 to 1.00.

 

6


2.9 Section 8.1 (Payment Default). Section 8.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

8.1 Payment Default. Borrower fails to (i) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension when due, or (ii) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Growth Capital Maturity Date or the Supplemental Growth Capital Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (ii) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

2.10 Section 13 (Definitions).

(a) The following terms and their respective definitions set forth in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement are amended in their entirety and replaced with the following:

Authorized Signer” is any individual listed in Borrower’s Borrowing Resolution who is authorized to execute the Loan Documents, including any Growth Capital Advance or Supplemental Growth Capital request, on behalf of Borrower.

Credit Extension” is the Growth Capital Advance, the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

Medical Groups” means (i) One Medical Group, P.C., a Virginia professional stock corporation, (ii) One Medical Group, P.C., an Illinois professional corporation, (iii) One Medical Group, P.C., a Massachusetts professional corporation, (iv) One Medical Group, P.C., a District of Columbia professional corporation, (v) One Medical Group, P.C., a New York professional corporation, (vi) One Medical Group, Inc., a California professional corporation, (vii) One Medical of NY, P.C., a New York professional corporation, (viii) One Medical of Arizona, P.C., an Arizona professional corporation, (ix) One Medical Group of LA, Inc., a California professional corporation, (x) One Medical Labs, Inc., a California professional corporation, (xi) Apollo Medical Group, Inc., a California professional corporation, and (xii) One Medical Group of Washington, P.C., a Washington professional corporation, and any other medical group and their respective successors and assigns that makes payments to Borrower under an Administrative Services Agreement for administrative, management, business or similar services, whether directly or indirectly.

Prime Rate” is the rate of interest per annum from time to time published in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal or any successor publication thereto as the “prime rate” then in effect; provided that, in the event such rate of interest is less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement; and provided further that if such rate of interest, as set forth from time to time in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal, becomes unavailable for any reason as determined by Bank, the “Prime Rate” shall mean the rate of interest per annum announced by Bank as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in the State of California (such Bank announced Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by Bank in connection with extensions of credit to debtors).

 

7


(b) The definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” as set forth in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following subsection immediately after subsection (h) as subsection (i):

(i) Indebtedness to Cisco up to the maximum amount not to exceed $891,929.39 pursuant to the Cisco Lease Agreement.

(c) The definition of “Permitted Liens” as set forth in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following subsection immediately after subsection (j) as subsection (k):

(k) Liens on specific equipment and any proceeds thereof in favor of Cisco pursuant to the Cisco Lease Agreement.

(d) The following terms and their respective definitions are hereby added in alphabetical order to Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement as follows:

Adjusted EBITDA” means, for any period of determination, an amount equal to (i) EBITDA for the trailing twelve (12) months, minus (ii) unfunded capital expenditures of Borrower for the trailing twelve (12) months, minus (iii) cash taxes paid by Borrower for the trailing twelve (12) months, minus (iv) cash dividends paid by Borrower for the trailing twelve (12) months.

Cisco” means Cisco Systems Capital Corporation, its successors and assigns.

Cisco Lease Agreement” means that certain Master Lease and Financing Agreement No. 12032 by and between Borrower and Cisco dated June 23, 2015.

EBITDA” shall mean (a) Net Income, plus (b) Interest Expense, plus (c) to the extent deducted in the calculation of Net Income, depreciation expense and amortization expense, plus (d) income tax expense, plus (e) any non-cash stock compensation.

First Amendment Effective Date” is October __, 2016.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, for any period of determination thereof, the ratio of (a) Adjusted EBITDA to (b) Fixed Charges.

Fixed Charges” means, for any period of determination, fees, principal, and interest of Obligations of Borrower in connection with the Supplemental Growth Capital Advances and the Indebtedness of Borrower in connection with the capital leases (under the existing Generally Accepted Accounting Principles definition of capital leases), all due within the next twelve (12) months.

 

8


Interest Expense” means for any fiscal period, interest expense (whether cash or non-cash) determined in accordance with GAAP for the relevant period ending on such date, including, in any event, interest expense with respect to any Credit Extension and other Indebtedness of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation or duplication, all commissions, discounts, or related amortization and other fees and charges with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and the net costs associated with interest rate swap, cap, and similar arrangements, and the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation (including leases of all types).

Liquidity Ratio” means a ratio of (i) Quick Assets to (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal balance under the Supplemental Growth Capital Advances.

Net Income” means, as calculated on a consolidated basis for Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period as at any date of determination, the net profit (or loss), after provision for taxes, of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period taken as a single accounting period.

Quick Assets” is the sum of (a) the aggregate amount of Borrower’s unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents maintained at Bank and Bank’s Affiliates, and (b) the amount that is sixty-five percent (65%) of Borrower’s net accounts receivable.

Supplemental Growth Capital Advance” is defined in Section 2.1.3(a).

Supplemental Growth Capital Conversion Date” is defined in Section 2.1.3(b).

Supplemental Growth Capital Final Payment” is a payment (in addition to and not a substitution for the regular monthly payments of principal and accrued interest) due on the date set forth in Section 2.1.3(c) and 2.3(f) equal to Five Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($550,000).

Supplemental Growth Capital Interest-Only Period” means the period commencing on the first (1st) calendar day of the month immediately following the month in which the Funding Date of the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance occurs and continuing through March 31, 2018.

Supplemental Growth Capital Loan Amount” is Eleven Million Dollars ($11,000,000).

Supplemental Growth Capital Make-Whole Premium” is, with respect to the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance, an amount equal to (a) three percent (3.0%) of the outstanding principal amount of the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance made to Borrower under this Agreement if the prepayment is made before the first (1st) anniversary of the First Amendment Effective Date; (b) two percent (2.0%) of the outstanding principal amount of the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance made to Borrower under this Agreement if the prepayment is made on or after the first (1st) anniversary of the First Amendment Effective Date but before the second (2nd) anniversary of the First Amendment Effective Date; and (c) one percent (1.0%) of the

 

9


outstanding principal amount of the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance made to Borrower under this Agreement if the prepayment is made on or after the second (2nd) anniversary of the First Amendment Effective Date and prior to the Supplemental Growth Capital Maturity Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Supplemental Growth Capital Make-Whole Premium shall be charged if (i) the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance is replaced with a new facility from Bank, (ii) the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance is refinanced and Bank has a participation interest in such refinanced loan facility, or (iii) the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance is refinanced with a commercial bank syndicate which Bank has been offered to participate in such refinanced loan facility, but Bank has declined to purchase a participation interest in such refinanced loan facility.

Supplemental Growth Capital Maturity Date” is, for the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance, the date on which the thirtieth (30th) Supplemental Growth Capital Payment is due with respect to the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance, but in no event later than September 1, 2020.

Supplemental Growth Capital Payment” is defined in Section 2.1.3(b).

Supplemental Growth Capital Repayment Period” as to the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance, is a period of time equal to thirty (30) consecutive months commencing on the Supplemental Growth Capital Conversion Date.

2.11 Exhibit D (Compliance Certificate). The Compliance Certificate is amended in its entirety and replaced with the Compliance Certificate in the form of Exhibit D attached hereto. From and after the date hereof, all references in the Loan Agreement to the Compliance Certificate shall be deemed to refer to Exhibit D attached hereto.

2.12 Post-Closing Conditions. Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

(a) within thirty (30) days after the date on which Borrower enters into the Assignment of Administrative Services Agreement with One Medical Group of Washington, P.C., a Washington professional corporation, duly executed original signatures to a Collateral Assignment of Administrative Services Agreement;

(b) within thirty (30) days after the First Amendment Effective Date, duly executed original signatures to a Collateral Assignment of Administrative Services Agreement with One Medical Group, P.C., a Virginia professional corporation;

(c) within thirty (30) days after the First Amendment Effective Date, duly executed original signatures to a Restated Collateral Assignment of Administrative Services Agreement with each of One Medical Group of LA, Inc., a California corporation, One Medical of NY, P.C., a New York professional corporation, One Medical Labs, Inc., a California corporation, One Medical Group, P.C., an Illinois professional corporation, One Medical Group, P.C., a Massachusetts professional corporation, and One Medical Group, P.C., a Washington, D.C. professional corporation; and

 

10


(d) within thirty (30) days after the First Amendment Effective Date, duly executed original signatures to a Second Restated Collateral Assignment of Administrative Services Agreement with each of One Medical Group, Inc., a California professional corporation, and One Medical Group, P.C., a New York professional corporation.

3. Limitation of Amendments.

3.1 The amendments set forth in Section 2, above, are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a)be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

4. Representations and Warranties. To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

4.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

4.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

4.3 The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank on the First Amendment Effective Date remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

4.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

4.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

 

11


4.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

4.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

5. Integration. This Amendment and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Amendment and the Loan Documents merge into this Amendment and the Loan Documents.

6. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

7. Effectiveness. This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto and (b) payment of Bank’s legal fees and expenses in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Amendment.

[Signature page follows.]

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWER:
1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Garrick Bernstine

Name: Garrick Bernstine
Title: CFO
BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Kristina Peralta

Name: Kristina Peralta
Title: Vice President

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement]


EXHIBIT D

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:    SILICON VALLEY BANK          Date:  

 

FROM:    1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.      

The undersigned authorized officer of 1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC. (“Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank, as amended by the First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (as the same may be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time, the “Agreement”):

(1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending _______________ with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes (except for the absence of footnotes with respect to unaudited financial statements). The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

  

Required

  

Complies

Monthly financial statements with
Compliance Certificate (“CC”)
   Monthly within 45 days    Yes    No
Annual financial statement (CPA Audited) + CC    FYE within 180 days    Yes    No
Annual projections and operating plan    Within 30 days after the last day of each FYE, or more frequently (within ten (10) business days after approval) if updated by Borrower (following the initial annual delivery) and approved by the board of directors    Yes    No

 

Financial Covenants*

   Required    Actual   

Complies

Maintain at all times, at least one to be tested as of the last day of each month:         

(a) Minimum Liquidity Ratio

   1.50:1.00    ____:1.00   

Yes    No

(b) Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

   1.25:1.00    ____:1.00   

Yes    No

 

*

Borrower must maintain at least one of the two aforementioned financial covenants.

 

Exhibit D


The following financial covenant analyses and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and accurate as of the date of this Certificate.

Other Matters

 

Have there been any (i) material amendments of or other material changes to the capitalization table of Borrower, or (ii) any changes to the Operating Documents of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries? If yes, provide copies of any such amendments or changes with this Compliance Certificate.    Yes    No

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

——————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.       BANK USE ONLY
        Received by:                                         
                                AUTHORIZED SIGNER
By:  

                                                                   

               
Name:  

 

      Date:                                                      
Title:  

 

     

 

Verified:                                                

                                AUTHORIZED SIGNER
        Date:                                                      
        Compliance Status:     Yes         No

 

Exhibit D


Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

Financial Covenants of Borrower

In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall govern.

Dated: ____________________

Borrower must calculate and maintain at least one of the two financial covenants:

 

I.

Liquidity Ratio (Section 6.9(a))

Required: 1.50:1.00.

Actual:

 

A.    Aggregate value of Borrower’s unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents maintained at Bank and Bank’s Affiliates    $_____
B.    65% of the aggregate value of net accounts receivable    $_____
C.    Quick Assets (line A plus B)    $_____
D.    Aggregate outstanding principal balance under the Supplemental Growth Capital Advances    $_____
E.    Liquidity Ratio (line C, divided by line D)    ____:1.00

Is line E equal to or greater than the amount required above?

 

                 No, not in compliance

                    Yes, in compliance

 

II.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (Section 6.9(b))

Required: 1.25:1.00.

Actual:

 

A.    The net profit (or loss), after provision for taxes, of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the trailing 12 months    $_____
B.    Interest expense for the trailing 12 months    $_____
C.    To the extent deducted in the calculation of line A, depreciation expense for the trailing 12 months    $_____
D.    To the extent deducted in the calculation of line A, amortization expense for the trailing 12 months    $_____
E.    Income tax expense for the trailing 12 months    $_____
F.    Non-cash stock compensation for the trailing 12 months    $_____

 

Exhibit D


G.    EBITDA (the sum of lines A through F)    $_____
H.    Unfunded capital expenditures of Borrower for the trailing 12 months    $_____
I.    Cash taxes paid by Borrower for the trailing 12 months    $_____
J.    Cash dividends paid by Borrower for the trailing 12 months    $_____
K.    Adjusted EBITDA (line G minus lines H through J)    $_____
L.    Fees, principal, and interest of Obligations of Borrower in connection with the Supplemental Growth Capital Advances and the Indebtedness of Borrower in connection with the capital leases, all due within the next 12 months    $_____
M.    Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (line K divided by line L)    ____:1.00

Is line M equal to or greater than the amount required above?

 

       

 

   No, not in compliance      

 

   Yes, in compliance        

 

Exhibit D


SECOND AMENDMENT TO

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is entered into this 12th day of January, 2017, but effective as of January 17, 2017, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation (“Bank”), and 1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”).

RECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 26, 2015, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of October 18, 2016 (the “First Amendment”) by and between Bank and Borrower (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”).

B. Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

C. Borrower has requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to (i) waive the requirement that Borrower pay a Supplemental Growth Capital Final Payment when due pursuant to the terms and conditions of the First Amendment, and it its place, (x) require Borrower to pay a modification fee in the amount of Thirty-Three Thousand Seven Hundred Ninety-Five and 61/100 Dollars ($33,795.61) on the date of this Amendment pursuant to the terms of Section 7 below (the “Supplemental Growth Capital Modification Fee”), (y) increase the amount of the existing Supplemental Growth Capital Make-Whole Premium, and (z) increase the interest rate of the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance; and (ii) make certain other revisions to the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein.

D. Bank has agreed to (i) waive the requirement that Borrower pay a Supplemental Growth Capital Final Payment when due pursuant to the terms and conditions of the First Amendment, and in its place, (x) require Borrower to pay the Supplemental Growth Capital Modification Fee on the date of this Amendment, (y) increase the amount of the existing Supplemental Growth Capital Make-Whole Premium, and (z) increase the interest rate of the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance; and (ii) make certain other revisions to the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment, including its preamble and recitals, shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

 


2. Amendments to Loan Agreement.

2.1 Section 2.1.3 (Supplemental Growth Capital Advance). Sections 2.1.3(c), (d) and (e) of the Loan Agreement are hereby amended in their entirety and replaced with the following:

(c) [Reserved].

(d) Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration. If the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance is accelerated following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank, an amount equal to the sum of (i) accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance, plus (ii) all outstanding principal with respect to the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance, plus (iii) [Intentionally Omitted], plus (iv) the Supplemental Growth Capital Make-Whole Premium, plus (v) all other sums, including Bank Expenses, if any, that have become due and payable hereunder with respect to the Supplemental Growth Capital Growth Capital Advance, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

(e) Voluntary Prepayment. At Borrower’s option, so long as an Event of Default has not occurred and is not continuing, Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the outstanding Supplemental Growth Capital Advance, provided Borrower (i) delivers written notice to Bank of its election to exercise its option to prepay the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance at least ten (10) days prior to such prepayment, and (ii) pays, on the date of such prepayment (A) all accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance, (B) all unpaid principal with respect to the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance, (C) [Intentionally Omitted], (D) the applicable Supplemental Growth Capital Make-Whole Premium, and (E) all other sums, including Bank Expenses, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder with respect to the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

2.2 Section 2.2(a) (Interest Rate). Section 2.2(a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the last sentence of such Section in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

Subject to Section 2.2(b), the principal amount outstanding for the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the greater of (A) the Prime Rate plus 1.81% or (B) 5.56%, which interest shall be payable monthly.

2.3 Section 2.3(f) (Supplemental Growth Capital Final Payment). Section 2.3(f) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

(f) [Reserved.]; and

 

2


2.4 Section 13 (Definitions).

(a) The definition of the term “Supplemental Growth Capital Make-Whole Premium” as set forth in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Supplemental Growth Capital Make-Whole Premium” is, with respect to the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance, an amount equal to (1) Five Hundred Sixteen Thousand Two Hundred Four and 39/100 Dollars ($516,204.39), plus (2) (a) three percent (3.0%) of the outstanding principal amount of the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance made to Borrower under this Agreement if the prepayment is made before the first (1st) anniversary of the First Amendment Effective Date; (b) two percent (2.0%) of the outstanding principal amount of the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance made to Borrower under this Agreement if the prepayment is made on or after the first (1st) anniversary of the First Amendment Effective Date but before the second (2nd) anniversary of the First Amendment Effective Date; and (c) one percent (1.0%) of the outstanding principal amount of the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance made to Borrower under this Agreement if the prepayment is made on or after the second (2nd) anniversary of the First Amendment Effective Date and prior to the Supplemental Growth Capital Maturity Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Supplemental Growth Capital Make-Whole Premium shall be charged if (i) the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance is replaced with a new facility from Bank, (ii) the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance is refinanced and Bank has a participation interest in such refinanced loan facility, or (iii) the Supplemental Growth Capital Advance is refinanced with a commercial bank syndicate which Bank has been offered to participate in such refinanced loan facility, but Bank has declined to purchase a participation interest in such refinanced loan facility.

(b) The defined term “Supplemental Growth Capital Final Payment” and its definition as set forth in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement are hereby deleted in their entirety and all occurrences of and references to such term in the Loan Agreement are hereby deleted in their entirety and from and after the date hereof shall be of no further force and effect under the Loan Agreement.

3. Limitation of Amendments.

3.1 The amendments set forth in Section 2, above, are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

3


4. Representations and Warranties. To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

4.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

4.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

4.3 The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank on the October 18, 2016 remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

4.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

4.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

4.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

4.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

5. Integration. This Amendment and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Amendment and the Loan Documents merge into this Amendment and the Loan Documents.

 

4


6. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

7. Effectiveness. This Amendment shall be deemed effective as of January 17, 2017, upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto; (b) the due execution and delivery to Bank of the Collateral Assignment of Administrative Services Agreement with each of (i) One Medical Group of Washington, P.C., a Washington professional corporation, and (ii) One Medical Group, P.C., a Virginia professional corporation; (c) the due execution and delivery to Bank of the Restated Collateral Assignment of Administrative Services Agreement with each of (i) One Medical of NY, P.C., a New York professional corporation, (ii) One Medical Labs, Inc., a California corporation, (iii) One Medical Group, P.C., an Illinois professional corporation, (iv) One Medical Group, P.C., a Massachusetts professional corporation, and (v) One Medical Group, P.C., a Washington, D.C. professional corporation; (d) the due execution and delivery to Bank of the Second Restated Collateral Assignment of Administrative Services Agreement with each of (i) One Medical Group, Inc., a California professional corporation, and (ii) One Medical Group, P.C., a New York professional corporation; (e) Borrower’s payment of the Supplemental Growth Capital Modification Fee in an amount equal to Thirty-Three Thousand Seven Hundred Ninety-Five and 61/100 Dollars ($33,795.61); and (f) payment of Bank’s legal fees and expenses in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Amendment.

[Signature page follows.]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWER:
1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Garrick Bernstein

Name:   Garrick Bernstein
Title:   CFO
BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Kristina Peralta

Name:   Kristina Peralta
Title:   Vice President

[Signature Page to Second Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement]


THIRD AMENDMENT TO

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is entered into on April 29, 2019, by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation (“Bank”), and 1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”).

RECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 26, 2015 (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”).

B. Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

C. Borrower has requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to (i) modify the banking requirements set forth in Section 6.6, and (ii) make certain other revisions to the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein.

D. Bank has agreed to so amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment, including its preamble and recitals, shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. Amendments to Loan Agreement.

2.1 Section 6.6 (Operating Accounts). Section 6.6 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

(a) Maintain its (i) primary investment management accounts with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates and (ii) business credit cards with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates, provided that if Bank determines in its sole and absolute discretion that it cannot provide such business credit cards to Borrower on competitive terms compared to other third-party business credit cards for companies similar to Borrower under current market conditions, then subject to Bank’s prior written consent in its sole and absolute discretion, Borrower may use business credit cards issued by third-parties other than Bank and Bank’s Affiliates expressly subject to clause (j) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower may maintain the merchant accounts with PayPal, Stripe,


WorldPay, Patient Pay/Clearant and Pivitol (or any replacement payment provider disclosed in the Perfection Certificate) (collectively, the Payment Transmitter Accounts”), provided that Borrower sweeps the funds in the Payment Transmitter Accounts to Borrower’s operating account on a monthly basis.

(b) In addition to and subject to the restrictions in clause (a) of this Section 6.6, Borrower shall provide Bank five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates. For each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains pursuant to the terms and conditions herein, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to (i) deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such, (ii) Borrower’s accounts with the Payment Transmitter Accounts so long as Borrower sweeps the funds in the Payment Transmitter Accounts to Borrower’s operating account on a monthly basis, and (iii) zero balance accounts that are swept each Business Day to a concentration account in the name of Borrower at any bank or financial institution other than Bank and Bank’s Affiliates (collectively, the “ZBA/Concentration Accounts”); provided, however, in the event that Borrower fails to maintain at least Thirty-Five Million Dollars ($35,000,000) in cash and/or investments in investment management accounts with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates at any time, then Borrower shall take all steps requested by Bank in its sole and absolute discretion to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to each of the ZBA/Concentration Accounts to perfect Bank’s first priority Lien in such ZBA/Concentration Accounts.

2.2 Section 13 (Definitions).

(a) The definition of Permitted Indebtedness as set forth in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following subsections immediately after subsection (i) as subsections (j) and (k):

(j) solely on the condition that (x) Bank has determined in its sole and absolute discretion that it cannot provide business credit cards to Borrower on competitive terms compared to other third-party business credit cards for companies similar to Borrower under current market conditions, and (y) Bank has provided prior written consent in Bank’s sole and absolute discretion that Borrower can use business credit cards issued by third-parties other than Bank and Bank’s Affiliates, unsecured Indebtedness of Borrower arising from business credit cards which are not issued by Bank or Bank’s Affiliates not exceeding Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000) in the aggregate outstanding at any time; and

 

2


(k) Indebtedness not exceeding Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) owed to ASD Specialty Healthcare, LLC (“ASD”) pursuant to that certain Customer Application dated December 3, 2018 by and between Borrower and ASD, as modified by that certain Modification to Customer Application dated April 22, 2019.

(b) The definition of “Permitted Liens” as set forth in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following subsection immediately after subsection (k) as subsection (1):

(1) Liens on inventory purchased from ASD, and all proceeds directly related thereto, to the extent such collateral would be considered a purchase money security interest as defined by the Code.

3. Limitation of Amendments.

3.1 The amendments set forth in Section 2, above, are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a)be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

4. Representations and Warranties. To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

4.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

4.2 Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

4.3 The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank on December 5, 2018 remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

4.4 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

 

3


4.5 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

4.6 The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

4.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

5. Integration. This Amendment and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Amendment and the Loan Documents merge into this Amendment and the Loan Documents.

6. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

7. Effectiveness. This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto and (b) payment of Bank’s legal fees and expenses in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Amendment.

[Signature page follows.]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

BORROWER:

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

 

By:  

/s/ Robin Riske

Name:   Robin Riske
Title:   Treasurer, VP Finance & Corporate Controller
BANK:  
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Peter Sletteland

Name:   Peter Sletteland
Title:   Vice President

[Signature Page to Third Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement]

Exhibit 10.25

Certain information contained in this document, identified by [***], has been redacted because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would likely cause competitive harm to the Registrant if publicly disclosed.

GOOGLE INBOUND SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Inbound Services Agreement (“ISA”) is effective as of the Effective Date and is entered into by and among Google, 1Life, and One Medical Group.

 

“One Medical Group”   

Full legal name:

 

State of Incorporation:

  

One Medical of NY, P.C.

(New York); One Medical Group, Inc. (California); One Medical Group of Washington, P.C. (Washington); One Medical Group, P.C. (Massachusetts);One Medical Group of Arizona, P.C. (Arizona); One Medical Group, P.C. (Illinois); One Medical Group, P.C. (Virginia); One Medical Group, P.C. (District of Columbia)

   Postal address for legal notices:   

130 Sutter St.

San Francisco, CA 94104

   Email address for legal notices:    notices@onemedical.com
“1Life”   

Full legal name:

 

State of Incorporation:

 

Postal address for legal notices:

 

Email address for legal notices:

  

1Life Healthcare, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

130 Sutter St.

San Francisco, CA 94104

notices@onemedical.com

“Google”   

Full legal name:

 

State of Incorporation:

 

Postal address for legal notices:

 

Email address for legal notices:

  

Google Inc.

 

Delaware

 

1600 Amphitheatre Parkway Mountain View,

California 94043, USA
Attn: Legal Department

 

legal-notices@google.com

“Effective Date”    August 18, 2017
“Term”    This ISA will start on the Effective Date and continue until terminated.

 

Page 1 of 46


1. Definitions.

1.1 “Affiliate” means: (a) any corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined under Section 414(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) which includes Google Inc. and Alphabet Inc., or (b) any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is under common control (as defined under Code Section 414(c)) with Google.

1.2 “Agreement” means, collectively, this ISA (including all Attachments) and all SOWs issued under this ISA.

1.3 “Deliverable” means the work product developed specifically for and unique to Google that is identified in writing and agreed to by the parties and/or labeled as a Deliverable when delivered and/or specified in the applicable SOW, including, but not limited to documents, reports, floor plans and communication plans and delivered by 1Life or One Medical Group to Google under this Agreement. For purposes of clarity, 1Life/One Medical Group will share the calculations used to produce a Deliverable, as applicable and appropriate; provided, however, for purposes of clarity, this Agreement does not convey any rights of ownership to Google in such calculations.

1.4 “Eligible Employees” means those employees of Google and its Affiliates as specified in the applicable SOW who are eligible to receive the Services.

1.5 “Eligible Dependents” means dependents of Eligible Employees as specified in the applicable SOW who are eligible to participate in the Membership Services.

1.6 “Membership Services” means access to all One Medical Group Near-Site Clinics, the patient portal and mobile application, and other value added standard services that are offered to all One Medical Group members as part of the current membership offering.

1.7 “Eligibility Report” means a report identifying Eligible Employees and Eligible Dependents, as updated by Google in accordance with this Agreement.

1.8 “Google Data” means:

(a) data provided by Google to 1Life or One Medical Group under this Agreement;

(b) data provided by Google’s third party providers to 1Life or One Medical Group (provided that such providers enter into a data sharing agreement with Google, 1Life and One Medical Group). For purposes of clarity, the data set in this Section 1.8(b) shall be referred to as “Third Party Data”; or

(c) aggregated and de-identified data (including but not limited to experience, effectiveness, and efficiency data) generated or derived from Patient Data, specifically excluding Patient Data (defined below), data of 1Life/One Medical Group, and data involving One Medical Group patient populations other than Eligible Employees and Eligible Dependents. (Google will not receive Patient Data containing PHI but some of its third party providers (e.g. [***], [***], etc.) may; provided that such third party providers enter into a data sharing agreement with Google, 1Life and One Medical Group.) For purposes of clarity, the data set in this Section 1.8(c) shall be referred to as “Derived Googler Patient Data”.

 

Page 2 of 46


1.9 “Intellectual Property” or “IP” means anything protectable by an Intellectual Property Right.

1.10 “Intellectual Property Right(s)” means all patent rights, copyrights, trademark rights, rights in trade secrets (if any), design rights, database rights, domain name rights, moral rights, and any other intellectual property rights (registered or unregistered) throughout the world.

1.11 “Medical Personnel” means employees and contractors of One Medical Group.

1.12 “Medical Services” means the medical services that will be provided at the On-Site Clinics, at the Near-Site Clinics, and virtually via phone, the patient portal and mobile application, unless the reference is only to medical services provided at the On-Site Clinic, in which case the term “On-Site Clinic Medical Services” will be used.

1.13 “Near-Site Clinic” means the medical clinics owned and operated by One Medical Group nationwide. For clarity, Near-Site Clinics do not include On-Site Clinics.

1.14 “On-Site Clinic” means the on-site clinic(s) at Google’s office locations specified in the SOW(s).

1.15 “On-Site Clinic Medical Personnel” means the Medical Personnel who will provide the On-Site Clinic Medical Services.

1.16 “On-Site Clinic Medical Services” refers solely to the Medical Services provided by the On-Site Clinic Medical Personnel at the On-Site Clinic.

1.17 “Patient Data” means data provided by the Eligible Employees and Eligible Dependents to 1Life / One Medical Group under this Agreement, data collected about or from Eligible Employees and Eligible Dependents in the course of providing Medical Services, and Protected Health Information as defined under HIPAA.

1.18 “Personnel” means the employees and contractors of 1Life and One Medical Group unless used in connection with the provision of Medical Services, in which case the term “Medical Personnel” will be used.

1.19 “Prior NY Agreement” means the Master Services Agreement by and among Google Inc., 1Life Healthcare, Inc. and One Medical of NY, P.C., dated July 9, 2015.

1.20 “Reasonable Efforts” means commercially reasonable efforts of at least a level and quality generally accepted in the industry under the circumstances.

1.21 “Services” means the services that 1Life and One Medical Group are required to provide under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, Services include Hosted Services, Membership Services and the Medical Services.

1.22 “SOW” means a fully-signed statement of work, specifying the Services and Deliverables under this Agreement, in the form attached as Attachment A.

1.23 “Successor Supplier” means any designated person or company engaged to provide services to replace any of the On-Site Clinic Medical Services provided by One Medical Group and related services provided by 1Life in connection with such replacement of the On-Site Clinic Medical Services such as medical records transfer.

 

Page 3 of 46


1.24 “Tax(es)” means all government-imposed taxes, except for taxes based on 1Life’s or One Medical Group’s or Personnel’s net income, net worth, asset value, property value, or employment.

1.25 In this Agreement, (A) “include” or “including” means “including but not limited to,” and (B) examples are illustrative and not the sole examples of a particular concept.

2. Services and Deliverables.

2.1 Services; Requirements.

(A) Services. 1Life and One Medical Group will provide Services and Deliverables as specified in applicable SOWs.

(B) Affiliates. So long as an Affiliate is participating in the Google group health plan, it may not independently enter into SOWs under this ISA.

2.2 [Intentionally Omitted]

2.3 Notice of Delays. 1Life or One Medical Group will promptly notify Google in writing of anything that is likely to cause a delay in the delivery of any Deliverable.

3. Payment.

3.1 Invoices.

(A) Submitting Invoices. 1Life or One Medical Group must submit invoices to Google’s online portal at [***] according to the portal’s instructions. Unless otherwise specified in the invoicing section of the applicable SOW, 1Life or One Medical will invoice Google monthly in arrears.

(B) Disputing Invoices. Google will only initiate invoice disputes in good faith, and will provide a written description of the disputed amounts. Upon Google’s request, 1Life or One Medical Group will issue separate invoices for undisputed and disputed amounts. Payment of any undisputed amounts will not compromise Google’s right to object to the disputed amounts. Disputed amounts will not be due until the dispute is finally resolved, and will then be payable according to Subsection (C) (Paying Invoices).

(C) Paying Invoices. Google will pay 1Life or One Medical Group within [***] days after Google receives a correct invoice in accordance with this Section 3.1 (Invoices).

3.2 Expenses.

(A) Expenses Eligible for Reimbursement. Google will reimburse expenses up to the amounts specified in the applicable purchase order or SOW, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise in writing (e-mail is acceptable), and only if they are:

(1) actual, reasonable, and necessary (without mark-ups or commissions);

(2) approved in advance and in writing by Google; and

 

Page 4 of 46


(3) accompanied by receipts or other documentation that Google may reasonably request establishing the type, date, amount, payment, and purpose for such expenses.

(B) 1Life and One Medical Responsible for Personnel’s Expenses. 1Life and One Medical Group are solely responsible for reimbursing their respective Personnel’s expenses and will do so in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations.

3.3 Right to Offset Payment. In addition to other rights and remedies Google may have, Google may offset any payment obligations to 1Life or One Medical that Google may incur under this Agreement against any fees owed to Google and not yet paid by 1Life or One Medical under this Agreement or any other agreement between 1Life or One Medical and Google. Google may also withhold and offset against its payment obligations under this Agreement any amounts Google may have overpaid to 1Life or One Medical in prior periods. Prior to exercising the right to offset payment set forth in this Section 3.3, Google will provide at least [***] day’s prior written notice of its intent to offset, which notice shall include the justification for any amounts to be offset, and a point of contact at Google so that the parties may discuss the circumstances concerning such potential offsets.

3.4 Taxes.

(A) Invoicing and Payment. Taxes are not included in the fees. Google will pay itemized, correctly-stated Taxes for the purchased Services and Deliverables unless Google provides a valid Tax exemption certificate.

(B) Withholding Taxes. If legally required, Google will withhold Taxes from its payments to 1Life or One Medical Group and provide a withholding Tax certificate.

3.5 Bank Charges. The party receiving payment will be responsible for bank and credit card charges assessed by its bank or the credit card issuer.

4. Intellectual Property and Deliverables.

4.1 Ownership. Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement, each party will retain all Intellectual Property Rights in its Intellectual Property that it owned or developed prior to the date hereof, or acquired or developed after the date hereof, without reference to or use of the Intellectual Property of the other party.

4.2 Improvements and Modifications. Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement, 1Life will have ownership of any improvements or modifications to its Intellectual Property [***], and Google will have ownership of any improvements or modifications to its Intellectual Property [***].

4.3 Third Party Materials. 1Life will acquire any licenses or permissions required to utilize any third party’s Intellectual Property incorporated into the Services and Deliverables, including any open source materials, and will remain liable for the same. Further, Google’s use of such third party’s Intellectual Property in connection with the Services and Deliverables in accordance with the terms of the Agreement and any SOW will not constitute an infringement thereof. This Section 4.3 will survive termination or expiration of this Agreement.

 

Page 5 of 46


4.4 Customized Software and Intellectual Property Development.

(A) The parties agree and acknowledge that no Intellectual Property development or customized software is contemplated under this Agreement.

(B) If the parties desire to jointly develop Intellectual Property or customized software in the future, then they will memorialize the terms of such agreement in a SOW. The SOW must state which party owns the newly developed IP (“New IP”) or customized software and the details of any licenses which may be granted to the other parties.

4.5 Independent Development. Google and 1Life acknowledge that the other party is in the software development business. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to preclude either party from developing, using, marketing, licensing and/or selling any independently developed software which has the same or similar functionality as the Hosted Services, Google programs, or any other products, so long as such activities do not breach the terms of this Agreement. This Section 4.5 will survive termination or expiration of this Agreement.

4.6 Deliverables. The parties agree that the Deliverables delivered to Google under the applicable SOWs are owned by Google. For purposes of clarity, the underlying methodologies, business processes and work flows used in creating the Deliverables are owned by 1Life.

4.7 Work Flows. Each party will retain all rights to the clinical and medical workflows that it owned prior to the date hereof, or acquired or developed after the date hereof outside of performance under this Agreement. The parties expressly agree that each may freely use any workflows that the parties jointly develop under this Agreement, and that any such workflows that may rise to the level of Intellectual Property shall be memorialized in a separate SOW as provided for in Section 4.4.

4.8 Google Data. As among the parties, Google will retain ownership of the Google Data.

5. Licenses.

5.1 License to Derived Googler Patient Data. Google hereby grants to 1Life and One Medical Group a [***] license (with the right to sublicense to [***] who are acting on 1Life/One Medical Group’s behalf to carry out the purpose of this license) to [***] the Derived Googler Patient Data for purposes of [***]. For clarity, Derived Googler Patient Data can be combined with other [***] but cannot be externally attributable to Google.

 

Page 6 of 46


5.2 License to Use Google Materials; Anonymized Video/Photo Data.

(A) Google hereby grants 1Life and One Medical Group a limited, [***] license to copy, display, perform and otherwise use the Google Materials (“Google Materials”), which means any Google-provided audio files, logo images, digital photographs and other graphic files, text, branding guidelines, style guides, message templates, and materials) during the Term of the Agreement, solely as may be necessary to deliver the Services. If Google Materials include trademarks, trade names, or logos of Google (“Google Marks”), during the Term, Google grants to 1Life and One Medical Group a [***] license to [***] the Google Marks as part of the Services, as applicable. 1Life has no rights to modify the Google Marks in any way without obtaining the prior written consent of Google. 1Life’s and One Medical Group’s use of the Google Marks will be subject to Google’s prior review and written approval (which may be via e-mail), and Google will provide all necessary branding and trademark guidelines to 1Life. Google and its licensors retain all right, title and interest, including all related intellectual property rights, in and to Google Materials. This Agreement does not convey to 1Life or One Medical Group any rights of ownership in or related to the Google Materials. 1Life and One Medical Group acknowledge that their use of the Google Marks pursuant to this Agreement will not create any right, title or interest in such Google Marks in 1Life or One Medical Group. Google will have the sole right and discretion to bring, prosecute and settle infringement, unfair competition and similar proceedings based on the Google Marks.

(B) 1Life and One Medical Group may not use any anonymized or aggregated photo or video data derived from the Medical Services for any purpose other than providing individual patient care without written consent from the individual patient.

6. Confidentiality; Publicity; Privacy and Security.

6.1 Definition.

(A) “Confidential Information” means information that one party or an affiliate (“Discloser”) discloses to the other party (“Recipient”) under this Agreement, and that is marked as confidential or would normally be considered confidential information under the circumstances. It does not include information that is independently developed by the Recipient, is rightfully given to the Recipient by a third party without confidentiality obligations, becomes public through no fault of the Recipient or except as required by law to be disclosed.

(B) Each party’s Intellectual Property is its Confidential Information. Subject to Section 4, the Deliverables are Google’s Confidential Information. A Recipient may use Residuals for any purpose, including use in the acquisition, development, manufacture, promotion, sale, or maintenance of products and services; provided that this right to Residuals does not represent a license under any intellectual property and/or proprietary rights of a Discloser. The term “Residuals” means information that is retained in the unaided memories of Recipient’s employees or contractors as permitted herein who have had access to Discloser’s Confidential Information. Memory is unaided if the employee or contractor has not intentionally memorized the Confidential Information for the purpose of retaining and subsequently using or disclosing it.

 

Page 7 of 46


6.2 Confidentiality Obligations. The Recipient will not disclose the Discloser’s Confidential Information, except to employees, affiliates, agents, or professional advisors (“Delegates”) who need to know it and who have a legal obligation to keep it confidential. The Recipient will use the Confidential Information only to exercise rights and fulfill obligations under this Agreement. The Recipient may disclose Confidential Information when legally compelled by a court or other government authority. To the extent permitted by law, Recipient will promptly provide the Discloser with sufficient notice of all available details of the legal requirement and reasonably cooperate with the Discloser’s efforts, at the Discloser’s expense, to challenge the disclosure, seek an appropriate protective order, or pursue such other legal action, as the Discloser may deem appropriate. The Recipient will ensure that its Delegates are also subject to the same non-disclosure and use obligations.

6.3 No Rights. Except for the limited rights under this Agreement, no party acquires any right, title, or interest in another party’s Confidential Information.

6.4 No Publicity. Except as may be required by law, no party may make any public announcement regarding this Agreement without the written approval (email is acceptable) of the other parties.

6.5 Privacy and Security. If 1Life and One Medical Group have access to Protected Information (as defined in Attachment D (Information Protection Addendum)) in connection with this Agreement, then they will comply with Attachment D in addition to this Section 6.

7. Insurance.

7.1 1Life and One Medical Group will maintain insurance policies in accordance with Attachment B (Insurance).

8. Independent Contractor; Personnel.

8.1 Not Employees. 1Life and One Medical Group are independent contractors and their Personnel are not Google employees. For their respective Personnel, 1Life and One Medical Group are responsible for, as applicable:

(A) Personnel’s acts and omissions;

(B) recruiting, staffing, instructing, training, and managing Personnel performing Services;

(C) performance evaluations, promotions, and terminations; and

(D) determining Personnel’s compensation (i.e., any stated rates for Services provided are not wage rates).

The right and duty to issue work assignments, to correct deficient performance, and to effectuate all other aspects of its supervisory responsibility hereunder shall at all times remain with 1Life and One Medical Group, as applicable.

8.2 No Employee Compensation or Benefits. 1Life and One Medical Group’s Personnel will not be entitled to any compensation, stock, options, or other rights or benefits provided to Google employees in connection with their performance under this Agreement.

 

Page 8 of 46


8.3 Income Tax Withholding for Personnel. 1Life and One Medical Group are responsible for any income tax withholding applicable to their respective Personnel.

8.4 Personnel. Other than the Medical Personnel who are employed or contracted by One Medical Group (for whom One Medical Group assumes legal responsibility as the employer or contractor), 1Life hereby assumes all legal responsibility as the employer or contractor of all 1Life personnel.

8.5 Neither 1Life nor Google will engage in the practice of medicine nor in any way direct or control the practice of medicine or direct the provision of health services required to be provided by a licensed provider.

8.6 Termination of Personnel. 1Life or One Medical Group is responsible for all costs associated with terminating their respective Personnel, including:

(A) costs arising under applicable law; and

(B) costs arising under an agreement between 1Life or One Medical Group and their respective Personnel.

8.7 Dispute Resolution Agreements with Personnel. 1Life or One Medical Group will enter into dispute resolution agreements with [***] whose work for 1Life or One Medical Group consists primarily of providing Services to Google, requiring:

(A) arbitration of any claims arising out of Personnel’s relationship with 1Life or One Medical Group; and

(B) a waiver of all rights to bring a [***].

9. HIPAA.

9.1 Definitions. In this Section 9, all capitalized terms will have the definitions given to them by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder (“HIPAA”), including the following:

(A) “Breach” has the same meaning as the term “breach” at 45 C.F.R. § 164.402.

(B) “PHI” has the same meaning as the term “protected health information” at 45 C.F.R. § 160.103.

(C) “Security Incident” has the same meaning as the term “Security Incident” at 45 C.F.R. § 164.304.

9.2. Acknowledgements.

(A) 1Life and One Medical Group acknowledge and agree that HIPAA governs the use and/or disclosure of certain Personal Information (as defined in the Information Protection Addendum) that may be obtained or created through the provision of services under this Agreement.

(B) 1Life and One Medical Group acknowledge and agree that they (and One Medical Group’s affiliated Professional Corporations) are considered “Affiliated Covered Entities” under HIPAA, and as such will only use and disclose PHI for treatment, payment and operations purposes or as otherwise required or permitted by law.

 

Page 9 of 46


(C) 1Life and One Medical Group will maintain any books, records, patient charts, patient files or any other document containing PHI in accordance with HIPAA, the Information Protection Addendum and applicable medical and privacy laws, as amended from time to time.

9.3 Patient records.

(A) 1Life will arrange for the provision of all record keeping services related to the maintenance and storage of medical records; however all patient records will be prepared by One Medical Group/the Medical Personnel and will remain the property of One Medical Group and/or the patient per applicable law.

(B) Google understands and agrees that all of the medical records and other PHI will be held in strict confidence and that Google will not be entitled to have access to medical records, in the absence of an appropriate written authorization from the patient/employee.

(C) 1Life’s and One Medical Group’s medical records systems will be configured to ensure that only those Personnel authorized under HIPAA and other applicable privacy and patient records laws have access to such medical records. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and to the extent Google seeks information from 1Life or its other Affiliated Covered Entities that may include PHI, Google represents and warrants that it is authorized to receive such information, and that either: (i) Google has all necessary consents and approvals, including those from its employees, their spouses or dependents, as applicable, to permit requested disclosures of PHI, or (ii) all Google representatives seeking such information are properly authorized representatives of the Google group health plan (as such term is defined in 45 C.F.R. § 160.103).

(D) One Medical Group will supply patients with access to their medical records in prompt and reasonable manner and in a HIPAA standards-compliant format as required by 45 C.F.R § 164.524 and 45 C.F.R §162 (e.g. consolidated CDA or FHIR interface), or as otherwise reasonably requested by the patient or their legally authorized representative (e.g. PDF).

9.4 Safeguards. 1Life and One Medical Group will:

(A) use reasonable administrative, technical, and physical safeguards, and comply with the Security Rule with respect to electronic PHI, to prevent use or disclosure of PHI other than as provided by the Agreement;

(B) maintain a data security program that complies with HIPAA, the Information Protection Addendum, and applicable law;

(C) in accordance with the Agreement and applicable law, report to Google any use or disclosure of PHI not provided for by the Agreement or any Breach, or Security Incident involving the Google Data and Protected Information of which they become aware;

 

Page 10 of 46


(D) ensure that any contractor or subcontractors that access PHI on behalf of Google contractually agree to the same terms that apply to 1Life and One Medical Group with respect to such PHI;

(E) provide access to PHI maintained in a Designated Record Set in accordance with 45 C.F.R. § 164.524 and Google’s specified timeframes;

(F) at the individual’s request, where required, amend the PHI maintained in a Designated Record Set in accordance with 45 C.F.R. § 164.526;

(G) respond to an Individual’s request for an accounting of PHI disclosures in accordance with 45 C.F.R. § 164.528 and Google’s specified timeframes;

(H) make their internal practices and records available to the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services to determine HIPAA compliance; and

(I) in accordance with applicable law and 1Life/One Medical Group’s internal policies (provided such are no less protective than applicable law), return or destroy (and retain no copies of) all PHI received from Google once such PHI is not needed to perform Services.

10. Representations and Warranties.

10.1 Mutual. Each party represents and warrants that it has full power and authority to enter into and fulfill its obligations under this Agreement.

10.2 1Life and One Medical Group. Unless otherwise indicated, 1Life and One Medical Group represent and warrant that:

(A) Quality. Performance of their respective services under this Agreement will be of professional quality and performed with reasonable skill and care consistent with generally-accepted industry standards and One Medical Group represents and warrants that any On-Site Clinic Medical Personnel’s performance will satisfy the applicable standard of care for One Medical Group medical professionals in the community.

(B) Specifications and Requirements. Except as otherwise stated in sub-section A above, the Services and Deliverables will meet this Agreement’s specifications and requirements.

(C) Hosted Services. The Hosted Services (i) are not subject to any open source license or other terms that require software or documentation be disclosed or distributed in source code form, be licensed for the purpose of making derivative works, or be redistributable at no charge, and (ii) do not contain any copy protection, automatic shut-down, lockout, “time bomb” or similar mechanisms that could interfere with Google’s exercise of its business or its rights under this Agreement. In addition to the indemnity obligations set forth in Section 11 (Defense and Indemnity), in the event of a third party

 

Page 11 of 46


claim that the use of the Hosted Services infringes or misappropriates any third party Intellectual Property Rights, 1Life or One Medical Group will do the following at its sole option and expense: (i) procure the right for Eligible Employees and Eligible Dependents to continue using the Hosted Services in compliance with this Agreement; or (ii) modify the Hosted Services to make them non-infringing without materially reducing functionality; or (iii) replace the Hosted Services with a non-infringing, substantially functionally-equivalent alternative.

(D) Viruses and Malicious Code. 1Life represents and warrants that it will not intentionally introduce any viruses or other malicious code into the Deliverables or Hosted Services; provided, however, that no virus or malicious code will be attributable to the Deliverables or Hosted Services to the extent that it is demonstrated by 1Life to have been provided to 1Life by or on behalf of Google.

(E) Non-Infringement. 1Life represents and warrants that the Services and the Deliverables (excluding any Google Confidential Information or data provided by or on behalf of Google to 1Life included in the Deliverables) will not infringe upon any and all (i) United States or foreign patent rights or any application therefore and any and all reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part thereof (“United States and Foreign Patent Rights”); (ii) trade secrets; (iii) copyrights, copyright registrations and applications therefore in the United States or any foreign country, and all other rights corresponding thereto throughout the world; and (iv) any other proprietary rights anywhere in the world (“Intellectual Property Rights of any third party”).

(F) No Conflicts. There are no actual or potential conflicts of interest regarding 1Life’s or One Medical Group’s performance under this Agreement.

(G) Legal Proceedings. No legal proceedings have been threatened or brought against 1Life or One Medical Group that threaten the provision of the Services, and 1Life or One Medical Group will promptly notify Google in writing if such legal proceedings are brought against 1Life or One Medical Group during the term of the Agreement.

(H) License Rights. 1Life has and will retain all necessary rights to grant the licenses in this Agreement and perform under this Agreement.

(I) No Breach of Third-Party Obligations. Fulfillment of their obligations under this Agreement will not breach any obligations they have to any third party.

(J) No Use of Third-Party Confidential Information. In performing the Services, neither will use or bring to Google any third party’s confidential or proprietary information unless 1Life or One Medical Group obtains the third party’s prior written consent or has the licensed right to use such information.

(K) Compliance with Google’s Procedures, Policies, and Code of Conduct. 1Life and One Medical Group, as applicable, will ensure that Personnel and Medical Personnel will comply with:

(1) Google’s environmental, health, safety and physical security procedures that are commercially reasonable and provided in advance to 1Life/One Medical Group when performing Services at Google’s facilities; and

(2) Google’s Supplier Code of Conduct at

http://www.google.com/about/company/responsible-manufacturing.html.

 

Page 12 of 46


(J) Compliance with Laws. Each will comply with all applicable laws and regulations, including the following:

(1) Import and Export. Each will comply with all applicable import and export laws and trade sanction regulations.

(2) Anti-Bribery. Each will comply with all applicable commercial and public anti-bribery laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 and the UK Bribery Act of 2010, which prohibit corrupt offers of anything of value, either directly or indirectly to anyone, including government officials, to obtain or keep business or to secure any other improper commercial advantage. “Government officials” include any government employee; candidate for public office; and employee of government-owned or government-controlled companies, public international organizations, and political parties. Furthermore, neither will make any facilitation payments, which are payments to induce officials to perform routine functions they are otherwise obligated to perform. Each will use commercially reasonable and good faith efforts to comply with Google’s due diligence process, including providing requested information.

(3) Employment; Occupational Health and Safety. 1Life and One Medical Group will comply with all applicable employment and occupational health and safety laws and regulations, including those related to employment practices, wages, and worker classification.

(4) HIPAA. Each will ensure that the Services under this Agreement shall be conducted in a manner that is compliant with HIPAA and each shall promptly notify Google if the scope of Services shall require changes to the Parties’ procedures or protocols to ensure continued compliance with HIPAA. Each will ensure that all Personnel or Medical Personnel, as applicable, are trained with respect to their duties and responsibilities under HIPAA and applicable state and federal privacy and security laws.

(5) Licensing. Each will cause the Medical Personnel to comply with all applicable laws and regulations with respect to licensing and certification, and each will cause the Medical Personnel to maintain during the term of this Agreement appropriate credentials, including, as applicable to the specific role of the Medical Personnel: (i) a duly issued and active license to practice medicine in the state where they are providing the Medical Services; (ii) good standing with his/her profession and state professional association; (iii) the absence of any license restriction, revocation or suspension; (iv) the absence of any involuntary restriction placed on his/her federal DEA registration; and (v) the absence of any felony conviction.

(6) Tax. Each will comply with all applicable tax laws as to its Personnel and/or Medical Personnel, as applicable, and the Services.

 

Page 13 of 46


10.3 Google. Google represents and warrants that:

(A) Viruses and Malicious Code. Neither Google nor any party working on its behalf will intentionally introduce any viruses or other malicious code into the Deliverables or the Hosted Services.

(B) License Rights. Google has and will retain all necessary rights to grant the licenses in this Agreement and perform under this Agreement.

(C) No Breach of Third-Party Obligations. Google and its personnel’s fulfillment of their obligations under this Agreement will not breach any obligations it has to any third party.

(D) No Use of Third-Party Confidential Information. In performing under this Agreement, Google will not use or bring to 1Life or One Medical Group any third party’s confidential or proprietary information unless Google obtains the third party’s and 1Life’s prior written consent.

(E) Compliance with Laws. Under this Agreement, Google will comply with applicable laws and regulations.

11. Defense and Indemnity.

11.1 Obligations.

(A) 1Life and One Medical Group, jointly and severally, will defend and indemnify Google and its Affiliates, directors, officers, and employees against all settlement amounts approved by 1Life and/or One Medical Group, as applicable, and any liabilities, damages, losses, costs, fees (including reasonable legal fees), and expenses in connection with any third-party legal proceeding to the extent arising from:

(1) 1Life’s or One Medical Group’s breach of warranty, gross negligence, willful misconduct, fraud, misrepresentation or violation of applicable laws;

(2) any property damage, personal injury, or death related to 1Life’s or One Medical Group’s performance of the Services (except for claims subject to indemnity in Section 11.1(B) which shall be handled in accordance with that section);

(3) a claim by 1Life’s or One Medical Group’s Personnel for any compensation, stock, options, or other rights or benefits provided to Google employees, in connection with performance under this Agreement;

(4) any breach of Section 6 (Confidentiality; Publicity; Privacy and Security) or applicable data protection laws; or

(5) an allegation that use of the Services or Deliverables (excluding any Google Confidential Information or data provided by or on behalf of Google to 1Life or One Medical Group included in the Deliverables) infringe or misappropriate any third party’s right including Intellectual Property Rights.

 

Page 14 of 46


(B) Notwithstanding Section 11.1(A) above, One Medical Group, alone, will defend and indemnify Google and its Affiliates, directors, officers, and employees against all settlement amounts approved by One Medical Group (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and any liabilities, damages, losses, costs, fees (including reasonable legal fees), and expenses in connection with any third-party legal proceeding to the extent arising from a medical malpractice claim resulting from the Medical Services provided by Medical Personnel to Eligible Employees and Eligible Dependents hereunder. In the event One Medical Group and/or its insurer, as applicable, is unable to fully satisfy the obligation described in this Paragraph 11.1(B), then 1Life shall assume such remaining obligation.

(C) Google will defend and indemnify 1Life and One Medical Group and their respective directors, officers, and employees against all liabilities, damages, losses, costs, fees (including reasonable legal fees), and expenses in connection with any third-party legal proceeding to the extent arising from:

(1) Google’s [***] willful misconduct, fraud, misrepresentation or violation of applicable laws;

(2) any property damage, personal injury, or death related to [***] under the Agreement;

(3) a claim by [***] for any compensation, stock, options, or other rights or benefits provided to 1Life or One Medical Group employees, in connection with performance under this Agreement;

(4) any breach of [***] or applicable [***] laws; or

(5) an allegation that any [***] to 1Life or One Medical Group infringes or misappropriate any third party’s right including Intellectual Property Rights.

11.2 Exclusions. This Section 11 (Defense and Indemnity) will not apply to the extent that the indemnified party fails to notify the indemnifying party in writing promptly upon learning of any claim or suit for which indemnification may be sought resulting in the indemnifying party being prejudiced thereby, or the underlying allegation arises from:

(A) modifications to or use of the Services or Deliverables, or the indemnifying party’s Confidential Information or data, as applicable, not authorized or made by the applicable party;

(B) compliance with designs or instructions provided by the applicable party in writing.

11.3 Control of Defense. The indemnified party will tender sole control of the indemnified portion of the legal proceeding to the indemnifying party, but

 

Page 15 of 46


(A) the indemnified party has the right to reject controlling counsel chosen by the indemnifying party if the indemnified party reasonably believes there is a conflict of interest, has reasonably attempted to obtain a conflict waiver and/or it is not feasible to do so;

(B) the indemnified party may appoint its own non-controlling counsel at its own expense; and

(C) any settlement requiring the indemnified party to admit liability, pay money, or take (or refrain from taking) any action, will require the indemnified party’s prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

12. Limitations of Liability.

12.1 Liability. IN SECTION 12 (LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY), “LIABILITY” MEANS ANY LIABILITY, WHETHER UNDER CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING FOR NEGLIGENCE.

12.2 Limitations.

(A) NO PARTY WILL HAVE ANY LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT FOR:

(1) ANOTHER PARTY’S LOST REVENUES;

(2) INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL LOSSES (WHETHER OR NOT FORESEEABLE OR CONTEMPLATED BY THE PARTIES AT THE EFFECTIVE DATE); OR

(3) EXEMPLARY OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES; AND

(B) SUBJECT TO SECTION 12.3 (EXCEPTIONS TO LIMITATIONS), EACH PARTY’S AGGREGATE LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT EXCEED THE GREATER OF: (1) [***], OR (2) THE AMOUNT GOOGLE PAID TO 1LIFE AND ONE MEDICAL GROUP UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR THE 12 MONTHS PRECEDING THE SUBJECT CLAIM.

12.3 Exceptions to Limitations. NOTHING IN SECTION 12.2(B) OF THIS AGREEMENT EXCLUDES OR LIMITS A PARTY’S LIABILITY FOR:

(A) DEATH OR PERSONAL INJURY RESULTING FROM ITS NEGLIGENCE OR THE NEGLIGENCE OF ITS PERSONNEL; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT A PARTY’S AGGREGATE LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO:

1. A SETTLEMENT AMOUNT THAT IS APPROVED BY GOOGLE PURSUANT TO SECTION 11.3(C) AND DESCRIBED IN SECTION 11.1(B) IS LIMITED BY THE MAXIMUM LIMITS OF THE APPLICABLE ONE MEDICAL GROUP INSURANCE POLICY(IES); AND

2. ANY OTHER LIABILITY FOR WHICH INDEMNIFICATION MAY BE OFFERED BY, OR REQUIRED OF, A PARTY, PURSUANT TO SECTION 11.1(B), IS LIMITED TO AN AMOUNT THAT IS EQUAL TO THE AMOUNT DESCRIBED IN SECTION 12.2(B).

 

Page 16 of 46


(B) FRAUD OR FRAUDULENT MISREPRESENTATION;

(C) BREACH OF SECTION 6 (CONFIDENTIALITY; PUBLICITY; PRIVACY AND SECURITY) UP TO THE GREATER OF [***] OR THE AMOUNT GOOGLE PAID TO 1LIFE AND ONE MEDICAL GROUP FOR THE 12 MONTHS PRECEDING THE SUBJECT CLAIM;

(D) ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER SECTION 3 (PAYMENT);

(E) DEFENSE AND INDEMNITY (SECTION 11) UP TO [***] (“CAP”), EXCEPT FOR OBLIGATIONS RELATED TO SECTION 11.1(A)(3) OR SECTION 11.1(C)(3) WHICH ARE NOT SUBJECT TO THE FOREGOING CAP; OR

(F) MATTERS FOR WHICH LIABILITY CANNOT BE EXCLUDED OR LIMITED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW.

12.4 1LIFE AND GOOGLE DO NOT RENDER MEDICAL SERVICES OR TREATMENTS. ACCORDINGLY, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN, NEITHER GOOGLE NOR 1LIFE IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE MEDICAL SERVICES DELIVERED BY ONE MEDICAL GROUP UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN, 1LIFE AND ONE MEDICAL GROUP EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL OTHER EXPRESS WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, CONDITIONS, AND OBLIGATIONS IMPLIED IN LAW, INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

13. Term and Termination.

13.1 Termination for Breach. Either party may terminate this ISA or any SOW if:

(A) the other party materially breaches Section 6 (Confidentiality; Publicity; Privacy and Security), Section 7.1 (Insurance) or Section 10 (Representations and Warranties) , and such breach is not capable of cure, or such party fails to cure any breach capable of cure within [***] days after receiving written notice of such breach. The termination will be effective the later of [***] days following receipt of written notice of breach or upon completion of the Exit Period (as defined herein); or

(B) the other party is in material breach of any other provision and fails to cure that breach within [***] days following receipt of written notice of breach. In such case, termination will be effective [***] days from the date of receipt of written notice.

13.2 Termination for Legal Cause. A party may [***] suspend performance of, or terminate a SOW upon [***] days’ (or shorter as agreed by the parties in the event that such [***] day notice period is not feasible under the circumstances) written notice to the other parties, if an applicable law or an applicable government or court order prohibits such performance.

13.3 Effects of Termination. Upon the effective date of termination, 1Life and One Medical Group will stop work on all applicable SOWs. Termination of this ISA terminates all outstanding SOWs. Google will pay for Services and Deliverables properly invoiced prior to the effective date of termination.

 

Page 17 of 46


14. Exit Procedures.

14.1 Exit Plan. 1Life and One Medical Group will develop and include an Exit Plan as specified in each SOW, as applicable, which will include appropriate transition measures for On-Site Clinic Medical Services and Deliverables (as applicable), and specifics for the return and destruction of Google Data.

14.2 Exit Period. The “Exit Period” will be as defined in the applicable On-Site SOW.

14.3 Cooperation. In the event of termination or expiration of this Agreement, 1Life and One Medical Group will provide assistance to Google and/or the Successor Supplier as is reasonable and sufficient to ensure the orderly and smooth transfer the On-Site Clinic Medical Services without disruption to Google’s business as specified in the applicable SOW (the “Exit Services”). Exit Services will be provided at a mutually agreeable cost.

15. General.

15.1 Notices. All notices of termination or breach must be in English, in writing and addressed to the other party’s legal department. All other notices must be in English, in writing and addressed to the other party’s primary contact. Notice can be by email and will be treated as given on receipt, as verified by written or automated receipt or by electronic log (as applicable).

15.2 Property Damaged or Not Returned. Unless specified otherwise in the applicable SOW, 1Life or One Medical Group will, at Google’s option, promptly, repair, replace, or compensate Google for the reasonable value of any Google property that is: (A) damaged by Personnel or On-Site Clinic Medical Personnel (normal wear and tear excepted); or (B) not returned on completion of the applicable On-Site Clinic Medical Services.

15.3 Background Checks. To the extent applicable, 1Life and One Medical will comply with the background check policies in Attachment C (Background Checks).

15.4 Equal Employment Opportunities. It is not the intent of the parties that either 1Life or One Medical Group will be serving as a federal subcontractor to Google under this Agreement. Nevertheless, because Google is an equal opportunity employer and federal contractor or subcontractor, each will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of 41 CFR 60-1.4(a), 41 CFR 60-300.5(a), and 41 CFR 60- 741.5(a). These regulations prohibit discrimination against qualified individuals based on their status as protected veterans or individuals with disabilities, and prohibit discrimination against all individuals based on their race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity or national origin. These regulations require that covered prime contractors and subcontractors take affirmative action to employ and advance in employment individuals without regard to race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, national origin, disability, or veteran status. To the extent applicable, the parties will abide by the requirements of Executive Order 13496 (29 CFR Part 471, Appendix A to Subpart A), relating to the notice of employee rights under federal labor laws.

 

Page 18 of 46


15.5 Records and Audit Rights.

(A) Maintaining Records. 1Life and/or One Medical Group, as applicable, will maintain complete and accurate records relating to this Agreement.

(B) Right to Audit Records. During the Agreement term, and for [***] after this Agreement terminates, Google’s third party auditor under obligations of confidentiality and with [***] days’ prior written notice, may audit 1Life and One Medical Group’s relevant records to confirm its compliance with this Agreement. Google’s auditor will only have access to those records reasonably necessary to confirm such compliance, specifically excluding access to any Patient Data. 1Life and/or One Medical Group will repay Google any overcharged amounts by, at Google’s option, either: (1) promptly issuing a credit to Google; or (2) issuing a refund to Google within [***] days of Google’s invoice date. 1Life and/or One Medical Group will reimburse Google for all reasonable audit costs if the price discrepancy for any particular invoice exceeds [***] percent. Google will promptly pay any price discrepancy determined owed by Google.

(C) Notice of Government Audits. If a government authority audits any portion of 1Life’s or One Medical Group’s business related to the Services or Deliverables, 1Life or One Medical Group will, to the extent legally permissible and under obligations of confidentiality, promptly notify Google and provide Google with reasonably-requested information about the audit.

15.6 Assignment. No party may assign or transfer its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written approval of the other parties, and any attempt to do so is void; provided, however, that a party may assign this Agreement to a successor supplier in connection with a merger or sale of all or substantially all of its assets.

15.7 Change of Control. A “Change of Control” means the sale of all or substantially all the assets of a party; any merger, consolidation or acquisition of a party with, by or into another corporation, entity or person; or any change in the ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting capital stock of a party.

(A) If 1Life experiences a Change of Control, then 1Life will give written notice to Google within [***] days after the change of control; and if in such case Google does not wish to be contracting with another entity as a result of such change in control, then Google may, at its option, terminate the Agreement upon [***] days’ written notice.

15.8 Subcontracting.

(A) 1Life or One Medical Group, as applicable, will notify Google via email of any subcontracted obligations for the On-Site Clinic staffing outlined in the applicable On-Site SOW, and the parties agree to discuss in good faith any concerns which Google has regarding such subcontracted obligations.

(B) Services provided at the Near Site Clinics. 1Life or One Medical Group may subcontract any of its respective obligations under this Agreement without Google’s written consent.

(C) 1Life or One Medical Group, as applicable will remain liable for all subcontracted obligations and all acts or omissions of its subcontractors.

 

Page 19 of 46


15.9 Force Majeure. No party will be liable for failure or delay in performance to the extent caused by circumstances beyond its reasonable control.

15.10 No Waiver. No party will be treated as having waived any rights by not exercising (or delaying the exercise of) any rights under this Agreement.

15.11 No Agency. This Agreement does not create any agency, partnership, or joint venture among the parties.

15.12 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement does not confer any benefits on any third party unless it expressly states that it does.

15.13 Execution. The parties may execute this Agreement using electronic signatures, electronic copies, and counterparts.

15.14 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the Attachments hereto, sets out all the terms agreed among the parties and supersedes all other agreements between the parties as of the Effective Date relating to its subject matter. In entering into this Agreement no party has relied on, and neither party will have any right or remedy based on, any statement, representation, or warranty (whether made negligently or innocently), except those expressly stated in this Agreement. Any terms or conditions on a quote, invoice, or other similar document from 1Life or One Medical Group related to this Agreement or the Services, including any online terms between Google and the parties hereto, or from Google on any purchase order related to this Agreement, are void.

15.15 Amendments. Any amendment must be in writing, signed by all parties, and expressly state that it is amending this Agreement.

15.16 Severability. If any term (or part of a term) of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the rest of this Agreement will remain in effect.

15.17 Order of Precedence. If there is a conflict between any term of this ISA and a SOW, the terms of the applicable SOW will control with respect to such conflict provided this is expressly stated and agreed to in the Special Terms section of the applicable SOW.

15.18 Governing Law. ALL CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY CALIFORNIA LAW, EXCLUDING CALIFORNIA’S CONFLICT OF LAWS RULES, AND WILL BE LITIGATED EXCLUSIVELY IN THE FEDERAL OR STATE COURTS OF SANTA CLARA COUNTY, CALIFORNIA, USA; THE PARTIES CONSENT TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION IN THOSE COURTS.

15.19 Survival Sections. The following Sections will survive expiration or termination of this Agreement: Sections 1 (Definitions), 3 (Payment, to the extent there are any due but unpaid amounts), 4 (Intellectual Property and Deliverables), 5 (Licenses), 6 (Confidentiality; Publicity; Privacy and Security), 8 (Independent Contractor; Personnel), Section 10.2(E)(Non-Infringement), as it pertains to Deliverables delivered after the termination of the Agreement, if applicable, 11 (Defense and Indemnity), 12 (Limitations of Liability), 13.3 (Effects of Termination), and 15 (General); provided, however, sub-sections 15.2 (Property Damaged or Not Returned), 15.3 (Background Checks) and 15.4 (Equal Employment Opportunities), will not survive. Sub-sections 15.5 A (Maintaining Records) and C (Notice of Government Audits) will survive, but Sub-section 15.5 B (Right to Audit Records) will only survive for a period of one (1) year following the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

 

Page 20 of 46


15.20 Termination of Prior NY Agreement. The parties hereby agree that effective as of January 2, 2018, the Prior NY Agreement will be terminated and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement (including applicable SOWs), and as of such date the Prior NY Agreement will be of no further force and effect.

SIGNATURES FOLLOW ON THE NEXT PAGES

 

Page 21 of 46


Signed by the parties’ authorized representatives on the dates below.

 

Google Inc.     1Life Healthcare Inc.:

/s/ Teri Wisness

   

/s/ Amir Dan Rubin

(Authorized Signature)     (Authorized Signature)
Teri Wisness     Amir Dan Rubin
(Name)     (Name)
Director, Benefits     President and CEO
(Title)     (Title)
8/21/2017     8/19/2017
(Date)     (Date)

 

Page 22 of 46


 

 

 

 

One Medical Group, Inc., a California professional corporation

 

One Medical Group of Washington, P.C., a Washington professional corporation

 

One Medical Group, P.C., a Massachusetts professional corporation

 

One Medical Group of Arizona, P.C., an Arizona professional corporation

 

One Medical Group, P.C., an Illinois professional corporation

 

One Medical Group, P.C., a Virginia professional stock corporation

 

One Medical Group, P.C., a District of Columbia professional corporation

 

One Medical of NY, P.C., a New York professional corporation:

   

/s/ Tom Lee

 

 

 

  (Authorized Signature)

 

 

 

  Tom Lee

 

 

 

  (Name)

 

 

 

  President

 

 

 

  (Title)

 

 

 

  8/19/2017

 

 

 

  (Date)

 

Page 23 of 46


ATTACHMENT A

SOW TEMPLATE

[This is an example SOW and should not be completed in this Attachment.

Make a copy of this template for each new SOW.]

Statement of Work No. ___

[Insert project name here]

This Statement of Work (“SOW”) is issued under the Inbound Services Agreement between Google Inc. (“Google”) and the contractor listed below (“Contractor”) dated [insert Effective Date of the Inbound Services Agreement] (the “ISA”).

A. All defined terms in this SOW have the same meaning as in the ISA unless this SOW expressly states otherwise.

B. All references to Services and Deliverables below are restricted to the Services and Deliverables under this SOW, and not those under the parties’ other SOWs, if any.

C. If there is any conflict between this SOW and the ISA, the terms of the SOW will control with respect to such conflict provided such is expressly stated and agreed to by the parties in Section 13, Special Terms, of the SOW.

D. Contractor (and its Project Manager) will work with the Google Project Manager listed below.

E. NO SERVICES MAY BE PERFORMED UNTIL GOOGLE AND CONTRACTOR SIGN THIS STATEMENT OF WORK.

 

1. Contractor   

Full legal name:

 

Project Manager name:

 

Project Manager telephone:

 

Project Manager email:

  

[required]

 

[required]

 

[required]

 

[required]

 

Page 24 of 46


2. Google   

Project Manager name:

 

Project Manager telephone:

 

Project Manager email:

  

[required]

 

[required]

 

[required]

3 “SOW Term   

SOW Effective Date”: [date]

 

SOW End Date”: [date].

 

Unless terminated earlier in accordance with the ISA, the SOW Term will begin on the SOW Effective Date and end on the SOW End Date.

4. Services   

Description of Services

 

[insert]

 

[Additional Restricted Entities: insert, if any, delete if none]

5. Deliverables

 

The parties may amend Completion Dates by mutual, written agreement (including by e-mail).

 

Description of Deliverables

 

Contractor will deliver the following Deliverables, which must meet the requirements set out below:

 

[insert]

 

[For milestone payments, if applicable, insert:]

Description of Deliverables    Completion Date    Fees

 

  

 

  

 

 

Page 25 of 46


6. Fees   

In consideration for and upon Contractor’s completion and Google’s acceptance of the Services and Deliverables, Google will pay Contractor:

 

Check only one box, unless special circumstances apply:

 

•  [select one: weekly / monthly] fee of US$0.00.

 

•  flat fee of US$0.00.

 

•  Deliverable fee(s) as specified in SOW Sections 4 and 5.

7. Expenses and Costs   

Check only one box:

 

•  Contractor’s expenses are included in the fees in SOW Section 6. Unless otherwise provided herein, no other expenses will be reimbursed.

 

•  Google will reimburse Contractor’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses subject to ISA Section 3.2 (Expenses).

8. “Maximum Total Cost”   

Maximum Total Cost: US$00.00.

 

Under this SOW, the total aggregate invoiced amount for the Services and Deliverables (including expenses) will not exceed the Maximum Total Cost.

9. Invoicing   

Check only one box, unless special circumstances apply:

 

•  Contractor will invoice Google monthly in arrears.

 

•  Contractor will invoice Google for Services and Deliverables after Google’s acceptance.

 

•  Contractor will invoice Google in accordance with the following timetable: [insert dates]

 

Page 26 of 46


10. [Intentionally Omitted]   

 

11. Insurance    Contractor will maintain applicable insurance coverages during the Term in accordance with Attachment B (Insurance) of the ISA.
12. Background Checks    Contractor will perform background checks on Personnel in accordance with Attachment C (Background Checks) of the ISA.
13. Special Terms    [Insert any special terms here]

If you are signing on behalf of your company, you represent and warrant that you:

 

(1)

have full legal authority to bind your company to these terms and conditions;

 

(2)

have read and understood this Agreement; and

 

(3)

agree to this SOW on behalf of your company.

If you do not have the legal authority to bind your company, do not sign the signature box below.

Signed by the parties’ authorized representatives on the dates below.

[Signature Block]

 

Page 27 of 46


ATTACHMENT B

INSURANCE

One Medical Group

During the Agreement term, One Medical Group will ensure that the Medical Personnel, as applicable, maintain professional liability (medical malpractice) insurance covering the acts and omissions in connection with the Medical Services with limits of not less than [***] per occurrence and [***], in aggregate. One Medical will maintain Healthcare Providers Professional Liability insurance providing excess coverage above the applicable insurance held by Medical Personnel covering the acts and omissions of the Medical Personnel, as applicable, in the minimum annual coverage amounts of [***] per occurrence and [***] in the aggregate. One Medical Group will provide Google with notice of cancellation of any policy required above in accordance with policy provisions.

1Life and/or One Medical Group

During the Agreement term and at its own expense, 1Life and/or One Medical Group will maintain the following insurance coverage in connection with the applicable Services and Deliverables, with insurance carriers rated A- or better by A.M. Best Company:

1. Standard Coverages. Any combination of the following insurance may be used to meet the total limit requirements of this Section.

1.1 Commercial General Liability insurance, including contractual liability coverage, on an occurrence basis for bodily injury, death, “broad form” property damage, products and completed operations, and personal and advertising injury, with coverage limits of not less than US[***] per occurrence.

1.2 Workers’ Compensation insurance as required by law in the state where the Services will be provided, including employer’s liability coverage for injury, disease and death, with coverage limits of not less than US[***] per accident and employee.

1.3 Umbrella (Excess) Liability insurance on an occurrence form, with coverage limits of not less than US[***] per occurrence.

2. Specific Coverages.

2.1 Auto Liability. If the Services include Personnel driving, then 1Life or One Medical will additionally maintain auto liability insurance coverage for all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles with coverage limits of not less than US[***] per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage.

2.2 [Intentionally Omitted]

 

Page 28 of 46


2.3 Commercial Crime. If the Services include access to financial information, funds, payments, or other financial records, then 1Life or One Medical Group will additionally maintain commercial crime insurance on an occurrence form with coverage limits of not less than US[***] annual aggregate.

2.4 Network Security and Privacy Liability. If 1Life or One Medical Group will collect, store, process or otherwise access any data related to Google, its customers, or its employees, then 1Life or One Medical Group will additionally maintain network security and privacy liability insurance with coverage limits of not less than US[***] per claim, that includes coverage for: (A) 1Life or One Medical Group unauthorized disclosure of, or failure to properly handle, personal or other confidential data; and (B) financial loss, including any related defense expense, resulting from 1Life or One Medical Group’s wrongful acts in rendering Services. If 1Life or One Medical Group’s professional liability policy includes coverage for network security and privacy liability, then any combined single limit for the policy must be the sum of the limits required for each (i.e., US[***]).

3. Coverage Requirements.

3.1 Primary Coverage. 1Life and One Medical Group’s policies will be considered primary without right of contribution from Google’s insurance policies.

3.2 Policy Limits. 1Life and One Medical’s policies will apply to the full extent provided by the policies. The coverage requirements in Sections 1 (Standard Coverages) and 2 (Specific Coverages) above will not lower the coverage limits of 1Life and One Medical’s policies, and will not limit their obligations or liability under this Agreement (including indemnities).

3.3 Additional Insured. 1Life and One Medical Group will name Google and its Affiliates and their officers, directors, shareholders, employees, agents and assignees as additional insureds in each of the policies required above except for:

(A) workers’ compensation,

(B) professional liability, and

(C) network security and privacy liability policies.

3.4 Waiver of Subrogation. 1Life and One Medical Group will include a severability of interests and waiver of subrogation clause in favor of Google in each of the policies required above except for:

(A) professional liability, and

(B) network security and privacy liability policies.

3.5 Cancellation Notice. 1Life and One Medical Group will provide Google with notice of cancellation of any policy required above in accordance with policy provisions.

 

Page 29 of 46


4. Responsible for Own Insurance Coverage.

4.1 1Life and One Medical Group’s Activities at Own Risk. All of 1Life and One Medical Group’s activities under this Agreement will be at their own risk.

4.2 No Benefit of Google Insurance Policies. Personnel will not be entitled to any benefits under Google’s insurance policies.

4.3 1Life and One Medical Group Responsible for Subcontractor’s Insurance Coverage. 1Life or One Medical Group, as applicable, are solely responsible for ensuring that their subcontractors maintain insurance coverage that is usual, reasonable and customary for the services provided by such subcontractors to ensure that 1Life and One Medical Group’s can meet their requirements and obligations under this Agreement.

5. Certificates of Insurance.

5.1 Evidence of Insurance Coverage. Upon Google’s request, 1Life and One Medical Group will provide evidence of required insurance coverage to Google or Google’s third-party vendor.

5.2 Google Not Obligated to Review Insurance Coverage. Google’s failure to request, review, or object to the terms of 1Life or One Medical Group’s certificates of insurance will not:

(A) waive any of 1Life and One Medical Group’s obligations under this Agreement;

(B) waive any of Google’s rights under this Agreement; or

(C) limit or diminish 1Life and One Medical Group’s liability under this Agreement.

 

Page 30 of 46


ATTACHMENT C

BACKGROUND CHECKS

1. Applicable Categories. To the extent permitted under applicable law, 1Life or One Medical Group will complete the background checks required below prior to Personnel performing Services.

1.1 Restricted Individuals. For Personnel performing Services at the On-Site Clinic, 1Life or One Medical Group will perform a background check to ensure that such Personnel are not restricted from performing Services by an applicable government authority, including the:

(A) U.S. Department of Treasury – Office of Foreign Assets Control;

(B) U.S. Department of Commerce – Bureau of Industry and Security; and

(C) U.S. Department of State – Directorate of Defense Trade Controls.

1.2 Criminal Court / Social Security Number. If the Services involve unescorted access to Google’s facilities, remote access to internal Google systems, or access to an individual’s personal property or Personal Information (as defined in Attachment D (Information Security)), 1Life or One Medical Group will additionally perform the following checks on Personnel performing such Services:

(A) Criminal court checks for all counties of residence for the prior 7 years (or such period permitted by law) and, in addition, for Personnel performing Services at the On-Site Clinic, criminal court checks for all counties of work for the prior 7 years; and

(B) Social Security number traces.

1.3 Fingerprint. If the Medical Services involve access to children, 1Life or One Medical Group will additionally perform fingerprint checks on the Medical Personnel performing such Medical Services.

1.4 FACIS. For Medical Personnel performing Medical Services, 1Life or One Medical Group will also perform a FACIS (Fraud and Abuse Control Information System) Level 3 Search to identify wrongful actions of individuals and entities in the healthcare field.

2. Proper Notices; Consents. 1Life or One Medical Group will provide all required background check notices to, and obtain signed consent from, Personnel.

3. Personnel Eligibility Guidelines.

3.1 Ineligible to Perform Services. For Personnel performing Services at the On-Site Clinic, such Personnel may not perform any Services at the On-Site Clinic if a background check reveals any such Personnel is restricted from performing the Services under Section 1.1 (Restricted Individuals) of this Attachment and the Personnel is not able to prove error.

 

Page 31 of 46


3.2 May be Eligible to Perform Services, but Requires Additional Review.

(A) Issues Requiring Additional Review. 1Life or One Medical Group must perform additional review to determine if Personnel is eligible to perform Services if a background check reveals any of the following:

(1) Criminal Conviction. Personnel has any felony or misdemeanor criminal conviction within the last 7 years (or such period permitted by law).

(2) Misrepresentation. Personnel misrepresents:

(a) identification numbers (e.g., Social Security number); or

(b) any educational or technical qualifications even if not required to perform the Services, including:

(i) an educational degree not earned;

(ii) an educational degree for which there is no record of it being earned; or

(iii) a different major of study than recorded.

(B) 1Life or One Medical Group to Perform Additional Review. 1Life or One Medical Group is responsible for performing any additional review to decide whether Personnel is eligible to perform the Services.

3.3 Verification of Background Checks. Upon request, 1Life or One Medical Group will provide to Google or its third-party vendor verification that it conducted background checks.

 

Page 32 of 46


ATTACHMENT D

INFORMATION PROTECTION ADDENDUM

Part A: General Information Security Terms

1. Introduction.

1.1 Order of Precedence. The terms of this Information Protection Addendum (“IPA”) will prevail over any conflicting terms in the Agreement’s other sections.

1.2 Supplemental Terms. In addition to Part A (General Information Security Terms), the following additional terms are part of the Agreement to the extent applicable: None

1.3 Representations and Warranties.

(a) You hereby represent and warrant that Services provided under the Agreement will never include any outsourced call center operations.

(b) You hereby represent and warrant that Services provided under the Agreement will never include reverse logistics.

(c) You hereby represent and warrant that Services provided under the Agreement will never include writing code specifically for Google.

(d) You hereby represent and warrant that Services provided under the Agreement will never include designing web applications for Google.

(e) You hereby represent and warrant that You will not begin performing the Services until You are in full compliance with this Addendum and You will continue to remain in compliance with this Addendum through the term of the Agreement.

2. Definitions; Interpretation.

2.1 In this IPA:

(a) “Access” or “Accessing means to create, collect, receive, acquire, record, consult, alter, use, process, store, retrieve, maintain, disclose, or dispose of.

(b) “Applicable Laws” means all privacy, data security, and data protection laws, directives, regulations, and rules in any jurisdiction applicable to You and Your Services under the Agreement.

(c) “Applicable Standards” means government standards industry standards, and best practices applicable to You and Your Services under the Agreement.

(d) “The Directive” means Directive 95/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 October 1995 on the protection of individuals with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data

 

Page 33 of 46


(e) “includes “ or “ including means, “including but not limited to”.

(f) “Personal Information” means (i) any information about an identifiable individual accessed in performing Services under the Agreement; or (ii) information that is not specifically about an identifiable individual accessed in performing Services under the Agreement but, when combined with other information, may identify an Eligible Employee or Eligible Dependent. Personal Information includes names, email addresses, postal addresses, telephone numbers, government identification numbers, financial account numbers, payment card information, credit report information, biometric information, IP addresses, network and hardware identifiers, and geolocation information.

(g) “Protected Information” means Personal Information and Google Confidential Information that You or a Third-Party Provider may Access in performing Services. Protected Information does not include the parties’ business contact information (specifically, business addresses, phone numbers, and email addresses) including the party’s contact persons’ names used solely to facilitate the parties’ communications for administration of the Agreement.

(h) “reasonable“ means reasonable and appropriate to (i) the size, scope, and complexity of Your business; (ii) the nature of the Personal Information being Accessed; and (iii) the need for privacy, confidentiality, and security of the Protected Information.

(i) “Safeguards” has the meaning set forth in Section 5 (Safeguards).

(j) “Security Incident” means an actual or reasonably likely loss of or unauthorized disclosure, Access, or use of Protected Information in Your custody or control.

(k) “Services” means any goods or services that You provide to Google under the Agreement.

(l) “Third Party Provider” means any contractor or other third party that You authorize to act on Your behalf in connection with performing Services.

(m) “You” or “Your” means the party (including any employee, contractor, or agent) that performs Services under the Agreement.

2.2 Interpretation. All capitalized terms that are not expressly defined in the IPA will have the meanings given to them in the Agreement. If a word listed in Section 2.1 (Definitions) is used in this IPA but is not capitalized, that word will be deemed to have the meaning in Section 2.1 unless the parties expressly state otherwise (for example, if the word “access” is used in this IPA, it will be interpreted to mean “Access”. Any examples in this Agreement are illustrative and not the sole examples of a particular concept.

3. Compliance with Laws; Use Limitation; Privacy Notice.

3.1 Compliance with Applicable Laws and Applicable Standards. You represent and warrant that when You Access Protected Information under the Agreement, You will at all times comply with all Applicable Laws and Applicable Standards, including any requirements that apply to cross--border transfers of Personal Information.

 

Page 34 of 46


3.2 Use Limitation. You will Access Protected Information solely to exercise Your rights and to fulfill Your obligations under the Agreement. You are expressly prohibited from Accessing the Protected Information for any other purpose.

3.3 Privacy Notice. If You collect Personal Information directly from individuals, You will provide a clear and conspicuous privacy notice to such individuals that accurately describes how You Access and protect that information and that complies with Applicable Laws and Applicable Standards.

4. Third-Party Providers. You are responsible, and liable to Google, for Your Third-Party Providers’ acts and omissions. You must contractually require each Third-Party Provider that has Access to Protected Information to protect the privacy, confidentiality, and security of Protected Information using at least the same level of protection and confidentiality obligations that apply to You under this IPA. You will regularly assess Your Third-Party Providers’ compliance with those contractual requirements. You will provide Google with information about Your Third Party Providers, including a summary or copy of Your contractual terms, if required by Applicable Law.

5. Safeguards. At all times that You have Access to Protected Information, You will maintain reasonable administrative, technical and physical controls designed to ensure the privacy, security, and confidentiality of the Protected Information (“Safeguards”) that comply with this IPA, Applicable Standards, and Applicable Law, including:

5.1 Physical Access. You will maintain physical Access controls designed to secure relevant facilities, infrastructure, data centers, hard copy files, servers, backup systems, and equipment (including mobile devices) used to Access Protected Information, including controls to prevent, detect, and respond to attacks, intrusions, or other system failures;

5.2 User Authentication. You will maintain user authentication and Access controls within operating systems, applications, equipment, and media;

5.3 Personnel Security. You will maintain personnel security policies and practices restricting Access to Protected Information, including background checks consistent with Applicable Law on all personnel with Access to Protected Information or who maintain, implement, or administer Your information security program and Safeguards;

5.4 Logging and Monitoring. You will log and monitor the details of all Access to Protected Information on networks, systems, and devices operated by You. Your logging and monitoring systems must meet Applicable Standards and You must maintain all Access logs for at least [***] days;

5.5 Malware Controls. You will maintain reasonable and up-to-date controls to protect all networks, systems, and devices that Access Protected Information from malware and unauthorized software;

 

Page 35 of 46


5.6 Security Patches. You will maintain controls and processes designed to ensure that networks, systems, and devices (including operating systems and applications) that Access Protected Information are up-to-date, including prompt implementation of all security patches when issued; and

5.7 User Account Management. You must implement reasonable user account management procedures to securely create, amend, and delete user accounts on Your networks, systems, and devices, including monitoring redundant accounts and ensuring that information owners properly authorize all user account requests.

6. Encryption Requirements. Using a reasonable encryption standard, You will encrypt all Personal Information that is (a) stored on portable devices or portable electronic media; (b) stored or maintained outside of Google’s or Your physically -secured facilities, excluding hard copy documents; or (c) transferred across any network other than an internal company network owned and managed by You.

7. Access Controls. You will:

7.1 maintain reasonable controls to ensure that only individuals who have a legitimate need to Access Protected Information under the Agreement will have such Access;

7.2 promptly terminate an individual’s Access to Protected Information when such Access is no longer required for performance under the Agreement;

7.3 log the appropriate details of Access to Protected Information on Your systems and equipment, and retain such records for no less than [***] days; and

7.4 be responsible for any unauthorized Access to Protected Information under Your custody or control (or Your Third-Party Provider(s) custody or control).

8. Training and Supervision. To ensure Your compliance with this IPA, You will provide reasonable ongoing privacy and information protection training and supervision for all Your personnel (including Third-Party Providers) who Access Protected Information. Google may require You to provide any additional training it deems reasonably necessary for You to perform Services under the Agreement.

9. Use of Google APIs, Property, and Equipment. To the extent that You Access Google -owned or -managed networks, systems, or devices (including Google APIs, corporate email accounts, equipment, or facilities) to Access Protected Information, You must comply with Google’s written instructions, system requirements, and policies made available to You.

10. Assessments; Corrections.

10.1 Google’s Assessment. Upon Google’s written request, to confirm compliance with this IPA, as well as any Applicable Laws and Applicable Standards, You will promptly and accurately complete Google’s written information privacy and security questionnaire regarding Your information privacy and security practices in relation to all Protected Information You Access

 

Page 36 of 46


and/or Services You provide to Google under the Agreement. You will provide reasonable assistance and cooperation during these assessments by providing Access to knowledgeable personnel, documentation, infrastructure and application software that Accesses, processes, stores or transports Protected Information under the Agreement. Google will treat the information that You provide in the assessments as confidential under Your existing, applicable confidentiality agreement(s) with Google.

10.2 Your Self-Assessment. You will continuously monitor risk to the Protected Information to ensure that the Safeguards are properly designed and maintained to prevent unauthorized Access to the Protected Information and will periodically (but no less than once per year) assess and document the effectiveness of Your Safeguards across Your networks, systems, and devices (including infrastructure, applications, and services) used to Access Protected Information. You will update your Safeguards as needed.

10.3 Correcting Vulnerabilities. If either party discovers that Your Safeguards contain a vulnerability, You will promptly correct at Your own cost (a) any vulnerability within a reasonable period, and (b) any material vulnerability within [***] days or less. If Google identifies any vulnerability, You will provide Google with reasonable assurances that Your corrections meet this IPA’s requirements. If You are unable to correct the vulnerabilities within this time period, You must promptly notify Google and propose reasonable remedies. Compliance with this Section 10.3 will not reduce Your obligations under Section 11 (Security Incident Response).

11. Security Incident Response.

11.1 Security Incident Response Program. You will maintain a reasonable incident response program to respond to Security Incidents.

11.2 Notice. If You have reason to believe that a Security Incident has occurred, You will promptly (and in no event longer than [***] after discovery of the Security Incident) send an email to external-incidents@google.com and provide, to the extent allowed by applicable law, a complete description of the details known about the Security Incident, with the exception that any such details which violate Your confidentiality obligations to Your customers or employees may be omitted.

11.3 Investigation; Remediation. If You have reason to believe that a Security Incident has occurred, You will promptly (a) investigate and remedy the Security Incident; (b) remediate the root cause of the Security Incident and provide written assurances that the remediation meet this IPA’s requirements; and (c) identify relevant contact people who will be reasonably available until the parties mutually agree that the Security Incident has been resolved. For Security Incidents involving Personal Information or systems that Access such information, “reasonably available” will mean 24 hours per day, 7 days per week.

11.4 No Unauthorized Statements. Except as required by law, You will not make (or permit any third party under Your control to make) any statement concerning the Security Incident that references Google either directly or indirectly unless Google provides its explicit written authorization.

 

Page 37 of 46


12. Legal Process. If You or anyone to whom You provide Access to Protected Information becomes legally compelled by a court or other government authority to disclose Protected Information, other than in the ordinary course of business (which shall include, without limitation, subpoenas or court orders for individual patient records), then to the extent permitted by law You will provide Google with sufficient reasonable notice of details of the legal requirement and reasonably cooperate with Google’s efforts to challenge the disclosure, seek an appropriate protective order, or pursue such other legal action, as Google may deem appropriate, at Google’s expense.

13. Additional Security Specifications.

13.1 Google’s Vulnerability Testing. If You Access Personal Information from Your systems or Your systems connect to Google’s systems, then upon reasonable notice and in coordination with You, Google may periodically perform vulnerability testing (including penetration testing) on Your systems used to Access Protected Information, to confirm Your compliance with this IPA; provided, however, that such vulnerability testing shall be designed not to access PHI. Google will not perform vulnerability testing more than once per year unless You materially change the Services You provide to Google under this Agreement.

13.2 Your Vulnerability Testing.

(a) If You Access Personal Information from Your systems; or Your systems connect to Google’s systems, then periodically (but at least [***]), You will have an accredited third party perform manual and automated vulnerability testing (including penetration testing based on recognized industry best practices) on all Your networks, systems, software and devices used to Access Protected Information.

(b) Upon request by Google, You will provide Google with a report summarizing the results of the vulnerability testing performed under Section 13.2. At a minimum the report summary must include:

 

  1.

date of testing;

 

  2.

tools used for testing;

 

  3.

name of entity performing testing;

 

  4.

scope of testing;

 

  5.

effort put into testing; and

 

  6.

confirmation that vulnerabilities identified during testing shall be addressed in a reasonable amount of time.

(b)(i). Google will treat these results as confidential under Your existing, applicable confidentiality agreement(s) with Google

13.3 Security Audits; Reports. In addition to Google’s right to assess under Section 10.1, and 13.1, You will:

(a) conduct an annual security audit of Your Safeguards covering all relevant networks, systems, devices, and media used to Access Protected Information using a recognized third party audit firm and a reasonable audit standard; and

 

Page 38 of 46


(b) upon reasonable notice and coordination with You, permit Google to perform annual privacy and security audits to confirm Your compliance with the Agreement.

14. Special Categories of Data.

14.1 PCI Compliance. To the extent You process payment card information, including primary account numbers (“PANs”) subject to the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards (“PCI DSS”) for the provision of Services, You will ensure that You are currently and demonstrably PCI DSS certified or compliant, and will maintain Your compliance status as long as You Access or process PANs in connection with the Agreement. Should Your payment processing exceed the applicable threshold or You process payments without use of a third party, then You will ensure that You are currently and demonstrably PCI DSS certified or compliant.

14.2 HIPAA Compliance. To the extent You Access protected health information (“PHI”) subject to Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), You will act in accordance with HIPAA.

14.3 EU Data Protection Compliance. If You Access Personal Information that originated in the EU, all of the following will apply:

(a) Access to EU-Originated Personal Information from Non-Adequate Countries or Industry Sectors. To the extent You will Access Personal Information that originated in the EU from a country or industry sector that is not the subject of a formal adequacy finding of the European Commission, You will ensure the lawfulness of cross--border Personal Information transfers by doing one of the following, at Google’s discretion: (i) entering into an agreement with Google based on the European Commission’s standard contractual clauses; (ii) implementing fully approved binding corporate rules (BCRs) and taking such steps as are required to ensure that the Personal Information is protected by those BCRs; or (iii) where applicable, certifying Your compliance to the EU – US Privacy Shield and complying with its relevant principles. In this Agreement, “Personal Information” has the same meaning as “personal data” under The Directive.

(b) Transfers Under the EU—US Privacy Shield. To the extent that Google is certified to the EU-US Privacy Shield, You will: (i) provide at least the same level of protection for Personal Information as is required by the relevant principles of the EU—US Privacy Shield; (ii) comply with Parts A and B of the IPA for as long as You have Access to Personal Information that originated in the EU; and (iii) where You permit a Third Party Provider to Access Personal Information that originated in the EU, require the Third Party Provider to provide at least the same level of protection as is required by the IPA and the relevant principles of the EU-US Privacy Shield.

(c) All Data Processors. To the extent You are a “data processor” (as defined in The Directive) that will Access Personal Information that originated in the EU, You will only Access Personal Information in accordance with Google’s instructions.

 

Page 39 of 46


15. Suspension; Termination.

15.1 Suspension. Google may immediately suspend Your access to Protected Information if You are not complying with this Addendum.

15.2 Termination. Google may terminate the Agreement if Google reasonably determines that (a) You have failed to cure material noncompliance with this IPA within a reasonable time; or (b) Google needs to do so to comply with Applicable Laws or Applicable Standards.

16. Retention and Destruction of Protected Information.

16.1 Retention. Subject to Section 5.1 of the Agreement, You will not store or retain any Protected Information except as necessary to perform Services under the Agreement and for compliance with applicable law, Your internal policies and professional liability risk management practices. If requested by Google before the time period specified in Section 16.2 (Destruction), You will promptly return to Google a copy of Protected Information (other than Patient Data and Third Party Data).

16.2 Destruction. Subject to Section 5.1 of the Agreement, within [***] days of the Agreement’s expiration or termination, or sooner if reasonably requested by Google, You will destroy all copies of Protected Information (other than Patient Data and Third Party Data), including any automatically -created archival copies. If required by Applicable Law, You may retain a copy of such Protected Information for so long as required, but only if You: (a) notify Google in advance and in writing that such copy is required and the reason for such retention; (b) ensure that such copy is encrypted and protected in accordance with this IPA; and (c) do not Access the Protected Information for any other purpose that is not otherwise in accordance with the Agreement.

16.3 Media Sanitization. You will use a media sanitization process that deletes and destroys data in accordance with the US Department of Commerce’s National Institute of Standards and Technology’s guidelines in NIST Special Publication 800-88 or equivalent standard.

17. Survival. Your obligations under this IPA will survive expiration or termination of the Agreement and completion of the Services as long as You continue to have Access to Protected Information.

 

Page 40 of 46


ATTACHMENT E

HOSTED SERVICES

To the extent that 1Life and One Medical provides any Hosted Services (defined below), this Attachment E will apply in addition to any other terms of the Agreement. If there is a conflict between any term of this Attachment E and the body of the ISA, the terms of this Attachment E will apply.

1. Definitions.

1.1 “1Life and One Medical Group Materials” means any content, information, reports, documents, or other materials provided or made accessible by 1Life and One Medical to Google for download or export from the Hosted Services, excluding any Deliverables, Google Data, any content, information, reports, documents, or other materials provided or made accessible by Google, and 1Life / One Medical Group Confidential Information.

1.2 “Front-End Hosted Services” means any Hosted Services that impact patient-care directly and are necessary for Eligible Employees and Eligible Dependents, as applicable, to access and use the Medical Services including:

 

  A.

all aspects of the services that render data for these applications;

 

  B.

any contracted third party applications;

 

  C.

any tools to administer One Medical Group patient care such as the patient portal, mobile application, and the electronic medical record; and all redundant systems designed to support failover of all aspects of the primary production environment. Redundant systems are expected to provide equivalent access to all application functionality provided by the primary production environment.

1.3 “Back-End Hosted Services” means the hosted services provided by 1Life under this Agreement and any SOW, excluding the Front-End Hosted Services, and includes all of 1Life’s software, APIs, and other systems necessary for 1Life and One Medical Group to deliver the Services including:

 

  A.

all aspects of the services that render data for these applications;

 

  B.

any contracted third party applications;

 

  C.

any tools to administer 1Life Production Support services or One Medical Group patient care; and all redundant systems designed to support failover of all aspects of the primary production environment. Redundant systems are expected to provide equivalent access to all application functionality provided by the primary production environment.

The Front-End Hosted Services and the Back-End Hosted Services are collectively referred to herein as the “Hosted Services”.

 

Page 41 of 46


2. Services.

2.1 1Life will provide Hosted Services according to the applicable SOW. 1Life will provide support and maintenance for the Front End Hosted Services and Back End Hosted Services according to Section 5 of this Attachment E (Maintenance and Support) and will meet the performance standards for the Front End Hosted Services in Section 6 of this Attachment E (Performance Standards) and the applicable SOW.

2.2 Minimum Functionality. Functionality of the patient portal and mobile application will be on par with that offered to all One Medical commercial members as part of the standard membership offering in the same geographic region; functionality will include, but is not limited to: appointment scheduling, pre-visit communications (ability to complete intake forms online and ability for members to enter reasons for the visit), post-visit communications (including unfilled lab orders and vaccine orders), patient health record (insurance, vaccine history, medications and allergies), online bill pay, prescription refills, and secure messaging. Additionally, the mobile application will offer video visits and question-and-answer care for common conditions and guided image upload for dermatology issues.

2.3 Future Functionality. 1Life and One Medical Group will agree on priorities for the technology roadmap, and will articulate for Google estimated time lines for the features of lab results, next steps functionality in the personal health record and drug-to-drug interaction in the electronic medical record, and inform Google of any material updates to the foregoing.

3. Intellectual Property; Usage Rights; Licenses.

3.1 Front End Hosted Services Usage Rights. Eligible Employees and Eligible Dependents shall have access to the patient portal and mobile application under 1Life’s standard Member Terms of Service.

3.2 1Life and One Medical Group Materials Usage Rights. 1Life and One Medical Group hereby grant to Google and its Affiliates during the term of the applicable SOW a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free, enterprise-wide license to use the 1Life and One Medical Group Materials.

3.3 Reservation of Rights.

(A) Google Data and IP. Google owns and reserves all right, title and interest to the Google Data and all Intellectual Property Rights therein. Except as may expressly be set forth in this Agreement, no right, title, or interest to any of the Google IP is transferred or licensed to 1Life or One Medical Group.

(B) Hosted Services. As among Google, 1Life and One Medical Group, 1Life or its licensors, as applicable, own and reserve all right, title and interest in and to the Hosted Services, any modifications to, upgrades, or enhancements of the Hosted Services, and all Intellectual Property Rights therein.

4. Google Data Security. 1Life and One Medical may collect, use, store and retain Google Data and Patient Data in accordance with Attachment D (Information Protection Addendum) and the applicable SOW.

 

Page 42 of 46


5. Maintenance and Support. 1Life will maintain and support the Front End Hosted Services to ensure connectivity and access by Eligible Employees and Eligible Dependents to the patient portal and mobile application. 1Life will promptly repair or replace, without any additional charge, the Front End Hosted Services, to fix any bugs, defects or errors (collectively, “Errors”). 1Life will provide the support services on a 24x7 basis, 365 days per year. 1Life will provide the maintenance and support services set forth below:

5.1 Updates and Upgrades. As 1Life updates, enhances, upgrades or creates new features for the Front End Hosted Services, 1Life will make available to Eligible Employees and Eligible Dependents any and all patches, enhancements, updates, upgrades, and new versions of the Front End Hosted Services that 1Life makes available to commercial consumers in the same region (“Updates”) and any such Updates will be deemed part of the Front End Hosted Services. 1Life will use Reasonable Efforts to ensure that no Update (a) will impair the operation or disable or inhibit any functions or features of the Front End Hosted Services or cause performance of the Front End Hosted Services to be degraded; or (b) adversely affect form, fit, function, reliability, safety or serviceability of the Front End Hosted Services.

5.2 Availability and Contacts. 1Life will make technical support available for the patient portal and mobile application by toll-free telephone number and e-mail 24 hours per day, 7 days per week. 1Life’s support personnel will provide remote assistance to Eligible Employees and Eligible Dependents for help in using the patient portal and mobile application and to accept reports of Errors in the patient portal and mobile application. 1Life will ensure that its personnel performing any maintenance and support services are experienced, knowledgeable and qualified in the use, maintenance and support of the Front End Hosted Services. Contact information for technical support will be provided to Google prior to the commencement of Services.

5.3 Error Correction. In the event that Google, Eligible Employees, or Eligible Dependents report to 1Life or One Medical Group any Error in the Front End Hosted Services (the Severity Level to be reasonably determined by Google), 1Life will respond to such reports as set forth in Section 9.4 (Response Times) below:

(A) “Severity Level 1” is an emergency condition which makes the use or continued use of any one or more functions of the Front End Hosted Services impossible or materially impaired and for which there is no reasonable workaround.

(B) “Severity Level 2” is, other than any Severity Level 1 Problem, any condition which seriously disrupts the use or continued use of any one or more functions of the Front End Hosted Services and which cannot reasonably circumvented or avoided on a temporary basis without the expenditure of significant time or effort.

(C) “Severity Level 3” is, other than any Severity Level 1 Problem or Severity Level 2 Problem, any limited problem condition which is not critical to the essential functions of the Front End Hosted Services and which can reasonably circumvented or avoided on a temporary basis without the expenditure of significant time or effort.

 

Page 43 of 46


(D) “Severity Level 4” is, other than any Severity Level 1 Problem, Severity Level 2 Problem or Severity Level 3 Problem, a minor problem condition or significant document error which can be easily circumvented or avoided.

5.4 Response Times. 1Life will respond to an Error, depending on the Severity Level, within the timeframes set forth in the chart below, starting from the time Google notifies 1Life of the Error.

 

Severity Level

   Response Time   Workaround
Time
  Resolution Time

Severity Level 1 Problem

   [***]   [***]   [***]

Severity Level 2 Problem

   [***]   [***]   [***]

Severity Level 3 Problem

   [***]   [***]   [***]

Severity Level 4 Problem

   [***]   [***]   [***]

5.5 No Additional Charges. Except as may otherwise be set forth in a SOW, 1Life will provide maintenance and support services at no additional charge.

6. Performance Standards.

6.1 Definitions. The following definitions will apply with respect to this Section 6 for the Front End Hosted Services, unless specified otherwise:

(A) “Actual Availability” means Total Scheduled Availability minus Downtime.

(B) “Downtime” means the time that Eligible Employees and Eligible Dependents, as applicable, using the Front End Hosted Services are not able to (a) access the Front End Hosted Services, (b) perform ordinary functions to use or receive Front End Hosted Services in accordance with specifications, or (c) utilize the Front End Hosted Services for normal business operations due to failure malfunction or delay. Downtime does not include any unavailability of the Front End Hosted Services due to System Maintenance or a failure or defect arising out of a Force Majeure Event.

(C) “Force Majeure Event” means any failure or delay caused by or the result of causes beyond the reasonable control of a party and could not have been avoided or corrected through the exercise of reasonable diligence, including, but not limited to, acts of God, fire, flood, hurricane or other natural catastrophe, terrorist actions, laws, orders, regulations, directions or actions of governmental authorities.

 

Page 44 of 46


(D) “System Availability” will be calculated on a quarterly basis using the following formula: [(Actual Availability divided by Total Scheduled Availability) multiplied by 100%].

(E) “System Maintenance” means time that the patient portal and mobile application are not accessible to Eligible Employees and Eligible Dependents due to maintenance, including for maintenance and upgrading of the software and hardware used by 1Life to provide the patient portal and mobile application. System Maintenance includes scheduled maintenance and unscheduled, emergency maintenance.

(F) “Total Scheduled Availability” means 7 days per week, 24 hours per day, excluding (i) System Maintenance and (ii) unavailability resulting from: (a) factors outside of 1Life’s reasonable control including any force majeure event; or (b) Google’s failure to perform its obligations as described in the Agreement or SOW(s), including, without limitation, failure of any ISP providing service to the On-Site Clinic to meet [***] uptime.

6.2 Service Level Standards. 1Life will at all times during the Term of this Agreement maintain the following service levels for the Front End Hosted Services (collectively, the “Service Levels”): 1Life will provide [***] System Availability over quarterly periods, excluding any System Maintenance or Force Majeure Events that result in the Front End Hosted Services not being available to any Eligible Employee or Eligible Dependent.

6.3 Accessibility. 1Life agrees to support and maintain WCAG 2.0 Type AA accessibility standards for the patient portal and mobile application.

6.4 System Maintenance Notice.

(A) Planned maintenance. System Maintenance in any given month will not exceed [***] per month, and is expected to take place in one of two windows: (1) is expected to begin no sooner than [***] and is expected to be completed by [***]; or (2) is expected to begin no sooner than [***] and is expected to be completed by [***]. In addition, the parties agree that such planned maintenance windows may be changed to substantially similar times as needed and in such case(s), 1Life will provide notice (e-mail is acceptable) to Google.

(B) Unplanned Maintenance. Any time during which the Front End Hosted Services are unavailable to Eligible Employees and Eligible Dependents due to maintenance or other activity by 1Life, which exceeds the permitted time allotment, or which occurs outside of the foregoing permitted planned maintenance windows listed above in 6.4 (A)hours (“Unplanned Maintenance”), then 1Life will provide commercially reasonable notice (e-mail or other options such as posting to an availability website are acceptable) to Google. Unplanned Maintenance will be included in the calculation of Downtime.

6.5 Backups. 1Life will back up all Google Data and Patient Data entered into the Hosted Services since the last backup daily to 1Life’s backup location. 1Life will create a full backup (complete data copy) at least once per week at such backup location. 1Life will maintain all backup files for at least [***]. 1Life will restore Google Data or Patient Data from backup files if it

 

Page 45 of 46


reasonably believes Google Data or Patient has been corrupted or lost. 1Life will ensure that backups do not cause system downtime. 1Life will ensure that daily incremental backups in combination with weekly full backups are complete so that no more than [***]-worth of data will be lost in the event of a disaster.

6.6 Reporting. During the term of this Agreement, 1Life and One Medical Group will, upon Google’s request (which made be made by telephone or email), provide quarterly reports to Google that include 1Life and One Medical Group’s performance with respect to the Service Levels and such other metrics as reasonably requested by Google and mutually agreed to by 1Life and One Medical Group from time to time.

6.7 SLA Discount. Google and 1Life will review Service Level Guarantees on a quarterly basis, will partner to address and resolve instances in which the Service Levels are unsatisfactory, and 1Life will develop and implement action plans for remediation. If the System Availability as measured on a quarterly basis falls below [***], 1Life will provide Google with a discount to the On-Site fees for the following quarter as set forth in the chart below. If there is no further invoice for a SOW in which to apply a discount that is due, then 1Life/One Medical Group will pay Google an amount equal to the value of the discount due within [***] days after the end of the month in which such discount accrued.

 

System
Availability
Level

  

SLA Discount

[***]

   [***]

[***]

   [***]

[***]

   [***]

[***]

   [***]

6.8 Chronic SLA Failure. If 1Life and/or One Medical Group fails to meet average Service Level of [***] in any [***] in a rolling [***] period during the term of this Agreement, Google will have the right in its sole discretion to terminate the Agreement with [***] prior written notice to 1Life and One Medical Group, which will run concurrently with the Exit Period.

 

Page 46 of 46

Exhibit 10.27

 

LOGO

February 14, 2019

To: Bjorn Thaler

Dear Bjorn,

Congratulations! We are thrilled to offer you a position as Chief Financial Officer at 1Life HealthCare, Inc. (the company behind the One Medical brand). My colleagues and I are confident you will flourish here, and know you’ll help advance our shared mission of transforming healthcare.

This is a full-time position based in San Francisco, reporting to Amir Dan Rubin, Chief Executive Officer.

Your anticipated start date will be April 1, 2019. In this position, you will receive an annualized gross Base Salary of $400,000 (“Base Salary”) payable in accordance with our normal payroll policies. You will be eligible to participate in the Annual Incentive Plan applicable to the Senior Leadership Team for 2019. Your target bonus opportunity is 65% of your Base Salary subject to proration based on your start date. The annual incentive payment will be made in cash by March 15 of the subsequent calendar year and is subject to the terms of the Annual Incentive Plan. Note: This position is exempt from overtime pay.

Subject to approval of the Company’s Board of Directors at the next regularly scheduled Board meeting following your start date, you will be granted an option to purchase 500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, at an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value per share of the Company’s common stock on the date the Board of Directors approves such option grant (the “Initial Option”). The Initial Option will be subject to the terms and conditions applicable to options granted under the 2017 Stock Incentive Plan (“Plan”) as described in the Plan and the applicable stock option agreement. Your option shares will vest based upon your continued employment, and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan and related documents, with 25% of the option shares vesting one year from your start date and 1/48th of the option shares vesting monthly thereafter for a total vesting term of 4 years.

You will also receive a one-time sign-on bonus of $50,000, less usual withholdings, payable in the pay period following your first 30 days of employment. In the unlikely event that you voluntarily terminate your employment with 1Life without Good Reason or are terminated with Cause, in each case within 12 months of your hire date, the following repayment schedule will apply: full repayment of the sign-on bonus amount (net of taxes) if your separation occurs within the first six months of your hire date, and on a prorated basis if it occurs in the following six months of your first year. Your signature will also be needed on the attached sign-on bonus agreement (Appendix A).

We will reimburse you for the legal expenses associated with reviewing the terms of this offer letter up to a maximum of $10,000 upon submission of documentation reflecting your payment of legal fees.

In addition, as a full-time employee, you will be eligible for a benefits package that includes health, dental and vision coverage as well as a 401k plan, PTO and holidays. The HR team will provide information regarding these benefits to you separately. Participation in these benefit plans and programs will be in accordance with the terms and conditions of those plans/programs, which are subject to change from time to time.


LOGO

 

For the purposes of clarity, please note the additional important terms and conditions below.

 

   

This offer and your continued employment is conditioned upon your accurate and truthful completion of our employment application, successful background and reference checks, satisfactory proof of your eligibility to legally work within the U.S. and your agreement to our standard form of Employee Confidential Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement (“CIIA”) and Mutual Agreement to Arbitrate Claims (“MAAC”).

 

   

You represent that (i) you have disclosed to us all agreements or other obligations to prior employers or clients that contain restrictive covenants applicable to you, (ii) you will comply with all terms of such restrictive covenants and (iii) such restrictive covenants will not interfere or conflict with your ability to be employed by the Company or perform the services for which you are being hired. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary in this letter, in the event of a breach of a restrictive covenant relating to your ability to work for a competitor of a prior employer, the Company will not withdraw its offer, pursue any remedy or seek damages against you in a litigation or similar proceeding.

 

   

You understand that you must meet all of these conditions (including answering questions honestly and completely in the employment application process); otherwise, the Company has the right to revoke this offer of employment or to terminate its employment relationship with you.

 

   

You acknowledge that your employment with us is for no specified period and constitutes “at will” employment, meaning either you or the Company can terminate your employment relationship at any time, subject to Appendix B. Although the Company may change the terms and conditions of your employment from time to time (including, but not limited to, changes in your position, compensation and/or benefits), subject to Appendix B, the at-will nature of the employment relationship will remain unchanged.

 

   

Notwithstanding the prior bullet, in the event either your employment is terminated without Cause (as defined in Appendix B) or this offer of employment is revoked prior to your start date without Cause, you will be entitled to the severance benefits outlined in Appendix B.

As you know, we are committed to hiring individuals like you who have the desire, creativity, and energy to develop great and innovative solutions for the people we serve, both internally and externally. Please join us in our mission by signing and dating below. Once signed, this offer letter, any equity agreements between you and the Company, the CIIA, and the MAAC will constitute the complete agreement between you and the Company regarding your employment, and will supersede all prior agreements or understandings related to your employment. This offer shall remain in effect for five business days. We look forward to you joining our exceptional team!

 

Sincerely,
Christine Morehead
Chief People Officer

 

Agreed to and accepted by:    
/s/ Bjorn B. Thaler    

2/17/2019

Acceptance Signature     Date


LOGO

 

Appendix A

Sign-on Bonus Repayment Terms

I understand and agree that all Sign-on Bonus payments made to me in connection with employment by 1Life are not earned until I have completed one year of employment.

In the event of voluntary termination of my employment without Good Reason or termination for Cause prior to the first day of the seventh month following my hire date, I agree to pay back 100% of all Sign-On Bonus payments that I have received from 1Life. In the event of voluntary termination of my employment on or after the six month anniversary of my hire date, I will repay 1Life one-twelfth of all Sign-On Bonus payments which I have received from 1Life times the number of months remaining until the first anniversary of my hire date.

I authorize 1Life to withhold any repayment amounts due as described above from my final paycheck to the full extent permitted by law. I agree to pay the balance in full, if any, to 1Life within 30 days of my termination date.

In the event of involuntary termination of my employment 1Life without Cause, no repayment will be required.

 

/s/ Bjorn B. Thaler
Employee’s Signature
Bjorn Thaler
Print Name
2/17/2019
Date


LOGO

 

Appendix B

Termination of Employment; Severance.

1.1 At-Will Employment. Your employment relationship is at-will. Either you or the Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without Cause or advance notice.

1.2 Termination Without Cause/ Termination for Good Reason

(i) Your employment may be terminated by the Company at any time without Cause (as defined below) or by you for Good Reason (as defined below).

(ii) In the event your employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause, or in the event you terminate your employment for Good Reason, the Company shall pay you a lump sum severance of the equivalent of 12 months of your Base Salary contingent on compliance with the conditions set forth in paragraph 2 below (and for the avoidance of doubt, you will not be required to repay any of the Sign-On Bonus).

1.3 Termination for Cause; Voluntary Resignation, Death or Disability.

(i) The Company may terminate your employment with the Company at any time for Cause. Your employment with the Company may also be terminated due to your death or disability. Additionally, you are free to voluntarily resign your employment at any time.

(ii) If you voluntarily resign, or the Company terminates your employment for Cause, or upon your death or disability, then (a) you will no longer vest in any stock options granted to you and previously vested options shall be governed by the terms of the applicable agreements and stock plan, (b) all payments of compensation by the Company to you hereunder will terminate immediately (except as to amounts already earned), and (c) you will not be entitled to any severance benefits. In addition, you shall be deemed to have resigned from all positions and terminate any relationships as an employee, advisor, officer or director with the Company and any of its affiliates, each effective on the date of termination.

(iii) For purposes of this Appendix B, “Cause” for termination of your employment will mean: (a) commission of any felony or crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (b) attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (c) intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between you and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (d) unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; (e) failure to meet the conditions of this offer letter in any material respect (including answering questions honestly and completely in the employment application process) or (f) gross misconduct in connection with the Company or its business.

(iv) For purposes of this Appendix B, “Good Reason” for termination of your employment will mean (a) material diminution in your duties, offices, title or authority (b) the Board fails to approve the Initial Option as described on page 1 of this letter, and (c) other material breach of this Agreement or any other obligation the Company has to you. In order for any of the foregoing to constitute “Good Reason”, you will first provide written notice to the Company within 30 days of the occurrence of such event, and allow a reasonable period of no more than 30 days for the Company to cure such event.


LOGO

 

2. Conditions to Receipt of Severance Benefits. Your receipt of the severance benefits described in Section 1.2 is contingent upon you signing and not revoking a release of claims substantially in the form attached hereto (the “Release Agreement”). No severance benefits will be paid or provided until the Release Agreement becomes effective.


LOGO

 

{{Date}}

{{Name of Employee}}

{{Address}}

Re: Confidential Separation Agreement and Release

Dear {{First Name}},

This letter (the “Agreement”) will confirm the terms of your separation from 1Life Healthcare and affiliated company One Medical Group (collectively the “Company”). Your employment is currently scheduled to end as of {{Last Date of Employment}} (“Active Employment End Date”).

In accordance with the terms of your offer letter, and in exchange for you signing this Release Letter Agreement (“Release”), the Company is willing to provide you with the following:

 

  1)

Continued employment through {{Last Date of Employment} ;

 

  2)

Lump sum payment of ${{Amount of Severance}} representing {{# of weeks}} weeks of your current base pay. Applicable federal, state, and local payroll taxes will be deducted from this payment; and

The lump sum payments specified above will be delivered to you within 15 days of receipt by One Medical of this executed Agreement (to be signed by you either on or within 10 days of your Active Employment End Date).

The Company and you further agree as follows:

 

1.

Release of Claims. You do hereby – for yourself and for your spouse, heirs, legatees, executors, administrators, successors, attorneys, assigns and personal representatives – release, acquit, remise, and forever discharge the Company and all its current and former shareholders, owners, directors, officers, partners, managing agents, employees, attorneys, representatives, insurers, agents, subsidiaries, affiliates, divisions, predecessors, successors, assigns and employee benefit plans and such plans’ administrators, fiduciaries, trustees, record keepers and service providers, and each of its and their respective successors and assigns, each and all of them in their personal and representative capacities (collectively the “Released Parties”), from any and all actions, causes of action, obligations, costs, expenses, damages, losses, claims, liabilities, suits, debts, demands, and benefits (including attorneys’ fees and costs actually incurred), of whatever character, in law or in equity, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, matured or unmatured, of any kind or nature whatsoever, now existing or arising in the future, based on any act, omission, event, occurrence, or nonoccurrence from the beginning of time to the date you sign this Release, including but not limited to any claims or causes of action arising out of or in any way relating to your employment with the Company and/or your termination.


LOGO

 

You agree that this release of claims includes, but is not limited to, claims for breach of any implied or express contract or covenant; claims for promissory estoppel; claims of entitlement to any pay (other than the pay promised in the second full paragraph above); claims for wrongful termination, public policy violations, defamation, emotional distress or other common law or tort matters; claims of harassment, retaliation or discrimination; and claims based on any state or federal laws, statutes, regulations or ordinances. It is expressly understood by you that among the various rights and claims being waived by you in this release are those arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (ADEA) of 1967 (29 U.S.C. § 621, et seq.), as amended.

For the purpose of implementing a full and complete release, you expressly acknowledge that the releases given in this Release are intended to include in their effect, without limitation, claims that you did not know or suspect at the time of execution hereof, regardless of whether the knowledge of such claims, or the facts upon which they might be based, would materially have affected the settlement of this matter, and that this Release is also for the release of those claims and contemplates the extinguishment of any such unknown claims, specifically, you waive any rights you may have under California Civil Code, Section 1542, or other similar statutes. Section 1542 states:

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS THAT THE CREDITOR OR RELEASING PARTY DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE AND THAT, IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER, WOULD HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR OR RELEASED PARTY.”

You expressly waive and release any right to benefits that you may have under California Civil Code § 1542 to the fullest extent you may do so lawfully. You further acknowledge that you may later discover facts different from or in addition to those facts now known to you or believed by you to be true with respect to any or all of the matters covered by this Release, and you agree that this Release nevertheless shall remain in full and complete force and effect. You further agree that you will not initiate any suit or action based on any of the released claims before any federal, state or local judicial forum with respect to any matter arising out of or connected to your employment with the Company or the termination of that employment, except for any suit brought to enforce the terms of this Release.


LOGO

 

2.

Exclusions from Release. Your release does not include the following claims which, if any, shall survive the effectiveness of this Release:

 

  (a)

unemployment, state disability and/or paid family leave insurance benefits pursuant to the terms of applicable state law; the Company agrees to not contest your application for unemployment compensation benefits;

 

  (b)

any benefit entitlements that are vested as of the date your employment is terminated pursuant to the terms of a Company-sponsored benefit plan governed by the federal law known as “ERISA;”

 

  (c)

your rights as a shareholder and/or your rights to vested equity awards of the Company;

 

  (d)

your rights to indemnification under the by laws and any other agreement with the Company, and

 

  (e)

any other claim, right or entitlement that, by applicable law, is not waivable, including the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Com-mission’s (“EEOC”) rights and responsibilities to enforce the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the ADEA, as amended, or any other applicable law. Nothing in this Release shall be construed as a basis for interfering with your protected right to file a charge with, or participate in an investigation or proceeding conducted by the EEOC, or any other state, federal or local government entity; provided, however, if the EEOC or any other state, federal or local government entity commences an investigation on your behalf, you specifically waive and release your right, if any, to recover any monetary or other benefits of any sort whatsoever arising from any such investigation.

 

3.

Acknowledgments. You acknowledge that, other than the amounts that are expressly set forth herein to be paid in accordance with this Release, you have received timely payment in full for all compensation (of any sort, including, but not limited to, wages, bonuses, incentive compensation, stock options and PTO) earned by you during your employment with the Company, and for all reimbursement of expenses (of any sort) incurred by you during your employment with the Company and for which reimbursement would be required.

Nothing in this document is intended to affect your rights with respect to any options that may vest prior to your Active Employment End Date (i.e., any vested options will survive past that date and will continue to be subject to the terms of the stock option incentive plan and applicable grant agreements).

 

4.

Return of Property/Confidential Information. Except for items you are permitted to retain by express provision of this Agreement, you represent that you have returned or agree that you will return to the Company on or before the termination of your active employment, any and all Company property in your possession or control, including, but not limited to, company car, all keys, credit cards, computers, and other personal items or equipment provided to you by the Company for use during your employment, together with all written or recorded materials, documents, computer discs, plans, records, notes, files, drawing or papers, and any copies thereof, relating to the affairs of the Company, including in particular all records, storage discs, print outs, software, and


LOGO

 

data compilations relating to the Company’s information systems. You agree that you will promptly return to the Company any documents and photographs (and copies thereof), in whatever form (including electronic) containing any confidential or proprietary information.

 

5.

Confidential/Proprietary Information: You acknowledge and reaffirm your continuing obligations under your Confidential Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement which you signed at the beginning of your employment with the Company.

 

6.

Other Obligations. You agree that you hereby resign from all positions and terminate any relationships as an employee, advisor, officer or director with the Company and any of its affiliates, each effective on the date of termination.

 

7.

No Admission. This Agreement shall not in any way be construed as an admission by the parties that either has acted wrongfully with respect to the other or any other person, or that either has any rights whatsoever against the other.

 

8.

Review and Revocation Period. You acknowledge that you have a period of twenty-one (21) days to consider the terms of this Release before signing it, though you may knowingly and voluntarily choose to accept the terms of this Release before the twenty-one (21) day consideration period. You may revoke this Release by notifying the Company in writing within seven (7) days of your execution of this Release. Such revocation must be done in writing and delivered to Danny Briskin, 130 Sutter Street, 4th Floor, San Francisco, CA 94104, before the end of the seventh (7th) day.

You further acknowledge and agree that you:

 

  (a)

have had a sufficient period of time to consider this Release and that you have carefully read and fully understand all of the provisions of this Release;

 

  (b)

knowingly and voluntarily agree to all of the terms set forth in this Release;

 

  (c)

knowingly and voluntarily intend to be legally bound by the same; and

 

  (d)

have been advised by the Company to consult, and acknowledge that you have consulted, with an attorney before executing this Release, or you have knowingly and voluntarily chosen not to do so.

 

9.

Choice of Law. The rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the state of California.

 

10.

Entire Agreement. This Release constitutes a single integrated contract expressing the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous oral and written agreements and discussions with respect to the subject matter hereof. There are no other agreements, written or oral, express or implied, between the par-ties hereto, concerning the subject matter hereof, except as set forth herein. This Release may not be amended or modified.


LOGO

 

11.

Severability. If any provision of this Release is held to be invalid, the remainder of this Release shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect in all other circumstances.

 

12.

Binding Effect. This Release is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their heirs, assignees and successors in interest (including successors in any reorganization or merger with any other entity).

 

13.

No Waiver. The failure to enforce at any time any of the provisions of this Release, or to require at any time performance by the other party of any of the provisions hereof, shall in no way be construed to be a waiver of such pro-visions or to affect either the validity of this Release or any part hereof or the right of either party thereafter to enforce each and every provision in accordance with the terms of this Release.

 

14.

Effective Date. This Agreement shall become effective seven (7) days after you execute it below (Effective Date), unless it is earlier revoked by you pursuant to the provisions set forth in paragraph 7 above.

 

15.

Re-execution: You agree to re-execute this letter in the form attached as Exhibit A within 10 days of your Active Employment End Date and receipt of the transition benefits are contingent upon such execution.

If the above is acceptable to you, please sign, date and return the enclosed copy of this Release Letter Agreement.

Sincerely,

/s/

Danny Briskin

V.P., HR

I acknowledge that I have carefully read the Agreement, understand the meaning and intent thereof, and voluntarily agree to its terms.

 

 

 

    Dated:     

 

{{Name of Employee}}      


LOGO

 

Exhibit A

By re-signing this Agreement on or within 10 days following my Active Employment End Date, I hereby extend the release of claims set forth in Paragraph 1 above so as to include any and all such claims that exist or arise at any time up to and including the date on which I re-sign this Agreement below. I hereby acknowledge and agree that I have been paid in full all wages (including, without limitation, base salary, bonuses, and vacation/paid time off) and benefits that I earned during my employment with the Company.

 

 

 

    Dated:     

 

Exhibit 10.28

 

LOGO

October 16, 2015

To: Lisa Mango

Dear Lisa:

Congratulations! We are thrilled to offer you a position as Assistant General Counsel at lLife HealthCare, Inc. (the company behind the One Medical brand). My colleagues and I are confident you will flourish here, and know you’ll help advance our shared mission of transforming healthcare.

This is a full time position, reporting to Beth Frensilli, General Counsel.

Your anticipated start date will be January 6th 2016. In this Position, you will receive an annualized gross base salary of $270,000, payable in accordance with our normal payroll policies. Note: This position is exempt from over-time pay

Subject to approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, you will be granted an option to purchase 75,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, at an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value per share of the Company’s common stock on the date the Board of Directors approves such option grant. The option will be subject to the terms and conditions applicable to options granted under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (“Plan”) as described in the Plan and the applicable stock option agreement. Your option shares will vest based upon your continued employment, and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan and related documents, with 25% of the option shares vesting one year from your vesting commencement date and 1/48th of the option shares vesting monthly thereafter for a total vesting term of 4 years.

In addition, as a full time employee, you will be eligible for a benefits package that includes health, dental and vision coverage as well as a 401k plan, PTO and holidays. Information regarding these benefits will be provided to you separately by the HR team. Participation in these benefit plans and programs will be in accordance with the terms and conditions of those plans/programs, which are subject to change from time to time.

For the purposes of clarity, please note the additional important terms and conditions below.

 

   

This offer and your continued employment is conditioned upon your accurate and truthful completion of our employment application, successful background and reference checks, satisfactory proof of your eligibility to legally work within the U.S. and your agreement to our standard form of Employee Confidential Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement (“CIIA”).

 

   

In joining, you represent that you have no agreements or other obligations to prior employers or clients that may interfere or conflict with your ability to become employed by the Company or perform the services for which you are being hired.

 

   

You understand that you must meet all of these conditions (including answering questions honestly and completely in the employment application process); otherwise, the Company has the right to revoke this offer of employment or to terminate its employment relationship with you.


LOGO

 

   

You acknowledge that your employment with us is for no specified period and constitutes “at will” employment, meaning either you or the Company can terminate your employment relationship at any time. Although the Company may change the terms and conditions of your employment from time to time (including, but not limited to, changes in your position, compensation and/or benefits), the at-will nature of the employment relationship will remain unchanged.

As you know, we are committed to hiring individuals like you who have the desire, creativity, and energy to develop great and innovative solutions for the people we serve, both internally and externally. Please join us in our mission by signing and dating below and send a scanned copy to smarwah@onemedical.com. Once signed, this offer letter), any equity agreements between you and the Company and the CIIA will constitute the complete agreement between you and the Company regarding your employment, and will supersede all prior agreements or understandings related to your employment. This offer shall remain in effect for five business days. We look forward to you joining our exceptional team!

 

Sincerely,

   

Beth Frensilli

   

Agreed to and accepted by:

   

/s/ Lisa A. Mango

   

10 -16 -15

Acceptance Signature    

Date

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of 1Life Healthcare, Inc. of our report dated October 18, 2019 relating to the financial statements of 1Life Healthcare, Inc., which appears in this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Francisco, California

January 3, 2020